Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2015.

Registration No. 333-         


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Atlassian Corporation Plc
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)



United Kingdom
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  7372
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  98-1258743
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Exchange House
Primrose Street
London EC2A 2EG
c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP
415.701.1110

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including
Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)



Tom Kennedy
Chief Legal Officer
Atlassian, Inc.
1098 Harrison Street
San Francisco, California 94103
415.701.1110
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Anthony J. McCusker
Richard A. Kline
An-Yen E. Hu
Goodwin Procter LLP
135 Commonwealth Drive
Menlo Park, California 94025
650.752.3100

 

Tom Kennedy
Chief Legal Officer
Atlassian Corporation Plc
1098 Harrison Street
San Francisco, California 94103
415.701.1110

 

David Peinsipp
Andrew S. Williamson
Eric C. Jensen
Cooley LLP
101 California Street, 5 th  Floor
San Francisco, California 94111
415.693.2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

             If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

             If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

             If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

             If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
To be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Class A ordinary shares, nominal value $0.10 per share

  $250,000,000   $25,175

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase, if any.

              The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion: Dated                  , 2015

           Shares

LOGO

Atlassian Corporation Plc

Class A Ordinary Shares



          This is an initial public offering of Class A ordinary shares of Atlassian Corporation Plc.

          Following this offering, we will have two classes of ordinary shares, Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. The rights of the holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares are identical, except with respect to voting, conversion and transfer rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote. Each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes and is convertible into one Class A ordinary share. The holders of our outstanding Class B ordinary shares will hold approximately          % of the voting power of our outstanding share capital following this offering.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $           and $           per share. We have applied to list our Class A ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TEAM".

          We are an "emerging growth company" as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and, as such, have elected to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements.



           See "Risk Factors" on page 15 to read about factors you should consider before buying our Class A ordinary shares.



           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



 
Per Share
 
Total
 

Initial public offering price

  $                $               

Underwriting discount (1)

  $                $               

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $                $               

(1)
See "Underwriting" for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

          To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             Class A ordinary shares, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              Class A ordinary shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount. They may exercise this option for 30 days.

          The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on             , 2015.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  Morgan Stanley

Allen & Company LLC

 

UBS Investment Bank

 
Jefferies

Canaccord Genuity

 

JMP Securities

 

Raymond James

 
William Blair



   

Prospectus dated             , 2015


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC



TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  15

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  44

Market and Industry Data

  45

Use of Proceeds

  46

Dividend Policy

  47

Capitalization

  48

Dilution

  50

Corporate Structure

  52

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

  54

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  58

Letter from the Founders

  96

Business

  98

Management

  126

Related Party Transactions

  142

Principal Shareholders

  144

Description of Share Capital

  147

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  170

Taxation

  172

Underwriting

  181

Expenses of the Offering

  188

Service of Process and Enforcement of Judgments

  188

Legal Matters

  188

Experts

  189

Where You Can Find Additional Information

  189

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1

          Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than as contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for, and provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the Class A ordinary shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

          Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this prospectus to "Atlassian" or the "company", "we", "our", "us" or similar terms refer to Atlassian Corporation Plc and its subsidiaries.

          Our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. All references in this prospectus to "$", "U.S. $", "U.S. dollars" and "dollars" mean U.S. dollars, unless otherwise noted.

          No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our Class A ordinary shares or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any such jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to those jurisdictions.


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

           This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A ordinary shares. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.


Overview

          Our mission is to unleash the potential in every team.

          Our products help teams organize, discuss and complete their work—delivering superior outcomes for their organizations.

          We believe human advancement has always been driven by teamwork—from the great explorations of earth and space to innovations in industry, medicine, music and technology. And while it's common to celebrate the individual genius behind a breakthrough idea, in nearly every case there is a team of unsung heroes that actually get the work done.

          We also believe that the greatest lever teams have to advance humanity lies in the power of software innovation. Through software, contact lenses now monitor and report on the blood glucose levels of diabetes patients, allowing patient and doctor to better manage the disease. Through software, cars can monitor and report on vehicle status, improving driver safety. Through software, people can read, write and converse with people in languages they do not speak. Each of these advances was delivered by teams.

          Software's transformational impact is forcing organizations to use software to innovate, or face disruption from competitors that do. Today, organizations in every industry are becoming software-driven. As a result, the teams that imagine, create and deliver that software are more essential than ever.

          Our company was founded in 2002 to help software teams work better together. From the beginning, our products were designed to help developers collaborate with other non-developer teams involved in software innovation. This breakthrough approach separated us from traditional software providers focused solely on developers.

          As more non-developer teams are exposed to our products, they adopt and extend them to new use cases, bringing our products to other users and other types of teams in their organizations. This has created an expansive market opportunity for us.

          Today, our products serve teams of all shapes and sizes, in virtually every industry—from software and technical teams to IT and service teams, from sales and marketing teams to HR, finance and legal teams. Our products include JIRA for team planning and project management, Confluence for team content creation and sharing, HipChat for team messaging and communications, Bitbucket for team code sharing and management and JIRA Service Desk for team services and support applications.

          Our products form an integrated system for organizing, discussing and completing shared work, becoming deeply entrenched in how people work together and how organizations run. Our products have been used by NASA to design the Mars Rover, by Cochlear to develop aural implants, and by Runkeeper to create GPS fitness tracking applications.

          We founded our company on the premise that great products could sell themselves and we have developed a unique approach to the market that is centered on this belief. We begin with a

 

1


Table of Contents

deep investment in product development to create and refine high-quality and versatile products that users love. We make our products affordable for organizations of all sizes and we transparently share our simple pricing online. We pursue customer and user volume, targeting teams in every organization, regardless of size, industry or geography.

          To reach this expansive market, we distribute and sell our products online without traditional sales infrastructure where users can get started in minutes without the need for assistance. We focus on enabling a self-service, low-friction model that makes it easy for users to try, adopt and use our products.

          Our culture of innovation, transparency and dedication to customer service drives our success in implementing and refining this unique approach. We believe this approach fosters innovation, quality, customer happiness, scale and profitability.

          We recognize that users drive the adoption and proliferation of our products and, as a result, we are relentlessly focused on measuring and improving user satisfaction. We know that one happy user will beget another, thereby expanding the large and organic word-of-mouth community that helps drive our growth. We operate at unusual scale for an enterprise software company, with more than 5 million monthly active users of our products and more than 51,000 customers (organizations that have at least one active and paid license or subscription for which they paid more than $10 per month) across virtually every industry sector in more than 160 countries. Our customers range from small organizations that have adopted one of our products for a small group of users, to 79 of the Fortune 100 and 273 of the Fortune 500, many of which use a multitude of our products across thousands of users.

          Our model has allowed us to grow while maintaining profitability for each of the last 10 fiscal years. Our total revenues were $148.5 million, $215.1 million and $319.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, representing a compound annual growth rate of 46.7% from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2015. Our total revenues were $67.9 million and $101.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively, representing an annual growth rate of 49.9%. We generated net income of $10.8 million, $19.0 million and $6.8 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $3.6 million and $5.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We also generated free cash flow of $47.1 million, $65.0 million and $65.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $3.6 million and $8.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively.


Market Trends

    Software is Changing Everything —Software is impacting almost every aspect of our lives and redefining the limits of what people and organizations can achieve. Software is everywhere and increasingly in everything, and organizations of all types and sizes face an existential imperative to drive software innovation.

    Software Teams are Essential and Multi-Dimensional —Teams that can deliver software innovation require a myriad of talents and functional expertise and are critical to each organization's efforts to thrive and compete. Software developers have become more essential and influential and the demand for software development talent has grown.

    Software Team Collaboration is Complex and Challenging —Modern software development is highly creative, iterative and asynchronous, and very complex. Software teams today must iterate and move faster than ever before, and are becoming the model for modern workforce collaboration across all teams.

 

2


Table of Contents

    Increasing Complexity Makes Collaboration Critical for All Teams —Across the global economy, work is becoming more complex, faster-paced and more collaborative. In addition, more and more teams are now spread across geographies.

    All Teams are Seeking Better Ways to Connect and Get Work Done —As software projects become more cross-functional, knowledge workers throughout organizations have been exposed to the collaboration and workflow practices of software teams. This exposure across organizations has coincided with growing dissatisfaction with traditional productivity tools.

    Teams Are Now Making Their Own Technology Choices —Following the "bring your own device" trend, employees are increasingly empowered to "bring your own software", leading to the user-driven viral adoption of new types of consumer-style software products within an organization.


Limitations of Traditional Approaches

Traditional Tools

          Most traditional software development technologies are costly, complex, poorly designed, hard to use and not easily integrated with other software systems. Moreover, these technologies were designed solely for the needs of software developers and do not extend well to other use cases. Other point solutions do not provide the breadth, integration and security that organizations require.

          In an effort to serve the needs of teams and integrate software developers and other knowledge workers, organizations have often relied on traditional personal productivity tools. While these tools are widely used, they were designed many years ago, provide narrow functionality, are not integrated, and are not suited for the demands of managing complex projects among diverse and broadly distributed teams.

Traditional Distribution Models

          Traditional enterprise software distribution models, with their focus on quota-driven sales representatives and reliance on large deals, are not well suited to reach, influence or meet the needs of teams, who are increasingly driving technology purchasing decisions.

          Historically, enterprise software was purchased in a centralized, top down fashion. As a result, purchase decisions were often disconnected from actual user needs and resulted in low adoption rates.

          The consumerization of enterprise technology has given a much broader population of workers a stake and a voice in the procurement of software solutions. Teams of all kinds have increasing freedom to choose the technology they want.


Market Opportunity

          Our products address several large and well-established categories of IT spending. Investment in these traditional categories is expected to total more than $35.0 billion in 2015. According to Gartner, Inc., a market research firm, the Application Development market is expected to be $8.8 billion and the IT Operations market is expected to be $9.1 billion in 2015 for the IT Asset and Financial Management, IT Service Support Management Tools and Automation Tools markets. International Data Corporation ("IDC"), a market research firm, expects the market for Collaborative Applications to be $13.5 billion and the Project and Portfolio Management market to be $3.8 billion in 2015.

 

3


Table of Contents

          We believe that the limitations of traditional tools and distribution models, coupled with the growing demand for modern collaboration technology, present an opportunity to expand within these traditional categories. By providing affordable, versatile, adaptable and modern software built for the needs of teams, we believe that we can continue to disrupt and increase our share of these large, existing markets.


The Atlassian Way

          Our product strategy, distribution model and company culture work in concert to create unique value for our customers and competitive advantage for our company.

          We invest significantly in developing and refining products that allow teams to achieve their full potential. We make versatile products that can be used in a myriad of ways. Our products are easy to adopt and use and can be distributed and proliferated organically and efficiently.

          We offer these products at affordable price points in a high-velocity online distribution model. Our distribution model does not rely on costly sales infrastructure to push product to our customers. By making our products simple, powerful and easy to adopt, we generate demand from word-of-mouth and viral expansion within organizations. Our model is designed to operate at scale and serve millions of customers.

          We believe that our product strategy, distribution model and company culture are mutually reinforcing. By investing in innovation and making our products affordable and easy to use, we operate without reliance on traditional sales infrastructure, which enhances our distribution model and permits long-term investment in product leadership and our unique culture.

Our Product Strategy

          We have developed and acquired a broad portfolio of products that help teams large and small to organize, discuss and complete their work in a coordinated, efficient and modern fashion.

          Our products, which include JIRA, Confluence, HipChat, Bitbucket and JIRA Service Desk, serve the needs of teams of software developers, IT managers and knowledge workers. While these products provide a range of distinct functionality to users, they share certain core attributes:

    Built for Teams —Our products are singularly designed to help teams work better together and achieve more.

    Easy to Adopt and Use —We invest significantly in research and development to enable our products to be both powerful and extremely easy to use.

    Versatile and Adaptable —We develop simple and well-designed products that are useful in a broad range of workflows and projects.

    Integrated —Our products are integrated and designed to work well together.

    Open —We are dedicated to making our products open and interoperable with a range of other platforms and applications.

Our Distribution Model

          Our high-velocity distribution model is designed to drive exceptional customer scale by making affordable products available via our convenient, low-friction online channel. We focus on product quality, automated distribution and customer service in lieu of a costly traditional sales infrastructure. We rely on word-of-mouth and low-touch demand generation to drive trial, adoption and expansion of our products within customers.

 

4


Table of Contents

          The following are key attributes of our unique model:

    Innovation-driven —Relative to other enterprise software companies, we invest significantly in research and development rather than sales and marketing.

    Simple and Affordable —We offer our products at affordable prices in a simple and transparent format, with a free trial before purchase.

    Organic and Expansive —Our model benefits from significant customer word-of-mouth about our products that drives traffic to our website.

    Scale-oriented —Our model is designed to generate and benefit from significant customer scale and our goal is to maximize the number of individual users of our software.

    Data-driven —Our scale and the design of our model allows us to gather insights into and improve the customer experience.

Our Culture

          Our company culture is exemplified by our core values:

    Open Company, No Bullsh*t

    Build with Heart and Balance

    Don't #@!% the Customer

    Play, as a Team

    Be the Change You Seek

These values contribute to a culture that is open, innovative, dedicated to our customers, team-driven and long-term focused, all of which enable us to drive customer value and achieve competitive differentiation.


Our Financial Model

          By developing a product strategy, distribution model and culture that are designed around the needs of our customers and users, we believe that we have established a financial model that is favorable for our shareholders. Our model has allowed us to grow customers and revenue steadily while maintaining profitability for each of the last 10 fiscal years. Our model relies on rapidly and efficiently landing new customers and expanding our relationship with them over time. The following are the key elements of our model:

    Significant Investment in Ongoing Product Development and Sales Automation —Our research and development investments enable us to rapidly build new products, continuously enhance our existing products, acquire and integrate technologies and also help us obtain data-driven insights and further automate and streamline our approach to customer acquisition.

    Rapid and Efficient Acquisition of New Customers —By building products that are affordable and easy to adopt and use, we are able to attract customers rapidly without employing a traditional salesforce, and thereby lower the cost of customer acquisition significantly. At September 30, 2015, we had over 5 million monthly active users of our software across more than 450,000 organizations and more than 51,000 customers.

    Continued Expansion —Our success is dependent on our ability to expand the relationship with our existing base of customers. Since our founding, the aggregate sales from

 

5


Table of Contents

      customers acquired in any fiscal year have expanded since they first purchased an Atlassian product, through the addition of more users, teams and products.

    Predictability of Sales —As we are not dependent on a traditional sales model and rely on a high-velocity online distribution model, we have historically experienced a linear quarterly sales cycle. Once teams begin working together with our software, we become embedded in their workflows, becoming a system for engagement within organizations. This makes it difficult to displace us and provides us with steady and predictable revenue.

    Positive Free Cash Flow —By reducing customer acquisition cost and establishing a revenue model that has scaled linearly, our model has allowed us to have positive free cash flow for each of the last 10 fiscal years.


Our Growth Strategy

          Our growth strategy is to make our software accessible to every organization, team and user to help them get work done. We intend to continue this approach by adding customers, developing new products, expanding in existing customers and pursuing selective acquisitions.

          Key drivers of our growth strategy include:

    Protect and Promote Our Culture —Our culture is at the foundation of everything we do and fuels our business strategy and success.

    Continue to Refine Our Unique Business Model —We will continue to develop the technology and products that enable our customers to easily adopt and use our products over the Internet.

    Increase Product Value —We intend to continue to increase the value of our software to customers by providing them with a broader, integrated set of products.

    Grow the Atlassian Marketplace and Partner Ecosystem —The Atlassian Marketplace is an open platform that allows independent vendors and developers to continue to develop add-ons and extensions that extend our platform and generate millions of dollars in revenue for both the third-party vendors and for us.


Risk Factors Summary

          Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

    Our rapid growth makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not continue to grow at or near historical rates.

    We may not be able to sustain our revenue growth rate or maintain profitability in the future.

    The markets in which we participate are intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

    Our distribution model of offering and deploying our products via both the cloud and on premises increases our expenses, may impact revenue recognition timing and may pose other challenges to our business.

    Our business depends on our customers renewing their subscriptions and maintenance plans and purchasing additional licenses or subscriptions from us. Any decline in our customer retention or expansion would harm our future results of operations.

 

6


Table of Contents

    If we are not able to develop new products and enhancements to our products that achieve market acceptance and that keep pace with technological developments, our business and results of operations would be harmed.

    If we cannot continue to expand the use of our products beyond our initial focus on software developers, our ability to grow our business may be harmed.

    We invest significantly in research and development, and to the extent our research and development investments do not translate into new products or material enhancements to our current products, or if we do not use those investments efficiently, our business and results of operations would be harmed.

    If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

    If our current marketing model is not effective in attracting new customers, we may need to incur additional expenses to attract new customers and our business and results of operations could be harmed.

    If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to customer data is otherwise obtained, our products may be perceived as insecure, we may lose existing customers or fail to attract new customers, and we may incur significant liabilities.

    The dual class structure of our ordinary shares has the effect of concentrating voting control with certain shareholders, in particular, our co-chief executive officers and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.


Corporate Information

          The legal and commercial name of our company is Atlassian Corporation Plc. We were registered in Australia in 2002 and reorganized into the United Kingdom in 2014. See "Corporate Structure" for additional information.

          Our registered office is located at Exchange House, Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EG, c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP. Our Australian headquarters is located at Level 6, 341 George St., Sydney, NSW, 2000 Australia, and our telephone number is +61 2 9262 1443. Our U.S. headquarters is located at 1098 Harrison Street, San Francisco, California 94103 and our telephone number is (415) 701-1110. Our website address is www.atlassian.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. The Atlassian design logo, "Atlassian" and our other registered and common law trade names, trademarks and service marks are the property of Atlassian Corporation Plc or our subsidiaries.

Emerging Growth Company

          The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act ("JOBS Act") was enacted in April 2012 with the intention of encouraging capital formation in the United States and reducing the regulatory burden on newly public companies that qualify as "emerging growth companies". We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public reporting requirements, including the requirement that our internal control over financial reporting be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ("Sarbanes-Oxley Act") and certain requirements related to the disclosure of executive

 

7


Table of Contents

compensation in this prospectus and in our periodic reports. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.

          We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual sales; (ii) the date we qualify as a "large accelerated filer", with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

          See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We are an "emerging growth company" and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A ordinary shares less attractive to investors" for certain risks related to our status as an emerging growth company.

Foreign Private Issuer

          We are incorporated in the United Kingdom, and a majority of our outstanding securities are owned by non-U.S. residents. After the consummation of this offering and under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC ("NASDAQ"), we will be a "foreign private issuer". As a foreign private issuer, we will be subject to less stringent corporate governance guidelines and different disclosure requirements than U.S. domiciled registrants. For example, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic registrants whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"). Nevertheless, following this offering, we intend to submit quarterly interim consolidated financial data to the SEC under cover of the SEC's Form 6-K. You will be able to read and obtain copies of these reports at the addresses set forth in "Where You Can Find Additional Information". For additional information, see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Investing in a Foreign Private Issuer or an English Company".

 

8


Table of Contents

 


The Offering

Class A ordinary shares offered by us

                    shares

Class A ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering

 

                  shares

Class B ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering

 

155,803,022 shares

Total Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering

 

                  shares

Underwriters' option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares

 

                  shares

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our Class A ordinary shares that we are offering will be $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility and create a public market for our Class A ordinary shares. We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. We also may use certain of the net proceeds to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to the vesting of restricted share units ("RSUs") held by current and former employees. See "Use of Proceeds" for additional information.

Voting rights

 

Following this offering, we will have two classes of ordinary shares, Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share and Class B ordinary shares are entitled to ten votes per share.

 

9


Table of Contents

 

Holders of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our amended and restated articles of association. The holders of our outstanding Class B ordinary shares will hold         % of the voting power of our outstanding shares following this offering and will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. See "Principal Shareholders" and "Description of Share Capital" for additional information.

Concentration of ownership

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our executive officers and directors and shareholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding shares, and their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately         % of our outstanding shares.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market trading symbol

 

"TEAM"

          The number of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 30,872,107 Class A ordinary shares and 155,803,022 Class B ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2015, and excludes:

    15,288,310 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options outstanding as of September 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.23 per share;

    9,758,363 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding as of September 30, 2015;

    1,552,500 Class B ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options outstanding as of September 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.51 per share; and

    26,400,000 Class A ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

    20,700,000 Class A ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Share Incentive Plan ("2015 Plan"); and

    5,700,000 Class A ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan ("ESPP").

          Our 2015 Plan and ESPP, which will become effective on the consummation of this offering, will provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. Our 2015 Plan also will provide for increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder based on awards under our Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan ("Share Option Plan"), 2013 U.S. Share Option Plan ("2013 Plan") and 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan ("2014 Plan") that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in "Management—Compensation—Equity Compensation Plans".

 

10


Table of Contents

          Other than in our consolidated financial statements, and unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes:

    the filing of our amended and restated articles of association, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering;

    the automatic conversion of (i) all outstanding convertible Series A preference shares into 12,387,798 Class A ordinary shares, (ii) all outstanding restricted shares into 15,233,149 Class A ordinary shares and (iii) all outstanding convertible Series B preference shares into 15,046,180 Class B ordinary shares as of September 30, 2015, the conversion of each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

    no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares; and

    exercise prices for options for our share capital that are denoted in Australian dollars have been converted into U.S. dollars based on the U.S. Department of Treasury reporting rates of exchange as of September 30, 2015, which provides an exchange rate of U.S. $1.00 to AUS $1.4230.

 

11


Table of Contents

 


Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

          The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 and the unaudited consolidated summary of financial position data as of September 30, 2015 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"), which includes all standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") and related interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that, in our opinion, are necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results that should be expected for the full fiscal year or any other period. You should read the following summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Revenues

                               

Subscription

  $ 28,780   $ 51,007   $ 85,891   $ 17,176   $ 30,467  

Maintenance

    83,978     112,134     160,373     34,752     50,354  

Perpetual license

    32,789     44,186     57,373     12,917     15,501  

Other

    2,965     7,782     15,884     3,077     5,500  

Total revenues

    148,512     215,109     319,521     67,922     101,822  

Cost of revenues (1)(2)

    33,031     37,986     52,932     11,846     16,420  

Gross profit

    115,481     177,123     266,589     56,076     85,402  

Operating expenses

                               

Research and development (1)         

    57,301     78,640     140,853     29,225     45,460  

Marketing and sales (1)(2)

    18,795     34,968     67,989     11,997     16,262  

General and administrative (1)

    26,266     41,984     57,330     12,758     17,068  

Total operating expenses

    102,362     155,592     266,172     53,980     78,790  

Operating income

    13,119     21,531     417     2,096     6,612  

Other non-operating income (expense), net

    (1,918 )   608     (1,318 )   (881 )   (137 )

Finance income

    474     317     226     73     46  

Finance costs

    (272 )   (228 )   (74 )   (16 )   (8 )

Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)

    11,403     22,228     (749 )   1,272     6,513  

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (642 )   (3,246 )   7,524     2,311     (1,431 )

Net income

  $ 10,761   $ 18,982   $ 6,775   $ 3,583   $ 5,082  

Net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders (3) :

                               

Basic

  $ 0.07   $ 0.11   $ 0.04   $ 0.02   $ 0.03  

Diluted

  $ 0.07   $ 0.11   $ 0.04   $ 0.02   $ 0.03  

 

12


Table of Contents

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders (3) :

                               

Basic

    140,748     141,530     144,008     144,008     144,008  

Diluted

    142,558     143,602     145,500     145,488     145,513  

Pro forma net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders (3) :

                               

Basic

              $ 0.04         $ 0.03  

Diluted

              $ 0.03         $ 0.02  

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders (3) :

                               

Basic

                185,112           187,113  

Diluted

                204,177           205,827  

(1)
Amounts include share-based payment expense,
as follows:

Cost of revenues

  $ 251   $ 625   $ 2,862   $ 452   $ 1,206  

Research and development        

    1,189     5,120     22,842     4,632     5,921  

Marketing and sales

    583     2,068     6,670     1,142     2,742  

General and administrative                

    1,468     3,551     9,160     1,700     4,227  
(2)
Amounts include amortization of intangible assets,
as follows:

Cost of revenues

  $ 7,633   $ 7,591   $ 6,417   $ 1,622   $ 1,745  

Marketing and sales

    129     98     40     8     21  
(3)
See Note 17 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic, diluted and pro forma net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 
  As of September 30, 2015  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma
as Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 208,332   $    

Working capital

    67,927        

Total assets

    414,155        

Deferred revenue

    143,266        

Total shareholders' equity

    215,979        

          Our consolidated financial position data as of September 30, 2015 is presented on:

    an actual basis; and

    a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the sale and issuance of                  Class A ordinary shares by us in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

13


Table of Contents

          The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total shareholders' equity by approximately $          million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of Class A ordinary shares offered by us would increase or decrease each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total shareholders' equity by approximately $          million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months Ended September 30,  
Other Data (1) :
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Non-IFRS operating income (2)

  $ 24,372   $ 40,584   $ 48,408   $ 11,652   $ 22,474  

Non-IFRS net income (3)

    20,447     35,685     45,522     11,119     18,379  

Free cash flow (4)

    47,064     65,021     65,545     3,576     8,249  

(1)
See "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-IFRS Financial Results" for further information on non-IFRS operating income, non-IFRS net income and free cash flow, and for a reconciliation to the most comparable IFRS measures.

(2)
Non-IFRS operating income is a non-IFRS financial measure that we calculate as operating income excluding share-based payment expense and amortization of intangible assets.

(3)
Non-IFRS net income is a non-IFRS financial measure that we calculate as net income excluding share-based payment expense, amortization of intangible assets and the related tax effects of those items.

(4)
Free cash flow is a non-IFRS financial measure that we calculate as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment and intangible assets.

 

 
  As of June 30,   As of September 30,  
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  

Customers

    27,676     37,250     48,622     40,070     51,636  

 

14


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

           Investing in our Class A ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. Before making a decision to invest in our Class A ordinary shares, you should carefully consider the following risks, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. While we believe that the risks and uncertainties described below are the material risks currently facing us, additional risks that we do not yet know of or that we currently think are immaterial may also arise and harm our business. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be harmed. In that event, the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline, which could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.


Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our rapid growth makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not continue to grow at or near historical rates.

          We have been growing rapidly over the last several years, and as a result, our ability to forecast our future results of operations is subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to effectively plan for and model future growth. Our recent and historical growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance. We have encountered in the past, and will encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan and operate our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations, our growth rates may slow and our business would suffer.

We may not be able to sustain our revenue growth rate or maintain profitability in the future.

          Our historical growth rate should not be considered indicative of our future performance and may decline in the future. In future periods, our revenue could grow more slowly than in recent periods or decline for a number of reasons, including any reduction in demand for our products, increase in competition, limited ability to, or our decision not to, increase pricing, contraction of our overall market or our failure to capitalize on growth opportunities. In addition, we expect expenses to increase substantially in the near term, particularly as we continue to make significant investments in research and development and technology infrastructure for our cloud offerings, expand our operations globally and develop new products and features for, and enhancements of, our existing products. In addition, in connection with operating as a public company, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. As a result of these significant investments, and in particular share-based compensation associated with our growth, we do not expect to achieve IFRS profitability in fiscal year 2016 and may not be able to achieve IFRS profitability in future periods. In addition, the additional expenses we will incur may not lead to sufficient additional revenue to maintain historical revenue growth rates and profitability.

The markets in which we participate are intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

          The markets for our solutions are fragmented, rapidly evolving and highly competitive, and have relatively low barriers to entry. We face competition from both traditional, larger software vendors offering full collaboration and productivity suites and smaller companies offering point products for features and use cases. Our principal competitors vary depending on the product category and include Microsoft Corporation, IBM, Hewlett-Packard Company, Google, ServiceNow, salesforce.com, Zendesk and several smaller software vendors. In addition, some of our

15


Table of Contents

competitors have made acquisitions to offer a more comprehensive product or service offering, which may allow them to compete more effectively with our products. We expect this trend to continue as companies attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions in an evolving industry. Companies resulting from these possible consolidations may create more compelling product offerings and be able to offer more attractive pricing options, making it more difficult for us to compete effectively.

          Our competitors, particularly our larger competitors with greater financial and operating resources, may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. With the introduction of new technologies, the evolution of our products, and new market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. For example, as we expand our focus into new use cases or other product offerings beyond software development teams, we expect competition to increase. Pricing pressures and increased competition generally could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, losses or the failure of our products to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

          Many of our current and potential competitors have greater resources than we do with established marketing relationships, large enterprise salesforces, access to larger customer bases, pre-existing customer relationships, and major distribution agreements with consultants, system integrators and resellers. Additionally, some current and potential customers, particularly large organizations, have elected, and may in the future elect, to develop or acquire their own internal collaboration and productivity software tools that would reduce or eliminate the demand for our solutions.

          Our products seek to serve multiple markets, and we are subject to competition from a wide and varied field of competitors. Some competitors, particularly new and emerging companies, could focus all their energy and resources on one product line or use case and, as a result, any one competitor could develop a more successful product or service in a particular market which could decrease our market share and harm our brand recognition and results of operations. For all of these reasons and others we cannot anticipate today, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our distribution model of offering and deploying our products via both the cloud and on premises increases our expenses, may impact revenue recognition timing and may pose other challenges to our business.

          We offer and sell our products via both the cloud and on premises using the customer's own infrastructure. Our cloud offering enables quick setup and subscription pricing, while our on-premises offering permits more customization, a perpetual or term license fee structure and complete application control. Historically, our products were developed in the context of the on-premises offering, and we have less operating experience offering and selling our products via our cloud offering. Although a substantial majority of our revenue has historically been generated from customers using our on-premises products, we believe that over time more customers will move to the cloud offering, and the cloud offering will become more central to our distribution model. As more of our customers transition to the cloud, we may be subject to additional competitive pressures, which may harm our business. Further, as more customers elect our cloud offering as opposed to our on-premises offerings, revenues from such customers is typically lower in the initial year, which may impact our near-term revenue growth rates. If our cloud offering does not develop as quickly as we expect, or if we are unable to continue to scale our systems to meet the requirements of a successful large, cloud offering, our business may be harmed. We are directing a significant portion of our financial and operating resources to implement a robust cloud

16


Table of Contents

offering for our products, but even if we continue to make these investments, we may be unsuccessful in growing or implementing our cloud offering that competes successfully against our current and future competitors and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Our business depends on our customers renewing their subscriptions and maintenance plans and purchasing additional licenses or subscriptions from us. Any decline in our customer retention or expansion would harm our future results of operations.

          In order for us to maintain or improve our results of operations, it is important that our customers renew their subscriptions and maintenance plans when existing contract terms expire and that we expand our commercial relationships with our existing customers. Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions or maintenance plans, and our customers may not renew subscriptions or maintenance plans with a similar contract period or with the same or greater number of users. Our customers do not enter into long-term contracts, rather they primarily have monthly or annual terms. Some of our customers have elected not to renew their agreements with us and it is difficult to accurately predict long-term customer retention.

          Our customer retention and expansion may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including our customers' satisfaction with our products, our product support, our prices, the prices of competing software products, reductions in our customers' spending levels, new product releases and changes to packaging of our product offerings, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base or the effects of global economic conditions. Although it is important to our business that our customers renew their subscriptions and maintenance plans when existing contract terms expire and that we expand our commercial relationships with our existing customers, given the volume of our customers, we do not track the retention rates of our individual customers. As a result, we may be unable to timely address any retention issues with specific customers, which could harm our results of operations. If our customers do not purchase additional licenses or subscriptions or renew their subscriptions or maintenance plans, renew on less favorable terms or fail to add more users, our revenue may decline or grow less quickly, which would harm our future results of operations and prospects.

If we are not able to develop new products and enhancements to our products that achieve market acceptance and that keep pace with technological developments, our business and results of operations would be harmed.

          Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers depends in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing products and to introduce compelling new products that reflect the changing nature of our markets. The success of any enhancement to our products depends on several factors, including timely completion and delivery, competitive pricing, adequate quality testing, integration with existing technologies and our platform and overall market acceptance. Any new product or service that we develop may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain bugs, or may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue. If we are unable to successfully develop new products, enhance our existing products to meet customer requirements, or otherwise gain market acceptance, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be harmed.

If we cannot continue to expand the use of our products beyond our initial focus on software developers, our ability to grow our business may be harmed.

          Our ability to grow our business depends in part on our ability to persuade current and future customers to expand their use of our products to additional use cases beyond software developers. If we fail to predict customer demands or achieve further market acceptance of our products within

17


Table of Contents

these additional areas and teams, or if a competitor establishes a more widely adopted product for these applications, our ability to grow our business may be harmed.

We invest significantly in research and development, and to the extent our research and development investments do not translate into new products or material enhancements to our current products, or if we do not use those investments efficiently, our business and results of operations would be harmed.

          A key element of our strategy is to invest significantly in our research and development efforts to develop new products and enhance our existing products to address additional applications and markets. In fiscal 2014 and 2015, our research and development expenses were 37% and 44% of our revenue, respectively, and during the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, our research and development expenses were 43% and 45% of our revenue, respectively. If we do not spend our research and development budget efficiently or effectively on compelling innovation and technologies, our business may be harmed and we may not realize the expected benefits of our strategy. Moreover, research and development projects can be technically challenging and expensive. The nature of these research and development cycles may cause us to experience delays between the time we incur expenses associated with research and development and the time we are able to offer compelling products and generate revenue, if any, from such investment. Additionally, anticipated customer demand for a product or service we are developing could decrease after the development cycle has commenced, and we would nonetheless be unable to avoid substantial costs associated with the development of any such product or service. If we expend a significant amount of resources on research and development and our efforts do not lead to the successful introduction or improvement of products that are competitive in our current or future markets, it would harm our business and results of operations.

If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

          We have experienced and expect to continue to experience rapid growth, which has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management, operational and financial resources. For example, our headcount has grown from 533 employees as of June 30, 2013 to 769 employees as of June 30, 2014 to 1,259 employees as of June 30, 2015. In addition, we operate globally, sell our products to customers in more than 160 countries, and have employees in Australia, the United States, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, the Philippines, Japan and Germany. We plan to continue to expand our operations into other countries in the future, which will place additional demands on our resources and operations. We have also experienced significant growth in the number of customers, users, transactions and data that our products and our associated infrastructure support. Finally, our organizational structure is becoming more complex and we may need to scale and adapt our operational, financial and management controls, as well as our reporting systems and procedures to manage this complexity. We will require significant capital expenditures and the allocation of management resources to grow and change in these areas. If we fail to successfully manage our anticipated growth and change, the quality of our products may suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract customers.

If our current marketing model is not effective in attracting new customers, we may need to incur additional expenses to attract new customers and our business and results of operations could be harmed.

          Unlike traditional enterprise software vendors, who rely on direct sales methodologies and face long sales cycles, complex customer requirements and substantial upfront sales costs, we utilize a viral marketing model to target new customers. Through this word-of-mouth marketing, we

18


Table of Contents

have been able to build our brand with relatively low sales and marketing costs. We also build our customer base through various online marketing activities as well as targeted web-based content and online communications. This strategy has allowed us to build a substantial customer base and community of users who use our products and act as advocates for our brand and solutions, often within their own corporate organizations. Attracting new customers and retaining existing customers requires that we continue to provide high-quality products at an affordable price and convince customers of our value proposition. If we do not attract new customers through word-of-mouth referrals, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or decline. In addition, high levels of customer satisfaction and market adoption are central to our marketing model. Any decrease in our customers' satisfaction with our products, including as a result of actions outside of our control, could harm word-of-mouth referrals and our brand. If our customer base does not continue to grow through word-of-mouth marketing and viral adoption, we may be required to incur significantly higher sales and marketing expenses in order to acquire new subscribers, which could harm our business and results of operations.

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to customer data is otherwise obtained, our products may be perceived as insecure, we may lose existing customers or fail to attract new customers, and we may incur significant liabilities.

          Use of our solutions involve the storage, transmission and processing of our customers' proprietary data, including potentially personal or identifying information. Unauthorized access to, or security breaches of, our products could result in the loss, compromise or corruption of data, loss of business, severe reputational damage adversely affecting customer or investor confidence, regulatory investigations and orders, litigation, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations, significant costs for remediation and other liabilities. We have incurred and expect to incur significant expenses to prevent security breaches, including deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third-party experts and consultants. Our errors and omissions insurance coverage covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses may not be sufficient to compensate for all liabilities we incur.

          We have in the past experienced breaches of our security measures and our products are at risk for future breaches as a result of third-party action, or employee, vendor or contractor error or malfeasance.

          Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period and, therefore, have a greater impact on the products we offer, the proprietary data contained therein, and ultimately on our business.

One of our marketing strategies is to offer free trials or a limited free version or affordable starter license for certain products, and we may not be able to realize the benefits of this strategy.

          We offer free trials, a limited free version or an affordable starter license for certain products in order to promote additional usage, brand and product awareness and adoption. Historically, a majority of users never convert to a paid version of our products from these free trials or limited free versions or upgrade beyond the starter license. Our marketing strategy also depends in part on persuading users who use the free trials, free version or starter license of our products to convince others within their organization to purchase and deploy our products. To the extent that these users

19


Table of Contents

do not become, or lead others to become, customers, we will not realize the intended benefits of this marketing strategy, and our ability to grow our business may be harmed.

Our business model relies on a high volume of transactions and affordable pricing. As lower cost, competitive products are introduced into the marketplace, our ability to generate new customers could be harmed.

          Our business model is based in part on selling our products at prices lower than competing products from other commercial vendors. For example, we offer entry-level pricing for certain products for small teams at a price that typically does not require capital budget approval and is orders-of-magnitude less than the price of traditional enterprise software. As a result, our software is frequently purchased by first-time customers to solve specific problems and not as part of a strategic technology purchasing decision. As competitors enter the market with low cost alternatives to our products, it may be increasingly more difficult for us to compete effectively and our ability to garner new customers could be harmed. We may also from time to time increase our prices. Additionally, some customers may consider our products to be discretionary purchases, which may contribute to reduced demand for our offerings in times of economic uncertainty. If we are unable to sell our software in high volume, across new and existing customers, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a substantial majority of our revenue from a limited number of software products.

          We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a substantial majority of our revenue from our JIRA and Confluence products. Revenue generated from our JIRA and Confluence products comprised over two-thirds of our total revenues for each of the prior three fiscal years. As such, the market acceptance of these products is critical to our success. Demand for these products and our other products is affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as continued market acceptance of our products by customers for existing and new use cases, the timing of development and release of new products, features and functionality that are lower cost alternatives introduced by us or our competitors, technological changes and developments within the markets we serve and growth or contraction in our addressable markets. If we are unable to continue to meet customer demands or to achieve more widespread market acceptance of our products, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

If the Atlassian Marketplace does not continue to be successful, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

          We operate Atlassian Marketplace, an online marketplace, for selling third-party, as well as Atlassian-built, add-ons and extensions. We rely on the Atlassian Marketplace to supplement our promotional efforts and build awareness of our products, and believe that third-party add-ons and extensions from the Atlassian Marketplace facilitate greater usage and customization of our products. From its inception in 2012 to September 30, 2015, the Atlassian Marketplace has generated over $100 million in revenue, including over $80 million in revenue for these third-party vendors. As a result, we have generated over $20 million in revenue from the Atlassian Marketplace during this period. If these vendors and developers stop developing or supporting these add-ons and extensions that they sell on Atlassian Marketplace, our business could be harmed. In addition, third-party add-ons and extensions may not meet the same quality standards that we apply to our own development efforts and, to the extent they contain bugs or defects, they may create disruptions in our customers' use of our products, lead to data loss, damage our brand and reputation and affect the continued use of our products, any of which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

20


Table of Contents

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure may harm our business and results of operations.

          Our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing and potential customers to access our solutions at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. In addition, we rely almost exclusively on our websites for the downloading and payment of all our products. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions, data loss, outages and other performance problems with our infrastructure and websites due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, human or software errors, capacity constraints, denial of service attacks or other security-related incidents. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance, especially during peak usage times and as our products and websites become more complex and our user traffic increases. If our products and websites are unavailable or if our users are unable to access our products within a reasonable amount of time, or at all, our business would be harmed. Moreover, we depend on services from various third parties, such as Amazon Web Services and NTT Communications, to maintain our infrastructure and distribute our products via the Internet. Any disruptions in these services, including as a result of actions outside of our control, would significantly impact the continued performance of our products. In the future, these services may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of these services could result in decreased functionality of our products until equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available from another provider, is identified, obtained and integrated into our infrastructure. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed, and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Real or perceived errors, failures, vulnerabilities or bugs in our products could harm our business and results of operations.

          Errors, failures, vulnerabilities or bugs may occur in our products, especially when updates are deployed or new products are rolled out. Our solutions are often used in connection with large-scale computing environments with different operating systems, system management software, equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors or failures of products, or other aspects of the computing environment into which they are deployed. In addition, deployment of our products into complicated, large-scale computing environments may expose errors, failures, vulnerabilities or bugs in our products. Any such errors, failures, vulnerabilities or bugs may not be found until after they are deployed to our customers. Real or perceived errors, failures, vulnerabilities or bugs in our products could result in negative publicity, loss of customer data, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products, loss of competitive position, or claims by customers for losses sustained by them, all of which could harm our business and results of operations.

Any failure to offer high-quality product support may harm our relationships with our customers and our financial results.

          In deploying and using our products, our customers depend on our product support teams to resolve complex technical and operational issues. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for product support. We also may be unable to modify the nature, scope and delivery of our product support to compete with changes in product support services provided by our competitors. Increased customer demand for product support, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and harm our results of operations. In addition, as we continue to grow our operations and reach a global and vast customer base, we

21


Table of Contents

need to be able to provide efficient product support that meets our customers' needs globally at scale. The number of our customers has grown significantly and that will put additional pressure on our support organization. For example, the number of our customers has grown from 37,250 as of June 30, 2014 to 51,636 as of September 30, 2015. In order to meet these needs, we have relied in the past and will continue to rely on third-party contractors and self-service product support to resolve common or frequently asked questions, which supplement our customer support teams. If we are unable to provide efficient product support globally at scale, including through the use of third-party contractors and self-service support, our ability to grow our operations may be harmed and we may need to hire additional support personnel, which could harm our results of operations. Our sales are highly dependent on our business reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality product support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality product support, could harm our reputation, our ability to sell our products to existing and prospective customers, and our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our lack of a direct salesforce may impede the growth of our business.

          We do not have a direct salesforce and our sales model does not include traditional, quota-carrying sales personnel. Although we believe our business model can continue to scale without a large enterprise salesforce, our viral marketing model may not continue to be as successful as we anticipate and the absence of a direct sales function may impede our future growth. As we continue to scale our business, a sales infrastructure could assist in reaching larger enterprise customers and growing our revenue. Identifying and recruiting qualified sales personnel and training them would require significant time, expense and attention and would significantly impact our business model. In addition, adding sales personnel would considerably change our cost structure and results of operations, and we may have to reduce other expenses, such as our research and development expenses, in order to accommodate a corresponding increase in sales and marketing expenses and maintain our profitability. If our lack of a direct salesforce limits us from reaching larger enterprise customers and growing our revenue and we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel in the future, our revenue growth and results of operations may be harmed.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

          Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. If our quarterly financial results fall below the expectations of investors or any securities analysts who follow us, the price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline substantially. Factors that may cause our revenue, results of operations and cash flows to fluctuate from quarter to quarter include, but are not limited to:

    our ability to attract new customers, retain and increase sales to existing customers, and satisfy our customers' requirements;

    changes in our or our competitors' pricing policies and offerings;

    new products, features, enhancements or functionalities introduced by our competitors;

    the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the operations and expansion of our business;

    significant security breaches, technical difficulties or interruptions to our products;

    the number of new employees added;

22


Table of Contents

    changes in foreign currency exchange rates or adding additional currencies in which our sales are denominated;

    the amount and timing of acquisitions or other strategic transactions;

    extraordinary expenses such as litigation or other dispute-related settlement payments;

    general economic conditions that may adversely affect either our customers' ability or willingness to purchase additional licenses, subscriptions and maintenance plans, delay a prospective customer's purchasing decision, reduce the value of new license, subscription or maintenance plans or affect customer retention;

    the impact of new accounting pronouncements; and

    the timing of the grant or vesting of equity awards to employees, directors or consultants.

          Many of these factors are outside of our control, and the occurrence of one or more of them might cause our revenue, results of operations and cash flows to vary widely. As such, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenue, results of operations and cash flows may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

If we are unable to develop and maintain successful relationships with channel partners, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

          We have established relationships with certain channel partners to distribute our products. We believe that continued growth in our business is dependent upon identifying, developing and maintaining strategic relationships with our existing and potential channel partners that can drive substantial revenue and provide additional valued-added services to our customers. Our agreements with our existing channel partners are non-exclusive, meaning our channel partners may offer customers the products of several different companies, including products that compete with ours. They may also cease marketing our products with limited or no notice and with little or no penalty. We expect that any additional channel partners we identify and develop will be similarly non-exclusive and not bound by any requirement to continue to market our products. If we fail to identify additional channel partners, in a timely and cost-effective manner, or at all, or are unable to assist our current and future channel partners in independently distributing and deploying our products, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed. If resellers do not effectively market and sell our products, or fail to meet the needs of our customers, our reputation and ability to grow our business may also be harmed.

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed.

          We believe that maintaining and enhancing our reputation as a differentiated and category-defining company is critical to our relationships with our existing customers and to our ability to attract new customers. The successful promotion of our brand attributes will depend on a number of factors, including our channel partners' marketing efforts, our ability to continue to develop high-quality products and our ability to successfully differentiate our products from competitive products. In addition, independent industry analysts often provide reviews of our products, as well as the products offered by our competitors, and perception of the relative value of our products in the marketplace may be significantly influenced by these reviews. If these reviews are negative, or less positive as compared to those of our competitors' products, our brand may be harmed.

          The promotion of our brand requires us to make substantial expenditures, and we anticipate that the expenditures will increase as our market becomes more competitive, as we expand into new markets, and as more sales are generated through our channel partners. To the extent that these activities yield increased revenue, this revenue may not offset the increased expenses we

23


Table of Contents

incur. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our brand, our business may not grow, we may have reduced pricing power relative to competitors, and we could lose customers or fail to attract potential customers, any of which would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our global operations subject us to risks that can harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

          A key element of our strategy is to operate globally and sell our products to customers across the world. Operating globally requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic, geographic and political risks. In particular, our global operations subject us to a variety of additional risks and challenges, including:

    increased management, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with having operations in many countries;

    difficulties in enforcing contracts, including so-called "clickwrap" contracts that are entered into online, on which we have historically relied as part of our product licensing strategy, but which may be subject to additional legal uncertainty in some foreign jurisdictions;

    increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

    requirements or preferences for domestic products, and difficulties in replacing products offered by more established or known regional competitors;

    differing technical standards, existing or future regulatory and certification requirements and required features and functionality;

    communication and integration problems related to entering and serving new markets with different languages, cultures and political systems;

    compliance with foreign privacy and security laws and regulations and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

    compliance with laws and regulations for foreign operations, including anti-bribery laws (such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.S. Travel Act, and the U.K. Bribery Act), import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions, and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell our products in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

    heightened risks of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies that may impact our financial results and result in restatements of our consolidated financial statements;

    fluctuations in currency exchange rates and related effects on our results of operations;

    difficulties in repatriating or transferring funds from or converting currencies in certain countries;

    weak economic conditions in each country or region and general economic uncertainty around the world;

    differing labor standards, including restrictions related to, and the increased cost of, terminating employees in some countries;

    difficulties in recruiting and hiring employees in certain countries;

    the preference for localized software and licensing programs;

    the preference for localized language support;

24


Table of Contents

    reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties of enforcing rights abroad; and

    compliance with the laws of numerous foreign taxing jurisdictions, including withholding obligations, and overlapping of different tax regimes.

          Compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our global operations substantially increases our cost of doing business in foreign jurisdictions. We may be unable to keep current with changes in government requirements as they change from time to time. Failure to comply with these regulations could harm our business. In many countries, it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or other regulations applicable to us. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and policies, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, contractors, partners and agents will comply with these laws and policies. Violations of laws or key control policies by our employees, contractors, partners or agents could result in delays in revenue recognition, financial reporting misstatements, enforcement actions, reputational harm, disgorgement of profits, fines, civil and criminal penalties, damages, injunctions, other collateral consequences or the prohibition of the importation or exportation of our products and could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on our executive officers and other key employees and the loss of one or more of these employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could harm our business.

          Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our executive officers and key employees. We rely on our leadership team and other key employees in the areas of research and development, products, operations, security, marketing, IT, support and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. In October 2015, our former Chief Financial Officer, Erik Bardman, resigned from the company to focus on matters related to a past employer, including an investigation of certain accounting practices entirely with respect to such past employment. Murray Demo was appointed as our new Chief Financial Officer in October 2015 to replace Mr. Bardman. While Mr. Demo has served on our board of directors since December 2011, including as the chair of our audit committee, he has been our Chief Financial Officer and an executive officer for a short period of time prior to this offering. In addition, we do not have employment agreements with our executive officers or other key personnel that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers, especially our co-chief executive officers, or key employees could harm our business.

          In addition, in order to execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for these personnel in Sydney, Australia, the San Francisco Bay Area, and in other locations where we maintain offices, is intense, especially for engineers experienced in designing and developing software and SaaS applications. We have, from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. In particular, recruiting and hiring senior product engineering personnel to work in our Sydney, Australia office, where our product team is concentrated, has been, and we expect to continue to be, challenging. If we are unable to hire talented product engineering personnel, we may be unable to scale our operations or release new products in a timely fashion and, as a result, customer satisfaction with our products may decline.

          Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, these employers may attempt to assert that the employees or we have breached certain legal obligations,

25


Table of Contents

resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the value or perceived value of our equity awards declines, it may harm our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Acquisitions of other businesses, products or technologies could disrupt our business, and we may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions.

          We have completed a number of acquisitions and expect to evaluate and consider additional strategic transactions, including acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses, technologies, services, products, and other assets in the future. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our products, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution, discount pricing or investments in other companies.

          Any acquisition, investment or business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, products, personnel or operations of the acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of the acquired companies choose not to work for us, their software and services are not easily adapted to work with our products, or we have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business due to changes in ownership, management or otherwise. Acquisitions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our existing business. We may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology or personnel, or accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction, including accounting charges. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment or business relationship may not be realized or we may be exposed to unknown risks or liabilities.

          In the future, we may not be able to find other suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. Our previous and future acquisitions may not achieve our goals, and any future acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by users, customers, developers or investors.

          Negotiating these transactions can be time consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to complete these transactions may often be subject to approvals that are beyond our control. Consequently, these transactions, even if announced, may not be completed. For one or more of those transactions, we may:

    issue additional equity securities that would dilute our existing shareholders;

    use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;

    incur large charges, expenses or substantial liabilities;

    incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay;

    encounter difficulties retaining key employees of the acquired company or integrating diverse software codes or business cultures; and

    become subject to adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation, impairment or deferred compensation charges.

26


Table of Contents

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovative approach, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture and our business could be harmed.

          We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork and an emphasis on customer-focused results. In addition, we believe that our culture creates an environment that drives and perpetuates our product strategy and low-cost distribution approach. As we grow and develop the infrastructure of a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain our corporate culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could harm our future success, including our ability to retain and recruit personnel, innovate and operate effectively and execute on our business strategy.

We face exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

          While we sell our products exclusively in U.S. dollars, we incur expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, which exposes us to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Because a large percentage of our expenses are denominated in the Australian dollar and due to the Australian dollar's recent weakening position relative to the U.S. dollar, our results of operations were positively impacted by foreign currency rate fluctuations in recent periods. However, this may not continue, and future fluctuations could negatively impact our results of operations. In addition, in the future, we may transact in non-U.S. dollar currencies for our products, and, accordingly, future changes in the value of non-U.S. dollar currencies relative to the U.S. dollar could affect our revenue and results of operations due to transactional and translational remeasurements that are reflected in our results of operations.

          We do not currently maintain a meaningful program to hedge exposures in non-U.S. dollar currencies. Moreover, other than our U.S. subsidiaries, our subsidiaries maintain net assets that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In the future, we may use derivative instruments, such as non-U.S. dollar currency forward and option contracts, to hedge certain exposures to fluctuations in non-U.S. dollar currency exchange rates. The use of such hedging instruments may not fully offset the adverse financial effects of unfavorable movements in non-U.S. dollar exchange rates over the limited time the hedges are in place. Moreover, the use of hedging instruments may introduce additional risks if we are unable to structure effective hedges with such instruments.

We are subject to government regulation, including import, export, economic sanctions and anti-corruption laws and regulations, that may expose us to liability and increase our costs.

          Various of our products are subject to U.S. export controls, including the U.S. Department of Commerce's Export Administration Regulations and economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Controls. These regulations may limit the export of our products and provision of our services outside of the United States, or may require export authorizations, including by license, a license exception or other appropriate government authorizations, including annual or semi-annual reporting and the filing of an encryption registration. Export control and economic sanctions laws may also include prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain of our products to embargoed or sanctioned countries, regions, governments, persons and entities. In addition, various countries regulate the importation of certain products, through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products. The exportation, reexportation, and importation of our products and the provision of services, including by our partners, must comply with these laws or else we may be adversely affected, through reputational harm, government investigations, penalties, and a denial or curtailment of our ability to export our products or provide services. Complying with export control and sanctions laws may be time consuming and may result in the

27


Table of Contents

delay or loss of sales opportunities. Although we take precautions to prevent our products from being provided in violation of such laws, we are aware of previous exports of certain of our products to a small number of persons and organizations that are the subject of U.S. sanctions or located in countries or regions subject to U.S. sanctions. If we are found to be in violation of U.S. sanctions or export control laws, it could result in substantial fines and penalties for us and for the individuals working for us. Changes in export or import laws or corresponding sanctions, may delay the introduction and sale of our products in international markets, or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries, regions, governments, persons or entities altogether, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

          We are also subject to various domestic and international anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, as well as other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations. These laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their employees and intermediaries from authorizing, offering or providing improper payments or benefits to officials and other recipients for improper purposes. We rely on certain third parties to support our sales and regulatory compliance efforts and can be held liable for their corrupt or other illegal activities, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Although we take precautions to prevent violations of these laws, our exposure for violating these laws increases as our international presence expands and as we increase sales and operations in foreign jurisdictions.

We recognize certain revenue streams over the term of our subscription and maintenance contracts. Consequently, downturns in new sales may not be immediately reflected in our results of operations and may be difficult to discern.

          We generally recognize subscription and maintenance revenue from customers ratably over the terms of their contracts. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to subscription and maintenance plans entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed licenses, subscriptions and maintenance plans in any single quarter may only have a small impact on our revenue results for that quarter. However, such a decline will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our products, and potential changes in our pricing policies or rate of expansion or retention, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. We may also be unable to reduce our cost structure in line with a significant deterioration in sales. In addition, a significant majority of our costs are expensed as incurred, while a significant portion of our revenue is recognized over the life of the agreement with our customer. As a result, increased growth in the number of our customers could continue to result in our recognition of more costs than revenue in the earlier periods of the terms of certain of our customer agreements. Our subscription and maintenance revenue also makes it more difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from certain new customers must be recognized over the applicable term.

If we fail to integrate our products with a variety of operating systems, software applications, platforms and hardware that are developed by others, our products may become less marketable, less competitive, or obsolete and our results of operations would be harmed.

          Our products must integrate with a variety of network, hardware, and software platforms, and we need to continuously modify and enhance our products to adapt to changes in hardware, software, networking, browser and database technologies. In particular, we have developed our products to be able to easily integrate with third-party SaaS applications, including the applications of software providers that compete with us, through the interaction of application programming interfaces, or APIs. In general, we rely on the fact that the providers of such software systems continue to allow us access to their APIs to enable these customer integrations. To date, we have

28


Table of Contents

not relied on a long-term written contract to govern our relationship with these providers. Instead, we are subject to the standard terms and conditions for application developers of such providers, which govern the distribution, operation and fees of such software systems, and which are subject to change by such providers from time to time. Our business may be harmed if any provider of such software systems:

    discontinues or limits our access to its APIs;

    modifies its terms of service or other policies, including fees charged to, or other restrictions on us or other application developers;

    changes how customer information is accessed by us or our customers;

    establishes more favorable relationships with one or more of our competitors; or

    develops or otherwise favors its own competitive offerings over ours.

          We believe a significant component of our value proposition to customers is the ability to optimize and configure our products with these third-party SaaS applications through our respective APIs. If we are not permitted or able to integrate with these and other third-party SaaS applications in the future, demand for our products could be harmed and our business and results of operations would be harmed.

          In addition, an increasing number of individuals within organizations are utilizing mobile devices to access the Internet and corporate resources and to conduct business. We have designed and continue to design mobile applications to provide access to our products through these devices. If we cannot provide effective functionality through these mobile applications as required by organizations and individuals that widely use mobile devices, we may experience difficulty attracting and retaining customers. Failure of our products to operate effectively with future infrastructure platforms and technologies could also reduce the demand for our products, resulting in customer dissatisfaction and harm to our business. If we are unable to respond to changes in a cost-effective manner, our products may become less marketable, less competitive or obsolete and our results of operations may be harmed.

Because our products can be used to collect and store personal information, global privacy and data security concerns could result in additional costs and liabilities to us or inhibit sales of our products.

          Personal privacy and data security have become significant issues in the United States, Europe and in many other jurisdictions where we offer our products. The regulatory framework for privacy and security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Many federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies have adopted, or are considering adopting, laws and regulations regarding the collection, use and disclosure of personal information. In the United States, these include rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of federal agencies and state attorneys general and consumer protection agencies. Globally, virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate has established its own data security and privacy legal framework with which we or our customers must comply, including the Directive 95/46/EC on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, or the Data Protection Directive, established in the European Union and data protection legislation of the individual member states subject to the Directive. The Data Protection Directive will likely be replaced in time with the pending European General Data Protection Regulation which may impose additional obligations and risk upon our business. In many jurisdictions enforcement actions and consequences for non-compliance are also rising.

29


Table of Contents

          If we are not able to comply with certain regulations or produce various certifications, such as SOC2, which is an audited report on the effectiveness of a service organization's internal controls regarding the security, availability, processing integrity, confidentiality and data privacy maintained by the organization, our business and reputation may be harmed. As a result of the October 6, 2015 European Union Court of Justice ("ECJ") opinion in Schrems v. Data Protection Commissioner which invalidated the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework as a means of legitimizing transfers of personal data from the European Economic Area ("EEA") to the United States, we may be unsuccessful in establishing legitimate means for transferring personal data from the EEA to our locations in the United States, or we may experience hesitancy, reluctance or refusal by European or multi-national customers to continue to use our services due to the perceived potential risk exposure and additional costs to such customers. We and our customers are at risk of enforcement actions taken by an European Union data protection authority until such point in time that we ensure that all data transfers to us from the EEA are legitimized. Despite actions we have taken or will be taking to address the changes brought on by the ECJ opinion, we may be unsuccessful in establishing a conforming means of transferring data from the EEA due to ongoing legislative activity that could vary the current data protection landscape. As we expand into new industries and grow our customer base, we will need to comply with these and other new requirements. If we cannot comply or if we incur a violation in one or more of these requirements, some customers may be limited in their ability to purchase our products, our growth could be harmed and we could incur significant liabilities.

          In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different self-regulatory standards that either legally or contractually apply to us. Further, our customers may require us to comply with more stringent privacy and data security contractual requirements or obtain certifications that we do not currently have and any failure to obtain these certifications could reduce the demand for our products. If we were required to obtain additional industry certifications, we would incur significant additional expenses and we would have to divert resources which could slow the release of new products, all of which could harm our ability to effectively compete.

          Because the interpretation and application of many privacy and data protection laws are uncertain, it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our products. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits and other claims and penalties, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or modify our products, which could harm our business. Any inability to adequately address privacy and data security concerns, even if unfounded, or comply with applicable privacy or data security laws, regulations and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales and harm our business.

          Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the laws, regulations and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the adoption and use of, and reduce the overall demand for, our products.

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement or misappropriation of their proprietary rights.

          There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our future success depends in part on not infringing upon or misappropriating the intellectual property rights of others. From time to time, our competitors or other third parties may claim that we are infringing upon or misappropriating their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon or misappropriating such rights. We may be unaware of the intellectual property rights of others that may cover some or all of our technology, or technology

30


Table of Contents

that we obtain from third parties. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our products or using certain technologies, require us to implement expensive work-arounds or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. In the case of infringement or misappropriation caused by technology that we obtain from third parties, any indemnification or other contractual protections we obtain from such third parties, if any, may be insufficient to cover the liabilities we incur as a result of such infringement or misappropriation. We may also be obligated to indemnify our customers or business partners in connection with any such litigation and to obtain licenses, modify our products or refund fees, which could further exhaust our resources. In addition, we may incur substantial costs to resolve claims or litigation, whether or not successfully asserted against us, which could include payment of significant settlement, royalty or license fees, modification of our products or refunds to customers of fees. Even if we were to prevail in the event of claims or litigation against us, any claim or litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and other employees from our business operations and disrupt our business.

Indemnity provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement and other losses.

          Our agreements with customers and other third parties may include indemnification or other provisions under which we agree to indemnify or otherwise be liable to them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our products or other acts or omissions. The term of these contractual provisions often survives termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments or damage claims from contractual breach could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Although we normally contractually limit our liability with respect to such obligations, we may still incur substantial liability related to them. Any dispute with a customer with respect to such obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with that customer and other current and prospective customers, reduce demand for our products, and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We use open source software in our products that may subject our products to general release or require us to re-engineer our products, which may harm our business.

          We use open source software in our products and expect to continue to use open source software in the future. There are uncertainties regarding the proper interpretation of and compliance with open source software licenses. Consequently, there is a risk that the owners of the copyrights in such open source software may claim that the open source licenses governing their use impose certain conditions or restrictions on our ability to use the software that we did not anticipate. Such owners may seek to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license, including by demanding release of the source code for the open source software, derivative works of such software, or, in some cases, our proprietary source code that uses or was developed using such open source software. These claims could also result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products, any of which could result in reputational harm and would harm our business and results of operations. In addition, if the license terms for the open source software we utilize change, we may be forced to re-engineer our products or incur additional costs to comply with the changed license terms or to replace the affected open source software. Although we have implemented policies and tools to regulate the use and incorporation of open source software into our products, we cannot be certain that we have not incorporated open source software in our products in a manner that is inconsistent with such policies.

31


Table of Contents

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

          Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon our intellectual property. We primarily rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, customers, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate. We make business decisions about when to seek patent protection for a particular technology and when to rely upon trade secret protection, and the approach we select may ultimately prove to be inadequate. Even in cases where we seek patent protection, there is no assurance that the resulting patents will effectively protect every significant feature of our products. In addition, we believe that the protection of our trademark rights is an important factor in product recognition, protecting our brand and maintaining goodwill. If we do not adequately protect our rights in our trademarks from infringement, any goodwill that we have developed in those trademarks could be lost or impaired, which could harm our brand and our business. In any event, in order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights.

          For example, in order to promote the transparency and adoption of our downloadable software, we provide our customers with the ability to request a copy of the source code of those products, which they may customize for their internal use under limited license terms, subject to confidentiality and use restrictions. If any of our customers misuses or distributes our source code in violation of our agreements with them, or anyone else obtains access to our source code, it could cost us significant time and resources to enforce our rights and remediate any resulting competitive harms.

          Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights, which could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our brand and our business.

We may require additional capital to support our operations or the growth of our business and we cannot be certain that we will be able to secure this capital on favorable terms, or at all.

          We may require additional capital to respond to business opportunities, challenges, acquisitions, a decline in the level of license, subscription or maintenance revenue for our products, or unforeseen circumstances. We may not be able to timely secure debt or equity financing on favorable terms, or at all. Any debt financing obtained by us could involve restrictive covenants relating to financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or other securities convertible into equity, our existing shareholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our Class A ordinary shares. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

32


Table of Contents

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use, value added or similar taxes, and we could be subject to liability with respect to past or future sales, which could harm our results of operations.

          We do not collect sales and use, value added and similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based on our understanding that such taxes are not applicable. Sales and use, value added and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly by jurisdiction. Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties, and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest, or future requirements may harm our results of operations.

Our global operations and structure subject us to potentially adverse tax consequences.

          We generally conduct our global operations through subsidiaries and report our taxable income in various jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. A change in our global operations could result in higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows and lower overall profitability. In particular, our intercompany relationships are subject to complex transfer pricing regulations administered by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. The relevant revenue and taxing authorities may disagree with positions we have taken generally, or our determinations as to the value of assets sold or acquired or income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. If such a disagreement were to occur, and our position were not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows and lower overall profitability of our operations.

          We restructured our corporate entities in 2014 and, as a result, our parent entity is now a company organized in the United Kingdom. Certain government agencies in jurisdictions where we and our affiliates do business have had an extended focus on issues related to the taxation of multinational companies. In addition, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development has initiated a base erosion and profit shifting project which seeks to establish certain international standards for taxing the worldwide income of multinational companies. As a result of these developments, the tax laws of certain countries in which we and our affiliates do business could change on a prospective or retroactive basis, and any such changes could increase our liabilities for taxes, interest and penalties, and therefore could harm our cash flows, results of operations and financial position.

Certain estimates of market opportunity, forecasts of market growth and our operating metrics included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate.

          Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts in this prospectus relating to the size and expected growth of our target market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the markets in which we compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. In addition, our monthly active user metric is calculated using internal analytics and is subject to a number of assumptions and extrapolations, and as a result, the actual number of monthly active users may be different than our disclosed numbers.

Changes in laws and regulations related to the Internet or changes in the Internet infrastructure itself may diminish the demand for our products, and could harm our business.

          The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication, and business applications. Federal, state, or

33


Table of Contents

foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our products in order to comply with these changes. In addition, government agencies or private organizations have imposed and may impose additional taxes, fees, or other charges for accessing the Internet or commerce conducted via the Internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of Internet-related commerce or communications generally, or result in reductions in the demand for Internet-based products such as ours. In addition, the use of the Internet as a business tool could be harmed due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of Internet activity, security, reliability, cost, ease-of-use, accessibility, and quality of service. The performance of the Internet and its acceptance as a business tool has been harmed by "viruses", "worms", and similar malicious programs and the Internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure. If the use of the Internet is adversely affected by these issues, demand for our products could decline.

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business.

          Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations, international commerce and the global economy, and thus could harm our business. We have a large employee presence in San Francisco, California and we operate or utilize data centers that are located in northern California and Virginia. The west coast of the United States contains active earthquake zones. In the event of a major earthquake, hurricane or catastrophic event such as fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, cyber-attack, war or terrorist attack, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our application development, lengthy interruptions in our products, breaches of data security and loss of critical data, all of which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

          Additionally, we rely on our network and third-party infrastructure and applications, internal technology systems, and our websites for our development, marketing, operational support, hosted services and sales activities. If these systems were to fail or be negatively impacted as a result of a natural disaster or other event, our ability to deliver products to our customers would be impaired.

          As we grow our business, the need for business continuity planning and disaster recovery plans will grow in significance. If we are unable to develop adequate plans to ensure that our business functions continue to operate during and after a disaster, and successfully execute on those plans in the event of a disaster or emergency, our business and reputation would be harmed.

Adverse economic conditions could negatively impact our business.

          Our results of operations may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on us or our customers. Our business depends on demand for business software applications generally and for collaboration software solutions in particular. In addition, the market adoption of our products and our revenue is dependent on the number of users of our products. To the extent that weak economic conditions reduce the number of personnel providing development or engineering services or that limit the available budgets within organizations for software products, demand for our products may be harmed. If economic conditions deteriorate, our customers and prospective customers may elect to decrease their information technology budgets, which would limit our ability to grow our business and harm our results of operations.

34


Table of Contents


Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Ordinary Shares and this Offering

The dual class structure of our ordinary shares has the effect of concentrating voting control with certain shareholders, in particular, our co-chief executive officers and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.

          Our Class B ordinary shares have ten votes per share, and our Class A ordinary shares, which are the shares we are selling in this offering, have one vote per share. Upon the completion of this offering, shareholders who hold our Class B ordinary shares will collectively hold         % of the voting power of our outstanding share capital and in particular, our co-chief executive officers, Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar, will collectively hold         % of the voting power of our outstanding share capital. After the completion of this offering, the holders of our Class B ordinary shares will collectively continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our share capital and therefore be able to control substantially all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval so long as our Class B ordinary shares represent at least 10% of all of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. These holders of our Class B ordinary shares may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

          Future transfers by holders of our Class B ordinary shares will generally result in those shares converting into our Class A ordinary shares, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning purposes. The conversion of our Class B ordinary shares into our Class A ordinary shares will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B ordinary shares who retain their shares in the long term. If, for example, Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar retain a significant portion of their holdings of our Class B ordinary shares for an extended period of time, they will control a significant portion of the voting power of our share capital for the foreseeable future. As members of our board of directors, Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar each owe statutory and fiduciary duties to us and must act in good faith and in a manner they consider would be most likely to promote the success of the company for the benefit of shareholders as a whole. As shareholders, Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar are entitled to vote their shares in their own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our shareholders generally. For a description of the dual class structure, see "Description of Share Capital".

There has been no prior market for our Class A ordinary shares and an active market may not develop or be sustained and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

          There has been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our Class A ordinary shares will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our Class A ordinary shares following this offering. If you purchase our Class A ordinary shares in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price, if at all. An active or liquid market in our Class A ordinary shares may not develop following this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable.

35


Table of Contents

The market price of our Class A ordinary shares may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

          The trading price of our Class A ordinary shares is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely regardless of our operating performance. The market price of our Class A ordinary shares may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

    the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

    failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our company, changes in financial estimates or ratings changes by any securities analysts who follow our company or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

    actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors' businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

    announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;

    developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or our products, or third-party proprietary rights;

    new laws or regulations, new interpretations of existing laws, or the new application of existing regulations to our business;

    any major change in our board of directors or management;

    additional Class A ordinary shares being sold into the market by us or our existing shareholders or the anticipation of such sales;

    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of technology companies in our industry;

    lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and

    other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

          In addition, the stock markets, and in particular the market on which our Class A ordinary shares will be listed, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, shareholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of

36


Table of Contents

management from operating our business, and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Substantial future sales of our Class A ordinary shares could cause the market price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.

          The market price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline as a result of substantial sales of our Class A ordinary shares, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant shareholders, a large number of our Class A ordinary shares becoming available for sale or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares. After this offering, we will have                          outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 155,803,022 Class B ordinary shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2015. This includes the Class A ordinary shares offered in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining shares are currently restricted as a result of market stand-off agreements and provisions in our articles of association restricting their sale for a period of up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, certain of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters, and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representatives of the underwriters, may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees and current shareholders who are subject to lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

          Additionally, the shares subject to outstanding options and RSU awards under our equity incentive plans and the shares reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans will become eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a more detailed description of sales that may occur in the future.

          Upon completion of this offering, shareholders owning an aggregate of 13,385,820 Class A ordinary shares and 154,190,520 Class B ordinary shares will be entitled, under contracts providing for registration rights, to require us to register their shares for public sale in the United States. We also intend to register Class A ordinary shares that we may issue under our employee equity incentive plans and ESPP. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to certain market stand-off or lock-up agreements.

          Sales of our Class A ordinary shares as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause the market price of our Class A ordinary shares to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell our Class A ordinary shares.

We are an "emerging growth company" and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

          We are an "emerging growth company", as defined in the federal securities laws, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies" including, but not limited to, not being immediately required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A ordinary shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile. We may remain an "emerging growth company" until the last day of the fiscal year following the five-year

37


Table of Contents

anniversary of the completion of this offering, although if the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of a fiscal year prior to the five-year anniversary, we would cease to be an "emerging growth company" as of the following December 31.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management's attention, and affect our ability to attract and retain executive officers and qualified board members.

          As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the listing requirements of the exchange upon which our shares are listed and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an "emerging growth company" or if we were to lose our status as a "foreign private issuer" as discussed below. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual reports with respect to our business and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis and we will be required to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally audit and attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an "emerging growth company". As a result of the complexity involved in complying with the rules and regulations applicable to public companies, our management's attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the pressures of operating a public company may divert management's attention to delivering short-term results, instead of focusing on long-term strategy.

          We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to maintain adequate director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation and leadership development committee, and qualified executive officers.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A ordinary shares may be harmed.

          As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. We will also be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are in the process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process is time consuming, costly, and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial

38


Table of Contents

reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of Class A ordinary shares could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering or our future operating profits in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

          Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not increase the value of our business, which could cause our share price to decline.

          Moreover, we have in the past and intend to continue in the future, to donate on an annual basis a portion of our operating profit, all revenues associated with our starter licenses for on-premises products and a portion of our employee time to non-profit and charitable causes, which may not increase the value of our business. We donated an aggregate of $1.2 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, which represented 0.8%, 0.6% and 0.5% of our revenues and 11%, 7% and 23% of our net income in those years, respectively.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

          The trading market for our Class A ordinary shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our Class A ordinary shares would be harmed. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A ordinary shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our Class A ordinary share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A ordinary shares could decrease, which might cause our Class A ordinary share price and trading volume to decline.

We do not expect to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.

          We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to shareholders will therefore be limited to the increase, if any, of our share price, which may never occur.


Risks Related to Investing in a Foreign Private Issuer or an English Company

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to report our financial results under IFRS, are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a U.S. company and our Class A ordinary shares are not listed, and we do not intend to list our shares, on any market in the United Kingdom, our country of incorporation. This may limit the information available to holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

          We are a "foreign private issuer", as defined in the SEC's rules and regulations and, consequently, we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to public

39


Table of Contents

companies organized within the United States. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act, including the U.S. proxy rules under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers and directors are exempt from the reporting and "short-swing" profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, while we expect to submit quarterly interim consolidated financial data to the SEC under cover of the SEC's Form 6-K, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies and will not be required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A ordinary shares less attractive because of these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A ordinary shares less attractive, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile.

          Furthermore, our shares are not listed and we do not currently intend to list our shares on any market in the United Kingdom, our country of incorporation. As a result, we are not subject to the reporting and other requirements of companies listed in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, there will be less publicly available information concerning our company than there would be if we were a public company organized in the United States.

          In addition, we report our financial statements under IFRS. There have been and there may in the future be certain significant differences between IFRS and generally accepted accounting principles adopted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP"), including differences related to revenue recognition, share-based compensation expense, income tax and earnings per share. As a result, our financial information and reported earnings for historical or future periods could be significantly different if they were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As a result, you may not be able to meaningfully compare our financial statements under IFRS with those companies that prepare financial statements under U.S. GAAP.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain requirements under the NASDAQ listing standards. This may afford less protection to holders of our Class A ordinary shares than U.S. regulations.

          As a foreign private issuer whose shares are expected to be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we are permitted to follow English corporate law and the Companies Act 2006 ("Companies Act") with regard to certain aspects of corporate governance in lieu of certain requirements under the NASDAQ listing standards.

          A foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the SEC each requirement under the NASDAQ listing standards with which it does not comply, followed by a description of its applicable home country practice. Our home country practices differ in significant respects from the corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers listed on the NASDAQ Global Market and may, therefore, afford less protection to holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

          We may rely on exemptions available under the NASDAQ listing standards to a foreign private issuer and follow our home country practices in the future, and as a result, you may not be provided with the benefits of certain corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ listing standards.

40


Table of Contents

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional cost and expense.

          In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (1) a majority of voting power of our shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (2) (a) a majority of our executive officers or directors must not be U.S. citizens or residents, (b) more than 50% of our assets cannot be located in the United States, and (c) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we lost this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We would also be required under current SEC rules to prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and modify certain of our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC rules and the NASDAQ listing standards. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be higher than the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

Provisions contained in our articles of association and under the laws of England may frustrate or prevent an attempt to obtain control of us.

          Provisions in our articles of association, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated articles of association include provisions that:

    specify that general meetings of our shareholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chair of our board of directors, or one of our co-chief executive officers (or otherwise by shareholders in accordance with the Companies Act); and

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum.

          Provisions of the laws of England may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. The Companies Act includes provisions that:

    require that any action to be taken by our shareholders be effected at a duly called general meeting (including the annual general meeting) and not by written consent; and

    require the approval of the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding shares to amend the provisions of our articles of association.

          These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for shareholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.

          In addition, because we are a public limited company whose registered office is in the United Kingdom, we may become subject to the U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers ("Takeover Code") which is issued and administered by the U.K. Panel on Takeovers and Mergers ("Takeover Panel"). The Takeover Code applies, among other things, to an offer for a public company whose registered office is in the United Kingdom and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market or multilateral trading facility in the United Kingdom (and for these purposes NASDAQ does not fall within the definition of regulated market or multilateral trading facility), or to

41


Table of Contents

an offer for a public company whose registered office is in the United Kingdom if the company is considered by the Takeover Panel to have its place of central management and control in the United Kingdom. Although we believe that the Takeover Code does not apply to us, the Takeover Panel will be responsible for determining whether we have our place of central management and control in the United Kingdom by looking at various factors, including the structure of our board of directors and where they are resident.

          If at the time of a takeover offer the Takeover Panel determines that we have our place of central management and control in the United Kingdom, or if at that time we have our shares admitted to trading on a regulated market or multilateral trading facility in the United Kingdom (or a regulated market in one or more member states of the European Economic Area), we would be subject to a number of rules and restrictions, including but not limited to the following: (1) our ability to enter into deal protection arrangements with a bidder would be extremely limited; (2) we may not, without the approval of our shareholders, be able to perform certain actions that could have the effect of frustrating an offer, such as issuing shares or carrying out acquisitions or disposals; and (3) we would be obliged to provide equality of information to all bona-fide competing bidders.

The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

          We are incorporated under English law. The rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares are governed by English law, including the provisions of the Companies Act, and by our articles of association. These rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations organized under Delaware law. See "Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law" for a description of the principal differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders' rights and protections.

Shareholders in certain jurisdictions may not be able to exercise their pre-emptive rights if we increase our share capital.

          Under the Companies Act, our shareholders generally have the right to subscribe and pay for a sufficient number of our shares to maintain their relative ownership percentages prior to the issuance of any new shares in exchange for cash consideration. Shareholders in certain jurisdictions may not be able to exercise their pre-emptive rights unless securities laws have been complied with in such jurisdictions with respect to such rights and the related shares, or an exemption from the requirements of the securities laws of these jurisdictions is available. We currently do not intend to register the Class A ordinary shares under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, and no assurance can be given that an exemption from the securities laws requirements of other jurisdictions will be available to shareholders in these jurisdictions. To the extent that such shareholders are not able to exercise their pre-emptive rights, the pre-emptive rights would lapse and the proportional interests of such shareholders would be reduced.

          Further, the Companies Act provides that in certain circumstances the pre-emptive rights available to shareholders can be overridden, including where there is an issue of shares for non-cash consideration or the disapplication of the pre-emptive rights is approved by the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding shares. Our shareholders have approved prior to this offering the disapplication of these pre-emptive rights for a period of five years from our fiscal 2015 annual shareholder meeting.

42


Table of Contents

U.S. holders of our shares could be subject to material adverse tax consequences if we are considered a "passive foreign investment company" for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

          We do not believe that we are a passive foreign investment company, and we do not expect to become a passive foreign investment company. However, our status in any taxable year will depend on our assets, income and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a passive foreign investment company for the current taxable year or any future taxable years. If we were a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year while a taxable U.S. holder held our shares, such U.S. holder would generally be taxed at ordinary income rates on any sale of our shares and on any dividends treated as "excess distributions". An interest charge also generally would apply based on any taxation deferred during such U.S. holder's holding period in the shares. See "Taxation—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders".

U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against us, our directors or executive officers.

          Under English law, a director owes various statutory and fiduciary duties to us, and not, except in certain limited circumstances, to shareholders. This means that under English law generally we, rather than the shareholders, are the proper claimant in an action in respect of a wrong done to us by a director. Notwithstanding this general position, the Companies Act provides that a court may allow a shareholder to bring a derivative claim, which is an action in respect of and on behalf of us, in respect of a cause of action arising from a director's negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust. The ability to bring a derivative claim is, however, subject to compliance with a number of procedural requirements which may in practice be difficult for shareholders to comply with.

          We are a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England. Certain of our directors and executive officers and experts named in this prospectus reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of our assets and a substantial portion of the assets of such directors and executive officers, are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for an investor to serve legal process on us or our directors and executive officers or have any of them appear in a U.S. court.

          It may not be possible to bring proceedings or enforce a judgment of a U.S. court in respect of civil liabilities predicated on the U.S. federal securities laws in England. The English courts will not enforce, either directly or indirectly, a penal, revenue or other public law of a foreign state. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in England. An award of damages is usually considered to be punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is instead intended to punish the defendant. In addition to public policy aspects of enforcement, the enforceability of any judgment in England will depend on the particular facts of the case such as the nature of the judgment and whether the English court considered the U.S. court to have had jurisdiction. It will also depend on the laws and treaties in effect at that time. The United States and the United Kingdom do not currently have a treaty or convention providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, to enforce a judgment of a U.S. court, the party seeking to enforce the judgment must bring an action at common law in respect of the amount due under the judgment.

43


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as "may", "will", "should", "expects", "plans", "anticipates", "could", "intends", "target", "projects", "contemplates", "believes", "estimates", "predicts", "potential" or "continue" or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

    our future financial performance, including our revenues, cost of revenues, gross profit or gross margin and operating expenses;

    the sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents to meet our liquidity needs;

    our ability to increase the number of customers using our software;

    our ability to attract and retain customers to use our products and solutions;

    our ability to successfully expand in our existing markets and into new markets;

    our ability to effectively manage our growth and future expenses;

    our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property;

    our future profitability;

    our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business;

    the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel; and

    future acquisitions of or investments in complementary companies, products, services or technologies.

          We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

          You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

          The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments.

44


Table of Contents


MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

          This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that are based on industry publications and reports. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors", that could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

          Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The source of these independent industry publications is provided below:

    (1)
    Gartner, Inc., Forecast: Enterprise Software Markets, Worldwide, 2012-2019, Q315 Update, September 2015.

    (2)
    International Data Corporation, Worldwide Collaborative Applications Forecast, 2015-2019, June 2015.

    (3)
    International Data Corporation, Worldwide Project and Portfolio Management Forecast, 2015-2019, June 2015.

    (4)
    Forrester Research, Inc., Info Workers Will Erase The Boundary Between Enterprise And Consumer Technologies, August 2012.

    (5)
    Tynan, Dan, "Boom or bust: The lowdown on code academies", JavaWorld.com, February 10, 2014.

    (6)
    Evans Data Corporation, Global Developer Population and Demographic Study, 2015.

          The Gartner Reports described herein represent research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Reports are subject to change without notice.

45


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of $              million based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds would be approximately $              million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of Class A ordinary shares offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $             per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility and create a public market for our Class A ordinary shares. We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time.

          We also may use certain of the net proceeds to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to the vesting of RSUs held by current and former employees, which will begin to vest after the completion of this offering. We do not currently know the amount of net proceeds that would be used to satisfy these tax withholding obligations because it would be dependent on a number of factors, including our share price on the date of vesting and the number of shares underlying RSUs that vest on such date. Assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $             per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus,                  shares underlying RSUs vesting on such date and the statutory minimum income tax rate for our employees, we would use $              million to satisfy these tax withholding obligations. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount we would be required to pay to satisfy these tax withholding obligations by $              million.

          We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds to us from the offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.

46


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

          While we have historically paid limited dividends, we do not have any present or future plan to pay dividends on our shares. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

          See "Taxation" and "Description of Share Capital—Other U.K. Law Considerations—Dividends" for more information on dividends.

47


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and capitalization as of September 30, 2015:

    on an actual basis; and

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the sale and issuance of                  Class A ordinary shares by us in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $             per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  September 30, 2015  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma
as Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 208,332   $    

Short-term investments

  $ 15,057   $ 15,057  

Share capital

  $ 18,631   $    

Share premium

    6,989        

Capital redemption reserve

    98     98  

Merger reserve

    34,943     34,943  

Share-based payments reserve

    131,218     131,218  

Foreign currency translation reserve

    4,116     4,116  

Retained earnings

    19,984     19,984  

Total capitalization

  $ 215,979   $    

          A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, share capital and total capitalization by approximately $              million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of Class A ordinary shares offered by us would increase or decrease each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, share capital and total capitalization by approximately $              million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $             per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

48


Table of Contents

          The number of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 30,872,107 Class A ordinary shares and 155,803,022 Class B ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2015, and excludes:

    15,288,310 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options outstanding as of September 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.23 per share;

    9,758,363 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding as of September 30, 2015;

    1,552,500 Class B ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options outstanding as of September 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.51 per share; and

    26,400,000 Class A ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

    20,700,000 Class A ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan; and

    5,700,000 Class A ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our ESPP.

          Our 2015 Plan and ESPP, which will become effective on the consummation of this offering, will provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. Our 2015 Plan also will provide for increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder based on awards under our Share Option Plan, 2013 Plan and 2014 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in "Management—Compensation—Equity Compensation Plans".

49


Table of Contents


DILUTION

          If you invest in our Class A ordinary shares in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per Class A ordinary share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after this offering.

          Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2015 was $187.7 million, or $1.01 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of our ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of (i) all outstanding convertible Series A preference shares into 12,387,798 Class A ordinary shares, (ii) all outstanding restricted shares into 15,233,149 Class A ordinary shares and (iii) all outstanding convertible Series B preference shares into 15,046,180 Class B ordinary shares in connection with our initial public offering.

          After giving effect to the sale by us of                  Class A ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2015 would have been $              million, or $             per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to new investors purchasing Class A ordinary shares in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a Class A ordinary share. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2015

  $ 1.01        

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

        $    

          A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share and increase or decrease the dilution to new investors by $             per share, in each case assuming the number of Class A ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of Class A ordinary shares offered by us would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $             per share and increase or decrease the dilution to new investors by $             per share, in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $             per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

50


Table of Contents

          If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares would be $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing Class A ordinary shares in this offering would be $             per share.

          The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2015, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the number of our ordinary shares, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by existing shareholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors acquiring our Class A ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Shares Acquired  
Average
Price per
Share
 
 
 
Number
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 

Existing shareholders

            % $         % $    

New investors

                               

Totals

          100 % $       100 %      

          Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per Class A ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all shareholders by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of Class A ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

          Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full from us, our existing shareholders would own         % and our new investors would own         % of the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

          The number of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 30,872,107 Class A ordinary shares and 155,803,022 Class B ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2015, and excludes:

    15,288,310 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options outstanding as of September 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.23 per share;

    9,758,363 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding as of September 30, 2015;

    1,552,500 Class B ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options outstanding as of September 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.51 per share; and

    26,400,000 Class A ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

    20,700,000 Class A ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan; and

    5,700,000 Class A ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our ESPP.

51


Table of Contents


CORPORATE STRUCTURE

          We were incorporated and registered in the United Kingdom in November 2013 as a public company limited by shares with the name Atlassian Corporation Plc. Our registered office is located at Exchange House, Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EG, c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP. Our principal offices are located at Level 6, 341 George St., Sydney, NSW, 2000 Australia and at 1098 Harrison Street, San Francisco, California 94103.

          Atlassian Corporation Plc is a holding company and we conduct substantially all of our business through certain of our subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2015, our significant subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned, are as follows:

Name
  Country of Incorporation
Atlassian (UK) Limited   United Kingdom
Atlassian (Australia) Limited   United Kingdom
Atlassian (Global) Limited   United Kingdom
Atlassian, Inc.    United States of America
Atlassian LLC   United States of America
Atlassian Australia 1 Pty Ltd.    Australia
Atlassian Australia 2 Pty Ltd.    Australia
Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd.    Australia
Atlassian Pty Ltd   Australia
MITT Trust   Australia

          The principal laws and legislation under which we operate and under which the Class A ordinary shares will be issued is the Companies Act and the regulations made thereunder.

Reorganization

          In February 2014, we carried out a reorganization of our corporate structure (the "Reorganization"). Prior to the Reorganization, from March 2007 to February 2014, Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd., registered in Australia in November 2006 as an Australian proprietary company, limited by shares, was the ultimate holding company of the Atlassian group of companies (the "Group"). Prior to March 2007, Atlassian Pty Ltd., registered in Australia in October 2002 as an Australian proprietary company limited by shares, was the parent company of the Group.

          The Reorganization involved:

    interposing, or "top-hatting", Atlassian Corporation Plc as the new holding company of the Group;

    Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd. shareholders exchanging each of their shares for a beneficial ownership interest in shares of Atlassian Corporation Plc on a one-for-one basis; and

    Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd. option holders exchanging each of their options for equivalent options issued by Atlassian Corporation Plc.

          The Reorganization was carried out pursuant to a number of inter-conditional schemes of arrangement under the Australian Corporations Act 2001, and required the approval of the Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd. shareholders and option holders and also the approval of the Federal Court of Australia.

          The implementation date for the Reorganization was February 12, 2014, on which date all shareholders of Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd. exchanged each of their Class B ordinary shares, Series A preference shares, Series B preference shares and restricted shares in Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd. for an unregistered depositary share evidencing beneficial ownership in newly issued Class B ordinary shares, Series A preference shares, Series B preference shares and

52


Table of Contents

restricted shares in Atlassian Corporation Plc on a one-for-one basis. These newly issued shares are currently held by a depositary for the benefit of our shareholders and are evidenced by depositary receipts.

          In addition, on February 12, 2014, all holders of options to purchase Class B ordinary shares and restricted shares of Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd. exchanged each of their options for equivalent options to purchase Class B ordinary shares and restricted shares of Atlassian Corporation Plc on a one-for-one basis.

          As part of the Reorganization, Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd. became an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Atlassian Corporation Plc.

53


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

          We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated statement of financial position data as of June 30, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 and the unaudited consolidated summary of financial position data as of September 30, 2015 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which includes all standards issued by the IASB and related interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that, in our opinion, are necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results that should be expected for the full fiscal year or any other period. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Revenues

                               

Subscription

  $ 28,780   $ 51,007   $ 85,891   $ 17,176   $ 30,467  

Maintenance

    83,978     112,134     160,373     34,752     50,354  

Perpetual license

    32,789     44,186     57,373     12,917     15,501  

Other

    2,965     7,782     15,884     3,077     5,500  

Total revenues

    148,512     215,109     319,521     67,922     101,822  

Cost of revenues (1)(2)

    33,031     37,986     52,932     11,846     16,420  

Gross profit

    115,481     177,123     266,589     56,076     85,402  

Operating expenses

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Research and development (1)

    57,301     78,640     140,853     29,225     45,460  

Marketing and sales (1)(2)

    18,795     34,968     67,989     11,997     16,262  

General and administrative (1)

    26,266     41,984     57,330     12,758     17,068  

Total operating expenses

    102,362     155,592     266,172     53,980     78,790  

Operating income

    13,119     21,531     417     2,096     6,612  

Other non-operating income (expense), net

    (1,918 )   608     (1,318 )   (881 )   (137 )

Finance income

    474     317     226     73     46  

Finance costs

    (272 )   (228 )   (74 )   (16 )   (8 )

Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)

    11,403     22,228     (749 )   1,272     6,513  

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (642 )   (3,246 )   7,524     2,311     (1,431 )

Net income

  $ 10,761   $ 18,982   $ 6,775   $ 3,583   $ 5,082  

54


Table of Contents

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders (3) :

                               

Basic

  $ 0.07   $ 0.11   $ 0.04   $ 0.02   $ 0.03  

Diluted

  $ 0.07   $ 0.11   $ 0.04   $ 0.02   $ 0.03  

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders (3) :

                               

Basic

    140,748     141,530     144,008     144,008     144,008  

Diluted

    142,558     143,602     145,500     145,488     145,513  

Pro forma net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders (3) :

                               

Basic

              $ 0.04         $ 0.03  

Diluted

              $ 0.03         $ 0.02  

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders (3) :

                               

Basic

                185,112           187,113  

Diluted

                204,177           205,827  

(1)
Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

Cost of revenues

  $ 251   $ 625   $ 2,862   $ 452   $ 1,206  

Research and development

    1,189     5,120     22,842     4,632     5,921  

Marketing and sales

    583     2,068     6,670     1,142     2,742  

General and administrative

    1,468     3,551     9,160     1,700     4,227  
(2)
Amounts include amortization of intangible assets, as follows:

Cost of revenues

  $ 7,633   $ 7,591   $ 6,417   $ 1,622   $ 1,745  

Marketing and sales

    129     98     40     8     21  
(3)
See Note 17 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic, diluted and pro forma net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 116,766   $ 187,094   $ 208,332  

Working capital

    44,674     50,477     67,927  

Total assets

    262,038     397,161     414,155  

Deferred revenue

    89,183     136,565     143,266  

Total shareholders' equity

    125,329     190,054     215,979  

Non-IFRS Financial Results

          We believe that the use of non-IFRS operating income, non-IFRS net income and free cash flow is helpful to our investors. These measures, which we refer to as our non-IFRS financial measures, are not prepared in accordance with IFRS. We calculate non-IFRS operating income as operating income excluding share-based payment expense and amortization of intangible assets. We calculate non-IFRS net income as net income excluding share-based payment expense, amortization of intangible assets and the tax effects of those items. Because of varying available valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of equity instruments that can impact a company's non-cash expenses, we believe that providing non-IFRS financial measures

55


Table of Contents

that exclude share-based payment expense, amortization of intangible assets and the tax effects of those items, allow for more meaningful comparisons between our operating results from period to period.

          We calculate free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities for purchases of property and equipment and intangible assets. We consider free cash flow to be a liquidity measure that provides useful information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated by our business that can be used for strategic opportunities, including investing in our business, making strategic acquisitions and strengthening our statement of financial position. All of our non-IFRS financial measures are important tools for financial and operational decision making and for evaluating our own operating results over different periods of time.

          The tables below provide reconciliations of non-IFRS financial measures to the most recent directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS. Our non-IFRS measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate these measures in the same manner as we do. We prepare these measures to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reason we consider them appropriate.

          Our management uses non-IFRS operating income, non-IFRS net income and free cash flow:

    as a measure of operating performance, because they do not include the impact of items not directly resulting from our core operations;

    for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget;

    to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business;

    to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies; and

    in communications with our board of directors concerning our financial performance.

          We understand that, although non-IFRS operating income, non-IFRS net income and free cash flow are frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluation of companies, these measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results of operations as reported under IFRS.

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
Other Data:
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Non-IFRS operating income

  $ 24,372   $ 40,584   $ 48,408   $ 11,652   $ 22,474  

Non-IFRS net income

    20,447     35,685     45,522     11,119     18,379  

Free cash flow

    47,064     65,021     65,545     3,576     8,249  

 

 
  As of June 30,   As of
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  

Customers

    27,676     37,250     48,622     40,070     51,636  

56


Table of Contents

          The following table reflects the reconciliation of operating income to non-IFRS operating income:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

IFRS operating income

  $ 13,119   $ 21,531   $ 417   $ 2,096   $ 6,612  

Plus: Amortization of intangible assets

    7,762     7,689     6,457     1,630     1,766  

Plus: Share-based payment expense

    3,491     11,364     41,534     7,926     14,096  

Non-IFRS operating income

  $ 24,372   $ 40,584   $ 48,408   $ 11,652   $ 22,474  

          The following table reflects the reconciliation of net income to non-IFRS net income:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

IFRS net income

  $ 10,761   $ 18,982   $ 6,775   $ 3,583   $ 5,082  

Plus: Amortization of intangible assets

    7,762     7,689     6,457     1,630     1,766  

Plus: Share-based payment expense

    3,491     11,364     41,534     7,926     14,096  

Non-IFRS net income before tax adjustments

    22,014     38,035     54,766     13,139     20,944  

Plus: Income tax effects and adjustments

    (1,567 )   (2,350 )   (9,244 )   (2,020 )   (2,565 )

Non-IFRS net income

  $ 20,447   $ 35,685   $ 45,522   $ 11,119   $ 18,379  

          The following table reflects the reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 54,310   $ 75,280   $ 98,221   $ 9,654   $ 14,404  

Less: Purchases of property and equipment

    (7,246 )   (8,110 )   (31,776 )   (5,178 )   (6,155 )

Less: Purchases of intangible assets

        (2,149 )   (900 )   (900 )    

Free cash flow

  $ 47,064   $ 65,021   $ 65,545   $ 3,576   $ 8,249  

57


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

           The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, our expectations and statements regarding our outlook and future revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, plans, strategies and objectives of management and any assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements and factors that might cause future actual results to differ materially from our recent results or those projected in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors".

Overview

          Our mission is to unleash the potential in every team.

          Our products help teams organize, discuss and complete their work—delivering superior outcomes for their organizations.

          Our company was founded in 2002 to help software teams work better together. From the beginning, our products were designed to help developers collaborate with other non-developer teams involved in software innovation. As more non-developer teams are exposed to our products, they adopt and extend them to new use cases, bringing our products to other users and other types of teams in their organizations. This has created an expansive market opportunity for us.

          Today, our products serve teams of all shapes and sizes, in virtually every industry. Our products, which include JIRA, Confluence, HipChat, Bitbucket and JIRA Service Desk, have been used by NASA to design the Mars Rover, by Cochlear to develop aural implants, and by Runkeeper to create GPS fitness tracking applications.

          Over the past 13 years, we have achieved several key milestones:

GRAPHIC

58


Table of Contents

          Our product strategy, distribution model and company culture work in concert to create unique value for our customers and competitive advantage for us. We founded our company on the premise that great products could sell themselves and we have developed a unique approach to the market that is centered on this belief.

          We begin with a deep investment in product development to create and refine high-quality and versatile products that users love. By making our products affordable for organizations of all sizes and transparently sharing our pricing online, we do not follow the common practice of opaque pricing and discounting that is typical in the enterprise software industry. We pursue customer volume, targeting every organization, regardless of size, industry or geography.

          To reach this expansive market, we distribute and sell our products online without traditional sales infrastructure where our customers can get started in minutes without the need for assistance. We focus on enabling a self-service, low-friction model that makes it easy for customers to try, adopt and use our products. By making our products simple, powerful and easy to adopt and afford, we generate demand from word-of-mouth and viral expansion within organizations.

          Our culture of innovation, transparency and dedication to customer service drives our success in implementing and refining this unique approach. We believe this approach creates a self-reinforcing effect that fosters innovation, quality, customer happiness, scale and profitability. As a result of this strategy, we invest significantly more in research and development activities than in traditional sales activities relative to other enterprise software companies.

          We take a long-term view of our customer relationships and our opportunity. Recognizing that users drive the adoption and proliferation of our products, we are relentlessly focused on measuring and improving end-user satisfaction. We know that one happy user will beget another, thereby expanding the large and organic word-of-mouth community that helps drive our growth. We strive to drive awareness, encourage product trials and convert free and limited-use users to long-term customers. Our model is designed to operate globally at scale and serve millions of customers. As of September 30, 2015, this has resulted in over 5 million monthly active users of our software across more than 450,000 organizations. Over 98% of our transactions are conducted through our website.

          As of September 30, 2015, we had more than 51,000 customers (organizations that have at least one active and paid license or subscription as of period end, for which they paid more than $10 per month). These customers are across virtually every industry sector in more than 160 countries, ranging from small organizations which have adopted one of our products for a small group of users, to 79 of the Fortune 100 and 273 of the Fortune 500, many of which use a multitude of our products across thousands of users. No single customer contributed more than 1% of our total revenues during fiscal 2015.

          A substantial majority of our sales are automated through our website, including sales of our products through channel partners ("Experts") and resellers with a focus on customers in regions that require local language support. Sales through indirect channels comprised approximately 25% of total revenues for fiscal 2015. We plan to continue to invest in our partner programs to help us enter and grow in new markets, complementing our automated, low-touch approach.

          We generate revenues primarily in the form of license, maintenance, subscription and other sources. Customers typically pay us 100% of the initial perpetual license fee as maintenance revenue annually, beginning in the first year. Maintenance provides our customers with access to new product features and customer support. Maintenance revenue combined with a growing subscription revenue business, through our cloud and data center products, results in a large recurring revenue base. In each of the past three fiscal years, more than 75% of our total revenues have been of a recurring nature from either maintenance fees or subscriptions.

59


Table of Contents

          We have made significant investments in our business to support future growth, including a substantial increase in our global employee base. For example, as of June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, we had 533, 769 and 1,259 employees, respectively.

Our Financial Model

          By developing a product strategy, distribution model and culture that are designed around the needs of our customers and users, we believe that we have also established a financial model that is favorable for our shareholders.

          Our model has allowed us to grow customers and revenue steadily while maintaining profitability for each of the last 10 fiscal years. In the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, we generated total revenues of $148.5 million, $215.1 million and $319.5 million, respectively, representing a compound annual growth rate of 46.7%. Our total revenues were $67.9 million and $101.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively, representing an annual growth rate of 49.9%. We generated net income of $10.8 million, $19.0 million and $6.8 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $3.6 million and $5.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We also generated free cash flow of $47.1 million, $65.0 million and $65.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $3.6 million and $8.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          Our model relies on rapidly and efficiently landing new customers and expanding our relationship with them over time. As the chart below illustrates, we have a consistent history of attracting new customers and expanding their annual spend with us over time.


ANNUAL SPEND BY COHORT GROUP

GRAPHIC

60


Table of Contents

          The following are the key elements of our financial model that reflect our land and expand business model:

    Significant investment in ongoing product development and sales automation —Relative to other enterprise software companies, we invest significantly more in research and development than in sales and marketing. These investments enable us to rapidly build new products that are innovative and powerful but extremely easy to adopt and use. The investments also allow us to continuously enhance the capabilities of our existing products, which our customers can leverage through frequent updates. Our research and development investments have also helped us successfully develop, grow and integrate companies that we have acquired, allowing us to extend our product footprint and enter new markets while leveraging our technology platform and distribution capabilities. These investments also help us obtain data-driven insights and further automate and streamline our approach to customer acquisition. Over the last three fiscal years, excluding share-based payment expense, we have invested $247.6 million in research and development costs, or 36% of our total revenues over that period.

    Rapid and efficient acquisition of new customers —By building products that are affordable and easy to adopt and use, we are able to attract customers rapidly without employing a traditional salesforce and thereby lower the cost of customer acquisition significantly. Teams and users can evaluate and purchase our products directly on our website and can begin using them within minutes, eliminating the high cost and long sales cycles which characterize the traditional enterprise software distribution model. On a typical business day, we have more than 70,000 daily visitors to our website, atlassian.com, and we generate more than 6,500 free evaluations of our products. The number of daily visitors, which refers to unique visits from different IP addresses, and free evaluations was measured during the month of September 2015. Because of our global business, we consider a typical business day to be Monday through Thursday. At September 30, 2015, we had over 5 million monthly active users of our software across more than 450,000 organizations and over 51,000 customers. We define monthly active users as the number of individual users who have actively used our products in the 28-day period prior to the measurement date. While the volume of visitors, evaluations, monthly active users and organizations does not directly impact our results of operations, we believe it demonstrates the broad usage of our products and breadth of our customer funnel. While historically only a small segment of users have converted to paid versions of our products from free trials or limited free versions or upgraded beyond the starter license, we will continue to seek to convert this large user base into long-term customers and word-of-mouth advocates over time.

    Continued expansion —Our success is dependent on our ability to expand the relationship with our existing base of customers. Our software spreads virally across teams and organizations as users invite others onto the platform to enable new ways of working, and we generate additional revenue as more users join within an organization and additional license, maintenance or subscriptions are sold. Since we offer a set of integrated products, existing users also often adopt more of our products over time. This increasing product attachment contributes further to our growth. In addition, we operate Atlassian Marketplace, an online marketplace, for selling third-party, as well as Atlassian-built, add-ons and extensions, enabling our customers to satisfy an even broader range of their needs while continuing to operate in our ecosystem.

      Since our founding, the aggregate sales from customers acquired in any fiscal year have expanded since they first purchased an Atlassian product. On average, based on the cohort groups from fiscal 2009, 2010 and 2011, our data indicates that our customers have spent seven times their initial purchase over the subsequent five years through renewals, more products and teams. Such expansion is measured by our quarterly expansion rate, which

61


Table of Contents

      calculates the year-over-year growth in quarterly spending by a cohort of customers that were paying customers during the same quarter in the prior year. Our average quarterly net expansion rate, calculated as the average of the net expansion rate, net of lost customers or reduced usage within a customer, for the historical four quarters on a rolling basis, has been more than 100% for each quarter during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015.


INDEXED CUMULATIVE SPEND OVER TIME

GRAPHIC

62


Table of Contents

    Predictability of sales —Since we do not rely on an expensive salesforce and complex pricing negotiations to add new customers but focus on a high-velocity online distribution model with affordable pricing, our sales have grown linearly as we have attracted new users for our products. Unlike traditional enterprise software businesses, we have historically experienced a linear quarterly sales cycle with approximately a third of our quarterly sales occurring within each month of the respective quarter.


LINEARITY OF QUARTERLY SALES IN FISCAL YEAR 2015

GRAPHIC

          Once teams begin working together with our software, we become embedded in their workflows, becoming a system for engagement within organizations. We believe this makes our software central to how our customers work, difficult to displace and provides us with steady and predictable revenue. For example, 99% of the customers who spent over $50,000 in fiscal 2014 were also customers in fiscal 2015.

    Capital investments for growth —We intend to continue to make substantial investments in data center infrastructure to support the growth of our cloud business. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, our cloud business contributed approximately 25% of our total revenues and we expect this percentage will increase in future periods as our end markets and customers increasingly transition to the cloud. We also intend to continue to invest in office space to support our global employee growth. We added 490 employees in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and expect to continue to significantly grow our employee base in the future. As the timing of these investments could vary with business needs, we expect our capital expenditures to fluctuate from period to period.

63


Table of Contents

    Positive free cash flow —By reducing customer acquisition cost and establishing a revenue model that has scaled linearly, our model has allowed us to have positive free cash flow for each of the last 10 fiscal years.

Key Business Metrics

          We review the following key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions.

Customers

          We have successfully demonstrated a history of growing both our customer base and spend per customer through growth in users, purchase of new licenses and adoption of new products. We believe that our ability to attract new customers and grow our customer base drives our success as a business.

          We define the number of customers at the end of any particular period as the number of organizations with unique domains that have at least one active and paid license or subscription of our products for which they paid more than $10 per month. While a single customer may have multiple internal and external communities to support distinct departments, operating segments or subsidiaries with multiple active licenses or subscriptions of our products, if the product deployments share a unique domain name, we only include the customer once for purposes of calculating this metric. We define active licenses as those licenses that are under an active maintenance or subscription contract as of period end.

          Our customers, as defined in this metric, have generated substantially all of our revenue in each of the periods presented. The number of customers does not include any organizations, identified by unique domain names, that have only adopted our free products or licenses that pay us $10 per month or less. Including organizations who have only adopted our free products or licenses that pay us $10 per month or less, the active use of our products extends beyond our more than 51,000 customers to more than 450,000 organizations, demonstrating the breadth of adoption of our products and the future opportunity available to us to convert additional organizations currently using our products into paying customers. With these customers and organizations using our software today, we are able to reach a vast number of users, gather insights to refine our offerings and generate growing revenue by expanding within our customers.

          The following table sets forth the number of customers at the end of each fiscal year and at September 30, 2015:

 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Customers

    27,676     37,250     48,622     51,636  

64


Table of Contents

Free cash flow

          Free cash flow is a non-IFRS financial measure that we calculate as net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities for purchases of property and equipment and intangible assets.

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 54,310   $ 75,280   $ 98,221   $ 9,654   $ 14,404  

Less: Purchases of property and equipment

    (7,246 )   (8,110 )   (31,776 )   (5,178 )   (6,155 )

Less: Purchases of intangible assets

        (2,149 )   (900 )   (900 )    

Free cash flow

  $ 47,064   $ 65,021   $ 65,545   $ 3,576   $ 8,249  

          Although net cash provided by operating activities increased from $75.3 million in fiscal 2014 to $98.2 million in fiscal 2015, free cash flow only increased by $0.5 million during fiscal 2015 as a result of significant increases in purchases of property and equipment to support our planned increase in headcount and the build-out of our cloud infrastructure. We expect the timing of purchases of property and equipment to vary with business needs from period to period. Our free cash flow is typically lower in the first quarter of each fiscal year, as a result of the payment of annual discretionary bonuses to reward our employees, which occurs during the first quarter of each fiscal year.

          For more information about free cash flow see "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-IFRS Financial Results".

Components of Results of Operations

Sources of Revenues

          We primarily derive our revenues from subscription, perpetual license, maintenance and other sources.

    Subscription revenues

          Subscription revenues consist of fees earned from subscription-based arrangements for providing customers the right to use software in a cloud-based-infrastructure that we provide. We also sell on-premises term license agreements for software licensed for a specified period, which includes support and maintenance service that is bundled with the license for the term of the license period. Subscription revenues are driven primarily by the number and size of active licenses, the type of product and the price of the licenses. Our subscription-based arrangements generally have a contractual term of one to twelve months, with a majority being one month. Subscription fees are generally non-refundable regardless of the actual use of the service. We recognize subscription revenue ratably as the services are delivered over the term of the contract, commencing with the date the service is made available to customers and all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

    Perpetual license revenues

          Perpetual license revenues represent fees earned from the license of software to customers for use on the customer's premises. Software is licensed on a perpetual basis, subject to a standard licensing agreement. Perpetual license revenues consist of the revenues recognized from sales of licenses to new customers, increases in the number of users within an existing customer and

65


Table of Contents

additional licenses to existing customers. We recognize revenue on the license portion of perpetual license arrangements on the date of product delivery in substantially all situations.

          In the first year of a perpetual license, we receive maintenance revenues that are equal to the upfront cost of the license. For example, a new Confluence Server license for 25 users would cost $600 plus $600 for the first year of maintenance. After the first year, customers may renew software maintenance for an additional 12 months for $600.

    Maintenance revenues

          Maintenance revenues represent fees earned from providing customers unspecified future updates, upgrades and enhancements and technical product support for perpetual license products on an if and when available basis. The first year of maintenance is purchased concurrently with the purchase of our perpetual licenses, and subsequent renewals extend for an additional year in most cases. Maintenance services are priced as a percentage of the total product sale, and a substantial majority of customers elect to renew software support contracts annually at our standard list maintenance renewal pricing for their software products. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the support period.

    Other revenues

          Other revenues include fees received for sales of third-party add-ons and extensions in the Atlassian Marketplace and for training services. Revenue from the sale of third-party vendor products via Atlassian Marketplace is recognized net of the vendor liability portion, as we function as the agent in the relationship. Our portion of revenue on third-party sales is typically 25% and is recognized at the date of product delivery given that all of our obligations have been met at that time. Revenue from training is recognized as delivered or as the rights to receive training expire.

Cost of Revenues

          Cost of revenues primarily consists of employee-related costs, including share-based payment expense, associated with our customer support organization and data center operations, expenses related to hosting our cloud infrastructure, which includes third-party hosting fees and depreciation associated with computer equipment and software, payment processing fees, amortization of product technologies and related overhead. To support our cloud-based infrastructure, we utilize third-party managed hosting facilities and self-managed data centers in which we manage our own network equipment and systems. We allocate share-based payment expense to personnel costs based on the expense category in which the employee works. We allocate overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent and occupancy charges in each expense category based on headcount in that category. As such, general overhead expenses are reflected in cost of revenues and operating expense categories.

          We intend to continue to invest additional resources in our cloud-based infrastructure and services. The timing of these expenses will affect our cost of revenues in the affected periods.

          Our cost of revenues also includes amortization of intangible assets, such as the amortization of the cost associated with an acquired company's research and development efforts and software. We expect this expense to increase if we acquire more companies.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

          Gross profit is total revenues less total cost of revenues. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of total revenues. We expect that our gross margin may fluctuate from period to period as a result of changes in product and services mix.

66


Table of Contents

          Over time, we expect the revenue from our cloud subscription business to grow as a percentage of total revenues. As a result, the cost of hosting fees to third-party managed hosting facilities and self-managed data centers as a percentage of revenues will increase, which may affect our gross margin.

Operating Expenses

          Our operating expenses are classified as research and development, marketing and sales, and general and administrative. For each functional category, the largest component is employee and labor-related expenses, which include salaries and bonuses, share-based payment expense, employee benefit costs and contractor costs. We allocate overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent and occupancy charges in each expense category based on headcount in that category.

          We allocate share-based payment expense to personnel costs based on the expense category in which the employee works. We recognize our share-based payments as an expense in the statement of operations based on their fair values and vesting periods. These charges have been significant in the past, and we expect that they will increase as we hire more employees and seek to retain existing employees.

          We adhere to the accelerated method of expense recognition for share-based awards subject to graded vesting (i.e., when portions of the award vest at different dates throughout the vesting period). For example, for a grant vesting over four years, we treat the grant as multiple awards (sometimes referred to as "tranches") and recognize the cost on a straight-line basis separately for each tranche. This results in the majority of the grant's share-based payment expense being recognized in the first year of the grant rather than equally per year under a straight-line expense methodology.

          In fiscal 2014, we began granting RSUs. The RSUs will not vest until a liquidity event, such as an IPO. However, pursuant to IFRS, we estimate the fair value of the award at the date of grant and recognize expense over the service period rather than starting expense recognition upon a liquidity event as is the case under U.S. GAAP.

          During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and the three months ended September 30, 2015, we recognized share-based payment expense of $41.5 million and $14.1 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2015, the aggregate share-based payment expense remaining to be amortized to costs of revenues and operating expenses, over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years, was $73.5 million. We expect this share-based payment expense balance to be amortized as follows: $39.3 million during the remaining nine months of fiscal 2016; $22.8 million during fiscal 2017; $9.3 million during fiscal 2018 and $2.1 million during fiscal 2019. The expected amortization reflects only outstanding share awards as of September 30, 2015. We expect to continue to issue share-based awards to our employees in future periods.

    Research and development

          Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses, including share-based payment expense, contract software development costs and related overhead. We continue to focus our research and development efforts on building new products, adding new features and services, integrating acquired technologies, increasing functionality and enhancing our cloud infrastructure.

          We expect that, in the future, research and development expenses will increase as we invest in building the necessary employee and system infrastructure required to enhance existing, and support development of new, technologies and the integration of acquired businesses and technologies.

67


Table of Contents

    Marketing and sales

          Marketing and sales expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses, including share-based payment expense, for our marketing employees, marketing programs and related overhead. Marketing programs consist of advertising, promotional events, corporate communications, brand building and product marketing activities such as online lead generation. Sales programs consist of activities to support our channel partners and resellers, track channel sales activity and ensure consistent product messaging in key global markets.

          We plan to continue to invest in marketing and sales by expanding our global promotional activities, building brand awareness, attracting new customers and sponsoring additional marketing events. The timing of these marketing events, such as our annual and largest event, Atlassian Summit, will affect our marketing costs in a particular quarter.

    General and administrative

          General and administrative expenses consist of salaries and related expenses, including share-based payment expense, for finance, legal, human resources and management information systems personnel, as well as external legal, accounting and other, professional fees, other corporate expenses and related overhead.

          General and administrative expenses also include expenses associated with our contributions to the Atlassian Foundation, our charitable foundation. We contribute approximately 1% of our non-IFRS operating profit and all revenues associated with our starter licenses for on-premises products to our charitable foundation. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, we donated $1.3 million to the Atlassian Foundation.

          We will incur additional expenses associated with being a publicly traded company, including higher legal, corporate insurance and accounting costs as well as costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with other public company regulations. We expect that in the future, general and administrative expenses will increase as we invest in our infrastructure and we incur additional employee related costs and professional fees related to the growth of our business.

Income taxes

          Income taxes primarily consist of income taxes in the United Kingdom, Australia and the United States, as well as income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions.

          We generally conduct our international operations through wholly-owned subsidiaries and report our taxable income in various jurisdictions.

Net income

          While we have been profitable for each of the last 10 fiscal years, our net income in fiscal 2015 decreased from the prior year as we continue to make significant investments in research and development and technology infrastructure for our cloud-based offerings, expand our operations globally and develop new products and features for and enhancements of our existing products. As a result of these significant investments, as well as share-based payment expense associated with our growth, we may not achieve IFRS net income in future periods.

68


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

          The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues

                               

Subscription

  $ 28,780   $ 51,007   $ 85,891   $ 17,176   $ 30,467  

Maintenance

    83,978     112,134     160,373     34,752     50,354  

Perpetual license

    32,789     44,186     57,373     12,917     15,501  

Other

    2,965     7,782     15,884     3,077     5,500  

Total revenues

    148,512     215,109     319,521     67,922     101,822  

Cost of revenues (1)(2)

    33,031     37,986     52,932     11,846     16,420  

Gross profit

    115,481     177,123     266,589     56,076     85,402  

Operating expenses

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Research and development (1)

    57,301     78,640     140,853     29,225     45,460  

Marketing and sales (1)(2)

    18,795     34,968     67,989     11,997     16,262  

General and administrative (1)

    26,266     41,984     57,330     12,758     17,068  

Total operating expenses

    102,362     155,592     266,172     53,980     78,790  

Operating income

    13,119     21,531     417     2,096     6,612  

Other income (expense), net

   
(1,918

)
 
608
   
(1,318

)
 
(881

)
 
(137

)

Finance income

    474     317     226     73     46  

Finance costs

    (272 )   (228 )   (74 )   (16 )   (8 )

Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)

    11,403     22,228     (749 )   1,272     6,513  

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (642 )   (3,246 )   7,524     2,311     (1,431 )

Net income

  $ 10,761   $ 18,982   $ 6,775   $ 3,583   $ 5,082  

(1)
Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

Cost of revenues

  $ 251   $ 625   $ 2,862   $ 452   $ 1,206  

Research and development

    1,189     5,120     22,842     4,632     5,921  

Marketing and sales

    583     2,068     6,670     1,142     2,742  

General and administrative

    1,468     3,551     9,160     1,700     4,227  
(2)
Amounts include amortization of intangible assets, as follows:

Cost of revenues

  $ 7,633   $ 7,591   $ 6,417   $ 1,622   $ 1,745  

Marketing and sales

    129     98     40     8     21  

69


Table of Contents

          The following table sets forth our results of operations data for each of the periods indicated as a percentage of total revenues:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
  Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues

                               

Subscription

    19 %   24 %   27 %   25 %   30 %

Maintenance

    57     52     50     51     50  

Perpetual license

    22     20     18     19     15  

Other

    2     4     5     5     5  

Total revenues

    100     100     100     100     100  

Cost of revenues

    22     18     17     17     16  

Gross profit

    78     82     83     83     84  

Operating expenses

                               

Research and development

    38     37     44     43     45  

Marketing and sales

    13     16     21     18     16  

General and administrative

    18     19     18     19     17  

Total operating expenses

    69     72     83     80     78  

Operating income

    9     10         3     6  

Other income (expense), net

   
(1

)
 
   
   
(1

)
 
 

Finance income

                     

Finance costs

                     

Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)

    8     10         2     6  

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (1 )   (1 )   2     3     (1 )

Net income

    7 %   9 %   2 %   5 %   5 %

Three Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2015

Revenues

 
  Three Months
Ended
September 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Subscription

  $ 17,176   $ 30,467   $ 13,291     77 %

Maintenance

    34,752     50,354     15,602     45  

Perpetual license

    12,917     15,501     2,584     20  

Other

    3,077     5,500     2,423     79  

Total revenues

  $ 67,922   $ 101,822   $ 33,900     50  

          Total revenues increased $33.9 million, or 50%, in the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2014. Growth in total revenues was attributable to increased demand for our products from both new and existing customers. Of total revenues recognized in the three months ended September 30, 2015, over 90% was attributable to

70


Table of Contents

sales to customer accounts existing on or before June 30, 2015. Our number of total customers increased from 40,070 at September 30, 2014 to 51,636 at September 30, 2015.

          Subscription revenues increased $13.3 million, or 77%, in the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2014. The increase in subscription revenues was attributable to additional subscriptions from our existing customer base. As customers increasingly adopt cloud-based, subscription services for their business needs, we expect our subscription revenues to continue to increase at a rate higher than the rate of increase of our perpetual license revenues in future periods.

          Maintenance revenues increased $15.6 million, or 45%, in the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2014. The increase in maintenance revenues was attributable to a growing customer base renewing software maintenance contracts.

          Perpetual license revenues increased $2.6 million, or 20%, in the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2014. A substantial majority of the increase in perpetual license revenues was attributable to additional licenses to existing customers.

          Other revenues increased $2.4 million, or 79%, in the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2014. The increase in other revenues was primarily attributable to a $1.8 million increase in revenue from sales of third-party add-ons and extensions through Atlassian Marketplace. Also contributing to the increase was an additional $0.4 million in trainings delivered and training credits that expired.

          Total revenues by geography were as follows:

 
  Three Months
Ended
September 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Americas

  $ 34,985   $ 52,517   $ 17,532     50 %

Europe

    26,098     38,897     12,799     49  

Asia Pacific

    6,839     10,408     3,569     52  

  $ 67,922   $ 101,822   $ 33,900     50  

Cost of Revenues

 
  Three Months
Ended
September 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 11,846   $ 16,420   $ 4,574     39 %

Gross margin

    83 %   84 %            

          Cost of revenues increased $4.6 million, or 39%, in the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2014. The overall increase was primarily due to increased compensation expense for employees and contractors of $1.7 million, which included an increase of $0.8 million in share-based payment expense, increased depreciation expense and other hosting costs associated with our data centers of $1.8 million, increased credit card processing fees of $0.5 million, an increase in amortization of intangible assets of $0.1 million

71


Table of Contents

and an increase in related overhead. We increased our headcount during the period to meet the higher demand for support services from our customers. We intend to continue to invest in our cloud infrastructure and data center capacity. Additionally, the amortization of purchased intangible assets will increase if we acquire additional businesses and technologies.

Operating Expenses

Research and development

 
  Three Months
Ended
September 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Research and development

  $ 29,225   $ 45,460   $ 16,235     56 %

          Research and development expenses increased $16.2 million, or 56%, in the three months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2014. The overall increase was primarily a result of an increase in compensation expense for employees and contractors of $11.9 million, which included an increase of $1.3 million in share-based payment expenses, an increase of $1.9 million in facilities and related overhead costs to support our employees and an increase of $1.2 million in internal hosting costs for development and an increase of $0.9 million in professional and outside services. We increased our research and development headcount during the period in order to enhance and extend our service offerings and develop new technologies. We expect that research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars and may increase as a percentage of revenues in future periods as we continue to invest in additional employees and technology to support the development, improvement and integration of technologies.

Marketing and sales

 
  Three Months
Ended
September 30
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Marketing and sales

  $ 11,997   $ 16,262   $ 4,265     36 %

          Marketing and sales expenses increased $4.3 million, or 36%, for the three months ended September 30, 2015, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2014.

          Marketing expenses were $12.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015, compared to $8.9 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014, which represented an increase of 35%. Marketing expenses increased primarily due to an increase of $3.4 million in employee-related costs, which included an increase of $1.2 million in share-based payment expenses, an increase of $0.4 million in professional and outside services and an increase of $0.3 million in facilities and related overhead costs, offset by a decrease of $1.1 million of advertising, marketing and event costs. Atlassian Summit was held in the three months ended September 30, 2014 during the prior year and will be held in the three months ending December 31, 2015 for the current year, which contributed to the decrease in advertising, marketing and event costs during the three months ended September 30, 2015 as compared to the same period a year ago. Our marketing headcount increased during the period as a result of hiring additional marketing personnel.

72


Table of Contents

          Sales expenses were $4.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015, compared to $3.1 million, during the three months ended September 30, 2014, which represented an increase of 39%. Sales expenses increased primarily due to an increase of $1.2 million in employee-related costs, which included an increase of $0.4 million in share-based payment expenses. Sales headcount consists of a cross-functional team that provides promotional, technical and product messaging support to our enterprise customers, channel partners and resellers. Headcount increased during the period as a result of hiring additional personnel as our channel programs expanded globally.

General and administrative

 
  Three Months
Ended
September 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

General and administrative

  $ 12,758   $ 17,068   $ 4,310     34 %

          General and administrative expenses increased $4.3 million, or 34%, in the three months ended September 30, 2015, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $4.0 million in compensation expense for employees and contractors, which included an increase of $2.5 million in share-based payment expenses, and an increase of $0.3 million in professional and outside services. Our general and administrative headcount increased during the period as we added personnel to support our growth and in preparation to become a public reporting company.

Income tax benefit (expense)

 
  Three Months
Ended
September 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Income tax benefit (expense)

  $ 2,311   $ (1,431 ) $ (3,742 )   *  

Effective tax rate

    *     22 %            

*
Not meaningful

          We reported a tax expense of $1.4 million on pretax income of $6.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015, while we reported a tax benefit of $2.3 million on pretax income of $1.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014. Our effective tax rate substantially differed from the United Kingdom income tax rate of 19.8% primarily due to the recognition of significant permanent differences during the three months ended September 30, 2015. Significant permanent differences included nondeductible share-based, non-assessable non-operating items (intercompany financing income), research and development incentives and foreign tax credits not utilized.

73


Table of Contents

Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2014 and 2015

Revenues

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Subscription

  $ 51,007   $ 85,891   $ 34,884     68 %

Maintenance

    112,134     160,373     48,239     43  

Perpetual license

    44,186     57,373     13,187     30  

Other

    7,782     15,884     8,102     104  

Total revenues

  $ 215,109   $ 319,521   $ 104,412     49  

          Total revenues increased $104.4 million, or 49%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014. Growth in total revenues was attributable to increased demand for our products from both new and existing customers. Of total revenues recognized in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, over 90% was attributable to sales to customer accounts existing at June 30, 2014. Our number of total customers increased from 37,250 at June 30, 2014 to 48,622 at June 30, 2015. Additionally, we attribute approximately 14 of the 49 percentage points of the increase in total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 to customers who made purchases under new pricing plans that were introduced in a prior year. We expect to generate lower growth in total revenues during the fiscal year ending June 30, 2016 from price changes as we do not currently have plans to make new material price changes that impact fiscal 2016 revenue.

          Subscription revenues increased $34.9 million, or 68%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014. The increase in subscription revenues was attributable to additional subscriptions from our existing customer base. As customers increasingly adopt cloud-based, subscription services for their business needs, we expect our subscription revenues to continue to increase at a rate higher than the rate of increase of our perpetual license revenues in future periods.

          Maintenance revenues increased $48.2 million, or 43%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014. The increase in maintenance revenues was attributable to a growing customer base renewing software maintenance contracts.

          Perpetual license revenues increased $13.2 million, or 30%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014. A substantial majority of the increase in perpetual license revenues was attributable to additional licenses to existing customers.

          Other revenues increased $8.1 million, or 104%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014. The increase in other revenues was primarily attributable to a $4.9 million increase in revenue from sales of third-party add-ons and extensions through Atlassian Marketplace. Also contributing to the increase was an additional $2.5 million in trainings delivered and training credits that expired.

          Total revenues by geography were as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Americas

  $ 109,306   $ 159,380   $ 50,074     46 %

Europe

    84,767     127,704     42,937     51  

Asia Pacific

    21,036     32,437     11,401     54  

  $ 215,109   $ 319,521   $ 104,412     49  

74


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues

 
  Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 37,986   $ 52,932   $ 14,946     39 %

Gross margin

    82 %   83 %            

          Cost of revenues increased $14.9 million, or 39%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014. The overall increase was primarily due to increased compensation expense for employees and contractors of $7.5 million, which included an increase of $2.2 million in share-based payment expense, increased depreciation expense and other hosting costs associated with our data centers of $5.4 million, increased credit card processing fees of $1.7 million and an increase in related overhead. We increased our headcount during the period to meet the higher demand for support services from our customers. We intend to continue to invest in our cloud infrastructure and data center capacity. Additionally, the amortization of purchased intangible assets will increase if we acquire additional businesses and technologies.

Operating Expenses

Research and development

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Research and development

  $ 78,640   $ 140,853   $ 62,213     79 %

          Research and development expenses increased $62.2 million, or 79%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014. The overall increase was primarily a result of an increase in compensation expense for employees and contractors of $51.3 million, which included an increase of $17.7 million in share-based payment expenses, an increase of $7.1 million in facilities and related overhead costs to support our employees and an increase of $2.8 million in consulting fees. We increased our research and development headcount during the period in order to enhance and extend our service offerings and develop new technologies. We expect that research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars and may increase as a percentage of revenues in future periods as we continue to invest in additional employees and technology to support the development, improvement and integration of technologies.

Marketing and sales

 
  Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Marketing and sales

  $ 34,968   $ 67,989   $ 33,021     94 %

          Marketing and sales expenses increased $33.0 million, or 94%, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.

          Marketing expenses were $54.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, compared to $27.3 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, which represented an increase of 99%.

75


Table of Contents

Marketing expenses increased primarily due to an increase of $15.1 million in advertising, marketing and event costs, an increase of $9.6 million in employee-related costs, which included an increase of $3.1 million in share-based payment expenses, and an increase of $1.4 million in facilities and related overhead costs. Our marketing headcount increased during the period as a result of hiring additional marketing personnel. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 we made a significant investment in a brand-building campaign. While we expect marketing costs to continue to increase in total, we do not expect to make similarly significant investments on such campaigns and we do not expect marketing expenses as a percentage of total revenues to increase for the foreseeable future.

          Sales expenses were $13.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, compared to $7.7 million, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, which represented an increase of 79%. Sales expense increased primarily due to an increase of $4.9 million in employee-related costs, which included an increase of $1.5 million in share-based payment expenses, and an increase of $0.8 million in facilities and related overhead costs. Sales headcount consists of a cross-functional team that provides promotional, technical and product messaging support to our enterprise customers, channel partners and resellers. Headcount increased during the period as a result of hiring additional personnel as our channel programs expanded globally.

General and administrative

 
  Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

General and administrative

  $ 41,984   $ 57,330   $ 15,346     37 %

          General and administrative expenses increased $15.3 million, or 37%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $14.3 million in compensation expense for employees and contractors, which included an increase of $5.6 million in share-based payment expenses, and an increase of $0.5 million in related overhead. Our general and administrative headcount increased during the period as we added personnel to support our growth and in preparation to become a public reporting company.

Income Tax Benefit (Expense)

 
  Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Income tax benefit (expense)

  $ (3,246 ) $ 7,524   $ 10,770     *  

Effective tax rate

    15 %   *              

*
Not meaningful

          We reported a tax benefit of $7.5 million on a pretax loss of $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, while we reported a tax expense of $3.2 million on pretax income of $22.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.

          Our effective tax rate substantially differed from the United Kingdom income tax rate of 20.8% primarily due to the recognition of significant permanent differences during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. Significant permanent differences included a non-assessable non-operating item

76


Table of Contents

(intercompany financing income), taxes in foreign jurisdictions with a tax rate different than the United Kingdom statutory rate (Australia and the United States), nondeductible share-based payment expense and research and development incentives. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, we reorganized into the United Kingdom to subject the group to a more efficient regulatory, tax and legal regime. See Note 8, "Income Tax", to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for our reconciliation of income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense) to income tax benefit (expense). A change in our global operations could result in changes to our effective tax rates, future cash flows and overall profitability of our operations.

Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2013 and 2014

Revenue

 
  Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Subscription

  $ 28,780   $ 51,007   $ 22,227     77 %

Maintenance

    83,978     112,134     28,156     34  

Perpetual license

    32,789     44,186     11,397     35  

Other

    2,965     7,782     4,817     162  

Total revenues

  $ 148,512   $ 215,109   $ 66,597     45  

          Total revenues increased $66.6 million, or 45%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. Growth in total revenues was attributable to increased demand for our solutions from both new and existing customers. Of total revenues recognized in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, over 90% was attributable to sales to customer accounts existing at June 30, 2013. Our number of customers increased from 27,676 at June 30, 2013 to 37,250 at June 30, 2014.

          Subscription revenues increased $22.2 million, or 77%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The increase in subscription revenues was attributable to additional subscriptions from our existing customer base.

          Maintenance revenues increased $28.2 million, or 34%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The increase in maintenance revenues was attributable to a growing customer base renewing software maintenance contracts.

          Perpetual license revenues increased $11.4 million, or 35%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. A substantial majority of the increase in perpetual license revenues was attributable to additional licenses to existing customers.

          Other revenues increased $4.8 million, or 162%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The increase in other revenues was attributable to a $4.5 million increase in revenue from sales of add-ons and extensions through Atlassian Marketplace.

77


Table of Contents

          Total revenues by geography were as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Americas

  $ 75,910   $ 109,306   $ 33,396     44 %

Europe

    58,045     84,767     26,722     46  

Asia Pacific

    14,557     21,036     6,479     45  

  $ 148,512   $ 215,109   $ 66,597     45  

Cost of Revenues

 
  Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 33,031   $ 37,986     4,955     15 %

Gross margin

    78 %   82 %            

          Cost of revenues increased $5.0 million, or 15%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The overall increase was a result of increased compensation expense for employees and contractors of $2.5 million, which included an increase of $0.4 million in share-based payment expense, an increase in credit card processing fees of $1.3 million and increased depreciation expense associated with our data centers of $0.9 million. We increased our headcount during the period to support the higher demand for services from our customers.

Operating Expenses

Research and development

 
  Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Research and development

  $ 57,301   $ 78,640   $ 21,339     37 %

          Research and development expenses increased $21.3 million, or 37%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The overall increase was primarily as a result of an increase in compensation expense for employees and contractors of $18.1 million, which included an increase of $3.9 million in share-based payment expenses, and an increase of $2.5 million in facilities and related overhead costs to support our employees. We increased our research and development headcount during the period in order to enhance and extend our service offerings and develop new technologies.

Marketing and sales

 
  Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Marketing and sales

  $ 18,795   $ 34,968   $ 16,173     86 %

78


Table of Contents

          Marketing and sales expenses increased $16.2 million, or 86%, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

          Marketing expenses were $27.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, compared to $13.4 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, an increase of 104%. Marketing expense increased primarily as a result of an increase of $8.0 million in advertising, marketing and event costs, an increase of $4.5 million in employee-related costs, which included an increase of $1.2 million in share-based payment expenses and an increase of $0.8 million in facilities and related overhead costs. Our marketing headcount increased during the period as a result of hiring additional personnel to focus on expanding our brand and increase adoption of our products.

          Sales expenses were $7.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, compared to $5.4 million, during the same period a year ago, an increase of 42%. Sales expense increased primarily as a result of an increase of $1.5 million in employee-related costs, which included an increase of $0.3 million in share-based payment expenses, an increase of $0.4 million in facilities and related overhead costs and an increase of $0.2 million in promotional events and programs. Sales headcount consists of a cross-functional team that provides promotional, technical and product messaging support to our customers, channel partners and resellers. Headcount increased during the period as a result of hiring additional personnel as our channel programs expanded globally.

General and administrative

 
  Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

General and administrative

  $ 26,266   $ 41,984   $ 15,718     60 %

          General and administrative expenses increased $15.7 million, or 60%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily as a result of an increase of $9.8 million in compensation expense for employees and contractors, which included an increase of $2.1 million in share-based payment expenses. Additionally, we had an increase of $5.7 million in professional and outside services, primarily as a result of the Reorganization. See "Corporate Structure" for additional information. Our general and administrative headcount increased during the period as we added personnel to support our growth.

Income Tax Expense

 
  Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ Change   % Change  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Income tax expense

  $ 642   $ 3,246   $ 2,604     406 %

Effective tax rate

    6 %   15 %            

          We reported tax expense of $3.2 million on pretax income of $22.2 million, which resulted in an effective tax rate of 15% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, while we reported tax expense of $0.6 million on pretax income of $11.4 million, which resulted in an effective tax rate of 6% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The increase in expense was largely a result of significant permanent differences we recognized during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014. These significant permanent differences included a non-assessable non-operating item (intercompany financing

79


Table of Contents

income), foreign tax credits not utilized, nondeductible share-based payment expense, research and development incentives and taxes in foreign jurisdictions with a tax rate different than the United Kingdom statutory rate (Australia and the United States).

Quarterly Results of Operations

          The following unaudited quarterly results of operations data for each of the nine quarters ended September 30, 2015 have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated annual financial statements and include, in management's opinion, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations data for these periods, in accordance with IFRS. Our quarterly results of operations will vary in the future. These quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations for a full year or any future period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Three Months Ended  
Consolidated Statements of
Operations Data:
  Sept. 30,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2013
  Mar. 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  Sept. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
  June 30,
2015
  Sept. 30,
2015
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues

                                                       

Subscription

  $ 10,439   $ 11,971   $ 13,296   $ 15,301   $ 17,176   $ 20,083   $ 22,609   $ 26,023   $ 30,467  

Maintenance

    25,206     26,988     28,505     31,435     34,752     38,451     41,276     45,894     50,354  

Perpetual license

    9,732     10,055     11,692     12,707     12,917     14,321     14,823     15,312     15,501  

Other

    1,623     1,782     2,135     2,242     3,077     2,971     5,255     4,581     5,500  

Total revenues

    47,000     50,796     55,628     61,685     67,922     75,826     83,963     91,810     101,822  

Cost of revenues (1)(2)

    8,588     9,265     9,447     10,686     11,846     12,354     13,468     15,264     16,420  

Gross profit

    38,412     41,531     46,181     50,999     56,076     63,472     70,495     76,546     85,402  

Operating expenses

                                                       

Research and development (1)

    16,151     18,146     19,621     24,722     29,225     31,543     36,910     43,175     45,460  

Marketing and sales (1)(2)

    6,073     8,239     9,071     11,585     11,997     16,988     19,773     19,231     16,262  

General and administrative (1)

    8,108     10,937     10,730     12,209     12,758     11,235     15,703     17,634     17,068  

Total operating expenses

    30,332     37,322     39,422     48,516     53,980     59,766     72,386     80,040     78,790  

Operating income (loss)

    8,080     4,209     6,759     2,483     2,096     3,706     (1,891 )   (3,494 )   6,612  

Other income (expense), net

   
395
   
(379

)
 
341
   
251
   
(881

)
 
(494

)
 
(874

)
 
931
   
(137

)

Finance income

    79     73     86     79     73     81     22     50     46  

Finance costs

    (76 )   (80 )   (57 )   (15 )   (16 )   (16 )   (32 )   (10 )   (8 )

Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)

    8,478     3,823     7,129     2,798     1,272     3,277     (2,775 )   (2,523 )   6,513  

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (2,570 )   (1,283 )   (657 )   1,264     2,311     1,734     2,127     1,352     (1,431 )

Net income (loss)

  $ 5,908   $ 2,540   $ 6,472   $ 4,062   $ 3,583   $ 5,011   $ (648 ) $ (1,171 ) $ 5,082  

(1)
Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

  $ 94   $ 149   $ 160   $ 222   $ 452   $ 739   $ 784   $ 887   $ 1,206  

Research and development

    566     1,208     1,538     1,808     4,632     6,181     5,585     6,444     5,921  

Marketing and sales

    241     466     613     748     1,142     1,784     1,775     1,969     2,742  

General and administrative

    525     857     1,035     1,134     1,700     953     2,887     3,620     4,227  

Total share-based payment expense             

  $ 1,426   $ 2,680   $ 3,346   $ 3,912   $ 7,926   $ 9,657   $ 11,031   $ 12,920   $ 14,096  
(2)
Amounts include amortization of intangible assets, as follows:

    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

  $ 1,912   $ 1,949   $ 1,949   $ 1,781   $ 1,622   $ 1,529   $ 1,529   $ 1,737   $ 1,745  

Marketing and sales

    33     33     25     7     8     8     8     16     21  

Total amortization of intangibles

  $ 1,945   $ 1,982   $ 1,974   $ 1,788   $ 1,630   $ 1,537   $ 1,537   $ 1,753   $ 1,766  

80


Table of Contents

 
  Three Months Ended  
Consolidated Statements of
Operations Data:
  Sept. 30,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2013
  Mar. 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  Sept. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
  June 30,
2015
  Sept. 30,
2015
 
 
  (As a percentage of revenue)
 

Revenues

                                                       

Subscription

    22 %   24 %   24 %   25 %   25 %   26 %   27 %   28 %   30 %

Maintenance

    54     53     51     51     51     51     49     50     50  

Perpetual license

    21     20     21     21     19     19     18     17     15  

Other

    3     3     4     3     5     4     6     5     5  

Total revenues

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100  

Cost of revenues

    18     18     17     17     17     16     16     17     16  

Gross profit

    82     82     83     83     83     84     84     83     84  

Operating expenses

                                                       

Research and development

    35     36     36     40     43     42     44     47     45  

Marketing and sales

    13     16     16     19     18     22     23     21     16  

General and administrative

    17     22     19     20     19     15     19     19     17  

Total operating expenses

    65     74     71     79     80     79     86     87     78  

Operating income (loss)

    17     8     12     4     3     5     (2 )   (4 )   6  

Other income (expense), net

   
1
   
   
1
   
1
   
(1

)
 
(1

)
 
(1

)
 
1
   
 

Finance income

                                     

Finance costs

                                     

Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)

    18     8     13     5     2     4     (3 )   (3 )   6  

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (5 )   (3 )   (1 )   2     3     3     2     2     (1 )

Net income (loss)

    13 %   5 %   12 %   7 %   5 %   7 %   (1 )%   (1 )%   5 %

 
  Three Months Ended  
Other Data:
  Sept. 30,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2013
  Mar. 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  Sept. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
  June 30,
2015
  Sept. 30,
2015
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Non-IFRS operating income (1)

  $ 11,451   $ 8,871   $ 12,079   $ 8,183   $ 11,652   $ 14,900   $ 10,677   $ 11,179   $ 22,474  

Non-IFRS net income (2)

    9,056     6,760     11,159     8,710     11,119     14,269     9,403     10,731     18,379  

Free cash flow (3)

    6,642     17,423     23,124     17,832     3,576     25,727     29,195     7,047     8,249  

(1)
Non-IFRS operating income is a non-IFRS financial measure that we calculate as operating income (loss) excluding share-based payment expense and amortization of intangible assets.

(2)
Non-IFRS net income is a non-IFRS financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss) excluding share-based payment expense, amortization of intangible assets and the related tax effects of these items.

(3)
Free cash flow is a non-IFRS financial measure that we calculate as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures.


 
  As of  
 
  Sept. 30,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2013
  Mar. 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  Sept. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
  June 30,
2015
  Sept. 30,
2015
 

Customers

    29,958     32,407     35,002     37,250     40,070     42,780     45,640     48,622     51,636  

          The tables below provide reconciliations of non-IFRS financial measures to the most recent directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS. Our non-IFRS measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate these measures in the same manner as we do. We prepare these measures to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reason we consider them appropriate.

81


Table of Contents

          Our management uses non-IFRS operating income, non-IFRS net income and free cash flow:

    as a measure of operating performance, because it does not include the impact of items not directly resulting from our core operations;

    for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget;

    to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business;

    to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies; and

    in communications with our board of directors concerning our financial performance.

          We understand that, although non-IFRS operating income, non-IFRS net income and free cash flow are frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluation of companies, these measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results of operations as reported under IFRS.

          The following table reflects the reconciliation of operating income (loss) to non-IFRS operating income:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Sept. 30,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2013
  Mar. 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  Sept. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
  June 30,
2015
  Sept. 30,
2015
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

IFRS operating income (loss)

  $ 8,080   $ 4,209   $ 6,759   $ 2,483   $ 2,096   $ 3,706   $ (1,891 ) $ (3,494 ) $ 6,612  

Plus: Amortization of intangible assets

    1,945     1,982     1,974     1,788     1,630     1,537     1,537     1,753     1,766  

Plus: Share-based compensation expense                  

    1,426     2,680     3,346     3,912     7,926     9,657     11,031     12,920     14,096  

Non-IFRS operating income

  $ 11,451   $ 8,871   $ 12,079   $ 8,183   $ 11,652   $ 14,900   $ 10,677   $ 11,179   $ 22,474  

          The following table reflects the reconciliation of net income (loss) to non-IFRS net income:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Sept. 30,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2013
  Mar. 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  Sept. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
  June 30,
2015
  Sept. 30,
2015
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

IFRS net income (loss)

  $ 5,908   $ 2,540   $ 6,472   $ 4,062   $ 3,583   $ 5,011   $ (648 ) $ (1,171 ) $ 5,082  

Plus: Amortization of intangible assets

    1,945     1,982     1,974     1,788     1,630     1,537     1,537     1,753     1,766  

Plus: Share-based compensation expense                  

    1,426     2,680     3,346     3,912     7,926     9,657     11,031     12,920     14,096  

Non-IFRS net income before tax adjustments

    9,279     7,202     11,792     9,762     13,139     16,205     11,920     13,502     20,944  

Plus: Income tax effects and adjustments

    (223 )   (442 )   (633 )   (1,052 )   (2,020 )   (1,936 )   (2,517 )   (2,771 )   (2,565 )

Non-IFRS net income

  $ 9,056   $ 6,760   $ 11,159   $ 8,710   $ 11,119   $ 14,269   $ 9,403   $ 10,731   $ 18,379  

82


Table of Contents

          The following table reflects the reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Sept. 30,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2013
  Mar. 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  Sept. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
  June 30,
2015
  Sept. 30,
2015
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 8,099   $ 18,775   $ 23,221   $ 25,185   $ 9,654   $ 34,487   $ 33,303   $ 20,777   $ 14,404  

Less: Purchases of property and equipment                  

    (1,008 )   (1,352 )   (97 )   (5,653 )   (5,178 )   (8,760 )   (4,108 )   (13,730 )   (6,155 )

Less: Purchases of intangible assets

    (449 )           (1,700 )   (900 )                

Free cash flow

  $ 6,642   $ 17,423   $ 23,124   $ 17,832   $ 3,576   $ 25,727   $ 29,195   $ 7,047   $ 8,249  

Quarterly Trends

          Our quarterly revenues increased sequentially quarter-over-quarter for each period presented above, reflecting expansion within our existing customers as they broadened their use of our products and sales to new customers. Subscription revenue has grown in total dollars and as a percentage of total revenues sequentially quarter-over-quarter primarily due to increased customer usage of our cloud-based services. Perpetual license revenues has grown quarter-over-quarter in total dollars, however, as a result of the increased adoption of our cloud-based services, perpetual license revenues as a percentage of total revenues has slowly declined during the periods presented. As discussed above, we recognize subscription fees ratably as services are performed over the term of the contract. As such, changes in our sales activity in the near term may not be apparent as a change to our reported revenue until future periods.

          We cannot assure you that the pattern of sequential growth in revenues will continue. In future periods, as the rate of our revenue growth declines, seasonality in our revenues may become more apparent.

          Our quarterly cost of revenues increased sequentially quarter-over-quarter for all periods presented above, primarily as a result of the increased cost of providing support and delivering our cloud services to our expanding customer base. As revenue from our cloud-based subscription business continues to grow, the cost of hosting fees to third-party managed hosting facilities and self-managed data centers has increased.

          With the exception of the three months ended September 30, 2015, our total operating expenses increased sequentially quarter-over-quarter for all periods presented above, primarily as a result of our continued addition of personnel to support our investment in our products. We increased headcount in our research and development, marketing and sales, and general and administrative functions in each quarter in our efforts to expand our business, and this has led to quarterly sequential increases in operating expenses, which includes higher share-based payment expense. Increases in research and development expenses were a result of our investments to add new features and services, integrate acquired technologies, increase functionality and enhance our cloud infrastructure. Marketing and sales expenses have increased in recent quarters as a result of strategic investments to further build our brand and increase adoption of our products, including a significant marketing campaign in the nine months ended June 30, 2015. General and administrative costs have increased in recent quarters as we incurred additional personnel and professional service fees as we prepare to be a public company.

          Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate as a result of various factors affecting our performance. As noted above, we recognize revenue from our subscription services ratably over the term of the contract. Changes in our sales activity in the near term may not be apparent as a

83


Table of Contents

change to our reported revenue until future periods. Most of our expenses are recorded as period costs, and factors affecting our cost structure may be reflected in our financial results sooner than changes to our contracting activity. We expect expenses to increase substantially in the near term, particularly as we continue to make significant investments in research and development and technology infrastructure for our cloud-based offerings, expand our operations globally and develop new products and features for and enhancements of our existing products. As a result of these significant investments, and in particular share-based compensation associated with our growth, with the exception of the three months ended September 30, 2015, we recorded IFRS operating losses and net losses in recent quarters, which we expect to continue in the remaining nine months of fiscal 2016.

          Our cash flows from operating activities decreased in the first quarters of fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016 as a result of the payment of annual discretionary bonuses to reward our employees, which occurs during the first quarter of each fiscal year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through cash flows generated by operations. At June 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $187.1 million, trade and other receivables totaling $13.4 million and short-term investments totaling $30.3 million and at September 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $208.3 million, short-term investments totaling $15.1 million and trade and other receivables totaling $13.1 million. Our short-term investments are comprised of term deposits with fixed interest rates, which mature within one year.

          Our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 were as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 54,310   $ 75,280   $ 98,221   $ 9,654   $ 14,404  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (12,442 )   (46,554 )   (28,566 )   (9,146 )   8,002  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    2,841     (2,571 )   2,338     454     (534 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (1,349 )   445     (1,665 )   (696 )   (634 )

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 43,360   $ 26,600   $ 70,328   $ 266   $ 21,238  

          At June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015, our cash and cash equivalents were held for working capital purposes, a majority of which was held in cash deposits. We expect to increase our capital expenditures to support the growth in our business and operations, such as new office buildouts. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spend on research and development efforts, employee headcount, marketing and sales activities, the introduction of new software and services offerings, enhancements to our existing software and services offerings and the continued market acceptance of our products.

          Cash provided by operating activities has historically been affected by the amount of net income adjusted for non-cash expense items such as depreciation and amortization, amortization of purchased intangibles and expense associated with share-based awards, the timing of employee

84


Table of Contents

related costs such as bonus payments, collections from our customers, which is our largest source of operating cash flows, and changes in other working capital accounts.

          Our working capital accounts consist of trade and other receivables and prepaid expenses and other current assets and non-current assets. Claims against working capital include trade and other payables, provisions and other non-current liabilities. Our working capital may be impacted by various factors in future periods, such as billings to customers for subscriptions, licenses and maintenance services and the subsequent collection of those billings or the amount and timing of certain expenditures.

          Net cash provided by operating activities was $54.3 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, as a result of income before income tax of $11.4 million adjusted by non-cash charges including a net increase of $29.9 million in our operating assets and liabilities, depreciation and amortization of $12.1 million and share-based payment expense of $3.5 million. The increase in our operating assets and liabilities was primarily attributable to a $18.6 million increase in our deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions and renewals of maintenance contracts and a $12.9 million increase in trade and other payables, provisions and other non-current liabilities, offset by a $1.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other non-current assets. Net cash provided by operating activities was also impacted by income tax paid, net of refunds of $5.4 million.

          Net cash provided by operating activities was $75.3 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, as a result of income before income tax of $22.2 million adjusted by non-cash charges including a net increase of $31.1 million in our operating assets and liabilities, depreciation and amortization of $13.3 million and share-based payment expense of $11.4 million. The increase in our operating assets and liabilities was primarily attributable to a $24.8 million increase in our deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions and renewals of maintenance contracts and a $13.1 million increase in trade and other payables, provisions and other non-current liabilities, offset by a $4.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other non-current assets and a $2.7 million increase in trade and other receivables.

          Net cash provided by operating activities was $98.2 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, as a result of loss before income tax of $0.7 million adjusted by non-cash charges including net increase of $45.6 million in our operating assets and liabilities, share-based payment expense of $41.5 million and depreciation and amortization of $15.5 million. The increase in our operating assets and liabilities was primarily attributable to a $47.4 million increase in our deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions and renewals of maintenance contracts and a $16.0 million increase in trade and other payables, provisions and other non-current liabilities, offset by a $9.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other non-current assets and a $8.5 million increase in trade and other receivables. Net cash provided by operating activities was also impacted by income tax paid, net of refunds of $5.1 million.

          Net cash provided by operating activities was $9.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2014, as a result of income before income tax of $1.3 million adjusted by non-cash charges including a net decrease of $3.8 million in our operating assets and liabilities, share-based payment expense of $7.9 million and depreciation and amortization of $3.6 million. The decrease in our operating assets and liabilities was primarily attributable to a $9.6 million decrease in trade and other payables, provisions and other non-current liabilities, a $3.0 million increase in trade and other receivables and a $0.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other non-current assets, offset by a $9.0 million increase in our deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions and renewals of maintenance contracts.

          Net cash provided by operating activities was $14.4 million in the three months ended September 30, 2015, as a result of income before income tax of $6.5 million adjusted by non-cash

85


Table of Contents

charges including share-based payment expense of $14.1 million, a net decrease of $6.9 million in our operating assets and liabilities, and depreciation and amortization of $4.5 million. The decrease in our operating assets and liabilities was primarily attributable to a $10.7 million decrease in trade and other payables, provisions and other non-current liabilities and a $3.1 million increase in prepaid expenses, offset by a $6.7 million increase in our deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions and renewals of maintenance contracts. Net cash provided by operating activities was also impacted by income tax paid, net of refunds of $4.5 million.

          Net cash used in investing activities for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended September 30, 2014 were $12.4 million, $46.6 million, $28.6 million and $9.1 million respectively, while net cash provided by investing activities was $8.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015. The net cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 was primarily related to purchases of short-term investments and deposits of $12.2 million, capital expenditures of $7.2 million, offset by proceeds from maturities of short-term investments and deposits of $7.1 million. Net cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 was primarily related to purchases of short-term investments and deposits of $45.5 million, capital expenditures of $8.1 million, purchases of intangible assets of $2.1 million and payment of deferred consideration of $2.4 million, offset by proceeds from maturities of short-term investments and deposits of $11.6 million. Net cash used in investing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was primarily related to purchases of short-term investments and deposits totaling $50.0 million, capital expenditures totaling $31.8 million to support the growth of our business, including hardware, software, equipment and leasehold improvements, and acquisitions totaling $10.6 million, offset by cash received from the maturing of several short-term investments which totaled $64.8 million. Net cash used in investing activities during the three months ended September 30, 2014 was primarily related to purchases of short-term investments and deposits totaling $19.2 million, capital expenditures totaling $5.2 million to support the growth of our business, including hardware, software, equipment and leasehold improvements, and acquisitions totaling $3.2 million, offset by cash received from the maturing of several short-term investments which totaled $19.4 million. Net cash provided by investing activities during the three months ended September 30, 2015 was primarily related to cash received from the maturing of several short-term investments which totaled $19.6 million, offset by capital expenditures totaling $6.2 million to support the growth of our business, including hardware, software, equipment and leasehold improvements, purchases of short-term investments and deposits totaling $4.4 million, and payment of deferred consideration of $1.0 million.

          Net cash provided by financing activities was $2.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, which consisted of $3.0 million of proceeds from exercises of employee share options and $2.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of preference shares, offset by dividends paid to shareholders of $2.2 million. Net cash used in financing activities was $2.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, which consisted of dividends paid to shareholders of $10.0 million, offset by $7.4 million of proceeds from exercises of employee share options. Net cash provided by financing activities was $2.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, which consisted of proceeds from exercises of employee share options. Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, which consisted of proceeds from exercises of employee share options and net cash used by financing activities was $0.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015, which consisted of the payment of deferred offering costs totaling $1.7 million, offset by proceeds from exercises of employee share options of $1.2 million.

86


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

          Our principal contractual commitments primarily consist of obligations under operating leases for office space and contractual commitments for hosting services. At September 30, 2015, the future non-cancelable minimum lease payments under these obligations, and our future non-cancelable minimum payments under our other contractual obligations, were as follows:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 to 3
years
  3 to 5
years
  After 5
years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease obligations

  $ 47,370   $ 8,457   $ 18,535   $ 15,619   $ 4,759  

Other obligations

    15,993     5,718     10,275          

Total

  $ 63,363   $ 14,175   $ 28,810   $ 15,619   $ 4,759  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          At June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other purposes. Other than operating leases for office space, we do not engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure about Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

          Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. All of our sales contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars. Our operating expenses are generally denominated in the local currencies of the countries where our operations are located. Most of our expenses are incurred in Australia and the United States. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would have had an impact on our results of operations of $9.8 million for fiscal 2015 and $2.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015. We have not entered into derivatives or hedging transactions as our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates has not been material to our historical operating results, but we may do so in the future if our exposure to foreign currency should become more significant.

Interest Rate Risk

          We had cash and cash equivalents of $187.1 million and $208.3 million at June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015, respectively. The carrying amount of our cash equivalents reasonably approximates fair value, as a result of the short maturities of these instruments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, and we do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Short-term and long-term investments we hold are in the form of term deposits with fixed interest rates, thereby limiting their exposure related to interest rate fluctuations. We do not have any long-term debt or financial liabilities with floating interest rates that would subject us to interest rate fluctuations. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our financial statements.

87


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Polices and Estimates

          We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which includes all standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and related interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenues, and expenses. We base our judgments and estimates on historical experience and on other various factors we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect the financial results or the financial position reported in future periods.

          While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the accounting policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

          We primarily derive revenues from subscription, maintenance, perpetual license, and training and other services.

          We recognize revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the customer, the amount of revenue and associated costs can be measured reliably, and collection of the related receivable is probable.

          If, at the outset of an arrangement, revenue cannot be measured reliably, we defer the recognition of revenue until the arrangement fee becomes due and payable by the customer. Additionally, if, at the outset of an arrangement, we determine that collectability is not probable, we defer the recognition of revenue until the earlier of when collectability becomes probable or payment is received. We enter into arrangements directly with end users as well as indirectly through Experts and resellers. Revenue recognition for indirect customers is the same as for direct customers as the terms of sale are substantially the same.

          In the absence of industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance under IFRS, we look to U.S. GAAP when establishing policies related to revenue recognition. Our revenue recognition policy considers the guidance provided by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Subtopic 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition , and FASB ASC Subtopic 605-25, Multiple-Element Arrangements , where applicable, as authorized by International Accounting Standard ("IAS") 8, Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors .

    Subscription revenue

          Subscription revenue is recognized as services are performed, commencing with the date our service is made available to customers and all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied.

    Maintenance revenue

          Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the support period.

    Perpetual license revenue

          Perpetual license revenue is recognized on the date of product delivery for the license portion of perpetual license arrangements.

88


Table of Contents

    Other revenue

          Revenue from the sale of third-party vendor products on our Atlassian Marketplace is recognized net of the vendor liability portion as we function as an agent in the relationship. Our portion of revenue is recognized at the date of product delivery given that we do not have any future obligations. Revenue from training is recognized as delivered or as the rights to receive training expire.

    Multiple-element arrangements

          Many of our arrangements include purchases of both software related products and services. For these software related multiple-element arrangements, we apply the residual method to determine the amount of new software license revenue to be recognized. We first allocate fair value of each element of a software related multiple-element arrangement based on its fair value as determined by vendor specific objective evidence ("VSOE"), with any remaining amount allocated to the software license. We determine VSOE based on our historical pricing for a specific product or service when sold separately and when a substantial majority of the selling prices for these services fall within a narrow range.

          Cloud-based arrangements may be purchased alongside other services that are intended to be used with the cloud offering. These arrangements are considered to be non-software multiple-element arrangements. Accordingly, we allocate revenue to each element considered to be a separate unit of accounting using the relative selling prices of each unit.

          The relative selling price for each element is based upon the following selling price hierarchy: VSOE if available, third-party evidence ("TPE") if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE are available. Historically, we have established VSOE for all non-software elements using the same methodology applied to software-related elements, as a substantial majority of the selling prices for these elements fall within a narrow range when sold separately. The application of VSOE methodologies requires judgment, including the determination of when to account for deliverables separately and how to allocate the total arrangement fee to its individual elements. Changes to the elements in our arrangements and our ability to establish VSOE for those elements may impact the timing of revenue recognition, which may result in a material change to the amount of revenue recorded in a given period.

          If we enter into an arrangement with both software and non-software deliverables, we will first allocate the total arrangement consideration based on the relative selling prices of the software group of elements as a whole and the non-software elements. We then further allocate consideration within the software group in accordance with the residual method described above.

          The revenue amounts allocated to each element are recognized when the revenue recognition criteria described above have been met for the respective element.

Share-based Payments

          We recognize share-based payment expense for our equity-settled transactions, including employee and non-employee director share option and RSU awards based on fair value of the award at the grant date. We recognize the expense over the period in which service conditions are fulfilled, with each portion of an award that vests on a different date (i.e., each tranche) being accounted for separately, which requires separate measurement and attribution. The cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which actual vesting has occurred along with our best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The share-based payment expense for each reporting period reflects the movement in cumulative expense recognized at the beginning and end of that

89


Table of Contents

period. We do not recognize expense for shares that do not ultimately vest. As required under IFRS, we follow the accelerated method of expense recognition for share-based awards, as the awards vest in tranches over the vesting period.

          We measure share-based payment expense by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined by using the Black-Scholes option-valuation model for our share options and a lattice-based model for our RSUs based on the private company valuation of our shares. The accounting estimates and assumptions relating to share-based payments may impact expenses, equity and the carrying amounts of liabilities within a given period.

          Our Black-Scholes option-valuation model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions and estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management's judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our share-based payment expense could be materially different in the future. The following assumptions were used as inputs for the option-valuation model:

    Fair value of underlying shares —Prior to our initial public offering, because our shares were not publicly traded, we estimated the fair value of our shares as discussed in "—Company Share and RSU Valuations" below.

    Expected volatility —As there is no active external or internal market for our shares, we estimate the expected volatility for our shares by taking the average historic price volatility for a group of publicly traded industry peers. Our industry peers consist of several public companies in the technology industry that are similar to us in size and stage of life cycle. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers' common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public peer companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

    Expected term —We determine the expected term based on the average period the share options are expected to remain outstanding, generally calculated as the midpoint of the share options' vesting term and contractual expiration period, as we do not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior.

    Risk-free interest rate —We base the risk-free interest rate on the implied yield currently available on zero-coupon government issued securities in the country in whose currency the exercise price was expressed over the expected term of the option.

    Dividend yield —Our restricted shares are not entitled to dividends. As such, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

90


Table of Contents

          The weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of our share options are as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Fair value of underlying shares

  $2.92 - $9.78   $ 14.97  

Expected volatility

  39% - 43%     41 %

Expected term (in years)

  4.0 - 5.0     4.0  

Risk-free interest rate

  1.0% - 1.3%     1.3  

Dividend yield

       

          There were no share options granted during the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015.

          In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-valuation model, we also estimate a forfeiture rate in calculating the amount of share-based payment expense we recognize in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income. We estimate our forfeiture rate based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures and we will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our share-based payment expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the share-based payment expense recognized in our financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the share-based payment expense recognized in our financial statements.

          We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected term and forfeiture rate utilized in our share-based payment expense calculations on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our shares, we may refine our estimates of expected volatility, expected term and forfeiture rates, which could materially impact our future share-based payment expense.

          As discussed above in "—Components of Results of Operations—Operating Expenses", our RSUs awarded to employees have a performance condition that requires a liquidity event, which is defined as a sale or an initial public offering. Despite a qualifying liquidity event having not yet occurred as of September 30, 2015, we recognize share-based payment expense on the outstanding RSUs since their grant date. During the year ended June 30, 2015 and the three months ended September 30, 2015, we recognized share-based payment expense associated with these RSUs, net of estimated forfeitures, of $35.7 million and $12.7 million, respectively.

          RSU holders generally will recognize a taxable income based upon the value of the shares on the date they are settled, and we are required to withhold taxes in the United States and in certain other jurisdictions on such value at applicable tax rates. For additional information on our tax withholding and remittance obligations related to RSU vesting, see "—Components of Results of Operations—Operating Expenses" above.

Company Share and RSU Valuations

          Prior to this offering, the fair value of the share options and RSUs underlying our share-based payments was determined by our board of directors. For both options and RSUs, we recognized share-based payment expense beginning in the period of grant based on the fair value of the award at the grant date. As our RSUs include liquidity-based vesting conditions and are considered a

91


Table of Contents

non-marketable security until either a sale or IPO event occurs, their fair values at each grant date do not equal the fair value per share of our shares. All options were intended to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our shares underlying those options on the grant date. All RSUs were assigned a fair value on each grant date. We have obtained contemporaneous independent valuations at each grant date in order to help our board of directors determine the fair value of each option and RSU grant.

          The valuations of our shares were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we used in the valuation models were based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public market for our company shares, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our company shares as of the date of each grant, including the following factors:

    contemporaneous valuations performed by unrelated third-party specialists;

    relevant precedent transactions involving our shares;

    our actual operating and financial performance;

    our current business conditions and projections;

    our hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

    our history and the timing of the introduction of new products;

    our stage of development;

    our likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

    the lack of marketability involving securities in a private company;

    the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

    the U.S. and global capital markets conditions.

          In valuing our shares, our board of directors determined the enterprise value, added net cash, and then allocated the equity value to each class of equity securities outstanding initially using an option pricing method ("OPM"). The board of directors determined the enterprise value of our business using the income approach and the market approach valuation methods.

          The OPM treats our ordinary shares and preference shares as call options on a business, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-valuation model to price the call option. Estimates of the volatility applied in the Black-Scholes option-valuation model were based on available information on the volatility of shares of comparable, publicly traded companies. Additionally, we applied a discount for lack of marketability.

          The income approach estimates the fair value of the enterprise based on the present value of our future estimated net cash flows and our residual value beyond the forecast period. The future net cash flows and residual value are discounted to their present value to reflect the risks inherent in us achieving these estimated net cash flows. The discount rate was based on a market-derived weighted-average cost of capital.

          In the market approach, we utilized the comparable company method which estimates the fair value based on a comparison of our size, growth, profitability and operating risks to comparable publicly-traded companies in a similar line of business. We selected other enterprise software public

92


Table of Contents

companies, new publicly-traded companies and companies with similar growth profiles. From the comparable companies, we calculated business enterprise value ("BEV"), based on a multiple of trailing 12 months revenues. We utilized these BEV multiples and applied it to our trailing 12 month's revenues and to the forecasted next 12 months revenues. As some of the comparable companies were significantly larger and had different rates of revenue growth and profitability than us, we selected multiples that were near the median of these selected companies to account for our higher profitability and expected higher rates of revenue growth.

          Beginning in March 2015 as we had greater visibility into the timing of an IPO event, we utilized a combination of the OPM and the probability-weighted expected return method ("PWERM"). Under the PWERM, the value of the company shares is estimated based on analysis of future values for the enterprise assuming various possible outcomes, such as timing as well as the rights of each share class. The future value was discounted to their present value using the discount rate applied in the income approach. Additionally, we applied a discount for lack of marketability.

          As our RSUs include liquidity-based vesting conditions and are considered a non-marketable security until either a sale or IPO event occurs, their fair values at each grant date do not equal the fair value per share of our shares. The RSU fair values at each grant date were based on probability and price scenarios related to a potential future liquidity event (e.g., IPO, sale, staying private, dissolution). For each scenario, the valuation included inputs including the potential timing of a liquidity event, type of liquidity event and estimated probability for each event based on future share price. Price scenarios were based on a Monte Carlo simulation methodology, which relies on the simulation of stochastic processes to model future movement of our share price. Inputs include term assumptions, risk-free rate, volatility and a starting share price that represents the most recent minority, marketable fair value of our shares prior to the RSU grant date, from the most recent third-party contemporaneous valuation.

          An RSU is considered to be a non-marketable security until either a sale or IPO event occurs, and in order to take this illiquidity into consideration, we applied a discount utilizing a geometric average rate put option model. The inputs to the geometric average rate put model were based on the term assumption for each price scenario. After applying the discount for illiquidity, a probability weighted present value of the scenarios was calculated for each simulation. The average of 500,000 iterations represents the overall fair value of the RSUs at each valuation date, which is also the date at which the RSUs were granted.

          Following this offering, valuation models, including the estimates and assumptions used in such models, will not be necessary to determine the fair value of our company shares, as our company shares will be traded in the public market.

          Between July 1, 2014 and September 30, 2015, our company share valuations were as follows:

Valuation Date
  Fair Value
per Share
 

September 30, 2014

  $ 13.62  

December 31, 2014

    14.67  

March 31, 2015

    15.37  

June 30, 2015

    16.62  

September 30, 2015

    17.97  

93


Table of Contents

          Between July 1, 2014 and September 30, 2015, we granted share options as follows:

Grant Date
  Shares
Underlying
Options
  Exercise Price
Per Share
 

February 7, 2015

    500,000   $ 14.67  

          Between July 1, 2014 and September 30, 2015, we granted RSUs as follows:

Grant Date
  Shares
Underlying
RSUs
  Grant-Date
Fair Value
per Share
 

July 24, 2014

    1,091,106   $ 12.79  

August 26, 2014

    2,708,636     12.68  

December 18, 2014

    951,410     12.78  

February 7, 2015

    954,831     13.76  

June 10, 2015

    3,495,376     15.41  

August 25, 2015

    592,137     16.59  

Income Tax

          We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities represent temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements and their corresponding tax basis used in the computation of taxable income. Deferred tax however is not recognized on the initial recognition of goodwill, or the initial recognition of an asset or liability (other than in a business combination) in a transaction that affects neither tax nor accounting income.

          We recognize deferred tax liabilities for taxable temporary differences associated with our investments in our subsidiaries and associates, except where we are able to control the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax liabilities are generally provided for in full.

          We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future and it is probable that they will be able to be utilized against future taxable income, based on our forecast of future operating results. Deferred tax assets are adjusted for significant non-taxable income, expenses and specific limits on the use of any unused tax loss or credit. Unrecognized deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable income will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

          We calculate deferred tax assets and liabilities, without discounting, at the tax rates and laws that we expect to apply to their respective period of realization, provided the tax rates and laws are enacted or substantively enacted by the end of our reporting period. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable income will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized.

          Deferred tax liabilities and assets are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and we intend to settle our current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognized as a component of tax income or expense in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income, except where they relate to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) or directly in equity, in which case

94


Table of Contents

the related deferred tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) or equity, respectively. Where deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.

          Our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements align with our expanding international business activities. The application of the tax laws of various jurisdictions to our international business activities is subject to interpretation. The taxing authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate may challenge our methodologies for valuing developed technology or intercompany arrangements, including our transfer pricing, or determine the manner in which we operate our business is not consistent with the manner in which we report our income to the jurisdictions. If such a disagreement were to occur, and our positions were not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties, resulting in higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows and lower overall profitability of our operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In July 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 9, Financial Instruments , which replaces IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . The standard applies to the classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities and will be effective for us beginning in our fiscal year ending June 30, 2019. We are currently evaluating the impact to our consolidated financial statements.

          In May 2014, the IASB (in a joint effort with the FASB) issued IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which supersedes most current revenue recognition requirements. The standard establishes a principle for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also requires new disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The standard is effective for us beginning for our fiscal year ending June 30, 2019, and early application is permitted under IFRS. We are currently in the process of assessing the adoption methodology, which allows the amendment to be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented, or with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial application. We are also currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of the standard on our consolidated financial statements.

95


Table of Contents


LETTER FROM THE FOUNDERS

          Atlassian is a special company. We are unlike any other enterprise software company you've seen before. We have an ambitious mission, a decade-long history of consistent growth and free cash flow, a culture of innovation, and a unique model that both propels our existing business and opens up future growth opportunities. This public offering will also be the first time in our 13-year history that Atlassian will raise any external financing. We are excited to share our story publicly as we invite investors to join us in the next phase of our incredible journey.

Our Mission

          Stare at a photograph of the early teams at Apple or Tesla, the Endurance crew in Antarctica or the '96 Chicago Bulls. Most people focus on an individual—Jobs, Musk, Shackleton or Jordan—the lone genius society tends to celebrate. And while individuals are often critical for instigating ideas, there is always a team of unsung heroes behind them to make the idea real. It's the team that changes an industry, reaches the Pole, wins the championship.

          Back to our earliest beginnings—from hunting to agriculture—human progress has been driven by teams. The same goes for our future. The next advances in space exploration, eradicating world hunger, finding the cure for cancer—they will all come from people working together toward a common goal. A team.

          Atlassian's mission is to unleash the potential in every team . Our products help teams organize, discuss and complete their work. And what teams do can change the world. We have helped NASA teams design the Mars Rover, Cochlear teams develop hearing implants and hundreds of thousands of other teams do amazing things. We have an incredible opportunity to help millions more teams in organizations across nearly every industry. Teamwork is hard. We make it easier.

Our Team

          It's perhaps unsurprising that a company building products for teams is so defined by them. We began Atlassian as a team. We lead Atlassian as a team. We're two founders. We're two co-CEOs. We're made better through teamwork and a deep shared belief in what we're building. It's unusual, but after 13 years, we're practiced at it. We believe Atlassian is stronger for it.

          Today more than 1,300 Atlassians form hundreds of teams globally. These teams are united in creating an incredible and long lasting company. Our people and our culture make us wonderfully unique and power our success. We invest in that culture to instill it more deeply in our business as we grow around the world. We were recently recognized—for the second year in a row—as being the best place to work in Australia. Our culture, and the incredibly talented people it helps us attract, make this possible.

Our Beliefs

          We've always believed that what distinguishes a company is often what makes it great. Atlassian is different from most enterprise software companies you could invest in. These differences are important to understand. They are both a core part of our past achievements and key to our future success.

    We believe in huge markets.   We don't think about the Fortune 500, we think about the Fortune 500,000. With over 750 million information workers worldwide, we believe there are enormous markets for our products. Our aim is for every information worker in every team in every company to use an Atlassian product every day.

96


Table of Contents

    We believe software is bought, not sold.   Before the Internet, companies with the largest distribution networks often beat those with better products. We believe this is changing. In today's world the best product can win, and in the future, the best product will win. We invest far more in R&D than our peers because we believe it is a huge competitive advantage. We don't have quota-carrying sales reps that focus on reaching and servicing a handful of customers. In their place, we seek to remove all friction from the customer experience. We invest in engineers, marketers and data scientists to create better products and distribute them online, and at scale, around the world.

    We believe in making our users successful.   Enterprise software is often sold tops-down to customers, optimizing for upfront dollars and ignoring end-user adoption. We flip this around. We sell bottoms-up, starting small and growing within our customers, one team at a time. Our growth is dependent on happy, active users and happy, active teams. We know that every new and satisfied customer we add provides us the opportunity to add more teams and users within that customer who will recommend our products to others.

    We believe in continuous innovation.   Great companies get disrupted when they stop inventing. We invest in product and business model innovation because our future depends on both. And our customers rely on both. Our deep commitment to innovation throughout the entire organization is core to our being. It's a ritual for us—a deep and enduring part of our DNA.

    We believe in giving back.   Social responsibility and giving back has been important to us from the beginning. We want to set an example other companies can follow. Over a decade ago, we adopted the 1% model. The Atlassian Foundation receives 1% of employee time, profit and equity. We have donated more than $5 million to many causes, such as helping Room to Read educate over 250,000 children in the developing world. Our Atlassian Foundation has been so successful that we have since co-founded Pledge 1% . This organization encourages other businesses to make a positive difference by adopting this model.

    We believe in having a long-term view.   We've run this company with a long-term mindset. Our first big long-term goal was to gain 50,000 active customers. This took us over 13 years to achieve and demonstrates our disciplined, long-term approach. We don't seek to maximize growth in any one year. We are focused on sustainable growth year after year. We're passionate about the long-term welfare of our customers, our employees, and our shareholders. We believe short-term thinking works against the interests of each of these groups. Our next long-term goal is to attract over 100 million active users of our products and services. Achieving a mission this big will take time, commitment, and a long-term focus. We're ready.

          Our customers mean everything to us. They trust us to play a vital role in how their teams work together and this is a responsibility we take seriously. We're grateful to every user, every team and every customer that uses Atlassian. We're humbled to play a part in helping them do amazing things.

          Our journey is still in its early stages. We're tremendously excited about the bright future in front of us. And we look forward to welcoming new public market investors who believe in our mission and share our long-term view.

—Mike and Scott

97


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

          Our mission is to unleash the potential in every team.

          Our products help teams organize, discuss and complete their work—delivering superior outcomes for their organizations.

          We believe human advancement has always been driven by teamwork—from the great explorations of earth and space to innovations in industry, medicine, music and technology. And while it's common to celebrate the individual genius behind a breakthrough idea, in nearly every case there is a team of unsung heroes that actually get the work done.

          We also believe that the greatest lever teams have to advance humanity lies in the power of software innovation. Through software, contact lenses now monitor and report on the blood glucose levels of diabetes patients, allowing patient and doctor to better manage the disease. Through software, cars can monitor and report on vehicle status, improving driver safety. Through software, people can read, write and converse with people in languages they do not speak. Each of these advances was delivered by teams.

          Software's transformational impact is forcing organizations to use software to innovate, or face disruption from competitors that do. Today, organizations in every industry are becoming software-driven. As a result, the teams that imagine, create and deliver that software are more essential than ever.

          Our company was founded in 2002 to help software teams work better together. From the beginning, our products were designed to help developers collaborate with other non-developer teams involved in software innovation. This breakthrough approach separated us from traditional software providers focused solely on developers.

          As more non-developer teams are exposed to our products, they adopt and extend them to new use cases, bringing our products to other users and other types of teams in their organizations. This has created an expansive market opportunity for us.

          Today, our products serve teams of all shapes and sizes, in virtually every industry—from software and technical teams to IT and service teams, from sales and marketing to HR, finance and legal teams. Our products include JIRA for team planning and project management, Confluence for team content creation and sharing, HipChat for team messaging and communications, Bitbucket for team code sharing and management and JIRA Service Desk for team services and support applications.

          Our products form an integrated system for organizing, discussing and completing shared work, becoming deeply entrenched in how people work together and how organizations run. Our products have been used by NASA to design the Mars Rover, by Cochlear to develop aural implants, and by Runkeeper to create GPS fitness tracking applications.

          Our product strategy, distribution model and company culture work in concert to create unique value for our customers and competitive advantage for our company.

          We founded our company on the premise that great products could sell themselves and we have developed a unique approach to the market that is centered on this belief. We begin with a deep investment in product development to create and refine high-quality and versatile products that users love. We make our products affordable for organizations of all sizes and we transparently share our simple pricing online. We pursue customer and user volume, targeting teams in every organization, regardless of size, industry or geography.

98


Table of Contents

          To reach this expansive market, we distribute and sell our products online without traditional sales infrastructure where users can get started in minutes without the need for assistance. We focus on enabling a self-service, low-friction model that makes it easy for users to try, adopt and use our products.

          Our culture of innovation, transparency and dedication to customer service drives our success in implementing and refining this unique approach. We believe this approach fosters innovation, quality, customer happiness, scale and profitability.

          We take a long-term view of our customer relationships and our opportunity. We recognize that users drive the adoption and proliferation of our products and, as a result, we are relentlessly focused on measuring and improving user satisfaction. We know that one happy user will beget another, thereby expanding the large and organic word-of-mouth community that helps drive our growth. We operate at unusual scale for an enterprise software company, with more than 5 million monthly active users of our products and more than 51,000 customers across virtually every industry sector in more than 160 countries as of September 30, 2015. Our customers range from small organizations that have adopted one of our products for a small group of users, to 79 of the Fortune 100 and 273 of the Fortune 500, many of which use a multitude of our products across thousands of users.

          We believe that establishing a product strategy, distribution model and culture dedicated to customer value and user growth has resulted in a financial model that is favorable for our shareholders. Our model has allowed us to grow while maintaining profitability for each of the last 10 fiscal years. Our total revenues were $148.5 million, $215.1 million and $319.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, representing a compound annual growth rate of 46.7% from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2015. Our total revenues were $67.9 million and $101.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively, representing an annual growth rate of 49.9%. We generated net income of $10.8 million, $19.0 million and $6.8 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $3.6 million and $5.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We also generated free cash flow of $47.1 million, $65.0 million and $65.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $3.6 million and $8.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively.


Market Trends

Software is Changing Everything

          Software is impacting almost every aspect of our lives and redefining the limits of what people and organizations can achieve. Software is everywhere and increasingly in everything, from our coffee makers to the tiny computers we carry in our pockets. Software is eliminating the mundane and simplifying the complex. It modernizes transportation, delivers medical breakthroughs, reduces energy consumption and advances education. Software is also substantially impacting business, helping organizations redefine their most traditional processes while creating entirely new and more efficient ways to get work done.

          We believe organizations of all kinds, across all industries are either software driven or are threatened by competitors that are. Technology companies such as Amazon in retail, Netflix in entertainment and Uber in transportation are disrupting enormous global industries by building and deploying software to drive competitive advantage. Software-enabled companies such as Fitbit in fitness, GoPro in cameras, Zillow in real estate, and Tesla Motors in automobiles, leverage software to transform traditional products and services into richer customer experiences. Traditional, market-leading companies such as General Motors, General Electric, JPMorgan Chase, Domino's Pizza and L'Oreal are also investing heavily in software to improve mission-critical workflows, increase

99


Table of Contents

automation and mitigate ever-increasing competitive pressures. In addition, non-commercial institutions such as governments, schools and non-profits are also using software to re-engineer their processes and enhance services. Today, organizations of all types and sizes face an existential imperative to drive software innovation.

Software Teams are Essential and Multi-Dimensional

          The digital transformation that organizations must undergo in order to survive and prosper can be imagined by many, but constructed by few. Teams that can deliver software innovation require a myriad of talents and functional expertise and are critical to each organization's efforts to thrive and compete.

          Software developers have become more essential and influential and the demand for software development talent has grown among organizations of all kinds. According to JavaWorld, there were more than four job openings for every currently-employed software programmer in 2014. As market demand has grown, so too has the number of developers worldwide. The number of software developers is expected to grow from approximately 19 million in 2015 to more than 25 million by 2020, according to Evans Data Corporation. While large software companies such as SAP, Oracle, Microsoft and Google employ a substantial number of developers, the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics indicates that, as of December 2013, 57% of developers were employed by non-software companies, illustrating the broad proliferation and influence of software talent.

          As software innovation sweeps through organizations, people across all functional areas are increasingly part of software teams. Developers, product managers, IT managers, designers, marketers and many other team members must now collaborate to drive software innovation for their organizations. Successful software development requires diverse, distributed teams to connect and perform seamlessly together. To tackle this challenge, software teams have been at the forefront of the effort to create and utilize collaboration tools to drive efficiency and productivity.

Software Team Collaboration is Complex and Challenging

          Modern software development is highly creative, iterative and asynchronous, and very complex. In many ways, the process is analogous to asking ten writers to independently pen one chapter of a novel at the same time, and re-assemble these pieces into a cohesive and elegant narrative, on a tight deadline. And because software is so essential for how modern organizations compete, the expectations and urgency to innovate have increased. Software teams today must iterate and move faster than ever before.

          Software teams are distributed across geographies, time zones and business functions. And the amount of information they are creating and sharing—from business plans and requirements documents, to code and documentation—is growing and constantly changing. This increases the complexity and the need for greater cooperation and communication, as multiple participants, relevant information and iterative workflows must ultimately be integrated effectively. As a result, software development is regarded as a pinnacle of organizational teamwork and has increasingly become the model for modern workforce collaboration across all teams.

Increasing Complexity Makes Collaboration Critical for All Teams

          Across the global economy, work is becoming more complex, faster-paced and more collaborative. While software teams were first to truly embrace a globally distributed workforce—through outsourcing or simply racing to where they could find scarce talent—more and more teams are now spread across geographies. A marketing team might have a remote group of internal designers, or work closely with a third-party design firm they contracted to support a project. An HR team might have a shared services center in a lower cost location, or work frequently with third-

100


Table of Contents

party recruiters. Organizations are increasingly utilizing a global talent pool and leveraging technology to help make work more efficient and productive.

          In addition to the complexity that comes with being globally distributed, teams are creating and managing more and more information, face higher expectations of work quality from their organization and must produce under tighter and more frequent deadlines. In addition, development teams are increasingly collaborating across multiple types of devices—both while at work and while working remotely.

All Teams are Seeking Better Ways to Connect and Get Work Done

          In today's dynamic and intensely collaborative business environment, all employees are seeking new and more powerful ways to connect and get access to the information and systems they need to be successful. As software projects become more cross-functional, knowledge workers throughout organizations have been exposed to the collaboration and workflow practices of software teams. This exposure across organizations has coincided with growing dissatisfaction with traditional productivity tools such as email, phone calls, web conferencing, word processing and spreadsheets.

          While traditional tools can help to connect people, they lack the functionality, integration and compatibility needed to complete work efficiently in today's dynamic environment. Such tools make it difficult for teams to stay coordinated, transparently track the status of complex processes, manage dependencies, communicate intelligently and operate with sufficient context. For example, a global team using traditional tools to collaborate on a financial analysis would struggle to integrate and complete their work: to track and comprehend communications between disparate parties and from multiple phone calls, video conferences and email threads; to manage version control and audit of multiple spreadsheets; and to keep the broader team consistently apprised of progress, milestones and deadlines.

Teams are Now Making Their Own Technology Choices

          Following the "bring your own device" trend, employees are increasingly empowered to "bring your own software", leading to the user-driven viral adoption of new types of consumer-style software products within an organization.

          In addition, people are increasingly adopting business collaboration technology that is as personal, user-friendly, versatile and powerful as the consumer technology applications they use in their everyday life. They seek products with modern design and social and search functionality, with the ability to seamlessly work across desktop and mobile devices.

          Modern teams of all kinds are seeking a new system of engagement—software built for teams that integrates multiple streams of complex tasks and dynamic information, and improves efficiency through real-time sharing, openness and transparency.


Limitations of Traditional Approaches

Traditional Tools

          Today, developer, IT and business teams rely on a patchwork of legacy software products, many of which were designed in and for prior eras of work.

          Most traditional software development technologies are costly, complex, poorly designed, hard to use and not easily integrated with other software systems. Moreover, these technologies were designed solely for the needs of software developers and do not extend well to other use cases or

101


Table of Contents

provide a bridge to connect multi-functional teams. Other point solutions do not provide the breadth, integration and security that organizations require.

          In an effort to serve the needs of teams and integrate software developers and other knowledge workers, organizations have often relied on traditional personal productivity tools. While these tools are widely used, they were designed many years ago, provide narrow functionality, are not integrated, and are not suited for the demands of managing complex projects among diverse and broadly distributed teams.

Traditional Distribution Models

          Traditional enterprise software distribution models, with their focus on quota-driven sales representatives and reliance on large deals, are not well suited to reach, influence or meet the needs of teams, who are increasingly driving technology purchasing decisions.

          As the nature of work and the needs of organizations have evolved, the traditional models for the distribution and adoption of enterprise software have failed to adapt.

          Historically, enterprise software was purchased in a centralized, top down fashion. Organizations and IT procurement departments generally prescribed the platforms and tools that workers were permitted to use. Software vendors deployed large and costly salesforces to address these procurement processes and negotiate enterprise deals, resulting in long sales cycles and complex pricing. As a result, purchase decisions were often disconnected from actual user needs and resulted in low adoption rates.

          The consumerization of enterprise technology has given a much broader population of workers a stake and a voice in the procurement of software solutions. Teams of all kinds have increasing freedom to choose the technology they want.


Market Opportunity

          Our software is broadly applicable for organizations, teams and users who are seeking to get work done faster and more effectively.

          Our products address several large and well-established categories of IT spending. Investment in these traditional categories is expected to total more than $35.0 billion in 2015. According to Gartner, the Application Development market is expected to be $8.8 billion and the IT Operations market is expected to be $9.1 billion in 2015 for the IT Asset and Financial Management, IT Service Support Management Tools and Automation Tools markets. IDC expects the market for Collaborative Applications to be $13.5 billion and the Project and Portfolio Management market to be $3.8 billion in 2015.

          We believe that the limitations of traditional tools and distribution models, coupled with the growing demand for modern collaboration technology, present an opportunity to expand within these traditional categories. By providing affordable, versatile, adaptable and modern software built for the needs of teams, we believe that we can continue to disrupt and increase our share of these large, existing markets.

          However, we also believe that we have the opportunity to serve the emerging collaboration needs of all information workers. According to a 2012 report by Forrester Research, the number of information workers globally will reach 865 million by 2016. Only a small fraction of these information workers currently use the tools captured in the traditionally-defined software markets discussed above.

          As consumers experience powerful social networking, messaging and collaboration technologies in their everyday lives, expectations for workplace technology with the same

102


Table of Contents

capabilities has grown. By leveraging our easy-to-use, versatile, adaptable and powerful software, we believe we can help satisfy these needs by providing technology that helps all teams collaborate better, work in a more modern fashion and achieve more. By doing so, we believe we can meaningfully expand the breadth and scale of our market opportunity.


The Atlassian Way

          Our product strategy, distribution model and company culture work in concert to create unique value for our customers and competitive advantage for our company.

          We invest significantly in developing and refining products that allow teams to achieve their full potential. We make versatile products that can be used in a myriad of ways. Our products are easy to adopt and use and can be distributed and proliferated organically and efficiently.

          We offer these products at affordable price points in a high-velocity online distribution model. Our distribution model does not rely on costly sales infrastructure to push product to our customers. By making our products simple, powerful and easy to adopt, we generate demand from word-of-mouth and viral expansion within organizations. Our model is designed to operate at scale and serve millions of customers.

          Our culture of innovation, transparency and dedication to our customers creates an environment that drives and perpetuates our product leadership and highly automated, low-cost distribution approach.

          We believe that our product strategy, distribution model and company culture are mutually reinforcing. By investing in innovation and making our products affordable and easy to use, we operate without reliance on traditional sales infrastructure, which enhances our distribution model and permits long-term investment in product leadership and our unique culture.


THE ATLASSIAN WAY

GRAPHIC

103


Table of Contents

Our Product Strategy

          We have developed and acquired a broad portfolio of products that help teams large and small to organize, discuss and complete their work in a coordinated, efficient and modern fashion.

          Our products, which include JIRA, Confluence, HipChat, Bitbucket and JIRA Service Desk, serve the needs of teams of software developers, IT managers and knowledge workers. While these products provide a range of distinct functionality to users, they share certain core attributes:

    Built for Teams —Our products are singularly designed to help teams work better together and achieve more. From the beginning, our products were designed to make software teams more effective, while allowing them to connect with and collaborate with workers across their organizations. With more than 51,000 customers, we have developed a refined understanding of the needs of teams. Leveraging these insights, we design products that help our customers to communicate better, be more transparent and operate in a coordinated and precise manner.

    Easy to Adopt and Use —We invest significantly in research and development to enable our products to be both powerful and extremely easy to use. Our software is designed to be accessed from the Internet and immediately put to work. By reducing the friction that usually accompanies the purchase of business software and eliminating the need for complicated and costly implementation and training, we believe we attract more people to try, buy and derive value from our software. As a result, on average, we generate more than 6,500 free evaluations of our products per typical business day.

    Versatile and Adaptable —We develop simple and well-designed products that are useful in a broad range of workflows and projects. We believe that our products can improve any process involving teams, multiple streams of work and deadlines. For example, our JIRA product, which enables software teams to plan, build and ship software products, is also used by thousands of our customers to manage other unrelated workflows, including product design, supply chain management, expense management and legal document review.

    Integrated —Our products are integrated and designed to work well together. For example, an IT service ticket generated in JIRA Service Desk can automatically trigger a notification to relevant parties via HipChat, on both desktop and mobile devices, and the resolution of the ticket can be published in Confluence, allowing others to subsequently access important context and information about the event.

    Open —We are dedicated to making our products open and interoperable with a range of other platforms and applications, such as salesforce.com, Workday and Dropbox. In order to provide a platform for our partners and to promote useful products for our users, in 2012 we introduced the Atlassian Marketplace, an online marketplace that now features more than 1,850 add-ons and extensions as of September 30, 2015 to our products created by a growing global network of independent developers and vendors. The Atlassian Marketplace provides customers a wide range of additional capabilities they use to extend or enhance our products, further increasing the value of our platform. From Atlassian Marketplace's inception in 2012 to September 30, 2015, customers have purchased more than $100 million of add-ons, generating over $80 million of revenue for our partners. In addition, these purchases generated over $20 million of revenue for us. Revenue from the Atlassian Marketplace grew at a compound annual growth rate of over 100% from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2015.

104


Table of Contents

Our Distribution Model

          Our high-velocity distribution model is designed to drive exceptional customer scale by making affordable products available via our convenient, low-friction online channel. We focus on product quality, automated distribution and customer service in lieu of a costly traditional sales infrastructure. We rely on word-of-mouth and low-touch demand generation to drive trial, adoption and expansion of our products within customers.

GRAPHIC

          The following are key attributes of our unique model:

    Innovation-driven —Relative to other enterprise software companies, we invest significantly in research and development rather than sales and marketing. Our goal is to focus our spending on measures that improve quality, ease of adoption and expansion and create organic customer demand for our products. We also invest in initiatives that automate and streamline distribution and customer support functions to enhance our customer experience and improve our efficiency. These investments have allowed us to scale our business to serve customers in more than 160 countries.

      Beyond improving product quality and enhancing customer experience, a portion of our research and development spending is targeted at demand generation and customer conversion. For example, we have invested in the development of our Atlassian Engagement Engine, an internal platform that allows us to profile and analyze customer behavior and promote additional products directly to users in the context of their activity.

105


Table of Contents

    Simple and Affordable —We offer our products at affordable prices in a simple and transparent format, with a free trial before purchase. For example, a customer coming to our website can evaluate, purchase and setup a JIRA license, for 10 users or 10,000+ users, based on a transparent list price, without any interaction with a sales person. This approach, which is in contrast to the opaque and complex pricing plans offered by most traditional enterprise software vendors, is designed to complement the easy-to-use, easy-to-adopt nature of our products and accelerate adoption by large volumes of new customers.

    Organic and Expansive —Our model benefits from significant customer word-of-mouth about our products that drives traffic to our website. Over 98% of our transactions are conducted on our website. This significantly reduces our cost of acquiring new customers. We also benefit from distribution leverage via our network of Atlassian Experts, who resell and customize our products. Once we have established a footprint within a customer, the networked nature and flexibility of our product tends to result in user growth, new uses for our software and the attachment of our other products within customers.

      In our model, demand for our software organically spreads from user to user, from team to team and from department to department. In order to support this expansion and scaling within customers, we have enhanced the manageability and enterprise features of our software to support broad standardization on our platform. This expansion within customers creates a network effect that contributes to long-lasting customer relationships. Our data indicates that over 5 years, our customers spend seven times their initial purchase with us, in the aggregate.

    Scale-oriented —Our model is designed to generate and benefit from significant customer scale and our goal is to maximize the number of individual users of our software. First, we leverage customer word-of-mouth and the strength of our brands to drive inquiry through traffic to our website, which has resulted in more than 70,000 daily visitors to atlassian.com. Second, we offer those visitors the opportunity to try our products for free and we generate on average more than 6,500 such evaluations per typical business day. Third, we allow small teams (10 users or less) to adopt our products at very attractive prices to seed usage within organizations. Fourth, we seek to convert those visitors and small teams into paid, long-term customers. Fifth, we seek long-term growth and expansion through efficient and targeted in-product marketing based on user profile and behavioral data, and excellent customer service and support.

      With more than 51,000 customers and more than 450,000 organizations (including free users and small teams) using our software today, we are able to reach a vast number of users, gather insights to refine our offerings and generate growing revenue by expanding within our customer accounts. With 864 customers paying us in excess of $50,000 during fiscal 2015, many of whom started as significantly smaller customers, we have demonstrated our ability to grow within our existing customers. Ultimately, our model is designed to serve millions of customers and to benefit from the data, network effects and customer insights that emerge from such scale.

    Data-driven —Our scale and the design of our model allows us to gather insights into and improve the customer experience. We track, test, nurture and refine every step of the customer journey and our users' experience. This allows us to intelligently manage our funnel of potential users, drive conversion and promote additional products to existing users. Our scale has enabled us to experiment with various approaches to these tasks and constantly tune our strategies for user satisfaction and growth.

106


Table of Contents

Our Culture

          Our company culture is exemplified by our core values:

GRAPHIC

          The following are the key elements of our culture that contribute to our ability to drive customer value and achieve competitive differentiation:

    Openness and Innovation —We value transparency and openness as an organization. Since our inception, we have put online all of our product pricing, documentation, knowledge base and record of product enhancements. We believe this approach promotes trust and makes customers more comfortable in engaging with us in our low-touch model. In addition, we are dedicated to innovation and encourage our employees to invent new applications, uses and improvements for our software. We promote invention through our internal, quarterly "ShipIt" hack-a-thon, where employees from all different departments across each of our global locations participate in a 24-hour innovation competition. Each "ShipIt" hack-a-thon results in hundreds of small and large innovations across our products, processes and operations. In addition, we run our company using our own products for a broad range of use cases, which promotes open communication and transparency throughout our organization.

    Dedication to the Customer —Customer service and support is at the core of our business. We have four major customer support centers and we strive to provide "legendary service" to our customers. In addition to providing a personal touch, our service team is also encouraged to seek scalable, self-service solutions that customers will love. Our customers span the largest and oldest organizations to early-stage startups, and each and every one receives the same dedicated service. We made the strategic decision to invest in superior service that drives greater customer happiness and breeds positive word-of-mouth rather than build a traditional sales infrastructure.

    Team-driven —We were created to serve the needs of teams. Therefore, it is natural that we value teamwork highly and have organized the company to encourage active teamwork. One of our core values, "Play, as a Team", encourages our employees to be both team oriented and entrepreneurial to identify problems and invent solutions. Teamwork starts at the top of our organization with our unique co-CEO structure and is celebrated throughout our company.

    Long-term Focused —We believe that we are building a company that can grow and prosper for decades to come. Our model, which is designed for customer scale, starting small, making important investments and growing with our customers over time requires a patient, long-term approach, and a dedication to continuous improvement. Our investment in research and development is significant relative to traditional software models and is designed to drive long-term sustainability of our product leadership. Given the choice between short-term results and building long-term scale, we choose the latter.

107


Table of Contents


Our Growth Strategy

          Our growth strategy is to make our software accessible to every organization, team and user to help them get work done. We intend to continue this approach by adding customers, developing new products, expanding in existing customers and pursuing selective acquisitions.

          Key drivers of our growth strategy include:

    Protect and Promote Our Culture —Our culture is at the foundation of everything we do and fuels our business strategy and success. We were founded on the principles of openness, teamwork and innovation. We intend to continue our product-driven focus and spur innovation through events such as "ShipIt", through which JIRA Service Desk was conceived. We also intend to continue to contribute a portion of our profits, employee time and technology towards non-profit initiatives in our commitment to give back to the community. We are steadfast in our commitment to formal and informal programs that improve our culture and positively influence our people and our products.

    Continue to Refine Our Unique Business Model —We strive to improve every aspect of our unique, low-friction business model. We will continue to develop the technology and products that enable our customers to easily adopt and use our products over the Internet. We are continuously undertaking initiatives in our marketing and sales strategy to find, qualify and sell to customers more efficiently and effectively. We are focused on providing superior support for all our customers, from self-service updates and upgrades to on-call or on-site support when needed. As we gather more insights from our user and customer interactions, we will integrate this visibility across our business to improve and accelerate our product roadmaps and sales, marketing and support efforts.

    Increase Product Value —We intend to continue to increase the value of our software to customers by providing them with a broader, integrated set of products. By integrating our products with each other, they become more valuable to our customers so they avoid having to move around separate, non-integrated products to get their work done. By developing and acquiring new technologies, we are able to address more and more of our user's day-to-day needs. From fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2015, we invested $247.6 million in research and development, excluding share-based compensation, or 36% of our revenue over that period, to develop and integrate our products at high velocity. In addition, since September 2006, we have acquired more than ten early-stage companies with complementary technologies and have successfully integrated them into our platform. We believe both organic development and inorganic acquisition are core competencies for us, and intend to use both to continue to drive ever-increasing product value for our customers. We also intend to provide more integration with third-party software so our users can benefit from more of their other technology investments.

    Grow the Atlassian Marketplace and Partner Ecosystem —We believe that in today's technology landscape, it is a strategic imperative to leverage open platforms and work with partners to extend our platform's functionality to use cases and customers which we could not reach on our own. The Atlassian Marketplace allows independent vendors and developers to develop add-ons that extend our platform and generate millions of dollars in revenue for both the vendors and for us. The Atlassian Marketplace provides customers with add-on applications that help tailor their deployments for their team, department, industry or use case. As of September 30, 2015, there were over 1,850 add-ons in Atlassian Marketplace contributed by over 650 third-party vendors and developers. Examples of these add-ons include timesheets, planning, billing, test management and many others. We will continue to make our Atlassian Marketplace economically attractive for vendors, who have generated over $100 million in cumulative revenue, including vendors who have already

108


Table of Contents

      generated over $80 million in the aggregate for their businesses from the inception of Atlassian Marketplace in 2012 to September 30, 2015. As a result, we have generated over $20 million from the Atlassian Marketplace during this period. Revenue from the Atlassian Marketplace grew at a compound annual growth rate of over 100% from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2015.


Customers

          Our software is designed with a long-term view of our customer relationships and our opportunity. Some of our largest customers, including Cisco Systems, Kroger and Verizon Communications, were among more than 200 customers who first purchased our products before December 31, 2003 and purchased additional licenses, subscriptions or maintenance in fiscal 2015. The ease of access and adoption of our products is fundamental to our offering and provides flexibility for users to try and purchase our products. We sell our products to organizations in virtually every industry, including aerospace, automotive, biotechnology, consumer, e-commerce, education, finance, government, healthcare, IT services, marketing, media, non-profit, publishing, software, technology and travel.

          We operate at a unique scale for an enterprise software company. As of September 30, 2015, we had over 5 million monthly active users of our products across more than 450,000 organizations in more than 160 countries. We define a customer as a unique domain that has at least one active and paid license of our products for which they paid more than $10 per month. As of September 30, 2015, we had over 51,000 customers, up from approximately 11,000 as of June 30, 2010. Our customers range from small organizations, which have adopted one of our products for a small group of users, to 79 of the Fortune 100 and 273 of the Fortune 500, many of which use a multitude of our products across thousands of users. No single customer accounted for more than 1% of our revenue in fiscal 2015 or in the three months ended September 30, 2015.

Representative Customers

          We have 864 customers who spent at least $50,000 in fiscal 2015. The following table provides a representative list of these customers by industry category:

Consumer Goods
 
Education/Nonprofit
 
Finance
Bose Corporation
Fitbit, Inc.
Red Bull GmbH
  Johns Hopkins University
Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT)
University of Michigan
  HSBC Holdings plc
PayPal, Inc.
Visa Inc.

 

Software
 
Government
 
Healthcare
Adobe Systems Incorporated
Citrix Systems, Inc.
Intuit Inc.
  National Aeronautics and
Space Administration (NASA)
National Institutes of Health (NIH)
United States Department of the Treasury
  Abbott Laboratories
Bayer AG
Novartis International AG

 

IT/Telecom
 
Retail
 
Automotive
Cisco Systems, Inc.   Lowe's Companies, Inc.   Bayerische Motoren Werke AG
Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.   Neiman Marcus, Inc.   Tesla Motors, Inc.
Verizon Communications Inc.   Nordstrom, Inc.   Toyota Motor Europe

109


Table of Contents

Customer Case Studies

          The following case studies are representative examples of how our customers from different industries globally have adopted, benefited from and expanded the use of our products across various teams within their organizations:

Autodesk

          Autodesk first implemented JIRA in 2007 for its engineering teams to plan and track software development sprints, request changes, and manage beta program feedback, and to document and discuss projects. The company also adopted Confluence to document and discuss projects with product management, designers and localization teams.

          Since its initial use, adoption of JIRA and Confluence have spread beyond just engineering teams, and expanded to more than 4,000 users worldwide accessing JIRA on a daily basis. Atlassian is central to the company's planning, communication and execution of critical tasks, in engineering and beyond. As a result, management has a unified view of what teams are working on and the company can maintain consistent documentation across all teams.

Cochlear

          Since 1982 Cochlear has led the aural implant industry, transforming the lives of many people around the world with profound hearing loss. To enable these breakthrough innovations, Cochlear uses Atlassian to manage the work creating both the hardware and software for these implants.

          Cochlear first became a customer of Atlassian when it adopted JIRA in 2003, using it as a bug tracking system within its software development team, as well as to manage its roadmap of new features and improvements. While engineering teams were the first to adopt JIRA, it subsequently spread to other teams in the organization, including IT, Marketing, Quality, Regulatory, Regional Team and many others. Cochlear also adopted Confluence soon after its launch. Today, the company uses a variety of Atlassian products, including JIRA, Confluence, Bitbucket and additional Atlassian developer products, touching more than 60% of its employees. From a productivity point of view, Cochlear has seen a significant return on investment: Cochlear has reduced the time spent on code review by more than 50%, resulting in fewer bugs and faster, more efficient code releases.

CSIRO

          CSIRO, Australia's national science agency, is one of the largest research organizations in the world. To keep their 5,500 employees focused on their mission, CSIRO turned to Atlassian in 2005 to reduce email, track workloads and handle the growing number of service requests across the agency. CSIRO leverages Atlassian: JIRA and Confluence to track and collaborate on development projects; Crucible and Fisheye for code review; Stash for on-premises Git repository management software; and JIRA Service Desk to manage requests across the organization.

          Along with traditional software-focused departments such as IT, other departments are also using Atlassian products. Health and Safety uses JIRA to undertake end to end case management. Finance, Web Services and Library Services teams uses JIRA Service Desk to review contracts, track vendor payments and to respond to researcher requests for the latest research. As a result, these teams have been able to process twice as many requests, with full visibility into their workloads, while seeing email traffic reduce up to 30%.

HomeAway

          HomeAway and its wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries operate the world's largest online marketplace for the vacation rental industry, bringing together millions of travelers seeking vacation

110


Table of Contents

rentals online with the property owners and managers of over one million vacation rental properties located in over 190 countries around the world. To coordinate its dispersed teams and manage relationships with third parties spread across the world, HomeAway uses Atlassian to get work done.

          HomeAway initially adopted Confluence in 2007 to enable its distributed teams to broadcast consistent content to distributed employees and allow teams to collaborate on documents and projects. The company next adopted JIRA for its development teams to manage and track software development projects. Moving to JIRA allowed HomeAway to save over $250,000 in annual licensing costs from the software they had previously used for issue tracking and project management. HomeAway's Finance team also used JIRA to track software development capitalization costs for tax purposes, saving them tens of thousands of dollars. Of the company's over 2,000 employees, 93% are active users of JIRA, and 90% actively use Confluence. The company has also moved to JIRA Service Desk to manage its internal IT operations and HipChat as its corporate communication tool. Atlassian software now touches 100% of the company, helping this fast-growing and globally dispersed company do its work reliably and efficiently.

Pandora

          Pandora is a personalized Internet radio service with a mission—to play only the music that listeners love. The company boasts more than 250 million registered users with roughly 80 million listeners each month. With that type of reach, Pandora's software has to deliver consistent, reliable results. Pandora first adopted JIRA and Confluence in 2011 to manage software projects in their engineering team. Since then, JIRA and Confluence have spread to all teams within the company.

          Today, HR uses JIRA to onboard new employees and track all HR requests; Marketing uses JIRA to manage all Marketing projects, including their newsletters and collateral; Legal uses JIRA to track legal issues and review contract requests from across the organization; and Facilities uses JIRA to track getting new employees set-up with their work spaces. Atlassian has become a mission-critical platform at Pandora, allowing work to be tracked and visible throughout the company.

111


Table of Contents


Our Products

GRAPHIC

          Our products help teams organize, discuss and complete work. They are designed to connect people and help teams better manage shared projects, activities, discussions, content and code. While each product offers individual best-in-class capabilities, they integrate closely and operate as a cohesive system.

          We offer a range of team collaboration products, including:

    JIRA for team planning and project management;

    Confluence for team content creation and sharing;

    HipChat for team real-time messaging and communications;

    Bitbucket for team code sharing and management; and

    JIRA Service Desk for team service and support applications.

          These products can be deployed by users through the cloud or behind the firewall on the customers' own infrastructure.

112


Table of Contents

JIRA

GRAPHIC

          JIRA helps teams plan, track and manage activities and projects. At the heart of JIRA is a sophisticated and flexible workflow management system that streamlines work processes and provides end-to-end traceability for the team throughout the entire project. As of September 30, 2015, JIRA was used by more than 37,000 customers to better manage software development and other types of projects. We launched JIRA in 2002. JIRA's key capabilities include:

    Projects and Dashboards —Allows teams to organize their work into projects and customize dashboards for those projects to keep their teams aligned and on track.

    Custom Forms and Fields —Forms and fields are entirely customizable, meaning collecting and mapping relevant information, from features to bugs to general tasks of any kind, is only a few clicks away.

    JIRA Query Language —Features sophisticated search functionality (including a helpful auto-complete function) that makes it easy to search and sort for tickets and create custom filters.

    Workflows —Comes pre-configured with a variety of simple workflows, which teams can modify to match precisely how they work.

    Powerful Integrations —Built to work with the existing developer tools in place, making it the single, reliable source-of-truth for all team members.

    Collaboration —Connects people and teams and provides users one place to share and discuss work, mention one another using @mentions, subscribe to specific notifications and watch customized activity streams of any changes.

    Reporting —Powerful reporting features to help project owners and team members visualize and stay on top of team progress, track performance and improve efficiency over time.

113


Table of Contents

    Extensibility —Offers over 900 plug and play add-ons from the Atlassian Marketplace and comes with a rich set of APIs that allow developers to enhance and extend its functionality.

    Administration and Security —Offers administrators and project owners' granular control over accessibility, security and customizability.

          In October 2015, we launched JIRA for Software, targeting software teams, and JIRA Core, targeting other business teams.

Confluence

GRAPHIC

          Confluence is a social content platform, used to create, share and discuss content on the web. It is used by more than 24,000 customers to create and share information of all types, from product specifications and requirements to team and departmental pages to business and project plans. We launched Confluence in 2004. Confluence's key capabilities include:

    Content Organization and Team Spaces —Provides a flexible system for organizing, sharing and securing content in spaces arranged by team, project, department and more.

    Simple Web Editing —Enables users to create and share virtually anything—meeting notes, blogs, product requirements, file lists or project plans—all through a rich and dynamic editor in their web browser.

    Collaborative Capabilities —Connects people and teams around shared content and gives users simple ways to share, encourage discussion and collect feedback with threaded inline comments, @mentions and likes.

    Extensibility —Features a rich set of APIs that allow developers to enhance and extend its functionality with additional capabilities. The Atlassian Marketplace features over 600 pre-built add-ons, including custom themes, diagramming tools and workflow capabilities.

114


Table of Contents

    Administration and Security —Features sophisticated administration and security, giving administrators fine-grained control over what and how they delegate to broader teams or individuals.

HipChat

GRAPHIC

          HipChat provides teams a simple way to communicate in real-time and share ideas, updates, code and files. HipChat features a variety of real-time communication capabilities for teams, including individual or group chat, audio, video and screen sharing. HipChat can easily be connected to other systems, displaying notifications or messages from those systems directly in team chat rooms. HipChat works seamlessly across multiple devices and operating systems, Mac, Windows, Linux, Android, iOS and the web. We acquired the core technology for HipChat through an acquisition and launched HipChat in 2012. HipChat's key capabilities include:

    Built for Teams —Lets users and teams create team or project rooms to communicate more easily. Chat is persistent and archived so users can search for and refer back to past conversations.

    Many Ways to Communicate —Supports many ways for users and teams to communicate, including chat, video, audio, screen sharing and file-sharing.

    Works Across Multiple Devices —Enables team communication and notifications to follow users as they move across devices with native apps for MAC, Windows, iOS, Android, Linux and the web.

    Extensibility and Integrations —Integrates with other systems to receive relevant notifications in rooms and there are over 100 pre-built integrations for popular applications and services.

115


Table of Contents

    Administration and Security —Offers sophisticated security features where administrators have granular control, conversations are transferred in 256-bit SSL encryption and can be deployed and managed on a customer's private infrastructure.

Bitbucket

GRAPHIC

          Bitbucket is a code management and collaboration product for teams using distributed version control systems. Teams use Bitbucket to store and collaborate on shared code. Bitbucket supports more than 600,000 teams and 3.7 million developers. We acquired the core technology for Bitbucket through an acquisition and launched Bitbucket in 2010. Bitbucket's key qualities include:

    Secure —Provides enterprise-grade security with fine-grained permissions and merge checks, all the way down to the branch level for code it hosts.

    Collaborative —Encourages, enforces and helps facilitate discussions and ensures code quality through peer-to-peer reviews.

    Integrations —Offers extensive APIs and webhooks, allowing Bitbucket to integrate with existing tools and expand to meet the specific needs of development teams. The Atlassian Marketplace features over 150 pre-built add-ons.

    Flexibility —Offers deployment flexibility for those who wish to work in the cloud or behind their firewall.

    Scalable —Scales with team and organization growth, from a single server to a multi-node cluster for mission-critical deployments.

116


Table of Contents

JIRA Service Desk

GRAPHIC

          JIRA Service Desk is an intuitive and flexible service desk product for creating and managing service experiences for a variety of service team providers, including IT help desks and legal and HR teams. JIRA Service Desk features an elegant self-service portal, best-in-class team collaboration, integrated knowledge, service level agreement ("SLA") support and real-time reporting. We launched JIRA Service Desk in 2013. JIRA Service Desk's key capabilities include:

    Simplified Self-service —Provides an easy way for customers to make service or help requests, track progress and collaborate around a resolution.

    Integrated Knowledge —Allows customers to capture, create and share knowledge and resolution procedures with agents, experts and employees.

    SLAs —Offers service-level agreement management that ensures timely responses and accountability to the business.

    Real-time Collaboration —Integrates with chat to ensure fast and accurate responses and to harness the expertise spread across an organization.

    Ticket Management —Provides best-in-class ticket management that works across queues, workflows and business rules and fosters high agent productivity to scale service.

    Configurability and Set-up —Able to be rapidly configured and extended over the web to support a wide variety of service experiences from IT to facilities to HR.

Other Products

          We also offer additional tools for software developers, such as FishEye, Clover, Crowd, Crucible, Bamboo and SourceTree.

117


Table of Contents


Key Technologies and Capabilities

          Our products and technology infrastructure are designed to provide simple-to-use and versatile products with industry-standard security and data protection that scales to organizations of all sizes, from five user teams to large organizations with thousands of users. Maintaining the security and integrity of our infrastructure is critical to our business. As such, we leverage standard security and monitoring tools to ensure performance across our network.

The Atlassian Platform

          Our products are built upon a platform of shared components and services that provide a common system for user management, add-ons, search, user interfaces and more. Over time, our strategy is to build more common micro services shared across our platform. This approach allows us to develop and introduce new products faster, as we can leverage common foundational services that already exist. This also allows our products to more seamlessly integrate with one another, and provides customers better experience when using multiple products.

          One component of our platform is the Atlassian User Interface ("AUI"), a library of JavaScript, CSS, templates and other resources for quickly creating interfaces that conform to Atlassian design guidelines. AUI is integrated into our products, and is also available externally so third-party developers can build products that conform to our interface specifications.

Atlassian Connect

          Open APIs and extensibility have been a hallmark of our products for many years. We offer a broad set of REST-based APIs to interact with many of our products features and data. Atlassian Connect is a framework to build add-ons for our products. An add-on may be an integration with another existing service, a set of new features for an Atlassian application, or an entirely new product that runs within an application. Atlassian Connect add-ons operate remotely over HTTP and can be written with any programming language and web framework.

          Atlassian Connect add-ons must conform to a set of approval guidelines administered by us and can be publicly offered by third parties and sold via the Atlassian Marketplace.

118


Table of Contents

The Atlassian Marketplace and Ecosystem

GRAPHIC

          The Atlassian Marketplace is a hosted online marketplace for free and purchasable add-ons and extensions to our products. As of September 30, 2015, the Atlassian Marketplace offers over 1,850 add-ons and extensions from a large and growing ecosystem of third-party vendors and developers. As of September 30, 2015, approximately 36% of our customers have purchased an Atlassian Marketplace add-on.

          We offer a marketplace to customers to simplify the discovery and purchase of add-on capabilities for our products. We offer a marketplace to third-party vendors and developers to more easily reach our customer base, and to simplify license management and renewals. We typically remit 75% of the revenue derived from each add-on sale to the vendors. From its inception in 2012 to September 30, 2015, the Atlassian Marketplace has generated over $100 million in revenue, including over $80 million in revenue for these third-party vendors. As a result, we have generated over $20 million in revenue from the Atlassian Marketplace during this period. Revenue from the Atlassian Marketplace grew at a compound annual growth rate of over 100% from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2015.

The Atlassian Engagement Engine

          The Atlassian Engagement Engine is technology we have developed that we use to track and analyze user profile and behavior data to improve user growth and expansion. The Engagement Engine provides us a way to personalize and promote specific content—in-product tips, knowledge base articles, feature descriptions, case studies and additional in-product marketing—to improve user engagement with our products. The goal of the Engagement Engine is to surface relevant and useful content to individual users where and when they would find it most beneficial. This system provides us a more effective and accurate communication channel to our users.

119


Table of Contents


Marketing

          Our go-to-market approach is driven by the strength and innovation of our products, and organic user demand. Our model focuses on a land-and-expand strategy, automated and low-touch customer service, superior product quality and disruptive pricing. We make our products available for free trial online, which facilitates rapid and widespread adoption of our software. Our products are built for teams, and thus have natural network effects that help them spread virally, through word-of-mouth, across teams and departments. This word-of-mouth marketing increases as more individual users and teams discover our products.

          Our marketing efforts focus on growing our company brand, building broader awareness and increasing demand for each of our products. We invest in brand and product promotion, demand generation through direct marketing and advertising, and content development to help educate the market about the benefits of our products. We also leverage insights gathered from our users and customers to improve our targeting and ultimately the return-on-investment from our marketing activities. Data-driven marketing is an important part of our business model, which focuses on continuous product improvement and automation in customer engagement and service.

          Our marketing team includes individuals focused on brand, corporate communications, product marketing and content development, event and field marketing, website design and development, and data science and measurement.


Sales

          Our website is our primary tool for sales, and supports thousands of commercial transactions daily. We share a wide variety of information directly with prospective customers, including detailed product information, product pricing and through free product trials. Our sales model focuses on enabling customer self-service, data-driven targeting and automation. As a result, we do not employ a traditional, commissioned direct sales team. Our customers can access free and fully functional trials that include full technical and sales support. When a user has completed their product evaluation, purchasing is coordinated online through an automated, easy-to-use web-based process. We allow customers to purchase using a credit card or bank/wire transfer. We augment a rigorous and continuously improving automated process with a customer service team to help customers where needed, and identify future automation improvements.

          We also have a global network of value added resellers, which we call Atlassian Experts, that offer our customers deployment and customization services and localized purchasing assistance around currency, language and specific in-country compliance requirements.


Community and Ecosystem

          We are deeply committed to our global community of more than 5 million monthly active users, over 650 third-party vendors and developers in the Atlassian Marketplace and our network of over 350 Atlassian Experts. We foster a sense of community with our users through our Atlassian User Group ("AUG") program, where the over 5,000 AUG members can meet in their local cities at annual customer and developer live events, including Atlassian Summit and AtlasCamp, and in our Atlassian Marketplace.

          The engagement and contribution of each of our users is a critical enabler of our success. To connect with our users we offer opportunities to come together informally through AUGs, formally at the Atlassian Summit, online through the Atlassian Answers community and through our Atlassian Marketplace.

          AUGs are community-led meetups that we sponsor. The rest of the planning for these events is driven by a network of enthusiastic and committed customers who develop an agenda covering

120


Table of Contents

wide-ranging topics for users to discuss together. AUGs are held around the world, from Aarhus, Denmark to Wellington, New Zealand, and from Boise, Idaho to Tokyo, Japan.

          The Atlassian Summit is a two-day event where our users can engage and learn from over 2,500 other users and hundreds of product gurus. We use the event to share future product themes, deeper how-tos and customer-lead adoption best practices. The event also features product demos, hands-on training courses and a large networking opportunity for customers to meet each other, our partner ecosystem and our employees.

          AtlasCamp is our annual, two-day developer conference with over 300 attendees, including Atlassian Marketplace vendors and Atlassian Experts. The conference is a great opportunity for the developer community to enhance their skills and knowledge of our products, including the integration capabilities of our platform, and also meet with product specialists.


Customer Support and Services

          Our products are designed to be easy to set-up, adopt and use without support. We do provide maintenance and support for all of our licensed customers through our global, multi-channel technical support and services group. Customers are entitled to technical support through an active subscription to our cloud products, or through an active annual maintenance agreement for our on-premises products. This maintenance and support provides customers with new features and improvements, and 24x5 access to our phone and online support teams.

          Our automated support services enable our customers to help themselves and include the following resources:

    Technical Documentation —Users can access documentation and instruction for all versions of our products.

    Knowledge Base —We offer troubleshooting and how-to tips for all of our products, with links to all our product-specific knowledge bases.

    Atlassian University —Atlassian University offers step-by-step interactive tutorials and videos that instruct users and admins on how to use our products.

    Over-the-web Hands-on Training —Webinars, led by our skilled training instructors, teach users how to use each product.

    Community Atlassian Answers —Community Atlassian Answers is a discussion forum for users to ask questions and provide answers to the community. Community Atlassian Answers has over 400,000 users and over 100,000 discussion tickets.

    Purchasing FAQ —We offer a simple guide to the online purchasing and account management service.

          We also provide premier hands-on support from a team of dedicated senior support engineers and technical account managers ("TAMs") who act as a single point of contact for our support, product and engineering teams. Personal support options include:

    Premier Support —Account-wide support from a team of dedicated senior support engineers across all business critical applications. These highly-trained engineers diagnose issues and work with our global team to quickly find solutions to the most complex technical challenges. Our premier support covers critical incident management, enhanced SLAs with responses in 30 minutes, weekend support and support for all of our products via international phone or web and 24x7x365 access to our phone and online support teams.

121


Table of Contents

    Technical Account Management —Our TAMs provide direct access to our support, product and engineering teams and act as a single point of contact. TAMs help escalate issues and advocate on behalf of our customers and also help with technical coordination between Expert Partners and our customers' IT or DevOps teams for implementation needs. TAMs also provide strategic, technical and operational insights for proactive planning and quarterly onsite reviews for ongoing strategic planning.

          Further customized support and professional services are provided through Atlassian Experts and Enterprise Partners.

    Atlassian Experts —We have over 350 Experts worldwide dedicated to handling specific needs of our customers ranging from translating documentation, providing on-site demos or training, building add-ons, tuning deployments, setup or agile-based coaching.

    Enterprise Partners —Our Enterprise Partners are comprised of over 50 of our Atlassian Experts who assist with complex enterprise solutions. Our Enterprise Partners specialize in environment integrations and customizations and work with some of our largest customers to conduct hand-on system integrations, deployments and upgrades.


Research and Development

          We have a proven research and development culture that rapidly and consistently delivers high-quality products, which our customers use and love. Our research and development organization is primarily responsible for design, development, testing and delivery of our products and platform. It is also responsible for our customer services platforms, including billing and support, our Marketplace platform and sales and marketing systems that power our automated distribution model.

          As a company, we prioritize research and development above all other operating investments. Over the last three fiscal years, we invested $247.6 million, excluding share-based compensation, in research and development activities, translating to 36% of the revenue generated over the same period. During this period, we successfully launched several new innovations including JIRA Service Desk and Data Center products for JIRA, Confluence and Bitbucket.

          As of September 30, 2015, over 50% of our employees were involved in research and development activities. Our research and development organization is globally distributed across three locations: Sydney, Australia, San Francisco, California and Austin, Texas. In addition we conduct research and development activities at our partner locations in Gdansk, Poland and Saigon, Vietnam.

          Our research and development organization consists of flexible and dynamic teams that follow agile development methodologies to enable rapid product releases across our various platforms: Cloud, Server and Data Center. In addition to investing in our internal development teams, we invest heavily in our developer ecosystem to enable external software developers to build features and solutions on top of our platform. Given our relentless focus on the customer, we work closely with our customers to develop our products, and have designed a development process that incorporates the feedback that matters most—from our users. From maintaining an active online community to measuring user satisfaction for our products, we are able to address our users' greatest needs.

          We foster creativity and autonomy in our engineering teams through our culture of open, fun and collaborative problem solving. One of our unique corporate rituals, "ShipIt", truly embodies our value of "Be the change you seek". Every quarter we hold these 24-hour events where we encourage every employee to form into teams and develop new products or innovations. "ShipIts"

122


Table of Contents

have resulted in everything from new products like JIRA Service Desk to new office features like an iPad room booking system.


Atlassian Foundation

          We created the Atlassian Foundation with the vision of helping to make the world better. As a young company, we elected to contribute 1% of our annual profits, 1% of our employee time, 1% of company equity and all revenues associated with our starter licenses for on-premise products towards the Atlassian Foundation. In 2014, we co-founded Pledge 1% with salesforce.com and others, an organization focused on sharing the model that's been so powerful for our business. We have helped educate thousands of other organizations and entrepreneurs on how they can give back.

          Over the years, we have donated an aggregate of $5.8 million to charities and over 37,000 licenses worth more than $100 million to non-profit, academic and open source organizations. Every full-time employee gets five days paid leave per year to work with a nonprofit of their choice. The Foundation works on a range of different projects including Room to Read, Cambodian Children's Trust, Social Ventures Australia, Conservation Volunteers Australia and Habitat for Humanity, amongst others. Through our Room to Read initiative, we have helped over 250,000 children in the developing world gain access to quality educational opportunities by establishing libraries, constructing schools, publishing titles and supporting young women towards completing secondary school.

          "Be the change you seek" is not only a core company value, but a guiding principle for our charitable efforts. We will endeavor to stay true to these values and continue our efforts to make a sustainable difference to the world.


Competition

          Our software products serve teams of all shapes and sizes, in every industry: from software and technical teams, to IT and service teams to the breadth of business teams across any organization.

          We have no single pure play competitor across all these markets. We do have a number of competitors for individual products, ranging from large technology vendors to new and emerging businesses in each of the markets we serve:

    Software and Technical Teams —Our competitors include large technology vendors, including Microsoft, IBM and Hewlett-Packard and smaller companies like Rally Software (acquired by CA, Inc.) and GitHub that offer project management and developer tools.

    IT and Service Teams —Our competitors include primarily public cloud vendors including ServiceNow, salesforce.com and Zendesk and legacy vendors such as BMC Software (Remedy) that offer service desk solutions.

    Business Teams —Our competitors include large technology vendors, Microsoft, IBM and Google, that offer a suite of products, to smaller companies which offer point solutions for enterprise collaboration.

          In most cases due to the flexibility and breadth of our products, we co-exist alongside many of our competitors' products within our own customer base.

          The principal competitive factors in our markets include product capabilities, flexibility, total cost of ownership, ease of access and use, performance and scalability, integration, customer satisfaction and global reach. Our product strategy, distribution model and company culture allow us to compete favorably on all these factors. Through our focus on research and development we

123


Table of Contents

are able to rapidly innovate, offer a breadth of products that are easy to use yet powerful, are integrated and delivered through multiple deployment options from cloud, to on-premises software to highly scalable data center solutions. Our automated distribution model allows us to efficiently reach customers globally without the need to invest in a traditional salesforce. Our culture enables us to focus on customer success through superior products, transparent pricing and world-class customer support.

          We realize that our large competitors have greater financial and human resources, have been operating for longer than we have and have deep product development expertise. They also have strong relationships with some of our large customers, and could develop relationships with our smaller enterprise and consumer customers over time. These large players could move quickly to grow their competitive solutions, either through organic development or acquisitions. At the same time, we believe, our smaller competitors will continue to develop new solutions that could prove more effective than those offered by us especially in specific market segments and narrow use cases. In order to compete effectively, we will be relentlessly focused on innovation, in refining and scaling our high-velocity distribution model, and in preserving our unique culture.


Employees

          Our employees are our greatest asset and we strive to foster a collaborative, productive and fun work environment. We are proud that our culture has been recognized with multiple awards by local industry publications, including the #1 Place to Work in Australia (over 100 employees, 2015, 2014, Great Place to Work), #1 Best Place to Work in Asia (small and medium companies, 2015, 2014, Great Place to Work), #2 Best Place to Work in the United States (medium companies, 2015, Great Place to Work), #7 Best Place to Work in the United States (medium companies, 2014, Great Place to Work), among others. As of June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and September 30, 2015, we had 533, 769, 1,259 and 1,395 employees, respectively.


Facilities

          We lease approximately 120,000 square feet of space in Sydney, Australia under various lease agreements that expire in 2020. We lease approximately 42,000 square feet of space in San Francisco, California under a lease agreement that expires in 2018. We also lease other facilities around the world for our employees, including in Austin, Texas; the Netherlands; Japan; and the Philippines.

          We anticipate leasing additional office space in future periods to support our growth. We intend to further expand our facilities or add new facilities as we add employees and enter new geographic markets, and we believe that suitable additional or alternative space will be available as needed to accommodate any such growth. However, we expect to incur additional expenses in connection with such new or expanded facilities.


Intellectual Property

          We protect our intellectual property through a combination of trademarks, domain names, copyrights, trade secrets and patents, as well as contractual provisions and restrictions governing access to our proprietary technology.

          We registered "Atlassian" as a trademark in the United States, Australia, the European Union, Russia, China, Japan, Switzerland, Norway, Singapore, Israel, Korea, and Canada. We also have filed other trademark applications in the United States, Australia, the European Union, Brazil, Russia, India, and China, and certain other jurisdictions, and will pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective.

124


Table of Contents

          As of September 30, 2015, we had one issued patent and 22 patent applications pending in the United States and we had no issued patents or patent applications pending in jurisdictions outside of the United States. These patents and patent applications seek to protect proprietary inventions relevant to our business. We intend to pursue additional patent protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective.

          We are the registered holder of a variety of domain names that include "Atlassian" and similar variations.

          In addition to the protection provided by our registered intellectual property rights, we protect our intellectual property rights by imposing contractual obligations on third parties who develop or access our technology. We enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors and business partners. Our employees, consultants and contractors are also subject to invention assignment agreements, pursuant to which we obtain rights to technology that they develop for us. We further protect our rights in our proprietary technology and intellectual property through restrictive license and service use provisions in both the general and product-specific terms of use on our website and in other business contracts.


Legal Proceedings

          We are not a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business.

125


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

          The following table sets forth information for our directors and executive officers, and their ages as of October 30, 2015. Unless otherwise stated, the address for our non-employee directors and executive officers, other than Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar, is 1098 Harrison Street, San Francisco, California 94103. The address for Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar is Level 6, 341 George Street, Sydney, NSW, 2000, Australia.

Name
 
Age
 
Position

Executive Officers:

         

Michael Cannon-Brookes

    35   Co-Founder, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director

Scott Farquhar

    35   Co-Founder, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director

Jay Simons

    43   President

Murray Demo

    54   Chief Financial Officer

Jeffrey Diana

    43   Chief People Officer

Tom Kennedy

    41   Chief Legal Officer

Non-Employee Directors:

   
 
 

 

Shona Brown (2)

    49   Director

Douglas J. Burgum (2)

    59   Director and Chairman

Heather Mirjahangir Fernandez (1)

    39   Director

Jay Parikh (2)

    42   Director

Enrique Salem (1)(3)

    50   Director

Richard P. Wong (1) (3)

    46   Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee.

(2)
Member of the compensation and leadership development committee.

(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

          Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Executive Officers

           Michael Cannon-Brookes co-founded Atlassian and has served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since October 2002. Mr. Cannon-Brookes has also served as an adjunct professor of computer science & engineering at the University of New South Wales, Australia since April 2014. Mr. Cannon-Brookes holds a Bachelor of Commerce in information systems from the University of New South Wales, Australia.

          We believe that Mr. Cannon-Brookes is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his perspective and experience as our Co-Chief Executive Officer and a co-founder.

           Scott Farquhar co-founded Atlassian and has served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since October 2002. Mr. Farquhar holds a Bachelor of Science in business information technology from the University of New South Wales, Australia.

          We believe that Mr. Farquhar is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his perspective and experience as our Co-Chief Executive Officer and a co-founder.

126


Table of Contents

           Jay Simons has served as our President since August 2011. From June 2008 to August 2011, Mr. Simons served as our Vice President of Sales and Marketing. From October 2005 to May 2008, Mr. Simons served in various roles, including Vice President, Marketing, at BEA Systems, Inc. an enterprise software company, which was acquired by Oracle Corporation in 2008. From 1998 to 2005, Mr. Simons served in various roles, including Vice President, Product Marketing & Strategy, at Plumtree Software, Inc., a web software company, which was acquired by BEA Systems, Inc. in 2005. Mr. Simons holds a Bachelor of Arts in political science and environmental science from the University of Washington.

           Murray Demo has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2015. From December 2011 to October 2015, Mr. Demo served on our board of directors. From May 2009 to June 2012, Mr. Demo served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Dolby Laboratories, Inc., an entertainment technology company. From September 2007 to June 2008, Mr. Demo was the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of LiveOps, Inc., a contact center software and call center outsourcing company. From May 2007 to September 2007, Mr. Demo served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Postini, Inc., an on-demand communication security software company, which was acquired by Google Inc. in 2007. From 1996 to 2006, Mr. Demo served in various senior finance roles at Adobe Systems Incorporated, including serving as Chief Financial Officer from 2000 to 2006. Mr. Demo is currently a director of Citrix Systems, Inc., a publicly-traded software company, Xoom Corporation, a publicly-traded global online money transfer provider, and several other private companies. Mr. Demo holds a Masters in Business Administration from Golden Gate University and a Bachelor of Arts in business economics from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

           Jeffrey Diana has served as our Chief People Officer since October 2012. From December 2010 to September 2012, Mr. Diana served as Chief People Officer of SuccessFactors, Inc., a human capital management company, which was acquired by SAP SE in 2012. From September 2009 to January 2011, Mr. Diana served as Head of Business Development & Operations at ProTrainer Choice International, a medical device company. From October 2008 to April 2009, Mr. Diana served as Executive Vice President of Human Resources at Expedia, Inc., an online travel reservation company. Prior to that, Mr. Diana held various human resource leadership roles at Safeco Insurance Company, Microsoft Corporation, General Electric Company and BellSouth Corporation. Mr. Diana holds a Master's degree in sociology from the University of South Carolina, a Master's degree in human resources management from the Moore School of Business at the University of South Carolina and a Bachelor of Arts in American studies from Tufts University.

           Tom Kennedy has served as our Chief Legal Officer since October 2011. From July 2010 to July 2011, Mr. Kennedy served as a Transition Executive at IBM, a global technology company. From July 2007 to July 2010, Mr. Kennedy served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of BigFix, Inc., a security software company, which was acquired by IBM in 2010. From November 1999 to May 2007, Mr. Kennedy was an attorney at Cooley LLP. Mr. Kennedy holds a Juris Doctor degree from the University of California, Los Angeles and a Bachelor of Arts in political science from the University of California, Berkeley.

Non-Employee Directors

           Shona Brown has served on our board of directors since November 2015. Ms. Brown has served as a senior advisor to Google Inc., an internet search and technology company, since January 2013. From April 2011 to December 2012, Ms. Brown served as Senior Vice President of Google.org, Google's charitable organization. From 2003 to 2011, Ms. Brown served as Vice President, Business Operation of Google Inc., most recently as Senior Vice President. From 2000 to 2003, Ms. Brown served as a Partner at McKinsey & Company. Ms. Brown is currently a director of PepsiCo, Inc., a publicly-traded food and beverage company, as well as several non-profit

127


Table of Contents

organizations. Ms. Brown holds a Bachelor of Computer Systems Engineering from Carleton University, a Master of Arts in Philosophy and Economics from Oxford University and a Ph.D. in Industrial Engineering and Industrial Management from Stanford University.

          We believe that Ms. Brown is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of her experience as a director of a public company, her business and leadership experience and her knowledge of the technology industry.

           Douglas J. Burgum has served as our Chairman and director since June 2012. Mr. Burgum is a General Partner of Arthur Ventures, an investment firm, which he co-founded in 2008. From April 2001 to August 2007, Mr. Burgum served as Senior Vice President at Microsoft Corporation, a technology company. From September 2007 to February 2012, Mr. Burgum served as a member of the board of directors of SuccessFactors, Inc., a human capital management company, which was acquired by SAP AG in 2012. Mr. Burgum currently serves as a member of the board of directors of several private companies. Mr. Burgum holds a Masters in Business Administration from Stanford Graduate School of Business and a Bachelor of University Studies from North Dakota State University.

          We believe that Mr. Burgum is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience as an executive and seasoned investor, a current and former director of many companies and his knowledge of the industry in which we operate.

           Heather Mirjahangir Fernandez has served on our board of directors since November 2015. Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez is the Chief Executive Officer and co-founder of an early stage private company in the digital health space. From January 2014 to August 2015, Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Business Services at Trulia, Inc., an online residential real estate site, which was acquired by Zillow, Inc. in 2015. From August 2006 to January 2014, Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez served in various other senior management positions in sales and marketing at Trulia, Inc. Prior to Trulia, Inc., Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez was an advisor at Morgan Stanley and Director of the Impact Group at Blanc & Otus. Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez holds a Masters in Business Administration from Stanford University Graduate School of Business and a Bachelor of Arts in political science from University of California, Berkeley.

          We believe that Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of her business and leadership experience and her knowledge of the technology industry.

           Jay Parikh has served on our board of directors since July 2013. Mr. Parikh has served as Vice President of Infrastructure Engineering of Facebook, Inc. since November 2009. From October 2007 to October 2009, Mr. Parikh served as Senior Vice President, Engineering & Operations at Ning, Inc., a social networking company. From April 1999 to October 2007, Mr. Parikh served as Vice President of Engineering at Akamai Technologies, Inc., a cloud services provider. Mr. Parikh holds a Bachelors of Science in mechanical engineering from Virginia Tech.

          We believe that Mr. Parikh is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience as a leader in a public company and his knowledge of the technology industry.

           Enrique Salem has served on our board of directors since July 2013. Mr. Salem has served as a Managing Director of Bain Capital Ventures since July 2014. From April 2009 to July 2012, Mr. Salem served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Symantec Corporation, a publicly-traded computer security company. From June 2004 to April 2009, Mr. Salem served in various other senior management positions at Symantec Corporation. From April 2002 to June 2004, Mr. Salem served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Brightmail, Inc., an email filtering company, which was acquired by Symantec Corporation in 2004. Mr. Salem is currently a director of FireEye, Inc., a publicly-traded network security company and several other private

128


Table of Contents

companies. Mr. Salem holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in computer science from Dartmouth College.

          We believe that Mr. Salem is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience as a public company chief executive officer, a current and former director of many companies and his knowledge of the software industry.

           Richard P. Wong has served on our board of directors since July 2010. Mr. Wong has served as a General Partner to Accel Partners, a venture capital firm, since December 2006. From January 2001 to November 2006, Mr. Wong held a number of executive roles at Openwave Systems Inc., a mobile software company, including Senior Vice President of Products and Chief Marketing Officer. Mr. Wong is currently a director of Sunrun Inc., a publicly-traded solar energy company, and several other private companies. Mr. Wong holds a Masters in Management from the MIT Sloan School of Management and a Bachelors of Science in Materials Science and Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

          We believe that Mr. Wong is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience as a seasoned investor, a current and former director of many companies and his knowledge of the technology industry.


Composition of our Board of Directors

          Our board of directors currently consists of eight members, all of whom were elected pursuant to the board composition provisions of our articles of association. Under our amended and restated articles of association, which becomes effective upon the completion of this offering, the appointment of directors will be determined by a majority of our board of directors and there are no contractual rights for any shareholder to appoint a director to the board of directors. For additional information regarding the election of our directors, see "Description of Share Capital—Directors".


Director Independence

          Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Burgum, Parikh, Salem and Wong and Mses. Brown and Mirjahangir Fernandez do not have relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is "independent" as that term is defined under the NASDAQ listing standards. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our shares by each non-employee director and the transactions described in "Related Party Transactions".


Committees of the Board of Directors

          Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation and leadership development committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

129


Table of Contents

    Audit Committee

          Messrs. Salem and Wong and Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez, each of whom is a non-employee director, comprise our audit committee. Mr. Salem is the chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfies the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the listing standards of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Salem satisfies the financial sophistication requirements of the NASDAQ listing standards. We do not, however, have an audit committee financial expert. Mr. Demo had previously served as our audit committee financial expert. In connection with Mr. Demo agreeing to serve as our Chief Financial Officer, he resigned from our board of directors and audit committee. We are currently considering adding a new director who could serve as an audit committee financial expert. Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

    selecting and hiring our independent registered public accounting firm;

    evaluating the performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

    approving the audit and pre-approving any non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

    reviewing our financial statements and related disclosures and reviewing our critical accounting policies and practices;

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures and our disclosure controls and procedures;

    overseeing procedures for the treatment of complaints on accounting, internal accounting controls, or audit matters;

    reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit and the financial statements included in our publicly filed reports; and

    reviewing and approving any proposed related person transactions.

          Our audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ listing standards.

    Compensation and Leadership Development Committee

          Messrs. Burgum and Parikh and Ms. Brown, each of whom is a non-employee director, comprise our compensation and leadership development committee. Mr. Burgum is the chair of our compensation and leadership development committee. Although the rules of NASDAQ do not require the compensation and leadership development committee to be comprised entirely of independent directors for as long as we remain a foreign private issuer, our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation and leadership development committee satisfies the requirements for independence under the NASDAQ listing standards and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. Each member of our compensation and leadership development committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our compensation and leadership development committee is responsible for, among other things:

    reviewing and evaluating our co-chief executive officers' and other executive officers' compensation, incentive compensation plans, including the specific goals and amounts,

130


Table of Contents

      equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control agreements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

    administering our equity and cash compensation plans; and

    overseeing our overall compensation philosophy, compensation plans and benefits programs.

          Our compensation and leadership development committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ listing standards.

    Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

          Messrs. Salem and Wong, each of whom is a non-employee director, comprise our nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Wong is the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee satisfies the requirements for independence under the NASDAQ listing standards. Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

    evaluating and making recommendations regarding the composition, organization and governance of our board of directors and its committees;

    evaluating and making recommendations regarding the creation of additional committees or the change in mandate or dissolution of committees; and

    reviewing and making recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines.

          Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the NASDAQ listing standards.


Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

          Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our co-chief executive officers, chief financial officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations page of our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, as it applies to our executive officers and directors, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.


Foreign Private Issuer Exemptions

          After the consummation of this offering, we will be a "foreign private issuer" under the securities laws of the United States and the rules of NASDAQ. Under the securities laws of the United States, foreign private issuers are subject to different disclosure requirements than U.S. domiciled registrants. We intend to take all actions necessary for us to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules adopted by the SEC and NASDAQ's listing standards. Under NASDAQ's rules, a foreign private issuer is subject to less stringent corporate governance requirements. Subject to certain exceptions, the rules of NASDAQ permit a foreign private issuer to follow its home country practice in lieu of the listing requirements of NASDAQ; however, we intend to follow the requirements of NASDAQ to the extent possible under English law.

131


Table of Contents

          In addition, because we are a foreign private issuer, our directors and executive officers are not subject to short-swing profit liability and insider trading reporting obligations under section 16 of the Exchange Act. They will, however, be subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules to the extent appropriate.


Compensation

Executive Officers' Compensation

          For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, we paid an aggregate of $2.2 million in cash compensation and benefits to our executive officers, including those who also serve as directors. We paid our executive officers a base salary and annual cash bonus and made contributions to their retirement funds.

Directors' Compensation

          For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, we did not pay our employee directors any compensation for their service as directors and our non-employee directors did not receive any cash compensation or benefits from us. The table below sets forth the compensation paid to our employee directors for their services as executive officers for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015:

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2015 Directors Compensation (1)

Name
 
Salary/Fees($)
 
Annual
Bonus($) (2)
 
Retirement
Benefits($) (3)
 
Total($)
 

Michael Cannon-Brookes

    264,862         23,041     287,903  

Scott Farquhar

    264,862         23,041     287,903  

(1)
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, the cash compensation for our employee directors were set, and paid, in Australian dollars. Currency received by our employee directors in Australian dollars have been converted into U.S. dollars based on the U.S. Department of Treasury reporting rates of exchange as of June 30, 2015, which provides an exchange rate of U.S. $1.00 to AUS $1.3020.

(2)
Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar each opted not to participate in our bonus plan during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

(3)
These amounts represent our contributions to each employee director's retirement fund, as required by applicable jurisdictional law.

          We do not have a formal policy or plan to compensate our directors. As of the effective date of this offering, we will implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive the following cash retainers and equity awards:

Annual Retainer for Board Membership

       

Annual service on the board of directors

  $ 50,000  

Additional retainer for annual service as chair of the board of directors

  $ 35,000  

Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Chairs

   
 
 

Annual service as chair of the audit committee

  $ 20,000  

Annual service as chair of the compensation and leadership development committee

  $ 15,000  

Annual service as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee

  $ 10,000  

          Our policy will provide that, upon initial election to our board of directors, each non-employee director will be granted RSUs having a fair market value of $250,000 (the "Initial Grant") based on the closing trading price on the date of grant. In connection with this offering, each member of our board of directors will be granted RSUs having a fair market value of $225,000, pro-rated by a

132


Table of Contents

fraction, the numerator of which will equal the number of days between the date of this offering and the one-year anniversary of our 2015 annual meeting of shareholders and the denominator of which will equal 365. The actual number of RSUs to be granted will be the pro-rated value divided by the initial public offering price of our shares. In addition, on the date of each annual meeting of shareholders following the closing of this offering, each non-employee director who will continue as a non-employee director following such meeting will be granted an annual award of RSUs having a fair market value of $225,000 (the "Annual Grant"). If a new non-employee director joins our board of directors on a date other than the date of our annual meeting of shareholders, such non-employee director will be granted a pro-rata portion of the Annual Grant, based on the time between his or her appointment and our next annual meeting of shareholders. The Initial Grant will vest according to the following schedule: 25% will vest on the one-year anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 75% will vest in equal quarterly installments over the next three years, subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting dates. The Annual Grant will vest in full on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the grant date or (ii) the next annual meeting of shareholders, subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date. Such awards are subject to full accelerated vesting upon the sale of the company.

          Employee directors will receive no additional compensation for their service as a director.

          We will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors in attending meetings of the board of directors or any committee thereof, or otherwise in connection with the exercise of their powers and responsibilities as directors.

          Each of our non-employee directors will be required, within four years following his or her first election to our board of directors (or, if later, from the effective date of our policy), to own Class A ordinary shares having an aggregate value of at least $250,000.

Director Agreements

          We entered into a director agreement with each of Douglas Burgum, Murray Demo (who resigned as a director in October 2015 to become our Chief Financial Officer), Jay Parikh and Enrique Salem, dated June 7, 2011, December 29, 2011, July 30, 2013 and July 30, 2013, respectively. The director agreements provide each non-employee director with an initial grant of an option to purchase our restricted shares (300,000 shares for Messrs. Burgum and Demo and 200,000 for Messrs. Parikh and Salem). The options will become vested in 48 equal monthly installments, subject to continued service to the company. In the event of a sale of the company, 100% of the options will become fully vested. Mr. Demo's grant will continue to vest while he is an employee of the company.

          In addition, we entered into director agreements with Mses. Brown and Mirjahangir Fernandez in November 2015. As non-employee directors, Mses. Brown and Mirjahangir Fernandez will be eligible to receive a cash retainer and equity awards in accordance with the terms of our non-employee director compensation policy.

          We have not entered into a director agreement with Mr. Wong and he has not received an option grant for his service as a director. In addition, we have not entered into a director or employment agreement with either Mr. Cannon-Brookes or Mr. Farquhar. We do not have service contracts with any of our non-employee directors that provide for benefits upon a termination of service.

Executive Severance Plan

          On December 18, 2014, our compensation and leadership development committee approved an executive severance plan (the "Executive Severance Plan"), under which certain of our executive

133


Table of Contents

officers, excluding Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar, may participate. The Executive Severance Plan provides for a severance payment equal to six months of base salary upon a termination by us without "cause" (as defined in the Executive Severance Plan) or a resignation by the executive officer for "good reason" (as defined in the Executive Severance Plan). In addition, upon such a termination within 12 months following a "change in control" (as defined in the Executive Severance Plan) in which outstanding equity awards of the company will be assumed, continued or substituted by the successor entity, an executive officer will receive 100% (50% for Mr. Simons) accelerated vesting of all unvested and outstanding equity awards held by him at such time; provided, that any equity awards subject to performance conditions will be deemed satisfied at the target levels specified in the applicable award agreements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the outstanding equity awards of the company will not be assumed, continued or substituted by the successor entity in connection with the change in control, then each executive officer will receive 100% accelerated vesting of all unvested and outstanding equity awards held by him at such time; provided, that any equity awards subject to performance conditions will be deemed satisfied at the target levels specified in the applicable award agreements.

Executive Bonus Plan

          We paid cash incentive bonuses to our executive officers for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 pursuant to our annual executive bonus plan (the "FY15 Bonus Plan"). Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar each opted not to participate in the FY15 Bonus Plan.

          The FY15 Bonus Plan provided our executive officers with an opportunity to earn an annual bonus payment with a target equal to 40% of their base salary (a 20% target based on company performance and a 20% target based on individual performance) and a maximum payout equal to 80% of their base salary. Bonus payouts for company performance and individual performance were independent from each other and each ranged from 0% to 40% of base salary. Company performance was measured by "Company Bookings", defined as contractual commitments to license or subscribe to the company's products and/or support, net of refunds, discounts and/or payment defaults, and excluding bookings from products acquired by our company. Individual performance was based on a series of factors, including, quality of execution by the executive against set objectives and job responsibilities, how the executive demonstrated company values and the executive's overall contribution to our company relative to his or her peers.

Cash Incentive Bonus Plan

          In November 2015, our board of directors adopted a Cash Incentive Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan"). The Bonus Plan provides for cash bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets established by our compensation and leadership development committee. The payment targets are related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our company (the "Corporate Performance Goals"), and may also include individual performance objectives.

          Our compensation and leadership development committee may select Corporate Performance Goals from among the following: total shareholder return, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of our shares, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue or bookings, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of our shares, sales or market shares, number of customers and number of

134


Table of Contents

average users, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase, or as compared to results of a peer group.

Retirement Benefits

          For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, we contributed approximately $46,100 into retirement funds on behalf of our executive officers in Australia (as required by applicable jurisdictional law), and approximately $38,100 into a 401(k) plan on behalf of our executive officers in the United States. Amounts received by our executives in Australian dollars have been converted into U.S. dollars based on the U.S. Department of Treasury reporting rates of exchange as of June 30, 2015, which provides an exchange rate of U.S. $1.00 to AUS $1.3020.

401(k) Plan

          We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan (the "401(k) Plan") that provides all regular U.S. employees, including U.S. executive officers, with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Under our 401(k) Plan, participants may elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax basis and have it contributed to the plan subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. The 401(k) Plan allows for matching contributions to be made by us. Currently, we make a safe harbor match of each participant's contribution up to a maximum of 4% of the participant's base salary, bonus and commissions paid during the applicable contribution period. Employee elective deferrals and safe harbor matching contributions are 100% vested at all times.

Health and Welfare Benefits

          Our executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, life and disability insurance plans, to the same extent as other employees generally in the jurisdiction each executive officer resides. In addition, we generally do not provide our executive officers or directors with material perquisites or other personal benefits.

Outstanding Equity Awards, Grants and Option Exercises

          We periodically grant options and RSUs to our employees, directors and consultants to enable them to share in our successes and to reinforce a corporate culture that aligns their interests with those of our shareholders.

          Mr. Bardman, our former Chief Financial Officer, was the only executive officer to be granted equity awards during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and no directors were granted any equity awards during such fiscal year. In February 2015, we granted an option to purchase 500,000 restricted shares under our 2013 Plan to Mr. Bardman. The option had an exercise price equal to the then-current fair market value of $14.67 per share and a termination date of February 7, 2022. In addition, in February 2015, we granted 500,000 RSUs under our 2014 Plan to Mr. Bardman. Following Mr. Bardman's resignation, his option to purchase restricted shares and his RSUs will be cancelled.

          As of June 30, 2015, our executive officers held options to purchase 3,747,694 restricted shares, options to purchase 1,250,000 Class B ordinary shares, 500,000 RSUs, 1,100,000 restricted shares and 139,797,180 Class B ordinary shares. As of June 30, 2015, our directors held 1,000,000 restricted shares.

          In connection with Mr. Demo's appointment as our Chief Financial Officer, we intend to grant him 1,000,000 RSUs under our 2014 Plan.

135


Table of Contents

          As of October 31, 2015, assuming the issuance of 1,000,000 RSUs to Mr. Demo, our executive officers held options to purchase 3,747,694 restricted shares, options to purchase 1,250,000 Class B ordinary shares, 1,500,000 RSUs, 1,400,000 restricted shares and 139,797,180 Class B ordinary shares. As of October 31, 2015, our directors held 700,000 restricted shares.

Equity Compensation Plans

          We have granted equity awards under three main equity plans, the Share Option Plan, the 2013 Plan and the 2014 Plan. Following this offering, we do not intend to grant further equity awards under these equity plans. All future equity awards will be granted under our new 2015 Plan.

    2015 Share Incentive Plan

          Our 2015 Plan was adopted by our board of directors in November 2015 and approved by our shareholders in                      2015 and will become effective immediately prior to our offering. The 2015 Plan will replace the Share Option Plan, the 2013 Plan and the 2014 Plan. The 2015 Plan allows the compensation and leadership development committee to make equity-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors and consultants; provided, that awards to non-employee directors and consultants will be made under a subplan to the 2015 Plan.

          We have initially reserved 20,700,000 Class A ordinary shares for the issuance of awards under the 2015 Plan. The 2015 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each July 1, beginning on July 1, 2016, by 5% of the outstanding Class A ordinary shares on the immediately preceding June 30 th  or such lesser number of Class A ordinary shares as determined by the compensation and leadership development committee in its discretion. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a share split, share dividend or other change in our capitalization.

          The shares we issue under the 2015 Plan will be newly created shares or shares that we reacquire. The Class A ordinary shares underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of shares, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2015 Plan or our other equity plans will be added back to the Class A ordinary shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

          Options and share appreciation rights with respect to no more than 5,000,000 shares may be granted to any one individual in any one calendar year and the maximum "performance-based award" payable to any one "covered employee" during a performance cycle under the 2015 Plan is 5,000,000 shares or $5,000,000 in the case of cash-based performance awards. The maximum number of shares that may be issued as incentive share options may not exceed 20,700,000 cumulatively increased on July 1, 2016 and on each July 1st thereafter by the lesser of the annual increase for such year or 10,350,000 shares. The value of all awards issued under the 2015 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director in any calendar year cannot exceed $1,500,000.

          The 2015 Plan will be administered by our compensation and leadership development committee. Our compensation and leadership development committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2015 Plan will be those full- or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants as selected from time to time by our compensation and leadership development committee in its discretion.

136


Table of Contents

          The 2015 Plan permits us to grant options that are intended to qualify as incentive share options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code") and options that do not so qualify. The per share exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation and leadership development committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a Class A ordinary share on the date of grant. An incentive share option that is granted to an employee who owns more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of our shares, or a 10% owner, must have a per share exercise price of not less than 110% of the fair market value of a Class A ordinary share on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation and leadership development committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant (five years in the case of an incentive share option held by a 10% owner). Our compensation and leadership development committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised. To the extent required for incentive share option treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares that first become exercisable by an option holder during any calendar year must not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any option exceeds this limit, it will constitute a nonqualified share option.

          Our compensation and leadership development committee may award share appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Share appreciation rights entitle the recipient to Class A ordinary shares, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our share price over the exercise price. The per share exercise price may not be less than 100% of fair market value of a share on the date of grant. The term of a share appreciation right may not exceed ten years.

          Our compensation and leadership development committee may award restricted Class A ordinary shares and RSUs to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation and leadership development committee may also grant Class A ordinary shares that are free from any restrictions under the 2015 Plan. Unrestricted Class A ordinary shares may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

          Our compensation and leadership development committee may grant performance share awards to participants that entitle the recipient to receive awards of Class A ordinary shares upon the achievement of certain performance goals and such other conditions as our compensation and leadership development committee shall determine. Our compensation and leadership development committee may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of Class A ordinary shares.

          Our compensation and leadership development committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2015 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

          Our compensation and leadership development committee may grant awards of restricted shares, RSUs, performance shares or cash-based awards under the 2015 Plan that are intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code. These awards will only vest or become payable upon the attainment of performance goals that are established by our compensation and leadership development committee and related to one or more performance criteria. The performance criteria that could be used with respect to any such awards include: total shareholder return, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of our shares, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue

137


Table of Contents

or bookings, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of our shares, sales or market shares, number of customers and number of average users, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group.

          The 2015 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a "sale event", as defined in the 2015 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the 2015 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, all unvested and/or unexercisable awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions granted under the 2015 Plan shall fully accelerate, and all awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in the plan administrator's discretion or to the extent specified in the applicable award agreement, in each case prior to the effectiveness of the sale event and then shall terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and share appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and share appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2015 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding vested and exercisable options and share appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to shareholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or share appreciation rights.

          Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2015 Plan and our compensation and leadership development committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder's consent. Certain amendments to the 2015 Plan require the approval of our shareholders.

          No awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after the date that is ten years from the date of shareholder approval of the 2015 Plan. No awards under the 2015 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

    Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan

          The Share Option Plan was adopted in November 2013. Following this offering, we do not intend to grant any equity awards under this plan and any shares remaining available for issuance will be cancelled. The Share Option Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of September 30, 2015, options to purchase 7,852,922 restricted shares (which will convert into Class A ordinary shares in connection with this offering) of the company remained outstanding under the Share Option Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $1.50 per share.

          The Share Option Plan allows for the grant of options to our eligible employees, consultants or directors.

          The Share Option Plan is administered by our compensation and leadership development committee. The administrator has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for options, the individuals to whom options will be granted, determine the specific terms and conditions of each option, administer the Share Option Plan and delegate functions and powers as it may consider appropriate to administer the Share Option Plan to any person or persons capable of performing those functions and exercising those powers.

138


Table of Contents

          An option, whether vested or unvested, lapses on the earliest to occur on the date (i) specified in the offer to participate in the Share Option Plan; (ii) on which a "cessation event" (as defined in the Share Option Plan) occurs; (iii) on which the option otherwise lapses under the terms of the Share Option Plan; (iv) on which any lapsing event occurs as specified in the offer to participate in the Share Option Plan; and (v) June 30, 2017. We may elect to purchase options, whether vested or not, from an option holder prior to the options being exercised.

          Upon the occurrence of an "exit event" (as defined in the Share Option Plan), each option will either be (i) assumed or an equivalent option or right will be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor operation or (ii) terminated in exchange for a payment of cash, securities and/or other property equal to the excess of the fair market value of the portion of the options that are vested and exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of the exit event over the per share exercise price thereof.

          Our board of directors may amend the Share Option Plan at any time; however, such amendment must not adversely affect the rights of option holders, without their consent, unless such amendment is required by applicable law.

    2013 U.S. Share Option Plan

          The 2013 Plan was adopted in November 2013. Following this offering, we do not intend to grant any equity awards under this plan and any shares remaining available for issuance will be cancelled. The 2013 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of September 30, 2015, options to purchase 7,435,388 restricted shares (which will convert into Class A ordinary shares in connection with this offering) of the company remained outstanding under the 2013 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $3.00 per share.

          The 2013 Plan allows for the grant of options to our employees, directors and consultants.

          The 2013 Plan is administered by our compensation and leadership development committee. The administrator has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for options, the individuals to whom options will be granted, to implement an option exchange program, to determine the specific terms and conditions of each option and to construe and interpret the terms of the 2013 Plan and any award agreements thereunder.

          The 2013 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase restricted shares intended to qualify as incentive share options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. Incentive share options may only be granted to employees and must meet certain other requirements. The per share option exercise price of each option is determined by our compensation and leadership development committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a restricted share on the date of grant. The term of each option may not exceed seven years from the date of grant (five years in the case of an incentive share option held by a 10% owner). The administrator determines at what time or times each option may be exercised.

          The 2013 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a "corporate transaction", as defined in the 2013 Plan, each outstanding option will either be (i) assumed or an equivalent award will be substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation or (ii) terminated, in exchange for payment of cash, securities and/or other property for vested and exercisable options.

          Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2013 Plan at any time; however, such amendment must not adversely affect the rights of option holders without their consent. Certain amendments to the 2013 Plan require the approval of our shareholders.

139


Table of Contents

    2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan

          The 2014 Plan was adopted in March 2014. Following this offering, we do not intend to grant any equity awards under this plan and any shares remaining available for issuance will be cancelled. The 2014 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of September 30, 2015, 9,758,363 RSUs remained outstanding under the 2014 Plan.

          The 2014 Plan allows for the grant of RSUs to our officers, employees, directors and consultants.

          The 2014 Plan is administered by our compensation and leadership development committee. The administrator has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for RSUs, the individuals to whom RSUs will be granted, accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of the RSUs, administer the 2014 Plan and determine the specific terms and conditions of each RSU, subject to the provisions of the 2014 Plan.

          The 2014 Plan permits the granting of RSUs subject to such conditions and restrictions as the compensation and leadership development committee determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period.

          The 2014 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a "sale event", as defined in the 2014 Plan, each unvested RSU will be forfeited immediately prior to such sale event, unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor. In addition, in the event of a sale event, we may make a cash payment to holders of RSUs in exchange for the cancellation thereof.

          Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2014 Plan but no such actions may adversely affect the rights of an RSU holder without consent.

    2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan

          The 2015 ESPP was adopted by our board of directors in November 2015 and approved by our shareholders in                    2015. We may elect to implement the ESPP in the future following this offering.

          The ESPP initially reserves and authorizes up to a total of 5,700,000 Class A ordinary shares to participating employees. The ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase each July 1st, beginning on July 1, 2016, by the lesser of (i) 2,850,000 Class A ordinary shares, (ii) 1% of the outstanding number Class A ordinary shares on the immediately preceding June 30th, or (iii) such lesser number of Class A ordinary shares as determined by the plan administrator. The share reserve is subject to adjustment in the event of a share split, share dividend or other change in our capitalization.

          The ESPP is administered by our compensation and leadership development committee. The administrator has the authority to make all determinations for administration of the ESPP.

          All employees employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours a week (unless this exclusion is not permitted by applicable law) are eligible to participate in the ESPP. Any employee who owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our shares is not eligible to purchase Class A ordinary shares under the ESPP.

          Offerings to our employees to purchase Class A ordinary shares under the ESPP may be made at such times as determined by the administrator. Offerings will continue for such period, referred to as offering periods, as the administrator may determine, but may not be longer than

140


Table of Contents

27 months. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form before the applicable offering date.

          Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase Class A ordinary shares by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 10% of his or her eligible compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase Class A ordinary shares on the last business day of the applicable offering period equal to the lower of (i) the accumulated payroll deductions divided by either a per share price equal to 85% of the fair market value of a share of our Class A ordinary shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower, (ii) 2,500 Class A ordinary shares, or (iii) such other lesser maximum number of Class A ordinary shares as shall have been established by the administrator in advance of the offering. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of Class A ordinary shares, valued at the start of the purchase period, under the ESPP in any calendar year.

          The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employee's rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.

          The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our compensation and leadership development committee or board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of our Class A ordinary shares that are authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our shareholders. The plan administrator may adopt subplans under the ESPP for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries and may permit such employees to participate in the ESPP on different terms, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

141


Table of Contents


RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

          Other than as described below, since July 1, 2012, there has not been any transaction to which we were or are a party in which we, any of our directors, executive officers, associates, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any affiliates or member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Share Options

          We have granted share options and RSUs to our executive officers and certain of our non-employee directors. See "Management—Compensation".

Equity Issuances

Sale to Entity Affiliated with Douglas J. Burgum

          In August 2012, our predecessor entity, Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd., sold an aggregate of 394,478 Series A preference shares at a purchase price of $5.07 per share to the Douglas J. Burgum Revocable Trust, dated 1/05/07, an entity affiliated with Doug Burgum, one of our directors, for an aggregate purchase price of $2.0 million.

2014 Third-Party Tender Offer

          In March 2014, we entered into a letter agreement with certain holders of our share capital affiliated with T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC, pursuant to which we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with a tender offer that such parties proposed to commence. In March 2014, these holders commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of our outstanding share capital held by certain of our shareholders. Three of our executive officers, Jay Simons, Jeffrey Diana and Tom Kennedy, sold shares held by them in the tender offer. In addition, entities affiliated with Accel Partners, which is a beneficial holder of more than 5% of our outstanding share capital and whose partner, Richard P. Wong, is a member of our board of directors, also sold shares of our share capital held by them in the tender offer. An aggregate of 9,358,692 shares of our outstanding share capital held by our shareholders were tendered pursuant to the tender offer at a price of $16.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $149.7 million. We did not receive any proceeds from the tender offer.


Separation and Release Agreement with Erik Bardman

          In October 2015, we entered into a separation and release agreement with Erik Bardman, our former Chief Financial Officer. Under the agreement, we have agreed to provide Mr. Bardman with a severance payment of six months' base salary and the after-tax equivalent of six months of COBRA premiums in exchange for a full release of claims, if any, against us.

Atlassian Foundation

          In July 2008, Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd., one of our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, established the Atlassian Foundation, pursuant to a deed of trust, with the vision of helping to make the world better. Our Co-Chief Executive Officers, Scott-Farquhar and Michael Cannon-Brookes, hold two of Atlassian Foundation's three board seats. In July 2010, our founders and an early employee donated in the aggregate 820,000 Series A preference shares and 1,180,000 Series B preference shares to the Atlassian Foundation. As of September 30, 2015, the Atlassian Foundation owned 220,000 Series A preference shares and 1,180,000 Series B preference shares. The Atlassian Foundation works on a range of different projects including Room to Read, Cambodian

142


Table of Contents

Children's Trust, Social Ventures Australia, Conservation Volunteers Australia and Habitat for Humanity, amongst others.

          We contribute approximately 1% of our annual profits and all revenues associated with our starter licenses for on-premise products to the Atlassian Foundation. We donated $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million to the Atlassian Foundation in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          Additionally, since the Atlassian Foundation's inception, we have provided, at no charge, certain resources to Atlassian Foundation employees such as office space and salaries.

Indemnification Agreements

          We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers to indemnify them to the maximum extent allowed under applicable law. These agreements, the form of which was approved by our shareholders in             2015, indemnify these individuals against certain costs, charges, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses incurred by such director or officer in the execution or discharge of his or her duties. These agreements do not indemnify our directors against any liability attaching to such individuals in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company of which he or she is a director, which would be rendered void under the Companies Act, as described in "Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law—Liability of Directors and Officers". The U.K. specific restrictions apply to directors but not officers.

          We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

          Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Registration Agreement

          In July 2010, our predecessor entity, Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd., entered into a Registration Agreement with certain holders of our outstanding share capital, including Michael Cannon-Brookes, Scott Farquhar and entities affiliated with Accel Partners, which is a beneficial holder of more than 5% of our outstanding share capital. Assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding Series A preference shares and Series B preference shares upon the completion of this offering, as of September 30, 2015, the holders of an aggregate of 13,385,820 Class A ordinary shares and 154,190,520 Class B ordinary shares are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following this offering under the Securities Act. See "Description of Share Capital—Registration Rights" for more information regarding these registration rights.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

          Following the completion of this offering, the audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving related party transactions, which are transactions between us and related persons in which we or a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter will provide that the audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.

143


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our shares as of October 31, 2015 by:

    each executive officer;

    each of our directors;

    our directors and executive officers as a group; and

    each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding shares (by number or by voting power).

          We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

          Applicable percentage ownership prior to the offering is based on 31,842,895 Class A ordinary shares and 155,803,022 Class B ordinary shares outstanding as of October 31, 2015, assuming the automatic conversion of (i) all outstanding convertible Series A preference shares into Class A ordinary shares, (ii) all outstanding restricted shares into Class A ordinary shares and (iii) all outstanding convertible Series B preference shares into Class B ordinary shares. Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on             Class A ordinary shares and 155,803,022 Class B ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming that the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2015. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 
  Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering
  Beneficial
Ownership After
the Offering
  Total
Voting
Power
After the
Offering
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
 
Number
 
Percent
 
Number
 
Percent
 
Percent
 

5% Shareholders:

                               

Entities affiliated with Accel Partners (1)

    23,468,350     12.5 %                  

Directors and Executive Officers:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Michael Cannon-Brookes (2)

    69,732,090     37.2 %                  

Scott Farquhar (3)

    69,732,090     37.2 %                  

Jay Simons (4)

    3,722,271     2.0 %                  

Murray Demo (5)

    300,000     *                    

Erik Bardman (6)

    500,000     *                    

Jeffrey Diana (7)

    1,283,423     *                    

Tom Kennedy (8)

    925,000     *                    

Shona Brown

        *                    

Douglas J. Burgum (9)

    694,478     *                    

Heather Mirjahangir Fernandez

        *                    

Jay Parikh (10)

    200,000     *                    

Enrique Salem (11)

    200,000     *                    

Richard P. Wong (12)

    13,537,577     7.2 %                  

All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons) (13)

    160,826,929     83.5 %                  

144


Table of Contents


*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of (i) 5,103,598 Class A ordinary shares and 7,344,204 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Accel Growth Fund L.P., (ii) 99,906 Class A ordinary shares and 143,767 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Accel Growth Fund Strategic Partners L.P., (iii) 346,899 Class A ordinary shares and 499,203 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Accel Growth Fund Investors 2010 L.L.C., (iv) 1,096,897 Class A ordinary shares and 1,578,458 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Accel IX L.P., (v) 116,805 Class A ordinary shares and 168,091 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Accel IX Strategic Partners L.P., (vi) 82,714 Class A ordinary shares and 119,021 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Accel Investors 2010 (B) L.L.C., (vii) 2,725,805 Class A ordinary shares and 3,922,495 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Accel London III L.P. and (viii) 49,396 Class A ordinary shares and 71,091 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Accel London Investors 2009 L.P. Accel Growth Fund Associates L.L.C. ("AGFA") is the General Partner of Accel Growth Fund L.P. ("AGF") and has the sole voting and investment power. Andrew G. Braccia, James W. Breyer, Kevin J. Efrusy, Sameer K. Gandhi, Ping Li, Tracy L. Sedlock and Richard P. Wong are the Managing Members of AGFA and share such powers. AGFA is the General Partner of Accel Growth Fund Strategic Partners L.P. ("AGFSP") and has the sole voting and investment power. Andrew G. Braccia, James W. Breyer, Kevin J. Efrusy, Sameer K. Gandhi, Ping Li, Tracy L. Sedlock and Richard P. Wong are the Managing Members of AGFA and share such powers. Andrew G. Braccia, James W. Breyer, Kevin J. Efrusy, Sameer K. Gandhi, Ping Li, Tracy L. Sedlock and Richard P. Wong are the Managing Members of Accel Growth Fund Investors 2010 L.L.C. and therefore share the voting and investment powers. Accel IX Associates L.L.C. ("A9A") is the General Partner of Accel IX L.P. ("A9") and has the sole voting and investment power. James W. Breyer, Kevin J. Efrusy, Ping Li, and Arthur C. Patterson are the Managing Members of A9A and share such powers. A9A is the General Partner of Accel IX Strategic Partners L.P. ("A9SP") and has the sole voting and investment power. James W. Breyer, Kevin J. Efrusy, Ping Li, and Arthur C. Patterson are the Managing Members of A9A and share such powers. James W. Breyer, Kevin J. Efrusy, Ping Li, and Arthur C. Patterson are the Managing Members of Accel Investors 2010 (B) L.L.C. and therefore share the voting and investment powers. Accel London III Associates L.L.C. ("AL3A") is the General Partner of Accel London III Associates L.P., which is the general partner of Accel London III L.P. AL3A has the sole voting and investment power. Jonathan Biggs, Kevin Comolli, Sonali De Rycker, Bruce Golden and Hendrik Nelis are the managers of AL3A and share such powers. AL3A is the General Partner of Accel London Investors 2009 L.P. and has the sole voting and investment power. Jonathan Biggs, Kevin Comolli, Bruce Golden, Sonali De Rycker, and Hendrik Nelis are the managers of AL3A and share such powers. The address of each of the entities identified in this footnote is 428 University Ave., Palo Alto, California 94301.

(2)
Consists of (i) 15,283,600 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Cannon-Brookes and (ii) 54,448,490 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Grokco Pty Ltd as trustee for the Grok Trust.

(3)
Consists of (i) 15,283,600 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Farquhar and (ii) 54,448,490 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Skip Enterprises Pty Limited as trustee for the Farquhar Family Trust.

(4)
Consists of (i) 233,000 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Simons, (ii) 100,000 Class B ordinary shares held of record by The Jay Norman Simons 2013 Annuity Trust, in which Mr. Simons shares voting and dispositive power, (iii) 500,000 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Simons, (iv) 1,250,000 Class B ordinary shares subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2015 and (v) 1,639,271 Class A ordinary shares subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2015.

(5)
Consists of 300,000 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Demo. Mr. Demo resigned as a director and was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer in October 2015.

(6)
Consists of 500,000 Class A ordinary shares subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2015. Mr. Bardman resigned as our Chief Financial Officer in October 2015, and following his resignation, he will not beneficially own any of our share capital.

(7)
Consists of 1,283,423 Class A ordinary shares subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2015.

(8)
Consists of (i) 600,000 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Kennedy and (ii) 325,000 Class A ordinary shares subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2015.

(9)
Consists of 694,478 Class A ordinary shares held of record by the Douglas J. Burgum Revocable Trust, dated 1/5/07.

(10)
Consists of 200,000 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Parikh as trustee of the Jay and Dhivya Parikh Revocable Trust.

(11)
Consists of 200,000 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Salem.

145


Table of Contents

(12)
Consists of shares listed in subparts (i), (ii) and (iii) within footnote 1 above which are held of record by Accel Growth Fund L.P., Accel Growth Fund Strategic Partners L.P. and Accel Growth Fund Investors 2010 L.L.C. and pursuant to which Mr. Wong shares voting and investment power. This does not include the additional 9,930,773 shares listed in footnote 1 above because Mr. Wong is not a Managing Member of the applicable entity or share voting and investment power over the shares. Mr. Wong was appointed to the board of directors by entities affiliated with Accel Partners. Mr. Wong is a Partner of Accel Partners.

(13)
Consists of (i) 12,116,498 Class A ordinary shares, (ii) 153,643,510 Class B ordinary shares, (iii) options to purchase 3,747,694 Class A ordinary shares that are exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2015 and (iv) options to purchase 1,250,000 Class B ordinary shares that are exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2015.

          Two of our major shareholders, Michael Cannon-Brookes and Scott Farquhar, hold the majority of our outstanding Class B ordinary shares. Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share and Class B ordinary shares are entitled to ten votes per share.

          We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

          To our knowledge, there has been no significant change in the percentage ownership held by the principal shareholders listed above since the Reorganization in February 2014, except that (i) Messrs. Simons, Diana and Kennedy and entities affiliated with Accel Partners sold shares in the March 2014 tender offer and (ii) following Mr. Bardman's resignation, he will hold no shares of our share capital. See "Related Party Transactions—2014 Third-Party Tender Offer" for more information on the tender offer.

          As of September 30, 2015, approximately 21.4% of our outstanding shares were held by 234 record holders in the United States.

146


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

General

          We are incorporated as a public company with limited liability and our affairs are governed by our articles of association and the laws of England.

          The following description summarizes the most important terms of our share capital, as they are expected to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. We will adopt an amended and restated articles of association in connection with this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are included therein. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in "Description of Share Capital", you should refer to our amended and restated articles of association, which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the Companies Act.

          Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all of our outstanding Series A preference shares and restricted shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares and all of our outstanding Series B preference shares will convert into Class B ordinary shares in accordance with the provisions of our articles of association.

          Our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will have the rights and restrictions described in "—Key Provisions in our Articles of Association".

          We are not permitted under English law to hold our own shares unless they are repurchased by us and held in treasury.

Shareholder Authorities

          Certain resolutions are required to be passed by our shareholders prior to the completion of this offering. These include resolutions for:

    The issuance of Class A ordinary shares in connection with this offering, on a non-pre-emptive basis.

    The adoption of amended and restated articles of association that will become effective upon the admission of our Class A ordinary shares to trading on the NASDAQ Global Market. See "—Key Provisions in our Articles of Association".

    The general authorization of our directors for purposes of s551 Companies Act to issue shares in us and grant rights to subscribe for or convert any securities into shares in us up to a maximum aggregate nominal amount of $500,000,000 for a period of five years.

    The empowering of our directors pursuant to s570 Companies Act to issue equity securities for cash pursuant to the s551 authority referred to above as if the statutory pre-emption rights under s561(1) Companies Act did not apply to such allotments.

Key Provisions in our Articles of Association

          The following is a summary of certain key provisions of our articles of association to become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Objects and Purposes

          The Companies Act abolished the need for an objects clause and, as such, our objects are unrestricted.

147


Table of Contents

Shares and Rights Attaching to Them

    General

          Other than the voting rights described herein, all ordinary shares have the same rights and rank pari passu in all respects. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and any other relevant legislation, our shares may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other rights, or such restrictions, whether in relation to dividends, returns of capital, voting or otherwise, as may be determined by ordinary resolution (or, failing any such determination, as the directors may determine). We may also issue shares which are, or are liable to be, redeemed at the option of us or the holder.

    Voting Rights

          The holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to vote at general meetings of shareholders. Each Class A ordinary shareholder is entitled:

    on a show of hands, to one vote; and

    on a poll, to one vote for each Class A ordinary share held.

          For so long as any shares are held in a settlement system operated by the Depository Trust Company, all votes shall take place on a poll.

          The holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to vote at general meetings of shareholders, and have preferential voting rights on a vote taken by way of a poll. Each Class B ordinary shareholder is entitled:

    on a show of hands, to one vote; and

    on a poll, to 10 votes for each Class B ordinary share held.

          In the case of joint holders of a share, the vote of the joint holder whose name appears first on the register of members in respect of the joint holding shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders.

          A shareholder is entitled to appoint another person as his proxy (or in the case of a corporation, a corporative representative) to exercise all or any of his rights to attend and to speak and vote at a general meeting.

    Capital Calls

          Under our articles of association, the liability of our shareholders is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares held by them.

          The directors may from time to time make calls on shareholders in respect of any monies unpaid on their shares, whether in respect of nominal value of the shares or by way of premium. Shareholders are required to pay called amounts on shares subject to receiving at least 14 clear days notice specifying the time and place for payment. If a shareholder fails to pay any part of a call, the directors may serve further notice naming another day not being less than 14 clear days from the date of the further notice requiring payment and stating that in the event of non-payment the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited. Subsequent forfeiture requires a resolution by the directors.

    Restrictions on Voting Where Sums Overdue on Shares

          None of our shareholders (whether in person by proxy or, in the case of a corporate member, by a duly authorized representative) shall (unless the directors otherwise determine) be entitled to

148


Table of Contents

vote at any general meeting or at any separate class meeting in respect of any share held by him unless all calls or other sums payable by him in respect of that share have been paid.

    Dividends

          The directors may pay interim and final dividends in accordance with the respective rights and restrictions attached to any share or class of share, if it appears to them that they are justified by the profits available for distribution.

          Unless otherwise provided by the rights attaching to shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid, and apportioned and paid proportionally to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.

          Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for 12 years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the directors resolve, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by us. In addition, we will not be considered a trustee with respect to, or liable to pay interest on, the amount of any payment into a separate account by the directors or any unclaimed dividend or other sum payable on or in respect of a share.

          We may cease to send any payment in respect of any dividend payable in respect of a share if:

    in respect of at least two consecutive dividends payable on that share the check or warrant has been returned undelivered or remains uncashed (or another method of payment has failed);

    in respect of one dividend payable on that share the check or warrant has been returned undelivered or remains uncashed, or another method of payment has failed, and reasonable inquiries have failed to establish any new address or account of the recipient; or

    a recipient does not specify an address, or does not specify an account of a type prescribed by the directors, or other details necessary in order to make a payment of a dividend by the means by which the directors have decided that a payment is to be made, or by which the recipient has elected to receive payment, and such address or details are necessary in order for us to make the relevant payment in accordance with such decision or election,

but, subject to the articles of association, we may recommence sending checks or warrants or using another method of payment for dividends payable on that share if the person(s) entitled so request and have supplied in writing a new address or account to be used for that purpose.

          The directors may offer to shareholders the right to elect to receive, in lieu of a dividend, an allotment of new shares credited as fully paid. The directors may also direct payment of a dividend wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets.

    Distribution of Assets on Winding-up

          In the event of our winding-up, liquidation or dissolution, any distribution of assets will be made to the holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares in proportion to the number of shares held by each of them, irrespective of the amount paid or credited as paid on any such share.

149


Table of Contents

    Variation of Rights

          The rights attached to any class may be varied, either while we are a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding up (a) in such manner (if any) as may be provided by those rights; or (b) in the absence of any such provision, with the consent in writing of the holders of three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares), or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class, but not otherwise.

    Transfer of Shares

          All of our shares are in registered form and may be transferred by an instrument of transfer in any usual or common form or any form acceptable to the directors and permitted by the Companies Act and any other relevant legislation.

          The directors may, in their absolute discretion, refuse to register the transfer of a share in certificated form which is not fully paid. They may also refuse to register a transfer of a share in certificated form (whether fully paid or not) unless the instrument of transfer: (a) is lodged, duly stamped, at our registered office or at such other place as the directors may appoint and (except in the case of a transfer by a financial institution where a certificate has not been issued in respect of the share) is accompanied by the certificate for the share to which it relates and such other evidence as the directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; (b) is in respect of only one class of share; and (c) is in favor of not more than four transferees.

    Alteration of Capital

          We may, by ordinary resolution, consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of larger amount than our existing shares; and sub-divide our shares, or any of them, into shares of a smaller amount than our existing shares; and determine that, as between the shares resulting from the sub-division, any of them may have any preference or advantage as compared with the others.

    Pre-emption Rights

          There are no rights of pre-emption under our articles of association in respect of transfers of issued ordinary shares. In certain circumstances, our shareholders may have statutory pre-emption rights under the Companies Act in respect of the allotment of new shares in our company. These statutory pre-emption rights, when applicable, would require us to offer new shares for allotment to existing shareholders on a pro rata basis before allotting them to other persons. In such circumstances, the procedure for the exercise of such statutory pre-emption rights would be set out in the documentation by which such ordinary shares would be offered to our shareholders. These statutory pre-emption rights may be disapplied by a special resolution passed by shareholders in a general meeting or a specific provision in our articles of association. Our articles of association disapply these statutory pre-emption rights for a period of five years from this offering and in respect of shares up to an aggregate nominal value of $500,000,000.

Directors

    Number

          Unless and until we in a general meeting of our shareholders otherwise determine, the number of directors shall not be less than five nor more than 13.

150


Table of Contents

    Appointment of Directors

          A majority of our directors may appoint a person to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director, provided that the appointment does not cause the number of directors to exceed any number fixed as the maximum number of directors.

    Termination of a Director's Appointment

          A director may be removed with the approval of all of the other directors and a person would cease to be a director as the result of certain other circumstances as set out in our articles of association, including resignation, by law and continuous non-attendance at board meetings. Directors are not subject to retirement at a specified age limit under our articles of association.

    Borrowing Powers

          Under our directors' general power to manage our business, our directors may exercise all our powers to borrow money and to mortgage or charge our undertaking, property and uncalled capital or parts thereof and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of ours or of any third party.

    Quorum

          The quorum necessary for the transaction of business of the directors may be fixed from time to time by the directors and unless so fixed shall be a majority of the total number of directors. A director shall not be counted in the quorum in relation to any resolution on which he or she is not entitled to vote.

    Directors' Interests and Restrictions

          Provided that a director has disclosed to the other directors the nature and extent of any material interest of such director, a director notwithstanding his or her office may:

    (i)
    be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with us or in which we are otherwise interested and may be a director or other officer of, or be employed by, or hold any position with, or be a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any entity in which we are interested;

    (ii)
    be counted in determining whether or not a quorum is present at any meeting of directors considering that transaction or arrangement or proposed transaction or arrangement; and

    (iii)
    vote in respect of, or in respect of any matter arising out of, the transaction or arrangement or proposed transaction or arrangement.

          A director shall not, by reason of his or her office as a director, be accountable to us for any benefit which he or she derives from any interest or position referred to in (i) above and no transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any interest, office, employment or position referred to within (i) above.

          The directors may (subject to such terms and conditions, if any, as they may think fit to impose from time to time, and subject always to their right to vary or terminate such authorization) authorize, to the fullest extent permitted by law: (a) any matter which would otherwise result in a director infringing his or her duty to avoid a situation in which he or she has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with our interests and which may reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest (including a conflict of interest and duty or conflict of duties); and (b) a director to accept or continue in any office, employment or

151


Table of Contents

position in addition to his or her office as a director and, without prejudice to the generality of clause (a) herein, may authorize the manner in which a conflict of interest arising out of such office, employment or position may be dealt with, either before or at the time that such a conflict of interest arises, provided that the authorization is effective only if (i) any requirement as to the quorum at the meeting at which the matter is considered is met without counting the director in question or any other interested director, and (ii) the matter was agreed to without their voting or would have been agreed to if their votes had not been counted.

    Remuneration

          Until otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, the directors may determine the amount of fees to be paid to the directors for their services.

          Any director who holds any other office with us, or who serves on any committee of the directors, or who performs, or undertakes to perform, services which the directors consider go beyond the ordinary duties of a director may be paid such additional remuneration as the directors may determine.

          The directors may also be paid all reasonable expenses properly incurred by them in connection with the exercise of their powers and the discharge of their responsibilities as directors.

    Share Qualification of Directors

          Our articles of association do not require a director to hold any shares in us by way of qualification. A director who is not a member shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at general meetings.

    Indemnity of Officers

          Subject to the provisions of any relevant legislation, each of our directors and other officers (excluding an auditor) are entitled to be indemnified by us against all liabilities incurred by him or her in the execution and discharge of his or her duties or in relation to those duties. The Companies Act renders void an indemnity for a director against any liability attaching to him in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company of which he or she is a director.

Shareholders Meetings

    Calling of General Meetings

          A general meeting may be called by a majority of directors, the chairman of the board of directors or either of our co-chief executive officers. The directors are also required to call a general meeting once we have received requests from our members to do so in accordance with the Companies Act.

    Quorum of Meetings

          No business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present. Two persons entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted, each being a member or a proxy for a member or a duly authorized representative of a corporation which is a member (including for this purpose two persons who are proxies or corporate representatives of the same member), shall be a quorum.

152


Table of Contents

    Attendance

          The directors or the chairman of the meeting may direct that any person wishing to attend any general meeting should submit to and comply with such searches or other security arrangements as they consider appropriate in the circumstances.

          The directors may make arrangements for simultaneous attendance and participation by electronic means allowing persons not present together at the same place to attend, speak and vote at general meetings.

Limitation on Owning Securities

          Our articles of association do not restrict in any way the ownership or voting of our shares by non-residents.

Disclosure of Interests in Shares

          If we serve a demand on a person under section 793 of the Companies Act (which requires a person to disclose an interest in shares), that person will be required to disclose any interest he or she has in our shares. Failure to disclose any interest can result in the following sanctions: suspension of the right to attend or vote (whether in person or by representative or proxy) at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or on any poll; and where the interest in shares represent at least 0.25% of their class (excluding treasury shares) also the withholding of any dividend payable in respect of those shares and the restriction of the transfer of any shares (subject to certain exceptions).

153


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

          After the completion of this offering, certain holders of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in our Registration Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2010. We, along with certain holders of our Class B ordinary shares and the holders of Series A preference shares and Series B preference shares are parties to the Registration Agreement. The registration rights set forth in the Registration Agreement will expire with respect to certain shareholders, when such shareholder sells its shares or is able to sell all of its shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or a similar exemption during any 90-day period. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and share transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. In connection with this offering, each shareholder that has registration rights agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Demand Registration Rights

          After the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 27,252,000 Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of this offering, the holders of a majority of these shares then outstanding can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares so long as the anticipated aggregate offering price of such registrable securities is in excess of $5,000,000. We are obligated to effect only two such registrations.

Piggyback Registration Rights

          In connection with this offering, certain holders were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their registrable securities in this offering. After the closing of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of our ordinary shares under the Securities Act, in connection with another public offering of such ordinary shares the holders of up to an aggregate of 167,576,340 Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to certain "piggyback" registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (A) a demand registration, (B) a registration in connection with Form S-4 or S-8 promulgated by the SEC or any successor, (C) a registration relating solely to employment benefit plans, (D) a registration in which the only ordinary shares being registered are ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, or (E) any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the public offering of our ordinary shares, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

Shelf Registration Rights

          When we are eligible to use a "shelf" registration statement, the holders of an aggregate of 27,252,000 Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the right to request that we file a shelf registration statement. These shareholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on a shelf registration statement.

154


Table of Contents

Differences in Corporate Law

          The applicable provisions of the Companies Act differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders' rights and protections. This summary is not intended to be a complete discussion of the respective rights and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to Delaware law and English law.

 
  England   Delaware
Number of Directors   Under the Companies Act, a public limited company must have at least two directors and the number of directors may be fixed by or in the manner provided in a company's articles of association.   Under Delaware law, a corporation must have at least one director and the number of directors shall be fixed by or in the manner provided in the bylaws, unless specified in the certificate of incorporation.

Removal of Directors

 

Under the Companies Act, shareholders may remove a director without cause by an ordinary resolution (which is passed by a simple majority of those voting in person or by proxy at a general meeting) irrespective of any provisions of any service contract the director has with the company, provided that 28 clear days notice of the resolution is given to the company and certain other procedural requirements under the Companies Act are followed (such as allowing the director to make representations against his or her removal at the meeting and/or in writing).

 

Under Delaware law, directors may be removed from office, with or without cause, by a majority stockholder vote, except (a) in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, and (b) in the case of a corporation having cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his or her removal would be sufficient to elect him or her if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there are classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which he or she is a part.

 

 

 

 

 

155


Table of Contents

 
  England   Delaware
Vacancies on the Board of Directors   Under English law, the procedure by which directors (other than a company's initial directors) are appointed is generally set out in a company's articles of association, provided that where two or more persons are appointed as directors of a public limited company by resolution of the shareholders, resolutions appointing each director must be voted on individually unless a resolution of the shareholders that such resolutions do not have to be voted on individually is first agreed to by the meeting without any vote being given against it.   Under Delaware law, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office (even though less than a quorum) or by a sole remaining director unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation.

Annual General Meeting

 

Under the Companies Act, a public limited company must hold an annual general meeting each year. This meeting must be held within six months of the company's accounting reference date.

 

Under Delaware law, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or as provided in the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.

General Meeting

 

Under the Companies Act, a general meeting of the shareholders of a public limited company may be called by the directors. Shareholders holding at least 5% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying voting rights at general meetings can also require the directors to call a general meeting.

 

Under Delaware law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.

 

 

 

 

 

156


Table of Contents

 
  England   Delaware

Notice of General Meetings

  The Companies Act provides that a general meeting (other than an adjourned meeting) must be called by notice of:

in the case of an annual general meeting, at least 21 clear days; and

in any other case, at least 14 days.

"Clear days" notice means calendar days and excludes the date of mailing, the date of receipt or deemed receipt of the notice and the date of the meeting itself.

The company's articles of association may provide for a longer period of notice and, in addition, certain matters (such as the removal of directors or auditors) require special notice, which is 28 clear days' notice. The shareholders of a company may in all cases consent to a shorter notice period, the proportion of shareholders' consent required being 100% of those entitled to attend and vote in the case of an annual general meeting and, in the case of any other general meeting, a majority in number of the members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority who together hold not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote at the meeting.

 

Under Delaware law, written notice of any meeting of the stockholders must be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting and shall specify the place, date, hour and purpose or purposes of the meeting.

157


Table of Contents

 
  England   Delaware
Quorum   Subject to the provisions of a company's articles of association, the Companies Act provides that two shareholders present at a meeting (in person or by proxy) shall constitute a quorum.   The certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number of shares, the holders of which shall be present or represented by proxy at any meeting in order to constitute a quorum, but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than 1 / 3 of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. In the absence of such specification in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders.

Proxy

 

Under the Companies Act, at any meeting of shareholders, a shareholder may designate another person to attend, speak and vote at the meeting on their behalf by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder which is a corporate body, by way of a corporate representative).

 

Under Delaware law, at any meeting of stockholders, a stockholder may designate another person to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Issue of New Shares

 

Under the Companies Act, the directors of a company must not exercise any power to allot shares or grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares unless they are authorized to do so by the company's articles of association or by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders. Any authorization given must state the maximum amount of shares that may be allotted under it and specify the date on which it will expire, which must be not more than five years from the date the authorization was given. The authority can be renewed by a further resolution of the shareholders.

 

Under Delaware law, if the company's certificate of incorporation so provides, the directors have the power to authorize additional stock. The directors may authorize capital stock to be issued for consideration consisting of cash, any tangible or intangible property or any benefit to the company or any combination thereof.

 

 

 

 

 

158


Table of Contents

 
  England   Delaware

Preemptive Rights

  Under the Companies Act, the issuance for cash of:

equity securities, being shares in the company other than shares that, with respect to dividends and capital, carry a right to participate only up to a specified amount in a distribution ("ordinary shares"); or

rights to subscribe for, or to convert securities into, ordinary shares

must be offered first to the existing equity shareholders in the company in proportion to the respective nominal value of their holdings, unless an exception applies or a special resolution to the contrary has been passed by

 

Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in a corporation's certificate of incorporation, a stockholder does not, by operation of law, possess preemptive rights to subscribe to additional issuances of the corporation's stock or to any security convertible into such stock.


 

 

shareholders in a general meeting or a specific provision is contained in the articles of association, in each case in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act.

 

 

159


Table of Contents

 
  England   Delaware

Liability of Directors and Officers

 

Under the Companies Act, any provision (whether contained in a company's articles of association or any contract or otherwise) that purports to exempt a director of a company (to any extent) from any liability that would otherwise attach to him in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company is void.

Any provision by which a company directly or indirectly provides an indemnity (to any extent) for a director of the company or of an associated company against any liability attaching to him in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company of which he or she is a director is also void except as permitted by the Companies Act, which provides exceptions for the company to: (i) purchase and maintain insurance against such liability; (ii) provide a "qualifying third party indemnity" (being an indemnity against liability incurred by the director to a person other than the company or an associated company. Such indemnity must not cover criminal fines, penalties imposed by regulatory bodies, the defense costs of criminal proceedings where the director is found guilty, the defense costs of civil proceedings successfully brought against the director by the company or an associated company, and the costs of

  Under Delaware law, a corporation's certificate of incorporation may include a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation and its stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, no provision can limit the liability of a director for:

any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

willful or negligent payment of unlawful dividends or stock purchases or redemptions; or

any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.


 

 

unsuccessful applications by the director for relief); and (iii) provide a "qualifying pension scheme indemnity" (being an indemnity against liability incurred in connection with the company's activities as trustee of an occupational pension plan).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

160


Table of Contents

 
  England   Delaware
Voting Rights   Under English law, unless a poll is demanded by the shareholders of a company or is required by the Chairman of the meeting or the company's articles of association, shareholders shall vote on all resolutions on a show of hands. Under the Companies Act, a poll may be demanded by: (i) not fewer than five shareholders having the right to vote on the resolution; (ii) any shareholder(s) representing at least 10% of the total voting rights of all the shareholders having the right to vote on the resolution (excluding any voting rights attached to treasury shares); or (iii) any shareholder(s) holding shares in the company conferring a right to vote on the resolution being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than 10% of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right. A company's articles of association may provide more extensive rights for shareholders to call a poll.

Under English law, an ordinary resolution is passed on a show of hands if it is approved by a simple majority (more than 50%) of the votes cast by shareholders present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote. If a poll is demanded, an ordinary resolution is passed if it is approved by holders representing a simple majority of the total voting rights of shareholders present (in

  Delaware law provides that, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder of record is entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

 

person or by proxy) who (being entitled to vote) vote on the resolution. Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the votes cast by shareholders present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

161


Table of Contents

 
  England   Delaware

Variation of class rights

  The Companies Act provides that rights attached to a class of shares may only be varied or abrogated in accordance with provision in the company's articles for the variation or abrogation of those rights or, where the company's articles contain no such provision, if the holders of shares of that class consent to the variation or abrogation. Consent for these purposes means:

consent in writing from the holders of at least 75% in nominal value of the issued shares of that class (excluding any shares held as treasury shares); or

a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of that class sanctioning the variation.

The Companies Act provides that the quorum for a class meeting is not less than two persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third of the nominal amount paid up on the issued shares of that class.

Following a variation of class rights, shareholders who amount to not less than 15% of the shareholders of the class in question who did not approve the variation may apply to court to have the variation cancelled. Any application must be made within 21 days of the variation. The court

 

Under Delaware law, the holders of the outstanding shares of a class shall be entitled to vote as a class upon a proposed amendment, whether or not entitled to vote thereon by the certificate of incorporation, if the amendment would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of such class, increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely.


 

 

may cancel the variation if it is satisfied having regard to all the circumstances of the case that the variation would unfairly prejudice the shareholders of the class represented by the applicant.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

162


Table of Contents

 
  England   Delaware

Shareholder Vote on Certain Transactions

  The Companies Act provides for schemes of arrangement, which are arrangements or compromises between a company and any class of shareholders or creditors and used in certain types of reconstructions, amalgamations, capital reorganizations or takeovers. These arrangements require:

the approval at a shareholders' or creditors' meeting convened by order of the court, of a majority in number of shareholders or creditors representing 75% in value of the capital held by, or debt owed to, the class of shareholders or creditors, or class thereof present and voting, either in person or by proxy; and

the approval of the court.

Once approved, sanctioned and effective, all shareholders and creditors of the relevant class and the company are bound by the terms of the scheme.

The Companies Act also contains certain provisions relating to transactions between a director and the company, including transactions involving the acquisition of substantial non-cash assets from a director or the sale of substantial non-cash assets to a director, and loans between a company and a director or certain connected persons of directors. If such transactions meet certain

  Generally, under Delaware law, unless the certificate of incorporation provides for the vote of a larger portion of the stock, completion of a merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of a corporation's assets or dissolution requires:

the approval of the board of directors; and

approval by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock or, if the certificate of incorporation provides for more or less than one vote per share, a majority of the votes of the outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote on the matter.

Under Delaware law, a contract or transaction between the company and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the company and any other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers, are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall not be void solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer participates in the meeting of the board which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director's or officer's votes are counted for such purpose, if:

the material facts as to the director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the board, and the


 

 

thresholds set out within the Companies Act the approval of shareholders by ordinary resolution will be required.

 

board in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum;

163


Table of Contents

 
  England   Delaware

 

 

 

the material facts as to the director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

the contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the board of directors, a committee or the stockholders.

Standard of Conduct for Directors

  Under English law, a director owes various statutory and fiduciary duties to the company, including:

to act in the way he or she considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its shareholders as a whole;

to avoid a situation in which he or she has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly conflicts, with the interests of the company;

to act in accordance with the company's constitution and only exercise his or her powers for the purposes for which they are conferred;

to exercise independent judgment;

to exercise reasonable care, skill and diligence;

 

Delaware law does not contain specific provisions setting forth the standard of conduct of a director. The scope of the fiduciary duties of directors is generally determined by the courts of the State of Delaware. In general, directors have a duty to act without self-interest, on a well-informed basis and in a manner they reasonably believe to be in the best interest of the stockholders.

Directors of a Delaware corporation owe fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to the corporation and to its stockholders. The duty of care generally requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself or herself of all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of

164


Table of Contents

 
  England   Delaware

 

not to accept benefits from a third party conferred by reason of his or her being a director or doing (or not doing) anything as a director; and

a duty to declare any interest that he or she has, whether directly or indirectly, in a proposed or existing transaction or arrangement with the company.

 

loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. The director must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage.

In addition, under Delaware law, when the board of directors of a Delaware corporation approves the sale or break-up of a corporation, the board of directors may, in certain circumstances, have a duty to obtain the highest value reasonably available to the stockholders.

Shareholder Suits

 

Under English law, generally, the company, rather than its shareholders, is the proper claimant in an action in respect of a wrong done to the company or where there is an irregularity in the company's internal management. Notwithstanding this general position, the Companies Act provides that (i) a court may allow a shareholder to bring a derivative claim (that is, an action in respect of and on behalf of the company) in respect of a cause of action arising from a director's negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, subject to complying with the procedural requirements under the Companies Act and (ii) a shareholder may bring a claim for a court order where the company's affairs have been or are being conducted in a manner that is unfairly prejudicial to some or all of its shareholders.

  Under Delaware law, a stockholder may initiate a derivative action to enforce a right of a corporation if the corporation fails to enforce the right itself. The complaint must:

state that the plaintiff was a stockholder at the time of the transaction of which the plaintiff complains or that the plaintiff's shares thereafter devolved on the plaintiff by operation of law; and

allege with particularity the efforts made by the plaintiff to obtain the action the plaintiff desires from the directors and the reasons for the plaintiff's failure to obtain the action; or

state the reasons for not making the effort.

Additionally, the plaintiff must remain a stockholder through the duration of the derivative suit.

165


Table of Contents

Other U.K. Law Considerations

Squeeze-out

          Under the Companies Act, if a takeover offer (as defined in section 974 of the Companies Act) is made for the shares of a company and the offeror were to acquire, or unconditionally contract to acquire:

    (i)
    not less than 90% in value of the shares to which the takeover offer relates (the "Takeover Offer Shares"); and

    (ii)
    where those shares are voting shares, not less than 90% of the voting rights attached to the Takeover Offer Shares,

the offeror could acquire compulsorily the remaining 10% within three months of the last day on which its offer can be accepted. It would do so by sending a notice to outstanding shareholders telling them that it will acquire compulsorily their Takeover Offer Shares and then, six weeks later, it would execute a transfer of the outstanding Takeover Offer Shares in its favor and pay the consideration to the company, which would hold the consideration on trust for outstanding shareholders. The consideration offered to the shareholders whose Takeover Offer Shares are acquired compulsorily under the Companies Act must, in general, be the same as the consideration that was available under the takeover offer.

Sell-out

          The Companies Act also gives minority shareholders a right to be bought out in certain circumstances by an offeror who has made a takeover offer (as defined in Section 974 of the Companies Act). If a takeover offer related to all the shares of a company and, at any time before the end of the period within which the offer could be accepted, the offeror held or had agreed to acquire not less than 90% of the shares to which the offer relates, any holder of the shares to which the offer related who had not accepted the offer could by a written communication to the offeror require it to acquire those shares. The offeror is required to give any shareholder notice of his or her right to be bought out within one month of that right arising. The offeror may impose a time limit on the rights of the minority shareholders to be bought out, but that period cannot end less than three months after the end of the acceptance period. If a shareholder exercises his or her rights, the offeror is bound to acquire those shares on the terms of the offer or on such other terms as may be agreed.

Disclosure of Interest in Shares

          Pursuant to Part 22 of the Companies Act, a company is empowered by notice in writing to require any person whom the company knows to be, or has reasonable cause to believe to be, interested in the company's shares or at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date on which the notice is issued to have been so interested, within a reasonable time to disclose to the company details of that person's interest and (so far as is within such person's knowledge) details of any other interest that subsists or subsisted in those shares.

          If a shareholder defaults in supplying the company with the required details in relation to the shares in question (the "Default Shares"), the shareholder shall not be entitled to vote or exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings. Where the Default Shares represent 0.25% or more of the issued shares of the class in question, the directors may direct that:

    (i)
    any dividend or other money payable in respect of the Default Shares shall be retained by the company without any liability to pay interest on it when such dividend or other money is finally paid to the shareholder; and/or

166


Table of Contents

    (ii)
    no transfer by the relevant shareholder of shares (other than a transfer approved in accordance with the provisions of the company's articles of association) may be registered (unless such shareholder is not in default and the transfer does not relate to Default Shares).

Dividends

          Under English law, before a company can lawfully make a distribution, it must ensure that it has sufficient distributable reserves. A company's distributable reserves are its accumulated, realized profits, so far as not previously utilized by distribution or capitalization, less its accumulated, realized losses, so far as not previously written off in a reduction or reorganization of capital duly made.

          In addition to having sufficient distributable reserves, a public company will not be permitted to make a distribution if, at the time, the amount of its net assets (that is, the aggregate of the company's assets less the aggregate of its liabilities) is less than the aggregate of its issued and paid-up share capital and undistributable reserves, or if the distribution would result in the amount of its net assets being less than that aggregate.

Purchase of Own Shares

          Under English law, a public limited company may purchase its own shares only out of the distributable profits of the company or the proceeds of a new issue of shares made for the purpose of financing the purchase. A public limited company may not purchase its own shares if as a result of the purchase there would no longer be any issued shares of the company other than redeemable shares or shares held as treasury shares.

          Subject to the foregoing, because NASDAQ is not a "recognized investment exchange" under the Companies Act, a company may purchase its own fully paid shares only pursuant to a purchase contract authorized by ordinary resolution of the holders of its ordinary shares before the purchase takes place. Any authority will not be effective if any shareholder from whom the company proposes to purchase shares votes on the resolution and the resolution would not have been passed if such shareholder had not done so. The resolution authorizing the purchase must specify a date, not being later than five years after the passing of the resolution, on which the authority to purchase is to expire.

          A share buy back by a company of its ordinary shares will give rise to U.K. stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable by the company, and such stamp duty will be paid by the company.

          Our articles of association do not have conditions governing changes in our capital which are more stringent than those required by law.

Statutory Pre-emption Rights

          Under English law, a company must not allot equity securities to a person on any terms unless the following conditions are satisfied:

    (i)
    it has made an offer to each person who holds ordinary shares in the company to allot to them on the same or more favorable terms a proportion of those securities that is as nearly as practicable equal to the proportion in nominal value held by them of the ordinary share capital of the company; and

    (ii)
    the period during which any such offer may be accepted has expired or the company has received notice of the acceptance or refusal of every offer so made.

167


Table of Contents

          For these purposes "equity securities" means ordinary shares in the company or rights to subscribe for, or to convert securities into, ordinary shares in the company. "Ordinary shares" means shares other than shares that, with respect to dividends and capital, carry a right to participate only up to a specified amount in a distribution.

          The statutory pre-emption rights are subject to certain exceptions, including the issue of ordinary shares for non-cash consideration, an allotment of bonus shares and the allotment of equity securities pursuant to an employees' share scheme. The statutory pre-emption rights may also be disapplied with the approval of 75% of shareholders.

Shareholder Rights

          Certain rights granted under the Companies Act, including the right to requisition a general meeting or require a resolution to be put to shareholders at the annual general meeting, are only available to our members. For English law purposes, our members are the persons who are registered as the owners of the legal title to the shares and whose names are recorded in our register of members. In the case of shares held in a settlement system operated by the Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), the registered member will be DTC's nominee, Cede & Co. If a person who holds their Class A ordinary shares in DTC wishes to exercise certain of the rights granted under the Companies Act, they may be required to first take steps to withdraw their Class A ordinary shares from the settlement system operated by DTC and become the registered holder of the shares in our register of members. A withdrawal of shares from DTC may have tax implications, for additional information on the potential tax implications of withdrawing your shares from the settlement system operated by DTC, see "Taxation—Material U.K. Tax Considerations."

U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers

          As a U.K. public company with its place of central management and control outside of the United Kingdom, and given our shares are not admitted to trading on a regulated market or multilateral trading facility in the United Kingdom or a regulated market in one or more member states of the European Economic Area (and for these purposes NASDAQ does not fall within the definition of regulated market or multilateral trading facility), we are not subject to the Takeover Code, which is issued and administered by the U.K. Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, or the Panel.

          Any takeover proposal for the company would not, therefore, at the present time be governed by the Takeover Code and the Panel would not have jurisdiction in relation to any such transaction.

History of Security Issuances

          We were incorporated on November 14, 2013 with an issued share capital of two ordinary shares of nominal value £2.00 each and 30,332 redeemable shares of nominal value £2.00 each. Since incorporation there have been the following changes to our issued share capital:

    (i)
    pursuant to the authority granted by a resolution, passed as an ordinary resolution by our shareholders on December 10, 2013:

    a.
    the two existing ordinary shares of nominal value £2.00 each were redenominated in U.S. Dollars as ordinary shares of nominal value $3.2828 each;

    b.
    the redenominated ordinary shares of nominal value $3.2828 each were redesignated as Class B ordinary shares of nominal value $3.2828 each;

168


Table of Contents

    (ii)
    in connection with the Reorganization described in "Corporate Structure—Reorganization", on February 7, 2014 we issued and allotted:

    a.
    141,180,500 Class B ordinary shares of nominal value $0.10 each, which were credited as fully paid;

    b.
    12,387,798 Series A preference shares of nominal value $0.10 each, which were credited as fully paid;

    c.
    17,258,680 Series B preference shares of nominal value $0.10 each, which were credited as fully paid; and

    d.
    8,192,152 restricted shares of nominal value $0.10 each, which were credited as fully paid;

    (iii)
    pursuant to an authority granted by a resolution, passed as an ordinary resolution by our shareholders on January 30, 2014, on February 12, 2014 we redeemed in full the 30,332 redeemable shares of nominal value £2.00 each;

    (iv)
    in connection with a tender offer to purchase shares of our outstanding share capital held by certain of our shareholders by certain funds and institutional clients advised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC, on April 18, 2014:

    a.
    we issued and allotted 615,000 Class B ordinary shares of nominal value $0.10 each and 2,890,480 restricted shares of nominal value $0.10 each, all of which were credited as fully paid; and

    b.
    pursuant to an authority granted by a resolution, passed as an ordinary resolution by our shareholders on April 18, 2014:

    i.
    1,038,660 existing Class B ordinary shares of nominal value $0.10 each were redesignated as Class A ordinary shares of nominal value $0.10; and

    ii.
    2,212,500 Series B preference shares of nominal value $0.10 each were redesignated as Class A ordinary shares of nominal value $0.10; and

    (v)
    between February 7, 2014 and September 30, 2015, we issued and allotted 4,150,517 restricted shares of nominal value $0.10 each from the exercise of restricted share options, which were credited as fully paid.

          Since our incorporation in 2013, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 1,163,400 restricted shares under our equity compensation plans at exercise prices ranging from $3.18 to $14.67 per share.

          Since our incorporation in 2013, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers 10,910,380 RSUs for our Class A ordinary shares under our equity compensation plans.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A ordinary shares will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Listing

          We have applied for the listing of our Class A ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TEAM".

169


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A ordinary shares, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options and issuances of shares upon vesting of RSUs, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales or issuances occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our Class A ordinary shares or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

          Based on our shares outstanding as of September 30, 2015, upon the completion of this offering, a total of             Class A ordinary shares and 155,803,022 Class B ordinary shares will be outstanding, assuming the automatic conversion of (i) all outstanding convertible Series A preference shares into 12,387,798 Class A ordinary shares, (ii) all outstanding restricted shares into 15,233,149 Class A ordinary shares and (iii) all outstanding convertible Series B preference shares into 15,046,180 Class B ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering. Of these shares, all of the Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by "affiliates", as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

          The remaining Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will be "restricted securities", as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Restricted securities may also be sold outside of the United States to non-U.S. persons in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S.

          Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as well as our insider trading policy, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market at various times beginning at least 135 days after the date of this prospectus.

Rule 144

          In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

          In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the number of Class A ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering; or

    the average weekly trading volume of our Class A ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

170


Table of Contents

          Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

          Rule 701 generally allows a shareholder who was issued shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Regulation S

          Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

Registration Rights

          Pursuant to a registration agreement, the holders of up to 13,385,820 Class A ordinary shares and 154,190,520 Class B ordinary shares (assuming the automatic conversion of all Series A preference shares and Series B preference shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering), or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See "Description of Share Capital—Registration Rights" for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares is registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

Lock-up Arrangements

          We, our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our shares have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of up to 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our company; provided, however, that our non-executive employees will be entitled to sell, subject to securities law limitations, up to         Class A ordinary shares beginning on the date that is at least two business days following our earnings release reporting our fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2016, provided that such date is at least 135 days following the date of this offering. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, at their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

          We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the ordinary shares issued or reserved for issuance under our equity plans and stand-alone option grants outside our plans. We expect to file this registration statement as promptly as possible after the completion of this offering. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable lock-up agreements and market standoff agreements.

171


Table of Contents


TAXATION

Material U.K. Tax Considerations

          The comments set out below are based on current United Kingdom tax law as applied in England and HM Revenue & Customs ("HMRC") practice (which may not be binding on HMRC) as of the date of this prospectus, both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect. They are intended as a general guide and apply only to our shareholders resident and, in the case of an individual, domiciled for tax purposes in the United Kingdom and to whom "split year" treatment does not apply (except insofar as express reference is made to the treatment of non-United Kingdom residents), who hold Class A ordinary shares as an investment and who are the absolute beneficial owners thereof. The discussion does not address all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the Class A ordinary shares. Certain categories of shareholders, including those carrying on certain financial activities, those subject to specific tax regimes or benefitting from certain reliefs or exemptions, those connected with us, those that own (or are deemed to own) 5% or more of our shares and/or voting power (either alone or together with connected persons) and those for whom the Class A ordinary shares are employment-related securities may be subject to special rules and this summary does not apply to such shareholders and any general statements made in this disclosure do not take them into account. This summary does not address any inheritance tax considerations.

          This summary is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be considered to be, legal or tax advice to any particular investor. It does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to specific investors in light of their particular circumstances or to investors subject to special treatment under U.K. tax law. In particular:

           POTENTIAL INVESTORS SHOULD SATISFY THEMSELVES PRIOR TO INVESTING AS TO THE OVERALL TAX CONSEQUENCES, INCLUDING, SPECIFICALLY, THE CONSEQUENCES UNDER U.K. TAX LAW AND HMRC PRACTICE OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSAL OF THE SHARES IN THEIR OWN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES BY CONSULTING THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS.

Taxation of Dividends

          We will not be required to withhold amounts on account of United Kingdom tax at source when paying a dividend.

          A United Kingdom resident individual shareholder who receives a dividend from us will generally be entitled to a tax credit which may be set off against the shareholder's total income tax liability. The tax credit will be equal to 10% of the aggregate of the dividend and the tax credit (the "gross dividend"), which is also equal to one-ninth of the cash dividend received.

          Therefore, a United Kingdom resident individual shareholder who is liable to income tax at the basic rate will be subject to tax on the dividend at the rate of 10% of the gross dividend, so that the tax credit will satisfy in full such shareholder's liability to income tax on the dividend.

          In the case of a United Kingdom resident individual shareholder who is liable to income tax at the higher rate, the tax credit will be set against but not fully match the shareholder's income tax liability on the gross dividend and such shareholder will have to account for additional income tax equal to 22.5% of the gross dividend (which is also equal to 25% of the cash dividend received) to the extent that the gross dividend, when treated as the top slice of the shareholder's income, falls above the threshold for higher rate income tax.

          In the case of a United Kingdom resident individual shareholder who is subject to income tax at the additional rate, the tax credit will also be set against but not fully match the shareholder's

172


Table of Contents

liability on the gross dividend and such shareholder will have to account for additional income tax equal to 27.5% of the gross dividend (which is also equal to approximately 30.6% of the cash dividend received) to the extent that the gross dividend when treated as the top slice of the shareholder's income falls above the threshold for additional rate income tax.

          A United Kingdom resident individual shareholder who is not liable to income tax in respect of the gross dividend and other United Kingdom resident taxpayers who are not liable to United Kingdom tax on dividends will not be entitled to claim repayment of the tax credit attaching to dividends paid by us.

          Although shareholders who are within the charge to corporation tax would strictly be subject to corporation tax on dividends paid by us (subject to special rules for such shareholders that are "small" companies), generally such dividends will fall within an exempt class and will not be subject to corporation tax (provided certain conditions are met and anti-avoidance rules are satisfied). Such shareholders will not be able to claim repayment of tax credits attaching to dividends. However, each shareholder's position will depend on its own individual circumstances and shareholders within the charge to corporation tax should consult their own professional advisers.

          Non-United Kingdom resident shareholders will not generally be able to claim repayment of any part of the tax credit attaching to dividends paid by us. A shareholder resident outside the United Kingdom may also be subject to foreign taxation on dividend income under local law. Shareholders who are not resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom should obtain their own tax advice concerning tax liabilities on dividends received from us.

Taxation of Capital Gains on Disposals of Class A ordinary shares

    U.K. Shareholders

          Shareholders who are resident in the United Kingdom, and individual shareholders who are temporarily non-resident and subsequently resume residence in the United Kingdom within a certain time, may depending on their circumstances and the availability of exemptions or reliefs (including, for example, the annual exempt amount for individuals and indexation allowance for corporate shareholders), be liable to United Kingdom taxation on chargeable gains in respect of gains arising from a sale or other disposal (or deemed disposal) of the Class A ordinary shares.

    Non-U.K. Shareholders

          An individual holder who is not a United Kingdom resident shareholder will not be liable to United Kingdom capital gains tax on chargeable gains realised on the disposal of his or her Class A ordinary shares unless such shareholder carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom to which the shares are attributable. In these circumstances, such shareholder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, be chargeable to United Kingdom capital gains tax on chargeable gains arising from a disposal of his or her shares.

          A corporate holder of shares who is not a United Kingdom resident shareholder will not be liable for United Kingdom corporation tax on chargeable gains realized on the disposal of its shares unless it carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment to which the shares are attributable. In these circumstances, a disposal of shares by such shareholder may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of United Kingdom corporation tax.

Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax ("SDRT")

           The statements in this section entitled "Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax ("SDRT")" are intended as a general guide to the current United Kingdom stamp duty and SDRT position. The

173


Table of Contents

discussion below relates to shareholders wherever resident, but investors should note that certain categories of person are not liable to stamp duty or SDRT and others may be liable at a higher rate or may, although not primarily liable for tax, be required to notify and account for SDRT under the Stamp Duty Reserve Tax Regulations 1986.

    General

          Except in relation to depositary receipt systems and clearance services (to which the special rules outlined below apply), no stamp duty or SDRT will arise on the issue of Class A ordinary shares in registered form by us.

          An agreement to transfer Class A ordinary shares will normally give rise to a charge to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable for the transfer. SDRT is, in general, payable by the purchaser.

          Instruments transferring Class A ordinary shares will generally be subject to stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the consideration given for the transfer (rounded up to the next £5). The purchaser normally pays the stamp duty.

          If a duly stamped transfer completing an agreement to transfer is produced within six years of the date on which the agreement is made (or, if the agreement is conditional, the date on which the agreement becomes unconditional), any SDRT already paid is generally repayable, normally with interest, and any SDRT charge yet to be paid is cancelled.

    Depositary Receipt Systems and Clearance Services

          Following the European Court of Justice decision in C-569/07 HSBC Holdings Plc, Vidacos Nominees Limited v. The Commissioners of Her Majesty's Revenue & Customs and the First-tier Tax Tribunal decision in HSBC Holdings Plc and The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation v. The Commissioners of Her Majesty's Revenue & Customs , HMRC has confirmed that a charge to 1.5% SDRT is no longer payable when new shares are issued to a clearance service (such as, in our understanding, DTC) or depositary receipt system.

          HMRC remains of the view that where Class A ordinary shares are transferred (a) to, or to a nominee or an agent for, a person whose business is or includes the provision of clearance services or (b) to, or to a nominee or an agent for, a person whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts, stamp duty or SDRT will generally be payable at the higher rate of 1.5% of the amount or value of the consideration given or, in certain circumstances, the value of the Class A ordinary shares.

          There is an exception from the 1.5% charge on the transfer to, or to a nominee or agent for, a clearance service where the clearance service has made and maintained an election under section 97A(1) of the Finance Act 1986 which has been approved by HMRC and which applies to the Class A ordinary shares. In these circumstances, SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable for the transfer will arise on any transfer of Class A ordinary shares into such an account and on subsequent agreements to transfer such Class A ordinary shares within such account. It is our understanding that DTC has not made an election under section 97A(1) of the Finance Act of 1986, and that therefore transfers or agreements to transfer shares held in book entry (i.e., electronic) form within the facilities of DTC should not be subject to U.K. stamp duty or SDRT.

          Any liability for stamp duty or SDRT in respect of a transfer into a clearance service or depositary receipt system, or in respect of a transfer within such a service, which does arise will strictly be accountable by the clearance service or depositary receipt system operator or their

174


Table of Contents

nominee, as the case may be, but will, in practice, be payable by the participants in the clearance service or depositary receipt system.

The Proposed Financial Transactions Tax ("FTT")

          On February 14, 2013, the European Commission published a proposal (the "Commission's Proposal") for a Directive for a common FTT in Belgium, Germany, Estonia, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Austria, Portugal, Slovenia and Slovakia (the "participating Member States").

          The Commission's Proposal has very broad scope and could, if introduced, apply to certain dealings in Class A ordinary shares (including secondary market transactions) in certain circumstances.

          Under the Commission's Proposal, the FTT could apply in certain circumstances to persons both within and outside of the participating Member States. Generally, it would apply to certain dealings in Class A ordinary shares where at least one party is a financial institution, and at least one party is established in a participating Member State. A financial institution may be, or be deemed to be, "established" in a participating Member State in a broad range of circumstances, including (a) by transacting with a person established in a participating Member State or (b) where the financial instrument which is subject to the dealings is issued in a participating Member State.

          Joint statements issued by participating Member States indicate an intention to implement the FTT by January 1, 2016.

          However, the FTT proposal remains subject to negotiation between the participating Member States, and the scope of any such tax uncertain. Additional EU Member States may decide to participate.

          Prospective holders of Class A ordinary shares are advised to seek their own professional advice in relation to the FTT.

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders

          The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of Class A ordinary shares by a U.S. holder (as defined below). This summary addresses only the U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. holders that are initial purchasers of the Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the offering and that will hold such Class A ordinary shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular U.S. holder. This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder of Class A ordinary shares that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation, the following:

    banks, financial institutions or insurance companies;

    brokers, dealers or traders in securities, currencies, commodities, or notional principal contracts;

    tax-exempt entities or organizations, including an "individual retirement account" or "Roth IRA" as defined in Section 408 or 408A of the Code (as defined below), respectively;

    real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts;

    persons that hold the Class A ordinary shares as part of a "hedging", "integrated" or "conversion" transaction or as a position in a "straddle" for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

175


Table of Contents

    partnerships (including entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other pass-through entities, or persons that will hold the Class A ordinary shares through such an entity;

    certain former citizens or long term residents of the United States;

    holders that own directly, indirectly, or through attribution 10% or more of the voting power or value of the Class A ordinary shares;

    holders that own directly, indirectly or through attribution Class B ordinary shares; and

    holders that have a "functional currency" for U.S. federal income tax purposes other than the U.S. dollar.

          Further, this summary does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, or alternative minimum tax considerations, or any U.S. state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares.

          This description is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; existing, proposed and temporary U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof. All the foregoing is subject to change, which change could apply retroactively, and to differing interpretations, all of which could affect the tax considerations described below. There can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") will not take a contrary or different position concerning the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares or that such a position would not be sustained. Holders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of the Class A ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

          For the purposes of this summary, a "U.S. holder" is a beneficial owner of Class A ordinary shares that is (or is treated as), for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation, or other entity that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

    a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust or has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

          If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in the Class A ordinary shares will depend in part upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of acquiring, owning and disposing of the Class A ordinary shares in its particular circumstances.

          As indicated below, this discussion is subject to U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to a "passive foreign investment company" ("PFIC").

           PERSONS CONSIDERING AN INVESTMENT IN CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES

176


Table of Contents

APPLICABLE TO THEM RELATING TO THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAX LAWS AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS.

Distributions

          Although we do not currently plan to pay dividends, and subject to the discussion in "— Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations ", below, the gross amount of any distribution (before reduction for any amounts withheld in respect of foreign withholding tax) actually or constructively received by a U.S. holder with respect to Class A ordinary shares will be taxable to the U.S. holder as a dividend to the extent of the U.S. holder's pro rata share of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. holder to the extent of, and will be applied against and reduce, the U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits and such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. holder as either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. holder has held the Class A ordinary shares for more than one year as of the time such distribution is received. However, since we do not calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that any distribution will be reported as a dividend, even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

          Non-corporate U.S. holders may qualify for the preferential rates of taxation with respect to dividends on Class A ordinary shares applicable to long-term capital gains ( i.e. , gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year) applicable to qualified dividend income (as discussed below) if we are a "qualified foreign corporation" and certain other requirements (discussed below) are met. A non-United States corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) generally will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (a) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which includes an exchange of information provision, or (b) with respect to any dividend it pays on Class A ordinary shares which are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. We expect that the Class A ordinary shares will be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, which is an established securities market in the United States, and we expect the Class A ordinary shares to be readily tradable on the NASDAQ Global Market. However, there can be no assurance that the Class A ordinary shares will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States in later years. Subject to the discussion in "— Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations ", below, such dividends will generally be "qualified dividend income" in the hands of individual U.S. holders, provided that a holding period requirement (more than 60 days of ownership, without protection from the risk of loss, during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date) and certain other requirements are met. The dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders.

          A U.S. holder generally may claim the amount of any United Kingdom withholding tax as either a deduction from gross income or a credit against U.S. federal income tax liability. However, the foreign tax credit is subject to numerous complex limitations that must be determined and applied on an individual basis. Generally, the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of a U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability that such U.S. holder's foreign source taxable income bears to such U.S. holder's worldwide taxable income. In applying this limitation, a U.S. holder's various items of income and deduction must be classified, under complex rules, as either "foreign source" or "U.S. source". In addition, this limitation is calculated separately with respect to specific

177


Table of Contents

categories of income. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the foreign tax credit rules.

          In general, the amount of a distribution paid to a U.S. holder in a foreign currency will be the dollar value of the foreign currency calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate on the day the U.S. holder receives the distribution, regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. holder realizes on a subsequent conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. If dividends received in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars on the day they are received, a U.S. holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of the Class A Ordinary Shares

          A U.S. holder will generally recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Class A ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized from such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder's tax basis for those Class A ordinary shares. Subject to the discussion in "— Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations " below, this gain or loss will generally be a capital gain or loss. The adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares generally will be equal to the cost of such Class A ordinary shares. Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Class A ordinary shares of a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally eligible for a preferential rate of taxation applicable to capital gains, if the non-corporate U.S. holder's holding period determined at the time of such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition for such Class A ordinary shares exceeds one year ( i.e. , such gain is long-term taxable gain). The deductibility of capital losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations under the Code. Any such gain or loss that a U.S. holder recognizes generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

          For a cash basis taxpayer, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the settlement date of the purchase or sale. In that case, no foreign currency exchange gain or loss will result from currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date of such a purchase or sale. An accrual basis taxpayer, however, may elect the same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to purchases and sales of the Class A ordinary shares that are traded on an established securities market, provided the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the IRS. For an accrual basis taxpayer who does not make such election, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the trade date of the purchase or sale. Such an accrual basis taxpayer may recognize exchange gain or loss based on currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. holder realizes will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

Net Investment Income Tax

          Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts may be subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their "net investment income", which may include all or a portion of their dividend income and net gains from the disposition of Class A ordinary shares. Each U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the applicability of the net investment income tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in the Class A ordinary shares.

178


Table of Contents

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

          If we are classified as a passive foreign investment company ("PFIC") in any taxable year, a U.S. holder would be subject to special rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. holder could derive from investing in a non-U.S. company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.

          A corporation organized outside the United States generally will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules with respect to the income and assets of its subsidiaries, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is "passive income" or (ii) at least 50% of the average quarterly value of its total gross assets (which, assuming we are not a controlled foreign corporation for the year being tested, would be measured by the fair market value of our assets) is attributable to assets that produce "passive income" or are held for the production of "passive income".

          We do not believe that we are a PFIC, and we do not expect to become a PFIC. However, our status in any taxable year will depend on our assets, income and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable years. If we were a PFIC for any taxable year while a taxable U.S. holder held our Class A ordinary shares, such U.S. holder would generally be taxed at ordinary income rates on any gain recognized from the sale or exchange of our Class A ordinary shares and on any dividends treated as "excess distributions" and interest charges generally applicable to underpayments of tax should apply to any taxes payable.

          If we are determined to be a PFIC, U.S. holders may be able to make certain elections that could alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status and would result in an alternative treatment of the Class A ordinary shares. Such elections include a "mark to market" election, a "deemed sale" election, and a "qualified electing fund" election. We may or may not be able to provide the information required to make any such elections, and U.S. holders should therefore not assume that any particular election will be available to them.

          If we are determined to be a PFIC, the general tax treatment for U.S. holders described in this section would apply to indirect distributions and gains deemed to be realized by U.S. holders in respect of any of our subsidiaries that also may be determined to be PFICs.

          If a U.S. holder owns Class A ordinary shares during any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, the U.S. holder generally will be required to file an IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with respect to the company, generally with the U.S. holder's federal income tax return for that year. If our company were a PFIC for a given taxable year, then you should consult your tax advisor concerning your annual filing requirements.

           The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are complex. Prospective U.S. investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to the Class A ordinary shares and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

          U.S. holders generally will be subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends on Class A ordinary shares and on the proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of Class A ordinary shares that are paid within the United States or through U.S.-related financial

179


Table of Contents

intermediaries, unless the U.S. holder is an "exempt recipient". In addition, U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding on such payments, unless the U.S. holder provides a taxpayer identification number and a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Certain Reporting Requirements With Respect to Payments of Offer Price

          U.S. holders paying more than U.S. $100,000 for the Class A ordinary shares generally may be required to file IRS Form 926 reporting the payment of the offer price for the Class A ordinary shares. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. holder that fails to comply. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor as to the possible obligation to file IRS Form 926.

Foreign Asset Reporting

          Certain U.S. holders who are individuals are required to report information relating to an interest in the Class A ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions) by filing IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their federal income tax return. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their information reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares.

           THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE OF IMPORTANCE TO A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTOR'S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

180


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

          We and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the Class A ordinary shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
 
Number of Shares
 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

                 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

                 

Allen & Company LLC

                 

UBS Securities LLC

                 

Jefferies LLC

                 

Canaccord Genuity Inc. 

                 

JMP Securities LLC

                 

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 

                 

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

                 

Total

                 

          The address of Goldman, Sachs & Co. is 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282. The address of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036.

          The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

          The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                  Class A ordinary shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any Class A ordinary shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

          The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase                      additional Class A ordinary shares.

 
 
No Exercise
 
Full Exercise
 

Per Share

  $               $              

Total

  $               $              

          Class A ordinary shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $           per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

          We and our officers, directors, and substantially all of our security holders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their Class A ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Class A ordinary shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives; provided,

181


Table of Contents

however, that our non-executive employees will be entitled to sell, subject to securities law limitations, up to           Class A ordinary shares beginning on the date that is at least two business days following our earnings release reporting our fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2016, provided that such date is at least 135 days following the date of this offering. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the Class A ordinary shares and other securities subject to this agreement described above in whole or in part at any time. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

          Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the Class A ordinary shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the Class A ordinary shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          An application has been made to list our Class A ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TEAM".

          In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell Class A ordinary shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A ordinary shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the other underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A ordinary shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A ordinary shares. As a result, the price of the Class A ordinary shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

182


Table of Contents

          The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered.

          We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately                      .

          We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, and employees may purchase, sell, or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and/or instruments (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise), and/or persons and entities that have relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.


European Economic Area

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the "Relevant Implementation Date") it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

    (a)
    to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

    (b)
    to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

    (c)
    to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

183


Table of Contents

    (d)
    in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.


United Kingdom

          Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

    (a)
    it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, "FSMA") received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA would not, if we were not an authorized person, apply to us; and

    (b)
    it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.


Hong Kong

          The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.


Singapore

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

184


Table of Contents

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.


Japan

          The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.


Switzerland

          The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (the "SIX") or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

          Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority ("FINMA"), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (the "CISA"). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.


Dubai International Financial Centre

          This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (the "DFSA"). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own

185


Table of Contents

due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.


Australia

          No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the "Corporations Act"), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

          Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the "Exempt Investors", who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

          The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

          This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.


New Zealand

          The shares offered hereby have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly in New Zealand and no offering materials or advertisements have been or will be distributed in relation to any offer of shares in New Zealand, in each case other than:

    (a)
    to persons whose principal business is the investment of money or who, in the course of and for the purposes of their business, habitually invest money; or

    (b)
    to persons who in all the circumstances can properly be regarded as having been selected otherwise than as members of the public; or

    (c)
    to persons who are each required to pay a minimum subscription price of at least NZ$500,000 for the shares before the allotment of those shares (disregarding any amounts payable, or paid, out of money lent by the issuer or any associated person of the issuer); or

    (d)
    in other circumstances where there is no contravention of the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand (or any statutory modification or re-enactment of, or statutory substitution for, the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand).

186


Table of Contents


Canada

          The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

          Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

          Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts ("NI 33-105"), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

187


Table of Contents


EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

          The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

SEC registration fee

  $ *  

FINRA filing fee

    *  

Exchange listing fee

    250,000  

Printing and engraving

    250,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    1,800,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

    1,400,000  

Custodian transfer agent and registrar fees

    500,000  

Miscellaneous

    100,000  

Total

  $ *  

*
To be completed by amendment.


SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF JUDGMENTS

          We are a public limited company organized under the laws of England. A number of our directors and executive officers reside outside the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets and a substantial portion of the assets of such persons, are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to serve legal process on us or our directors and executive officers or have any of them appear in a U.S. court.

          We understand that in England it may not be possible to bring proceedings or enforce a judgment of a U.S. court in respect of civil liabilities predicated on the federal securities laws of the United States. The English courts will not enforce (either directly or indirectly) a penal, revenue or other public law of a foreign state. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in England. An award of damages is usually considered to be punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is instead intended to punish the defendant. In addition, the enforceability of any judgment in England will depend on the particular facts of the case such as the nature of the judgment and whether the English court considered the U.S. court to have had jurisdiction. It will also depend on the laws and treaties in effect at that time. The United States and the United Kingdom do not currently have a treaty or convention providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, to enforce a judgment of a U.S. court, the party seeking to enforce the judgment must bring an action at common law in respect of the amount due under the judgment.


LEGAL MATTERS

          Goodwin Procter LLP, Menlo Park, California, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon certain legal matters with respect to U.S. federal law in connection with this offering. Certain legal matters with respect to English law in connection with the validity of the Class A ordinary shares being offered by this prospectus and other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Herbert Smith Freehills LLP, London, England. Cooley LLP, San Francisco, California, has acted as counsel to the underwriters in connection with this offering.

188


Table of Contents


EXPERTS

          The consolidated financial statements of Atlassian Corporation Plc at June 30, 2014 and 2015 and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2015, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

          The offices of Ernst & Young LLP are located at 560 Mission Street, San Francisco, California 94105.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A ordinary shares, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

          After this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers. Because we are a foreign private issuer, the SEC's rules do not require us to deliver proxy statements or to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, among other things. However, we plan to produce quarterly financial reports on Form 6-K and furnish them to the SEC not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of our fiscal year and to file our annual report on Form 20-F not later than 90 days after the end of our fiscal year. In addition, our directors and executive officers are not subject to short-swing profit liability and insider trading reporting obligations under section 16 of the Exchange Act. Our annual consolidated financial statements will be prepared in accordance with IFRS and certified by an independent public accounting firm.

          We also maintain a website at www.atlassian.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference.

189


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
 
Page
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   
F-3
 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

   
F-4
 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

   
F-5
 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

   
F-6
 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   
F-7
 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   
F-8
 

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Atlassian Corporation Plc

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Atlassian Corporation Plc (the "Company") as of June 30, 2014 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Atlassian Corporation Plc as of June 30, 2014 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2015, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

    /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California
August 21, 2015

F-2


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(U.S. $ and shares in thousands, except per share data)

 
   
  Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
  Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Notes   2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenues

                                   

Subscription

      $ 28,780   $ 51,007   $ 85,891   $ 17,176   $ 30,467  

Maintenance

        83,978     112,134     160,373     34,752     50,354  

Perpetual license

        32,789     44,186     57,373     12,917     15,501  

Other

        2,965     7,782     15,884     3,077     5,500  

Total revenues

  20     148,512     215,109     319,521     67,922     101,822  

Cost of revenues (1)(2)

        33,031     37,986     52,932     11,846     16,420  

Gross profit

        115,481     177,123     266,589     56,076     85,402  

Operating expenses

                                   

Research and development (1)

        57,301     78,640     140,853     29,225     45,460  

Marketing and sales (1)(2)

        18,795     34,968     67,989     11,997     16,262  

General and administrative (1)

        26,266     41,984     57,330     12,758     17,068  

Total operating expenses

        102,362     155,592     266,172     53,980     78,790  

Operating income

        13,119     21,531     417     2,096     6,612  

Other non-operating income (expense), net

  6     (1,918 )   608     (1,318 )   (881 )   (137 )

Finance income

        474     317     226     73     46  

Finance costs

        (272 )   (228 )   (74 )   (16 )   (8 )

Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)

        11,403     22,228     (749 )   1,272     6,513  

Income tax benefit (expense)

  8     (642 )   (3,246 )   7,524     2,311     (1,431 )

Net income

      $ 10,761   $ 18,982   $ 6,775   $ 3,583   $ 5,082  

Net income attributable to:

                                   

Owners of Atlassian Corporation Plc

      $ 10,761   $ 18,982   $ 6,775   $ 3,583   $ 5,082  

Net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

                                   

Basic

  17   $ 0.07   $ 0.11   $ 0.04   $ 0.02   $ 0.03  

Diluted

  17   $ 0.07   $ 0.11   $ 0.04   $ 0.02   $ 0.03  

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

                                   

Basic

  17     140,748     141,530     144,008     144,008     144,008  

Diluted

  17     142,558     143,602     145,500     145,488     145,513  

Pro forma net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders (unaudited):

                                   

Basic

  17               $ 0.04         $ 0.03  

Diluted

  17               $ 0.03         $ 0.02  

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders (unaudited) :

                                   

Basic

  17                 185,112           187,113  

Diluted

  17                 204,177           205,827  

(1)
Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

Cost of revenues

         $ 251   $ 625   $ 2,862   $ 452   $ 1,206  

Research and development

           1,189     5,120     22,842     4,632     5,921  

Marketing and sales

           583     2,068     6,670     1,142     2,742  

General and administrative

           1,468     3,551     9,160     1,700     4,227  
(2)
Amounts include amortization of intangible assets, as follows:

Cost of revenues

         $ 7,633   $ 7,591   $ 6,417   $ 1,622   $ 1,745  

Marketing and sales

           129     98     40     8     21  

   

The above consolidated statements of operations should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-3


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(U.S. $ in thousands)

 
   
  Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
  Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Notes   2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Net income

      $ 10,761   $ 18,982   $ 6,775   $ 3,583   $ 5,082  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                                   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  15     (11 )   25     118     (39 )   (37 )

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

        (11 )   25     118     (39 )   (37 )

Total comprehensive income

      $ 10,750   $ 19,007   $ 6,893   $ 3,544   $ 5,045  

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

                                   

Owners of Atlassian Corporation Plc

      $ 10,750   $ 19,007   $ 6,893   $ 3,544   $ 5,045  

   

The above consolidated statements of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with
the accompanying notes.

F-4


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(U.S. $ in thousands)

 
   
  June 30,    
 
 
   
  September, 30
2015
 
 
  Notes   2014   2015  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                         

Current assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

    13   $ 116,766   $ 187,094   $ 208,332  

Short-term investments

          45,235     30,251     15,057  

Trade and other receivables

    9     4,749     13,371     13,115  

Current tax receivables

          1,413     939     2,281  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

          3,040     6,976     8,717  

Total current assets

          171,203     238,631     247,502  

Non-current assets:

                         

Property and equipment, net

    10     16,038     41,948     42,029  

Deferred tax assets

    8     48,222     81,519     89,168  

Goodwill

    11     1,724     7,152     7,163  

Intangible assets, net

    11     18,984     21,099     19,352  

Other non-current assets

    13     5,867     6,812     8,941  

Total non-current assets

          90,835     158,530     166,653  

Total assets

        $ 262,038   $ 397,161   $ 414,155  

Liabilities

                         

Current liabilities:

                         

Trade and other payables

    13   $ 38,369   $ 52,636   $ 38,241  

Current tax liabilities

          276     973     109  

Provisions

    13     2,622     3,314     3,418  

Deferred revenue

          85,262     131,231     137,807  

Total current liabilities

          126,529     188,154     179,575  

Non-current liabilities:

                         

Deferred tax liabilities

    8     2,936     4,919     4,865  

Provisions

    13     1,756     1,873     1,772  

Deferred revenue

          3,921     5,334     5,459  

Other non-current liabilities

    13     1,567     6,827     6,505  

Total non-current liabilities

          10,180     18,953     18,601  

Total liabilities

        $ 136,709   $ 207,107   $ 198,176  

Equity

                         

Share capital

    14   $ 18,190   $ 18,461   $ 18,631  

Share premium

    15     2,677     5,744     6,989  

Capital redemption reserve

    15     98     98     98  

Merger reserve

    15     34,943     34,943     34,943  

Share-based payments reserve

    15     57,259     111,753     131,218  

Foreign currency translation reserve

    15     4,035     4,153     4,116  

Retained earnings

          8,127     14,902     19,984  

Total equity

        $ 125,329   $ 190,054   $ 215,979  

Total liabilities and equity

        $ 262,038   $ 397,161   $ 414,155  

   

The above consolidated statements of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-5


Table of Contents

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(U.S. $ in thousands)

 
 
Notes
 
Share
capital
 
Share
premium
 
Capital
redemption
reserve
 
Merger
reserve
 
Share-based
payments
reserve
 
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
 
Retained
earnings
(accumulated
losses)
 
Total
equity
 

Balance as of July 1, 2012

      $ 17,098   $   $   $ 28,444   $ 3,645   $ 4,021   $ (9,317 ) $ 43,891  

Comprehensive income:

                                                     

Net income

                                10,761     10,761  

Other comprehensive loss

                            (11 )       (11 )

Total comprehensive income

                            (11 )   10,761     10,750  

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

 

 

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Exercise of share options, net of early exercise

  14     214             1,193                 1,407  

Vesting of early exercised shares

  14     176             1,346                 1,522  

Dividends provided for or paid

  16                             (2,201 )   (2,201 )

Issue of share options

  14                     1,164             1,164  

Issue of preference shares

  14     39             1,960                 1,999  

Share-based payment

                        3,491             3,491  

Tax benefit from share plans

                        4,155             4,155  

        429             4,499     8,810         (2,201 )   11,537  

Balance as of June 30, 2013

        17,527             32,943     12,455     4,010     (757 )   66,178  

Comprehensive income:

                                                     

Net income

                                18,982     18,982  

Other comprehensive income

                            25         25  

Total comprehensive income

                            25     18,982     19,007  

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

 

 

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Exercise of share options, net of early exercise

  14, 15     576     2,677         1,056                 4,309  

Vesting of early exercised shares

  14, 15     87             944                 1,031  

Dividends provided for or paid

  16                             (10,000 )   (10,000 )

Issue of share options

  21                     910             910  

Issue of redeemable shares

  14     98                             98  

Redemption of redeemable shares

  14     (98 )       98                 (98 )   (98 )

Share-based payment

                        11,364             11,364  

Tax benefit from share plans

  8                     32,530             32,530  

        663     2,677     98     2,000     44,804         (10,098 )   40,144  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

        18,190     2,677     98     34,943     57,259     4,035     8,127     125,329  

Comprehensive income:

                                                     

Net income

                                6,775     6,775  

Other comprehensive income

                            118         118  

Total comprehensive income

                            118     6,775     6,893  

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

 

 

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Exercise of share options, net of early exercise

  14, 15     210     2,128                         2,338  

Vesting of early exercised shares

  14, 15     61     939                         1,000  

Share-based payment

                        41,534             41,534  

Tax benefit from share plans

  8                     12,960             12,960  

        271     3,067             54,494             57,832  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

        18,461     5,744     98     34,943     111,753     4,153     14,902     190,054  

Comprehensive income:

                                                     

Net income (unaudited)

                                5,082     5,082  

Other comprehensive income (unaudited)

                            (37 )       (37 )

Total comprehensive income (unaudited)

                            (37 )   5,082     5,045  

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

                                                     

Exercise of share options, net of early exercise (unaudited)

  14, 15     157     1,054                         1,211  

Vesting of early exercised shares (unaudited)

  14, 15     13     191                         204  

Share-based payment (unaudited)

                        14,096             14,096  

Tax benefit from share plans (unaudited)

  8                     5,369             5,369  

        170     1,245             19,465             20,880  

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

      $ 18,631   $ 6,989   $ 98   $ 34,943   $ 131,218   $ 4,116   $ 19,984   $ 215,979  

The above consolidated statements of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-6


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(U.S. $ in thousands)

 
   
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Notes   2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Operating activities

                                   

Income (loss) before income tax

      $ 11,403   $ 22,228   $ (749 ) $ 1,272   $ 6,513  

Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) before income tax to net cash provided by operating activities:

                                   

Depreciation and amortization

  10, 11     12,060     13,316     15,511     3,588     4,534  

Net loss on disposal of property and equipment

  10     52     32     71          

Net unrealized foreign currency (gain) loss

        1,842     (1,109 )   1,473     910     564  

Share-based payment expense

        3,491     11,364     41,534     7,926     14,096  

Accretion of interest

        272     226     54     11     4  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

  5     444     10     (155 )   (155 )    

Interest income

        (475 )   (318 )   (225 )   (73 )   (46 )

Changes in assets and liabilities:            

                                   

Trade and other receivables

        (63 )   (2,705 )   (8,483 )   (3,027 )   238  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets and other non-current assets

        (1,439 )   (4,064 )   (9,295 )   (300 )   (3,088 )

Trade and other payables, provisions and other non-current liabilities

        12,883     13,052     16,013     (9,550 )   (10,708 )

Deferred revenue

        18,567     24,785     47,381     9,043     6,701  

Interest received

        631     347     156     55     83  

Income tax paid, net of refunds

        (5,358 )   (1,884 )   (5,065 )   (46 )   (4,487 )

Net cash provided by operating activities

        54,310     75,280     98,221     9,654     14,404  

Investing activities

                                   

Business combinations, net of cash acquired

                (10,615 )   (3,200 )    

Purchases of property and equipment

  10     (7,246 )   (8,110 )   (31,776 )   (5,178 )   (6,155 )

Purchases of intangible assets

  11         (2,149 )   (900 )   (900 )    

Purchases of short-term investments and deposits

        (12,191 )   (45,498 )   (50,033 )   (19,236 )   (4,400 )

Proceeds from maturities of short-term investments and deposits

        7,095     11,641     64,758     19,368     19,582  

Payment of deferred consideration

        (100 )   (2,438 )           (1,025 )

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

        (12,442 )   (46,554 )   (28,566 )   (9,146 )   8,002  

Financing activities

                                   

Proceeds from exercise of share options, including early exercised options

        3,042     7,429     2,338     454     1,211  

Proceeds from issuance of preference shares

        2,000                  

Dividends paid to shareholders

  16     (2,201 )   (10,000 )            

Deferred offering costs

                        (1,745 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

        2,841     (2,571 )   2,338     454     (534 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

        (1,349 )   445     (1,665 )   (696 )   (634 )

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

        43,360     26,600     70,328     266     21,238  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

        46,806     90,166     116,766     116,766     187,094  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

      $ 90,166   $ 116,766   $ 187,094   $ 117,032   $ 208,332  

Purchase of property and equipment, accrued but not paid

      $ 10   $ 1,208   $ 4,494   $ 496   $ 1,209  

   

The above consolidated statements of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-7


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

1. Corporate Information

          The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Atlassian Corporation Plc (the "Company") and its subsidiaries (together, "Atlassian" or the "Group") for the year ended June 30, 2015 were authorized for issue in accordance with a resolution of the audit committee of the Board of Directors on August 21, 2015.

          The principal activities of the Group during the year were the designing, developing, licensing and maintaining of software and the provisioning of software hosting services to help teams organize, discuss and complete their work. The Group's products include JIRA for team planning and project management, Confluence for team content creation and sharing, HipChat for team messaging and communications, Bitbucket for team code sharing and management and JIRA Service Desk for team services and support applications.

          Atlassian Corporation Plc is a public company limited by shares, incorporated and registered in the United Kingdom. The registered office is located at Exchange House, Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EG, c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP. Information on the Group's structure is provided in Note 4, "Group information". Information on other related party relationships of the Group is provided in Note 19, "Related party transactions".

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

          The significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These accounting policies have been consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise stated.

          The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in applying the Group's accounting policies. The areas that require a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in Note 3, "Critical accounting estimates and judgments".

Basis of Preparation

          The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"), which includes all standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") and related interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for financial assets and liabilities that have been measured at fair value through profit or loss.

          All amounts included in the Consolidated Financial Statements are reported in thousands of U.S. dollars ($ in thousands) except where otherwise stated. Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this document may not add up precisely to the totals provided and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.

          The accompanying consolidated statements of financial position as of September 30, 2015, the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, and cash flows for the three

F-8


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, and the consolidated statements of changes in equity for the three months ended September 30, 2015 and related footnote information are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Group's financial position as of September 30, 2015, and the results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to these three month periods are unaudited. The results of the three months ended September 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending June 30, 2016 or for any other future period.

          The Group operates as a single cash-generating unit ("CGU") and as a single operating segment, which is also its reporting segment. An operating segment is defined as a component of an entity for which discrete financial information is available and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. The Group's chief operating decision makers are the Group's co-founders and chief executive officers, who review operating results to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance based on consolidated financial information. Accordingly, the Group has determined it operates in one operating segment.

Reorganization

          In February 2014, the shareholders of the former parent company, Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd. (the "Former Parent Company"), approved a formal business entity reorganization whereby Atlassian Corporation Plc, a United Kingdom public limited company, became the parent of the Group (the "Reorganization"). Immediately subsequent to the Reorganization, shareholders of the Company had the same economic interest in the Company as they had in the Former Parent Company immediately prior to the Reorganization. Similarly, holders of restricted share options and Class B ordinary share options in the Former Parent Company also received a reciprocal option for restricted shares and Class B ordinary share options (as applicable) in the Company.

          The Reorganization has been accounted for as a capital reorganization. The consolidated financial statements are therefore presented as if the Company had been the parent company of the Group throughout the periods presented. No reclassifications or adjustments to previously reported figures and no changes in the operations of the Group resulted from this change.

Principles of Consolidation

          The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of the Company, and the results of operations of all subsidiaries.

          Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies so as to obtain benefits from their activities. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Group controls another entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control

F-9


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

is transferred to the Group. From the date that control ceases, these entities are no longer consolidated.

          The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Company, using consistent accounting policies. Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealized intercompany losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of the impairment of the asset transferred.

Foreign currency translation

          The Group's consolidated financial statements are presented using the U.S. dollar, which is the Company's functional currency. The Group determines the functional currency for each entity in accordance with International Accounting Standard ("IAS") 21, The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates, based on the currency of the primary economic environment in which each subsidiary operates, and items included in the financial statements of such entity are measured using that functional currency. The Group uses the direct method of consolidation, and on disposal of a foreign operation, the gain or loss that is reclassified to profit or loss reflects the amount that arises from using this method.

Transactions and balances

          Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the Group entities at their respective functional currency spot rates at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the functional currency spot rate of exchange at the reporting date.

          All differences arising on settlement or translation of monetary items are recorded in other non-operating income (expense) on the consolidated statements of operations, with the exception of monetary items that are designated as part of the Group's net investment in foreign operations. These differences on translation of the foreign operations account are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) until the net investment is disposed. At the time of disposal, the cumulative amount is reclassified to foreign currency translation on the consolidated statements of operations.

          Certain non-monetary items, such as property and equipment, which are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency, are translated using the exchange rates as of the dates of the initial transactions. Certain non-monetary items initially measured at fair value in a foreign currency, such as intangible assets, are translated using the exchange rates as of the date when the fair value is determined.

Group companies

          On consolidation, assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date and their income statements are translated at

F-10


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

average exchange rates. The exchange differences arising on translation for consolidation are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss).

          Any goodwill arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation and any fair value adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities arising on the acquisition are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the spot rate of exchange at the reporting date.

Revenue recognition

          The Group primarily derives revenues from subscription, maintenance, perpetual license, and training and other services.

          Revenue is recognized in line with the requirements as stated in IAS 18, Revenue , when evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the customer, the amount of revenue and associated costs can be measured reliably, and collection of the related receivable is probable. In the absence of industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance under IFRS, the Group looks to generally accepted accounting principles adopted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP") when establishing policies related to revenue recognition. The Group's revenue recognition policy considers the guidance provided by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Subtopic 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition , and FASB ASC Subtopic 605-25, Multiple-Element Arrangements , where applicable, as authorized by IAS 8, Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors .

          If, at the outset of an arrangement, revenue cannot be measured reliably, revenue recognition is deferred until the arrangement fee becomes due and payable by the customer. Additionally, if, at the outset of an arrangement, it is determined that collectability is not probable, revenue recognition is deferred until the earlier of when collectability becomes probable or payment is received. The Group enters into arrangements directly with end users as well as indirectly through value added channel partners ("Experts") and resellers. Revenue recognition for indirect customers is the same as for direct customers as the terms of sale are substantially the same.

Subscription revenue

          Subscription revenue represents fees earned from subscription-based arrangements for: (1) cloud-based services for providing customers the right to use software in a cloud-based-infrastructure provided by the Group, where the customer does not have the right to terminate the hosting contract and take possession of the software without significant penalty; and (2) software licensed for a specified period, in which fees for support and maintenance are bundled with the license fee over the entire term of the license period. Subscription-based arrangements generally have a contractual term of one to twelve months. Subscription revenue is recognized ratably as the services are performed, commencing with the date the service is made available to customers and all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied.

F-11


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Maintenance revenue

          Maintenance revenue represents fees earned from providing customers unspecified future updates, upgrades and enhancements and technical product support for perpetual license products on an if and when available basis. The first year of maintenance is purchased concurrently with the purchase of perpetual licenses, and subsequent renewals extend for an additional year in most cases. Maintenance services are priced as a percentage of the total product sale, and a substantial majority of customers elect to renew software support contracts annually at standard list maintenance renewal pricing. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the support period. For these arrangements, revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance arrangements.

Perpetual license revenue

          Perpetual license revenue represents fees earned from the license of software to customers for use on the customer's premises. Software is licensed on a perpetual basis, subject to a standard licensing agreement. The Group recognizes revenue on the license portion of perpetual license arrangements on the date of product delivery in substantially all situations.

Other revenue

          Other revenues include fees received for sales of third-party add-ons and extensions in the Group's online marketplace, Atlassian Marketplace, and for training services. Revenue from the sale of third-party vendor products via Atlassian Marketplace is recognized net of the vendor liability portion as the Group functions as an agent in the relationship. The Group's revenue portion is recognized on the date of product delivery given that the Group has no future obligations. Revenue from training is recognized as delivered or as the rights to receive training expire.

Multiple-element arrangements

          Many of the Group's arrangements include purchases of both software related products and services. For these software related multiple-element arrangements, the Group applies the residual method to determine the amount of software license revenue to be recognized. The Group first allocates fair value to elements of a software related multiple-element arrangement based on its fair value as determined by vendor specific objective evidence ("VSOE"), with any remaining amount allocated to the software license. The Group determines VSOE based on its historical pricing for a specific product or service when sold separately and when a substantial majority of the selling prices for these services fall within a narrow range.

          Cloud-based arrangements may be purchased alongside other services that are intended to be used with the cloud offering. Such arrangements are considered to be non-software multiple-element arrangements. The Group accordingly allocates revenue to each element considered to be a separate unit of accounting using the relative selling prices of each unit.

          The relative selling price for each element is based upon the following selling price hierarchy: VSOE if available, third-party evidence ("TPE") if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price if

F-12


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

neither VSOE nor TPE are available. Historically, the Group has established VSOE for all non-software elements using the same methodology applied to software-related elements, as a substantial majority of the selling prices for these elements fall within a narrow range when sold separately.

          If the Group enters into an arrangement with both software and non-software deliverables, the Group will first allocate the total arrangement consideration based on the relative selling prices of the software group of elements as a whole and the non-software elements. The Group then further allocates consideration within the software group in accordance with the residual method described above.

          The revenue amount allocated to each element is recognized when the revenue recognition criteria described above have been met for the respective element.

Taxation

Current tax

          Current income tax assets and/or liabilities comprise amounts expected to be recovered or paid to HM Revenue & Customs, the Australian Taxation Office, the United States Internal Revenue Service and other fiscal authorities relating to the current or prior reporting periods, which are unpaid at the reporting date. Current tax is payable on taxable income that differs from the consolidated statements of operations in the financial statements due to permanent and temporary timing differences. The calculation of current tax is based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax

          The Group uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities represent temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and their corresponding tax basis used in the computation of taxable income. Deferred tax however is not recognized on the initial recognition of goodwill, or the initial recognition of an asset or liability (other than in a business combination) in a transaction that affects neither tax nor accounting income.

          Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax liabilities are generally provided for in full.

          Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future and it is probable that they will be able to be utilized against future taxable income, based on the Group's forecast of future operating results. Deferred tax assets are adjusted for significant non-taxable income, expenses and specific limits on the use of any unused tax loss or credit. Unrecognized deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable income will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

F-13


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

          Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated, without discounting, at tax rates and laws that are expected to apply to their respective period of realization, provided the tax rates and laws are enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable income will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized.

          Deferred tax liabilities and assets are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognized as a component of tax income or expense in the consolidated statements of operations, except where they relate to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) or directly in equity, in which case the related deferred tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) or equity, respectively. Where deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.

Share-based payments

          Employees of the Group receive, in part, remuneration for services rendered in the form of share-based payments, which are considered equity-settled transactions. The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognized, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance or service conditions are fulfilled. The cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Company's best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The share-based payment expense for each reporting period reflects the movement in cumulative expense recognized at the beginning and end of that period. The Group follows the accelerated method of expense recognition for share-based awards, as the awards vest in tranches over the vesting period.

          The estimation of share awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates are revised. Actual results, and future changes in estimates, may differ substantially from current estimates.

          If an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had forfeited on the date of cancellation, and any expense previously recognized for unvested shares is immediately reversed.

Leases

          The determination of whether an arrangement is or contains a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at the inception date, whether fulfillment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets or the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset, even if that right is not explicitly specified in an arrangement.

          Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not transferred to the Group as lessee are classified as operating leases. Expenses incurred in operating leases

F-14


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(net of any incentives received from the lessor) are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Operating lease incentives are recognized as a liability when received and subsequently reduced by allocating lease payments between rental expense and a reduction of the liability.

Business combinations

          Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method at the acquisition date, which is the date on which control is transferred. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, measured at the acquisition date fair value and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. Settlements of pre-existing relationships are not included in the consideration transferred and are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured at their fair values at the acquisition date. Upon acquisition, the Group recognizes any non-controlling interests in the acquiree either at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree's identifiable net assets. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred and included in general and administrative expenses. Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value at the date of exchange.

Goodwill

          Goodwill is initially measured at cost, which is the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognized for the non-controlling interest over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

          If this consideration is lower than the fair value of the net of these assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the difference is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost, less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to the Group's CGU that is expected to benefit from the combination, regardless of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units.

          Where goodwill forms part of a CGU and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on the disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured based on the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the CGU retained.

Cash and cash equivalents

          Cash and cash equivalents in the statements of financial position comprise cash at banks, short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less when initially recorded, and low-risk, highly liquid money market funds. Cash equivalents also include amounts due from third-party credit card processors as they are both short-term and highly liquid in nature and are typically converted to cash within three days of the sales transaction.

F-15


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Trade receivables

          Trade receivables are recognized at fair value, less a provision for impairment. Trade receivables are unsecured and substantially all are due for settlement within 30 days of recognition. They are presented as current assets unless collection is not expected for more than 12 months after the reporting date.

          Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Debts that are known to be uncollectible are written off by reducing the carrying amount directly. An allowance for doubtful accounts (provision for impairment of trade receivables) is used when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganization, and default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired.

          The amount of the impairment loss is recognized within general and administrative expenses. When a trade receivable for which an impairment allowance had been recognized becomes uncollectible in a subsequent period, it is written off against an allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against other expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Investments

Classification

          The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, held-to-maturity investments and available-for-sale financial assets, as appropriate. The Group determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition and the classification depends on the purpose for which the investments were acquired. In the case of assets classified as held-to-maturity, management re-evaluates this designation at the end of each reporting period. The Group's financial assets include cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, tax receivables, and short-term and long-term deposits with fixed interest rates.

Recognition and derecognition

          Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Measurement

          At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in the consolidated statements of operations.

          Held-to-maturity investments are subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective-interest method.

F-16


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Impairment

          The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset and that loss event has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.

          If there is evidence of impairment for any of the Group's financial assets carried at amortized cost, the loss is measured as the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred. The cash flows are discounted at the financial asset's original effective interest rate. The loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

          If a held-to-maturity investment has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract. As a practical expedient, the Group may measure impairment on the basis of an instrument's fair value using an observable market price. If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized (such as an improvement in the debtor's credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

Fair value estimation

          The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities must be estimated for recognition and measurement or for disclosure purposes. The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices as of the statement of financial position date. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price.

          The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing as of the statement of financial position date. Other techniques, such as estimated discounted cash flows, are used to determine fair value for the remaining financial instruments. The fair value of forward exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange market rates as of the statement of financial position date.

          The carrying value, less the impairment provision of trade receivables and payables, is assumed to approximate the fair value due to their short-term nature. The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

Property and equipment

          Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Historical cost includes expenditures directly attributable to the acquisition of the assets. Subsequent costs are included in the asset's carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will

F-17


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

          Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost over the estimated useful lives or, in the case of leasehold improvements and certain leased equipment, the lease term if shorter. The estimated useful lives for each asset class are as follows:

Equipment

  3 - 5 years

Computer hardware and computer-related software

  3 - 5 years

Furniture and fittings

  5 - 10 years

Leasehold improvements

  Shorter of the lease term or 7 years

Research and development

          Research and development includes the employee and hardware costs incurred for the development of new products, enhancements and updates of existing products and quality assurance activities. These costs incurred internally from development of computer software are capitalized only when technological feasibility has been established for the solution. To establish technological feasibility, the Group must demonstrate it intends to complete development and the solution will be available for sale or internal use, it is probable the solution will generate future economic benefits, and the Group has the ability to reliably measure the expenditure attributable to the solution during its development. The Group has determined that technological feasibility of software solutions is reached shortly before the solution is released or deployed. The Company has not capitalized any research and development costs.

Deferred offering costs

          Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting and other fees directly related to the initial public offering, are capitalized and included in other non-current assets in the consolidated statements of financial position. Deferred offering costs will be offset against our initial public offering proceeds upon the effectiveness of the offering.

Intangible assets

          Intangible assets acquired separately or in a business combination are initially measured at cost. The cost of an intangible asset acquired in a business combination is its fair value as of the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost, net of accumulated amortization.

          The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful life using the straight-line method. The amortization period and the amortization method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least annually at each fiscal year end. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are accounted for prospectively by changing the amortization period or method, as appropriate, which is a change in an accounting estimate. The amortization expense on intangible assets with finite lives is

F-18


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the expense category, consistent with the function of the intangible asset.

          The estimated useful lives for each intangible asset class are as follows:

Patents, trademarks and other rights

  2 - 7 years

Customer relationships

  2 - 4 years

Software

  3 - 10 years

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets

          Goodwill is tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of the Group's fiscal year and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is determined for goodwill by assessing the recoverable amount of the CGU. When the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

          Intangible assets are tested for impairment annually, during the fourth quarter, and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. When the recoverable amount of an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized.

          The residual values and useful lives of long-lived assets are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted if appropriate. An asset's carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset's carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs to sell, recent market transactions are taken into account, if available. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used.

Provisions and accrued liabilities

          Provisions and accrued expenses are recognized when the Group has a present obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

          Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

          Provisions are measured at the present value of management's best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of each reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as finance costs.

F-19


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Shareholders' equity

          Preference, ordinary and restricted shares are classified as equity. When the Group purchases its own equity instruments, for example as the result of a share buyback or a share-based payment plan, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes), is deducted from equity attributable to the owners of the Company as treasury shares, until the shares are cancelled or reissued. When such ordinary shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the owners of the Company.

          Refer to Note 14, "Shareholders' Equity", for the terms and conditions on preference, ordinary and restricted shares.

Dividends

          Provision is made for any dividend declared, being appropriately authorized and no longer at the discretion of the entity, on or before the end of the reporting period but not distributed at the end of the reporting period.

Royalties

          Royalties payable are recognized as an expense on an accruals basis in accordance with the applicable royalty agreement.

Changes in accounting standards

          No new accounting standards were adopted by the Group during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 or the three months ended September 30, 2015 that had a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

New accounting standards not yet adopted

          In July 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 9, Financial Instruments , which replaces IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . The standard applies to the classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities and will be effective for the Group beginning in the fiscal year ending June 30, 2019. The Group has not yet completed the determination of the impact to the consolidated financial statements.

          In May 2014, the IASB (in a joint effort with the FASB) issued IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which supersedes most current revenue recognition requirements. The standard establishes a principle for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also requires new disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The standard is effective for the Group beginning for its fiscal year ending June 30, 2019, and early application is permitted under IFRS. The Group is currently in the process of assessing the adoption methodology, which allows the amendment to be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented, or with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial application. The

F-20


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Group is also currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of the standard on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Critical accounting estimates and judgments

          The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Management continually evaluates its judgments and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenues and expenses. Management bases its judgments and estimates on historical experience and on other various factors it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the result of which forms the basis of the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect the financial results or the financial position reported in future periods.

          Management has identified the following critical accounting policies for which significant judgments, estimates and assumptions are made.

Significant accounting judgments

Taxation

          Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences for which management considers it is probable that future taxable income will be available to utilize those temporary differences. Significant management judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable income, together with future tax-planning strategies.

          Management judgment is required to determine the extent to which deferred tax assets should be recognized based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable income available to utilize the Group's deferred tax benefits. Assumptions about the generation of future taxable income depend on management's estimates of future cash flows, future business expectations, capital expenditure, dividends, and other capital management transactions.

          Management judgment is also required in relation to the application of income tax legislation, which involves an element of inherent risk and uncertainty. Where management judgment is found to be misplaced, some or all of recognized deferred tax asset and liability carrying amounts may require adjustment, resulting in a corresponding credit or charge to the consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of non-financial assets

          The Group assesses impairment of all assets at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the Group and to the particular asset that may lead to impairment. These include product performance, technology, economic and political environments, and future product expectations. If an impairment trigger exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is determined. No indicators of impairment existed that were significant enough to warrant such assets to be tested for

F-21


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

3. Critical accounting estimates and judgments (Continued)

impairment in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015. Through September 30, 2015, no impairment losses have been identified.

Significant accounting estimates and assumptions

Revenue

          As described in the Group's revenue accounting policy, revenue will be recognized when all criteria are met in accordance with IAS 18, Revenue . Most of the Group's revenue-generating arrangements include more than one deliverable. Assumptions have to be applied in order to determine when to account for deliverables separately and how to allocate the total arrangement fee to its individual elements. The Group does not allocate different deliverables under one arrangement separately if a basis for allocating the overall arrangement fee cannot be identified. The Group has concluded that a reasonable allocation basis exists if vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value can be established for each undelivered software element in an arrangement. However, estimation is required and the Group's conclusions around the approach to allocate fair value may significantly impact the timing and amount of revenue recognized.

Share-based payment transactions

          The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined by using the Black-Scholes model for restricted share options and a Monte Carlo-based model for restricted share units ("RSUs") based on the valuation of restricted shares. The accounting estimates and assumptions relating to equity-settled share-based payments may impact expenses, equity and the carrying amounts of liabilities within the next financial reporting period.

F-22


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

4. Group information

          As of June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015, the Group's subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned, are as follows:

Name
  Country of Incorporation
Atlassian (UK) Limited   United Kingdom
Atlassian (Australia) Limited   United Kingdom
Atlassian (Global) Limited   United Kingdom
Atlassian (UK) Operations Limited   United Kingdom
Atlassian, Inc.    United States of America
Atlassian LLC   United States of America
Atlassian Network Services, Inc.    United States of America
CompanyLine Corporation   United States of America
Atlassian Australia 1 Pty Ltd   Australia
Atlassian Australia 2 Pty Ltd   Australia
Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd.    Australia
Atlassian Pty Ltd   Australia
Atlassian Capital Pty. Ltd.    Australia
MITT Australia Pty Ltd   Australia
MITT Trust   Australia
Atlassian K.K.    Japan
Atlassian Germany GmbH   Germany
Atlassian B.V.    Netherlands
Atlassian Philippines, Inc.    Philippines
Atlassian France SAS   France
SIP Communicator Ltd.    Bulgaria

5. Financial risk management

          The Group's activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group's overall risk management approach focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the financial performance of the Group.

          Management regularly reviews the Group's risk objectives to ensure that risks are identified and managed appropriately. The Board of Directors is made aware of and reviews management's risk assessments prior to entering into significant transactions.

Market risk

Foreign exchange risk

          The Group operates globally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from exposure to various currencies, primarily the Australian dollar, British pound, Euro, Japanese yen, Philippine peso and Swiss franc. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions and

F-23


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

5. Financial risk management (Continued)

recognized financial assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. Management has set up a policy requiring the Group entities to monitor their foreign exchange risk against their functional currency.

          The Group had the following exposures to foreign currencies, which are not externally hedged:

 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

                   

Australian dollar

  $ 2,560   $ 5,674   $ 5,681  

British pound

        1,081     906  

Euro

    637     741     204  

Japanese yen

    16     240     156  

Philippine peso

    33     717     617  

  $ 3,246   $ 8,453   $ 7,564  

Trade receivables

                   

Australian dollar

  $ 553   $ 674   $ 440  

British pound

    32     14     30  

Euro

    197     125     183  

Philippine peso

    27     192     208  

  $ 809   $ 1,005   $ 861  

Short-term investments

                   

Australian dollar

  $   $   $ 17  

Current tax receivables

                   

Australian dollar

  $   $ 851   $ 697  

Euro

        113     58  

  $   $ 964   $ 755  

Other non-current assets

                   

Australian dollar

  $ 482   $ 463   $ 339  

Euro

    62          

Japanese yen

    41         79  

Philippine peso

    63     116     112  

Swiss franc

    224     229     206  

  $ 872   $ 808   $ 736  

F-24


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

5. Financial risk management (Continued)


 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Trade and other payables

                   

Australian dollar

  $ 8,194   $ 9,403   $ 4,700  

Euro

    1,203     874     646  

British pound

    98     128     147  

Japanese yen

    131     131     83  

Philippine peso

    60     183     120  

  $ 9,686   $ 10,719   $ 5,696  

Current tax liabilities

                   

Euro

  $ 59   $ 37   $ 16  

Japanese yen

    83     120     29  

Philippine peso

        76     61  

  $ 142   $ 233   $ 106  

Other non-current liabilities

                   

Australian dollar

  $ 2,366   $ 2,932   $ 2,192  

Euro

    12          

Japanese yen

    19     10     8  

Philippine peso

        36     31  

  $ 2,397   $ 2,978   $ 2,231  

F-25


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

5. Financial risk management (Continued)

          The table below illustrates the sensitivity of the Group's financial assets and liabilities to foreign exchange and the impact a change in the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies as shown above would have on the Group's financial operations.

 
   
  Foreign Exchange Risk  
 
   
  –10%   +10%  
 
  Carrying
Amount
  Income   Other
Equity
  Loss   Other
Equity
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

As of June 30, 2014

                               

Financial assets:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 116,766   $ 263   $ 62   $ (263 ) $ (62 )

Short-term investments

    45,235                  

Trade and other receivables

    4,749     59     24     (59 )   (24 )

Current tax receivables

    1,413                  

Other non-current assets

    3,040     71     17     (71 )   (17 )

Total exposure from financial assets

        $ 393   $ 103   $ (393 ) $ (103 )

F-26


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

5. Financial risk management (Continued)

 
   
  Foreign Exchange Risk  
 
   
  –10%   +10%  
 
  Carrying
Amount
  Income   Other
Equity
  Loss   Other
Equity
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Financial liabilities:

                               

Trade and other payables

  $ 38,369   $ (849 ) $ (120 ) $ 849   $ 120  

Current tax liabilities

    276         (14 )       14  

Other non-current liabilities

    1,567     (237 )   (3 )   237     3  

Total exposure from financial liabilities

        $ (1,086 ) $ (137 ) $ 1,086   $ 137  

As of June 30, 2015

                               

Financial assets:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 187,094   $ 571   $ 274   $ (571 ) $ (274 )

Short-term investments

    30,251                  

Trade and other receivables

    13,371     65     39     (65 )   (39 )

Current tax receivables

    939     85     17     (85 )   (17 )

Other non-current assets

    6,976     69     12     (69 )   (12 )

Total exposure from financial assets

        $ 790   $ 342   $ (790 ) $ (342 )

Financial liabilities:

                               

Trade and other payables

  $ 52,636   $ (929 ) $ (145 ) $ 929   $ 145  

Current tax liabilities

    973     6     (29 )   (6 )   29  

Other non-current liabilities

    6,827     (293 )   (5 )   293     5  

Total exposure from financial liabilities

        $ (1,216 ) $ (179 ) $ 1,216   $ 179  

As of September 30, 2015

                               

Financial assets:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents (unaudited)

  $ 208,332   $ 573   $ 183   $ (573 ) $ (183 )

Short-term investments (unaudited)

    15,057     2         (2 )    

Trade and other receivables (unaudited)

    13,115     42     46     (42 )   (46 )

Current tax receivables (unaudited)

    2,281     70     6     (70 )   (6 )

Other non-current assets (unaudited)

    8,717     54     20     (54 )   (20 )

Total exposure from financial assets (unaudited)

        $ 741   $ 255   $ (741 ) $ (255 )

Financial liabilities:

                               

Trade and other payables (unaudited)              

  $ 38,241   $ (468 ) $ (102 ) $ 468   $ 102  

Current tax liabilities (unaudited)                    

    109         (11 )       11  

Other non-current liabilities (unaudited)              

    6,505     (219 )   (4 )   219     4  

Total exposure from financial liabilities (unaudited)

        $ (687 ) $ (117 ) $ 687   $ 117  

F-27


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

5. Financial risk management (Continued)

          The above sensitivity analyses are not representative of the actual risk inherent to the Group's financial assets and liabilities, as the exposure at the end of the reporting period does not reflect the exposure during the period.

Interest rate risk

          The Group's exposure to interest rate risk is low, as 87% of its financial assets and 94% of its financial liabilities as of June 30, 2015 and 93% of its financial assets and 92% of its financial liabilities as of September 30, 2015 were current and have maturities less than three months, thereby reducing the Group's exposure to interest rate fluctuations. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value, as they are highly liquid and short-term in nature.

          Short-term and long-term investments held by the Group are in the form of term deposits with fixed interest rates, thereby limiting any exposure related to interest rate fluctuations. The Group does not have any long-term debt or financial liabilities with floating interest rates that would subject it to interest rate fluctuations. Based on such facts, the Group considers interest rate fluctuations to have a minimal impact on its future cash outflows.

Credit risk

          Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. The Group has a minimum credit rating requirement for banks and financial institutions with which it transacts.

          The Group's customer base is highly diversified, thereby limiting credit risk. The Group manages its credit risk with customers by closely monitoring its receivables. Sales are typically settled using major credit cards, mitigating credit risk. No one customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenues during each of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 or 2015 and the three months ended September 30, 2014 or 2015.

Liquidity risk

Maturities of Financial Assets and Liabilities

          The following tables present the Group's financial assets and liabilities based on their contractual maturities. The amounts disclosed in the tables are the contractual, undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not significant. The Group evaluated its liquidity risk based on its cash inflows and outflows for the next 12 months and concluded it to be low. The Group had sufficient cash in the short term as of June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015 to meet its long-term cash outflows and it does not expect the impact of a discounted cash flow analysis to change the conclusion of its risk assessment. The Group's long-term commitments representing its undiscounted future cash outflows are disclosed in Note 18, "Commitments".

F-28


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

5. Financial risk management (Continued)

          Contractual maturities of current financial assets and liabilities is as follows:

 
  Up to
Three Months
  Four to
12 Months
  Total
Contractual
Cash Flows
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

As of June 30, 2014

                   

Financial assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 116,766   $   $ 116,766  

Short-term investments

    15,235     30,000     45,235  

Trade and other receivables

    4,528     221     4,749  

Current tax receivables

        1,413     1,413  

Financial liabilities:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Trade and other payables

    (37,275 )   (1,094 )   (38,369 )

Current tax liabilities

        (276 )   (276 )

Provisions

        (2,622 )   (2,622 )

  $ 99,254   $ 27,642   $ 126,896  

As of June 30, 2015

                   

Financial assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 187,094   $   $ 187,094  

Short-term investments

    211     30,040     30,251  

Trade and other receivables

    13,222     149     13,371  

Current tax receivables

        939     939  

Financial liabilities:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Trade and other payables

    (52,636 )       (52,636 )

Current tax liabilities

    (973 )       (973 )

Provisions

        (3,314 )   (3,314 )

  $ 146,918   $ 27,814   $ 174,732  

As of September 30, 2015

                   

Financial assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents (unaudited)

  $ 208,332   $   $ 208,332  

Short-term investments (unaudited)

        15,057     15,057  

Trade and other receivables (unaudited)

    12,843     272     13,115  

Current tax receivables (unaudited)

        2,281     2,281  

Financial liabilities:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Trade and other payables (unaudited)

    (38,241 )       (38,241 )

Current tax liabilities (unaudited)

    (109 )       (109 )

Provisions (unaudited)

        (3,418 )   (3,418 )

  $ 182,825   $ 14,192   $ 197,017  

F-29


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

5. Financial risk management (Continued)

Capital risk management

          The primary objective of the Group's capital structure management is to ensure that it maintains appropriate capital ratios to support its business and maximize shareholder value.

          The Group manages its capital structure and adjusts it in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares, or consider external lending options. No material changes were made to the process of managing capital during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, and the three months ended September 30, 2015.

Fair value measurements

          The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities must be estimated for recognition and measurement or for disclosure purposes.

          IFRS 13, Fair value measurement , requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level of the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

    (a)
    Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1)

    (b)
    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices) (Level 2)

    (c)
    Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (Level 3)

          The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is included in Level 1.

          The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximize the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to measure the fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in Level 2.

          If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in Level 3. The Group estimated the fair value of the acquisition-related contingent consideration using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. This fair value was based on significant inputs not observed in the market and, thus, represents all Level 3 inputs. The significant unobservable inputs include management's evaluation of the probabilities of certain outcomes as well as management's forecasts used as inputs to the discounted cash flow model.

          Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Group's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

F-30


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

5. Financial risk management (Continued)

          The following table presents the Group's financial assets and liabilities measured and recognized at fair value as of September 30, 2015, by level within the fair value hierarchy:

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance sheet line item—description

                         

Cash and cash equivalents:

                         

Money market funds (unaudited)

  $ 45,000   $   $   $ 45,000  

Total cash and cash equivalents (unaudited)

  $ 45,000   $   $   $ 45,000  

          The Group had no financial assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2015.

          The following table presents the Group's financial assets and liabilities measured and recognized at fair value as of June 30, 2014, by level within the fair value hierarchy:

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance sheet line item—description

                         

Other current liabilities—contingent consideration

  $   $   $ 248   $ 248  

Total financial liabilities

  $   $   $ 248   $ 248  

          Changes in the Group's Level 3 instruments were as follows:

 
  Contingent
Consideration
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance as of July 1, 2013

  $ 3,174  

Payments

    (2,936 )

Changes in fair value

    10  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    248  

Payments

    (93 )

Changes in fair value

    (155 )

Balance as of June 30, 2015

     

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

  $  

          The Group's short-term investments are exclusively comprised of term deposits that mature within one year. These investments are classified as held-to-maturity and are recorded at amortized cost.

F-31


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

6. Other non-operating income (expense), net

          Other non-operating income (expense), net consisted of the following:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
  Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net

  $ (1,888 ) $ 595   $ (1,328 ) $ (884 ) $ (140 )

Other income (expense)

    (30 )   13     10     3     3  

  $ (1,918 ) $ 608   $ (1,318 ) $ (881 ) $ (137 )

          The foreign currency exchange losses in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2015, and the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, were primarily associated with the remeasurement of monetary assets denominated in the Australian dollar and was a result of the depreciation of the Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar over the course of the fiscal year.

F-32


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

7. Expenses

          Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense) included the following expenses:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Depreciation:

                               

Equipment

  $ 276   $ 356   $ 518   $ 101   $ 199  

Computer hardware and software

    2,654     3,444     5,428     1,222     1,754  

Furniture and fittings

    174     180     308     50     156  

Leasehold improvements        

    1,194     1,647     2,800     585     659  

Total depreciation

  $ 4,298   $ 5,627   $ 9,054     1,958     2,768  

Amortization:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Patents and trademarks        

    31     31     31     8     8  

Customer relationships

    98     67     9         13  

Software

    7,633     7,591     6,417     1,622     1,745  

Total amortization

  $ 7,762   $ 7,689   $ 6,457     1,630     1,766  

Total depreciation and amortization

  $ 12,060   $ 13,316   $ 15,511   $ 3,588   $ 4,534  

Employee benefits expense:

                               

Salaries and wages

    51,065     68,711     102,220     22,069     32,373  

Variable compensation

    8,361     8,645     13,435     2,078     2,884  

Payroll taxes

    3,587     5,133     7,977     1,597     2,262  

Share-based payment expense

    3,491     11,364     41,534     7,926     14,096  

Defined contribution plan expense

    3,666     4,903     6,964     1,513     2,253  

Contractor expense

    9,190     14,865     21,884     4,972     5,520  

Other

    10,138     12,250     19,443     4,750     7,651  

Total employee benefits expense

  $ 89,498   $ 125,871   $ 213,457   $ 44,905   $ 67,039  

F-33


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

8. Income tax

          The major components of income tax benefit (expense) for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, are as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Current income tax:

                               

Current income tax charge        

  $ (2,695 ) $ (10,760 ) $ (12,252 ) $ (1,164 ) $ (3,449 )

Adjustments in respect of current income tax of previous year

    (4 )   281     236     (9 )   (342 )

Deferred tax:

                               

Benefit relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences

    2,057     7,233     19,336     3,403     2,486  

Adjustments in respect of temporary differences of previous year

            204     81     (126 )

Income tax benefit (expense)

  $ (642 ) $ (3,246 ) $ 7,524   $ 2,311   $ (1,431 )

F-34


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

8. Income tax (Continued)

          A reconciliation between tax expense and the product of accounting income multiplied by the United Kingdom's domestic tax rate for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, is as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Income (loss) before tax benefit (expense)

  $ 11,403   $ 22,228   $ (749 )

At the United Kingdom's statutory income tax rate of 23.8%, 22.5% and 20.8% in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively

  $ (2,708 ) $ (5,001 ) $ 155  

Tax effect of amounts that are not deductible (taxable) in calculating taxable income:

                   

Research and development deduction

    3,941     4,542     5,765  

Effect of change in functional currency

    302          

Share-based payment

    (472 )   (1,563 )   (5,124 )

Foreign tax credits not utilized

        (2,345 )   (4,337 )

Amortization of intangible assets that do not give rise to deferred taxes

    (1,389 )   (1,380 )   (1,417 )

Non-deductible retention on acquisition

            (123 )

Non-deductible finance costs

            (655 )

Non-assessable non-operating items

        4,242     9,808  

Foreign tax rate adjustment

    (918 )   (726 )   3,151  

Adjustment to deferred tax balance

    518     (829 )   605  

Other items, net

    88     (467 )   (540 )

    (638 )   (3,527 )   7,288  

Adjustments in respect to current income tax of previous years

    (4 )   281     236  

Income tax benefit (expense)

  $ (642 ) $ (3,246 ) $ 7,524  

F-35


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

8. Income tax (Continued)

Deferred tax

 
  Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Position
  Consolidated
Statements of
Operations
 
 
  Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
 
 
  As of June 30,  
 
  2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Depreciation and amortization for tax purposes—Australia

  $ 4,564   $ 5,457   $ 760   $ 894  

Depreciation and amortization for tax purposes—U.S. 

    (1,184 )   (2,167 )   472     (748 )

Provisions, accruals and prepayments

    2,724     7,177     307     4,453  

Unrealized foreign currency exchange losses (gains)

    (201 )   (45 )   (630 )   156  

Carried forward tax losses (gains)

            (7 )    

Carried forward tax losses—equity

    4,975             (4,975 )

Carried forward tax losses—business combinations

        1,281         (24 )

Carried forward tax credits—credited to profit and loss

    4,787     16,922     4,571     11,650  

Carried forward tax credits—credited to payable

    349             (349 )

Carried forward tax offset

        185          

Intangibles acquired through business combinations

        (1,224 )       41  

Tax benefit from share plans—income

    2,479     10,921     1,907     8,442  

Tax benefit from share plans—equity

    26,041     37,339     (585 )    

Other, net

    752     754     438      

Deferred tax income

              $ 7,233   $ 19,540  

Deferred tax assets, net

  $ 45,286   $ 76,600              

Reflected in the consolidated statements of financial position as follows:

                         

Deferred tax assets

  $ 48,222   $ 81,519              

Deferred tax liabilities

    (2,936 )   (4,919 )            

Deferred tax assets, net

  $ 45,286   $ 76,600              

Amounts recognized directly in equity:

                         

Net deferred tax—credited directly to equity

  $ 32,530   $ 12,960              

  $ 32,530   $ 12,960              

Items for which no deferred tax asset has recognized:

                         

Unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has recognized:

  $   $ 691              

Capital loss

        1,292              

Research and development credits

    891     1,833              

  $ 891   $ 3,816              

F-36


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

8. Income tax (Continued)


 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of deferred tax assets, net

             

Balance as of July 1,

  $ 10,258   $ 45,286  

Deferred tax charge for the year

    7,233     19,540  

Credited to equity

    32,530     12,960  

Adjustment in respect of income tax payable

    (4,735 )   (1,177 )

Carryforward tax offset

        185  

Impact from business combinations

        (194 )

Balance as of June 30,

  $ 45,286   $ 76,600  

          The $32.5 million and $13.0 million credited to equity in fiscal 2014 and 2015, respectively, represents the deferred tax benefit of share-based payments in excess of the cumulative expense recognized to date of the share-based award. The total deferred tax benefit is determined using the intrinsic value of the share-based award as of the reporting date.

          The Group has tax losses for carry forward available for offsetting against future taxable profits of $3.7 million, which will begin to expire on June 30, 2031. The Group has carry forward research and development credits of $16.9 million, which can be carried forward indefinitely. The Group has not recognized deferred tax assets of $0.7 million for a net operating loss carryforward expected to expire unused on June 30, 2034, $0.6 million for state credit carryforwards expected to expire unused on June 30, 2024, and $1.3 million for state credits that will carryforward indefinitely but which the Group does not expect to utilize.

9. Trade and other receivables

          The Group's trade and other receivables consisted of the following:

 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Trade receivables

  $ 3,818   $ 11,854   $ 10,468  

Provision for impairment of receivables

    (4 )   (107 )    

    3,814     11,747     10,468  

Accrued interest income

    45     73     36  

Other receivables

    890     1,551     2,611  

Total trade and other receivables—current

  $ 4,749   $ 13,371   $ 13,115  

          As of June 30, 2014, three customers individually accounted for more than 10% of the total trade receivables. Those customers, which were all channel partners, represented 12%, 10% and 10% as of June 30, 2014. As of June 30, 2015, one customer individually accounted for more than

F-37


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

9. Trade and other receivables (Continued)

10% of the total trade receivables balance. This customer, which was a channel partner, represented 11% of total trade receivables as of June 30, 2015. As of September 30, 2015, one customer individually accounted for more than 10% of the total trade receivables balance. This customer, which was a channel partner, represented 15% of total trade receivables as of September 30, 2015.

Impaired trade receivables

          As of June 30, 2014 and 2015 and September 30, 2015, the Group had a provision for impaired receivables of $4,000, $107,000 and $0, respectively. The aging of these receivables is as follows:

 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Three to six months

  $   $ 105   $  

Over six months

    4     2      

  $ 4   $ 107   $  

          The movements in the provision for impairment of receivables were as follows:

 
  (in thousands)
 

As of July 1, 2013

  $  

Charge for the year

    4  

Unused amount reversed

     

As of June 30, 2014

    4  

Charge for the year

    107  

Unused amount reversed

    (4 )

As of June 30, 2015

    107  

Charge for the period (unaudited)

     

Unused amount reversed (unaudited)

    (107 )

As of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

  $  

Past due but not impaired

          As of June 30, 2014 and 2015 and September 30, 2015, trade receivables that were past due but not impaired totaled $1.3 million, $2.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively. These relate to a

F-38


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

9. Trade and other receivables (Continued)

number of partners and customers for whom there is no recent history of default. The aging analysis of these trade receivables is as follows:

 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Up to three months

  $ 1,279   $ 1,750   $ 831  

Three to six months

        540     32  

  $ 1,279   $ 2,290   $ 863  

Other receivables

          These amounts generally arise from transactions outside the usual operating activities of the Group. Interest may be charged at commercial rates where the terms of repayment exceed six months. Collateral is not normally required.

Foreign exchange and interest rate risk

          See Note 5, "Financial risk management", for information about the Group's exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk in relation to trade and other receivables.

Fair value and credit risk

          Due to the short-term nature of these receivables, their carrying amount is assumed to approximate their fair value.

          The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of receivables mentioned above. The fair value of securities held for certain trade receivables is insignificant, as is the fair value of any collateral sold or repledged. Refer to Note 5, "Financial risk management", for more information on the risk management policy of the Group and the credit quality of the entity's trade receivables.

F-39


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

10. Property and equipment

          Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 
 
Equipment
  Computer
Hardware
and Software
  Furniture
and Fittings
  Leasehold
Improvements
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

As of July 1, 2012

                               

Cost

  $ 482   $ 7,094   $ 1,009   $ 4,081   $ 12,666  

Accumulated depreciation

    (179 )   (2,062 )   (281 )   (626 )   (3,148 )

Net book amount

  $ 303   $ 5,032   $ 728   $ 3,455   $ 9,518  

As of June 30, 2013

                               

Opening net book amount

  $ 303   $ 5,032   $ 728   $ 3,455   $ 9,518  

Effect of change in exchange rates

    1     1     2         4  

Additions

    825     2,352     81     3,985     7,243  

Disposals

    (13 )   (58 )       (13 )   (84 )

Depreciation expense

    (276 )   (2,654 )   (174 )   (1,194 )   (4,298 )

Closing net book amount

  $ 840   $ 4,673   $ 637   $ 6,233   $ 12,383  

As of June 30, 2013

                               

Cost

  $ 1,247   $ 9,100   $ 1,092   $ 7,650   $ 19,089  

Accumulated depreciation

    (407 )   (4,427 )   (455 )   (1,417 )   (6,706 )

Net book amount

  $ 840   $ 4,673   $ 637   $ 6,233   $ 12,383  

As of June 30, 2014

                               

Opening net book amount

  $ 840   $ 4,673   $ 637   $ 6,233   $ 12,383  

Effect of change in exchange rates

    1     4     3         8  

Additions

    62     7,551     98     1,595     9,306  

Disposals

        (32 )           (32 )

Depreciation expense

    (356 )   (3,444 )   (180 )   (1,647 )   (5,627 )

Closing net book amount

  $ 547   $ 8,752   $ 558   $ 6,181   $ 16,038  

As of June 30, 2014

                               

Cost

  $ 1,311   $ 16,369   $ 1,172   $ 9,245   $ 28,097  

Accumulated depreciation

    (764 )   (7,617 )   (614 )   (3,064 )   (12,059 )

Net book amount

  $ 547   $ 8,752   $ 558   $ 6,181   $ 16,038  

As of June 30, 2015

                               

Opening net book amount

  $ 547   $ 8,752   $ 558   $ 6,181   $ 16,038  

Effect of change in exchange rates

    (2 )   (9 )   (11 )   (5 )   (27 )

Additions

    1,233     21,507     2,591     9,731     35,062  

Disposals

        (49 )   (22 )       (71 )

Depreciation expense

    (518 )   (5,427 )   (309 )   (2,800 )   (9,054 )

Closing net book amount

  $ 1,260   $ 24,774   $ 2,807   $ 13,107   $ 41,948  

As of June 30, 2015

                               

Cost

  $ 2,482   $ 36,462   $ 3,585   $ 18,450   $ 60,979  

Accumulated depreciation

    (1,222 )   (11,688 )   (778 )   (5,343 )   (19,031 )

Net book amount

  $ 1,260   $ 24,774   $ 2,807   $ 13,107   $ 41,948  

F-40


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

10. Property and equipment (Continued)

 
 
Equipment
  Computer
Hardware
and Software
  Furniture
and Fittings
  Leasehold
Improvements
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

As of September 30, 2015

                               

Opening net book amount (unaudited)

  $ 1,260   $ 24,774   $ 2,807   $ 13,107   $ 41,948  

Effect of change in exchange rates (unaudited)

    (1 )   (3 )       (18 )   (22 )

Additions (unaudited)

    371     898     61     1,541     2,871  

Disposals (unaudited)

                     

Depreciation expense (unaudited)

    (199 )   (1,754 )   (156 )   (659 )   (2,768 )

Closing net book amount (unaudited)

  $ 1,431   $ 23,915   $ 2,712   $ 13,971   $ 42,029  

As of September 30, 2015

                               

Cost (unaudited)

  $ 2,852   $ 37,355   $ 3,647   $ 19,966   $ 63,820  

Accumulated depreciation (unaudited)

    (1,421 )   (13,440 )   (935 )   (5,995 )   (21,791 )

Net book amount (unaudited)

  $ 1,431   $ 23,915   $ 2,712   $ 13,971   $ 42,029  

F-41


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

11. Goodwill and intangible assets

Intangible Assets

          Intangible assets comprise the following:

 
  Patents,
Trademarks
and Other
Rights
  Software   Employee
Contracts
  Customer
Relationships
  In-Process
R&D
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

As of July 1, 2012

                                     

Cost

  $ 220   $ 65,345   $ 3,631   $ 374   $   $ 69,570  

Accumulated amortization

    (11 )   (33,433 )   (3,631 )   (209 )       (37,284 )

Net book amount

  $ 209   $ 31,912   $   $ 165   $   $ 32,286  

As of June 30, 2013

                                     

Opening net book amount

  $ 209   $ 31,912   $   $ 165   $   $ 32,286  

Amortization charge

    (31 )   (7,633 )       (98 )       (7,762 )

Closing net book amount

  $ 178   $ 24,279   $   $ 67   $   $ 24,524  

As of June 30, 2013

                                     

Cost

  $ 220   $ 65,345   $ 3,631   $ 374   $   $ 69,570  

Accumulated amortization

    (42 )   (41,066 )   (3,631 )   (307 )       (45,046 )

Net book amount

  $ 178   $ 24,279   $   $ 67   $   $ 24,524  

As of June 30, 2014

                                     

Opening net book amount

  $ 178   $ 24,279   $   $ 67   $   $ 24,524  

Additions

        2,149                 2,149  

Amortization charge

    (31 )   (7,591 )       (67 )       (7,689 )

Closing net book amount

  $ 147   $ 18,837   $   $   $   $ 18,984  

As of June 30, 2014

                                     

Cost

  $ 220   $ 68,490   $ 3,631   $ 374   $   $ 72,715  

Accumulated amortization

    (73 )   (49,653 )   (3,631 )   (374 )       (53,731 )

Net book amount

  $ 147   $ 18,837   $   $   $   $ 18,984  

As of June 30, 2015

                                     

Opening net book amount

  $ 147   $ 18,837   $   $   $   $ 18,984  

Addition

        5,102         110     3,220     8,432  

Effect of change in exchange rates

        140                 140  

Amortization charge

    (31 )   (6,417 )       (9 )       (6,457 )

Closing net book amount

  $ 116   $ 17,662   $   $ 101   $ 3,220   $ 21,099  

As of June 30, 2015

                                     

Cost

  $ 220   $ 72,736   $ 3,631   $ 484   $ 3,220   $ 80,291  

Accumulated amortization

    (104 )   (55,074 )   (3,631 )   (383 )       (59,192 )

Net book amount

  $ 116   $ 17,662   $   $ 101   $ 3,220   $ 21,099  

As of September 30, 2015

                                     

Opening net book amount (unaudited)

  $ 116   $ 17,662   $   $ 101   $ 3,220   $ 21,099  

Addition (unaudited)

                         

Effect of change in exchange rates (unaudited)

        19                 19  

Amortization charge (unaudited)

    (8 )   (1,745 )       (13 )       (1,766 )

Closing net book amount (unaudited)

  $ 108   $ 15,936   $   $ 88   $ 3,220   $ 19,352  

As of September 30, 2015

                                     

Cost (unaudited)

  $ 220   $ 72,759   $   $ 484   $ 3,220   $ 76,683  

Accumulated amortization (unaudited)

    (112 )   (56,823 )       (396 )       (57,331 )

Net book amount (unaudited)

  $ 108   $ 15,936   $   $ 88   $ 3,220   $ 19,352  

F-42


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

11. Goodwill and intangible assets (Continued)

          During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, the Group acquired additional software from independent third parties. As of June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015, no development costs have qualified for capitalization and have been expensed as incurred. As of June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015, the remaining amortization period for software ranged from approximately 1 to 6 years.

Goodwill

          Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill amounts are not amortized, but rather tested for impairment at least annually during the fourth quarter.

          Goodwill consisted of the following:

 
  Goodwill  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance as of July 1, 2013

  $ 1,724  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    1,724  

Additions

    5,357  

Effect of change in exchange rates

    71  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

    7,152  

Effect of change in exchange rates (unaudited)

    11  

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

  $ 7,163  

          There was no impairment of goodwill during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015. Through September 30, 2015, there were no indicators of impairment.

Impairment test for goodwill

          The Group operates as a single CGU and all goodwill is allocated to this unit. The recoverable amount of goodwill was assessed by comparing the market capitalization of the Group to its book value, among other qualitative factors, when reviewing for indicators of impairment.

          The recoverable amount of the CGU was determined based on a value-in-use calculation as there is no active market against which to compare the fair value of the unit. The cash flow projections were approved by management and cover a three-year period.

          The key assumptions used in the calculation include:

    Discount rate of 17%;

    Budgeted margins based on past performance and future expectations; and

    Terminal growth rate consistent with the long-term growth rate from the Consumer Price Index

F-43


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

11. Goodwill and intangible assets (Continued)

          The Group performed its annual impairment and noted no impairment of goodwill as of June 30, 2015.

12. Business Combinations

          During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, the Group acquired three companies for an aggregate of $10.6 million in cash, net of cash acquired, and $1.9 million of deferred consideration related to indemnification hold-backs, and has included the financial results of these companies in its consolidated financial statements from the date of each respective acquisition. The Group accounted for these transactions as business combinations. In allocating the purchase consideration based on estimated fair values, the Group recorded $7.5 million of acquired intangible assets with useful lives of two to five years, which included $4.3 million of software and $3.2 million of in-process research and development that met the definition of an intangible asset under IAS 38, Intangible Assets , that will be amortized upon technical completion, $5.4 million of goodwill, $0.8 million of net tangible assets, including cash acquired, $1.3 million of deferred tax assets and $1.5 million of deferred tax liabilities.

13. Other balance sheet accounts

Cash and cash equivalents

          Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following:

 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash at bank and in hand

  $ 116,766   $ 172,062   $ 133,243  

Short-term deposits

        15,032     30,089  

Money market funds

            45,000  

Total cash and cash equivalents

  $ 116,766   $ 187,094   $ 208,332  

Other non-current assets

          Other non-current assets consisted of the following:

 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Security deposits

  $ 5,390   $ 5,276   $ 5,140  

Other non-current assets

    477     1,536     3,801  

  $ 5,867   $ 6,812   $ 8,941  

F-44


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

13. Other balance sheet accounts (Continued)

          As of June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015, capitalized deferred offering costs were $0.3 million and $2.7 million, respectively, and were included in other non-current assets.

Trade and Other Payables

          Trade and other payables consisted of the following:

 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Trade payables

  $ 4,437   $ 10,598   $ 6,073  

Accrued expenses

    10,490     14,915     14,033  

Corporate bonus plan accrual

    6,443     12,156     2,927  

Retention bonus

    4,882     2,243     2,235  

Sales tax accrual

    2,263     3,004     3,207  

Operating lease payable

    312     526     380  

Current portion of contingent consideration

    248          

Deferred acquisition-related consideration

    846     1,025     185  

Other payables

    8,448     8,169     9,201  

  $ 38,369   $ 52,636   $ 38,241  

Current Provisions

          Current provisions consisted of the following:

 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Employee benefits

  $ 2,622   $ 3,314   $ 3,418  

          Current provisions for employee benefits include accrued annual leave and long service leave. Long service leave covers all unconditional entitlements where employees have completed the required period of service and those where employees are entitled to pro rata payments.

F-45


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

13. Other balance sheet accounts (Continued)

Non-current provisions

          Non-current liabilities consisted of the following:

 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Employee benefits

  $ 549   $ 617   $ 612  

Dilapidation provision

    1,207     1,256     1,160  

  $ 1,756   $ 1,873   $ 1,772  

          The non-current provision for employee benefits includes long service leave as described above.

          The dilapidation provision relates to certain lease arrangements for office space entered into by the Group. These lease arrangements require the Group to restore each premise to its original condition upon lease termination. Accordingly, the Group records a provision for the present value of the estimated future costs to retire long-lived assets at the expiration of these leases.

Other non-current liabilities

          Other non-current liabilities consisted of the following:

 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Retention bonus

  $ 10   $ 1,043   $ 671  

Deferred rent

    1,535     4,346     4,582  

Other non-current liabilities

    22     1,438     1,252  

  $ 1,567   $ 6,827   $ 6,505  

F-46


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

14. Shareholders' equity

Share capital

 
  As of June 30,    
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of September 30,
2015
  As of September 30,
2015
 
 
  2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (Number of Shares)
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Details

                                     

Class A ordinary shares

    3,251,160     3,251,160     3,251,160   $ 325   $ 325   $ 325  

Class B ordinary shares

    140,756,842     140,756,842     140,756,842     14,076     14,076     14,076  

Series A preference shares

    12,387,798     12,387,798     12,387,798     1,239     1,239     1,239  

Series B preference shares

    15,046,180     15,046,180     15,046,180     1,504     1,504     1,504  

Restricted shares

    10,460,992     13,163,778     14,861,892     1,046     1,317     1,487  

    181,902,972     184,605,758     186,303,872   $ 18,190   $ 18,461   $ 18,631  

Movements in Class A ordinary share capital

 
  Number of
Shares
  Amount  
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Details

             

Balance as of July 1, 2012

      $  

Balance as of June 30, 2013

         

Conversion of Series B Preference

    2,212,500     221  

Conversion from Class B ordinary

    1,038,660     104  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    3,251,160     325  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

    3,251,160     325  

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    3,251,160   $ 325  

F-47


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

14. Shareholders' equity (Continued)

Movements in Class B ordinary share capital

 
  Number of
Shares
  Amount  
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Details

             

Balance as of July 1, 2012

    140,748,000   $ 14,075  

Balance as of June 30, 2013

    140,748,000     14,075  

Conversion into Class A ordinary

    (1,038,660 )   (104 )

Issuance of shares as required for the incorporation of the Company

    2      

Exercise of share options

    1,047,500     105  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    140,756,842     14,076  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

    140,756,842     14,076  

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    140,756,842   $ 14,076  

Movements in Series A preference share capital

 
  Number of
Shares
  Amount  
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Details

             

Balance as of July 1, 2012

    11,993,320   $ 1,199  

Issuance of shares

    394,478     40  

Balance as of June 30, 2013

    12,387,798     1,239  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    12,387,798     1,239  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

    12,387,798     1,239  

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    12,387,798   $ 1,239  

F-48


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

14. Shareholders' equity (Continued)

Movements in Series B preference share capital

 
  Number of
Shares
  Amount  
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Details

             

Balance as of July 1, 2012

    17,258,680   $ 1,726  

Balance as of June 30, 2013

    17,258,680     1,726  

Conversion into Class A ordinary

    (2,212,500 )   (222 )

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    15,046,180     1,504  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

    15,046,180     1,504  

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    15,046,180   $ 1,504  

Movements in restricted share capital

 
  Number of
Shares
  Amount  
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Details

             

Balance as of July 1, 2012

    975,433   $ 97  

Exercise of share options, net of early exercise activity

    2,140,172     214  

Vesting of share options that were early exercised

    1,758,458     176  

Balance as of June 30, 2013

    4,874,063     487  

Exercise of share options, net of early exercise activity

    4,711,647     471  

Vesting of share options that were early exercised

    875,282     88  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    10,460,992     1,046  

Exercise of share options, net of early exercise activity

    2,094,544     210  

Vesting of share options that were early exercised

    608,242     61  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

    13,163,778     1,317  

Exercise of share options, net of early exercise activity (unaudited)

    1,563,512     157  

Vesting of share options that were early exercised (unaudited)

    134,602     13  

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    14,861,892   $ 1,487  

F-49


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

14. Shareholders' equity (Continued)

Ordinary shares

Nominal value

          Ordinary shares have a nominal value of $0.10.

Conversion

          If the aggregate number of Class B ordinary shares and Series B preference shares comprises less than 10% of the total shares of the Company then in issue, each Class B ordinary share will automatically convert into one Class A ordinary share.

          Upon consent of at least 66.66% of the Class B ordinary shares and Series B preference shares voting together, each Class B ordinary share will convert into one Class A ordinary share. Upon consent of at least 66.66% of the Class B ordinary shares, each Class B ordinary share will convert into one Class A ordinary share. A Class B ordinary shareholder may elect at any time to convert any of its Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. Upon a transfer of Class B ordinary shares to a person or entity that is not a permitted Class B ordinary share transferee as defined in the Company's articles of association, each Class B ordinary share transferred converts into one Class A ordinary share.

Dividend rights

          Any dividend declared by the company shall be paid on the Class A ordinary shares, the Class B ordinary shares and the preference shares pari passu as if they were all shares of the same class.

Voting rights

          Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote. Each Class B ordinary share is entitled to 10 votes.

Preference shares

Nominal value

          Series A and B preference shares have a nominal value of $0.10.

Conversion

          As of June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015, the conversion price per Series A and Series B preference share was approximately $2.23 (the "Conversion Price"), and the rate at which each share would convert into Class A ordinary shares or Class B ordinary shares, as applicable, was one for one. The Conversion Price of each preference share will be adjusted for specified dilutive issuances, combinations, non-cash dividends and recapitalizations.

          If the aggregate number of Series B preference shares and Class B ordinary shares then in issue comprises less than 10% of the total shares of the Company then in issue, each Series B

F-50


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

14. Shareholders' equity (Continued)

preference share will automatically convert into one Class A ordinary share, and each Class B ordinary share will convert into one Class A ordinary share.

          Each Series A preference share will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the Conversion Price then in effect upon a Qualified Listing. Each Series B preference share will automatically convert into Class B ordinary shares at the Conversion Price then in effect upon a Qualified Listing, or if there are no Class B ordinary shares in issue at the time, then each Series B preference share will convert into one Class A ordinary share. A Qualified Listing is defined as the listing of the Company's shares on a stock exchange in which (i) the initial offering price is equal to at least two times the Conversion Price and (ii) the market capitalization of the Company immediately following the offering is at least $500 million.

          Upon consent of at least 66.66% of the Series B preference shares, each Series B preference share will convert into one Class B ordinary share, or if there are no Class B ordinary shares in issue at the time, then each Series B preference share will convert into one Class A ordinary share. A Series B preference shareholder may elect at any time to convert any of its Series B preference shares into Class B ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, or if there are no Class B ordinary shares in issue at the time, then each Series B preference share will convert into one Class A ordinary share. The holders of a majority of the Series B preference shares may elect at any time to convert any of its Series B preference shares into Series A preference shares on a one for one basis. Upon a non-permitted transfer, each Series B preference share transferred converts into one Class A ordinary share.

Dividend rights

          Any dividend declared by the Company shall be paid on the Class A ordinary shares, the Class B ordinary shares and the preference shares pari passu as if they were all shares of the same class.

Voting rights

          Series A preference shares are non-voting. Each Series B preference share is entitled to vote on an as-converted basis, and the number of votes will vary depending, among other things, on the Conversion Price.

Liquidation rights

          If there is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of preference shares will be entitled to receive unpaid dividends prior and in preference to any distribution of assets to the holders of ordinary or restricted shares. Upon payment of unpaid dividends, and prior and in preference to any distribution of assets to the holders of ordinary or restricted shares, holders of preference shares will be entitled to receive the greater of: (i) the amount paid or credited as paid on the preference shares held by such holder; and (ii) the amount to which such holder would be entitled to receive upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up if all of such holder's preference shares were converted into ordinary shares immediately prior to such event.

F-51


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

14. Shareholders' equity (Continued)

Upon the completion of the payment of the liquidation preference to holders of preference shares, the ordinary and restricted shares will be entitled to receive the aggregate amount paid or credited on the ordinary shares and/or restricted shares held by such holder. Thereafter, all remaining assets will be distributed amongst all holders of restricted shares and ordinary shares in proportion to the number of shares held regardless of the amount paid or credited as paid on any share.

          A liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company includes the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity such that the holders immediately prior to such sale or issuance no longer possess the voting power to elect a majority of the Company's Board of Directors (other than through a reorganization, restructure or reconstruction of the Group), the sale or transfer by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets, or the sale, transfer or issuance of shares by the Company or its holders such that the holders immediately prior to such sale, transfer or issuance no longer possess the voting power to elect a majority of the Company's Board of Directors.

Restricted shares

Nominal value

          Restricted shares have a nominal value of $0.10 per share.

Conversion

          Restricted shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis on the earlier of: (i) a transfer of 70% or more of the outstanding shares in the Company, or (ii) a Qualified Listing, as defined above.

Dividend rights

          Restricted shares are not eligible for dividends.

Voting rights

          Holders of restricted shares do not have voting rights.

Shares issued on incorporation

          On incorporation, the Company issued 30,332 redeemable shares of £2 per share and two ordinary shares of £2 per share to meet minimum capital requirements. The two ordinary shares of £2 each were redesignated as Class B ordinary shares and the nominal value redenominated in U.S. dollars (giving a nominal value of $3.2828 each) on December 10, 2013. The redeemable shares were subsequently redeemed in cash on February 12, 2014, and the nominal value of the shares was transferred to capital redemption reserve.

F-52


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

15. Reserves

          Reserves comprise the following:

 
  As of June 30,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Reserves

                         

Share premium

  $   $ 2,677   $ 5,744   $ 6,989  

Capital redemption reserve

        98     98     98  

Merger reserve

    32,943     34,943     34,943     34,943  

Share-based payment reserve

    12,455     57,259     111,753     131,218  

Foreign currency translation reserve

    4,010     4,035     4,153     4,116  

  $ 49,408   $ 99,012   $ 156,691   $ 177,364  

F-53


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

15. Reserves (Continued)

 
  Amount  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Share premium

       

Balance as of July 1, 2012

  $  

Balance as of June 30, 2013

     

Share options exercise

    2,677  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    2,677  

Share options exercise

    2,128  

Early exercise vesting

    939  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

    5,744  

Share options exercise (unaudited)          

    1,054  

Early exercise vesting (unaudited)          

    191  

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

  $ 6,989  

Capital redemption reserve

       

Balance as of July 1, 2012

  $  

Balance as of June 30, 2013

     

Redemption of redeemable shares          

    98  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    98  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

    98  

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

  $ 98  

Merger reserve

       

Balance as of July 1, 2012

  $ 28,444  

Share options exercise

    1,193  

Early exercise vesting

    1,346  

Share issuance

    1,960  

Balance as of June 30, 2013

    32,943  

Share options exercise

    1,056  

Early exercise vesting

    944  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    34,943  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

    34,943  

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

  $ 34,943  

F-54


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

15. Reserves (Continued)

 
  Amount  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Share-based payments

       

Balance as of July 1, 2012

  $ 3,645  

Issue of share options

    1,164  

Share-based payments

    3,491  

Tax benefit from share plans

    4,155  

Balance as of June 30, 2013

    12,455  

Issue of share options

    910  

Share-based payments

    11,364  

Tax benefit from share plans

    32,530  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    57,259  

Share-based payments

    41,534  

Tax benefit from share plans

    12,960  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

    111,753  

Share-based payments (unaudited)          

    14,096  

Tax benefit from share plans (unaudited)

    5,369  

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

  $ 131,218  

Foreign currency translation

       

Balance as of July 1, 2012

  $ 4,021  

Other comprehensive income

    (11 )

Balance as of June 30, 2013

    4,010  

Other comprehensive income

    25  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    4,035  

Other comprehensive income

    118  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

    4,153  

Other comprehensive income (unaudited)

    (37 )

Balance as of Septmeber 30, 2015 (unaudited)

  $ 4,116  

Share premium

          Share premium consists of additional consideration for shares above the nominal value of shares in issue.

Capital redemption reserve

          Capital redemption reserve is a non-distributable reserve arising on redemption of redeemable shares.

F-55


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

15. Reserves (Continued)

Merger reserve

          In conjunction with the Reorganization, the Group elected to take the merger relief exemptions within the United Kingdom's Companies Act. The consolidated financial statements are therefore presented as if the Company had been the parent company of the Group throughout the periods presented. Merger accounting principles for these combinations gave rise to a merger reserve in the consolidated statements of financial position, being the difference between the nominal value of shares issued by the Company for the acquisition of the shares of the subsidiary and the subsidiary's own share capital and share premium account.

Share-based payments

          An issue of share options represents proceeds from the purchase of restricted share options by the Group's employees. Share-based payments represent the current period's expense related to the fair value of share options issued to employees. Tax benefits from share plans represent the deferred tax benefit of share-based payments in excess of the expense already recognized over the life of the share-based award. The total deferred tax benefit is determined using the intrinsic value of the share-based award as of the reporting date.

Foreign currency translation

          Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign subsidiaries are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated in a separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to the consolidated statements of operations when the net investment is disposed.

16. Dividends

          During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the Company declared and paid a dividend of $0.06 per each fully paid ordinary and preference share outstanding in August 2012, which totaled $2.2 million. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, the Company declared and paid a dividend of $0.06 per each fully paid ordinary and preference share outstanding on November 20, 2013, which totaled $10.0 million. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and the three months ended September 30, 2015, the Company did not pay any cash dividends.

17. Earnings Per Share

          Basic and diluted net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating shares. The Group considers its Series A preference shares and Series B preference shares to be participating securities. Net income attributable to ordinary shareholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income less current period dividends paid to preference shares, between ordinary shares and preference shares based on their respective dividend allocations. Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the fiscal period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by giving effect to all potential weighted-average dilutive shares. The dilutive effect of outstanding awards is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method.

F-56


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

17. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

          A reconciliation of the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

                               

Net income

  $ 10,761   $ 18,982   $ 6,775   $ 3,583   $ 5,082  

Less: Dividends paid to preference shares

        (1,740 )            

Less: Dividends paid to ordinary shares

    (2,201 )   (8,260 )            

Less: Allocation of undistributed earnings to preference shares—basic

    (1,487 )   (1,536 )   (1,084 )   (573 )   (813 )

Undistributed net income attributable to ordinary shareholders—basic

    7,073     7,446     5,691     3,010     4,269  

Add: Reallocation of undistributed earnings to ordinary shares

    15     18     9     5     7  

Undistributed net income attributable to ordinary shareholders—diluted

  $ 7,088   $ 7,464   $ 5,700   $ 3,015   $ 4,276  

Distributed earnings to ordinary shares

  $ 2,201   $ 8,260   $   $   $  

Denominator:

                               

Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding—basic

    140,748     141,530     144,008     144,008     144,008  

Effect of potentially dilutive shares:

                               

Class B ordinary share options

    1,810     2,072     1,492     1,480     1,505  

Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding—diluted

    142,558     143,602     145,500     145,488     145,513  

Net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

                               

Distributed earnings—basic

  $ 0.02   $ 0.06   $ 0.00   $ 0.00   $ 0.00  

Undistributed earnings—basic

    0.05     0.05     0.04     0.02     0.03  

Basic net income per share

  $ 0.07   $ 0.11   $ 0.04   $ 0.02   $ 0.03  

Distributed earnings—diluted

  $ 0.02   $ 0.06   $ 0.00   $ 0.00   $ 0.00  

Undistributed earnings—diluted          

    0.05     0.05     0.04     0.02     0.03  

Diluted net income per share

  $ 0.07   $ 0.11   $ 0.04   $ 0.02   $ 0.03  

F-57


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

17. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income Per Share Attributable to Ordinary Shareholders

          The following table presents the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

 
  Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2015
  Three Months
Ended
September 30,
2015
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Numerator:

             

Net income

  $ 6,775   $ 5,082  

Denominator:

             

Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding used in computing net income attributable to ordinary shareholders

    144,008     144,008  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion to occur upon the completion of this offering:

             

Series A preference shares

    12,388     12,388  

Series B preference shares

    15,046     15,046  

Restricted shares

    13,670     15,671  

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders—basic

    185,112     187,113  

Effect of potentially dilutive shares:

             

Class B ordinary share options

    1,492     1,505  

Restricted share options

    15,606     13,440  

Restricted share units

    1,967     3,769  

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders—diluted

    204,177     205,827  

Pro forma net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

             

Basic

  $ 0.04   $ 0.03  

Diluted

  $ 0.03   $ 0.02  

18. Commitments

Operating lease commitments

          The Group leases various offices in locations such as Amsterdam, the Netherlands; San Francisco and Austin, United States; Sydney, Australia; Manila, the Philippines; and Yokohama,

F-58


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

18. Commitments (Continued)

Japan under non-cancellable operating leases expiring within one to seven years. The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated. The Group incurred rent expense on its operating leases of $4.1 million, $4.1 million and $6.2 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and incurred rent expense of $1.4 million and $1.8 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          Additionally, the Group has contractual commitments for services with third-parties related to its data centers. These commitments are non-cancellable and expire within one to four years.

          Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to non-cancellable operating leases and purchase obligations in relation to our colocation data centers as of June 30, 2015 were as follows:

 
  Operating
Leases
  Other
Contractual
Commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Fiscal Period:

                   

Fiscal year ended 2016

  $ 7,850   $ 6,578   $ 14,428  

Fiscal years ended 2017 - 2020

    21,259     11,616     32,875  

Thereafter

    4,007         4,007  

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 33,116   $ 18,194   $ 51,310  

          Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to non-cancellable operating leases and purchase obligations in relation to our colocation data centers as of September 30, 2015 were as follows:

 
  Operating
Leases
  Other
Contractual
Commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Fiscal Period:

                   

Remaining nine months of the fiscal year ended 2016

  $ 6,232   $ 4,377   $ 10,609  

Fiscal years ended 2017 - 2020

    35,543     11,616     47,159  

Thereafter

    5,595         5,595  

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 47,370   $ 15,993   $ 63,363  

F-59


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

19. Related party transactions

Key management personnel compensation

          All directors and executive management have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, and are considered to be key management personnel.

          Compensation for the Company's key management personnel is as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Executive management

                               

Short-term compensation and benefits

  $ 1,686   $ 2,367   $ 2,135   $ 810   $ 1,126  

Post-employment benefits

    86     82     88     27     27  

Share-based payments

    867     2,575     3,940     435     1,681  

  $ 2,639   $ 5,024   $ 6,163   $ 1,272   $ 2,834  

Board of directors

                               

Share-based payments

  $ 264   $ 363   $ 170   $ 56   $ 23  

Early exercises of share options by key management personnel

          During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and the three months ended September 30, 2015, no board members and no executives early exercised share options. As of June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015, outstanding restricted shares included 505,859 shares and 371,257 shares, respectively, subject to repurchase as they were early exercised and unvested. These amounts have been recorded on the consolidated statements of financial position as a liability as of June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015. Amounts reclassified into contributed equity during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and the three months ended September 30, 2015 as a result of the vesting of the early exercised shares was $1.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Loans to key management personnel

          The Company did not enter into any loan agreements with board members of the Company or executives of the Group.

          There were no other transactions with key management personnel during fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015 or the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015.

F-60


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

20. Revenues by Geographic Region

          The Group's revenues by geographic region based on the address of the end user who purchased products or services is as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Americas

  $ 75,910   $ 109,306   $ 159,380   $ 34,985   $ 52,517  

Europe

    58,045     84,767     127,704     26,098     38,897  

Asia Pacific

    14,557     21,036     32,437     6,839     10,408  

  $ 148,512   $ 215,109   $ 319,521   $ 67,922   $ 101,822  

          Revenues from the United States totaled approximately $67 million, $97 million and $141 million, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and totaled approximately $31 million and $47 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Revenues from our country of domicile, the United Kingdom, totaled approximately $10 million, $17 million and $27 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and totaled approximately $5 million and $8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

21. Share-based payments

Restricted share units

          In fiscal 2014, the Group's Compensation and Leadership Development Committee approved the 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan ("RSU Plan") which allowed for the issuance of RSUs.

          RSU grants generally vest 25% on the one year anniversary and 1/16 th  on a quarterly basis thereafter.

          Prior to fiscal 2014, the Group's equity awards have been subject only to a time-based service condition. However, the Group's RSUs require the satisfaction of a time-based service condition as well as a liquidity condition, defined as a sale or listing of the Company. The liquidity condition shall be satisfied on the first to occur of (i) a sale event, as defined in the RSU Plan, or (ii) a Qualified Listing. RSU Plan participants must only continue to provide services to a Group entity over the time-based service condition to be entitled to receive the RSUs. The RSUs will not be issued until the future liquidity condition is met. As the liquidity condition's assessment period may extend beyond the end of the required service period, the RSUs include a non-vesting condition.

F-61


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

          The Group had 3,000,000, 10,500,000 and 18,270,000 RSUs authorized for issuance under the RSU Plan as of June 30, 2014 and 2015 and September 30, 2015, respectively. RSU activity was as follows:

 
  Shares
Available
for Grant
  Restricted
Share Units
Outstanding
 

Balance as of June 30, 2013

         

Increase in authorized shares

    3,000,000      

Granted

    (1,116,884 )   1,116,884  

Cancelled

    13,492     (13,492 )

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    1,896,608     1,103,392  

Increase in authorized shares

    7,500,000      

Granted

    (9,201,359 )   9,201,359  

Cancelled

    455,530     (455,530 )

Balance as of June 30, 2015

    650,779     9,849,221  

Increase in authorized shares (unaudited)

    7,770,000      

Granted (unaudited)

    (592,137 )   592,137  

Cancelled (unaudited)

    682,995     (682,995 )

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    8,511,637     9,758,363  

Restricted share options

          In November 2010, the Board of Directors approved the Atlassian Corporation Pty. Limited 2010 U.S. Share Option Plan and the Atlassian Employee Share Option Plan (collectively, the "Old Plans"), which allowed for the issuance of options to purchase restricted shares. In December 2013, the Board of Directors approved the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2013 U.S. Share Option Plan and the Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan (collectively, the "New Plans"), which also allowed for the issuance of options to purchase restricted shares. As part of the Reorganization, the New Plans replaced the Old Plans.

          Options have a contractual life of seven to ten years and typically follow a standard vesting schedule over a 4 year period: 25% vest after one year and 1/48 th  monthly vesting for the 36 months thereafter. Options granted to the Directors vest 1/48 th  monthly for 48 months with no initial cliff vest. Individuals must continue to provide services to a Group entity in order to vest. Upon termination, all unvested options are forfeited and vested options must generally be exercised within three months.

          Options to purchase 33,305,522 restricted shares have been authorized for issuance under these plans as of June 30, 2014 and 2015 and September 30, 2015.

F-62


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

          Restricted share option activity was as follows:

 
  Shares
Available
for Grant
  Outstanding
Share
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Balance as of June 30, 2012

    3,452,769     17,913,297   $ 0.72  

Increase in authorized shares

    4,030,000          

Granted

    (8,780,700 )   8,780,700     2.16  

Exercised

        (2,723,239 )   0.62  

Cancelled

    2,115,091     (2,115,091 )   1.36  

Balance as of June 30, 2013

    817,160     21,855,667   $ 1.20  

Increase in authorized shares

    4,886,373          

Granted

    (6,329,300 )   6,329,300     3.14  

Exercised

        (5,812,104 )   1.02  

Cancelled

    1,624,049     (1,624,049 )   2.01  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

    998,282     20,748,814   $ 1.78  

Granted

    (500,000 )   500,000     14.67  

Exercised

        (2,111,211 )   1.11  

Cancelled

    2,204,139     (2,204,139 )   2.46  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

    2,702,421     16,933,464   $ 2.11  

Granted (unaudited)

             

Exercised (unaudited)

        (1,563,512 )   0.76  

Cancelled (unaudited)

    81,642     (81,642 )   2.30  

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    2,784,063     15,288,310   $ 2.23  

Vested and exercisable as of June 30, 2014

          8,960,904   $ 1.00  

Vested and exercisable as of June 30, 2015

          10,714,451   $ 1.24  

Vested and exercisable as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

          9,807,520   $ 1.35  

          The weighted-average remaining contractual life for options outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and 2015, and September 30, 2015, was 5.4 years, 4.5 years and 4.3 years, respectively.

          Options exercisable as of June 30, 2014 and 2015, and September 30, 2015, had a weighted-average remaining contractual life of approximately 3.9 years, 3.4 years and 3.3 years, respectively.

F-63


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

          The following table summarizes information about restricted share options outstanding as of June 30, 2015:

 
  Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
Range of
Exercise Prices
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Years
 
$0.41 - $0.62     6,254,512   $ 0.48     6,030,495   $ 0.48     2.36  
$1.43 - $1.59     1,249,265     1.54     975,001     1.53     3.77  
$1.92 - $2.16     2,475,439     2.06     1,530,714     2.05     4.39  
$2.40 - $2.63     2,669,251     2.42     1,373,007     2.42     4.84  
$2.92 - $3.18     3,784,997     3.14     805,234     3.10     6.31  

$14.67

    500,000     14.67                  
      16,933,464   $ 2.11     10,714,451   $ 1.24     3.39  

          The following table summarizes information about restricted share options outstanding as of September 30, 2015:

 
  Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
Range of
Exercise Prices
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Years
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
$0.38 - $0.57     5,016,292   $ 0.45     4,906,672   $ 0.45     2.18  
$1.43 - $1.59     1,094,212     1.54     929,292     1.54     3.52  
$1.92 - $2.16     2,375,591     2.06     1,619,341     2.06     4.14  
$2.40 - $2.63     2,615,881     2.42     1,503,194     2.42     4.59  
$2.92 - $3.18     3,686,334     3.14     849,021     3.10     6.16  
$14.67     500,000     14.67              
      15,288,310   $ 2.23     9,807,520   $ 1.35     3.34  

          The weighted-average exercise price decreased during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and the three months ended September 30, 2015, reflecting an appreciation of the U.S. dollar as compared to the Australian dollar.

F-64


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

Class B ordinary share options

          Class B ordinary share option activity was as follows:

 
  Shares
Available
for Grant
  Outstanding
Share
Options
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Balance as of June 30, 2012

        2,600,000   $ 0.65  

Balance as of June 30, 2013

        2,600,000   $ 0.65  

Exercised

        (1,047,500 )   0.64  

Balance as of June 30, 2014

        1,552,500   $ 0.68  

Balance as of June 30, 2015

        1,552,500   $ 0.56  

Balance as of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

        1,552,500   $ 0.51  

          Options exercisable as of June 30, 2014 and 2015, and September 30, 2015 had a weighted-average remaining contractual life of approximately 3.8 years, 2.8 years and 2.6 years, respectively. Class B ordinary share options were issued under the Old Plans and denominated in Australian dollars. The weighted-average exercise price decreased during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and the three months ended September 30, 2015, reflecting an appreciation of the U.S. dollar as compared to the Australian dollar.

          The following table summarizes information about the Class B ordinary share options outstanding as of June 30, 2015:

 
  Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
Exercise Prices
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Years
 
$0.24     302,500   $ 0.24     302,500   $ 0.24     2.36  
0.63     1,250,000     0.63     1,250,000     0.63     2.92  
      1,552,500   $ 0.56     1,552,500   $ 0.56     2.81  

F-65


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

          The following table summarizes information about the Class B ordinary share options outstanding as of September 30, 2015:

 
  Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
Exercise Prices
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Years
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
$0.22     302,500   $ 0.22     302,500   $ 0.22     2.11  
0.57     1,250,000     0.57     1,250,000     0.57     2.67  
      1,552,500   $ 0.51     1,552,500   $ 0.51     2.56  

Share-based payments

          All share-based payments are measured based on the grant date fair value of the awards and recognized in the consolidated statements of operations over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally the four-year vesting period of the award).

Valuation of RSUs

          As discussed above, the Group's RSUs contain a non-time based vesting condition. Pursuant to IFRS 2, Share-based payment , the fair value of the award at grant date must be reduced to reflect the impact of the non-time based vesting condition. The Group enlisted the assistance of a third-party valuation firm in order to perform the valuation using assumptions provided by management.

          The weighted-average grant date fair value of the RSUs issued for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 was $11.70 per share and $13.85 per share, respectively, and for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 was $12.71 per share and $16.59 per share, respectively.

Valuation of share options

          The fair value of share-based payments is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-valuation model. The following assumptions were used as inputs for the option-valuation model:

Fair value of underlying shares

          Given the absence of a publicly traded market, the Board of Directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of its restricted shares. The factors included, but were not limited to: (i) contemporaneous third-party valuations, including third-party offers to purchase shares; (ii) the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of the Group's preference share relative to those of the Group's restricted shares; (iii) the lack of marketability of

F-66


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

the Group's restricted shares; (iv) the Group's actual operating and financial results; (v) current business conditions and projections; and (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Group, given prevailing market conditions. For share options issued in between valuation dates, the grant date fair value of the underlying shares was determined by interpolating the fair value between the valuation dates.

Exercise price

          The exercise price is established on the grant date and is determined by the Board of Directors.

Risk-free interest rate

          The risk-free interest rate represents the implied yield currently available on zero-coupon government issued securities in the country in whose currency the exercise price was expressed over the expected term of the option.

Expected term

          The expected term represents the period that share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumptions were determined based on the vesting terms and contractual lives of the options as well as expectations around employee vesting behavior.

Volatility

          There is no active external or internal market for the restricted shares of the Group. As a substitute, a peer group of companies was used to calculate volatility.

Dividend yield

          The Group's restricted shares are not entitled to dividends. As such, no dividends are factored into the valuation of the underlying shares.

          The assumptions used for the periods presented were as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
 
  2013   2014   2015

Fair value of underlying shares

  $1.99 - 2.92   $2.92 - 9.78   $14.97

Exercise price

  $1.59 - 2.63   $2.92 - 3.18   $14.67

Expected volatility

  39 - 49%   39 - 43%   41%

Expected term (in years)

  4.0 - 4.6   4.0 - 5.0   4.0

Risk-free interest rate

  0.5 - 1.2%   1.0 - 1.3%   1.3%

Dividend yield

  —%   —%   —%

Fair value per share option

  $0.75 - 1.18   $1.05 - 6.96   $5.13

F-67


Table of Contents


ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the three months
ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

          There were no share options granted during the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015.

Shares subject to repurchase

          As determined by the Board of Directors, the Group allows certain individuals to early exercise share options. The Group retains the right to repurchase, at the original exercise price, any unvested (but issued) restricted shares during the repurchase period following employee termination. The consideration received for the early exercise of share options is recorded as a liability and reclassified into equity as the awards vest.

          Outstanding restricted shares as of June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015 included 505,859 shares with a corresponding grant date fair value of $1.1 million and 371,257 shares with a corresponding grant date fair value of $0.9 million, respectively, which were subject to repurchase as they were early exercised and unvested. Early exercised options during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 had a weighted-average exercise price of $2.19 per share. There were no early exercised options during the three months ended September 30, 2015. Amounts reclassified into contributed equity during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and the three months ended September 30, 2015 as a result of the vesting of the early exercised shares was $1.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

22. Events after the reporting period

          On July 9, 2015, the Group extended its existing leases for office space in Sydney Australia (the "Lease Extensions"). The Lease Extensions extend the existing facilities leases from June 30, 2017 to June, 30 2020 and will be accounted for as operating leases. The minimum commitment under the Lease Extensions totals $11.9 million over the three year term.

F-68


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

 

                  Shares

Atlassian Corporation Plc

Class A Ordinary Shares



LOGO



Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley

 

Allen & Company LLC   UBS Investment Bank   Jefferies

 

Canaccord Genuity   JMP Securities   Raymond James   William Blair



           Through and including                           , 2016 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

          Unless otherwise indicated, all references to "Atlassian" or the "company", "we", "our", "us" or similar terms refer to Atlassian Corporation Plc and its subsidiaries.

Item 6.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

          We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers to indemnify them to the maximum extent allowed under applicable law. These agreements indemnify these individuals against certain costs, charges, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses incurred by such director or officer in the execution or discharge of his or her duties. These agreements do not indemnify our directors against any liability attaching to such individuals in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company of which he or she is a director, which would be rendered void under the Companies Act. The U.K. specific restrictions apply to directors but not officers.

          We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

          Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

          The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement on Form F-1 provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Item 7.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          We were incorporated on November 14, 2013 with an issued share capital of two ordinary shares of nominal value £2.00 each and 30,332 redeemable shares of nominal value £2.00 each. Since incorporation there have been the following changes to our issued share capital:

    (vi)
    pursuant to the authority granted by a resolution, passed as an ordinary resolution by our shareholders on December 10, 2013:

    a.
    the two existing ordinary shares of nominal value £2.00 each were redenominated in U.S. Dollars as ordinary shares of nominal value $3.2828 each;

    b.
    the redenominated ordinary shares of nominal value $3.2828 each were redesignated as Class B ordinary shares of nominal value $3.2828 each;

II-1


Table of Contents

    (vii)
    in connection with our reorganization into the United Kingdom, on February 7, 2014 we issued and allotted:

    a.
    141,180,500 Class B ordinary shares of nominal value $0.10 each, which were credited as fully paid;

    b.
    12,387,798 Series A preference shares of nominal value $0.10 each, which were credited as fully paid;

    c.
    17,258,680 Series B preference shares of nominal value $0.10 each, which were credited as fully paid; and

    d.
    8,192,152 restricted shares of nominal value $0.10 each, which were credited as fully paid;

    (viii)
    pursuant to an authority granted by a resolution, passed as an ordinary resolution by our shareholders on January 30, 2014, on February 12, 2014 we redeemed in full the 30,332 redeemable shares of nominal value £2.00 each;

    (ix)
    in connection with a tender offer to purchase shares of our outstanding share capital held by certain of our shareholders by certain funds and institutional clients advised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC, on April 18, 2014:

    a.
    we issued and allotted 615,000 Class B ordinary shares of nominal value $0.10 each and 2,890,480 restricted shares of nominal value $0.10 each, all of which were credited as fully paid; and

    b.
    pursuant to an authority granted by a resolution, passed as an ordinary resolution by our shareholders on April 18, 2014:

    i.
    1,038,660 existing Class B ordinary shares of nominal value $0.10 each were redesignated as Class A ordinary shares of nominal value $0.10; and

    ii.
    2,212,500 Series B preference shares of nominal value $0.10 each were redesignated as Class A ordinary shares of nominal value $0.10;

    (x)
    between February 7, 2014 and September 30, 2015, we issued and allotted 4,150,517 restricted shares of nominal value $0.10 each from the exercise of restricted share options, which were credited as fully paid.

          Since our incorporation in 2013, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 1,163,400 restricted shares under our equity compensation plans at exercise prices ranging from $3.18 to $14.67 per share.

          Since our incorporation in 2013, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers 10,910,380 RSUs for our Class A ordinary shares under our equity compensation plans.

          None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise specified above, we believe these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (and Regulation S promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the share certificates issued in these

II-2


Table of Contents

transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 8.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
Exhibits.

          See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately following the signature page for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form F-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)
Financial Statement Schedules.

          All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 9.    Undertakings.

(a)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b)
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Sydney, Australia on November 9, 2015.

    ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MICHAEL CANNON-BROOKES

        Name:   Michael Cannon-Brookes
        Title:   Co-Chief Executive Officer

 

 

By:

 

/s/ SCOTT FARQUHAR

        Name:   Scott Farquhar
        Title:   Co-Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Scott Farquhar, Michael Cannon-Brookes and Murray Demo, and each of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Atlassian Corporation Plc, and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MICHAEL CANNON-BROOKES

Michael Cannon-Brookes
  Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director (Co-Principal Executive Officer)   November 9, 2015

/s/ SCOTT FARQUHAR

Scott Farquhar

 

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director (Co-Principal Executive Officer)

 

November 9, 2015

II-4


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ MURRAY DEMO

Murray Demo

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

November 9, 2015

/s/ SEBASTIEN GIROUX

Sebastien Giroux

 

Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

November 9, 2015

/s/ SHONA BROWN

Shona Brown

 

Director

 

November 9, 2015

/s/ DOUGLAS J. BURGUM

Douglas J. Burgum

 

Director

 

November 9, 2015

/s/ HEATHER MIRJAHANGIR FERNANDEZ

Heather Mirjahangir Fernandez

 

Director

 

November 9, 2015

/s/ JAY PARIKH

Jay Parikh

 

Director

 

November 9, 2015

/s/ ENRIQUE SALEM

Enrique Salem

 

Director

 

November 9, 2015

/s/ RICHARD P. WONG

Richard P. Wong

 

Director

 

November 9, 2015

ATLASSIAN, INC.

 

Authorized Representative in the United States

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MURRAY DEMO


 

November 9, 2015

 

 
    Name:   Murray Demo        
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer        

II-5


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
 
Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.
        
  3.1   Articles of Association of the Registrant as in effect prior to this offering.
        
  3.2   Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
        
  4.1 * Form of certificate evidencing Class A ordinary shares.
        
  4.2   Registration Agreement, dated July 2, 2010, by and among the Registrant and certain of its shareholders.
        
  5.1 * Opinion of Herbert Smith Freehills LLP, English legal counsel of the Registrant.
        
  8.1 * Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP, U.S. legal counsel of the Registrant, regarding certain U.S. tax matters.
        
  10.1   Form of Deed of Indemnity entered into between the Registrant and its directors.
        
  10.2 # Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Registrant and its officers.
        
  10.3 # Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
        
  10.4 # 2013 U.S. Share Option Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
        
  10.5 # 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
        
  10.6 # 2015 Share Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
        
  10.7 # 2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan.
        
  10.8 # Ordinary Shares Option Agreement.
        
  10.9 # Deed of Amendment to Class B Ordinary Shares Option Agreement.
        
  10.10 # Class B Ordinary Shares Exercise Agreement.
        
  10.11 # Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan.
        
  10.12 # Executive Severance Plan and form of Executive Severance Agreement entered into between the Registrant and its executive officers.
        
  10.13 # Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
        
  10.14 # Form of Director Agreement.
        
  10.15   Lease, dated March 25, 2015, by and between Atlassian Pty Ltd and Council of the City of Sydney.
        
  10.16   Lease, dated December 22, 2011, by and between Atlassian Pty Ltd and 341 George St Pty Ltd.
        
  10.17   Lease, dated July 9, 2015, by and between Atlassian Pty Ltd and 341 George St Pty Ltd.
        
  10.18   Lease, dated June 26, 2011, by and between Atlassian, Inc. and Redbird Investment Group, LLC.
 
   

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 
Description
  10.19   Separation and Release Agreement, dated October 21, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Erik Bardman.
        
  21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
        
  23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
        
  23.2 * Consent of Herbert Smith Freehills LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
        
  23.3 * Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1).
        
  24.1   Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement).

*
To be filed by amendment.

#
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or agreement.

II-7




Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 

Atlassian Corporation Plc

Company Number 8776021

 

Articles of Association

 

1



 

Contents

 

 

Table of contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Preliminary

4

 

 

 

 

 

1.1

Definitions

4

 

1.2

Interpretation

14

 

1.3

Application of the Acts

16

 

1.4

Exercise of powers

16

 

1.5

Single member company

17

 

1.6

Exclusion of other regulations

17

 

 

 

 

2

Liability of Members

17

 

 

 

3

Share capital

17

 

 

 

 

3.1

Shares

17

 

3.2

Share Certificates

18

 

3.3

Shareholder rights

19

 

3.4

Preference and Redeemable shares

19

 

3.5

Variation of class rights

21

 

3.6

Alteration of share capital

21

 

3.7

Equitable and other claims

21

 

3.8

Currency

22

 

3.9

Payment of commissions

22

 

3.10

Uncertificated shares

22

 

3.11

Separate holdings of shares in certificated and uncertificated form

22

 

 

 

 

4

Calls, forfeiture, lien and surrender

22

 

 

 

 

4.1

Calls

22

 

4.2

Proceedings for recovery of calls

23

 

4.3

Payments in advance of calls

24

 

4.4

Forfeiting partly paid shares

24

 

4.5

Indemnity for payments by the company

25

 

4.6

Lien on shares

26

 

4.7

Surrender of shares

26

 

4.8

Procedures after sale, reissue or other disposal of shares by the company

26

 

4.9

Interest payable by member

27

 

 

 

 

5

Transfer and transmission of shares

27

 

 

 

 

5.1

Transfer of shares

27

 

5.2

General

28

 

5.3

Allowable transfers

29

 

5.4

Power to decline registration of transfers

29

 

5.5

Transmission of shares

30

 

 

 

 

6

Share Issues

30

 

 

 

 

6.1

General prohibition on issue

30

 

6.2

Further Share issues

30

 

6.3

Allocation of Offered Securities

31

 

6.4

Issue of excess Securities

31

 

6.5

Exception to the pre-emption regime

31

 

 

 

 

7

Drag Along Option

32

 

 

 

8

Pre-emption rights

33

 

 

 

 

8.1

Transfer Notice

33

 

8.2

Allocation of Sale Shares

33

 

8.3

Transfer of Sale Shares

34

 

1



 

 

8.4

Revocation

34

 

8.5

Remaining Sale Shares

34

 

 

 

 

9

Tag Along Option

34

 

 

 

10

Exit and reorganisation

36

 

 

 

 

10.1

Implementation of Exit

36

 

10.2

No warranties from Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder

36

 

10.3

Listing and reorganisation

36

 

 

 

 

11

General meetings

37

 

 

 

 

11.1

Calling general meetings

37

 

11.2

Notice of annual general meetings and other general meetings

37

 

11.3

Admission to general meetings

37

 

11.4

Quorum at general meetings

38

 

11.5

Chairperson of general meetings

39

 

11.6

Conduct of general meetings and adjournment

39

 

11.7

Decisions at general meetings

40

 

11.8

Voting rights

41

 

11.9

Representation at general meetings

42

 

11.10

Amendments to special and ordinary resolutions

44

 

 

 

 

12

Directors

44

 

 

 

 

12.1

Appointment and removal of directors

44

 

12.2

Vacation of office

45

 

12.3

Remuneration of directors

45

 

12.4

Share qualification and directors right to attend and speak

46

 

12.5

Interested directors

46

 

12.6

Powers and duties of directors

49

 

12.7

Proceedings of directors

50

 

12.8

Convening meetings of directors

50

 

12.9

Notice of meetings of directors

50

 

12.10

Quorum at meetings of directors

51

 

12.11

Chairperson of directors

52

 

12.12

Decisions of directors

52

 

12.13

Written resolutions of directors

53

 

12.14

Alternate directors

53

 

12.15

Committees of directors and delegation to a director

54

 

12.16

Validity of acts

55

 

 

 

 

13

Executive officers

55

 

 

 

 

13.1

Managing directors

55

 

13.2

Secretaries

56

 

13.3

Provisions applicable to all executive officers

56

 

 

 

 

14

Seals

56

 

 

 

15

Distribution of profits

56

 

 

 

 

15.1

Dividends

56

 

15.2

Capitalisation of profits

58

 

15.3

Ancillary powers

59

 

2



 

16

Winding up

59

 

 

 

17

Indemnity and insurance

60

 

 

 

18

Access to documents

60

 

 

 

19

Notices and other communications

61

 

 

 

 

19.1

Notices by the company to members

61

 

19.2

Notices by the company to directors

61

 

19.3

Notices by members or directors to the company

61

 

19.4

Time of service

62

 

19.5

Other communications and documents

62

 

19.6

Notices in writing

62

 

 

 

 

20

Disclosure of interests

62

 

 

 

21

Branch registers

64

 

 

 

22

Change of name

65

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1

 

 

 

 

 

Share rights

2

 

3



 

Articles of Association

 

Atlassian Corporation Plc

 

Company Number 8776021

 

A company limited by shares

 

Articles of Association

 

1                                          Preliminary

 

1.1                                Definitions

 

The meanings of the terms used in these articles (including in Schedule 1) are set out below.

 

Term

 

Meaning

 

 

 

Acceptance Date

 

has the meaning given in article 6.2(a).

 

 

 

Accepting Shareholders

 

has the meaning given in article 6.3(a).

 

 

 

Accounts

 

in respect of a financial year, the financial report of the company for that financial year prepared by the company and audited in accordance with the provisions of the Acts.

 

 

 

Acts

 

means every statute (including any orders, regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it) from time to time in force concerning companies in so far as it applies to the company, including without limitation the Companies Acts (as defined in section 2 of the Companies Act 2006).

 

 

 

Additional Securities

 

has the meaning given in article 6.2(a).

 

 

 

Affiliates

 

of any person means any other person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person, where ‘control’ means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a person whether through the ownership of voting securities, contract or otherwise, provided that Affiliates shall not include any portfolio companies of a person.

 

4



 

1 Preliminary

 

Term

 

Meaning

 

 

 

Allocation Notice

 

has the meaning given in article 8.2(a).

 

 

 

Approved Depositary

 

means any depositary, custodian or other person (or nominee for such depositary, custodian or other person) who holds or is interested in shares of the company (or rights or interests in shares of the company) and creates securities, depositary receipts, documents of title or documents otherwise evidencing the entitlement of the holder thereof to or to receive such shares, rights or interests, created in accordance with and subject to the terms of a deposit agreement to be entered into between the company, the Approved Depositary and the owners and holders of such securities on such terms, as the Board in its absolute discretion considers to be appropriate, for the purposes of administering such a depositary programme.

 

 

 

articles

 

means these articles of association of the company.

 

 

 

ASX

 

ASX Limited ACN 008 624 691.

 

 

 

Atlassian Employee Share Scheme

 

one or more employee share option or equity schemes approved by the Board.

 

 

 

Board

 

the board of directors of the company.

 

 

 

Business Day

 

a day on which banks are open for business in London and Sydney excluding a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday.

 

 

 

Class A Ordinary DS Holder

 

a holder of a Class A Ordinary DS Interest.

 

 

 

Class A Ordinary DS Interest

 

if a Class A Ordinary Share is held by an Approved Depositary, any security, depositary receipt, document of title or other document created by the Approved Depositary and representing such Class A Ordinary Share deposited with the Approved Depositary.

 

 

 

Class A Ordinary Shares

 

a class A ordinary share issued by the company.

 

 

 

Class A Ordinary Shareholder

 

a holder of Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

 

 

Class B Ordinary DS Holder

 

a holder of a Class B Ordinary DS Interest.

 

5



 

Term

 

Meaning

 

 

 

Class B Ordinary DS Interest

 

if a Class B Ordinary Share is held by an Approved Depositary, any security, depositary receipt, document of title or other document created by the Approved Depositary and representing such Class B Ordinary Share deposited with the Approved Depositary.

 

 

 

Class B Ordinary Shares

 

a class B ordinary share issued by the company.

 

 

 

Class B Ordinary Shareholder

 

a holder of Class B Ordinary Shares.

 

 

 

clear days

 

in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.

 

 

 

Conversion Date

 

any date or time when any Preference Shares are to be converted in accordance with these articles.

 

 

 

Conversion Price

 

initially the conversion price is $2.22919419; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

subsequently the conversion price shall be as amended, if applicable, pursuant to article 3.4(e) of Schedule 1.

 

 

 

Convertible Securities

 

any shares or securities (other than Options) directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares.

 

 

 

Declined Securities

 

has the meaning given in article 6.3(a).

 

 

 

Drag Along Notice

 

has the meaning given in article 7(b).

 

 

 

DS Holder

 

a Class A Ordinary DS Holder, Class B Ordinary DS Holder, Restricted DS Holder, Series A Preference DS Holder and/or Series B Preference DS Holder (as the context indicates).

 

 

 

DS Interest

 

a Class A Ordinary DS Interest, Class B Ordinary DS Interest, Restricted DS Interest, Series A Preference DS Interest and/or Series B Preference DS Interest (as the context indicates).

 

 

 

electronic address

 

means any number or address used for the purposes of sending or receiving notices, documents or information by electronic means.

 

6



 

Term

 

Meaning

 

 

 

electronic form

 

has the same meaning as in the Companies Act 2006.

 

 

 

electronic means

 

has the same meaning as in the Companies Act 2006.

 

 

 

Excess Shares

 

has the meaning given in article 8.1(a).

 

 

 

executed

 

means any mode of execution.

 

 

 

Exit

 

a sale of all the Shares or a Listing.

 

 

 

Founder Director

 

a director appointed by the holders of a majority of Class B Ordinary Shares.

 

 

 

Founding Shareholder

 

each of Scott Farquhar, Michael Alexander Cannon-Brookes, Skip Enterprises Pty Limited as trustee for the Farquhar Family Trust and Grokco Pty Limited as trustee for the Grok Trust.

 

 

 

Governmental Agency

 

any government, governmental, semi-governmental, administrative, fiscal, or judicial body, department, commission, authority, tribunal, agency or entity in any part of the world.

 

 

 

Group

 

the company and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time and Group Company means any one of them.

 

 

 

holder

 

means in relation to shares, the member whose name is entered in the register of members as the holder of the shares.

 

 

 

Independent Director

 

has the meaning given in article 12.1(g).

 

 

 

Law or law

 

includes all laws, regulations, directives, statutes, subordinate legislation, common law and civil codes of any jurisdiction, all judgments, orders, notices, instructions, decisions and awards of any court or competent authority or tribunal (including a Governmental Agency) and all codes of practice having force of law, statutory guidance and policy notes.

 

 

 

Liquidation Value

 

the amount paid or credited on each Preference Share as paid on such Preference Share. For the avoidance of doubt, the Liquidation Value of a Preference DS Interest shall be the same as the underlying Preference Share which such Preference DS Interest represents.

 

7



 

Term

 

Meaning

 

 

 

Listing

 

the admission of the company to the list or the quotation of the Class B Ordinary Shares and/or Class A Ordinary Shares (including the Class B Ordinary Shares and Class A Ordinary Shares to which any Class B Ordinary Shares, Restricted Shares or Preference Shares convert (as appropriate)) on the quotation system of ASX, NASDAQ, NYSE or any other stock exchange.

 

 

 

Major Shareholder

 

a Shareholder who alone or together with its Affiliates holds Preference Shares or more than 10 percent of the issued Shares.

 

 

 

Management DS Holder

 

a DS Holder (other than a Founding Shareholder) who is an employee or a former employee of a Group Company.

 

 

 

Management Shareholder

 

a Shareholder (other than a Founding Shareholder) who is an employee or a former employee of a Group Company.

 

 

 

NASDAQ

 

the NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

 

 

Notice of Issue

 

has the meaning given in article 6.2(a).

 

 

 

NYSE

 

the New York Stock Exchange.

 

 

 

Offer Period

 

has the meaning given in article 8.1(a).

 

 

 

Offered Securities

 

has the meaning given in article 6.2(a).

 

 

 

Office

 

means the registered office of the company.

 

 

 

Options

 

any rights, warrants or options to subscribe for or purchase Restricted Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares or Convertible Securities.

 

 

 

Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferee

 

a trust for the benefit of that Class B Ordinary Shareholder or persons other than the Class B Ordinary Shareholder, if such transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Class B Ordinary Shareholder, in each case so long as the Class B Ordinary Shareholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the Class B Ordinary Shares held by such trust;

 

 

 

 

 

 

a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which that Class B Ordinary Shareholder is a

 

8


 

Term

 

Meaning

 

 

 

 

 

 

participant or beneficiary; provided that in each case such Class B Ordinary Shareholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the Class B Ordinary Shares held in such account, plan or trust;

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

a corporation, partnership or limited liability company in which that Class B Ordinary Shareholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferees, owns shares, partnership interests or membership interests, as applicable, with sufficient Voting Control in the corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class B Ordinary Shareholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the Class B Ordinary Shares held by such corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

an Affiliate.

 

 

 

 

Permitted Series B

 

1

a trust for the benefit of that Series B Preference

 

 

 

 

Preference Transferee

 

Shareholder or persons other than the Series B Preference

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder, if such transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Series B Preference Shareholder, in each case so long as the Series B Preference Shareholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the Series B Preference Shares held by such trust;

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which that Series B Preference Shareholder is a participant or beneficiary; provided that in each case such Series B Preference Shareholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the Series B Preference Shares held in such account, plan or trust;

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

a corporation, partnership or limited liability company in which that Series B Preference Shareholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Series B Preference Transferees, owns shares, partnership interests or membership interests, as applicable, with sufficient Voting Control in the corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Series B Preference Shareholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the Series B Preference Shares held by such corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

an Affiliate.

 

 

 

Preference DS Holder a

 

Series A Preference DS Holder or a Series B Preference DS Holder.

 

 

 

Preference DS Interest a

 

Series A Preference DS Interest or a Series B Preference DS Interest.

 

9



 

Term

 

Meaning

 

 

 

Preference Share

 

a Series A Preference Share or a Series B Preference Share.

 

 

 

Preference Shareholder

 

a holder of Series A Preference Shares or Series B Preference Shares.

 

 

 

Proportional Entitlement

 

in respect of a Shareholder, a fraction which is the number of Shares held by such Shareholder on an as converted basis divided by the total number of Securities in issue in the capital of the Company on as converted basis.

 

 

 

 

 

For the purposes this definition, the total number of Securities in issue in the capital of the Company on an as-converted basis at any particular time means:

 

 

 

 

 

(1) the Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of all Series A Preference Shares in issue at such time (determined in accordance with these articles at the prevailing Conversion Price);

 

 

 

 

 

(2) the Relevant Number of Class B Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of all Series B Preference Shares in issue at such time (determined in accordance with these articles at the prevailing Conversion Price);

 

 

 

 

 

(3) the number of all Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at such time;

 

 

 

 

 

(4) the number of all Class A Ordinary Shares in issue at such time;

 

 

 

 

 

(5) the number of all Restricted Shares in issue at such time; and

 

 

 

 

 

(6) the number of all Options in issue at such time.

 

 

 

 

 

Further, for the purposes of this definition, the total number of Shares held by such Shareholder on an as converted basis at any particular time has the meaning given in paragraphs (1) ,(2) and (3) (as applicable) above.

 

 

 

Proposing Transferor

 

a Shareholder which proposes to transfer Shares or a DS Holder which proposes to transfer DS Interests (as the context indicates).

 

 

 

Qualified Listing

 

a Listing in which the offering price is equal to at least 2 (two) times the Liquidation Value per Share and the market capitalisation of the company immediately following the offering is equal to at least USD500,000,000.

 

 

 

Recipient Shareholder

 

has the meaning given in article 8.1(a).

 

 

 

Relevant Agreement

 

any agreement to which some or all of the Shareholders (in their capacity as Shareholders in the company) and the company are party relating to the business and affairs of the company.

 

 

 

Relevant Number

 

1

in respect of a Series A Preference Share, has the meaning

 

10



 

Term

 

Meaning

 

 

 

 

 

 

given in article 3.4(c) of Schedule 1; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

in respect of a Series B Preference Share, has the meaning given in article 3.4(c) of Schedule 1 (with references to Series A Preference Shares in that article deemed to be references to Series B Preference Shares for the purpose of the calculation of the conversion of Series B Preference Shares under these articles).

 

 

 

Relevant Shareholders

 

the Shareholders who are parties to the Relevant Agreement from time to time.

 

 

 

Restricted DS Holder

 

a holder of a Restricted DS Interest.

 

 

 

Restricted DS Interest

 

if a Restricted Share is held by an Approved Depositary, any security, depositary receipt, document of title or other document created by the Approved Depositary and representing such Restricted Share deposited with the Approved Depositary.

 

 

 

Restricted Share

 

a restricted share issued by the company.

 

 

 

Restricted Shareholder

 

a holder of Restricted Shares.

 

 

 

Sale Shares

 

has the meaning given in article 8.1(a).

 

 

 

seal

 

means the common seal (if any) of the company and an official seal (if any) kept by the company by virtue of section 50 of the Companies Act 2006, or either of them as the case may require.

 

 

 

secretary

 

means the secretary of the company or any other person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary.

 

 

 

Securities

 

shares, debentures, stocks, bonds, notes, interests in a managed investment scheme, units, warrants, options, derivative instruments, or any other securities.

 

 

 

Series A Preference DS Holder

 

a holder of a Series A Preference DS Interest.

 

 

 

Series A Preference DS Interest

 

if a Series A Preference Share is held by an Approved Depositary, any security, depositary receipt, document of title or other document created by the Approved Depositary and representing such Series A

 

11



 

Term

 

Meaning

 

 

 

 

 

Preference Share deposited with the Approved Depositary.

 

 

 

Series A Preference Share

 

a series A preference share issued by the company.

 

 

 

Series A Preference Shareholder

 

a holder of Series A Preference Shares.

 

 

 

Series B Preference Director

 

a person who is appointed as a director of the company by the Series B Preference Majority.

 

 

 

Series B Preference DS Holder

 

a holder of a Series B Preference DS Interest.

 

 

 

Series B Preference DS Interest

 

if a Series B Preference Share is held by an Approved Depositary, any security, depositary receipt, document of title or other document created by the Approved Depositary and representing such Series B Preference Share deposited with the Approved Depositary.

 

 

 

Series B Preference Majority

 

the holder or holders of a majority of the Series B Preference Shares.

 

 

 

Series B Preference Share

 

a series B preference share issued by the company.

 

 

 

Series B Preference Shareholder

 

a holder of Series B Preference Shares.

 

 

 

Share or share

 

a share in the capital of the company.

 

 

 

Shareholder or shareholder

 

a holder from time to time of any Share.

 

 

 

Shareholder Majority

 

at the time of calculation, Shareholders holding in aggregate at least

 

 

 

 

 

70% of all voting rights attached to the Shares of the company in issue at such time

 

 

 

 

 

For the purposes of determining whether the requisite majority is achieved for the purposes of this definition of Shareholder Majority:

 

 

 

 

 

1

any Series A Preference Shares in issue at the time the calculation is undertaken must be considered to have been converted into the Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares (in accordance with these articles at the prevailing Conversion Price), and the voting

 

12



 

Term

 

Meaning

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

rights attaching to such Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares must be included in the calculation (reflective of the voting rights thereof by the Series A Preference Shareholder of such Series A Preference Shares);

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

any Series B Preference Shares in issue at the time the calculation is undertaken must be considered to have been converted into:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)          if there are no Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at such time, the Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares (in accordance with these articles at the prevailing Conversion Price); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)          if there are Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at such time, the Relevant Number of Class B Ordinary Shares (in accordance with these articles at the prevailing Conversion Price),

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and the voting rights attaching to such Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares (as applicable) must be included in the calculation (reflective of the voting rights thereof by the Series B Preference Shareholder of such Series B Preference Shares);

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

the voting rights attaching to any Class A Ordinary Shares in issue at the time the calculation is undertaken must be included in the calculation (reflective of the voting rights thereof by the Class A Ordinary Shareholder of such Class A Ordinary Shares);

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

the voting rights attaching to any Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at the time the calculation is undertaken must be included in the calculation (reflective of the voting rights thereof by the Class B Ordinary Shareholder of such Class B Ordinary Shares);

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

any Restricted Shares in issue at the time the calculation is undertaken must not be considered to be in issue and must not be included in the calculation notwithstanding any effort or attempt to vote such Restricted Shares by the Restricted Shareholder of such Restricted Shares; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

any Options in issue at the time the calculation is undertaken must be considered to have lapsed and must not be included in the calculation.

 

 

 

Special Board

 

a resolution of directors passed by the Board, including a Series B

 

 

 

Resolution

 

Preference Director and a Founder Director.

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

has the same meaning as in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

 

 

Tag Along Notice

 

has the meaning given in article 9(b).

 

 

 

Tag Along Option

 

the option granted to each Preference Shareholder pursuant to article 9 to participate in any sale of shares to a Third Party.

 

 

 

Tag Along Proportion

 

in respect of the Proposing Transferor, the number of Shares which the Proposing Transferor is entitled to sell as determined in

 

13



 

Term

 

Meaning

 

 

 

 

 

accordance with article 9(f).

 

 

 

Tag Along Shareholder

 

has the meaning given in article 9(f).

 

 

 

Third Party

 

a person other than the company or a Shareholder.

 

 

 

transfer

 

of a Share means any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such Share or any legal or beneficial interest in such Share, whether direct or indirect, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law.

 

 

 

Transfer Date

 

has the meaning given in article 8.2(b).

 

 

 

Transfer Notice

 

has the meaning given in article 8.1(a).

 

 

 

Transfer Price

 

has the meaning given in article 8.1(a).

 

 

 

Transmission Event

 

the death or bankruptcy of a member or any other circumstances whereby as a result of operation of law a person becomes entitled to the Shares held by a member.

 

 

 

Uncertificated Securities Rules

 

means any provision of the Acts relating to the holding, evidencing of title to or transfer of uncertificated shares and any legislation, rules or other arrangements made under or by virtue of such provision, including the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.

 

 

 

Valuer

 

the president from time to time of the Institute of Chartered Accountants or the nominee of that president.

 

 

 

Voting Control

 

with respect to a Share means the exclusive power (whether directly or indirectly) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement, or otherwise.

 

1.2                                        Interpretation

 

(a)                                          In these articles, references to a share being in uncertificated form are references to that share being an uncertificated unit of a security and references to a share being in certificated form are references to that share being a certificated unit of a security, provided that any reference to a share in uncertificated form applies only to a share of a class which is, for the time being,

 

14



 

a participating security, and only for so long as it remains a participating security.

 

(b)                                          A reference in these articles to a partly paid share is a reference to a share on which there is an amount unpaid.

 

(c)                                           A reference in these articles to a call or an amount called in respect of a share includes a reference to an amount that, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable on issue or at a fixed date.

 

(d)                                          A member is to be taken to be present at a general meeting if the member is present in person or by proxy or corporate representative.

 

(e)                                           A chairperson appointed under these articles may be referred to as chairman or chairwoman, or as chair, as appropriate.

 

(f)                                            A reference in these articles in general terms to a person holding or occupying a particular office or position includes a reference to any person who occupies or performs the duties of that office or position for the time being.

 

(g)                                           A reference to a voting right attaching to a Share is taken to be a reference to the number of votes that may be cast in respect of that Share at a general meeting on a poll.

 

(h)                                          A reference to ‘$’ means the lawful currency of the United States of America unless expressly noted as “£” in which case such reference will be to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

(i)                                              In these articles, unless the contrary intention appears:

 

(1)                                          the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular;

 

(2)                                          words of any gender include all genders;

 

(3)                                          a reference to a person includes any individual, company, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation, firm or other body corporate, unincorporated association and any Government Agency;

 

(4)                                          a reference to a person includes that person’s successors and legal personal representatives; and

 

(5)                                          a reference to any legislation includes all delegated legislation made under it and amendments, consolidations, replacements or re-enactments of any of them.

 

(j)                                             In these articles:

 

(1)                                          references to writing include references to typewriting, printing, lithography, photography and any other modes of representing or reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form, whether sent or supplied in electronic form or made available on a website or otherwise;

 

(2)                                          the words and phrases “other”, “otherwise”, “including” and “in particular” shall not limit the generality of any preceding words or be construed as being limited to the same class as the preceding words where a wider construction is possible; and

 

(3)                                          references to a power are to a power of any kind, whether administrative, discretionary or otherwise.

 

(k)                                          In these articles, headings and bold type are for convenience only and do not affect its interpretation.

 

15



 

1.3                                        Application of the Acts

 

(a)                                          Unless the contrary intention appears, an expression in an article that deals with a matter dealt with by a provision of the Acts or the Uncertificated Securities Rules has the same meaning as in that provision of the Acts.

 

(b)                                          Subject to article 1.3(a), unless the contrary intention appears, an expression in an article that is used in the Acts or the Uncertificated Securities Rules has the same meaning as in the Acts or the Uncertificated Securities Rules.

 

1.4                                        Exercise of powers

 

(a)                                          The company may, in any way the Acts permit:

 

(1)                                          exercise any power;

 

(2)                                          take any action; or

 

(3)                                          engage in any conduct or procedure,

 

which, under the Acts, a public company limited by shares may exercise, take or engage in.

 

(b)                                          Where these articles provide that a person or body may do a particular act or thing, the act or thing may be done at the person’s discretion.

 

(c)                                           Where these articles confer a power to do a particular act or thing, the power is, unless the contrary intention appears, to be taken as including a power exercisable in the same manner and subject to the same conditions (if any) to repeal, rescind, revoke, amend or vary that act or thing.

 

(d)                                          Where these articles confer a power to do a particular thing in respect of particular matters, the power is, unless the contrary intention appears, to be taken to include a power to do that thing in respect of some only of those matters or in respect of a particular class or particular classes of those matters and to make different provision in respect of different matters or different classes of matters.

 

(e)                                           Where these articles confer a power to make appointments to any office or position, the power is, unless the contrary intention appears and subject to the Acts, to be taken to include a power:

 

(1)                                          to appoint a person to act in the office or position until a person is appointed to the office or position;

 

(2)                                          subject to any contract between the company and the relevant person, to remove or suspend any person appointed, with or without cause; and

 

(3)                                          to appoint another person temporarily in the place of any person so removed or suspended or in place of any sick or absent holder of the office or position.

 

(f)                                            Where these articles confer a power or impose a duty then, unless the contrary intention appears, the power may be exercised and the duty must be performed from time to time as the occasion requires.

 

(g)                                           Where these articles confer a power or impose a duty on the holder of an office as such then, unless the contrary intention appears, the power may be exercised and the duty must be performed by the holder for the time being of the office.

 

(h)                                          Where these articles confer power on a person or body to delegate a function or power:

 

16



 

2 Liability of Members

 

(1)                                          the delegation may be concurrent with, or (except in the case of a delegation by the board of directors) to the exclusion of, the performance or exercise of that function or power by the person or body;

 

(2)                                          the delegation may be either general or limited in any manner provided in the terms of delegation;

 

(3)                                          the delegation need not be to a specified person but may be to any person from time to time holding, occupying or performing the duties of a specified office or position;

 

(4)                                          the delegation may include the power to delegate;

 

(5)                                          where the performance or exercise of that function or power is dependent on the opinion, belief or state of mind of that person or body in relation to a matter, that function or power may be performed or exercised by the delegate on the opinion, belief or state of mind of the delegate in relation to that matter; and

 

(6)                                          the function or power so delegated, when performed or exercised by the delegate, is to be taken to have been performed or exercised by the person or body.

 

1.5                                        Single member company

 

If at any time the company has only one member then, unless the contrary intention appears:

 

(a)                                          a reference in an article to ‘the members’ is a reference to that member; and

 

(b)                                          without limiting article 1.5(a), an article which confers a power or imposes an obligation on the members to do a particular thing confers that power or imposes that obligation on that member.

 

1.6                                        Exclusion of other regulations

 

No regulations or model articles contained in any statute or subordinate legislation including without prejudice to such generality, the regulations contained in Table A to the Companies Act 1985 and the Companies (Model Articles) Regulations 2008 shall apply as the articles of the company.

 

2                                                  Liability of Members

 

The liability of the members is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares held by them.

 

3                                                  Share capital

 

3.1                                        Shares

 

(a)                                          Subject to the remaining provisions of this article 3.1 and article 6:

 

(1)                                          the directors are generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise all the powers of the company to allot shares in the company, and grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the

 

17



 

3 Share capital

 

company (‘Rights’) up to an aggregate nominal amount of $10 billion at any time or times during the period of five years from the date on which these articles are adopted, save that the company may before this authority expires make any offer or agreement which would, or might, require shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted after the authority expires, and the directors may allot shares or grant Rights in pursuance of any such offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired;

 

(2)                                          the authority given to the directors to allot shares and grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares of the company under article 3.1(a)(1) may be renewed, revoked or varied by ordinary resolution; and

 

(3)                                          in accordance with section 570 of the Companies Act 2006, the directors are hereby generally empowered to allot equity securities (as defined in section 560 of the Companies Act 2006) pursuant to the authority conferred by article 3.1(a)(1), as if section 561(1) of the Companies Act 2006 did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of $10 billion; and shall expire on the date falling five years after the adoption of these articles (unless renewed, varied or revoked by the company prior to or on that date), save that the company may, before such expiry make an offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the directors may allot equity securities in pursuance of any such offer or agreement notwithstanding that the power conferred by this article has expired.

 

(b)                                          Without prejudice to any rights conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the company may by ordinary resolution decide or, if the company has not so determined, the directors may decide:

 

(1)                                          the persons to whom shares are issued or options are granted;

 

(2)                                          the terms on which shares are issued or options are granted; and

 

(3)                                          the rights and restrictions attached to those shares and options.

 

(c)                                           In the event that rights and restrictions attaching to shares are determined by ordinary resolution or by the directors pursuant to article 3.1(b), those rights and restrictions shall apply, in particular in place of any rights or restrictions that would otherwise apply by virtue of the Companies Act 2006 in the absence of any provisions in the articles of a company, as if those rights and restrictions were set out in the articles.

 

(d)                                          Save as is permitted by section 586(2) of the Companies Act 2006, no shares of the company may be allotted unless they are paid up at least as to one-quarter of their nominal value and the whole of any premium.

 

3.2                                        Share Certificates

 

(a)                                          On becoming the holder of any share other than a share in uncertificated form, the company must issue each shareholder, free of charge, with one or more certificates in respect of the shares which that shareholder holds.

 

(b)                                          Every certificate must specify:

 

(1)                                          in respect of how many shares, of what class, it is issued;

 

(2)                                          the nominal value of those shares;

 

(3)                                          the amount paid up on the shares; and

 

(4)                                          any distinguishing numbers assigned to them.

 

18


 

(c)                                           No certificate may be issued in respect of shares of more than one class.

 

(d)                                          If more than one person holds a share, only one certificate may be issued in respect of it and delivery of a certificate to whichever of the joint holders’ names appears first on the register of members in respect of the joint holding shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

(e)                                           Certificates must:

 

(1)                                          have affixed to them the company’s common seal, or

 

(2)                                          be otherwise executed in accordance with the Acts.

 

(f)                                            If a certificate issued in respect of a shareholder’s shares is:

 

(1)                                          damaged or defaced, or

 

(2)                                          said to be lost, stolen or destroyed, that shareholder is entitled to be issued with a replacement certificate in respect of the same shares.

 

(g)                                           A shareholder exercising the right to be issued with a replacement certificate:

 

(1)                                          may at the same time exercise the right to be issued with a single certificate or separate certificates;

 

(2)                                          must return the certificate which is to be replaced to the company if it is damaged or defaced; and

 

(3)                                          must comply with such conditions as to evidence, indemnity and the payment of a reasonable fee as the directors decide.

 

(h)                                          Every share certificate issued by the company must contain the following words: “ The Shares the subject of this share certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer under the company’s articles of association.”

 

3.3                                        Shareholder rights

 

(a)                                          The Class A Ordinary Shareholders have the rights in respect of Class A Ordinary Shares which are set out in part 1 of Schedule 1.

 

(b)                                          The Class B Ordinary Shareholders have the rights in respect of Class B Ordinary Shares which are set out in part 2 of Schedule 1.

 

(c)                                           The Series A Preference Shareholders have the rights in respect of Series A Preference Shares which are set out in part 3 of Schedule 1.

 

(d)                                          The Series B Preference Shareholders have the rights in respect of Series B Preference Shares which are set out in part 4 of Schedule 1.

 

(e)                                           The Restricted Shareholders have the rights in respect of Restricted Shares which are set out in part 5 of Schedule 1.

 

3.4                                        Preference and Redeemable shares

 

Preference Shares

 

(a)                                          The company may issue preference shares including preference shares which are, or at the option of the company or holder are, liable to be redeemed or convertible into ordinary shares.

 

(b)                                          Each preference share confers on the holder a right to receive a preferential dividend, in priority to the payment of any dividend on the ordinary shares, at the rate and on the basis decided by the directors under the terms of issue.

 

(c)                                           In addition to the preferential dividend and rights on winding up, each preference share may participate with the ordinary shares in profits and assets

 

19



 

of the company, including on a winding up, if and to the extent the directors decide under the terms of issue.

 

(d)                                          The preferential dividend may be cumulative only if and to the extent the directors decide under the terms of issue, and will otherwise be non cumulative.

 

(e)                                           Each preference share confers on its holder the right in a winding up and on redemption to payment in priority to the ordinary shares of:

 

(1)                                          the amount of any dividend accrued but unpaid on the share at the date of winding up or the date of redemption; and

 

(2)                                          any additional amount specified in the terms of issue.

 

(f)                                            To the extent the directors may decide under the terms of issue, a preference share may confer a right to a bonus issue or capitalisation of profits in favour of holders of those shares only.

 

(g)                                           A preference share does not confer on its holder any right to participate in the profits or property of the company except as set out above.

 

(h)                                          A preference share which does not have voting rights specified in Schedule 1 does not entitle its holder to vote at any general meeting of the company except in the following circumstances:

 

(1)                                          on any of the proposals specified in article 3.4(i) below:

 

(2)                                          on a resolution to approve the terms of a buyback agreement;

 

(3)                                          during a period in which a dividend or part of a dividend on the share is in arrears; or

 

(4)                                          during the winding up of the company.

 

(i)                                              The proposals referred to in article 3.4(h)(1) are proposals:

 

(1)                                          to reduce the share capital of the company;

 

(2)                                          that affect rights attached to the share;

 

(3)                                          to wind up the company; or

 

(4)                                          for the disposoal of the whole of the property, business and undertaking of the company.

 

(j)                                             The holder of a preference share who is entitled to vote in respect of that share under article 3.4(h) is, on a poll, entitled to the number of votes specified in, or determined in accordance with, the terms of issue for the share.

 

(k)                                          In the case of a redeemable preference share, the company must, at the time and place for redemption specified in, or determined in accordance with, the terms of issue for the share, redeem the share and, on receiving a redemption notice under the terms of issue, pay to or at the direction of the holder the amount payable on redemption of the share.

 

(l)                                              A holder of a preference share must not transfer or purport to transfer, and the directors must not register a transfer of, the share if the transfer would contravene any restrictions on the right to transfer the share set out in the terms of issue for the share.

 

Redeemable Shares

 

(m)                                      Any share (including non-preference shares) may be issued which is or is to be liable to be redeemed at the option of the company or the holder, and the directors may determine the terms, conditions and manner of redemption of any such share.

 

(n)                                          In the event that rights and restrictions attaching to shares are determined by the directors pursuant to this article, those rights and restrictions shall apply, in particular in place of any rights or restrictions that would otherwise apply by

 

20



 

virtue of the Companies Act 2006 in the absence of any provisions in the articles of a company, as if those rights and restrictions were set out in the articles.

 

(o)                                          Despite any other provisions in these articles, the redemption of any redeemable shares issued at the time of incorporation of the company will not be subject to any restrictions or require any other approvals (other than approval of the Board) and such redemption will not trigger or affect any rights attaching to any classes of shares (except for the shares the subject of the redemption).

 

3.5                                        Variation of class rights

 

Unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of a class of shares:

 

(a)                                          all or any of the rights or privileges attached to the class may be varied, whether or not the company is being wound up, only with the consent in writing of the holders of three-quarters of the issued shares of that class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares), or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of that class;

 

(b)                                          the provisions of these articles relating to general meetings apply, so far as they can and with such changes as are necessary, to each separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of that class, except that the necessary quorum shall be (i) at any such meeting other than an adjourned meeting, two persons together holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class in question (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares); and (ii) at any adjourned meeting, one person holding shares of the class in question (other than treasury shares) or his proxy; and

 

(c)                                           the rights conferred on the holders of the shares of that class are to be taken as not having been varied by: (i) the creation or issue of further shares ranking equally with them; or (ii) the purchase by the company of any of its own shares or the holding of such shares as treasury shares.

 

3.6                                        Alteration of share capital

 

(a)                                          The company may by ordinary resolution alter its share capital in any manner permitted by law.

 

(b)                                          Where fractions of shares are or would otherwise be created by an alteration of share capital under article 3.6(a), or any other difficulty arises in regard to the alteration of share capital, the directors may settle such difficulty as they see fit, including without limitation:

 

(1)                                            making cash payments;

 

(2)                                          deciding that fractions of shares are to be disregarded or rounded down to the nearest whole share; or

 

(3)                                          subject to compliance with the Acts, deciding that fractions of shares are to be rounded up to the nearest whole share by capitalising any amount available for capitalisation under article 15.2 even though some only of the members may participate in that capitalisation.

 

3.7                                        Equitable and other claims

 

Except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the company as holding any share upon any trust and the

 

21



 

4 Calls, forfeiture, lien and surrender

 

company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice of it) any interest in any share or (except only as these articles or by law otherwise provided) any other right in respect of any share other than an absolute right to the whole of the share in the holder.

 

3.8                                        Currency

 

(a)                                          An amount payable to the holder of a share, whether by way of or on account of dividend, return of capital, participation in the property of the company on a winding up or otherwise, may be paid, with the agreement of the holder or pursuant to the terms of issue of the share, in any currency and the directors may fix a date up to 30 days before the payment date as the date on which any applicable exchange rate will be determined for that purpose.

 

(b)                                          Where an Approved Depositary has elected or agreed to receive dividends in a foreign currency, the board may in its discretion approve the entering into of arrangements with the Approved Depositary to enable payment of the dividend in such foreign currency for value on the date on which the relevant dividend is paid, or on such other date as the board may determine.

 

3.9                                        Payment of commissions

 

The company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by the Acts. Any such commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares, or partly in one way and partly in the other and may be in respect of a conditional or an absolute subscription.

 

3.10                                 Uncertificated shares

 

(a)                                          Without prejudice to any powers which the company or the directors may have to issue, allot, dispose of, convert, or otherwise deal with or make arrangements in relation to shares and other securities in any form:

 

(1)                                          the holding of shares in uncertificated form and the transfer of title to such shares by means of a relevant system shall be permitted; and

 

(2)                                          the company may issue shares in uncertificated form and may convert shares from certificated form to uncertificated form and vice versa.

 

(b)                                          If and to the extent that any provision of these articles is inconsistent with such holding or transfer as is referred to in paragraph (a) of this article or with any provision of the Uncertificated Securities Rules, it shall not apply to any share in uncertificated form.

 

3.11                                 Separate holdings of shares in certificated and uncertificated form

 

Notwithstanding anything else contained in these articles, where any class of shares is, for the time being, a participating security, unless the directors otherwise determine, shares of any such class held by the same holder or joint holder in certificated form and uncertificated form shall be treated as separate holdings.

 

4                                                 Calls, forfeiture, lien and surrender

 

4.1                                       Calls

 

(a)                                         Subject to these articles and to the terms on which any shares are issued, the directors may:

 

22



 

(1)                                          make calls on the members for any amount unpaid on their shares which is not by the terms of issue of those shares made payable at fixed times; and

 

(2)                                          on the issue of shares, differentiate between members as to the amount of calls to be paid and the time for the payment.

 

(b)                                          The directors may require a call to be paid by instalments.

 

(c)                                           Subject to receiving at least 14 clear days’ notice specifying the time and place of payment, each member must pay to the company by the time and at the place so specified the amount called on the member’s shares.

 

(d)                                          A call is to be taken as having been made when the resolution of the directors authorising the call was passed.

 

(e)                                           The directors may revoke or postpone a call or extend the time for payment (in whole or in part) prior to receipt by the company of an amount due under the call.

 

(f)                                            Failure of a member to receive a notice of a call by, or the accidental failure to give notice of a call to a member, does not invalidate the call.

 

(g)                                           If an amount called on a share is not paid in full by the time appointed for payment, the person from whom the amount is due must pay interest on the unpaid part of the amount from the date specified for payment to the date of actual payment, at a rate determined under article 4.9.

 

(h)                                          Any amount unpaid on a share that, by the terms of issue of the share, becomes payable on issue or at a fixed date:

 

(1)                                          is treated for the purposes of these articles as if that amount was payable pursuant to a call duly made and notified; and

 

(2)                                          must be paid on the date on which it is payable under the terms of issue of the share.

 

(i)                                              A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

(j)                                            The directors may, to the extent the law permits, waive or compromise all or any part of any payment due to the company under the terms of issue of a share or under this article 4.1.

 

(k)                                          For the avoidance of doubt, no call shall be made on or with respect to any share which has been fully paid.

 

(l)                                              The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of it.

 

4.2                                        Proceedings for recovery of calls

 

(a)                                          In an action or other proceedings to recover a call, or interest or costs or expenses incurred because of the failure to pay or late payment of a call, proof that:

 

(1)                                          the name of the defendant is entered in the register as the holder or one of the holders of the share on which the call is claimed;

 

(2)                                          the resolution making the call is recorded in the minute book; and

 

(3)                                          notice of the call was given to the defendant complying with these articles,

 

23



 

is conclusive evidence of the debt and it is not necessary to prove the appointment or committee membership of the directors who made the call or any other matter.

 

(b)                                          In article 4.2(a), ‘defendant’ includes a person against whom the company alleges a set-off or counterclaim and ‘action or other proceedings to recover a call’ is to be interpreted accordingly.

 

4.3                                        Payments in advance of calls

 

(a)                                          The directors may accept from a member the whole or a part of the amount unpaid on a share although no part of that amount has been called.

 

(b)                                          The directors may authorise payment by the company of interest on the whole or any part of an amount accepted under article 4.3(a), until the amount becomes payable, at a rate agreed between the directors and the member paying the amount.

 

4.4                                        Forfeiting partly paid shares

 

(a)                                          If a member fails to pay the whole of a call or instalment of a call by the time specified for payment, the directors may serve a notice on that member:

 

(1)                                          requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest that has accrued and all costs, expenses or damages that may have been incurred by the company by reason of the non-payment or late payment of the call or instalment;

 

(2)                                          naming a further day (at least 14 clear days after the date of service of the notice) by which, and a place at which, the amount payable under article 4.4(a)(1) is to be paid; and

 

(3)                                          stating that, in the event of non-payment of the whole of the amount payable under article 4.4(a)(1) by the time and at the place named, the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

(b)                                          If the requirements of a notice served under article 4.4(a) are not complied with, the directors may by resolution forfeit any share concerning which the notice was given at any time after the day named in the notice and before the payment required by the notice is made.

 

(c)                                           A forfeiture under article 4.4(b) includes all dividends, interest and other amounts payable by the company on the forfeited share and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

 

(d)                                          Where a share has been forfeited:

 

(1)                                          notice of the resolution must be given to the member in whose name the share stood immediately before the forfeiture; and

 

(2)                                          an entry of the forfeiture, with the date, must be made in the register of members.

 

(e)                                           Failure to give the notice or to make the entry required under article 4.4(d) does not invalidate the forfeiture.

 

(f)                                            A forfeited share becomes the property of the company and the directors may sell, reissue or otherwise dispose of the share as they think fit and, in the case of reissue or other disposal, with or without crediting as paid up any amount paid on the share by any former holder.

 

(g)                                           A person whose shares have been forfeited ceases to be a member as to the forfeited shares, but must, if the directors decide, pay to the company:

 

24



 

(1)                                          all calls, instalments, interest, costs, expenses and damages owing in respect of the shares at the time of the forfeiture; and

 

(2)                                         interest on the unpaid part of the amount payable under article 4.4(g)(1), from the date of the forfeiture to the date of actual payment, at a rate determined under article 4.9.

 

(h)                                          Except as otherwise provided by these articles, the forfeiture of a share extinguishes all interest in, and all claims and demands against the company relating to, the forfeited share and all other rights attached to the share.

 

(i)                                            The directors may:

 

(1)                                          exempt a share from all or any part of this article 4.4;

 

(2)                                          waive or compromise all or any part of any payment due to the company under this article 4.4; and

 

(3)                                          before a forfeited share has been sold, reissued or otherwise disposed of, annul the forfeiture on the conditions they decide.

 

4.5                                        Indemnity for payments by the company

 

If the company becomes liable under any law to make any payment:

 

(a)                                          in respect of shares held solely or jointly by a member;

 

(b)                                          in respect of a transfer or transmission of shares by a member;

 

(c)                                           in respect of dividends, bonuses or other amount due or payable or which may become due and payable to a member; or

 

(d)                                         otherwise for or on account of or in respect of a member,

 

whether as a consequence of:

 

(e)                                           the death of that member;

 

(f)                                            the non-payment of any income tax, capital gains tax, wealth tax or other tax by that member or the legal personal representative of that member; or

 

(g)                                           the non-payment of any estate, probate, succession, death, stamp or other duty by that member or the legal personal representative of that member,

 

then, in addition to any right or remedy that the law may confer on the company:

 

(h)                                         the member or, if the member is dead, the member’s legal personal representative, must:

 

(1)                                         fully indemnify the company against that liability;

 

(2)                                          reimburse the company for any payment made under or as a consequence of that law immediately on demand by the company; and

 

(3)                                          pay interest on so much of the amount payable to the company under article 4.5(h)(2) as is unpaid from time to time, from the date the company makes a payment under that law until the date the company is reimbursed in full for that payment under article 4.5(h)(2), at a rate determined under article 4.9;

 

(i)                                             the company has a lien over all dividends and other amounts payable in respect of the shares held solely or jointly by that member or that member’s legal personal representative for all amounts payable to the company under this article 4.5;

 

(j)                                             the company may refuse to register a transfer of any shares by or to that member or that member’s legal personal representative until all amounts payable to the company under this article 4.5 have been paid; and

 

25



 

(k)                                          the directors may:

 

(1)                                         exempt a share from all or any part of this article 4.5; and

 

(2)                                          waive or compromise all or any part of any payment due to the company under this article 4.5.

 

4.6                                       Lien on shares

 

(a)                                          The company has a first lien on each partly paid share for all amounts (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that share.

 

(b)                                          The company’s lien on a share extends to all dividends payable on the share and to the proceeds of sale of the share.

 

(c)                                           The directors may sell any share on which the company has a lien in such manner as they think fit where:

 

(1)                                          an amount in respect of which a lien exists under this article 4.6 is presently payable; and

 

(2)                                          the company has, at least 14 clear days before the date of the sale, given to the registered holder of the share written notice stating the part of the amount for which the lien exists that is presently payable, demanding payment of that amount, and stating that if the notice is not complied with the shares may be sold.

 

(d)                                          Where the company registers a transfer of shares on which the company has a lien without giving to the transferee notice of its claim, the company’s lien is released so far as it relates to amounts owing by the transferor or any predecessor in title on the shares transferred.

 

(e)                                           The directors may:

 

(1)                                         exempt a share from all or any part of this article 4.6; and

 

(2)                                          waive or compromise all or any part of any payment due to the company under this article 4.6.

 

4.7                                        Surrender of shares

 

(a)                                          The directors may accept a surrender of a share by way of compromise of any claim as to whether or not that share has been validly issued or in any other case where the surrender is within the powers of the company.

 

(b)                                          Any share so surrendered may be sold, reissued or otherwise disposed of in the same manner as a forfeited share.

 

4.8                                        Procedures after sale, reissue or other disposal of shares by the company

 

(a)                                          A reference in this article 4.8 to a sale of a share is a reference to:

 

(1)                                          any sale, reissue or other disposal of a forfeited share under article 4.4(f) or a surrendered share under article 4.7; and

 

(2)                                          any sale of a share over which the company has a lien under article 4.6(c).

 

(b)                                          After the company has sold a share, the directors may:

 

(1)                                         receive the purchase money or consideration given for the share;

 

(2)                                          effect a transfer of the share or execute or appoint a person to execute, on behalf of the former holder, a transfer of the share; and

 

26



 

5 Transfer and transmission of shares

 

(3)                                         register as the holder of the share the person to whom the share is sold.

 

(c)                                           A person to whom the company sells shares need not take any steps to investigate the regularity or validity of the sale, or to see how the purchase money or consideration on the sale is applied. That person’s title to the shares is not affected by any irregularity by the company before the sale or the exercise of the company’s lien on the shares (as applicable).

 

(d)                                          The proceeds of a sale of shares under these articles must be applied in paying:

 

(1)                                         first, the expenses of the sale;

 

(2)                                          second, all amounts presently payable by the former holder whose shares have been sold,

 

and the balance (if any) must be paid (subject to any lien that exists under article 4.6 in respect of amounts not presently payable) to the former holder on the former holder delivering to the company the certificate for the shares that have been disposed of or such other proof of title as the directors may accept.

 

(e)                                           A statutory declaration by a director or secretary of the company that a share in the company has been:

 

(1)                                         duly forfeited under article 4.4(b);

 

(2)                                          duly sold, reissued or otherwise disposed of under article 4.4(f) or article 4.7; or

 

(3)                                         duly sold under article 4.6(c),

 

on a date stated in the statement is conclusive evidence of the facts stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share and of the right of the company or the directors to forfeit, sell, reissue or otherwise dispose of the share and the declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer if necessary) constitute good title to the share and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings relating to the forfeiture or disposal of the share.

 

4.9                                        Interest payable by member

 

(a)                                          For the purposes of articles 4.1(g), 4.4(g)(2) and 4.5(h)(3), the rate of interest payable to the company is:

 

(1)                                         if the directors have fixed a rate, that rate; or

 

(2)                                          in any other case, the appropriate rate (as defined in the Companies Act 2006).

 

(b)                                          Interest payable under articles 4.1(g), 4.4(g)(2) and 4.5(h)(3) accrues daily and may be capitalised monthly or at such other intervals the directors decide.

 

5                                                  Transfer and transmission of shares

 

5.1                                        Transfer of shares

 

(a)                                         Subject to these articles and to the rights or restrictions attached to any shares or class of shares, a member may transfer any of the member’s shares by an

 

27



 

instrument in writing in any usual form or in any other form approved by the directors.

 

(b)                                          Where any class of shares is, for the time being, a participating security, title to shares of that class which are recorded on an operator register of members as being held in uncertificated form may be transferred by means of the relevant system concerned. The transfer may not be in favour of more than four transferees.

 

(c)                                          An instrument of transfer referred to in article 5.1(a) must:

 

(1)                                          be signed by or on behalf of both the transferor and the transferee unless the instrument of transfer relates only to fully paid shares and the directors have dispensed with signature by the transferee or the transfer of the shares is effected by a document which is, or documents which together are, a sufficient transfer of those shares under the Acts;

 

(2)                                         if required by law to be stamped, be duly stamped; and

 

(3)                                          be left for registration at the Office, or at such other place as the directors decide, with the certificate for the shares to which it relates or any other evidence the directors require to prove the transferor’s title or right to the shares and the transferee’s right to be registered as the owner of the shares.

 

(d)                                          Subject to the powers vested in the directors to refuse a transfer which is not permitted by article 5.2 and subject to article 5.1, where the company receives an instrument of transfer complying with article 5.1(c), the company must register the transferee named in the instrument as the holder of the shares to which it relates.

 

(e)                                           No fee shall be charged for the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document or instruction relating to or affecting the title to any share.

 

(f)                                            A transferor of shares remains the holder of the shares transferred until the transfer is registered and the name of the transferee is entered in the register of members as the holder of the shares.

 

(g)                                           The company may retain a registered instrument of transfer for any period the directors decide.

 

(h)                                         Except in the case of fraud, the company must return any instrument of transfer which the directors decline to register to the person who deposited it with the company.

 

(i)                                             The directors may, to the extent permitted by law, waive all or any part of the requirements of this article 5.1.

 

(j)                                            Nothing in these articles shall preclude the directors from recognising a renunciation of the allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.

 

5.2                                        General

 

(a)                                          A Shareholder or DS Holder (other than a Management Shareholder or Management DS Holder) must not transfer any Shares or DS Interests except in accordance with articles 5.3, 7, 8, 9 or 10.

 

(b)                                          A Management Shareholder or Management DS Holder must not transfer any Shares or DS Interests except in accordance with articles 5.3, 7, 9 or 10.

 

28


 

5.3                                Allowable transfers

 

(a)                                          A Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder may transfer any of its Shares or DS Interests to:

 

(1)                                          an Affiliate provided that if such transferee ceases to be an Affiliate in relation to the Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder it must, within 15 Business Days of so ceasing, transfer the Shares or DS Interests held by it to the Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder or any other Affiliate of the Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder; and

 

(2)                                         any other Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder.

 

(b)                                          A Shareholder or DS Holder may transfer Shares or DS Interests to a nominee or trustee for that person and any such nominee or trustee may transfer Shares or DS Interests to any other nominee or trustee or to the beneficiary provided that no transfer pursuant to this article 5.3(b) shall be for value and no beneficial interest in the Shares or DS Interests passes as a result of the transfer.

 

(c)                                           A Share or DS Interest may be transferred by a natural person, to a member of that person’s family (other than to any person who is a minor) or to the trustee or trustees of a family trust set up for the benefit of a member of that person’s family provided that no transfer pursuant to this article 5.3(c) shall be for value and a person acquiring Shares or DS Interests pursuant to this article is not entitled to transfer any Shares or DS Interests except for a transfer to the person from whom the transferee acquired the Shares or DS Interests.

 

(d)                                          Despite any other provisions of these articles, a Shareholder or DS Holder may transfer any of its Shares or DS Interests to any person:

 

(1)                                         with the prior written consent of the Shareholder Majority; or

 

(2)                                         with the prior approval of the Board.

 

(e)                                           Despite any other provisions of these articles or the rights attaching to any Shares, an Approved Depositary may transfer any Shares held by the Approved Depositary to a DS Holder as part of the surrender of their DS Interest and such transfer shall not in any way result in the rights attaching to such Shares being varied or, if applicable, result in the automatic conversion of any Shares in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 1 to these articles.

 

5.4                                         Power to decline registration of transfers

 

(a)                                          Subject to article 5.1 and any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, the directors may, in their absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of shares.

 

(b)                                          The directors may refuse to register a transfer of a share in uncertificated form to a person who is to hold it thereafter in certificated form in any case where the company is entitled to refuse (or is excepted from the requirement) under the Uncertificated Securities Rules to register the transfer.

 

(c)                                           If the directors refuse to register a transfer of a share, they shall as soon as practicable and in any event within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the company (in the case of a transfer of a share in certificated form) or the date on which the operator-instruction was received by the company (in the case of a transfer of a share in uncertificated form to a person who is to hold it thereafter in certificated form) send to the transferee notice of the refusal together with reasons for the refusal. The directors shall send such further information about the reasons for the refusal to the transferee as the transferee may reasonably request.

 

29



 

6 Share Issues

 

5.5                                        Transmission of shares

 

(a)                                          Where a member dies, the only persons the company will recognise as having any title to the member’s shares or any benefits accruing on those shares are:

 

(1)                                          the legal personal representative of the deceased, where the deceased was a sole holder; and

 

(2)                                          the survivor, where the deceased was a joint holder.

 

(b)                                          Article 5.5(a) does not release the estate of a deceased member from any liability on a share, whether that share was held by the deceased solely or jointly with other persons.

 

(c)                                           A person who becomes entitled to a share because of a Transmission Event may, on producing any evidence the directors require to prove that person’s entitlement to the share, choose:

 

(1)                                          to be registered as the holder of the share by signing and giving the company a written notice stating that choice; or

 

(2)                                          to nominate some other person to be registered as the transferee of the share by executing or effecting in some other way a transfer of the share to that other person.

 

(d)                                          The provisions of these articles concerning the right to transfer shares, and the registration of transfers of shares apply, so far as they can and with any necessary changes, to any transfer under article 5.5(c) as if the relevant Transmission Event had not occurred and the transfer were signed by the registered holder of the share.

 

(e)                                           For the purpose of these articles, where two or more persons are jointly entitled to a share because of a Transmission Event they will, on being registered as the holders of the share, be taken to hold the share as joint tenants.

 

(f)                                            A person who becomes entitled to a share because of a Transmission Event shall, after giving any evidence the directors require to prove that person’s entitled to the share, have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as the holder of the share, be entitled in respect of it to attend or vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares. A person entitled to a share who has elected for that share to be transferred to some other person pursuant to article 5.5(c)(2) shall cease to be entitled to any rights in relation to such share upon that other person being registered as the holder of that share.

 

(g)                                           Despite article 5.5(a), the directors may register a transfer of shares signed by a member before a Transmission Event even though the company has notice of the Transmission Event.

 

6                                                  Share Issues

 

6.1                                        General prohibition on issue

 

The company must not issue or grant any right to be issued Securities before a Listing except in accordance with the procedure in this article 6.

 

6.2                                        Further Share issues

 

(a)                                         If the company proposes to issue any Securities, and if the required approval has been given under article 12.6(g):

 

30



 

7 Drag Along Option

 

(1)                                          the Securities must be offered to the Relevant Shareholders in the same proportion as their current holdings of Shares; and

 

(2)                                          the offer must be made by notice in writing to each such Relevant Shareholder ( Notice of Issue ) specifying:

 

(A)                                       the number of Securities to be issued ( Offered Securities );

 

(B)                                       the issue price and the other terms of the offer;

 

(C)                                        the number of Securities the Relevant Shareholder is entitled to purchase based on the Relevant Shareholder’s Proportional Entitlement;

 

(D)                                       the date by which the offer will if not accepted be deemed to be declined ( Acceptance Date ); and

 

(E)                                        that the Relevant Shareholder should indicate the number if any of Offered Securities in excess of its Proportional Entitlement that it wants to take up ( Additional Securities ).

 

6.3                                        Allocation of Offered Securities

 

(a)                                          If a Relevant Shareholder does not take up some or all of its entitlement to the Offered Securities by the Acceptance Date ( Declined Securities ), the company must allocate the Declined Securities to the Relevant Shareholders which specified a desire to take up Additional Securities ( Accepting Shareholders ).

 

(b)                                          If the number of Declined Securities is less than the number of Additional Securities specified by Relevant Shareholders, the number of Declined Securities allocated to each of the Accepting Shareholders shall be calculated pro rata based upon their Proportional Entitlement or as otherwise agreed by the Accepting Shareholders. For the purpose of this article 6.3(b), the Proportional Entitlement of Accepting Shareholders shall be calculated as if the Shares held by the Accepting Shareholders were the only Shares in issue.

 

6.4                                        Issue of excess Securities

 

Any Offered Securities not allocated in the above manner must be dealt within in the manner approved by the Board.

 

6.5                                        Exception to the pre-emption regime

 

Articles 6.1 to 6.4 do not apply to the issue of:

 

(a)                                          Shares, Options or other equity under the Atlassian Employee Share Scheme (including upon the exercise of any Options issued under an Atlassian Employee Share Scheme);

 

(b)                                          Shares pursuant to the conversion of Series A Preference Shares to Class A Ordinary Shares, or Series B Preference Shares to Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares or Restricted Shares to Class A Ordinary Shares in accordance with these articles;

 

(c)                                           Shares that were approved by Board resolution, including the Series B Preference Director and at least one Founder Director; provided that the resolution contains an explicit acknowledgement that the pre-emption regime in this article 6 would not apply; or

 

(d)                                         Shares as part of a Qualified Listing.

 

31



 

7                                                  Drag Along Option

 

(a)                                          The Shareholder Majority may require all of the other Shareholders or DS Holders to transfer their Shares or DS Interests to a Third Party if:

 

(1)                                          the Shareholder Majority has received an arm’s length offer or invitation in good faith for the sale and transfer to a Third Party of all of the Shares or DS Interests;

 

(2)                                          the terms of transfer are no less favourable to the other Shareholders or DS Holders than those agreed between the Shareholder Majority and the Third Party;

 

(3)                                          the consideration to be received by the Shareholders or DS Holders in connection with such transfer consists solely of cash and/or freely and immediately tradable public company securities from a company with an aggregate “public float” immediately prior to such transaction of not less than $500,000,000;

 

(4)                                          if any of the company’s Shareholders or DS Holders (in their capacity as Shareholders or DS Holders) are given an option as to the form and consideration to be received in connection with such transaction, all Shareholders or DS Holders are given the same option with respect to any Shares or DS Interests held by such Shareholder or DS Holder;

 

(5)                                          none of the Preference Shareholders or Preference DS Holders, the Series B Preference Director or their Affiliates is or will be required to be bound by any non-compete, non-solicitation or similar covenant or agreement;

 

(6)                                          no Shareholder or DS Holder shall be responsible for indemnifying the Third Party (or its Affiliates) in excess of:

 

(A)                                        its pro rata share of any general indemnification obligation of all Shareholders or DS Holders; or

 

(B)                                       the proceeds received by such Shareholder or DS Holder,

 

and in no event shall any Shareholder or DS Holder have any liability for breaches of representations and warranties of any other Shareholder or DS Holder (other than its Affiliates); and

 

(7)                                          the purchase price to be paid on each Preference Share or Preference DS Interest in connection with such Transaction is equal to at least 2 (two) times the Liquidation Value of such Share or Preference DS Interest.

 

(b)                                          If the Shareholder Majority wants to exercise the right in article 7(a) it must send a notice to the other Shareholders or DS Holders and the company ( Drag Along Notice ) setting out the terms on which Shares or DS Interests are to be sold and the date for completion of the sale and containing copies of the documents required to be executed to effect the transfer.

 

(c)                                           If the Shareholder Majority exercises the right in article 7(a) the Shareholders or DS Holders must do all things and execute such documentation as is necessary or required by the Shareholder Majority to effect the proposed sale to the Third Party including, without limitation, executing where applicable a share sale agreement and share transfer forms on terms which are approved by the Shareholder Majority.

 

(d)                                          A Drag Along Notice and all obligations under it will lapse if the Shareholder Majority do not sell and transfer all of the Shares or DS Interests which they hold to the Third Party referred to in the Drag Along Notice.

 

32



 

8 Pre-emption rights

 

(e)                           Articles 7(a) to 7(d) (inclusive) do not have any force and effect on and from a Qualified Listing.

 

8                                                  Pre-emption rights

 

8.1                                        Transfer Notice

 

(a)                                          Subject to article 5.2 and any Relevant Agreement, if a Shareholder or DS Holder (other than a Management Shareholder or Management DS Holder) wishes to transfer Shares or DS Interests other than under articles 5.3, 7, 9 or 10, that person must serve a notice ( Transfer Notice ) on the company and on each other non-Management Shareholder or non-Management DS Holder ( Recipient Shareholders ), specifying:

 

(1)                                         the number of Shares or DS Interests to be transferred ( Sale Shares );

 

(2)                                         the price of the Sale Shares ( Transfer Price );

 

(3)                                          that in the event of competition between Recipient Shareholders the Sale Shares will be sold to Recipient Shareholders on the basis of each Recipient Shareholder’s Proportional Entitlement;

 

(4)                                          that a Recipient Shareholder wishing to purchase Sale Shares must serve written notice on the company within 20 Business Days of the date of the Transfer Notice ( Offer Period ), specifying the number of Sale Shares that the Recipient Shareholder wishes to purchase (any Shares above the Recipient Shareholder’s Proportional Entitlement being Excess Shares ); and

 

(5)                                         any other terms of the proposed transfer.

 

(b)                                          The Transfer Notice constitutes the company as the Proposing Transferor’s agent for the sale of the Sale Shares on the terms of the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)                                           The Offer Period will commence on the date on which the company informs Recipient Shareholders of the Transfer Price.

 

8.2                                        Allocation of Sale Shares

 

(a)                                          After the expiry of the Offer Period, the Board must serve a notice ( Allocation Notice ) on each Recipient Shareholder which has applied for Sale Shares specifying the allocation of the Sale Shares, such Sale Shares to be allocated as follows:

 

(1)                                          if acceptances for Sale Shares are equal to or less than the number of Sale Shares the Board must, subject to article 8.4, allocate the number applied for in accordance with applications; or

 

(2)                                          if acceptances for Sale Shares are more than the number of Sale Shares the Board must first allocate to each Recipient Shareholder that person’s Proportional Entitlement (or the lesser number applied for) and must then allocate to each Recipient Shareholder who applied for Excess Shares, the number of Excess Shares applied for or, in the event of competition, the number of Excess Shares to which such party is entitled based on the Proportional Entitlement of all Recipient Shareholders applying for Excess Shares.

 

(b)                                          The Allocation Notice will specify the time for completion of the transfer of the Sale Shares ( Transfer Date ).

 

33



 

9 Tag Along Option

 

8.3                                       Transfer of Sale Shares

 

On the Transfer Date, the Proposing Transferor must on payment of the Transfer Price transfer the Sale Shares specified in the Allocation Notices to the relevant Recipient Shareholders.

 

8.4                                        Revocation

 

(a)                                          If the Transfer Notice contained a condition that unless all Sale Shares were sold no Sale Shares would be sold, and the number of Sale Shares applied for is less than the total number of Sale Shares, the Allocation Notice must:

 

(1)                                          invite Recipient Shareholders to apply for additional Sale Shares within 10 Business Days of the date of the Allocation Notice; and

 

(2)                                          indicate that completion of the sale of the Sale Shares shall take place on the Transfer Date subject to the condition being satisfied.

 

(b)                                          If on the Transfer Date the condition referred to in article 8.4(a) is not satisfied the Proposing Transferor may choose to:

 

(1)                                          sell all or any of the Sale Shares to a Third Party pursuant to article 8.5; or

 

(2)                                          sell part of the Sale Shares to the Recipient Shareholders in proportion to the allocations determined under article 8.2 and retain or sell the remainder of the Sale Shares to a Third Party pursuant to article 8.5; or

 

(3)                                          retain all or any of the Sale Shares.

 

8.5                                        Remaining Sale Shares

 

The Proposing Transferor may transfer any Sale Shares not sold in accordance with articles 8.2 to 8.4, to a Third Party within 6 months after the date of the Transfer Notice, provided that:

 

(a)                                          such transfer is not at a price or on terms and conditions which are, in the aggregate, more favourable to the Third Party than the price and terms and conditions which are contained in the Transfer Notice; and

 

(b)                                          the Proposing Transferor has, if required, complied with article 9.

 

9                                                  Tag Along Option

 

(a)                                          A Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder has a Tag Along Option if:

 

(1)                                          a Proposing Transferor has given a Transfer Notice under article 8.1; and

 

(2)                                          the Proposing Transferor desires to sell any Sale Shares to a Third Party in accordance with article 8.5.

 

(b)                                          A Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder may only exercise the Tag Along Option by:

 

(1)                                          giving a notice ( Tag Along Notice ) to the Proposing Transferor indicating that the Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder elects to exercise its Tag Along Option; and

 

(2)                                          giving a copy of the Tag Along Notice to the company,

 

34



 

10 Exit and reorganisation

 

no less than 10 Business Days prior to the transfer of any Sale Shares to a Third Party in accordance with article 8.5.

 

(c)                                           A Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder who serves a Tag Along Notice may elect to sell some or all of the Preference Shares or Preference DS Interests held by it to the Third Party nominated in the Transfer Notice. A Tag Along Notice must state the number of Preference Shares or Preference DS Interests that the Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder wishes to sell.

 

(d)                                          The terms and conditions of sale of the Preference Shares or Preference DS Interests which are the subject of the Tag Along Notice must be no less favourable to the Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder than the terms and conditions of the sale of Preference Shares or Preference DS Interests by the Proposing Transferor to the Third Party.

 

(e)                                           The Proposing Transferor must use all reasonable endeavours to cause the Third Party purchaser to accept Preference Shares or Preference DS Interests on the basis that such Preference Shares or Preference DS Interests will be converted to Class A Ordinary Shares or Class A Ordinary DS Interests, or Class B Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary DS Interests (as relevant) at the time of completion of the share acquisition, and the company must convert or procure the conversion of any Preference Shares or Preference DS Interests the subject of a Tag Along Notice into Class A Ordinary Shares or Class A Ordinary DS Interests, or Class B Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary DS Interests (as relevant) immediately prior to the completion of the transaction in order to allow the Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder to enjoy the benefits of the Tag Along Option provided in this article 9.

 

(f)                                            In the event that the number of Shares or DS Interests proposed to be sold by the Proposing Transferor and by the Preference Shareholders or Preference DS Holders who have served Tag Along Notices (the Tag Along Shareholders ) exceeds the number of Shares or DS Interests that the Third Party purchaser is willing to purchase, then the number of Shares or DS Interests or Preference Shares or Preference DS Interests that each of the Proposing Transferor and Tag Along Shareholders may sell to the Third Party purchaser will be scaled back on a proportionate basis, such that the total number of Shares or DS Interests and Preference Shares or Preference DS Interests that the Proposing Transferor and Tag Along Shareholders may sell is equal to the total number of Shares or DS Interests and Preference Shares or Preference DS Interests that the Third Party purchaser is willing to purchase.

 

(g)                                           If a Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder serves a Tag Along Notice:

 

(1)                                          the Proposing Transferor must not sell the Sale Shares and the company must not register any transfer of any such Sale Shares unless the Third Party purchases the Shares or DS Interests which are the subject of the Tag Along Notice in accordance with this article 9 at the same time as the Third Party acquires the Sale Shares; and

 

(2)                                          the Proposing Transferor is not entitled to sell or otherwise transfer any of the Sale Shares to the Third Party in excess of the Tag Along Proportion.

 

35



 

10                                           Exit and reorganisation

 

10.1                                 Implementation of Exit

 

If the Shareholder Majority proposes that an Exit be implemented and such Exit meets the criteria in article 7(a)(3) each Shareholder and DS Holder must:

 

(a)                                          do all things and provide all such assistance as the Shareholder Majority may reasonably require; and

 

(b)                                          exercise all rights the Shareholder and DS Holder has in relation to the company and their DS Interest to procure (so far as such person is able) that an Exit is achieved in accordance with such proposal.

 

10.2                                 No warranties from Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder

 

No Preference Shareholder or Preference DS Holder will give any representations, warranties, indemnities or guarantees in respect of a transfer of its Shares or DS Interests except representations as to the ownership by it of such Shares or DS Interests.

 

10.3                                 Listing and reorganisation

 

(a)                                          If the Board resolves:

 

(1)                                          to seek a Qualified Listing of the company;

 

(2)                                          to amalgamate or reconstruct all or any of the Group Companies;

 

(3)                                          to take any action which would facilitate a Qualified Listing of an Affiliate of the company; or

 

(4)                                          to move the domicile of the company or of the Group to a different jurisdiction or to interpose holding companies (including foreign corporations) above the company,

 

the Shareholders and DS Holders must, to the extent permitted by Law:

 

(5)                                          use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that such Qualified Listing is effected or such amalgamation, reconstruction or other action is completed as soon as possible; and

 

(6)                                          do all things (including without limitation, passing any resolution) and execute such documentation as is necessary or required by the Board to effect the Qualified Listing (including documentation customarily required to give effect to the escrow arrangements contemplated by articles 10.3(d) and 10.3(e)) or other reorganisation or restructure transaction.

 

(b)                                          If the Board resolves to seek a Qualified Listing of the company, the Board may lift any transfer restrictions in these articles to allow Shareholders or DS Holders to participate in the Qualified Listing in respect of some or all of their Shares or DS Interests.

 

(c)                                           Immediately prior to, but conditional on, a Qualified Listing, the share capital of the company shall be reorganised in order to facilitate the Listing unless the Board resolves otherwise.

 

(d)                                          In respect of any Shares or DS Interests not transferred by a Shareholder or DS Holder on a Qualified Listing, the Shareholder or DS Holder must not transfer such Shares or DS Interests for a period of 180 days (or such shorter period as resolved by the Board which is permitted by the terms of the applicable underwriting agreement) after the Qualified Listing. The provisions of this article 10.3(d) shall not prevent an Approved Depositary from transferring Shares to a

 

36



 

11 General meetings

 

DS Holder as part of the surrender of their DS Interest, provided that following such transfer the Shareholder will remain subject to the provisions of this article.

 

(e)                                           In respect of any Shares that are issued or DS Interests that are created after the Qualified Listing as a result of the exercise of Options that were in issue immediately prior to the Qualified Listing, the holder of those Shares or DS Interests must not transfer such Shares or DS Interests for a period of 180 days (or such shorter period as resolved by the Board in a manner permitted by the terms of the applicable underwriting agreement) after the Qualified Listing. The provisions of this article 10.3(e) shall not prevent an Approved Depositary from transferring Shares to a DS Holder as part of the surrender of their DS Interest, provided that following such transfer the Shareholder will remain subject to the provisions of this article.

 

(f)                                            The restrictions in articles 10.3(d) and 10.3(e) do not apply to Shares issued by the company or Shares or DS Interests sold by a Shareholder or DS Holder pursuant to the Qualified Listing.

 

11                                           General meetings

 

11.1                                 Calling general meetings

 

(a)                                          The directors may, whenever they think fit, call and arrange to hold a general meeting. If there are no sufficient directors to form a quorum in order to call a general meeting, any director may call a general meeting.

 

(b)                                          A general meeting may be convened only as provided by this article 11.1 or as otherwise required by the Acts.

 

11.2                                 Notice of annual general meetings and other general meetings

 

(a)                                          An annual general meeting and all other general meetings of the company shall be called by at least such minimum period of notice as is prescribed or permitted under the Acts.

 

(b)                                          The content of a notice of a meeting called by directors is to be decided by the directors, but must state the place, the date and the time of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted, and in the case of an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such. Where the company has given an electronic address in any notice of meeting, any document or information relating to proceedings at the meeting may be sent by electronic means to that address, subject to any conditions or limitations specified in the relevant notice of meeting.

 

(c)                                           Subject to the provisions of these articles and to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, notices shall be given to all members, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of a Transmission Event and to the directors and auditors of the company.

 

(d)                                          The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the failure to give notice due to circumstances beyond the company’s control to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

11.3                                 Admission to general meetings

 

(a)                                         The chairperson of a general meeting may take any action they consider appropriate for the safety of persons attending the meeting and the orderly conduct of the meeting and may refuse admission to, or require to leave and

 

37



 

remain out of, the meeting any person who fails to comply with security arrangements for the meeting or is or may disrupt the orderly conduct of the meeting, including any person:

 

(1)                                         in possession of a pictorial-recording or sound-recording device;

 

(2)                                         in possession of a placard or banner;

 

(3)                                          in possession of an article considered by the chairperson to be dangerous, offensive or liable to cause disruption;

 

(4)                                          who refuses to produce or to permit examination of any article, or the contents of any article, in the person’s possession;

 

(5)                                          who refuses to comply with searches or other security arrangements (including requiring evidence of identity to be produced before entering the meeting and placing restrictions on the items of personal property which may be taken into the meeting) as the chairperson considers appropriate in the circumstances;

 

(6)                                          who behaves or threatens to behave in a dangerous, offensive or disruptive manner; or

 

(7)                                          who is not:

 

(A)                                        a member or a proxy or corporate representative of a member;

 

(B)                                        a director;

 

(C)                                        an auditor of the company; or

 

(D)                                        a person requested by the directors or chairperson to attend the meeting.

 

(b)                                          The chairperson of the meeting may permit persons who are not members of the company or otherwise entitled to exercise the rights of members in relation to general meetings to attend and, at the chairperson of the meeting’s discretion, speak at a general meeting or at any separate class meeting.

 

11.4                                 Quorum at general meetings

 

(a)                                          No business may be transacted at any general meeting, except the election of a chairperson and the adjournment of the meeting, unless a quorum of members is present when the meeting proceeds to business.

 

(b)                                          A quorum consists of:

 

(1)                                          if the number of members entitled to vote is 2 or more — 2 of those members; or

 

(2)                                          if only one member is entitled to vote — that member, present at the meeting.

 

(c)                                           If a quorum is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for a general meeting, or if during a meeting a quorum ceases to be present:

 

(1)                                          where the meeting was convened on the requisition of members, the meeting must be dissolved; or

 

(2)                                          in any other case, the meeting stands adjourned and (subject to the provisions of the Acts) the chairperson of the meeting shall either specify the time and place to which it is adjourned or state that it is adjourned to such time and place as the directors may determine. If at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the meeting must be dissolved.

 

38


 

11.5                                 Chairperson of general meetings

 

(a)                                          The chairperson of directors must (if present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting and willing to act) preside as chairperson at each general meeting.

 

(b)                                          If at a general meeting there is no chairperson of directors or the chairperson of directors is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting or is not willing to act as chairperson of the meeting, one of the other directors must act as chairperson.

 

(c)                                           If no director is present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to be the chairperson of the meeting.

 

11.6                         Conduct of general meetings and adjournment

 

(a)                                          The chairperson of a general meeting is responsible for the general conduct of the meeting and for the procedures to be adopted at the meeting and may require the adoption of any procedures which are in his or her opinion necessary or desirable for:

 

(1)                                          proper and orderly debate or discussion, including limiting the time that a person may speak on a motion or other item of business before the meeting; and

 

(2)                                          the proper and orderly casting or recording of votes at the general meeting, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, including the appointment of scrutineers.

 

(b)                                          Without prejudice to any power of adjournment they may have under these articles or at common law:

 

(1)                                          the chairperson of the meeting may, with the consent of the meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting;

 

(2)                                          the chairperson of the meeting may, without the consent of the meeting, adjourn the meeting before or after it has commenced, if the chairperson of the meeting considers that:

 

(A)                                        there is not enough room for the number of members and proxies who wish to attend the meeting;

 

(B)                                        the behaviour of anyone present prevents, or is likely to prevent, the orderly conduct of the business of the meeting;

 

(C)                                        an adjournment is necessary to protect the safety of any person attending the meeting; or

 

(D)                                        an adjournment is otherwise necessary in order for the business of the meeting to be properly carried out.

 

If so adjourned, the chairperson of the meeting shall either specify the time and place to which it is adjourned or state that it is adjourned to such time and place as the directors may determine.

 

(c)                                           No business may be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

(d)                                          Subject to the provisions of the Acts, where a meeting is adjourned notice need not be given to any person unless the meeting is adjourned for 14 days or more, in which case at least seven clear days’ notice shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted.

 

39



 

(e)                                           In the case of any general meeting, the directors may make arrangements for simultaneous attendance and participation by electronic means allowing persons not present together at the same place to attend, speak and vote at the meeting (including the use of satellite meeting places). Where a meeting of members is held at two or more venues using any form of technology:

 

(1)                                          a member participating in the meeting is to be taken to be present in person at the meeting and shall be counted in the quorum and entitled to vote;

 

(2)                                          all the provisions in these articles relating to meetings of members apply, so far as they can and with such changes as are necessary, to meetings of the members using that technology; and

 

(3)                                          the meeting is to be taken to be held at the place determined by the chairperson of the general meeting as long as at least one of the members involved was at that place for the duration of the general meeting.

 

(f)                                            If the technology used in accordance with the requirement of article 11.6(e) encounters a technical difficulty, whether before or during the meeting, which results in a member not being able to participate in the meeting, the chairperson may, subject to the Acts, allow the meeting to continue or may, without the consent of the meeting, interrupt or adjourn the meeting either for such reasonable period as may be required to fix the technology or to such other time and location as the chairperson deems appropriate. All business conducted at the general meeting up to the point of the adjournment shall be valid.

 

11.7                                 Decisions at general meetings

 

(a)                                          Except in the case of any resolution which as a matter of law requires a special resolution or requires the consent of certain members, or of members holding certain shares, questions arising at a general meeting shall be decided by an ordinary resolution. A decision made in this way is for all purposes a decision of the members.

 

(b)                                          A resolution put to the vote of a general meeting must be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is demanded by:

 

(1)                                          the chairperson of the meeting; or

 

(2)                                          any member present and having the right to vote at the meeting,

 

before a show of hands is held or before the result of the show of hands is declared or immediately after the result of the show of hands is declared.

 

(c)                                           A demand for a poll does not prevent a general meeting continuing to transact any business except the question on which the poll is demanded.

 

(d)                                          Unless a poll is duly demanded, a declaration by the chairperson of a general meeting that a resolution has on a show of hands been carried or carried unanimously, or carried by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the company, is conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against the resolution.

 

(e)                                           If a poll is duly demanded at a general meeting, it is to be taken in such manner as the chairperson of the meeting directs and subject to article 11.7(f) either at once or within 30 days of the poll being demanded. The result of the poll as declared by the chairperson is the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

(f)                                            A poll demanded at a general meeting on the election of a chairperson of the meeting or on a question of adjournment must be taken immediately.

 

40



 

(g)                                           No notice need be given of a poll not taken during the meeting if the time and place at which it is to be taken are announced at the meeting at which it is demanded. In any other case, at least seven clear days’ notice must be given specifying the time and place at which the poll is to be taken.

 

(h)                                          The demand for a poll may be withdrawn with the chairperson’s consent and a demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made.

 

11.8                                 Voting rights

 

(a)                                          Subject to these articles and to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares or class of shares (including the voting rights attaching to Class B Ordinary Shares and Series B Preference Shares), at a general meeting:

 

(1)                                          on a show of hands:

 

(A)                                        every member who is present in person has one vote;

 

(B)                                        every proxy present who has been duly appointed by one or more members entitled to vote on the resolution has one vote, except that if the proxy has been duly appointed by more than one member entitled to vote on the resolution and is instructed by one or more of those members to vote for the resolution and by one or more others to vote against it, or is given discretion as to how to vote by one or more others (and wishes to use that discretion to vote in the other way) he has one vote for and one vote against the resolution; and

 

(C)                                        every corporate representative present who has been duly authorised by a corporation has the same voting rights as the corporation would be entitled to;

 

(2)                                          on a poll, every member present in person or by duly appointed proxy or corporate representative has one vote for each share of which he is the holder or in respect of which his appointment as proxy or corporate representative has been made; and

 

(3)                                          a member, proxy or corporate representative entitled to more than one vote need not, if he votes, use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses the same way.

 

(b)                                          A joint holder may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy or corporate representative as if that person were the sole holder. If more than one joint holder tenders a vote, the vote of the holder named first in the register must be accepted to the exclusion of the other or others.

 

(c)                                           A member is not entitled to vote at a general meeting or at a separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares, either in person or by proxy, unless all calls and other amounts presently payable by that member in respect of shares in the company have been paid.

 

(d)                                          An objection to the qualification of a person to vote at a general meeting must be:

 

(1)                                          raised before or at the meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered; and

 

(2)                                          referred to the chairperson of the meeting, whose decision is final.

 

(e)                                           A vote not disallowed by the chairperson of a meeting under article 11.8(d) is valid for all purposes.

 

41



 

(f)                                            For the purposes of determining which persons are entitled to attend or vote at a general meeting and how many votes such persons may cast, the company may specify in the notice convening the meeting a time, being not more than 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting (and for this purpose no account shall be taken of any part of a day that is not a working day), by which a person must be entered on the register of members in order to have the right to attend or vote at the meeting.

 

(g)                                           A member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, on a show of hands or on a poll, by any person authorised in that behalf by that court and the person so authorised may exercise other rights in relation to general meetings, including appointing a proxy. Evidence to the satisfaction of the directors of the authority of the person claiming the right to vote shall be delivered to the Office, or such other place as is specified in accordance with these articles for the delivery or receipt of appointments of proxy, not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the right to vote is to be exercised, and in default the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

 

11.9                                 Representation at general meetings

 

(a)                                          A member is entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to exercise all or any of his rights to attend and to speak and vote at a meeting of the company. The appointment of a proxy shall be deemed also to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll. A member may appoint more than one proxy in relation to a meeting, provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by him. References in these articles to an appointment of proxy include references to an appointment of multiple proxies.

 

(b)                                          A proxy or corporate representative may, but need not, be a member of the company.

 

(c)                                           A proxy or corporative representative may, in the instrument appointing such proxy or corporate representative, be appointed for all general meetings, or for any number of general meetings, or for a particular general meeting.

 

(d)                                          Where two or more valid appointments of proxy are received in respect of the same share in relation to the same meeting, the one which is last sent shall be treated as replacing and revoking the other or others. If the company is unable to determine which is last sent, the one which is last received shall be so treated. If the company is unable to determine either which is last sent or which is last received, none of such appointments shall be treated as valid in respect of that share.

 

(e)                                           An instrument appointing a proxy or corporate representative may direct the manner in which the proxy or corporate representative is to vote in respect of a particular resolution and, where an instrument so provides, the proxy or corporate representative is not entitled to vote on the proposed resolution except as directed in the instrument. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the company shall not be bound to enquire whether any proxy or corporate representative votes in accordance with the instructions given to him by the member he represents and if a proxy or corporate representative does not vote in accordance with the instructions of the member he represents the vote or votes cast shall nevertheless be valid for all purposes.

 

(f)                                            Subject to article 11.9(g), an instrument appointing a proxy need not be in any particular form as long as it is in writing, legally valid and signed by or on behalf of the appointer or the appointer’s attorney.

 

42



 

(g)                                           A proxy may not vote at a general meeting or adjourned meeting or on a poll unless the instrument appointing the proxy, and the authority under which the instrument is signed or a certified copy of the authority, are:

 

(1)                                          received at the Office, a fax number at the Office or at another place, fax number or electronic address specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting before the time specified in the notice (provided such time is no earlier than 48 hours before the meeting);

 

(2)                                          in the case of a meeting or an adjourned meeting, tabled at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote; or

 

(3)                                          in the case of a poll, produced when the poll is taken.

 

(h)                                          The directors may waive all or any of the requirements of articles 11.9(f) and 11.9(g) and in particular may, on the production of such other evidence as the directors require to prove the validity of the appointment of a proxy, accept:

 

(1)                                          an oral appointment of a proxy;

 

(2)                                          an appointment of a proxy which is not signed in the manner required by article 11.9(f); and

 

(3)                                          the deposit, tabling or production of a copy (including a copy sent by fax) of an instrument appointing a proxy.

 

(i)                                              A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument appointing a proxy is valid despite:

 

(1)                                          a Transmission Event occurring in relation to the appointer; or

 

(2)                                          the revocation of the instrument or of the authority under which the instrument was executed,

 

if no written notice of the Transmission Event or revocation has been received by the company by the time and at one of the places at which the instrument appointing the proxy is required to be deposited, tabled or produced under article 11.9(g).

 

(j)                                             A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument appointing a proxy is valid despite the transfer of the share in respect of which the instrument was given, if the transfer is not registered by the time at which the instrument appointing the proxy is required to be deposited, tabled or produced under article 11.9(g).

 

(k)                                          The appointment of a proxy is not revoked by the appointer attending and taking part in the general meeting but, if the appointer votes on a resolution, the person acting as proxy for the appointer is not entitled to vote, and must not vote, as the appointer’s proxy on the resolution.

 

(l)                                              The following provisions shall apply in relation to corporations acting by representatives:

 

(1)                                          Subject to the provisions of the Acts, any corporation (other than the company itself) which is a member of the company may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise a person or persons to act as its representative or representatives at any meeting of the company, or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares. The corporation shall for the purposes of these articles be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person or persons so authorised is present at it. The company may require such person or persons to produce a certified copy of the resolution before permitting him to exercise his powers.

 

(2)                                          A vote given or poll demanded by a corporate representative shall be valid notwithstanding that he is no longer authorised to represent the

 

43



 

12 Directors

 

member unless notice of the termination was delivered in writing to the company at such place or address and by such time as is specified in article 11.9(g) for the receipt of an appointment of proxy.

 

11.10                          Amendments to special and ordinary resolutions

 

(a)                                          A special resolution to be proposed at a general meeting may be amended by ordinary resolution if:

 

(1)                                          the chairperson of the meeting proposes the amendment at the general meeting at which the resolution is to be proposed; and

 

(2)                                          the amendment does not go beyond what is necessary to correct a clear error in the resolution.

 

(b)                                          An ordinary resolution to be proposed at a general meeting may be amended by ordinary resolution if:

 

(1)                                          written notice of the terms of the proposed amendment and of the intention to move the amendment have been delivered to the company at the Office at least 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or the adjourned meeting at which the ordinary resolution in question is proposed and the proposed amendment does not, in the reasonable opinion of the chairperson of the meeting, materially alter the scope of the resolution; or

 

(2)                                          the chairperson of the meeting, in their absolute discretion, decides that the proposed amendment may be considered or voted on.

 

(c)                                           With the consent of the chairperson of the meeting, an amendment may be withdrawn by its proposer before it is voted on. If an amendment proposed to any resolution under consideration is ruled out of order by the chairperson of the meeting, the proceedings on the resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in the ruling.

 

12                                           Directors

 

12.1                                 Appointment and removal of directors

 

(a)                                          Subject to any Relevant Agreement and these articles there must be:

 

(1)                                          at least two directors; and

 

(2)                                          not more than the maximum number allowed under any Relevant Agreement and, if no Relevant Agreement is in place, 8 directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of directors may be increased, from time to time, if approved by a majority of the Board (including approval by a Founder Director and a Series B Preference Director).

 

(b)                                          Subject to these articles and the Acts, the company may by resolution:

 

(1)                                          appoint a person who is willing to act as a director, and is permitted by law to do so, to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director;

 

(2)                                          remove a director.

 

(c)                                           No person shall be appointed a director at any general meeting unless: (i) he is recommended by the directors; or (ii) not less than seven nor more than 35 days before the date appointed for holding the meeting, notice executed by a member qualified to vote on the appointment has been given to the company of

 

44



 

the intention to propose that person for appointment, stating the particulars which would, if he were appointed, be required to be included in the company’s register of directors, together with notice executed by that person of his willingness to be appointed.

 

(d)                                          At a general meeting a motion for the appointment of two or more persons as directors by a single resolution shall not be made, unless a resolution that it shall be so made has first been agreed to by the meeting without any vote being given against it. For the purposes of this article a motion for approving a person’s appointment or for nominating a person for appointment shall be treated as a motion for his appointment.

 

(e)                                           The Series B Preference Majority may from time to time by notice to the company appoint one person as a director and remove such person as a director and appoint another person in their place.

 

(f)                                            The holders of a majority of Class B Ordinary Shares may from time to time by notice to the company appoint two persons as directors and remove such persons as directors and appoint others in their place.

 

(g)                                           The directors appointed pursuant to articles 12.1(e) and 12.1(f) may together appoint such further independent non-executive directors (each such director, an Independent Director ) as they determine. For the avoidance of doubt, any directors appointed pursuant to this article 12.1(g) must be approved by a majority of the Board (including approval by a Founder Director).

 

(h)                                          The directors may, subject to articles 12.1(e)to 12.1(g), appoint any natural person who is willing to act as a director, and is permitted by law to do so, to be a director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors, but the total number of directors must not at any time exceed the maximum number allowed under any Relevant Agreement or these articles.

 

(i)                                              Subject to this article 12.1 and article 12.2, and to the terms of any agreement entered into between the company and the relevant director, a director holds office until the director dies or is removed from office under this article 12.1.

 

12.2                                 Vacation of office

 

The office of a director becomes vacant as soon as:

 

(a)                                          that person ceases to be a director by virtue of any provision of the Acts or is prohibited from being a director by law;

 

(b)                                          that person is removed from office under article 12.1;

 

or

 

(c)                                           if the director resigns by written notice to the company.

 

12.3                                 Remuneration of directors

 

(a)                                          Subject to any Relevant Agreement, each director is entitled to such remuneration out of the funds of the company as the directors decide, but if the company in general meeting has fixed a limit on the amount of remuneration payable to the directors, the total remuneration of the directors under this article 12.3(a) must not exceed that limit.

 

(b)                                          Subject to any Relevant Agreement, the remuneration of directors may be:

 

(1)                                          a stated salary or a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of directors, or both; or

 

(2)                                          a share of a fixed sum decided by the company in general meeting to be the remuneration payable to all directors which is to be divided

 

45



 

between the directors in the proportions agreed between them or, failing agreement, equally,

 

and if it is a stated salary under article 12.3(b)(1) or a share of a fixed sum under article 12.3(b)(2), is to be taken to accrue from day to day.

 

(c)                                           Subject to any Relevant Agreement, in addition to their remuneration under article 12.3(a), the directors are entitled to be paid all travelling and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with the affairs of the company, including attending and returning from general meetings of the company or meetings of the directors or of committees of the directors.

 

(d)                                          If a director renders or is called on to perform extra services or to make any special exertions in connection with the affairs of the company, the directors may, subject to any Relevant Agreement, arrange for a special remuneration to be paid to that director, either in addition to or in substitution for that director’s remuneration under article 12.3(a).

 

(e)                                           Nothing in article 12.3(a) restricts the remuneration to which a director may be entitled as an officer of the company or of a related body corporate in a capacity other than director, which may be either in addition to or in substitution for that director’s remuneration under article 12.3(a).

 

(f)                                            For the purposes of article 12.3(a), the maximum amount (if any) fixed by the company as remuneration payable to the directors does not include any amount paid by the company or related body corporate:

 

(1)                                          to a superannuation, retirement or pension fund for a director; or

 

(2)                                          for any insurance premium paid or agreed to be paid for a director under article 17.

 

(g)                                           Subject to any Relevant Agreement, the directors may:

 

(1)                                          at any time after a director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office as a director, pay to the director or a legal personal representative, spouse, relative or dependant of the director, in addition to the remuneration of that director under article 12.3(a), a pension or lump sum payment in respect of past services rendered by that director; and

 

(2)                                          cause the company to enter into a contract with the director for the purpose of providing for or giving effect to such a payment.

 

(h)                                          The directors may, subject to any Relevant Agreement, establish or support, or assist in the establishment or support of, funds and trusts to provide pension, retirement, superannuation or similar payments or benefits to or in respect of a director or former director.

 

12.4                                 Share qualification and directors right to attend and speak

 

(a)                                          A director need not hold any shares in the company as a qualification.

 

(b)                                          A director who is not a member of the company is entitled to attend and speak at general meetings and at meetings of the holders of a class of shares.

 

12.5                         Interested directors

 

(a)                                          Provided that he has disclosed to the directors the nature and extent of any material interest of his, a director notwithstanding his office:

 

(1)                                          may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the company or in which the company is otherwise interested;

 

46



 

(2)                                          may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate in which the company is interested,

 

and (i) he shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to the company for any benefit which he derives from any such office or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate; (ii) he shall not infringe his duty to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the company as a result of any such office or employment or any such transaction or arrangement or any interest in any such body corporate; (iii) he shall not be required to disclose to the company, or use in performing his duties as a director of the company, any confidential information relating to such office or employment if to make such a disclosure or use would result in a breach of a duty or obligation of confidence owed by him in relation to or in connection with such office or employment; (iv) he may absent himself from discussions, whether in meetings of the directors or otherwise, and exclude himself from information, which will or may relate to such office, employment, transaction, arrangement or interest; and (v) no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

 

(b)                                          For the purposes of article 12.5(a):

 

(1)                                          a general notice given to the directors that a director is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any transaction or arrangement in which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that the director has an interest in any such transaction of the nature and extent so specified;

 

(2)                                          an interest of which a director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his;

 

(3)                                          a director shall be deemed to have disclosed the nature and extent of an interest which consists of him being a director, officer or employee of any Subsidiary of the company;

 

(4)                                          a director need not disclose an interest if it cannot be reasonably regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest; and

 

(5)                                          a director need not disclose an interest if, or to the extent that, the other directors are already aware of it (and for this purpose the other directors are treated as aware of anything of which they ought reasonably to be aware).

 

(c)                                           The directors may (subject to such terms and conditions, if any, as they may think fit to impose from time to time, and subject always to their right to vary or terminate such authorisation) authorise, to the fullest extent permitted by law:

 

(1)                                          any matter which would otherwise result in a director infringing his duty to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the company and which may reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest (including a conflict of interest and duty or conflict of duties); and

 

(2)                                          a director to accept or continue in any office, employment or position in addition to his office as a director of the company and, without prejudice to the generality of article 12.5(c)(1), may authorise the manner in which a conflict of interest arising out of such office, employment or position may be dealt with, either before or at the time that such a conflict of interest arises,

 

47


 

provided that the authorisation is effective only if (i) any requirement as to the quorum at the meeting at which the matter is considered is met without counting the director in question or any other interested director, and (ii) the matter was agreed to without their voting or would have been agreed to if their votes had not been counted.

 

(d)                                          If a matter, or office, employment or position, has been authorised by the directors in accordance with article 12.5(c) then (subject to such terms and conditions, if any, as the directors may think fit to impose from time to time, and subject always to their right to vary or terminate such authorisation or the permissions set out below):

 

(1)                                          the director shall not be required to disclose to the company, or use in performing his duties as a director of the company, any confidential information relating to such matter, or such office, employment or position if to make such a disclosure or use would result in a breach of a duty or obligation of confidence owed by him in relation to or in connection with that matter, or that office, employment or position;

 

(2)                                          the director may absent himself from discussions, whether in meetings of the directors or otherwise, and exclude himself from information, which will or may relate to that matter, or that office, employment or position; and

 

(3)                                          a director shall not, by reason of his office as a director of the company, be accountable to the company for any benefit which he derives from any such matter, or from any such office, employment or position.

 

(e)                                           Subject to the Acts and any Relevant Agreement, a director who is in any way interested in any contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement may, despite that interest:

 

(1)                                          be counted in determining whether or not a quorum is present at any meeting of directors considering that contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement;

 

(2)                                          vote in respect of, or in respect of any matter arising out of, the contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement; and

 

(3)                                          sign or countersign any document relating to that contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement.

 

(f)                                            Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including the fixing or varying of terms of appointment) of two or more directors to offices or employments with the company or any body corporate in which the company is interested, the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each director separately and (provided he is not for any reason precluded from voting) each of the directors concerned shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of each resolution except that concerning his own appointment.

 

(g)                                           Subject to any Relevant Agreement, the directors may exercise the voting rights conferred by shares in any body corporate held or owned by the company in such manner in all respects as the directors think fit (including voting in favour of any resolution appointing a director as a director or other officer of that body corporate or voting for the payment of remuneration to the directors or other officers of that body corporate) and a director may, if permitted by law, vote in favour of the exercise of those voting rights even though he or she is, or may be about to be appointed, a director or other officer of that other body corporate and, as such, interested in the exercise of those voting rights.

 

(h)                                          Subject at all times to the duties of each director to the company and the shareholders at law, a director appointed by a shareholder may disclose to the

 

48



 

shareholder any information relating to the company, its business or affairs obtained in his or her capacity as a director, provided that the passing of such information would not breach any obligation of confidentiality owed by the company to a third party. Neither a shareholder nor the company shall be entitled to raise any objection to the passing of information as permitted by this article nor allege any breach of any duty to the company as a result of such action.

 

12.6                                 Powers and duties of directors

 

(a)                                          The business of the company shall be managed by the directors who, subject to the provisions of these articles, any Relevant Agreement and to any directions given by special resolution of the company to take, or refrain from taking, specified action, may exercise all the powers of the company. No alteration of these articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given.

 

(b)                                          Without limiting the general nature of article 12.6(a), the directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow or raise money in any other way, to charge any of the company’s property or business or any of its uncalled capital and to issue debentures or give any other security for a debt, liability or obligation of the company or of any other person.

 

(c)                                           The directors may pay out of the company’s funds all expenses of the promotion, formation and registration of the company and the vesting in it of the assets acquired by it.

 

(d)                                          The directors may decide to make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly employed by the company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a director or former director or shadow director) in connection with the cessation or transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the company or that Subsidiary.

 

(e)                                           Subject to any Relevant Agreement the directors may:

 

(1)                                          appoint or employ any person to be an officer, agent or attorney of the company for such purposes with the powers, discretions and duties (including powers, discretions and duties vested in or exercisable by the directors), for such period and on such conditions as they decide;

 

(2)                                          authorise an officer, agent or attorney to delegate any of the powers, discretions and duties vested in the officer, agent or attorney; and

 

(3)                                          subject to any contract between the company and the relevant officer, agent or attorney, remove or dismiss any officer, agent or attorney of the company at any time, with or without cause.

 

(f)                                            A power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of the attorney or persons dealing with the attorney as the directors decide.

 

(g)                                           Subject to the Acts, the company must not undertake the following matters unless first approved in writing by the Series B Preference Majority:

 

(1)                                          issuing any Securities with rights that are equivalent or senior to the Preference Shares provided that an issue of (i) Restricted Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares, and (ii) options, restricted securities and other types of restricted stock units convertible into Restricted Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares will not require the consent of the Series B Preference Majority;

 

49



 

(2)                                          declaring or paying a dividend other than dividends paid on a pro rata basis to all Shareholders who are entitled to payment of dividends;

 

(3)                                          undertaking a buy-back, capital reduction or return of capital other than an acquisition by the company of Securities held by a Management Shareholder whose employment with a Group Company has been terminated;

 

(4)                                          any decrease in the number of Class A Ordinary Shares, in the number of Class B Ordinary Shares or in the number of Preference Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, any decrease in the number of Class B Ordinary Shares or Preference Shares as a result of their conversion into Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares (as applicable) does not require the approval of the Series B Preference Majority;

 

(5)                                          any adverse change to the rights of the Preference Shares;

 

(6)                                          any increase or reduction in the authorised number of directors.

 

12.7                                 Proceedings of directors

 

(a)                                          Subject to the provisions of these articles, the directors may meet together to attend to business and adjourn and regulate their meetings as they decide.

 

(b)                                          A meeting of the directors may be held using any technology consented to by all the participating directors ( Approved Technology ) and the consent may be a standing one. The contemporaneous linking together by Approved Technology of a number of the directors sufficient to constitute a quorum, constitutes a meeting of the directors and all the provisions in these articles relating to meetings of the directors apply, so far as they can and with such changes as are necessary, to meetings of the directors by Approved Technology.

 

(c)                                           A director participating in a meeting by Approved Technology is to be taken to be present in person at the meeting.

 

(d)                                          A meeting by Approved Technology is to be taken to be held at the place determined by the chairperson of the meeting as long as at least one of the directors involved was at that place for the duration of the meeting.

 

(e)                                           If, before or during the meeting, any technical difficulty occurs as a result of which one or more directors cease to participate, the chairperson may adjourn the meeting until the difficulty is remedied or may, where a quorum of directors remains present, continue with the meeting.

 

12.8                                 Convening meetings of directors

 

(a)                                          A director may, whenever the director thinks fit, convene a meeting of the directors.

 

(b)                                          A secretary must, on the requisition of a director, convene a meeting of the directors.

 

12.9                                 Notice of meetings of directors

 

(a)                                          Subject to these articles and any Relevant Agreement, notice of a meeting of directors must be given to each person who is at the time of giving the notice:

 

(1)                                          a director, other than a director on leave of absence approved by the directors; or

 

(2)                                          an alternate director appointed under article 12.14 by a director on leave of absence approved by the directors.

 

50



 

(b)                                          Unless the Series B Preference Director and all Founder Directors agree otherwise, a notice of a meeting of directors:

 

(1)                                          must specify the time and place of the meeting;

 

(2)                                          need not state the nature of the business to be transacted at the meeting;

 

(3)                                          must be given at least 72 hours before the meeting;

 

(4)                                          may be given in person or by post or by telephone, fax or other electronic means; and

 

(5)                                          is to be taken to have been given to an alternate director if it is given to the director who appointed that alternate director.

 

(c)                                           A director or alternate director may waive notice of any meeting of directors by notifying the company to that effect in person or by post, telephone, fax or other electronic means.

 

(d)                                          The non-receipt of notice of a meeting of directors by, or a failure to give notice of a meeting of directors to, a director does not invalidate any thing done or resolution passed at the meeting if:

 

(1)                                          the non-receipt or failure occurred by accident or error;

 

(2)                                          before or after the meeting, the director or an alternate director appointed by the director has waived or waives notice of that meeting under article 12.9(c) or has notified or notifies the company of his or her agreement to that thing or resolution personally or by post, telephone, fax or other electronic means; or

 

(3)                                          the director or an alternate director appointed by the director attended the meeting.

 

(e)                                           The non-receipt of notice of a meeting of directors by, or a failure to give notice of a meeting of directors to, an alternate director of a director on leave of absence approved by the directors does not invalidate any act, thing done or resolution passed at the meeting if:

 

(1)                                          the non-receipt or failure occurred by accident or error;

 

(2)                                          before or after the meeting, the alternate director or the director who appointed the alternate director or another alternate director appointed by that director has waived or waives notice of that meeting under article 12.9(c) or has notified or notifies the company of his or her agreement to that thing or resolution personally or by post, telephone, fax or other electronic means; or

 

(3)                                          the alternate director or the director who appointed the alternate director or another alternate director appointed by that director attended the meeting.

 

(f)                                            A person who attends a meeting of directors waives any objection that person may have to a failure to give notice of the meeting. If the person is:

 

(1)                                          a director, the waiver applies to any alternate director appointed by that person; or

 

(2)                                          an alternate director, the waiver applies to the director who appointed that person as an alternate director and to any other alternate director appointed by that director.

 

12.10                          Quorum at meetings of directors

 

(a)                                          No business may be transacted at a meeting of directors unless a quorum of directors is present at the time the business is dealt with.

 

51



 

(b)                                          Subject to any Relevant Agreement, a quorum consists of:

 

(1)                                          if the directors have fixed a number for the quorum, that number of directors; and

 

(2)                                          in any other case, two directors, present at the meeting of directors, provided that such quorum shall consist of at least one Founder Director and one Series B Preference Director.

 

(c)                                           Subject to any Relevant Agreement, if there is a vacancy in the office of director, the remaining directors may act. But, if the number of remaining directors is less than the number fixed as the minimum, or not sufficient to constitute a quorum (or both), the remaining director or directors may act only to increase the number of directors to a number sufficient to constitute a quorum or to call a general meeting of the company.

 

12.11                          Chairperson of directors

 

(a)                                          The directors may, subject to the agreement of each Major Shareholder (acting reasonably), elect one of the directors to the office of chairperson of directors and may decide the period for which that director is to be chairperson of directors.

 

(b)                                          Subject to any Relevant Agreement, the office of chairperson of directors may, if the directors so resolve, be treated as an extra service or special exertion performed by the director holding that office for the purposes of article 12.3(d).

 

(c)                                           The chairperson of directors must (if present within 10 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting and willing to act) preside as chairperson at each meeting of directors.

 

(d)                                          If at a meeting of directors:

 

(1)                                          there is no chairperson of directors;

 

(2)                                          the chairperson of directors is not present within 10 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting; or

 

(3)                                          the chairperson of directors is present within that time but is not willing to act as chairperson of the meeting,

 

the directors present must elect one of themselves to be chairperson of the meeting.

 

12.12                          Decisions of directors

 

(a)                                          Subject to any Relevant Agreement, a meeting of directors at which a quorum is present is competent to exercise all or any of the authorities, powers and discretions vested in or exercisable by the directors under these articles and, subject to article 12.13 and unless the Series B Preference Director and all Founder Directors agree otherwise, all actions to be taken by the directors under any provision of these articles must be taken at such a meeting.

 

(b)                                          Subject to article 12.6(g), questions arising at a meeting of directors are to be decided by a majority of votes cast by the directors present and any such decision is for all purposes a decision of the directors. For these purposes:

 

(1)                                          the Series B Preference Director and each Independent Director has one vote; and

 

(2)                                          each Founder Director has five votes.

 

(c)                                           If votes are equal on a proposed resolution:

 

52



 

(1)                                          the chairperson of the meeting does not have a casting vote in addition to any deliberative vote; and

 

(2)                                          the proposed resolution is to be taken as having been lost.

 

12.13                          Written resolutions of directors

 

(a)                                          Subject to these articles and any Relevant Agreement, if:

 

(1)                                          all the directors, (other than any director on leave of absence approved by the directors, any director who disqualifies himself or herself from considering the thing or resolution in question on the grounds that he or she is not entitled at law to do so or has a conflict of interest or any director who the directors reasonably believe is not entitled at law to do the thing or to vote on the resolution in question) assent to a document containing a statement to the effect that a thing has been done or resolution has been passed; and

 

(2)                                          the directors who assent to the document would have constituted a quorum at a meeting of directors held to consider that thing or resolution,

 

then that thing or resolution is to be taken as having been done at or passed by a meeting of the directors.

 

(b)                                          For the purposes of article 12.13(a):

 

(1)                                          a resolution in writing is adopted: (i) if the directors assented to the document on the same day, on the day on which the document was assented to and at the time at which the document was last assented to by a director; or (ii) if the directors assented to the document on different days, on the day on which, and at the time at which, the document was last assented to by a director;

 

(2)                                          two or more separate documents in identical terms each of which is assented to by one or more directors are to be taken as constituting one document;

 

(3)                                          a director may signify assent to a document by signing the document or by notifying the company of the director’s assent in person or by post, fax, telephone or other electronic means; and

 

(4)                                          a resolution agreed to by an alternate director need not also be agreed to by his appointer and, if it is agreed to by a director who has appointed an alternate director, it need not also be agreed to by the alternate director in that capacity.

 

(c)                                           Where a director signifies assent to a document otherwise than by signing the document, the director must by way of confirmation sign the document at the next meeting of the directors attended by that director, but failure to do so does not invalidate the thing or resolution to which the document relates.

 

12.14                          Alternate directors

 

(a)                                          Subject to these articles and any Relevant Agreement, a director may appoint, with approval of a majority of the other directors:

 

(1)                                          a person who is willing to act and permitted by law to do so, to be the director’s alternate director for such period as the director thinks fit; and

 

(2)                                          another person who is willing to act and permitted by law to do so, to be the director’s alternate director in the absence of any alternate director appointed under article 12.14(a)(1).

 

53



 

(b)                                          An alternate director may, but need not, be a member or a director of the company.

 

(c)                                           One person may act as alternate director to more than one director.

 

(d)                                          An alternate director is entitled, if the appointer does not attend a meeting of directors, to attend and vote in place of and on behalf of the appointer.

 

(e)                                           An alternate director has a separate vote for each director the alternate director represents in addition to any vote the alternate director may have as a director in his or her own right.

 

(f)                                            In the absence of the appointer, an alternate director may exercise any powers that the appointer may exercise and the exercise of any such power by the alternate director is to be taken to be the exercise of the power by the appointer.

 

(g)                                           The office of an alternate director is vacated if:

 

(1)                                          the appointer vacates office as a director; or

 

(2)                                          an event occurs in relation to the alternate director which, if it occurred in relation to his appointer, would result in the termination of the appointer’s appointment as a director.

 

(h)                                          The appointment of an alternate director may be terminated at any time by the appointer even though the period of the appointment of the alternate director has not expired.

 

(i)                                              An appointment, or the termination of an appointment, of an alternate director must be in writing signed by the director who makes or made the appointment or termination, and does not take effect until the company has received written notice of the appointment or termination.

 

(j)                                             An alternate director is not to be taken into account in determining the minimum or maximum number of directors allowed under these articles.

 

(k)                                          In determining whether a quorum is present at a meeting of directors, an alternate director who attends the meeting is to be counted as a director for each director on whose behalf the alternate director is attending the meeting.

 

(l)                                              An alternate director is entitled to be paid such remuneration as the directors think fit, either in addition to or in reduction of the remuneration payable to the director for whom the alternate director acts as alternate, and shall be entitled to be paid such expenses as might properly have been paid to him if he had been a director.

 

(m)                                      An alternate director is not entitled to be remunerated by the company for his or her services as an alternate director except as provided in article 12.14(l).

 

(n)                                          An alternate director, while acting as a director, is responsible to the company for his or her own acts and defaults and is not to be taken to be the agent of the director by whom he or she was appointed. In addition to any restrictions which may apply to the alternate director personally, the alternate director shall be subject to the same restrictions as his or her appointer.

 

12.15                          Committees of directors and delegation to a director

 

(a)                                          Subject to these articles, the directors may delegate any of their powers to a committee or committees consisting of the number of directors they think fit. The Series B Preference Director is entitled to serve on all committees of the Board.

 

(b)                                          If the directors so specify, any such delegation may authorise further delegation of the directors’ powers by any person to whom they are delegated.

 

54



 

13 Executive officers

 

(c)                                           The directors may revoke any delegation in whole or part, or alter its terms and conditions.

 

(d)                                          A committee to which any powers have been so delegated must exercise the powers delegated in accordance with any directions of the directors.

 

(e)                                           Unless provided otherwise in the terms of any delegation, the provisions of these articles applying to meetings and resolutions of directors apply, so far as they can and with such changes as are necessary, to meetings and resolutions of a committee of directors.

 

(f)                                            Membership of a committee of directors may, if the directors so resolve, be treated as an extra service or special exertion performed by the members for the purposes of article 12.3(d).

 

(g)                                           Subject to these articles, any Relevant Agreement and as permitted by law, the directors may delegate any of their powers to a director.

 

(h)                                          A director to whom any powers have been so delegated must exercise the powers delegated in accordance with any directions of the directors.

 

(i)                                              The acceptance of a delegation of powers by a director may, if the directors so resolve, be treated as an extra service or special exertion performed by the delegate for the purposes of article 12.3(d).

 

12.16                          Validity of acts

 

(a)                                          An act done by a person acting as a director or by a meeting of directors or a committee of directors attended by a person acting as a director is not invalidated merely because of:

 

(1)                                          a defect in the appointment of the person as a director;

 

(2)                                          the person being disqualified from being a director or having vacated office; or

 

(3)                                          the person not being entitled to vote, if that circumstance was not known by the person or the directors or committee (as applicable) when the act was done.

 

(b)                                          If a question arises at a meeting of the directors as to the right of a director to vote, the question may, before the conclusion of the meeting, be referred to the chairperson of the meeting (or, if the director concerned is the chairperson, to the other directors at the meeting), and his ruling in relation to any director other than himself (of, as the case may be, the ruling of the majority of the other directors in relation to the chairperson) shall be final and conclusive.

 

13                                           Executive officers

 

13.1                                 Managing directors

 

(a)                                          Subject to the terms of any Relevant Agreement, the directors may appoint one or more of the directors to the office of managing director.

 

(b)                                          A managing director’s appointment as managing director automatically terminates if the managing director ceases to be a director but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of contract of service between the director and the company.

 

55



 

14 Seals

 

13.2                                 Secretaries

 

The secretary shall be appointed by the directors for such term, at such remuneration and upon such other conditions as they think fit; and any secretary so appointed may be removed by them.

 

13.3                                 Provisions applicable to all executive officers

 

(a)                                          A reference in this article 13.3 to an executive officer is a reference to a managing director or secretary appointed under this article 13.

 

(b)                                          The appointment of an executive officer may be for the period, at the remuneration and on the conditions the directors think fit.

 

(c)                                           Subject to any contract between the company and the relevant executive officer, an executive officer of the company may be removed or dismissed by the directors at any time, with or without cause, and if he or she is also a director, the executive officer ceases to be a director on termination of his or her employment.

 

(d)                                          Subject to any Relevant Agreement, the directors may:

 

(1)                                          confer on an executive officer such powers, discretions and duties (including any powers, discretions and duties vested in or exercisable by the directors) as they think fit;

 

(2)                                          withdraw, suspend or vary any of the powers, discretions and duties so conferred; and

 

(3)                                          authorise the executive officer to delegate all or any of the powers, discretions and duties conferred on the executive officer.

 

(e)                                           An executive officer need not hold any shares to qualify for appointment.

 

(f)                                            An act done by a person acting as an executive officer is not invalidated merely because of:

 

(1)                                          a defect in the person’s appointment as an executive officer; or

 

(2)                                          the person being disqualified from being an executive officer,

 

if that circumstance was not known by the person when the act was done.

 

14                                           Seals

 

(a)                                          Without limiting the ways in which the company can execute documents in accordance with the Acts, if the directors so decide, the company may have a seal.

 

(b)                                          The directors may decide on procedures for the use of the seal.

 

15                                           Distribution of profits

 

15.1                                 Dividends

 

Subject to compliance with any dividend policy approved by the Board and these articles:

 

(a)                                          The directors may, subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares or class of shares, pay:

 

56



 

15 Distribution of profits

 

(1)                                          any interim and final dividends; and/or

 

(2)                                          any dividend required to be paid under the terms of issue of a share,

 

that, in their judgment, are justified by the profits of the company available for distribution.

 

(b)                                          Paying a dividend does not require confirmation at a general meeting.

 

(c)                                           Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares or class of shares or contained in these articles:

 

(1)                                          all dividends in respect of shares must be paid in proportion to the number of shares held by the members;

 

(2)                                          where shares are partly paid, all dividends must be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts so paid or credited during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid;

 

(3)                                          for the purposes of articles 15.1(c)(1) and 15.1(c)(2), an amount paid or credited as paid on a share in advance of a call is to be taken as not having been credited as paid on the share; and

 

(4)                                          interest is not payable by the company on any dividend.

 

(d)                                          Notwithstanding any other provision of these articles, but without prejudice to the rights attached to any shares, the directors may fix a record date by reference to which a dividend will be declared or paid or a distribution, allotment or issue made, and that date may be before, on or after the dates on which the dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is declared, paid or made. Where such a record date is fixed, references in these articles to a holder of shares or member to whom a dividend is to be paid or a distribution, allotment or issue is to be made shall be construed accordingly.

 

(e)                                           A dividend in respect of a share must be paid to the person who is registered, or entitled under article 5.1(d) to be registered, as the holder of the share:

 

(1)                                          where the directors have fixed a record date in respect of the dividend, on that date; or

 

(2)                                          where the directors have not fixed a record date in respect of that dividend, on the date fixed for payment of the dividend,

 

and a transfer of a share that is not registered, or left with the company for registration in accordance with article 5.1(c), on or before that date is not effective, as against the company, to pass any right to the dividend.

 

(f)                                            When resolving to pay a dividend the directors may direct payment of the dividend shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets, including paid-up shares or other securities of the company or of another body corporate, either generally or to specific members.

 

(g)                                           The directors may deduct from any dividend payable to a member all amounts presently payable by the member to the company and apply the amount so deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owing.

 

(h)                                          Where a person is entitled to a share as a result of a Transmission Event, the directors may, but need not, retain any dividends payable in respect of that share until that person becomes registered as the holder of the share or transfers it.

 

(i)                                              Without prejudice to any other method of payment the directors may adopt, any dividend, interest or other amount payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque and sent by post:

 

57


 

(1)                                          to the address of the holder as shown in the register of members, or in the case of an Approved Depositary (subject to the approval of the Board), to such persons and addresses as the Approved Depositary may notify, or in the case of joint holders, to the address shown in the register of members as the address of the joint holder first named in that register, or, in the case of persons entitled by operation of law, to any such persons; or

 

(2)                                          to another address that the holder (or, in the case of joint holders, all joint holders) direct in writing.

 

(j)                                             A cheque sent under article 15.1(i) may be made payable to bearer or to the order of the member to whom it is sent or another person that the member directs.

 

All dividends or other sums which are: (i) payable in respect of shares, and (ii) unclaimed after having been declared or become payable, may be invested or otherwise made use of by the directors for the benefit of the company until claimed. The payment of any such dividend or other sum into a separate account does not make the company a trustee in respect of it.

 

(k)                                          Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for 12 years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the directors so resolve, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the company.

 

15.2                                 Capitalisation of profits

 

(a)                                          The directors may:

 

(1)                                          subject as provided in this article, resolve to capitalise any profits of the company not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not they are available for distribution) or any sum standing to the credit of any reserve or fund of the company (including any share premium account, capital redemption reserve, merger reserve or revaluation reserve);

 

(2)                                          appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the members in proportion to the nominal amounts of the shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively which would (or in the case of treasury shares, which would if such shares were not held as treasury shares) entitle them to participate in a distribution of that sum if the shares were fully paid and the sum were then distributable and were distributed by way of dividend and apply such sum on their behalf either in or towards paying up the amounts, if any, for the time being unpaid on any shares held by them respectively, or in paying up in full shares or debentures of the company of a nominal amount equal to that sum, and allot such shares or debentures credited as fully paid to those members or as they may direct, in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the share premium account, the capital redemption reserve, and any profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this article, only be applied in paying up shares to be allotted to members credited as fully paid; and

 

(3)                                          resolve that any shares so allotted to any member in respect of a holding by him of any partly paid shares shall so long as such shares remain partly paid rank for dividend only to the extent that the latter shares rank for dividend.

 

(b)                                          Where, pursuant to an employees’ share scheme (within the meaning of section 1166 of the Companies Act 2006) the company has granted options to subscribe for shares on terms which provide (inter alia) for adjustments to the subscription price payable on the exercise of such options or to the number of shares to be allotted upon such exercise in the event of any increase or

 

58



 

16 Winding up

 

reduction in or other reorganisation of the company’s issued share capital and an otherwise appropriate adjustment would result in the subscription price for any share being less than its nominal value, then the directors may, on the exercise of any of the options concerned and payment of the subscription price which would have applied had such adjustment been made, capitalise any such profits or other sum as is mentioned in article 15.2(a)(1) above to the extent necessary to pay up the unpaid balance of the nominal value of the shares which fall to be allotted on the exercise of such options and apply such amount in paying up such balance and allot shares fully paid accordingly. The provisions of articles 15.2(a)(1) to 15.2(a)(3) above and article 15.3 shall apply with the necessary alterations to this article 15.2(b).

 

15.3                                 Ancillary powers

 

(a)                                          To give effect to any resolution to satisfy a dividend as set out in article 15.1(f) or to capitalise any amount under article 15.2, the directors may:

 

(1)                                          settle as they think expedient any difficulty that may arise in making the distribution or capitalisation and, in particular (but without limitation), where shares or other securities in the company are or would otherwise be issuable in fractions, make cash payments, decide that fractions of shares are to be disregarded or rounded down to the nearest whole number or decide that fractions of shares are to be rounded up to the nearest whole share;

 

(2)                                          fix the value for distribution of any specific assets;

 

(3)                                          pay cash or issue shares or other securities to any members in order to adjust the rights of all parties;

 

(4)                                          vest any of those specific assets, cash, shares or other securities in a trustee on trust for the persons entitled to the dividend or capitalised amount; and

 

(5)                                          generally do all acts and things required to give effect to the dividend or capitalisation, including authorising any person to make, on behalf of all the members entitled to any further shares or other securities as a result of the distribution or capitalisation, an agreement with the company or another body corporate providing, as appropriate, for the issue to them of those further shares or other securities credited as fully paid up or for the payment by the company on their behalf of the amounts or any part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing shares or other securities by applying their respective proportions of the amount resolved to be capitalised.

 

(b)                                          Any agreement made under an authority referred to in article 15.3(a)(5) is effective and binding on all members concerned.

 

(c)                                           If the company distributes to members (either generally or to specific members) securities in the company or in another body corporate or trust (whether as a dividend or otherwise and whether or not for value), each of those members appoints the company as his or her agent to do anything needed to give effect to that distribution, including agreeing to become a member of that other body corporate.

 

16                                           Winding up

 

If the company is wound up and subject to the rights and restrictions attached to any shares or classes of shares, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution and any other sanction required by law, divide among the members in specie the whole

 

59



 

17 Indemnity and insurance

 

or any part of the assets of the company and may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the members as he may with the like sanction determine, but no member shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability.

 

17                                           Indemnity and insurance

 

(a)                                          Subject to article 17(b) below, the company:

 

(1)                                          may indemnify to any extent any person who is or was a director, or a director of any associated company, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him) against any loss or liability, whether in connection with any proven or alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or otherwise, in relation to the company or any associated company;

 

(2)                                          may indemnify to any extent any person who is or was a director of an associated company that is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him) against any liability incurred by him in connection with the company’s activities as trustee of an occupational pension scheme; and

 

(3)                                          may purchase and maintain insurance for any person who is or was a director, or a director of any associated company, against any loss or liability or any expenditure he may incur, whether in connection with any proven or alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or otherwise, in relation to the company or any associated company,

 

and for this purpose an associated company means any body corporate which is or was a Subsidiary of the company or in which the company or any Subsidiary of the company is or was interested.

 

(b)                                          This article does not authorise any indemnity which would be prohibited or rendered void by any provision of the Acts or by any other provision of law.

 

18                                           Access to documents

 

(a)                                          A person who is not a director does not have the right to inspect any of the board papers, books, records or documents of the company, except as provided by law, these articles, an order of the court or any Relevant Agreement or as authorised by the directors or by a resolution of the members.

 

(b)                                          The company may enter into contracts with its directors agreeing to provide continuing access for a specified period after they cease to be a director to board papers, books, records and documents of the company which relate to the period during which the director was a director on such terms and conditions as the directors think fit and which are not inconsistent with this article 18.

 

(c)                                           The company may procure that its Subsidiaries provide similar access to board papers, books, records or documents as that set out in articles 18(a) and 18(b).

 

60



 

19 Notices and other communications

 

19                                           Notices and other communications

 

19.1                                 Notices by the company to members

 

(a)                                          The company may give notices, including a notice of general meeting to a member in any way in which the Companies Act 2006 permits, including:

 

(1)                                         personally;

 

(2)                                          by sending it by post to the address for the member in the register of members or an alternative address (if any) nominated by the member; or

 

(3)                                          by sending it to the fax number or electronic address (if any) nominated by the member.

 

(b)                                          A notice may be given by the company to the joint holders of a share by giving the notice in the manner authorised by article 19.1(a) to the joint holder first named in the register of members in respect of the share.

 

(c)                                           If a person who claims to be entitled to a share in consequence of a Transmission Event supplies to the company:

 

(1)                                          such evidence as the directors may reasonably require to show his title to the share; and

 

(2)                                           an address at which notices may be sent or supplied to such person,

 

then such a person shall be entitled to have sent or supplied to him at such address any notice to which the relevant holder would have been entitled if the Transmission Event had not occurred.

 

(d)                                          Until a person entitled to the share has complied with article 19.1(c), any notice may be sent or supplied to the relevant holder in any manner authorised by these articles, as if the Transmission Event had not occurred. This shall apply whether or not the company has notice of the Transmission Event.

 

(e)                                           Any person who, because of a transfer of shares, becomes entitled to any shares registered in the name of a member is bound by every notice which, before that person’s name and address is entered in the register of members in respect of those shares, is given to the member in accordance with this article 19.1; but this paragraph does not apply to a notice given under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

(f)                                            A certificate signed by a director or secretary of the company to the effect that a notice has been given in accordance with these articles is conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

19.2                                 Notices by the company to directors

 

Subject to these articles, a notice may be given by the company to any director or alternate director either by serving it personally at, or by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope to, the director’s usual residential or business address, or by electronic means or fax to such electronic address or fax number, as the director has supplied to the company for giving notices.

 

19.3                                 Notices by members or directors to the company

 

A notice may be given by a member, director or alternate director to the company by serving it on the company at, or by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope to, the Office or by fax or electronic means to the principal fax number or the principal electronic address of the company at the Office.

 

61



 

20 Disclosure of interests

 

19.4                                 Time of service

 

(a)                                          Where a notice is given personally, service of the notice is to be taken to be effected on the day it was handed to the member or left at the member’s registered address.

 

(b)                                          Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice is to be taken to be effected if a prepaid envelope containing the notice is properly addressed and placed in the post and to have been effected:

 

(1)                                          24 hours after the time at which the envelope containing the notice was posted unless it was sent by second class post or it was sent by air mail to an address outside the United Kingdom; and

 

(2)                                          in any other case, 48 hours after the time at which the envelope containing the notice was posted,

 

and proof that the envelope was properly addressed, prepaid and posted shall be conclusive evidence that the notice was sent.

 

(c)                                           Where a notice is sent by fax, service of the notice is to be taken to be effected if the correct fax number appears on the fax report generated by the sender’s fax machine and to have been effected at the time the fax is sent.

 

(d)                                          Where a notice is sent by electronic means, service of the notice is to be taken to be effected:

 

(1)                                          in the case of an electronic messaging system that contains a delivery verification function, on the generation by the electronic messaging system of a delivery verification notice or log entry, or other confirmation; or

 

(2)                                          in the case of electronic mail or other electronic messaging system (other than those referred to in article 19.4(d)(1)), 24 hours after it was sent.

 

(e)                                           If service under articles 19.4(c) or 19.4(d) is on a day which is not a Business Day or is after 4.00pm (London time), the notice is regarded as having been received at 9.00am on the next following Business Day.

 

19.5                                 Other communications and documents

 

Articles 19.1 to 19.4 (inclusive) apply, so far as they can and with any necessary changes, to the service of any communication or document.

 

19.6                                 Notices in writing

 

A reference in these articles to a written notice includes a notice given by fax or electronic transmission or any other form of written communication.

 

20                                           Disclosure of interests

 

(a)                                          If a member, or any other person appearing to be interested in shares held by that member, has been given a notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 and has failed in relation to any shares (the “ default shares ”) to give the company the information thereby required within 14 days from the date of giving the notice, the following sanctions shall apply, unless the directors otherwise determine:

 

(1)                                          the member shall not be entitled in respect of the default shares to be present or to vote (either in person or by corporate representative or

 

62



 

proxy) at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares or on any poll; and

 

(2)                                          where the default shares represent at least 0.25 per cent of their class (calculated exclusive of treasury shares):

 

(A)                                        any dividend payable in respect of the shares shall be withheld by the company, which shall not have any obligation to pay interest on it, and the member shall not be entitled to elect, pursuant to these articles, to receive shares instead of that dividend;

 

(B)                                        no transfer, other than an excepted transfer, of any shares held by the member in certificated form shall be registered unless: (i) the member is not himself in default as regards supplying the information required; and (ii) the member proves to the satisfaction of the directors that no person in default as regards supplying such information is interested in any of the shares the subject of the transfer; and

 

(C)                                        for the purposes of article 20(a)(2)(B), in the case of shares held by the member in uncertificated form, the directors may, to enable the company to deal with the shares in accordance with the provisions of this article, require the operator of a relevant system to convert the shares into certificated form.

 

(b)                                          Where the sanctions under article 20(a) apply in relation to any shares, they shall cease to have effect at the end of the period of seven days (or such shorter period as the directors may determine) following the earlier of:

 

(1)                                          receipt by the company of the information required by the notice mentioned in article 20(a); and

 

(2)                                          receipt by the company of notice that the shares have been transferred by means of an excepted transfer.

 

The directors may suspend or cancel any of the sanctions at any time in relation to any shares.

 

(c)                                           Any new shares in the company issued in right of default shares shall be subject to the same sanctions as apply to the default shares, and the directors may make any right to an allotment of the new shares subject to sanctions corresponding to those which will apply to those shares in issue, provided that:

 

(1)                                          any sanctions applying to, or to a right to, new shares by virtue of this article shall cease to have effect when the sanctions applying to the related default shares cease to have effect (and shall be suspended or cancelled if and to the extent that the sanctions applying to the related default shares are suspended or cancelled); and

 

(2)                                          article 20(a) shall apply to the exclusion of this article 20(c) if the company gives a separate notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 in relation to the new shares.

 

(d)                                          Where, on the basis of information obtained from a member in respect of any share held by him, the company gives a notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 to any other person, it shall at the same time send a copy of the notice to the member. The accidental omission to do so, or the non-receipt by the member of the copy, shall, however, not invalidate or otherwise affect the application of article 20(a).

 

(e)                                           Where the default shares are held by an Approved Depositary, the provisions of this article 20 shall be treated as applying only to the default shares and not to any other shares held by the Approved Depositary.

 

63



 

21 Branch registers

 

(f)                                            Where the member on which a notice is given under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 is an Approved Depositary acting in its capacity as such, the disclosure obligations of the Approved Depositary as a member of the company for the purposes of that notice shall be limited to disclosing to the company such information relating to any person appearing to be interested in the shares held by the Approved Depositary as has been recorded by the Approved Depositary pursuant to arrangements entered into with the company or approved by the board and pursuant to which the Approved Depositary was appointed.

 

(g)                                           For the purposes of this article:

 

(1)                                          a person, other than the member holding a share, shall be treated as appearing to be interested in that share if the member has informed the company that the person is, or may be, so interested, or if the company (after taking account of any information obtained from the member or, pursuant to a notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006, from anyone else) knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person is, or may be, so interested;

 

(2)                                          interested ” shall be construed as it is for the purpose of section 793 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

(3)                                          reference to a person having failed to give the company the information required by a notice, or being in default as regards supplying such information, includes (i) reference to his having failed or refused to give all or any part of it and (ii) reference to his having given information which he knows to be false in a material particular or having recklessly given information which is false in a material particular; and

 

(4)                                          an “ excepted transfer ” means, in relation to any shares held by a member:

 

(A)                                        a transfer pursuant to acceptance of a takeover offer (within the meaning of section 974 of the Companies Act 2006) in respect of shares in the company;

 

(B)                                        a transfer in consequence of a sale made through a recognised investment exchange (as defined in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) or any other stock exchange outside the United Kingdom on which the company’s shares are normally traded; or

 

(C)                                        a transfer which is shown to the satisfaction of the directors to be made in consequence of a sale of the whole of the beneficial interest in the shares to a person who is unconnected with the member and with any other person appearing to be interested in the shares.

 

(h)                                          Nothing in this article shall limit the powers of the company under section 794 of the Companies Act 2006 or any other powers of the company whatsoever.

 

21                                           Branch registers

 

The company, or the directors on behalf of the company, may cause to be kept in any territory an overseas branch register of members resident in such territory, and the directors may make, and vary, such arrangements as they may think fit in relation to the keeping of any such register.

 

64



 

22 Change of name

 

22                                           Change of name

 

The company may change its name by resolution of the directors (which must include approval by a Founder Director).

 

65


 

Schedule 1

 

Share rights

 

1                                                  Class A Ordinary Shares

 

1.1                                        Dividends

 

Any dividend declared by the company shall be paid on the Class A Ordinary Shares, the Class B Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares pari passu as if they were all shares of the same class.

 

1.2                                        Return of Capital

 

If there is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, the assets of the company available for distribution to members must be applied in the following order of priority:

 

(a)                                          first, to pay to each holder of Preference Shares all unpaid dividends;

 

(b)                                          second, to pay to each holder of Preference Shares the greater of:

 

(1)                                          the amount paid or credited as paid on the Preference Shares held by such holder; and

 

(2)                                          the amount to which such holder would be entitled to receive upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up if all of such holder’s Preference Shares were converted into Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares (as relevant) immediately prior to such event;

 

(c)                                           third, to pay to each holder of Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares or Restricted Shares the aggregate amount paid or credited on the Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares or Restricted Shares held by such holder; and

 

(d)                                          lastly, to pay the balance amongst all holders of Restricted Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares in proportion to the number of Shares held irrespective of the amount paid or credited as paid on any Share.

 

1.3                                        Deemed Liquidation

 

In the event of a transaction which is deemed a liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the company pursuant to article 3.3 of this Schedule 1 below, the Class A Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to receive from the company the amounts payable with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company under article 1.2 of this Schedule 1 in cancellation of their Class A Ordinary Shares upon the consummation of any such transaction.

 

1.4                                        Voting

 

(a)                                          Voting at general meetings

 

At a general meeting of the company, where a holder of Class A Ordinary Shares is entitled to vote, such holder is entitled:

 

2



 

(1)                                             on a show of hands, to one vote; and

 

(2)                                              on a poll, to one vote for each Class A Ordinary Share held.

 

(b)                                          Notice of meetings

 

A holder of Class A Ordinary Shares is entitled to receive notice of any general meeting of the company and a copy of every report, Accounts, circular or other document sent out by the company to shareholders of the company.

 

2                                                  Class B Ordinary Shares

 

2.1                                        Dividends

 

Any dividend declared by the company shall be paid on the Class A Ordinary Shares, the Class B Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares as set out in the above article 1.1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.2                                        Return of Capital

 

If there is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, the assets of the company available for distribution to members must be applied in the order of priority set out in the above article 1.2 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.3                                        Deemed Liquidation

 

In the event of a transaction which is deemed a liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the company pursuant to article 3.3 of this Schedule 1 below, the Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to receive from the company the amounts payable with respect to the Class B Ordinary Shares upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company under article 1.2 of this Schedule 1 in cancellation of their Class B Ordinary Shares upon the consummation of any such transaction.

 

2.4                                        Conversion

 

(a)                                          (Consent of at least 66.66% of Class B Ordinary Shares and Series B Preference Shares) Each Class B Ordinary Share will convert into one Class A Ordinary Share by written consent of the holders of an aggregate of at least 66.66% of the total number of Class B Ordinary Shares and Series B Preference Shares then in issue (regarded as one class for this purpose). For the avoidance of doubt, the conversion under this article 2.4(a) of this Schedule 1 affects all Class B Ordinary Shares then in issue.

 

(b)                                          (Consent of at least 66.66% of Class B Ordinary Shares) Each Class B Ordinary Share will convert into one Class A Ordinary Share by written consent of the holders of an aggregate of at least 66.66% of the total number of Class B Ordinary Shares then in issue. For the avoidance of doubt, the conversion under this article 2.4(b) of this Schedule 1 affects all Class B Ordinary Shares then in issue.

 

(c)                                           (Election by Class B Ordinary Shareholder) A Class B Ordinary Shareholder may elect at any time to convert any of its Class B Ordinary Shares into Class A Ordinary Shares on a one-for-one basis by notice in writing to the Board.

 

(d)                                          (Less than 10% of total Shares in issue on an as-converted basis) Each Class B Ordinary Share will automatically, without any further action on behalf of the company or otherwise, convert into one Class A Ordinary Share if the aggregate number of Class B Ordinary Shares and Series B Preference Shares

 

3



 

then in issue comprises less than 10% of the total Shares of the company then in issue on an as-converted basis. For the purposes of this article, the total Shares of the company in issue on an as-converted basis at any particular time means:

 

(1)                                          the Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of all Series A Preference Shares in issue at such time (determined in accordance with these articles at the prevailing Conversion Price);

 

(2)                                          the Relevant Number of Class B Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of all Series B Preference Shares in issue at such time (determined in accordance with these articles at the prevailing Conversion Price);

 

(3)                                          the number of all Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at such time;

 

(4)                                          the number of all Class A Ordinary Shares in issue at such time;

 

(5)                                          the number of all Restricted Shares in issue at such time; and

 

(6)                                          neither any Options in issue at such time nor any Shares issuable upon exercise of such Options will be included in the calculation.

 

(e)                                           (Transfer to a non-Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferee) Subject to article 5.3(e), a Class B Ordinary Share will automatically, without any further action on behalf of the company or otherwise, convert into one Class A Ordinary Share upon a transfer of such Class B Ordinary Share by its holder to any person that is not a Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferee. For the avoidance of doubt, the automatic conversion under this article affects only the Class B Ordinary Share that is the subject of such transfer.

 

2.5                                        Suspension of voting rights

 

If a Class B Ordinary Shareholder would be deemed (by aggregating that Shareholder’s voting rights together with the voting rights of its Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferees) to hold more than 49.9999% of the voting rights in the company, then, unless the Board resolves otherwise:

 

(a)                                          the maximum number of voting rights that may be exercised by the Class B Ordinary Shareholder and its Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferees in aggregate:

 

(1)                                          at any meeting, shall not exceed 49.9999% of the total number of voting rights cast by all persons at that meeting (either in person or by proxy); or

 

(2)                                          in respect of any other matter requiring their consent shall not exceed 49.9999% of the total number of voting rights exercised by all persons in respect of that matter,

 

(the threshold ); and

 

(b)                                          any voting rights purported to be exercised by the Class B Ordinary Shareholder and its Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferees (in aggregate) at any meeting or in respect of any other matter requiring their consent (as the case may be) above the threshold shall be disregarded.

 

2.6                                        Voting

 

(a)                                          Voting at general meetings

 

At a general meeting of the company, where a holder of Class B Ordinary Shares is entitled to vote, such holder is entitled:

 

4



 

(1)                                          on a show of hands, to one vote; and

 

(2)                                          on a poll, to 10 votes for each Class B Ordinary Share held.

 

(b)                                          Notice of meetings

 

A holder of Class B Ordinary Shares is entitled to receive notice of any general meeting of the company and a copy of every report, Accounts, circular or other document sent out by the company to shareholders of the company.

 

2.7                                        No further action required in respect of a conversion

 

The terms of issue of Class B Ordinary Shares provide for the conversion of one Class B Ordinary Share into one Class A Ordinary Share in certain circumstances set forth in these articles which do not require the consent of the Class B Ordinary Shareholder. Class B Ordinary Shareholders, upon becoming a holder of such Class B Ordinary Share, consent to any such conversion and agree that no further consent is required to any such conversion occurring in accordance with the terms of these articles.

 

3                                                  Series A Preference Shares

 

3.1                                        Dividends

 

Any dividend declared by the company shall be paid on the Class A Ordinary Shares, the Class B Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares as set out in the above article 1.1 of this Schedule 1.

 

3.2                                        Return of Capital

 

If there is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, the assets of the company available for distribution to members must be applied in the order of priority set out in the above article 1.2 of this Schedule 1.

 

3.3                                        Deemed liquidation

 

Any:

 

(a)                                          consolidation or merger of the company with or into another entity or entities (whether or not the company is the surviving entity) as a result of which the holders of the company’s outstanding shares possessing the voting power (under ordinary circumstances) to elect a majority of the company’s board of directors immediately prior to such sale or issue cease to own the company’s outstanding shares possessing the voting power (under ordinary circumstances) to elect a majority of the company’s board of directors;

 

(b)                                          sale or transfer by the company of all or substantially all of its assets (determined either for the company alone or together with its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis); or

 

(c)                                           sale, transfer or issuance or series of sales, transfers and/or issues of shares by the company or the holders thereof, as a result of which the holders of the company’s outstanding shares possessing the voting power (under ordinary circumstances) to elect a majority of the company’s board of directors immediately prior to such sale or issue cease to own the company’s outstanding shares possessing the voting power (under ordinary circumstances) to elect a majority of the company’s board of directors,

 

shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the company for purposes of article 1.2 of this Schedule 1 above (unless the Board determines otherwise

 

5



 

where the relevant transaction relates to a reorganisation, restructure or reconstruction of the Group (including a reorganisation, restructure or reconstruction which involves a re-domiciling contemplated under article 10.3(a)(4)), and the holders of the Series A Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive from the company the amounts payable with respect to the Series A Preference Shares on a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company under article 1.2 of this Schedule 1 in cancellation of their Series A Preference Shares upon the completion of any such transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, for the purpose of determining whether parties possess the voting power (under ordinary circumstances) to elect a majority of the company’s board of directors, the terms of any Relevant Agreement and the provisions of these articles (other than this Schedule 1) will be ignored.

 

3.4                                        Conversion

 

(a)                                          Mandatory conversion on Qualified Listing

 

Immediately before a Qualified Listing, the Series A Preference Shares automatically convert into the Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

(b)                                          Mandatory conversion pursuant to exercise of drag along option

 

Contemporaneously with the completion of a transfer of shares pursuant to the exercise of the drag along option under article 7, the Series A Preference Shares automatically convert into the Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

(c)                                           Conversion mechanics

 

(1)                                          For the purposes of articles 3.4(a) and 3.4(b) of this Schedule 1, the ‘Relevant Number’ means the number (or as near to that number as will avoid the creation of a fraction of a share) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

RN = CS/CP

 

Where:

 

RN                                        is the Relevant Number;

 

CS                                         is the aggregate amount paid or credited as paid in respect of the Series A Preference Shares; and

 

CP                                          is the Conversion Price.

 

(2)                                          At the time of conversion of Series A Preference Shares to Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to article 3.4(a) or article 3.4(b) of this Schedule 1, the company must convert all Series A Preference Shares then in issue into the Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

(d)                                          Other conversion matters

 

(1)                                         Any conversion of Series A Preference Shares into Class A Ordinary Shares in accordance with article 3.4(a) or article 3.4(b) of this Schedule 1 must be made on the following terms:

 

(A)                                        conversion must take effect on the Conversion Date;

 

(B)                                        on the Conversion Date, the company must issue to each holder of Series A Preference Shares a certificate for the Class A Ordinary Shares resulting from conversion of that holder’s Series A Preference Shares, subject to receipt by the company of that holder’s certificate for such Series A Preference Shares or an indemnity (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the company) in respect of any lost certificate.

 

6



 

(2)                                          On conversion of any Series A Preference Shares, the Class A Ordinary Shares arising on conversion shall rank equally with the Class A Ordinary Shares then in issue save that they shall not entitle the holders to receive any dividend declared prior to the Conversion Date that such holders were not entitled to receive prior to the conversion of the Series A Preference Shares to Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

(3)                                         Any conversion of a Series A Preference Share will:

 

(A)                                        without limiting article 3.4(d)(5) of this Schedule 1, constitute a variation of the status of, and the rights attaching to, the Series A Preference Share so that it becomes one or more Class A Ordinary Shares; and

 

(B)                                        not constitute a cancellation, redemption or termination of a Series A Preference Share, nor the issue, allotment or creation of a new share.

 

(4)                                          Conversion of any Series A Preference Shares will not prejudice the right of the holder of the Series A Preference Shares immediately before conversion to any accrued unpaid dividend on the Series A Preference Shares.

 

(5)                                          The terms of issue of Series A Preference Shares provide for the conversion of Series A Preference Shares into one or more Class A Ordinary Shares in certain circumstances set forth in these articles which do not require the consent of the Series A Preference Shareholder. Series A Preference Shareholders upon becoming a holder of such Series A Preference Share, consent to any such conversion and agree that no further consent is required to any such conversion occurring in accordance with the terms of these articles.

 

(e)                                           Adjustment to Conversion Price

 

Subject to article 3.4(g) of this Schedule 1, if and whenever the company issues or sells, or in accordance with article 3.4(f) of this Schedule 1 is deemed to have issued or sold, any Class A Ordinary Shares, Options or Convertible Securities for an issue or sale price per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such time ( Adjustment Event ) then immediately after such issue or sale the Conversion Price shall be reduced to a weighted average price calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

 

Where:

 

NCP                                is the new Conversion Price;

 

OCP                                is the Conversion Price immediately before the Adjustment Event;

 

A                                                is the aggregate number of Class A Ordinary Shares in issue before the Adjustment Event (calculated on a fully-diluted basis);

 

B                                                is the quotient of (i) the aggregate consideration received or deemed to have been received by the company arising from the Adjustment Event, divided by (ii) OCP;

 

TS                                          is the aggregate number of Class A Ordinary Shares in issue immediately after the Adjustment Event (calculated on a fully-diluted basis).

 

7



 

(f)                                            Effect on Conversion Price of certain events

 

For the purposes of determining the adjusted Conversion Price under article 3.4(e) of this Schedule 1, the following shall apply:

 

(1)                                          Issue of rights or Options

 

If the company in any manner grants or sells any Options and the price per share for which Class A Ordinary Shares are issuable upon the exercise of such Options, or upon conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of such Options, is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of the grant or sale of such Options, then the total maximum number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the company at the time of the granting or sale of such Options for such price per share. For purposes of this article 3.4(f)(1) of this Schedule 1, the “price per share for which Class A Ordinary Shares are issuable” shall be determined by dividing:

 

(A)                                        the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the company as consideration for the granting or sale of such Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the company upon exercise of all such Options, plus in the case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the company upon the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange thereof, by

 

(B)                                        the total maximum number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options.

 

No further adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be made when Convertible Securities are actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or when Class A Ordinary Shares are actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

(2)                                         Issue of Convertible Securities

 

If the company in any manner issues or sells any Convertible Securities and the price per share for which Class A Ordinary Shares are issuable upon conversion or exchange thereof is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the maximum number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the company at the time of the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities for such price per share. For the purposes of this article 3.4(f)(2) of this Schedule 1, the “price per share for which Class A Ordinary Shares are issuable” shall be determined by dividing:

 

(A)                                        the total amount received or receivable by the company as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the company upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by

 

8


 

(B)                                        the total maximum number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities.

 

No further adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be made when Class A Ordinary Shares are actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options for which adjustments of the Conversion Price had been or are to be made pursuant to other provisions of this article 3.4(f) of this Schedule 1, no further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

 

(3)                                          Change in Option Price or Conversion Rate

 

If the purchase price provided for in any Options, the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities or the rate at which any Convertible Securities are convertible into or exchangeable for Class A Ordinary Shares changes at any time, the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such change shall be immediately adjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities still outstanding provided for such changed purchase price, additional consideration or conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold. For purposes of this article 3.4(f)(3) of this Schedule 1, if the terms of any Option or Convertible Security which was outstanding as of the date of issuance of the Series A Preference Shares are changed in the manner described in the immediately preceding sentence, then such Option or Convertible Security and the Class A Ordinary Shares deemed issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued as of the date of such change, provided that no such change shall at any time cause the Conversion Price hereunder to be increased.

 

(4)                                          Treatment of Expired Options and Unexercised Convertible Securities

 

Upon the expiration of any Option or the termination of any right to convert or exchange any Convertible Security without the exercise of any such Option or right, the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder shall be adjusted immediately to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at the time of such expiration or termination had such Option or Convertible Security, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or termination, never been issued. For purposes of this article 3.4(f)(4) of this Schedule 1, the expiration or termination of any Option or Convertible Security which was outstanding as of the date of issuance of the Series A Preference Shares shall not cause the Conversion Price hereunder to be adjusted unless, and only to the extent that, a change in the terms of such Option or Convertible Security caused it to be deemed to have been issued after the date of issuance of the Series A Preference Shares.

 

(5)                                          Calculation of Consideration Received

 

If a Class A Ordinary Share, Option or Convertible Security is issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received by the company therefor. If a Class A Ordinary Share, Option or Convertible Security is issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the

 

9



 

company shall be the fair value of such consideration as of the date of receipt. If a Class A Ordinary Share, Option or Convertible Security is issued to the owners of the non-surviving entity in connection with any merger in which the company is the surviving company, the amount of consideration therefor shall be deemed to be the fair value of the portion of the net assets of the non-surviving entity that is attributable to such Class A Ordinary Share, Option or Convertible Security, as the case may be. The fair value of any consideration or net assets other than cash (and, if applicable, the portions thereof attributable to any such Class A Ordinary Share, Option or Convertible Security) shall be determined jointly by the company and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preference Shares. If such parties are unable to reach agreement within a reasonable period of time, the fair value of such consideration shall be determined by an independent appraiser experienced in valuing such type of consideration jointly selected by the company and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preference Shares. The determination of such appraiser shall be final and binding upon the parties, and the fees and expenses of such appraiser shall be borne by the company.

 

(6)                                          Integrated Transactions

 

In case any Option is issued in connection with the issue or sale of other securities of the company, together comprising one integrated transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Option by the parties thereto, the Option shall be deemed to have been issued for a consideration of $0.01.

 

(7)                                          Treasury Shares

 

The number of Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the company or any Subsidiary, and the disposition of any shares so owned or held shall be considered an issue or sale of Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

(8)                                          Record Date

 

If the company takes a record of the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares for the purpose of entitling them (a) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Class A Ordinary Shares, Options or in Convertible Securities or (b) to subscribe for or purchase Class A Ordinary Shares, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Class A Ordinary Shares deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or upon the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

 

(g)                                           Circumstances in which adjustment mechanism in this article 3.4 of this Schedule 1 does not apply

 

No adjustment will be made to the Conversion Price where the company issues shares, Options or Convertible Securities:

 

·                                                   upon conversion of the Class B Ordinary Shares, Preference Shares or Restricted Shares, or upon exercise of outstanding Options to purchase Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares or Restricted Shares;

 

·                                                   pursuant to any of the company’s stock option plans; or

 

10



 

·                                                   approved by the Board (including the Series B Preference Director), which approval contains an additional resolution pursuant to which the Board (including the Series B Preference Director) specifically excludes such issuance from the application of any Conversion Price Adjustment.

 

(h)                                          Adjustment and other notices

 

Not less than 7 days before an adjustment of the Conversion Price, the company must give written notice of the adjustment to all holders of Series A Preference Shares, setting out in reasonable detail the calculation of the adjustment.

 

(i)                                              Mandatory conversion upon one Shareholder holding all Shares

 

If approved by the Board, contemporaneously with the completion of a transfer of Shares in accordance with the terms of these articles, where such transfer results in the company having only one Shareholder, each Series A Preference Share automatically converts into one Class A Ordinary Share.

 

3.5                                        Voting

 

(a)                                          Voting rights

 

A holder of Series A Preference Shares will have no rights to vote.

 

(b)                                          Notice of meetings

 

A holder of Series A Preference Shares is entitled to receive notice of any general meeting of the company and a copy of every report, Accounts, circular or other document sent out by the company to holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares, and to attend any general meeting of the company.

 

4                                                  Series B Preference Shares

 

4.1                                        Dividends

 

Any dividend declared by the company shall be paid on the Class A Ordinary Shares, the Class B Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares as set out in the above article 1.1 of this Schedule 1.

 

4.2                                        Return of Capital

 

If there is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, the assets of the company available for distribution to members must be applied in the order of priority set out in article 1.2 of this Schedule 1 above.

 

4.3                                        Deemed Liquidation

 

In the event of a transaction which is deemed a liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the company pursuant to article 3.3 of this Schedule 1 above, the Series B Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive from the company the amounts payable with respect to the Series B Preference Shares upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company under article 1.2 of this Schedule 1 in cancellation of their Series B Preference Shares upon the consummation of any such transaction.

 

11



 

4.4                                        Conversion

 

(a)                                          (Consent of at least 66.66% of Series B Preference Shares) Each Series B Preference Share will convert into:

 

(1)                                          if there are no Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at the time immediately prior to conversion, one Class A Ordinary Share; or

 

(2)                                          if there are other Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at the time immediately prior to conversion, one Class B Ordinary Share,

 

by written consent of the holders of an aggregate of at least 66.66% of the total number of Series B Preference Shares then in issue. For the avoidance of doubt, the conversion under this article 4.4(a) of this Schedule 1 affects all Series B Preference Shares then in issue.

 

(b)                                   (Election by Series B Preference Shareholder) A Series B Preference Shareholder may elect at any time to convert any of its Series B Preference Shares into:

 

(1)                                          if there are no Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at the time immediately prior to conversion, Class A Ordinary Shares on a one-for-one basis; or

 

(2)                                          if there are other Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at the time immediately prior to conversion, Class B Ordinary Shares on a one-for-one basis,

 

by notice in writing to the Board.

 

(c)                                           (Less than 10% of total Shares in issue on an as-converted basis) Each Series B Preference Share will automatically, without any further action on behalf of the company or otherwise, convert into:

 

(1)                                          if there are no Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at the time immediately prior to conversion, one Class A Ordinary Share; or

 

(2)                                          if there are other Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at the time immediately prior to conversion, one Class B Ordinary Share,

 

if the aggregate number of Class B Ordinary Shares (if any) and Series B Preference Shares then in issue comprises less than 10% of the total Shares of the company then in issue on an as-converted basis. For the purposes of this article, the total Shares of the company in issue on an as-converted basis at any particular time means:

 

(1)                                          the Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of all Series A Preference Shares in issue at such time (determined in accordance with these articles at the prevailing Conversion Price);

 

(2)                                          the Relevant Number of Class B Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of all Series B Preference Shares in issue at such time (determined in accordance with these articles at the prevailing Conversion Price);

 

(3)                                          the number of all Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at such time;

 

(4)                                          the number of all Class A Ordinary Shares in issue at such time;

 

(5)                                          the number of all Restricted Shares in issue at such time; and

 

(6)                                          neither any Options in issue at such time nor any Shares issuable upon exercise of such Options will be included in the calculation.

 

(d)                                          (Transfer to a non-Permitted Series B Preference Transferee) Subject to article 5.3(e), a Series B Preference Share will automatically, without any further

 

12



 

action on behalf of the company or otherwise, convert into one Class A Ordinary Share upon a transfer of such Series B Preference Share by its holder to any person that is not a Permitted Series B Preference Transferee. For the avoidance of doubt, the automatic conversion under this article affects only the Series B Preference Share that is the subject of such transfer.

 

(e)                                           (Convert at the same time as Series A Preference Shares) If Series A Preference Shares are converting into Class A Ordinary Shares under articles 3.4(a) or 3.4(b) of this Schedule 1, Series B Preference Shares shall simultaneously convert into:

 

(1)                                          if there are no Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at the time immediately prior to conversion, the Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares; or

 

(2)                                          if there are other Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at the time immediately prior to conversion, the Relevant Number of Class B Ordinary Shares,

 

Series B Preference Shares must be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares (as relevant) at the same time as the Series A Preference Shares are converted into the Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

(f)                                            (Convert into Series A Preference Shares) The holders of a majority of the Series B Preference Shares may, at any time, elect to convert by notice in writing to the Board all or any portion of the Series B Preference Shares into Series A Preference Shares, with each Series B Preference Share being converted into one Series A Preference Share.

 

4.5                                        Suspension of voting rights

 

If a Series B Preference Shareholder would be deemed (by aggregating that Shareholder’s voting rights together with the voting rights of its Permitted Series B Preference Transferees) to hold more than 49.9999% of the voting rights in the company then, unless the Board resolves otherwise:

 

(a)                                          the maximum number of voting rights that may be exercised by the Series B Preference Shareholder and its Permitted Series B Preference Transferees in aggregate:

 

(1)                                          at any meeting, shall not exceed 49.9999% of the total number of all voting rights cast at that meeting by all persons (either in person or by proxy); or

 

(2)                                          in respect of any other matter requiring their consent, shall not exceed 49.9999% of the total number of all voting rights exercised by all persons in respect of that matter,

 

(the threshold ); and

 

(b)                                          any voting rights purported to be exercised by the Series B Preference Shareholder and its Permitted Series B Preference Transferees (in aggregate) at any meeting or in respect of any other matter requiring their consent (as the case may be) above the threshold shall be disregarded.

 

For the above purposes, a Series B Preference Shareholder shall be deemed to hold the voting rights that they would hold if all their Series B Preference Shares were converted into Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares (as applicable) in accordance with the terms of these articles.

 

13



 

4.6                                        Voting

 

(a)                                          Voting at general meetings

 

A Series B Preference Share confers the right to vote with Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares at a general meeting of the company:

 

(1)                                          on a show of hands, to one vote; and

 

(2)                                          on a poll, on an as-converted basis.

 

On an as-converted basis means that at any general meeting, the Board must determine (and must notify the Series B Preference Shareholders of):

 

(1)                                          if there are no Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at the time of such meeting, the Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares; or

 

(2)                                          if there are other Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at the time of such meeting the Relevant Number of Class B Ordinary Shares

 

into which all of the Series B Preference Shares would convert based on the then prevailing Conversion Price and the Board must advise each Series B Preference Shareholder of the number of votes it will have at the general meeting based on the voting rights attaching to the Relevant Number of Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares (as applicable) into which all of such Series B Preference Shares would convert.

 

(b)                                          Notice of meetings

 

A Series B Preference Shareholder is entitled to receive notice of any general meeting of the company and a copy of every report, Accounts, circular or other document sent out by the company to holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares and to attend any general meeting of the company.

 

4.7                                        No further action required in respect of a conversion

 

The terms of issue of Series B Preference Shares provide for the conversion of a Series B Preference Share into one or more Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares (as relevant) in certain circumstances set forth in these articles which do not require the consent of the Series B Preference Shareholder. Series B Preference Shareholders, upon becoming a holder of such Series B Preference Share, consent to any such conversion and agree that no further consent is required to any such conversion occurring in accordance with the terms of these articles.

 

5                                                  Restricted Shares

 

5.1                                        Dividends

 

No dividends shall be paid on the Restricted Shares.

 

5.2                                        Return of Capital

 

If there is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, the assets of the company available for distribution to members must be applied in the order of priority set out in article 1.2 of this Schedule 1 above.

 

5.3                                        Deemed Liquidation

 

In the event of a transaction which is deemed a liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the company pursuant to article 3.3 of this Schedule 1 above, the Restricted Shares shall

 

14



 

be entitled to receive from the company the amounts payable with respect to the Restricted Shares upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company under article 1.2 of this Schedule 1 in cancellation of their Restricted Shares upon the consummation of any such transaction.

 

5.4                                        Conversion

 

(a)                                          Mandatory conversion on Qualified Listing

 

Immediately before a Qualified Listing, the Restricted Shares automatically convert into Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

(b)                                          Mandatory conversion pursuant to sale of 70% of Shares

 

Contemporaneously with the completion of a transfer of 70% or more of the Shares in the capital of the company, the Restricted Shares automatically convert into Class A Ordinary Shares (such event, a Sale Event ). If, following the date of adoption of these articles, a Sale Event occurs, the Restricted Shares will automatically convert into Class A Ordinary Shares on notification by the company secretary to the holders of Restricted Shares that the Sale Event has occurred. For the purpose of this article 5.4(b) of this Schedule 1:

 

(1)                                          a Sale Event will be taken to have occurred (unless the Board determines otherwise where the relevant transaction relates to a reorganisation, restructure or reconstruction of the Group (including a reorganisation, restructure or reconstruction which involves a re-domiciling contemplated under article 10.3(a)(4)) if there is a sale of Shares by one or more Shareholders and as a consequence of such sale 70% or more of the Shares are held by persons who were not Shareholders as at the date of adoption of these articles; and

 

(2)                                          for the purpose of article 5.4(b)(1) of this Schedule 1, allowable transfers of Shares pursuant to article 5.3 will be ignored.

 

(c)                                           Mandatory conversion upon one Shareholder holding all Shares

 

If approved by the Board contemporaneously with the completion of a transfer of Shares in accordance with the terms of these articles, where such transfer results in the company having only one Shareholder, each Restricted Share automatically converts into one Class A Ordinary Share.

 

General

 

(d)                                          On conversion of the Restricted Shares, each Restricted Share will convert into one Class A Ordinary Share.

 

(e)                                           In the event that there is a subdivision or consolidation of the share capital of the company, the conversion regime will be altered such that the holders of Restricted Shares are neither advantaged nor disadvantaged as a consequence of the subdivision or consolidation. The company secretary will notify the holders of Restricted Shares of any alteration to the conversion regime pursuant to this article 5.4(e) of this Schedule 1.

 

5.5                                        Voting

 

A holder of Restricted Shares will have no rights to vote.

 

5.6                                        No further action required in respect of a conversion

 

The terms of issue of Restricted Shares provide for the conversion of one Restricted Share into one Class A Ordinary Share in certain circumstances set forth in these articles which do not require the consent of the one Restricted Shareholder. Restricted Shareholders, upon becoming a holder of such Restricted Share, consent to any such

 

15



 

conversion and agree that no further consent is required to any such conversion occurring in accordance with the terms of these articles.

 

16




Exhibit 3.2

 

No. 8776021

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

Incorporated on 14 November 2013

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

(Adopted with effect from

by Special Resolution passed on                       2015)

 

1



 

INDEX

 

Headings

 

Page

 

 

 

PRELIMINARY

 

1

SHARE CAPITAL

 

3

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

5

SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

6

LIEN

 

7

CALLS ON SHARES AND FORFEITURE

 

7

LOCK-UP POST LISTING

 

9

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

10

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

11

DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS

 

11

UNTRACED MEMBERS

 

14

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

15

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

15

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

16

AMENDMENTS TO RESOLUTIONS

 

18

POLLS

 

19

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

20

PROXIES AND CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVES

 

21

APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

 

23

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

24

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

24

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

25

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION, GRATUITIES AND BENEFITS

 

26

DIRECTORS’ APPOINTMENTS AND INTERESTS

 

27

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

29

DIVIDENDS

 

31

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

 

35

RECORD DATES FOR PAYMENTS AND ISSUE

 

36

NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS

 

37

ADMINISTRATION

 

40

WINDING UP

 

42

INDEMNITY

 

42

DEPOSITARY INTERESTS OTHER THAN DTC

 

42

 

2



 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

of

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

(adopted with effect from

by special resolution passed on                    2015)

 

PRELIMINARY

 

Definitions

 

1.                                      (1)                                           In these articles the following words bear the following meanings:

 

“Acts” means the Companies Acts (as defined in section 2 of the Companies Act 2006), in so far as they apply to the Company;

 

“Affiliates” means in relation to a person any other person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person, where ‘control’ means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a person whether through the ownership of voting securities, contract or otherwise, provided that Affiliates shall not include any portfolio companies of a person;

 

“articles” means the articles of association of the Company;

 

“board” or “board of directors” means the directors or any of them duly acting as the board of the Company;

 

“Class A Ordinary Shares” means the class A ordinary shares issued by the Company and having the rights set out in Part 1 of Schedule 1;

 

“Class A Ordinary Shareholders” means the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares;

 

“Class B Ordinary Shares” means the class B ordinary shares issued by the Company and having the rights set out in Part 2 of Schedule 1;

 

“Class B Ordinary Shareholders” means the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares;

 

“clear days” means in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

 

“Depositary” means any depositary, clearing agency, custodian, nominee or similar entity appointed under arrangements entered into by the Company or otherwise approved by the board that holds, or is interested directly or indirectly, including through a nominee, in, shares, or rights or interests in respect thereof, and which issues certificates, instruments, securities or other documents of title, or maintains accounts, evidencing or recording the entitlement of the holders thereof, or account holders, to or to receive such shares, rights or interests:

 

“Depositary Interest” means any certificate, instrument, security, depositary receipt, or other document of title issued or created, or interest recorded in an account maintained, by a

 

1



 

Depositary to evidence or record the entitlement of the holder, or account holder, to or to receive shares, or rights or interests in respect thereof;

 

“Depositary Interest Holder” means the holder of a Depositary Interest;

 

“director” means a director of the Company;

 

"DTC" means The Depository Trust Company and any Affiliate or nominee therefore, including Cede & Co., and any successors thereto;

 

“electronic address” means any number or address used for the purposes of sending or receiving notices, documents or information by electronic means;

 

“electronic form” has the same meaning as in the Acts;

 

“electronic means” has the same meaning as in the Acts;

 

“executed” means any mode of execution;

 

“holder” means in relation to shares, the member whose name is entered in the register of members as the holder of the shares;

 

“member” means a Class A Ordinary Shareholder or a Class B Ordinary Shareholder;

 

“Listing” means listing of the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Global Select Market;

 

“Office” means the registered office of the Company;

 

“Operator” means the Operator of a relevant system (as defined in the Uncertificated Securities Regulations) or the transfer agent of the Company (as applicable);

 

“participating security” means a share or other security title to units of which is permitted to be transferred by means of a relevant system;

 

“Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferee” means:

 

(i)                              a trust for the benefit of that Class B Ordinary Shareholder or persons other than the Class B Ordinary Shareholder, if such transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Class B Ordinary Shareholder, in each case so long as the Class B Ordinary Shareholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the Class B Ordinary Shares held by such trust;

 

(ii)                           a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which that Class B Ordinary Shareholder is a participant or beneficiary, provided that in each such Class B Ordinary Shareholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the Class B Ordinary Shares held in such account, plan or trust;

 

(iii)                        a corporation, partnership or limited liability company in which that Class B Ordinary Shareholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferees, owns shares, partnership interests or membership interests, as applicable, with sufficient Voting Control in the corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class B Ordinary Shareholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the Class B Ordinary Shares held by such corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be; or

 

(iv)                       an Affiliate;

 

“relevant system”  means any computer-based system, and procedures, permitted by the Uncertified Securities Regulations or other applicable regulations, which enable title to shares or other securities to be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument and which facilitate supplementary and incidental matters;

 

2



 

“seal” means the common seal (if any) of the Company and an official seal (if any) kept by the Company by virtue of section 50 of the Companies Act 2006, or either of them as the case may require;

 

“secretary” means the secretary of the Company or any other person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary;

 

“share”  means a Class A Ordinary Share and/or a Class B Ordinary Share, as the context permits;

 

“Uncertificated Securities Regulations” means the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended);

 

“US$” means the lawful currency of the United States; and

 

“Voting Control” means with respect to a share the exclusive power (whether directly or indirectly) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement, or otherwise.

 

(2)                                           In these articles, references to a share being in uncertificated form are references to that share being an uncertificated unit of a security and references to a share being in certificated form are references to that share being a certificated unit of a security.

 

(3)                                           Save as aforesaid and unless the context otherwise requires, words or expressions contained in these articles have the same meaning as in the Companies Act 2006 or the Uncertificated Securities Regulations (as the case may be).

 

(4)                                           Except where otherwise expressly stated, a reference in these articles to any primary or delegated legislation or legislative provision includes a reference to any modification or re-enactment of it for the time being in force.

 

(5)                                           In these articles, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                 words in the singular include the plural, and vice versa;

 

(b)                                 words importing any gender include all genders; and

 

(c)                                  a reference to a person includes a reference to a body corporate and to an unincorporated body of persons.

 

(6)                                           In these articles:

 

(a)                                 references to writing include references to typewriting, printing, lithography, photography and any other modes of representing or reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form, whether sent or supplied in electronic form or made available on a website or otherwise;

 

(b)                                 the words and phrases “other”, “otherwise”, “including” and “in particular” shall not limit the generality of any preceding words or be construed as being limited to the same class as the preceding words where a wider construction is possible; and

 

(c)                                  references to a power are to a power of any kind, whether administrative, discretionary or otherwise.

 

(7)                                           The headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the construction of these articles.

 

Exclusion of other regulations

 

2.                                      No regulations or model articles contained in any statute or subordinate legislation including without prejudice to such generality, the regulations contained in the Companies (Model Articles) Regulations 2008 shall apply as the articles of the Company.

 

3



 

SHARE CAPITAL

 

Liability of members

 

3.                                      The liability of the members is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares held by them.

 

Further issues and rights attaching to shares on issue

 

4.                                      (1)               Without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing shares, any share may be issued with such rights or restrictions as the Company may by ordinary resolution determine or, if the Company has not so determined, as the directors may determine.

 

(2)               In the event that rights and restrictions attaching to shares are determined by ordinary resolution or by the directors pursuant to this article, those rights and restrictions shall apply, in particular in place of any rights or restrictions that would otherwise apply by virtue of the Companies Act 2006 in the absence of any provisions in the articles of a company, as if those rights and restrictions were set out in the articles.

 

Shareholder rights

 

5.                                      (1)               The Class A Ordinary Shareholders have the rights in respect of the Class A Ordinary Shares which are set out in Part 1 of Schedule 1.

 

(2)               The Class B Ordinary Shareholders have the rights in respect of the Class B Ordinary Shares which are set out in Part 2 of Schedule 1.

 

Allotment Powers — Section 551 Authority

 

6.                                      The directors shall be generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to:

 

(1)                                           exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company, and to grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares in the Company, up to an aggregate nominal amount of US$500,000,000, for a period expiring (unless previously renewed by the Company in a general meeting) on the date which is five years from the date of the adoption of these articles by the Company; and

 

(2)                                           make an offer or agreement which would or might require shares to be allotted, or rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares to be granted, after expiry of the authority described in this article and the directors may allot shares and grant rights in pursuance of that offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired.

 

Allotment Powers — Section 561 Authority

 

7.                                      The directors shall be generally empowered pursuant to section 570 and section 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot equity securities (as defined in the Acts) for cash, pursuant to the authorities conferred by article 6 as if section 561(1) of the Companies Act 2006 did not apply to the allotment. This power:

 

(1)                                           expires (unless previously renewed by the Company in a general meeting) on the date which is five years from the date of the adoption of these articles by the Company, but the Company may make an offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after expiry of this power and the directors may allot equity securities in pursuance of that offer or agreement as if this power had not expired;

 

(2)                                           shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of US$500,000,000.

 

This article applies in relation to a sale of shares which is an allotment of equity securities by virtue of section 560(3) of the Companies Act 2006 as if in the first paragraph the words

 

4



 

“pursuant to the authorities conferred by article 6” were omitted.

 

Redeemable shares

 

8.                                      (1)                                           Any share may be issued which is or is to be liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the holder, and the directors may determine the terms, conditions and manner of redemption of any such share.

 

(2)                                           In the event that rights and restrictions attaching to shares are determined by the directors pursuant to this article, those rights and restrictions shall apply, in particular in place of any rights or restrictions that would otherwise apply by virtue of the Companies Act 2006 in the absence of any provisions in the articles of a company, as if those rights and restrictions were set out in the articles.

 

Payment of commissions

 

9.                                      The Company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by the Acts.  Any such commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares, or partly in one way and partly in the other and may be in respect of a conditional or an absolute subscription.

 

Trusts not recognised

 

10.                               Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust.  Except as otherwise provided by these articles or by law, the Company shall not be bound by or recognise (even if having notice of it) any equitable, contingent, future, partial or other claim or any interest in any share other than the holder’s absolute ownership of it and all the rights attaching to it.

 

Uncertificated shares

 

11.                               Without prejudice to any powers which the Company or the directors may have to issue, allot, dispose of, convert, or otherwise deal with or make arrangements in relation to shares and other securities in any form:

 

(a)                                           the holding of shares in uncertificated form and the transfer of title to such shares by means of a relevant system shall be permitted; and

 

(b)                                           the Company may issue shares in uncertificated form and may convert shares from certificated form to uncertificated form and vice versa.

 

If and to the extent that any provision of these articles is inconsistent with such holding or transfer as is referred to in paragraph (a) of this article or with any provision of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations or other applicable regulations it shall not apply to any share in uncertificated form.

 

Separate holdings of shares in certificated and uncertificated form

 

12.                               Notwithstanding anything else contained in these articles, where any class of shares is, for the time being, a participating security, unless the directors otherwise determine, shares of any such class held by the same holder or joint holder in certificated form and uncertificated form shall be treated as separate holdings.

 

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

Variation of rights

 

13.                               If at any time the capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may be varied, either while the Company is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding up:

 

(a)                                           in such manner (if any) as may be provided by those rights; or

 

(b)                                           in the absence of any such provision, with the consent in writing of the holders of three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class (excluding any

 

5



 

shares of that class held as treasury shares), or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class,

 

but not otherwise.  To every such separate meeting the provisions of these articles relating to general meetings shall apply, except that the necessary quorum shall be (i) at any such meeting other than an adjourned meeting, two persons together holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class in question (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares); and (ii) at an adjourned meeting, one person holding shares of the class in question (other than treasury shares) or his proxy.

 

Rights deemed not varied

 

14.                               Unless otherwise expressly provided by the rights attached to any class of shares, those rights shall be deemed not to be varied by the purchase by the Company of any of its own shares or the holding of such shares as treasury shares.

 

SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

Rights to share certificates

 

15.                               (1)                                           On becoming the holder of any share other than a share in uncertificated form, every person (other than a financial institution in respect of whom the Company is not required by law to complete and have ready a certificate) shall be entitled, without payment, to have issued to him within two months after allotment or lodgement of a transfer (unless the terms of issue of the shares provide otherwise) one certificate for all the shares of each class registered in his name or, upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable sum as the directors may determine, several certificates each for one or more of his shares.

 

(2)                                           Every certificate shall be issued under the seal or under such other form of authentication as the directors may determine (which may include manual or facsimile signatures by one or more directors), and shall specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates and the amount or respective amounts paid up on them.

 

(3)                                           Where a member (other than a financial institution) has transferred part only of the shares comprised in a certificate, the member is entitled, without payment, to have issued to him a certificate in respect of the balance of shares held by him or, upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable sum as the directors may determine, several certificates each for one or more of his shares.

 

(4)                                           When a member’s (other than a financial institution’s) holding of shares of a particular class increases, the Company may issue that member with a single, consolidated certificate in respect of all the shares of a particular class which that member holds or a separate certificate in respect of only those shares by which that member’s holding has increased.

 

(5)                                           A member (other than a financial institution) may request the Company, in writing, to replace the member’s separate certificates with a consolidated certificate or the member’s consolidated certificate with two or more separate certificates representing such proportion of the shares as the member may specify, provided that any certificate(s) which it is (or they are) to replace has first been returned to the Company for cancellation.  When the Company complies with such a request it may charge such reasonable sum as the directors may determine for doing so.

 

(6)                                           The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate to whichever of the joint holders’ names appears first on the register of members in respect of the joint holding shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

(7)                                           If a certificate issued in respect of a member’s shares is damaged or defaced or

 

6



 

said to be lost, stolen or destroyed, then that member is entitled to be issued with a replacement certificate in respect of the same shares.  A member exercising the right to be issued with such a replacement certificate:

 

(a)                                 must return the certificate which is to be replaced to the Company if it is damaged or defaced; and

 

(b)                                 must comply with such conditions as to evidence, indemnity and the payment of a reasonable fee as the directors may determine.

 

LIEN

 

Company’s lien on shares not fully paid

 

16.                               The Company has a lien over every share which is partly paid for all amounts (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that share.  The directors may declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this article.  The Company’s lien over a share takes priority over any third party’s interest in that share, and extends to any dividend or other money payable by the Company in respect of that share (and, if the lien is enforced and the share is sold by the Company, the proceeds of sale of that share).

 

Enforcing lien by sale

 

17.                               The Company may sell, in such manner as the directors determine, any share on which the Company has a lien if an amount in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable and is not paid within 14 clear days after notice has been given to the holder of the share, or the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise by operation of law, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the shares may be sold.

 

Giving effect to a sale

 

18.                               To give effect to the sale:

 

(a)                                           in the case of a share in certificated form, the directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to the purchaser or a person nominated by the purchaser;

 

(b)                                           in the case of a share in uncertificated form, the directors may:

 

(i)                                     to enable the Company to deal with the share in accordance with the provisions of this article, require or procure any relevant person or the Operator (as applicable) to convert the share into certificated form; and

 

(ii)                                  after such conversion, authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect the transfer.

 

The title of the transferee to the share shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

Application of proceeds of sale

 

19.                               The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs, shall be applied in payment of so much of the amount for which the lien exists as is presently payable.  Any residue shall (upon surrender to the Company for cancellation of the certificate for the share sold, in the case of a share in certificated form, and subject to a like lien for any amount not presently payable as existed upon the share before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the date of the sale.

 

7



 

CALLS ON SHARES AND FORFEITURE

 

Calls

 

20.                               Subject to the terms of allotment, the directors may make calls upon the members in respect of any amounts unpaid on their shares (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) and each member shall (subject to receiving at least 14 clear days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made) pay to the Company as required by the notice the amount called on his shares.  A call may be required to be paid by instalments.  A call may, before receipt by the Company of an amount due under it, be revoked in whole or in part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or part.  A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

21.                               A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the directors authorising the call was passed.

 

Joint and several liability in respect of calls

 

22.                               The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of it.

 

Interest

 

23.                               If a call or an instalment of a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid, from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the shares in question or fixed in the notice of the call or, if no rate is fixed, at the appropriate rate (as defined in the Acts).  The directors may, however, waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

 

Sums treated as calls

 

24.                               An amount payable in respect of a share on allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid these articles shall apply as if that sum had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

Power to differentiate

 

25.                               Subject to the terms of allotment, the directors may differentiate between the holders in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their shares.

 

Payment of calls in advance

 

26.                               The directors may receive from any member willing to advance it all or any part of the amount unpaid on the shares held by him (beyond the sums actually called up) as a payment in advance of calls, and such payment shall, to the extent of it, extinguish the liability on the shares in respect of which it is advanced.  The Company may pay interest on the amount so received, or so much of it as exceeds the sums called up on the shares in respect of which it has been received, at such rate (if any) as the member and the directors agree.

 

Notice if call not paid and forfeiture

 

27.                               If a call or an instalment of a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than 14 clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued.  The notice shall name the place where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.  If the notice is not complied with, any shares in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the directors and the forfeiture shall include all dividends and other amounts payable in respect of the forfeited shares and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

8


 

Sale of forfeited shares

 

28.                               A forfeited share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the directors determine either to the person who was before the forfeiture the holder (including a person who was entitled to the share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise by operation of law) or to any other person and, at any time before the disposition, the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the directors determine.  Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited share is to be transferred to any person:

 

(a)                                           in the case of a share in certificated form, the directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect the transfer; and

 

(b)                                           in the case of a share in uncertificated form, the directors may:

 

(i)                                     to enable the Company to deal with the share in accordance with the provisions of this article, require or procure any relevant person or the Operator (as applicable) to convert the share into certificated form; and

 

(ii)                                  after such conversion, authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect the transfer.

 

Cessation of membership and continuing liability

 

29.                               A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of the shares forfeited and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation any certificate for the shares forfeited.  However, such person shall remain liable to the Company for all amounts which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those shares with interest at the rate at which interest was payable on those amounts before the forfeiture or, if no interest was so payable, at the appropriate rate (as defined in the Acts) from the date of forfeiture until payment.  The directors may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or for any consideration received on their disposal.

 

Statutory declaration as to forfeiture

 

30.                               A statutory declaration by a director or the secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share and the declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer if necessary, in the case of a share in certificated form) constitute good title to the share and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings relating to the forfeiture or disposal of the share.

 

LOCK-UP POST LISTING

 

31.                               (1)                                           In respect of any shares or Depositary Interests not transferred by a member or Depositary Interest Holder on Listing, the member or Depositary Interest Holder must not transfer such shares or Depositary Interests for a period of 180 days (or such shorter period as permitted by the terms of the applicable agreement with the holder or beneficial owner of such shares or Depositary Interests) after the Listing.

 

(2)                                           In respect of any shares that are issued or Depositary Interests that are created after the Listing as a result of the exercise of options that were in issue immediately prior to the Listing, the holder of those shares or Depositary Interests must not transfer such shares or Depositary Interests for a period of 180 days (or such shorter period as permitted by the terms of the applicable agreement with the holder or beneficial owner of such shares or Depositary Interests) after the

 

9



 

Listing.

 

(3)                                           The provisions of paragraphs (1) and (2) above shall not prevent a Depositary from transferring shares to a Depositary Interest Holder as part of the surrender of their Depositary Interest, provided that following such transfer the member will remain subject to the provisions of this article.

 

(4)                                           The restrictions in paragraphs (1) and (2) do not apply to: (i) shares issued by the Company or shares or Depositary Interests sold by a member or Depositary Interest Holder pursuant to the Listing; and (ii) shares held in a settlement system operated by DTC.

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

Transfer of shares in certificated form

 

32.                               The instrument of transfer of a share in certificated form may be in any usual form or in any other form which the directors approve and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and, where the share is not fully paid, by or on behalf of the transferee.

 

Transfer of shares in uncertificated form

 

33.                               Where any class of shares is, for the time being, a participating security, title to shares of that class which are recorded on an Operator register of members as being held in uncertificated form may be transferred by means of the relevant system concerned.  The transfer may not be in favour of more than four transferees.

 

Refusal to register transfers

 

34.                               (1)                                           The directors may, in their absolute discretion, refuse to register the transfer of a share in certificated form which is not fully paid.  They may also refuse to register a transfer of a share in certificated form (whether fully paid or not) unless the instrument of transfer:

 

(a)                                 is lodged, duly stamped, at the Office or at such other place as the directors may appoint and (except in the case of a transfer by a financial institution where a certificate has not been issued in respect of the share) is accompanied by the certificate for the share to which it relates and such other evidence as the directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

(b)                                 is in respect of only one class of share; and

 

(c)                                  is in favour of not more than four transferees.

 

(2)                                           The directors may refuse to register a transfer of a share in uncertificated form to a person who is to hold it thereafter in certificated form in any case where the Company is entitled to refuse (or is excepted from the requirement) under the Uncertificated Securities Regulations or other applicable regulations to register the transfer.

 

Notice of and reasons for refusal

 

35.                               If the directors refuse to register a transfer of a share, they shall as soon as practicable and in any event within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company (in the case of a transfer of a share in certificated form) or the date on which transfer instructions were received by the Company or the Operator (in the case of a transfer of a share in uncertificated form to a person who is to hold it thereafter in certificated form) send to the transferee notice of the refusal together with reasons for the refusal.  The directors shall send such further information about the reasons for the refusal to the transferee as the transferee may reasonably request.

 

No fee for registration

 

36.                               No fee shall be charged for the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document or instruction relating to or affecting the title to any share.

 

10



 

Retention or return of instrument of transfer

 

37.                               The Company shall be entitled to retain any instrument of transfer which is registered, but any instrument of transfer which the directors refuse to register shall (except in the case of fraud) be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given.

 

Recognition of renunciation

 

38.                               Nothing in these articles shall preclude the directors from recognising a renunciation of the allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.

 

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

Transmission on death

 

39.                               If a member dies the survivor or survivors where he was a joint holder, or his personal representatives where he was a sole holder or the only survivor of joint holders, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest.  However, nothing in this article shall release the estate of a deceased member from any liability in respect of any share which had been solely or jointly held by him.

 

Election of person entitled by transmission

 

40.                               A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law may, upon such evidence being produced as the directors may properly require to show his title to the share, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee.  If he elects to become the holder he shall give notice to the Company to that effect.  If he elects to have another person registered he shall transfer title to the share to that person.  All the provisions of these articles relating to the transfer of shares shall apply to the notice or instrument of transfer (if any) as if it were an instrument of transfer signed by the member and the death or bankruptcy of the member or other event giving rise to the entitlement to the share by operation of law had not occurred.

 

Rights of person entitled by transmission

 

41.                               A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law shall, after giving notice to the Company of his entitlement to the share and upon such evidence being produced as the directors may properly require to show his title to the share, have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as the holder of the share, be entitled in respect of it to attend or vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares.  A person entitled to a share who has elected for that share to be transferred to some other person pursuant to article 40 shall cease to be entitled to any rights in relation to such share upon that other person being registered as the holder of that share.

 

DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS

 

Disclosure of interests

 

42.                               (1)                                           If a member, or any other person appearing to be interested in shares held by that member, has been given a notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 and has failed in relation to any shares (the “default shares”) to give the Company the information thereby required within 14 days from the date of giving the notice, the following sanctions shall apply, unless the directors otherwise determine in their absolute discretion, in relation to the default shares, including following any transfer of the default shares unless the transfer is an excepted transfer under this article:

 

(a)                                 the member shall not be entitled in respect of the default shares to be present or to vote (either in person or by representative or proxy) at any

 

11



 

general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares or on any poll; and

 

(b)                                 where the default shares represent at least 0.25 per cent of their class (calculated exclusive of treasury shares):

 

(i)                                     any dividend payable in respect of the default shares shall be withheld by the Company, which shall not have any obligation to pay interest on it, and the member shall not be entitled to elect, pursuant to these articles, to receive shares instead of that dividend;

 

(ii)                                  no transfer, other than an excepted transfer, of any default shares held by the member in certificated form shall be registered unless:

 

(A)                               the member is not himself in default as regards supplying the information required; and

 

(B)                               the member proves to the satisfaction of the directors that no person in default as regards supplying such information is interested in any of the shares the subject of the transfer; and

 

(iii)                              for the purposes of sub paragraph (1)(b)(ii) of this article, in the case of a member holding default shares in uncertificated form or in the case of any other person who is interested in default shares which are represented by Depositary Interests, the directors may require the beneficial owner of such default shares:

 

(A)                               to change his holding of such default shares from uncertificated form into certificated form in the name of the member or his holding of such default shares represented by Depositary Interests into certificated shares only in the name of the person who is interested in the Depositary Interests, as applicable, within a specified period; and

 

(B)                               then to hold such default shares in certificated form for so long as the default subsists; and

 

(C)                               to appoint any person to take any steps, by instruction by means of a relevant system or otherwise, in the name of the beneficial holder of default shares as may be required to change such default shares from uncertificated form into certificated form or where a person has an interests in default shares which are represented by Depositary Interests to change such default shares represented by Depositary Interests into certificated form only in the name of the interested person (and such steps shall be effective as if they had been taken by such holder).

 

(2)                                           Where the sanctions under paragraph (1) of this article apply in relation to any default shares, they shall cease to have effect at the end of the period of seven days (or such shorter period as the directors may determine) following the earlier of:

 

(a)                                 receipt by the Company of the information required by the notice mentioned in that paragraph; and

 

(b)                                 receipt by the Company of notice that the default shares have been transferred by means of an excepted transfer.

 

The directors may suspend or cancel any of the sanctions at any time in relation to any default shares.

 

(3)                                           Any new shares in the Company issued in right of default shares shall be subject to the same sanctions as apply to the default shares, and the directors may make any right to an allotment of the new shares subject to sanctions corresponding to

 

12



 

those which will apply to those shares on issue, provided that:

 

(a)                                 any sanctions applying to, or to a right to, new shares by virtue of this paragraph shall cease to have effect when the sanctions applying to the related default shares cease to have effect (and shall be suspended or cancelled if and to the extent that the sanctions applying to the related default shares are suspended or cancelled); and

 

(b)                                 paragraph (1) of this article shall apply to the exclusion of this paragraph (3) if the Company gives a separate notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 in relation to the new shares.

 

(4)                                           Where, on the basis of information obtained from a member in respect of any share held by him, the Company gives a notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 (a “Section 793 Notice” ) to any other person, it shall at the same time send a copy of the notice to the member.  The accidental omission to do so, or the non-receipt by the member of the copy, shall, however, not invalidate or otherwise affect the application of this article.

 

(5)                                           Where a Depositary Interest Holder receives a Section 793 Notice, that person is not considered for the purposes of this article to have an interest, or to be a person appearing to have an interest, in any shares held by the Depositary or in which the Depositary is otherwise interested other than those shares specified in the Section 793 Notice.

 

(6)                                           Where the member on whom a Section 793 Notice has been served is a Depositary acting in its capacity as such, the obligations of the Depositary shall be limited to disclosing to the Company such information requested in the Section 793 Notice relating to any person appearing to be interested in the shares held by it and specified in the Section 793 Notice as has been recorded by the Depositary in accordance with the arrangements entered into by the Company or approved by the board pursuant to which it was appointed as a Depositary.

 

(7)                                           For the purposes of this article:

 

(a)                                 a person, other than the member holding a share, shall be treated as appearing to be interested in that share if the member has informed the Company that the person is, or may be, so interested, or if the Company (after taking account of any information obtained from the member or, pursuant to a Section 793 Notice, from anyone else) knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person is, or may be, so interested;

 

(b)                                 “interested” shall be construed in the same way as it is for the purpose of section 793 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

(c)                                  reference to a person having failed to give the Company the information required by a notice, includes (i) reference to his having failed or refused to give all or any part of it; (ii) reference to his having given any information which he knows to be false in a material particular or having recklessly given information which is false in a material particular; and (iii) reference to the Company knowing or having reasonable cause to believe that any of the information provided is false or materially incorrect or incomplete; and

 

(d)                                 an “excepted transfer” means, in relation to any shares held by a member:

 

13



 

(i)             a transfer pursuant to acceptance of a takeover offer (within the meaning of section 974 of the Companies Act 2006) in respect of shares in the Company;

 

(ii)            a transfer in consequence of a sale made through any stock exchange on which the Company’s shares are normally traded; or

 

(iii)           a transfer which is shown to the satisfaction of the directors to be made in consequence of a sale of the whole of the beneficial interest in the shares to a person who is unconnected with the member and with any other person appearing to be interested in the shares.

 

(8)                                           Nothing in this article shall limit the powers of the Company under section 794 of the Companies Act 2006 or any other powers of the Company whatsoever.

 

UNTRACED MEMBERS

 

Untraced members

 

43.                               (1)                                           The Company shall be entitled to sell at the best price reasonably obtainable any share held by a member, or any share to which a person is entitled by transmission (including in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the member or otherwise by operation of law), if:

 

(a)                                 for a period of 12 years no cheque or warrant or other method of payment for amounts payable in respect of the share sent and payable in a manner authorised by these articles has been cashed or effected and no communication has been received by the Company from the member or person concerned;

 

(b)                                 during that period the Company has paid at least three dividends (whether interim or final) and no such dividend has been claimed by the member or person concerned;

 

(c)                                  the Company has, after the expiration of that period, sent a notice to the registered address or last known address of the member or person concerned of its intention to sell such share and before sending such a notice to the member or other person concerned, the Company must have used reasonable efforts to trace the member or other person entitled, engaging, if considered appropriate, a professional asset reunification company or other tracing agent; and

 

(d)                                 the Company has not during the further period of three months following the sending of the notice referred to in sub-paragraph (c) above and prior to the sale of the share received any communication from the member or person concerned.

 

(2)                                           The Company shall also be entitled to sell at the best price reasonably obtainable any additional share issued during the said period of 12 years in right of any share to which paragraph (1) of this article applies (or in right of any share so issued), if the criteria in sub-paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) of that paragraph are satisfied in relation to the additional share (but as if the words “for a period of 12 years” were omitted from sub-paragraph (a) and the words “, after the expiration of that period,” were omitted from sub-paragraph (c)).

 

(3)                                           To give effect to the sale of any share pursuant to this article:

 

(a)                                 in the case of a share in certificated form, the directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to the purchaser or a person nominated by the purchaser and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as it thinks fit to effect the transfer; and

 

14



 

(b)                                 in the case of a share in uncertificated form, the directors may:

 

(i)             to enable the Company to deal with the share in accordance with the provisions of this article, require or procure any relevant person or the Operator (as applicable) to convert the share into certificated form; and

 

(ii)            after such conversion, authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to the purchaser or person nominated by the purchaser and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as it thinks fit to effect the transfer.

 

(4)                                           The purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the proceeds of sale, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.  Unless otherwise determined by the directors, the net proceeds of sale will be forfeited and shall belong to the Company and the Company will not be obliged to account to, or be liable in any respect to, the former member or other person previously entitled to the share for the proceeds of sale.

 

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

Consolidation and sub-division

 

44.                               (1)                                           The Company may by ordinary resolution:

 

(a)                                 consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares; and

 

(b)                                 sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of a smaller amount than its existing shares; and determine that, as between the shares resulting from the sub-division, any of them may have any preference or advantage as compared with the others.

 

(2)                                           Where any difficulty arises in regard to any consolidation or division, the directors may settle such difficulty as they see fit.  In particular, without limitation, the directors may sell to any person (including the Company) the shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among those members or retain such net proceeds for the benefit of the Company and:

 

(a)                                 in the case of shares in certificated form, the directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to the purchaser or a person nominated by the purchaser and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect such transfer; and

 

(b)                                 in the case of shares in uncertificated form, the directors may:

 

(i)                                     to enable the Company to deal with the share in accordance with the provisions of this article, require or procure any relevant person or the Operator (as applicable) to convert the share into certificated form; and

 

(ii)                                  after such conversion, authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to the purchaser or a person nominated by the purchaser and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect the transfer.

 

(3)                                           The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

15



 

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

Calling general meetings

 

45.                               A majority of directors, the chairman of the board of directors or the chief executive officer of the Company may call a general meeting.  If there are no directors then serving on the board of directors, any member of the Company may call a general meeting.

 

Notice of annual general meetings and other general meetings

 

46.                               An annual general meeting and all other general meetings of the Company shall be called by at least such minimum period of notice as is prescribed or permitted under the Acts .  The notice shall specify the place, the date and the time of meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted, and in the case of an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such.  Where the Company has given an electronic address in any notice of meeting, any document or information relating to proceedings at the meeting may be sent by electronic means to that address, subject to any conditions or limitations specified in the relevant notice of meeting.  Subject to the provisions of these articles and to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, notices shall be given to all members, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law and to the directors and auditors of the Company.

 

Omission or failure to give notice and non-receipt of notice

 

47.                               The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the failure to give notice due to circumstances beyond the Company’s control to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

Special General Meetings

 

48.                               The board of directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special general meeting of members. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special general meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special general meeting of members of the Company.  Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the Company and member proposals of other business shall not be brought before a special general meeting of members to be considered by the members.

 

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

Quorum

 

49.                               No business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present.  Two persons entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted, each being a member or a proxy for a member or a duly authorised representative of a corporation which is a member (including for this purpose two persons who are proxies or corporate representatives of the same member), shall be a quorum.

 

Procedure if quorum not present

 

50.                               If a quorum is not present within half an hour after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or if during a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting shall stand adjourned in accordance with article 58(1).

 

Chairing general meetings

 

51.                               The chairman (if any) of the board of directors, or in his absence the deputy chairman, or in the absence of both of them some other director nominated prior to the meeting by the directors, shall preside as chairman of the meeting.  If neither the chairman nor the deputy chairman nor such other director (if any) is present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting and willing to act, the directors present shall elect one of their number present and willing to act to be chairman of the meeting, and if there is only one director present he shall be chairman of the meeting.

 

16



 

52.                               If no director is present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

Security arrangements and orderly conduct

 

53.                               The directors or the chairman of the meeting may direct that any person wishing to attend any general meeting should submit to and comply with such searches or other security arrangements (including without limitation, requiring evidence of identity to be produced before entering the meeting and placing restrictions on the items of personal property which may be taken into the meeting) as they or he consider appropriate in the circumstances.  The directors or the chairman of the meeting may in their or his absolute discretion refuse entry to, or eject from, any general meeting any person who refuses to submit to a search or otherwise comply with such security arrangements.

 

54.                               The directors or the chairman of the meeting may take such action, give such direction or put in place such arrangements as they or he consider appropriate to secure the safety of the people attending the meeting and to promote the orderly conduct of the business of the meeting.  Any decision of the chairman of the meeting on matters of procedure or matters arising incidentally from the business of the meeting, and any determination by the chairman of the meeting as to whether a matter is of such a nature, shall be final.

 

Directors entitled to attend and speak

 

55.                               Directors may attend and speak at general meetings and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares, whether or not they are members.  The directors or the chairman of the meeting may permit other persons who are not members of the Company or otherwise entitled to exercise the rights of members in relation to general meetings to attend and, at the chairman of the meeting’s absolute discretion, speak at a general meeting or at any separate class meeting.

 

Attendance and participation at different places and by electronic means

 

56.                               In the case of any general meeting, the directors may, notwithstanding the specification in the notice convening the general meeting of the place at which the chairman of the meeting shall preside (the “Principal Place” ), make arrangements for simultaneous attendance and participation by electronic means allowing persons not present together at the same place to attend, speak and vote at the meeting (including the use of satellite meeting places).  The arrangements for simultaneous attendance and participation at any place at which persons are participating, using electronic means may include arrangements for controlling or regulating the level of attendance at any particular venue provided that such arrangements shall operate so that all members and proxies wishing to attend the meeting are able to attend at one or other of the venues.

 

57.                               (1)                                           The members or proxies at the place or places at which persons are participating via electronic means shall be counted in the quorum for, and be entitled to vote at, the general meeting in question, and that meeting shall be duly constituted and its proceedings valid if the chairman of the meeting is satisfied that adequate facilities are available throughout the meeting to ensure that the members or proxies attending at the places at which persons are participating via electronic means are able to:

 

(a)                                 participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened; and

 

(b)                                 see and hear all persons who speak (whether through the use of microphones, loud speakers, audiovisual communication equipment or otherwise) in the Principal Place (and any other place at which persons are participating via electronic means).

 

(2)                                           For the purposes of all other provisions of these articles (unless the context requires otherwise), the members shall be treated as meeting at the Principal Place.

 

17



 

(3)                                           If it appears to the chairman of the meeting that the facilities at the Principal Place or any place at which persons are participating via electronic means have become inadequate for the purposes set out in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the chairman of the meeting may, without the consent of the meeting, interrupt or adjourn the general meeting.  All business conducted at the general meeting up to the point of the adjournment shall be valid.  The provisions of article 58(3) shall apply to that adjournment.

 

Adjournments

 

58.                               (1)                                           If a quorum is not present within half an hour after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or if during a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting shall stand adjourned and (subject to the provisions of the Acts) the chairman of the meeting shall either specify the time and place to which it is adjourned or state that it is adjourned to such time and place as the directors may determine. If at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

(2)                                           Without prejudice to any other power of adjournment he may have under these articles or at common law:

 

(a)                                 the chairman of the meeting may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting;

 

(b)                                 the chairman of the meeting may, without the consent of the meeting, adjourn the meeting before or after it has commenced, if the chairman of the meeting considers that:

 

(i)             there is not enough room for the number of members and proxies who wish to attend the meeting;

 

(ii)            the behaviour of anyone present prevents, or is likely to prevent, the orderly conduct of the business of the meeting;

 

(iii)           an adjournment is necessary to protect the safety of any person attending the meeting; or

 

(iv)           an adjournment is otherwise necessary in order for the business of the meeting to be properly carried out.

 

If so adjourned, the chairman of the meeting shall either specify the time and place to which it is adjourned or state that it is adjourned to such time and place as the directors may determine.

 

(3)                                           Subject to the provisions of the Acts, it shall not be necessary to give notice of an adjourned meeting except that when a meeting is adjourned for 14 days or more, at least seven clear days’ notice shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. No business shall be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place.

 

(4)                                           Subject to paragraph (1) of this article, meetings can be adjourned more than once, in accordance with the procedures set out in this article.

 

AMENDMENTS TO RESOLUTIONS

 

Amendments to special and ordinary resolutions

 

59.                               (1)                                           A special resolution to be proposed at a general meeting may be amended by ordinary resolution if:

 

(a)                                 the chairman of the meeting proposes the amendment at the general meeting at which the resolution is to be proposed; and

 

18


 

(b)                                 the amendment does not go beyond what is necessary to correct a clear error in the resolution.

 

(2)                                           An ordinary resolution to be proposed at a general meeting may be amended by ordinary resolution if:

 

(a)                                 unless such amendment is proposed by the directors, written notice of the terms of the proposed amendment and of the intention to move the amendment have been delivered to the Company at the Office at least 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or the adjourned meeting at which the ordinary resolution in question is proposed and the proposed amendment does not, in the reasonable opinion of the chairman of the meeting, materially alter the scope of the resolution; and

 

(b)                                 the chairman of the meeting, in his absolute discretion, decides that the proposed amendment may be considered or voted on.

 

Withdrawal and ruling amendments out of order

 

60.                               With the consent of the chairman of the meeting, an amendment may be withdrawn by its proposer before it is voted on.  If an amendment proposed to any resolution under consideration is ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in the ruling.

 

POLLS

 

Demand for a poll

 

61.                               (1)                                           For so long as any shares are held in a settlement system operated by DTC, any resolution put to the vote of a general meeting must be decided on a poll (and for so long as any shares are held in a settlement system operated by DTC this provision may not be amended without the unanimous consent of all the members). If no shares are held in DTC, a resolution put to the vote of a general meeting must be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is validly demanded.  A poll on a resolution may be demanded either before a vote on a show of hands on that resolution or immediately after the result of a show of hands on that resolution is declared.

 

(2)                                           A poll on a resolution may be demanded by:

 

(a)                                 the chairman of the meeting;

 

(b)                                 a majority of the directors present at the meeting;

 

(c)                                  not less than five members having the right to vote at the meeting;

 

(d)                                 a member or members representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting (excluding any voting rights attached to any shares in the Company held as treasury shares); or

 

(e)                                  a member or members holding shares conferring a right to vote on the resolution on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right (excluding any shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting which are held as treasury shares).

 

Chairman’s declaration

 

62.                               Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not subsequently withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, or not carried by a particular majority, and an entry in respect of such declaration in the minutes of the meeting, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

 

Withdrawal of demand for a poll

 

63.                               The demand for a poll may, before the poll is taken, be withdrawn but only with the consent of the chairman of the meeting, and a demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made.

 

19



 

Polls to be taken as chairman directs

 

64.                               Polls at general meetings shall, subject to articles 65 and 66 below, be taken when, where and in such manner as the chairman of the meeting directs.  The chairman of the meeting may appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) and decide how and when the result of the poll is to be declared.  The result of a poll shall be the decision of the meeting in respect of the resolution on which the poll was demanded.

 

When poll to be taken

 

65.                               A poll on the election of the chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment must be taken immediately.  Any other polls must be taken either during the meeting or within 30 days of the poll being demanded.  A demand for a poll does not prevent a general meeting from continuing, except as regards the question on which the poll was demanded.  If a poll is demanded before the declaration of the result of a show of hands and the demand is duly withdrawn, the meeting shall continue as if the demand had not been made.

 

Notice of poll

 

66.                               No notice need be given of a poll not taken during the meeting if the time and place at which it is to be taken are announced at the meeting at which it is demanded.  In any other case, at least seven clear days’ notice must be given specifying the time and place at which the poll is to be taken.

 

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

Voting rights

 

67.                               Subject to these articles and any rights or restrictions attached to any shares or class of shares, at a general meeting:

 

(a)                                           on a show of hands:

 

(i)             every member who is present in person has one vote;

 

(ii)            every proxy present who has been duly appointed by one or more members entitled to vote on the resolution has one vote, except that if the proxy has been duly appointed by more than one member entitled to vote on the resolution and is instructed by one or more of those members to vote for the resolution and by one or more others to vote against it, or is instructed by one or more of those members to vote in one way and is given discretion as to how to vote by one or more others (and wishes to use that discretion to vote in the other way) he has one vote for and one vote against the resolution; and

 

(iii)           every corporate representative present who has been duly authorised by a corporation has the same voting rights as the corporation would be entitled to;

 

(b)                                           on a poll:

 

(i)             every Class A Ordinary Shareholder present in person or by duly appointed proxy or corporate representative has one vote for every Class A Ordinary Share of which he is the holder or in respect of which his appointment as proxy or corporate representative has been made; and

 

(ii)            each Class B Ordinary Shareholder present in person or by duly appointed proxy or corporate representative has ten votes for every Class B Ordinary Share of which he is the holder or in respect of which his appointment as proxy or corporate representative has been made; and

 

(c)                                            a member, proxy or corporate representative entitled to more than one vote need not, if he votes, use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses the same way.

 

20



 

Voting record date

 

68.                               In order that the Company may determine the members entitled to vote at any meeting of members or any adjournment thereof, and how many votes such person may cast, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed the record date for determining members entitled to vote at a meeting of members shall, unless otherwise required by law, be at the close of business on the business day preceding the day on which notice is given.

 

Votes of joint holders

 

69.                               In the case of joint holders the vote of the joint holder whose name appears first on the register of members in respect of the joint holding shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders.

 

Votes on behalf of an incapable member

 

70.                               A member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, on a show of hands or on a poll, by any person authorised in that behalf by that court and the person so authorised may exercise other rights in relation to general meetings, including appointing a proxy. Evidence to the satisfaction of the directors of the authority of the person claiming the right to vote shall be delivered to the Office, or such other place as is specified in accordance with these articles for the delivery or receipt of appointments of proxy, not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the right to vote is to be exercised, and in default the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

 

No right to vote where sums overdue

 

71.                               No member shall have the right to vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares, either in person or by proxy, in respect of any share held by him unless all amounts presently payable by him in respect of that share have been paid.

 

Objections and validity of votes

 

72.                               (1)                                           Any objection to the qualification of any person voting at a general meeting or on a poll or to the counting of, or failure to count, any vote, must be made at the meeting or adjourned meeting or at the time the poll is taken (if not taken at the meeting or adjourned meeting) at which the vote objected to is tendered.  Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting whose decision shall be final and conclusive. If a vote is not disallowed by the chairman of the meeting it is valid for all purposes.

 

(2)                                           The Company shall not be bound to enquire whether any proxy or corporate representative votes in accordance with the instructions given to him by the member he represents and if a proxy or corporate representative does not vote in accordance with the instructions of the member he represents the vote or votes cast shall nevertheless be valid for all purposes.

 

PROXIES AND CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVES

 

Appointment of proxies

 

73.                               A member is entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to exercise all or any of his rights to attend and to speak and vote at a meeting of the Company.  The appointment of a proxy shall be deemed also to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.  Delivery of an appointment of proxy shall not preclude a member from attending and voting at the meeting or at any adjournment of it.  A proxy need not be a member.  A member may appoint more than one proxy in relation to a meeting, provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by him.

 

21



 

References in these articles to an appointment of proxy include references to an appointment of multiple proxies.

 

74.                               Where two or more valid appointments of proxy are received in respect of the same share in relation to the same meeting, the one which is last sent shall be treated as replacing and revoking the other or others.  If the Company is unable to determine which is last sent, the one which is last received shall be so treated.  If the Company is unable to determine either which is last sent or which is last received, none of such appointments shall be treated as valid in respect of that share.

 

Form of proxy appointment

 

75.                               (1)                                           Subject to article 72 an appointment of proxy shall be in writing in any usual form or in any other form which the directors may approve and shall be executed by or on behalf of the appointor which in the case of a corporation may be either under its common seal or under the hand of a duly authorised officer or other person duly authorised for that purpose.  The signature on the appointment of proxy need not be witnessed.

 

(2)                                           Where the appointment of a proxy is expressed to have been or purports to have been executed by a duly authorised person on behalf of a member:

 

(a)                                 the Company may treat the appointment as sufficient evidence of that person’s authority to execute the appointment of proxy on behalf of that member; and

 

(b)                                 the member shall, if requested by or on behalf of the Company, send or procure the sending of any authority under which the appointment of proxy has been executed, or a certified copy of any such authority to such address and by such time as required under article 77 and, if the request is not complied with in any respect, the appointment of proxy may be treated as invalid.

 

Proxies sent or supplied in electronic form

 

76.                               The directors may (and shall for so long as any shares are held in a settlement system operated by DTC or if and to the extent that the Company is required to do so by the Acts) allow an appointment of proxy to be sent or supplied in electronic form subject to any conditions or limitations as the directors may specify.  Where the Company has given an electronic address in any instrument of proxy or invitation to appoint a proxy, any document or information relating to proxies for the meeting (including any document necessary to show the validity of, or otherwise relating to, an appointment of proxy, or notice of the termination of the authority of a proxy) may be sent by electronic means to that address, subject to any conditions or limitations specified in the relevant notice of meeting.

 

Receipt of appointments of proxy

 

77.                               (1)                                           An appointment of proxy may:

 

(a)                                 in the case of an appointment of proxy in hard copy form, be received at the Office or such other place as is specified in the notice convening the meeting, or in any appointment of proxy or any invitation to appoint a proxy sent out or made available by the Company in relation to the meeting, not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting to which it relates;

 

(b)                                 in the case of an appointment of proxy in electronic form, be received at the electronic address specified in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy or any invitation to appoint a proxy sent out or made available by the Company in relation to the meeting, not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting to which it relates; and

 

22



 

(c)                                  in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of the meeting or adjourned meeting, be received as aforesaid not less than 24 hours (or such shorter time as the directors may determine) before the time appointed for the taking of the poll.

 

(2)                                           The directors may specify in the notice convening the meeting that in determining the time for delivery of proxies pursuant to this article, no account shall be taken of any part of any day that is not a working day.  An appointment of proxy which is not received or delivered in a manner so permitted shall be invalid.

 

Termination of appointments of proxy

 

78.                               A vote given or poll demanded by proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous termination of the authority of the person voting or demanding a poll, unless notice of the termination was delivered in writing to the Company at such place or address at which an appointment of proxy may be duly received under article 77 not later than the last time at which an appointment of proxy should have been received under article 77 in order for it to be valid.

 

Availability of appointments of proxy

 

79.                               The directors may at the expense of the Company send or make available appointments of proxy or invitations to appoint a proxy to the members by post or by electronic means or otherwise (with or without provision for their return prepaid) for use at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares, either in blank or nominating in the alternative any one or more of the directors or any other person.  If for the purpose of any meeting, appointments of proxy or invitations to appoint as proxy a person or one of a number of persons specified in the invitations are issued at the Company’s expense, they shall be issued to all (and not to some only) of the members entitled to be sent a notice of the meeting and to vote at it.  The accidental omission, or the failure due to circumstances beyond the Company’s control, to send or make available such an appointment of proxy or give such an invitation to, or the non-receipt thereof by, any member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

Corporations acting by representatives

 

80.                               (1)                                           Subject to the provisions of the Acts, any corporation (other than the Company itself) which is a member of the Company may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise a person or persons to act as its representative or representatives at any meeting of the Company, or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares.  The corporation shall for the purposes of these articles be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person or persons so authorised is present at it.  The Company may require such person or persons to produce a certified copy of the resolution before permitting him to exercise his powers.

 

(2)                                           A vote given or poll demanded by a corporate representative shall be valid notwithstanding that he is no longer authorised to represent the member unless notice of the termination was delivered in writing to the Company at such place or address and by such time as is specified in article 77 for the receipt of an appointment of proxy.

 

APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

 

Number of directors

 

81.                               Unless otherwise determined by a majority of the directors, the number of directors (disregarding alternate directors) shall not be less than five nor more than 13.

 

23



 

Procedure for appointment or reappointment at general meeting

 

82.                               No person shall be appointed or reappointed a director at any general meeting unless:

 

(a)                                           he is recommended by the directors; or

 

(b)                                           not less than 14 nor more than 35 days before the date appointed for holding the meeting, notice executed by a member qualified to vote on the appointment or reappointment has been given to the Company of the intention to propose that person for appointment or reappointment, stating the particulars which would, if he were appointed or reappointed, be required to be included in the Company’s register of directors, together with notice executed by that person of his willingness to be appointed or reappointed.

 

Election of two or more directors

 

83.                               At a general meeting a motion for the appointment of two or more persons as directors by a single resolution shall not be made, unless a resolution that it shall be so made has first been agreed to by the meeting without any vote being given against it.  For the purposes of this article a motion for approving a person’s appointment or for nominating a person for appointment shall be treated as a motion for his appointment.

 

Power of directors to appoint a director

 

84.                               A majority of directors may appoint a person who is willing to act as a director, and is permitted by law to do so, to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director, provided that the appointment does not cause the number of directors to exceed any number fixed as the maximum number of directors.

 

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

Termination of a director’s appointment

 

85.                               A person ceases to be a director as soon as:

 

(a)                                           that person ceases to be a director by virtue of any provision of the Acts or is prohibited from being a director by law;

 

(b)                                           a bankruptcy order is made against that person;

 

(c)                                            a composition is made with that person’s creditors generally in satisfaction of that person’s debts;

 

(d)                                           notification is received by the Company from that person that he is resigning or retiring from his office as director, and such resignation or retirement has taken effect in accordance with its terms;

 

(e)                                            in the case of a director who holds any executive office, his appointment as such is terminated or expires and the directors resolve that he should cease to be a director;

 

(f)                                             that person is absent without permission of the directors from all meetings of the directors held during a continuous period of six months or more and the directors resolve that he should cease to be a director; or

 

(g)                                            a notice in writing is served upon him personally, or at his residential address provided to the Company for the purposes of section 165 of the Companies Act 2006, signed by all the other directors stating that he shall cease to be a director with immediate effect (and such notice may consist of several copies each signed by one or more directors, but a notice executed by an alternate director need not also be executed by his appointor and, if it is executed by a director who has appointed an alternate director, it need not also be executed by the alternate director in that capacity).

 

24



 

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

Appointment and removal of an alternate director

 

86.                               Any director (other than an alternate director) may appoint any other director, or any other person approved by resolution of the directors and willing to act and permitted by law to do so, to be an alternate director and may remove an alternate director appointed by him from his appointment as alternate director.

 

Rights of an alternate director

 

87.                               An alternate director shall be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the directors and of committees of the directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote at any such meeting at which the director appointing him is not present, and generally to perform all the functions of his appointor as a director in his absence.  An alternate director shall not (unless the Company by ordinary resolution otherwise determines) be entitled to any fees for his services as an alternate director, but shall be entitled to be paid such expenses as might properly have been paid to him if he had been a director.

 

Termination of an alternate director’s appointment

 

88.                               An alternate director shall cease to be an alternate director if his appointor ceases to be a director.

 

89.                               An alternate director shall cease to be an alternate director on the occurrence in relation to the alternate director of any event which, if it occurred in relation to his appointor, would result in the termination of the appointor’s appointment as a director.

 

Method of appointment or removal of an alternate director

 

90.                               An appointment or removal of an alternate director shall be by notice in writing to the Company signed by the director making or revoking the appointment or in any other manner approved by the directors.

 

Other provisions regarding alternate directors

 

91.                               Save as otherwise provided in these articles, an alternate director shall:

 

(a)                                           be deemed for all purposes to be a director;

 

(b)                                           alone be responsible for his own acts and omissions;

 

(c)                                            in addition to any restrictions which may apply to him personally, be subject to the same restrictions as his appointor; and

 

(d)                                           not be deemed to be the agent of or for the director appointing him.

 

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

General powers of the Company vested in the directors

 

92.                               (1)                                           The business of the Company shall be managed by the directors who, subject to the provisions of these articles and to any directions given by special resolution of the Company to take, or refrain from taking, specified action, may exercise all the powers of the Company.  No alteration of these articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given.  The general management powers given by this article shall not be limited by any special authority or power given to the directors by any other article.

 

(2)                                           Notwithstanding the generality of (1) above, the directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to: (i) borrow money; (ii) mortgage or charge all or any part or parts of its undertaking, property and uncalled capital; and (iii) issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

Provision for employees on cessation or transfer of business

 

93.                               The directors may decide to make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly

 

25



 

employed by the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings (other than a director or former director or shadow director) in connection with the cessation or transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or that subsidiary undertaking.

 

Delegation to persons or committees

 

94.                               (1)                                           Subject to the provisions of these articles, the directors may delegate any of the powers which are conferred on them under the articles:

 

(a)                                 to such person or committee;

 

(b)                                 by such means (including by power of attorney);

 

(c)                                  to such an extent;

 

(d)                                 in relation to such matters or territories; and

 

(e)                                  on such terms and conditions,

 

as they think fit.

 

(2)                                           If the directors so specify, any such delegation may authorise further delegation of the directors’ powers by any person to whom they are delegated.

 

(3)                                           The directors may revoke any delegation in whole or part, or alter its terms and conditions.

 

(4)                                           The power to delegate under this article includes power to delegate the determination of any fee, remuneration or other benefit which may be paid or provided to any director.

 

(5)                                           Subject to paragraph (6) of this article, the proceedings of any committee appointed under paragraph (1)(a) of this article with two or more members shall be governed by such of these articles as regulate the proceedings of directors so far as they are capable of applying.

 

(6)                                           The directors may make rules regulating the proceedings of such committees, which shall prevail over any rules derived from these articles pursuant to paragraph (5) of this article if, and to the extent that, they are not consistent with them.

 

(7)                                           References to a committee of the directors are to a committee established in accordance with these articles, whether or not comprised wholly of directors.

 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION, GRATUITIES AND BENEFITS

 

Directors’ remuneration

 

95.                               (1)                                           Until otherwise determined by the Company by ordinary resolution, there shall be paid to the directors (other than alternate directors) such fees for their services in the office of director as the directors may determine, provided that any fees paid to the directors shall not exceed the amounts set out in the then applicable directors’ remuneration policy approved by members for the purposes of section 439A of the Companies Act 2006. The fees shall be deemed to accrue from day to day and shall be distinct from and additional to any remuneration or other benefits which may be paid or provided to any director pursuant to any other provision of these articles.

 

(2)                                           Any director who holds any other office in the Company (including for this purpose the office of chairman or deputy-chairman), or who serves on any committee of the directors, or who performs, or undertakes to perform, services which the directors consider go beyond the ordinary duties of a director may be paid such additional remuneration (whether by way of fixed sum, bonus, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the directors may determine.

 

26



 

Expenses

 

96.                               The directors may also be paid all reasonable expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of the directors or of committees of the directors or general meetings or separate meetings of the holders of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company and any reasonable expenses properly incurred by them otherwise in connection with the exercise of their powers and the discharge of their responsibilities in relation to the Company.

 

Directors’ gratuities and benefits

 

97.                               The directors may (by the establishment of, or maintenance of, schemes or otherwise) provide benefits, whether by the payment of allowances, gratuities or pensions, or by insurance or death, sickness or disability benefits or otherwise, for any director or any former director of the Company or of any body corporate which is or has been a subsidiary undertaking of the Company or a predecessor in business of the Company or of any such subsidiary undertaking, and for any member of his family (including a spouse or civil partner or a former spouse or former civil partner) or any person who is or was dependent on him and may (before as well as after he ceases to hold such office) contribute to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such benefit.

 

Executive directors

 

98.                               The directors may appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing director or to any other executive office of the Company and any such appointment may be made for such term, at such remuneration and on such other conditions as the directors think fit.  Any appointment of a director to an executive office shall terminate if he ceases to be a director but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of the contract of service between the director and the Company.

 

DIRECTORS’ APPOINTMENTS AND INTERESTS

 

Other interests and offices

 

99.                               (1)                                           Provided that he has disclosed to the directors the nature and extent of any material interest of his, a director notwithstanding his office:

 

(a)                                 may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested;

 

(b)                                 may be a director or other officer of, or be employed by, or hold any position with, or be a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate in which the Company is interested.

 

(2)                                           No transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any interest, office, employment or position within paragraph (1) above and the relevant director:

 

(a)                                 shall not infringe his duty to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company as a result of any such office, employment or position, or any such transaction or arrangement, or any interest in any such body corporate;

 

(b)                                 shall not, by reason of his office as a director of the Company be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any such office, employment or position, or any such transaction or arrangement, or from any interest in any such body corporate;

 

(c)                                  shall not be required to disclose to the Company, or use in performing his duties as a director of the Company, any confidential information relating to any such office, employment, or position if to make such a disclosure or use would result in a breach of a duty or obligation of confidence owed

 

27



 

by him in relation to or in connection with such office, employment or position; and

 

(d)                                 may absent himself from discussions, whether in meetings of the directors or otherwise, and exclude himself from information, which will or may relate to such office, employment, position, transaction, arrangement or interest.

 

(3)                                  For the purposes of this article:

 

(a)                                 a general notice given to the directors that a director is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any transaction or arrangement in which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that the director has an interest in any such transaction of the nature and extent so specified;

 

(b)                                 an interest of which a director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his;

 

(c)                                  a director shall be deemed to have disclosed the nature and extent of an interest which consists of him being a director, officer or employee of any subsidiary undertaking of the Company;

 

(d)                                 a director need not disclose an interest if it cannot be reasonably regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest; and

 

(e)                                  a director need not disclose an interest if, or to the extent that, the other directors are already aware of it (and for this purpose the other directors are treated as aware of anything of which they ought reasonably to be aware).

 

100.                        (1)                                           The directors may (subject to such terms and conditions, if any, as they may think fit to impose from time to time, and subject always to their right to vary or terminate such authorisation) authorise, to the fullest extent permitted by law:

 

(a)                                 any matter which would otherwise result in a director infringing his duty to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company and which may reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest (including a conflict of interest and duty or conflict of duties); and

 

(b)                                 a director to accept or continue in any office, employment or position in addition to his office as a director of the Company and, without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1)(a) of this article, may authorise the manner in which a conflict of interest arising out of such office, employment or position may be dealt with, either before or at the time that such a conflict of interest arises,

 

provided that the authorisation is effective only if (i) any requirement as to the quorum at the meeting at which the matter is considered is met without counting the director in question or any other interested director, and (ii) the matter was agreed to without their voting or would have been agreed to if their votes had not been counted.

 

(2)                                           If a matter, or office, employment or position, has been authorised by the directors in accordance with this article then (subject to such terms and conditions, if any, as the directors may think fit to impose from time to time, and subject always to their right to vary or terminate such authorisation or the permissions set out below) no transaction or arrangement relating to any such matter shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such matter, or office, employment or position and the relevant director:

 

28


 

(a)                                 shall not infringe his duty to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company as a result of any such matter, or office, employment or position;

 

(b)                                 shall not, by reason of his office as a director of the Company, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any such matter, or from any such office, employment or position;

 

(c)                                  shall not be required to disclose to the Company, or use in performing his duties as a director of the Company, any confidential information relating to such matter, or such office, employment or position if to make such a disclosure or use would result in a breach of a duty or obligation of confidence owed by him in relation to or in connection with that matter, or that office, employment or position; and

 

(d)                                 may absent himself from discussions, whether in meetings of the directors or otherwise, and exclude himself from information, which will or may relate to that matter, or that office, employment or position.

 

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

Procedures regarding board meetings

 

101.                        (1)                                           Subject to the provisions of these articles, the directors may make any rule which they think fit about how they take decisions, and about how such rules are to be recorded or communicated to directors.

 

(2)                                           A director may, and the secretary at the request of a director shall, call a meeting of the directors.

 

(3)                                           Notice of a board meeting may be given to a director personally, or by telephone, or sent in hard copy form to him at a postal address notified by him to the Company for this purpose, or sent in electronic form to such electronic address (if any) as may for the time being be notified by him to the Company for that purpose.  A director may waive notice of any board meeting and any such waiver may be retrospective.

 

(4)                                           Questions arising at a meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes.  In case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall (unless he is not entitled to vote on the resolution in question) have a second or casting vote.  A director who is also an alternate director shall be entitled in the absence of his appointor to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor in addition to his own vote; and an alternate director who is appointed by two or more directors shall be entitled to a separate vote on behalf of each of his appointors in the appointor’s absence.

 

(5)                                           A meeting of the directors may consist of a conference between directors some or all of whom are in different places provided that each director who participates in the meeting is able:

 

(a)                                 to hear each of the other participating directors addressing the meeting; and

 

(b)                                 if he so wishes, to address each of the other participating directors simultaneously,

 

whether directly, by conference telephone or by any other form of communication equipment (whether in use when this article is adopted or developed subsequently) or by a combination of such methods.  A quorum shall be deemed to be present if those conditions are satisfied in respect of at least the number of directors required to form a quorum.  A meeting held in this way shall be deemed to take place at the place where the largest group of directors is assembled or, if no such group is readily identifiable, at the place from where the chairman of the meeting participates at the start of the meeting.

 

29



 

Number of directors below minimum

 

102.                        The continuing directors or a sole continuing director may act notwithstanding any vacancies in their number, but, if the number of directors is less than either the number fixed as the minimum, or the quorum required for a meeting of the directors (or both) the continuing directors or director may act only for the purpose of filling vacancies or of calling a general meeting.

 

Election and removal of chairman and deputy chairman

 

103.                        The directors may elect from their number, and remove, a chairman and a deputy chairman of the board of directors.  The chairman, or in his absence the deputy chairman, shall preside at all meetings of the directors, but if there is no chairman or deputy chairman, or if at the meeting neither the chairman nor the deputy chairman is present within ten minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, or if neither of them is willing to act as chairman, the directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

Resolutions in writing

 

104.                        A resolution in writing agreed to by all the directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the directors and who would be entitled to vote (and whose vote would have been counted) on the resolution at a meeting of the directors shall (if that number is sufficient to constitute a quorum) be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors, duly convened and held.  A resolution in writing is adopted when all such directors have signed one or more copies of it or have otherwise indicated their agreement to it in writing.  A resolution agreed to by an alternate director, however, need not also be agreed to by his appointor and, if it is agreed to by a director who has appointed an alternate director, it need not also be agreed to by the alternate director in that capacity.

 

Quorum

 

105.                        No business shall be transacted at any meeting of the directors unless a quorum is present.  The quorum may be fixed by the directors.  If the quorum is not fixed by the directors, the quorum shall be a majority of the total number of directors.  A director shall not be counted in the quorum present in relation to a matter or resolution on which he is not entitled to vote (or when his vote cannot be counted) but shall be counted in the quorum present in relation to all other matters or resolutions considered or voted on at the meeting.  An alternate director who is not himself a director shall if his appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum.  An alternate director who is himself a director shall only be counted once for the purpose of determining if a quorum is present.

 

Permitted interests and voting

 

106.                        (1)                                           Subject to the Acts, a director who has, directly or indirectly, a material interest in any matter which has been disclosed pursuant to article 99(1) may, despite that interest:

 

(a)                                 be counted in determining whether or not a quorum is present at any meeting of directors considering that transaction or arrangement or proposed transaction or arrangement;

 

(b)                                 vote in respect of, or in respect of any matter arising out of, the transaction or arrangement or proposed transaction or arrangement;

 

(c)                                  sign or countersign any document relating to that transaction or arrangement or proposed transaction or arrangement.

 

(2)                                           Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including the fixing or varying of terms of appointment) of two or more directors to offices or employments with the Company or any body corporate in which the Company is interested, the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each director separately and (provided he is not for any reason precluded from voting) each of the directors concerned shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the

 

30



 

quorum in respect of each resolution except that concerning his own appointment.

 

Suspension or relaxation of prohibition on voting

 

107.                        The Company may by ordinary resolution suspend or relax to any extent, in respect of any particular matter, any provision of these articles prohibiting a director from voting at a meeting of the directors or of a committee of the directors.

 

Questions regarding director’s rights to vote

 

108.                        If a question arises at a meeting of the directors as to the right of a director to vote, the question may, before the conclusion of the meeting, be referred to the chairman of the meeting (or, if the director concerned is the chairman, to the other directors at the meeting), and his ruling in relation to any director other than himself (or, as the case may be, the ruling of the majority of the other directors in relation to the chairman) shall be final and conclusive.

 

DIVIDENDS

 

Payment of dividends by directors

 

109.                        The directors may pay interim and final dividends in accordance with the respective rights and restrictions attached any share or class of share, if it appears to them that they are justified by the profits of the Company available for distribution.  If the share capital is divided into different classes, the directors may pay interim dividends on shares which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividend as well as on shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividend, but no interim dividend shall be paid on shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrear.  The directors may also pay at intervals settled by them any dividend payable at a fixed rate if it appears to them that the profits available for distribution justify the payment. If the directors act in good faith they shall not incur any liability to the holders of shares conferring preferred rights for any loss they may suffer by the lawful payment of a dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.

 

Payment according to amount paid up

 

110.                        Except as otherwise provided by these articles or the rights attached to shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid.  If any share is issued on terms that it ranks for dividend as from a particular date, it shall rank for dividend accordingly. In any other case (and except as aforesaid), dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.  For the purpose of this article, no account is to be taken of any amount which has been paid up on a share in advance of the due date for payment of that amount.

 

Non-cash distribution

 

111.                        The directors may determine when resolving to pay a dividend, and a general meeting declaring a dividend may upon the recommendation of the directors direct, that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of fully paid shares or debentures of any other company.  Where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution, the directors may settle the same as they think fit and in particular (but without limitation) may:

 

(a)                                           issue fractional certificates or other fractional entitlements (or ignore fractions) and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof;

 

(b)                                           determine that cash shall be paid to any member on the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of those entitled to participate in the dividend; and

 

(c)                                            vest any such specific assets in trustees.

 

31



 

Dividend payment procedure

 

112.                        (1)                                       Any dividend or other money payable relating to a share shall be paid to:

 

(a)                                 the holder;

 

(b)                                 if the share is held by more than one holder, all joint holders; or

 

(c)                                  the person or persons becoming entitled to the share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a holder or otherwise by operation of law,

 

and such person shall be referred to as the “recipient” for the purposes of this article and article 115.

 

(2)                                           Any dividend or other money payable relating to a share shall be paid by such method as the directors decide.  Without limiting any other method of payment which the directors may decide upon, the payments may be made, wholly or partly:

 

(a)                                 by sending a cheque, warrant or any other similar financial instrument to the recipient by post addressed to his registered address or, in the case of joint recipients, by sending such cheque, warrant or any other similar financial instrument to the registered address of whichever of the joint recipients’ names appears first on the register of members, or, in the case of persons entitled by operation of law, to any such persons;

 

(b)                                 by inter-bank transfer or any other electronic form or electronic means to an account (of a type approved by the directors) which is specified in a written instruction from the recipient (or, in the case of joint recipients, all joint recipients);

 

(c)                                  in respect of shares in uncertificated form, where the Company is authorised to do so by or on behalf of the recipient (or, in the case of joint recipients, all joint recipients) in such manner as the directors may from time to time consider sufficient, by means of a relevant system;

 

(d)                                 in some other way requested in writing by the recipients (or, in the case of joint recipients, all joint recipients) and agreed by the Company;

 

(e)                                  in the case of a Depositary, and subject to the approval of the directors, to such persons and postal addresses as the Depositary may direct; or

 

(f)                                   to such other person as may be set out in a written instruction from the recipient (or, in the case of joint recipients, all joint recipients), in which case payment shall be made in accordance with sub clauses (a) to (d) above, as specified in the written instruction.

 

(3)                                           In respect of the payment of any dividend or other sum which is a distribution, the directors may decide, and notify recipients, that:

 

(a)                                 one or more of the means described in paragraph (2) will be used for payment and a recipient may elect to receive the payment by one of the means so notified in the manner prescribed by the directors;

 

(b)                                 one or more of such means will be used for the payment unless a recipient elects otherwise in the manner prescribed by the directors; or

 

(c)                                  one or more of such means will be used for the payment and that recipients will not be able to elect otherwise.

 

The directors may for this purpose decide that different methods of payment may apply to different recipients or groups of recipients.

 

(4)                                          All cheques, warrants and similar financial instruments are sent, and payment in any other way is made, at the risk of the person who is entitled to the money and the Company will not be responsible for a payment which is lost, rejected or delayed.  The Company can rely on a receipt for a dividend or other money paid

 

32



 

in relation to a share from any one of the joint recipients on behalf of all of them.  The Company is treated as having paid a dividend if the cheque, warrant or similar financial instrument is cleared or if a payment is made using a relevant system or inter-bank transfer or other electronic means.

 

(5)                                           Subject to the rights attaching to any shares:

 

(a)                                 any dividends or other monies payable on or in respect of a share may be declared or paid in such currency or currencies and using such exchange rate or such date for determining the value or currency conversions as the directors may determine; and

 

(b)                                 following agreement with a Depositary, the directors may decide that Depositary shall receive dividends in a currency other than the currency in which they were declared and can make arrangements accordingly. In particular, if a Depositary has chosen or agreed to receive dividends in another currency, the directors can make arrangements with the Depositary for payment to be made to the Depositary for value on the date on which the relevant dividend is paid, or a later date decided by the directors.

 

Right to cease sending payment and unclaimed payments

 

113.                        (1)                                           The Company may cease to send any cheque or warrant, or to use any other method of payment, for any dividend payable in respect of a share if:

 

(a)                                 in respect of at least two consecutive dividends payable on that share the cheque or warrant has been returned undelivered or remains uncashed, or another method of payment has failed;

 

(b)                                 in respect of one dividend payable on that share, the cheque or warrant has been returned undelivered or remains uncashed, or another method of payment has failed, and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new address or account of the recipient; or

 

(c)                                  a recipient does not specify an address, or does not specify an account of a type prescribed by the directors, or other details necessary in order to make a payment of a dividend by the means by which the directors have decided in accordance with these articles that a payment is to be made, or by which the recipient has elected to receive payment, and such address or details are necessary in order for the company to make the relevant payment in accordance with such decision or election,

 

but, subject to the provisions of these articles, the Company may recommence sending cheques or warrants, or using another method of payment, for dividends payable on that share if the person or persons entitled so request and have supplied in writing a new address or account to be used for that purpose.

 

(2)                                          In cases where the Company makes a payment of a dividend or other sum which is a distribution in accordance with these articles and that payment is rejected or refunded, the Company may credit that dividend or other money payable in cash to an account of the Company, to be held until the relevant recipient (or, in the case of joint recipients, all joint recipients) nominates a valid address or account to which the payment shall be made.  If the Company does this, it will not be a trustee of the money and will not be liable to pay interest on it and any amount credited to an account of the Company is to be treated as having been paid to the relevant recipient (or, in the case of joint recipients, all joint recipients) at the time it is credited to that account.

 

No interest on dividends

 

114.                        No dividend or other money payable in respect of a share shall bear interest against the Company, unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the share.

 

33



 

Forfeiture of unclaimed dividends

 

115.                        (1)                                           Any dividend or other money payable in respect of a share which has remained unclaimed for 12 years from the date when it became due for payment shall be forfeited (unless the directors decide otherwise) and shall cease to remain owing by the Company and the Company shall not be obliged to account to, or be liable in any respect to, the recipient or person who would have been entitled to the amount.

 

(2)                                          If the Company sells the share under Article 43 and unless the directors decide otherwise, any dividend or other money payable in respect of the share outstanding at the time of sale shall be forfeited and the Company shall not be obliged to account to, or be liable in any respect to, the recipient or person who would have been entitled to the amount.

 

Scrip dividends

 

116.                        The directors may offer any holders of shares the right to elect to receive new shares of the same class, credited as fully paid, instead of cash in respect of the whole (or some part, to be determined by the directors) of any dividend.  The following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)                                           The directors may offer such rights of election to holders either:

 

(i)                                     in respect of the next dividend proposed to be paid; or

 

(ii)                                  in respect of that dividend and all subsequent dividends.

 

(b)                                           The entitlement of each holder of shares to new shares of the same class shall be such that the relevant value of the entitlement shall be as nearly as possible equal to (but not greater than) the cash amount (disregarding any tax credit) that such holder would have received by way of dividend. For this purpose “relevant value” shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share if such class of shares is publicly traded or such price as may be determined by the board of directors of the Company in its reasonable good faith judgment.  A certificate or report by the auditors as to the amount of the relevant value in respect of any dividend shall be conclusive evidence of that amount.

 

(c)                                            No fraction of a share shall be allotted and the directors may make such provision for fractional entitlements as they think fit, including provision:

 

(i)                                     for the whole or part of the benefit of fractional entitlements to be disregarded or to accrue to the Company; or

 

(ii)                                  for the value of fractional entitlements to be accumulated on behalf of a member (without entitlement to interest) and applied in paying up new shares in connection with a subsequent offer by the Company of the right to receive shares instead of cash in respect of a future dividend.

 

(d)                                           If the directors resolve to offer a right of election, they shall, after determining the basis of allotment, notify the holders of shares in writing of the right of election offered to them, and shall send with, or following, such notification, forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and place at which, and the latest time by which, elections must be received in order to be effective.  No notice need be given to a holder who has previously made (and has not revoked) an earlier election to receive new shares in place of all future dividends.

 

(e)                                            The directors may on any occasion decide that rights of election shall only be made available subject to such exclusions, restrictions or other arrangements as they shall in their absolute discretion deem necessary or desirable in order to comply with legal or practical problems under the laws of, or the requirements of any recognised regulatory body or stock exchange in, any territory.

 

(f)                                             The dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been given) shall not be payable on shares in respect of which an election has been duly made (“the elected shares”).  Instead, additional shares shall be allotted to the holders of the elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid.  For such purpose the directors shall capitalise out of any amount

 

34



 

for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including any share premium account or capital redemption reserve) or any of the profits which could otherwise have been applied in paying dividends in cash, as the directors may determine, a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the additional shares to be allotted on that basis and apply it in paying up in full the appropriate number of shares for allotment and distribution to the holders of the elected shares on that basis.

 

(g)                                            The directors shall not proceed with any election unless the Company has sufficient reserves or funds that may be capitalised to give effect to it after the basis of allotment is determined.

 

(i)                                               Unless the directors decide otherwise or the rules of a relevant system require otherwise, any new shares which a holder has elected to receive instead of cash in respect of some or all of his dividend will be:

 

(i)             shares in uncertificated form if the corresponding elected shares were uncertificated shares on the record date for that dividend; and

 

(ii)            shares in certificated form if the corresponding elected shares were shares in certificated form on the record date for that dividend.

 

(j)                                              The additional shares when allotted shall rank pari passu in all respects with the fully paid shares of the same class then in issue except that they will not be entitled to participation in the dividend in lieu of which they were allotted.

 

(k)                                           The directors may do all acts and things which they consider necessary or expedient to give effect to any such capitalisation, and may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and incidental matters and any agreement so made shall be binding on all concerned.

 

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

 

Capitalisation of profits

 

117.                        (1)                                           The directors may:

 

(a)                                 subject as provided in this article, resolve to capitalise any profits of the Company not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not they are available for distribution) or any sum standing to the credit of any reserve or fund of the Company (including any share premium account, capital redemption reserve, merger reserve or revaluation reserve);

 

(b)                                 appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the members in proportion to the nominal amounts of the shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively which would (or in the case of treasury shares, which would if such shares were not held as treasury shares) entitle them to participate in a distribution of that sum if the shares were fully paid and the sum were then distributable and were distributed by way of dividend and apply such sum on their behalf either in or towards paying up the amounts, if any, for the time being unpaid on any shares held by them respectively, or in paying up in full shares of the same class held by the member or debentures of the Company of a nominal amount equal to that sum, and allot such shares or debentures credited as fully paid to those members or as they may direct, in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the share premium account, the capital redemption reserve, and any profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this article, only be applied in paying up shares to be allotted to members credited as fully paid;

 

(c)                                  resolve that any shares so allotted to any member in respect of a holding by him of any partly paid shares shall so long as such shares remain

 

35



 

partly paid rank for dividend only to the extent that the latter shares rank for dividend;

 

(d)                                 make such provision by the issue of fractional certificates or other fractional entitlements (or by ignoring fractions) or by payment in cash or otherwise as they think fit in the case of shares or debentures becoming distributable in fractions (including provision whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the members concerned);

 

(e)                                  authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the members concerned into an agreement with the Company providing for the allotment to them respectively, credited as fully paid, of any further shares to which they are entitled upon such capitalisation, any agreement made under such authority being binding on all such members; and

 

(f)                                   generally do all acts and things required to give effect to such resolution as aforesaid.

 

(2)                                           Where, pursuant to an employees’ share scheme (within the meaning of section 1166 of the Companies Act 2006) or any similar scheme under which participation is extended to non-executive directors or consultants providing services to the Company or any of its subsidiaries:

 

(a)                                 the Company has granted options to subscribe for shares on terms which provide (inter alia) for adjustments to the subscription price payable on the exercise of such options or to the number of shares to be allotted upon such exercise in the event of any increase or reduction in or other reorganisation of the Company’s issued share capital and an otherwise appropriate adjustment would result in the subscription price for any share being less than its nominal value, then the directors may, on the exercise of any of the options concerned and payment of the subscription price which would have applied had such adjustment been made, capitalise any such profits or other sum as is mentioned in paragraph (1)(a) above to the extent necessary to pay up the unpaid balance of the nominal value of the shares which fall to be allotted on the exercise of such options and apply such amount in paying up such balance and allot shares fully paid accordingly;

 

(b)                                 the Company has granted (or assumed liability to satisfy) rights to subscribe for shares (whether in the form of stock options, stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance shares and units, dividend equivalent rights or otherwise) then the directors may, in connection with the issue of shares, capitalise any such profits or other sum as is mentioned in paragraph (1) above to the extent necessary to pay up the unpaid balance of the nominal value of the shares which fall to be issued in connection with such rights to subscribe and apply such amount in paying up such balance and allot shares fully paid accordingly;

 

(c)                                  the provisions of paragraphs (1)(a) to (f) above shall apply with the necessary alterations to this article.

 

RECORD DATES FOR PAYMENTS AND ISSUE

 

Company or directors may fix record dates for payments and issue

 

118.                        Notwithstanding any other provision of these articles, but without prejudice to the rights attached to any shares, the Company or the directors may fix a date and time as the record date by reference to which persons registered as holders of shares or other securities shall be entitled to receipt of any dividend, distribution, allotment or issue, and that date may be before, on or after the date on which the dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is declared, paid or made, and where such a record date is fixed, references in these articles

 

36



 

to a holder of shares or member to whom a dividend is to be paid or a distribution, allotment or issue is to be made shall be construed accordingly.

 

NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS

 

Requirements for writing

 

119.                        Any notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to these articles shall be in writing other than a notice calling a meeting of the directors which need not be in writing.

 

Methods of sending or supplying

 

120.                        (1)                                           Any notice, document or information may (without prejudice to articles 123 and 124) be sent or supplied by the Company to any member:

 

(a)                                 by hand, that is by any person (including a courier or process server) handing it to the member or leaving it at the member’s registered address;

 

(b)                                 by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope addressed to the member at his registered address;

 

(c)                                  by sending it in electronic form to a person who has agreed (generally or specifically) that the notice, document or information may be sent or supplied in that form (and has not revoked that agreement);

 

(d)                                 by making it available on a website, provided that the requirements in paragraph (2) of this article and the provisions of the Acts are satisfied;

 

(e)                                  through a relevant system; or

 

(f)                                   in some other way authorised in writing by the relevant member.

 

(2)                                           The requirements referred to in paragraph (1)(d) of this article are that:

 

(a)                                 the member has agreed (generally or specifically) that the notice, document or information may be sent or supplied to him by being made available on a website (and has not revoked that agreement), or the member has been asked by the Company to agree that the Company may send or supply notices, documents and information generally, or the notice, document or information in question, to him by making it available on a website and the Company has not received a response within the period of 28 days beginning on the date on which the Company’s request was sent and the member is therefore taken to have so agreed (and has not revoked that agreement);

 

(b)                                 the member is sent a notification of the presence of the notice, document or information on a website, the address of that website, the place on that website where it may be accessed, and how it may be accessed (“notification of availability”);

 

(c)                                  in the case of a notice of meeting, the notification of availability states that it concerns a notice of a company meeting, specifies the place, time and date of the meeting, and states whether it will be an annual general meeting; and

 

(d)                                 the notice, document or information continues to be published on that website, in the case of a notice of meeting, throughout the period beginning with the date of the notification of availability and ending with the conclusion of the meeting and in all other cases throughout the period specified by any applicable provision of the Acts, or, if no such period is specified, throughout the period of 28 days beginning with the date on which the notification of availability is sent to the member, save that if the notice, document or information is made available for part only of that period then failure to make it available throughout that period shall be

 

37



 

disregarded where such failure is wholly attributable to circumstances which it would not be reasonable to have expected the Company to prevent or avoid.

 

(3)                                           In the case of joint holders:

 

(a)                                 it shall be sufficient for all notices, documents and other information to be sent or supplied to the joint holder whose name stands first in the register of members in respect of the joint holding only; and

 

(b)                                 the agreement of the joint holder whose name stands first in the register of members in respect of the joint holding that notices, documents and information may be sent or supplied in electronic form or by being made available on a website shall be binding on all the joint holders.

 

(4)                                           In the case of a member registered on a branch register, any notice, document or other information can be posted or despatched or in the country where the branch register is kept.

 

(5)                                           For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this article are subject to article 47.

 

(6)                                           The Company may at any time and at its sole discretion choose to send or supply notices, documents and information only in hard copy form to some or all members.

 

Deemed receipt of notice

 

121.                        A member present either in person or by proxy at any meeting of the Company or of the holders of any class of shares shall be deemed to have received notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.

 

Company or directors may fix record dates for notices

 

122.                        (1)                                           The Company or the directors may fix a date and time as the record date by reference to which persons registered as holders of shares or other securities shall be entitled to receive any notice or other document to be given to members and no change in the register after that time shall invalidate the giving of the notice or document, provided that in the case of a notice of general meeting or the annual accounts and reports of the Company, such record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days before the day the notice or document is sent.

 

(2)                                           Every person who becomes entitled to a share shall be bound by any notice in respect of that share which, before his name is entered in the register of members, has been given to the person from whom he derives his title.

 

Notice when post not available

 

123.                        Where, by reason of any suspension or curtailment of postal services, the Company is unable effectively to give notice of a general meeting, or meeting of the holders of any class of shares, the board may decide that the only persons to whom notice of the affected general meeting must be sent are: the directors; the Company’s auditors; those members to whom notice to convene the general meeting can validly be sent by electronic means and those members to whom notification as to the availability of the notice of meeting on a website can validly be sent by electronic means.  In any such case the Company shall also:

 

(a)                                           advertise the general meeting in at least two national daily newspapers published in the United States; and

 

(b)                                           send or supply a confirmatory copy of the notice to members in the same manner as it sends or supplies notices under article 120 if at least seven clear days before the meeting the posting of notices again becomes practicable.

 

Other notices and communications advertised in national newspaper

 

124.                        Any notice, document or information to be sent or supplied by the Company to the members or any of them, not being a notice of a general meeting, shall be sufficiently sent

 

38


 

or supplied if sent or supplied by advertisement in at least one national daily newspaper published in the United States.

 

When notice or other communication deemed to have been received

 

125.                        Any notice, document or information sent or supplied by the Company to the members or any of them:

 

(a)                                           by hand, shall be deemed to have been received on the day it was handed to the member or left at the member’s registered address;

 

(b)                                           by post, shall be deemed to have been received 24 hours after the time at which the envelope containing the notice, document or information was posted unless it was sent by second class post, or there is only one class of post, or it was sent by air mail to an address outside the United States, in which case it shall be deemed to have been received 48 hours after it was posted, and proof that the envelope was properly addressed, prepaid and posted shall be conclusive evidence that the notice, document or information was sent;

 

(c)                                            by electronic means, shall be deemed to have been received 24 hours after it was sent.  Proof that a notice, document or information in electronic form was addressed to the electronic address provided by the member for the purpose of receiving communications from the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the notice, document or information was sent;

 

(d)                                           by making it available on a website, shall be deemed to have been received on the date on which notification of availability on the website is deemed to have been received in accordance with this article or, if later, the date on which it is first made available on the website;

 

(e)                                            by means of a relevant system, shall be deemed to have been received 24 hours after the Company or any sponsoring system-participant acting on the Company’s behalf, sends the issuer-instruction relating to the notice, document or information;

 

(f)                                             by any other means specified in a written authorisation from the relevant member, shall be deemed to have been received when the Company has done what it was authorised to do by that member; and

 

(g)                                            by advertisement, shall be deemed to have been received on the day on which the advertisement appears.

 

Communications sent or supplied to persons entitled by transmission

 

126.                        (1)                                           If a person who claims to be entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a holder or otherwise by operation of law supplies to the Company:

 

(a)                                 such evidence as the directors may reasonably require to show his title to the share; and

 

(b)                                 an address at which notices, documents or information may be sent or supplied to such person,

 

then such a person shall be entitled to have sent or supplied to him at such address any notice, document or information to which the relevant holder would have been entitled if the death or bankruptcy or any other event giving rise to an entitlement to the share by law had not occurred.

 

(2)                                           Until a person entitled to the share has complied with paragraph (1) above, any notice, document or information may be sent or supplied to the relevant holder in any manner authorised by these articles, as if the death or bankruptcy or any other event giving rise to an entitlement to the share by law had not occurred.  This shall apply whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy or other event.

 

39



 

Power to stop sending communications to untraced members

 

127.                        If on three consecutive occasions notices, documents or information sent or supplied to a member have been returned undelivered, the member shall not be entitled to receive any subsequent notice, document or information until he has supplied to the Company (or its agent) a new registered address, or shall have informed the Company, in such manner as may be specified by the Company, of an electronic address.  For the purposes of this article, references to notices, documents or information include references to a cheque or other instrument of payment; but nothing in this article shall entitle the Company to cease sending any cheque or other instrument of payment for any dividend, unless it is otherwise so entitled under these articles.

 

Validation of documents in electronic form

 

128.                        Where a document is required under these articles to be signed by a member or any other person, if the document is in electronic form, then in order to be valid the document must:

 

(a)                                           incorporate the electronic signature, or personal identification details (which may be details previously allocated by the Company), of that member or other person, in such form as the directors may approve; or

 

(b)                                           be accompanied by such other evidence as the directors may require in order to be satisfied that the document is genuine.

 

The Company may designate mechanisms for validating any such document and a document not validated by the use of any such mechanisms shall be deemed as having not been received by the Company.  In the case of any document or information relating to a meeting, an instrument of proxy or invitation to appoint a proxy, any validation requirements shall be specified in the relevant notice of meeting in accordance with articles 46 and 77.

 

BRANCH REGISTERS

 

Overseas branch registers

 

129.                        The Company, or the directors on behalf of the Company, may cause to be kept in any territory an overseas branch register of members resident in such territory, and the directors may make, and vary, such arrangements as they may think fit in relation to the keeping of any such register.

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

Making and retention of minutes

 

130.                        The directors shall cause minutes to be made, in books kept for the purpose of:

 

(a)                                           all appointments of officers made by the directors; and

 

(b)                                           all proceedings at meetings of the Company, of the holders of any class of shares in the Company, and of the directors, and of committees of the directors, including the names of the directors present at each such meeting.

 

Minutes shall be retained for at least ten years from the date of the appointment or meeting and shall be kept available for inspection in accordance with the Acts.

 

Inspection of accounts

 

131.                        Except as provided by statute or by order of the court or authorised by the directors or an ordinary resolution of the Company, no person is entitled to inspect any of the Company’s accounting or other records or documents merely by virtue of being a member.

 

Appointment of secretary

 

132.                        The secretary shall be appointed by the directors for such term, at such remuneration and upon such other conditions as they think fit; and any secretary so appointed may be removed by them.

 

40



 

Use of the seal

 

133.                        The seal shall be used only by the authority of a resolution of the directors or of a committee of the directors.  The directors may determine whether any instrument to which the seal is affixed shall be signed and, if it is to be signed, who shall sign it.  Unless otherwise determined by the directors:

 

(a)                                           share certificates and, subject to the provisions of any instrument constituting the same, certificates issued under the seal in respect of any debentures or other securities, need not be signed and any signature may be applied to any such certificate by any mechanical or other means or may be printed on it;

 

(b)                                           every other instrument to which the seal is affixed shall be signed by

 

(i)                                     two directors of the Company;

 

(ii)                                   one director and the secretary of the Company; or

 

(iii)                               at least one authorised person in the presence of a witness who attests the signature.

 

For this purpose an authorised person is any director of the Company or the secretary of the Company, or any person authorised by the directors for the purpose of signing instruments to which the seal is affixed.

 

Official seal for use abroad

 

134.                        The Company may have an official seal for use in accordance with the Acts.  Such a seal shall be used only by the authority of a resolution of the directors or of a committee of the directors.

 

Destruction of documents

 

135.                        (1)                                           The Company may destroy:

 

(a)                                 any instrument of transfer, after six years from the date on which it is registered;

 

(b)                                 any dividend mandate or notification of change of name or address, after two years from the date on which it is recorded;

 

(c)                                  any share certificate, after one year from the date on which it is cancelled; and

 

(d)                                 any other document on the basis of which an entry in the register of members is made, after six years from the date on which it is made.

 

(2)                                           Any document referred to in paragraph (1) of this article may be destroyed earlier than the relevant date authorised by that paragraph, provided that a copy of the document (whether made electronically, by microfilm, by digital imaging or by any other means) has been made which is not destroyed before that date.

 

(3)                                           It shall be conclusively presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the register of members purporting to have been made on the basis of a document destroyed in accordance with this article was duly and properly made, that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was duly registered, that every share certificate so destroyed was duly cancelled, and that every other document so destroyed was valid and effective in accordance with the particulars in the records of the Company, provided that:

 

(a)                                 this article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without notice of any claim (regardless of the parties to it) to which the document might be relevant;

 

(b)                                 nothing in this article shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document otherwise than in accordance with this article which would not attach to the Company in the absence of this article; and

 

(c)                                  references in this article to the destruction of any document include

 

41



 

references to the disposal of it in any manner.

 

Change of name

 

136.                        The Company may change its name by resolution of the directors.

 

WINDING UP

 

Winding up

 

137.                        If the Company is wound up and subject to the rights and restrictions attached to any share or classes of shares, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution and any other sanction required by law, divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members.  The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the members as he may with the like sanction determine, but no member shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability.

 

INDEMNITY

 

Power to indemnify directors

 

138.                        (1)                                           Subject to paragraph (2) of this article, the Company:

 

(a)                                 may indemnify to any extent any person who is or was a director, or a director of any associated company, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him) against any loss or liability, whether in connection with any proven or alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or otherwise, in relation to the Company or any associated company;

 

(b)                                 may indemnify to any extent any person who is or was a director of an associated company that is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him) against any liability incurred by him in connection with the company’s activities as trustee of an occupational pension scheme; and

 

(c)                                  may purchase and maintain insurance for any person who is or was a director, or a director of any associated company, against any loss or liability or any expenditure he may incur, whether in connection with any proven or alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or otherwise, in relation to the Company or any associated company,

 

and for this purpose an associated company means any body corporate which is or was a subsidiary undertaking of the Company or in which the Company or any subsidiary undertaking of the Company is or was interested.

 

(2)                                           This article does not authorise any indemnity which would be prohibited or rendered void by any provision of the Acts or by any other provision of law.

 

DEPOSITARY INTERESTS OTHER THAN DTC

 

139.                        (1)                                           The directors shall, subject always to applicable law and the provisions of these articles, have power to implement or approve (or both) any arrangements which they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to (without limitation) the evidencing of title to and transfer of Depositary Interests or similar interests in shares.

 

(2)                                           The directors may from time to time take such actions and do such things as they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the operation of any such arrangements under paragraph (1) above including, without limitation, treating

 

42



 

Depositary Interest Holders as if they were holders directly of the shares or interests in shares represented thereby for the purposes of compliance with any obligations imposed under these articles on members.

 

(3)                                           If and to the extent that the directors implement or approve (or both) any arrangements in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of Depositary Interests or similar interests in shares in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2) above, the directors shall ensure that such arrangements provide (in so far as is practicable):

 

(a)                                 a Depositary Interest Holder with the same or equivalent rights as a member of the Company including, without limitation, in relation to the exercise of voting rights and provision of information; and

 

(b)                                 the Company and the directors with the same or equivalent powers as given under these articles in respect of a member of the Company, including, without limitation, the powers of the board of directors under article 42, so that such power may be exercised against a Depositary Interest Holder and the shares or interest in shares represented by such Depositary Interest or similar interest.

 

(4)                                           The provisions of paragraphs (1) to (3) shall not apply to any Depositary Interests held in a settlement system operated by DTC.

 

43



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

PART 1

 

CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES

 

Dividends

 

1.                                      Any dividend declared by the Company shall be paid on the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares pari passu as if they were all shares of the same class.

 

Return of Capital

 

2.                                      In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company available for distribution to members shall be distributed amongst all holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares in proportion to the number of shares held irrespective of the amount paid or credited as paid on any share.

 

Deemed Liquidation

 

3.                                      Any:

 

(a)                                           consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another entity or entities (whether or not the Company is the surviving entity) as a result of which the holders of the Company’s outstanding shares possessing the voting power (under ordinary circumstances) to elect a majority of the Company’s board of directors immediately prior to such sale or issue cease to own the Company’s outstanding shares possessing the voting power (under ordinary circumstances) to elect a majority of the Company’s board of directors;

 

(b)                                           sale or transfer by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets (determined either for the Company alone or together with its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis); or

 

(c)                                            sale, transfer or issuance or series of sales, transfers and/or issues of shares by the Company or the holders thereof, as a result of which the holders of the Company’s outstanding shares possessing the voting power (under ordinary circumstances) to elect a majority of the Company’s board of directors immediately prior to such sale or issue cease to own the Company’s outstanding shares possessing the voting power (under ordinary circumstances) to elect a majority of the company’s board of directors,

 

shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company for purposes of paragraph 2 of Part 1 to this Schedule 1 above (unless the directors determine otherwise), and the holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to receive from the Company the amounts payable with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares on a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company under paragraph 2 of Part 1 to this Schedule 1 in cancellation of their Class A Ordinary Shares upon the completion of any such transaction.

 

Voting

 

4.                                      (a)                                           At a general meeting of the Company and at any separate class meeting of the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares, where a holder of Class A Ordinary Shares is entitled to vote, such holder is entitled:

 

(i)                                     on a show of hands, to one vote; and

 

(ii)                                  on a poll, to one vote for each Class A Ordinary Share held.

 

(b)                                           A holder of Class A Ordinary Shares is entitled to receive notice of any general meeting of the Company (and notice of any separate class meeting of the holders

 

44



 

of Class A Ordinary Shares) and a copy of every report, accounts, circular or other document sent out by the Company to members.

 

PART 2

 

CLASS B ORDINARY SHARES

 

Dividends

 

1.                                      Any dividend declared by the Company shall be paid on the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares as set out in paragraph 1 of Part 1 to this Schedule 1.

 

Return of Capital

 

2.                                      In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company available for distribution to members shall be applied in the order of priority set out in paragraph 2 of Part 1 to this Schedule 1.

 

Deemed Liquidation

 

3.                                      In the event of a transaction which is deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company pursuant to paragraph 3 of Part 1 to this Schedule 1 above, the Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to receive from the Company the amounts payable with respect to the Class B Ordinary Shares upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company under paragraph 2 of Part 1 to this Schedule 1 in cancellation of their Class B Ordinary Shares upon the consummation of any such transaction.

 

Conversion

 

4.                                      (a)                                           (Consent of at least 66.66% of Class B Ordinary Shares) Each Class B Ordinary Share will convert into one Class A Ordinary Share by written consent of the holders of an aggregate of at least 66.66% of the total number of Class B Ordinary Shares then in issue.  For the avoidance of doubt, the conversion under this paragraph 4(a) of Part 2 to this Schedule 1 affects all Class B Ordinary Shares then in issue.

 

(b)                                           (Election by Class B Ordinary Shareholder) A Class B Ordinary Shareholder may elect at any time to convert any of its Class B Ordinary Shares into Class A Ordinary Shares on a one-for-one basis by notice in writing to the directors.

 

(c)                                            (Less than 10% of total shares in issue on an as-converted basis) Each Class B Ordinary Share will automatically, without any further action on behalf of the Company or otherwise, convert into one Class A Ordinary Share if the aggregate number of Class B Ordinary Shares then in issue comprises less than 10% of the total shares of the Company then in issue on an as-converted basis. For the purposes of this paragraph, the total shares of the Company in issue on an as-converted basis at any particular time means:

 

(i)                                     the number of all Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at such time;

 

(ii)                                  the number of all Class A Ordinary Shares in issue at such time; and

 

(iii)           neither any options in issue at such time nor any shares issuable upon exercise of such options will be included in the calculation.

 

(d)                                           (Transfer to a non-Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferee) Subject to paragraph (e) below, a Class B Ordinary Share will automatically, without any further action on behalf of the Company or otherwise, convert into one Class A Ordinary Share upon a transfer of such Class B Ordinary Share by its holder to any person that is not a Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferee. For the avoidance of doubt, the automatic conversion under this paragraph affects only the Class B Ordinary Share that is the subject of such transfer.

 

45



 

(e)                                            Despite any other provisions of these articles or the rights attaching to any shares, a Depositary may transfer any shares held by the Depositary to a Depositary Interest Holder as part of the surrender of their Depositary Interest and such transfer shall not in any way result in the rights attaching to such shares being varied or, if applicable, result in the automatic conversion of any shares in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule 1.

 

Suspension of voting rights

 

5.                                      If a Class B Ordinary Shareholder would be deemed (by aggregating that Class B Ordinary Shareholder’s voting rights together with the voting rights of its Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferees) to hold more than 49.9999% of the voting rights in the Company, then, unless the directors resolve otherwise:

 

(a)                                           the maximum number of voting rights that may be exercised by the Class B Ordinary Shareholder and its Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferees in aggregate:

 

(i)                                     at any meeting, shall not exceed 49.9999% of the total number of voting rights cast by all persons at that meeting (either in person or by proxy); or

 

(ii)                                  in respect of any other matter requiring their consent shall not exceed 49.9999% of the total number of voting rights exercised by all persons in respect of that matter,

 

(the threshold ); and

 

(b)                                           any voting rights purported to be exercised by the Class B Ordinary Shareholder and its Permitted Class B Ordinary Transferees (in aggregate) at any meeting or in respect of any other matter requiring their consent (as the case may be) above the threshold shall be disregarded.

 

Voting

 

6.                                      (a)                                           At a general meeting of the Company, and at any separate class meeting of the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares, where a holder of Class B Ordinary Shares is entitled to vote, such holder is entitled:

 

(i)                                     on a show of hands, to one vote; and

 

(ii)                                  on a poll, to ten votes for each Class B Ordinary Share held.

 

(b)                                           A holder of Class B Ordinary Shares is entitled to receive notice of any general meeting of the Company (and notice of any separate class meeting of the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares) and a copy of every report, accounts, circular or other document sent out by the Company to members.

 

No further action required in respect of a conversion

 

7.                                      The terms of issue of Class B Ordinary Shares provide for the conversion of one Class B Ordinary Share into one Class A Ordinary Share in certain circumstances set forth in these articles which do not require the consent of the Class B Ordinary Shareholder. Class B Ordinary Shareholders, upon becoming a holder of such Class B Ordinary Share, consent to any such conversion and agree that no further consent is required to any such conversion occurring in accordance with the terms of these articles.

 

46




Exhibit 4.2

 

EXECUTION

 

REGISTRATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of July 2, 2010 by and among Atlassian Corporation Pty Limited ACN 122 325 777, an Australian corporation (including its successor resulting directly or indirectly from its conversion or exchange from an Australian corporation to a Delaware corporation, the “ Company ”), the Persons listed on the Schedule of Investors attached hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ” and the Persons listed on the Schedule of Other Shareholders attached hereto (each, an “ Other Shareholder ” and collectively, the “ Other Shareholders ”‘).

 

The parties to this Agreement are parties to a Share Sale Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Share Sale Agreement ”). In order to induce the Investors to enter into the Share Sale Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the Closing under the Share Sale Agreement. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in 9 hereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Demand Registrations .

 

(a)           Requests for Registration . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at any time after six months following the date on which the Company has completed a public offering of its capital stock other than a registration of stock options, stock purchase or similar plans or a transaction pursuant to SEC Rule 145 under the Securities Act (an “ IPO ”), the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities may submit a written request for registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration (“ Long-Form Registrations ”), and the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-3 (including pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act) or any similar short-form registration (“ Short-Form Registrations ”) if available. All registrations requested pursuant to this paragraph 1(a) are referred to herein as “ Demand Registrations ”. Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered, the anticipated per share price range for such offering and the intended method of distribution. Within ten days after receipt of any such request, provided that the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $5,000,000, the Company shall give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Investor Registrable Securities and, subject to the terms of paragraph 1(d) hereof, the Company shall use its best efforts to file such registration statement as soon as practicable, and shall include in such registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws or in compliance with other registration requirements and in any related underwriting) all Investor Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice, subject to the limitations set forth herein.

 

(b)           Long-Form Registrations . The holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities shall be entitled to request two (2) Long-Form Registrations (“ Company-paid Long-Form Registrations ”). A registration shall not count as one of the permitted Long-Form Registrations until it has become effective, and neither the last or any subsequent Company-paid Long-Form Registration shall count as one of the permitted Long-Form Registrations unless the holders of Investor Registrable Securities are able to register and sell at least 90% of Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration; provided that in any event the

 

1



 

Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Company-paid Long-Form Registration pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

 

(c)           Short-Form Registrations . In addition to the Long-Form Registrations provided pursuant to paragraph 1(b), the holders of Investor Registrable Securities shall be entitled to request an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations. Demand Registrations shall be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form and if the managing underwriters (if any) agree to the use of a Short-Form Registration. After the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to make Short-Form Registrations on Form S-3 available for the sale of Registrable Securities. If the Company is qualified to and, pursuant to the request of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities, has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act on Form S-3 pursuant to Rule 415 (the “ Shelf Registration ”), then the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after filing, and once effective, the Company shall cause such Shelf Registration to remain effective for a period ending on the earlier of (i) the date on which all Registrable Securities included in such registration have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration or (ii) the date as of which all of the Registrable Securities included in such registration are able to be sold within a 90-day period in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

(d)           Priority on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Investor Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration. If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their reasonable opinion the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities initially requesting registration, the Company shall include in such registration prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not Registrable Securities the number of Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included which, in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold, without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering in an orderly manner within the price range of such offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the amount of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder. Any Persons other than holders of Registrable Securities who participate in Demand Registrations which are not at the Company’s expense must pay their share of the Registration Expenses as provided in Section 5 hereof.

 

(e)           Restrictions on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within 180 days after the effective date of a previous Long-Form Registration that is a Demand Registration. The Company may postpone for up to 180 days the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration if the Company determines that such Demand Registration would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any financing, sale, acquisition of assets or stock (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any merger, consolidation, tender offer, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction or require the Company to disclose any material nonpublic information which would reasonably be likely to be detrimental to the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that in such event, the holders of Investor Registrable Securities initially requesting such Demand Registration shall be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration shall not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations hereunder. The Company may delay a Demand Registration hereunder only once in any twelve-month period.

 

2



 

(f)            Selection of Underwriters . The holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities initially requesting registration hereunder shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering, subject to the Company’s approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed so long as such investment banker(s) and manager(s) are of recognized national standing.

 

(g)           Other Registration Rights . The Company represents and warrants that it is not a party to, or otherwise subject to, any other agreement granting registration rights to any other Person with respect to any securities of the Company. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall not grant to any Persons the right to request the Company to register any equity securities of the Company, or any securities, options or rights convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities.

 

2.             Piggyback Registrations .

 

(a)           Right to Piggyback . Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act (other than (i) pursuant to a Demand Registration, (ii) in connection with registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor forms, (iii) a registration relating solely to employment benefit plans) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities, (iv) a registration in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, or (v) any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Investor Registrable Securities) (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company shall give prompt written notice to all holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to the terms of paragraph 2(b) and paragraph 2(c) hereof, shall include in such registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws or in compliance with other registration requirements and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 20 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice, subject to the limitations set forth herein.

 

(b)           Priority on Primary Offerings . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary offering on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their reasonable opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, any Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Investor Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration (including any Other Registrable Securities); provided that in any event the holders of Investor Registrable Securities shall be entitled to register at least 25% of the securities to be included in any such registration.

 

(c)           Priority on Secondary Offerings . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary offering on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their reasonable opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders requesting such registration and the Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such securities on the basis of the number of securities so requested to be included therein owned by each such holder, and (ii) second, other securities requested to be included in such registration.

 

3



 

(d)           Other Registrations . If the Company has previously filed a registration statement with respect to Registrable Securities pursuant to paragraph 1 or pursuant to this paragraph 2, and if such previous registration has not been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company shall not file or cause to be effected any other registration of any of its equity securities or securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for its equity securities under the Securities Act (except on Form S-8 or any successor form), whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holder or holders of such securities, until a period of at least 90 days has elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration.

 

(e)           Obligations of Seller . During such time as any holder of Registrable Securities may be engaged in a distribution of securities pursuant to an underwritten Piggyback Registration, such holder shall distribute such securities only under the registration statement and solely in the manner described in the registration statement.

 

3.             Holdback Agreements .

 

(a)           No holder of Investor Registrable Securities or Other Registrable Securities shall effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, from the date on which the Company gives notice to the holders of Registrable Securities that a preliminary prospectus has been filed in respect of an IPO to the date that is 180 days following the date of the final prospectus for such IPO (the “ IPO Holdback Period ”), except as part of such IPO. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this paragraph 3(a) shall not be applicable to or otherwise be binding on the holders of Investor Registrable Securities unless the Company complies with its obligations under paragraph 3(b) in connection with any such offering. The IPO Holdback Period shall also be extended for the minimum period of time which is necessary for a managing or co-managing underwriter of a registered offering to comply with NASD Rule 2711(f)(4). The extension in the immediately preceding sentence is referred to herein as the “ Holdback Extension .” The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of its Ordinary Shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction during any IPO Holdback Period or any period of Holdback Extension.

 

(b)           The Company (i) shall not effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the IPO Holdback Period (including during any period of Holdback Extension) (except as part of such underwritten offering or pursuant to registrations on Form S-8 or any successor form), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree in writing, and (ii) shall cause each officer, director and holder (other than the Investors) of at least 1% (on a fully-diluted basis) of its Ordinary Shares, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a registered public offering), to agree not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of any such securities during such periods (except as part of such underwritten registration, if otherwise permitted), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree in writing.

 

4.             Registration Procedures . Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a)           in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement

 

4



 

to become effective ( provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to the counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of a majority of the Other Registrable Securities, on the other hand, covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of each such counsel), and include in any Short-Form Registration such additional information reasonably requested by a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, or the underwriters, if any, for marketing purposes, whether or not required by applicable securities laws;

 

(b)           notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities to be sold thereunder of the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder and prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of not less than 180 days and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

 

(c)           furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities thereunder such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus), each Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

 

(d)           use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller ( provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph or (ii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction);

 

(e)           notify in writing each seller of such Registrable Securities, (i) promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (ii) promptly after receipt thereof, of any request by the Securities and Exchange Commission for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (iii) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any such seller, the Company shall prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

 

(f)            prepare and file promptly with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and notify such holders of Registrable Securities prior to the filing of, such amendments or supplements to such registration statement or prospectus as may be necessary to correct any statements or omissions if, at the time when a prospectus relating to such securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, when any event has occurred as the result of which any such prospectus or any other prospectus as then in effect would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any

 

5



 

material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, in case an of such holders of Registrable Securities or any underwriter for any such holders is required to deliver a prospectus at a time when the prospectus then in circulation is not in compliance with the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to prepare promptly upon request of any such holder or underwriter such amendments or supplements to such registration statement and prospectus as may be necessary in order for such prospectus to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act and such rules and regulations;

 

(g)           cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(h)           provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

 

(i)            enter into and perform such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, participation in “road shows,” investor presentations and marketing events and effecting a stock split or a combination of shares);

 

(j)            make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

 

(k)           take all reasonable actions to ensure that any Free-Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(1)           otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(m)          permit any holder of Registrable Securities which holder, in its sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such holder and its counsel should be included;

 

(n)           use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any equity securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, and in the event of the issuance of any such stop

 

6



 

order or other such order the Company shall advise such holders of Registrable Securities of such stop order or other such order promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

 

(o)           use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(p)           obtain a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities being sold reasonably request ( provided that such Investor Registrable Securities constitute at least 10% of the securities covered by such registration statement); and

 

(q)           provide a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature.

 

5.             Registration Expenses .

 

(a)           All expenses incurred in connection with a Long-Form Registration, a Short-Form Registration and a Piggyback Registration, including without limitation all registration, qualification and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”), shall be borne by the Company as provided in this Agreement, provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any Long-Form Registration proceeding begun if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the holders of a majority of Investor Registrable Securities (in which case all participating holders shall bear such expenses), and except that the Company shall, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed. Each Person that sells securities pursuant to a Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration hereunder shall bear and pay all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the securities sold for such Person’s account.

 

(b)           In connection with each Demand Registration and each Piggyback Registration, the Company shall reimburse the holders of Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration.

 

6.             Indemnification .

 

(a)           The Company agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, members, partners, agents, affiliates and employees and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses caused by any of the following statements, omissions or violations by the Company: (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of

 

7



 

material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and to pay to each holder of Registrable Securities, its officers and directors and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act), as incurred, any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company by such holder expressly for use therein. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company shall indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the holders of Registrable Securities.

 

(b)           In connection with any registration statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 6(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of such holder; provided further that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 6(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such holder.

 

(c)           Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification ( provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicting indemnified parties shall have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the registration, at the expense of the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party, in the defense of such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

8



 

(d)           If the indemnification provided for in this paragraph 6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution shall be limited, in the case of each seller of Registrable Securities, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration, except in the case of willful fraud by such holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if the contribution pursuant to this paragraph 6(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account such equitable considerations. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject hereof. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(e)           The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities.

 

(f)            No indemnifying party shall, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

7.             Participation in Underwritten Offerings . No Person may participate in any offering hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including pursuant to any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the underwriters, provided that no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such holder has requested to include) and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided that no holder of Registrable Securities included in any underwritten offering shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding such holder and such holder’s intended method of distribution) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company or the underwriters with respect thereto, except as otherwise specifically provided in paragraph 6 hereof or to agree to any lockup or holdback restrictions, except as specifically provided in paragraph 3(a) hereof. Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s) that are consistent with such holder’s obligations under paragraph 3 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

 

9



 

8.             Additional Parties: Joinder . The Company may permit any executive employee who acquires Ordinary Shares or rights to acquire Ordinary Shares after the date hereof (the “ Acquired Common ”) to become a party to this Agreement and to succeed to all of the rights and obligations of a “holder of Registrable Securities” under this Agreement by obtaining an executed joinder to this Agreement from such Person in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, and upon the execution and delivery of the joinder by such Person, such Person shall for all purposes be a “holder of Registrable Securities” under this Agreement with respect to the Acquired Common.

 

9.             Definitions .

 

(a)           “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(b)           “ Free Writing Prospectus ” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

(c)           “ Investor Registrable Securities ” means (i) any Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon the conversion of any Series A Preference Share or Series B Preference Share issued pursuant to the Share Sale Agreement, (ii) any Ordinary Shares issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (iii) any other shares of Ordinary Shares held by Persons holding securities described in clauses (i) and (ii) above. As to any particular Investor Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Investor Registrable Securities when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in force) or repurchased by the Company or any Subsidiary. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a holder of Investor Registrable Securities, and the Investor Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be in existence, whenever such Person has the right to acquire directly or indirectly such Investor Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person shall be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Investor Registrable Securities hereunder.

 

(d)           “ Other Registrable Securities ” means (i) any Ordinary Shares held by any Other Shareholder, and (ii) any Ordinary Shares issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular Other Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Other Registrable Securities when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in force) or repurchased by the Company or any Subsidiary. As to any particular Other Registrable Securities held by the Other Shareholders, such securities shall cease to be Other Registrable Securities when they have been distributed by any Other Shareholder to any of its direct or indirect partners, members, beneficiaries (in the case of a trust) or other owners. As to any particular holder of Other Registrable Securities, during any period when both (x) the Company has completed its Initial Public Offering, and (y) all Registrable Securities held by Other Shareholders (and all other Persons whose securities must be aggregated with those of such holder under Rule 144) may be sold without volume limitations pursuant to Rule 144 in a three-month period, the securities held by such Other Shareholder shall cease to be Registrable Securities during such period and thereafter.

 

(e)           “ Registrable Securities ” means, collectively, Investor Registrable Securities and Other Registrable Securities.

 

10


 

(f)                                    Unless otherwise stated, other capitalized terms contained herein have the meanings set forth in the Share Sale Agreement.

 

10.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities . The Company shall not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities which would adversely affect the ability of the holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or which would adversely affect the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration (including, without limitation, effecting a stock split or a combination of shares).

 

(c)                                   Remedies . Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing in its favor, any party shall be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Amendments and Waivers . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only upon the prior written consent of the Company and holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

(e)                                   Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not. In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of purchasers or holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities; provided that if any holder of Registrable Securities which is a limited partnership or limited liability company distributes any Registrable Securities to its partners or members after the Company has effected a registered public offering of the Ordinary Shares under the Securities Act, such transferees of Registrable Securities shall no longer be subject to the provisions of paragraph 3(a) hereof.

 

(f)                                    Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

11



 

(h)                                  Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

(i)                                      Governing Law . The law of the applicable state in which the Company is formed shall govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights of the Company and its stockholders. All other issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of New South Wales, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of New South Wales or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than New South Wales.

 

(j)                                     Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day; provided that such notice under this clause (ii) shall not be effective unless within one business day of the notice a copy of such notice is dispatched to the recipient by first class mail, return receipt requested, or reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), (iii) one business day after it is sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (iv) five days after it is mailed to the recipient by first class mail, return receipt requested. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Company at the address specified below, to any holder of Registrable Securities as of the date hereof to the address set forth on the applicable Schedules hereto and to any other party subject to this Agreement at such address as indicated by the Company’s records, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any party may change its address for receipt of notice by providing prior written notice of the change to the sending party.

 

The Company :

 

Atlassian Corporation Pty Limited

Limited, 173-185 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

Australia

Attn:    Scott Farquhar

   Michael Cannon-Brookes

 

with a copy to :

(which shall not constitute notice to the Company)

 

Freehills

MLC Centre

19 Martin Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Australia

Attention:                         Peter Dunne

Telephone:                   +61-2-9225-5714

Facsimile:                         +61-2-9322-4000

 

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

 

(k)                                  Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial . As a specifically bargained inducement for each of the parties to enter into this Agreement (with each party having had opportunity to consult counsel), each party hereto expressly and irrevocably waives the right to trial by jury in any lawsuit or legal proceeding relating to or arising in any way from this Agreement or the transactions

 

12



 

contemplated herein, and any lawsuit or legal proceeding relating to or arising in any way to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein shall be tried in a court of competent jurisdiction by a judge sitting without a jury.

 

(l)                                      Further Assurances . The parties to this Agreement have negotiated this Agreement in order to provide registration rights customary for a registered offering on an exchange located in the United States. If the Company intends to conduct a public offering on an exchange located outside the United States, the parties hereto will modify this Agreement accordingly to provide rights customary for such exchange which encompass or reflect the rights intended to be granted to the Investors hereunder.

 

*    *    *    *    *

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PTY LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

sign here

 

/s/ Scott Farquhar

 

 

Company Secretary/Director

 

 

 

print name

Scott Farquhar

 

 

 

sign here

 

/s/ M. Cannon-Brookes

 

 

Director

 

 

 

print name

M. Cannon-Brookes

 

[Signature Page to Registration Agreement]

 



 

 

OTHER STOCKHOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

sign here

 

/s/ Scott Farquhar

 

 

Scott Farquhar

 

 

 

date

9/July/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here

 

/s/ M. Cannon-Brookes

 

 

Michael Cannon-Brookes

 

 

 

date

9/July/2010

 

 

 

sign here

 

/s/ Anton Mazkovoi

 

 

Anton Mazkovoi

 

 

 

date

9/July/2010

 

 

 

sign here

 

/s/ Scott Farquhar

 

 

Skip Enterprises Pty Limited as trustee for the Farquhar Family Trust by Scott Farquhar, sole Director and sole Company Secretary

 

 

 

date

9/July/10

 

[Signature Page to Registration Agreement]

 



 

 

sign here

 

/s/ M. Cannon-Brookes

 

 

Grokco Pty Limited as trustee for the Grok Trust

 

 

by Michael Cannon-Brookes, sole Director

 

 

 

date

M. Cannon-Brookes

 

[Signature Page to Registration Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEL GROWTH FUND L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Accel Growth Fund Associates L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

 

Its:

Attorney in Fact

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEL GROWTH FUND STRATEGIC PARTNERS L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Accel Growth Fund Associates L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

 

Name:

Tracy L. Sedlock

 

Its:

Attorney in Fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEL GROWTH FUND INVESTORS 2010 L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

 

Name:

Tracy L. Sedlock

 

Its:

Attorney in Fact

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEL IX L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Accel IX Associates L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

 

Name:

Tracy L. Sedlock

 

Its:

Attorney in Fact

 

[Signature Page to Registration Agreement]

 



 

 

ACCEL IX STRATEGIC PARTNERS L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Accel IX Associates L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

 

Name:

Tracy L. Sedlock

 

Its:

Attorney in Fact

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEL INVESTOR 2010 (B) L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

 

Name:

Tracy L. Sedlock

 

Its:

Attorney in Fact

 

[Signature Page to Registration Agreement]

 


 

 

ACCEL LONDON III L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Accel London III Associates L.P.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

By:

Accel London III Associates L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Biggs

 

Name:

Jonathan Biggs

 

Its:

Attorney in Fact

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEL LONDON INVESTORS 2009 L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Accel London III Associates L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Biggs

 

Name:

Jonathan Biggs

 

Its:

Attorney in Fact

 

[Signature Page to Registration Agreement]

 



 

 

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND

 

STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY (SBST)

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kristal Dehnad

 

Name:

Kristal Dehnad

 

Its:

Managing Director — Separate Investments

 

 

 

 

Kristal Dehnad

 

 

Associate Director, Charitable Trust Program

 

 

Stanford Management Company

 

[Signature Page to Registration Agreement]

 



 

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Accel Growth Fund L.P.

Accel Growth Fund Strategic Partners L.P.

Accel Growth Fund Investors 2010 L.L.C.

Accel IX L.P.

Accel IX Strategic Partners L.P.

Accel Investors 2010 (B) L.L.C.

Accel London III L.P.

Accel London Investors 2009 L.P.

The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (SBST)

 

c/o Accel Partners

428 University Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

USA

Telephone:             +1-650-614-4800

Facsimile:                   +1-650-614-4800

Attention:                   Richard Zamboldi

 

with a copy to :

(which shall not constitute notice to such Investors)

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

950 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Telephone:               +1-650-859-7050

Facsimile:                     +1-650- 859-7500

Attention:                     Adam D. Phillips

 



 

SCHEDULE OF OTHER SHAREHOLDERS

 

Scott Farquhar

 

Michael Cannon-Brookes

 

Anton Mazkovoi

 

Skip Enterprises Pty Limited

as trustee for the Farquhar Family Trust

c/- Wearne & Co,

 

Grokco Pty Limited

as trustee for the Grok Trust

c/- Gateway Partners Pty Limited

 

7



 

EXHIBIT A

 

REGISTRATION AGREEMENT

 

JOINDER

 

The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder pursuant to the Registration Agreement dated as of                         (as the same may hereafter be amended, the “ Registration Agreement ”), among                              , a                           corporation (the “ Company ”)and the other person named as parties therein.

 

By executing and delivering this Joinder to the Company, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to be bound by, and to comply with the provisions of the Registration Agreement as a holder of Registrable Securities in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Registration Agreement, and the undersigned’s                     shares of Ordinary Shares shall be included as Registrable Securities under the Registration Agreement.

 

Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder as of the                    day of                            ,                     .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Shareholder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name of Shareholder

 

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted as of

 

 

 

                                                  .

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

8




Exhibit 10.1

 

                                                     2015

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

and

 

[ INDEMNIFIED PERSON ]

 


 

DEED OF INDEMNITY

 


 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

Headings

 

Page

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1

2.

 

D&O INSURANCE

 

2

3.

 

INDEMNITY AND FUNDING

 

2

4.

 

EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS

 

3

5.

 

NOTIFICATIONS AND CO-OPERATION

 

4

6.

 

CONDUCT OF CLAIMS

 

4

7.

 

PAYMENTS

 

5

8.

 

NOTICES

 

5

9.

 

GENERAL

 

6

 



 

THIS DEED is made this                            day of                                                              2015.

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)                                 ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC , being a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 08776021 and whose registered office is at c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP, Exchange House, Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EG (the “Company” ); and

 

(2)                                 [ name ] of [ address ] (the “Indemnified Person” ), each a “Party” and together the “Parties” .

 

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                               In this Deed each of the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings unless expressly stated otherwise:

 

“Companies Act” means the Companies Act 2006 as amended from time to time;

 

“Applicable Law” means any relevant legal or regulatory restriction which in any way limits or defines the scope of an indemnity or funding obligation which may be given by the Company in respect of the matters contained in this Deed;

 

“Application For Relief” means an application made by the Indemnified Person to the court under section 661(3), section 661(4) or section 1157 of the Companies Act;

 

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company;

 

“Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London and San Francisco;

 

Change of Control ” has the meaning set out in sub-clause 2.4.

 

“Claim” has the meaning set out in sub-clause 3.1;

 

“D&O Insurance” means Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance;

 

“Funding Obligation” has the meaning set out in sub-clause 3.2;

 

“Group Company” means a parent undertaking or subsidiary undertaking of the Company, or any subsidiary undertaking of any parent undertaking of the Company (and parent undertaking and subsidiary undertaking shall have the meanings given in section 1162 of the Companies Act);

 

“Liability” has the meaning set out in sub-clause 3.1; and

 

“Tail Policy” has the meaning set out in sub-clause 2.4.

 

1.2                               a reference to a clause or schedule (other than to a schedule to a statutory provision) shall be a reference to a clause or schedule (as the case may be) of, or to, this Deed and reference to a paragraph shall be to a paragraph of the relevant schedule;

 

1.3                               the contents page and headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Deed;

 

1.4                               a reference to this Deed includes this Deed as amended or supplemented in accordance with its terms;

 

1.5                               words in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and a reference to one gender includes other genders; and

 

1.6                               a reference to a statute, statutory provision, regulation or regulatory provision is a reference to it as amended, extended or re-enacted from time to time.

 

1



 

2.                                      D&O INSURANCE

 

2.1                               The Company shall take all reasonable steps required to purchase and maintain D&O Insurance to insure the Indemnified Person (and, in the event of the Indemnified Person’s death, the Indemnified Person’s estate) in respect of the Indemnified Person’s appointment as a director of the Company and any Group Company during the period of the Indemnified Person’s appointment, to the extent that such insurance can be obtained at such cost and on such terms as the Board considers to be reasonable.

 

2.2                               The Company shall not be in breach of its obligations under this clause 2 where its inability to purchase and maintain D&O Insurance to insure the Indemnified Person is attributable to a failure by the Indemnified Person to comply with the Indemnified Person’s obligations to any insurer or any failure to meet or comply with a condition of the coverage of the D&O Insurance is attributable to acts or omissions of the Indemnified Person.

 

2.3                               The Company shall ensure that on request the Indemnified Person is provided with a copy, or summary of the terms, of the Company’s current D&O Insurance policy, to the extent it relates to the Indemnified Person.

 

2.4                               In the event of a Change of Control, the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise, in respect of the individual Indemnified Person, for a fixed period of six years thereafter (a “ Tail Policy ”). Such coverage shall be non-cancellable and shall be placed by the Company’s incumbent insurance broker. Such broker shall place the Tail Policy with the incumbent insurance carriers using the policies that were in place at the time of the Change of Control (unless the incumbent carriers will not offer such policies, in which case the Tail Policy placed by the Company’s insurance broker shall be substantially comparable in scope and amount as the expiring policies, and the insurance carriers for the Tail Policy shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies). A “ Change of Control ” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity (including in connection with a voluntary winding up of the Company), (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding shares immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding shares or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the shares of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

 

3.                                      INDEMNITY AND FUNDING

 

3.1                               The Company agrees to indemnify the Indemnified Person in respect of all reasonable costs, charges, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses, including those referred to in sub-clause 3.2 (each a “Liability” ) arising out of any investigation, demand, claim, action or proceeding, (whether in relation to civil or criminal proceedings or in connection with regulatory actions or investigations) brought or threatened against the Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction for negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust or otherwise, or relating to any Application for Relief, in respect of the Indemnified Person’s acts or omissions whilst in the course of acting or purporting to act as a director of the Company or of any Group Company or which otherwise arises by virtue of the Indemnified Person holding or having held such a position (a “Claim” ).

 

3.2                               Without prejudice to the generality of sub-clause 3.1, the Company agrees to provide the Indemnified Person with reasonable funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred

 

2



 

by the Indemnified Person in defending (or in the case of an Application for Relief, making) any Claim (the “Funding Obligation” ).  Any funds provided under this clause 3.2 shall:

 

3.2.1                               be requested from the Company in writing by the Indemnified Person;

 

3.2.2                               not be subject to accrual of interest on any amount of the funds and shall be unsecured; and

 

3.2.3                               not be subject to repayment of any amount of the funds by the Indemnified Person except as stated in sub-clause 4.1.5.

 

3.3                               The indemnity in this clause 3 is enduring and continues for the benefit of the Indemnified Person notwithstanding that he may cease to be a director of the Company or any Group Company (as the case may be) and applies, for the avoidance of doubt, in respect of acts or omissions (and the Indemnified Person’s position as a director of the Company) both before and after the execution of this Deed.

 

4.                                      EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS

 

4.1                               Clause 3 is subject always to the following exclusions and limitations:

 

4.1.1                               it will not apply to any Claim or Liability to the extent prohibited by the Companies Act, or, in the case of a Group Company which is not subject to the Companies Act, to the extent that it would have been prohibited by the Companies Act had the Companies Act applied to it;

 

4.1.2                               it will not apply to the extent that any recovery is made by or on behalf of the Indemnified Person under any policy of insurance arranged and paid for by the Company;

 

4.1.3                               it will not apply to any Liability incurred by the Indemnified Person to the Company or any Group Company;

 

4.1.4                               it will not apply to any fines imposed on the Indemnified Person in criminal proceedings or sums payable by the Indemnified Person to a regulatory authority by way of a penalty in respect of non-compliance with any requirement of a regulatory nature (howsoever arising);

 

4.1.5                               the Indemnified Person will not be entitled to be indemnified under clause 3 and shall repay to the Company any amount paid by the Company under the Funding Obligation or otherwise under this Deed in respect of legal or other expenses or any other Liability incurred by the Indemnified Person in defending, or in connection with, the Claim (including for the avoidance of doubt, any amount paid pursuant to sub-clause 7.2):

 

(A)                               in respect of any Claim brought by the Company or any Group Company, in the event that judgment is given against the Indemnified Person in relation to that Claim in a final adjudication not subject to further appeal;

 

(B)                               in respect of any criminal proceedings brought against the Indemnified Person, in the event that the Indemnified Person is convicted in a final adjudication not subject to further appeal;

 

(C)                               in respect of any Application For Relief brought by the Indemnified Person, in the event that the court refuses to grant the relief applied for,

 

and such repayment must be made no later than the date on which the relevant judgment becomes final; and

 

3



 

4.1.6                               it will not apply to any Claim against the Indemnified Person arising from any acts of the Indemnified Person which, directly or indirectly, result in the summary dismissal of the Indemnified Person by the Company or any Group Company.

 

5.                                      NOTIFICATIONS AND CO-OPERATION

 

5.1                               Without prejudice to clause 3, the Indemnified Person shall (unless, and to the extent, waived by the Company at its sole discretion):

 

5.1.1                               give notice to the Company as soon as reasonably practicable after becoming aware of any Claim or any circumstance that may reasonably be expected to give rise to a Liability under this Deed;

 

5.1.2                               as soon as reasonably practicable after a request from the Company provide the Company with written details of the Liability incurred by him, providing such level of detail, and evidence, of the Liability as may reasonably be requested by the Company;

 

5.1.3                               not take or omit to take any action which the Indemnified Person should reasonably be aware would prejudice the Company’s ability to recover the loss in respect of the Claim or Liability under any applicable policy of insurance maintained by the Company;

 

5.1.4                               take all steps and carry out all actions reasonably required to recover under any applicable policy of insurance and, if applicable, assist the Company in taking all steps and carrying out all actions reasonably required to obtain such recovery;

 

5.1.5                               except where the Claim is brought by the Company or a Group Company forward a copy of every letter, claim or other document reasonably relevant to such a Claim or Liability to the Company as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt;

 

5.1.6                               except where the Claim is brought by the Company or a Group Company and save as required by law, not make, or permit to be made on his behalf, any admission, compromise, release, waiver, offer or payment relating to the Claim or Liability or take any other action reasonably likely to prejudice the ability to defend such a Claim, in each case without the prior written consent of the Company; and

 

5.1.7                               except where the Claim is brought by the Company or a Group Company and subject to applicable law and regulation, give full co-operation and provide such information as the Company may reasonably require, and do everything that the Company may reasonably request to enable the Company to exercise its rights under sub-clause 6.1 or be subrogated to the extent of any payment under this Deed.

 

6.                                      CONDUCT OF CLAIMS

 

6.1                               Except where the Claim is brought by the Company or a Group Company, the Company or the Group Company (as the case may be) will be entitled to take over and conduct in the Indemnified Person’s name the defence or settlement of any Claim or to prosecute in his name for its own benefit any proceedings relating to a Claim.

 

6.2                               Except where the Claim is brought by the Company or a Group Company, if the Company or Group Company (as the case may be) exercises its rights under sub-clause 6.1, the Company shall:

 

6.2.1                               consult with the Indemnified Person in relation to the conduct of the Claim or proceedings on aspects of the Claim or proceedings materially relevant to the Indemnified Person and keep the Indemnified Person reasonably informed of material developments in the Claim or proceedings, provided that the Company

 

4


 

or Group Company shall be under no obligation to provide any information the provision of which is reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s or Group Company’s ability to claim in respect of the relevant loss under any applicable policy of insurance;

 

6.2.2                               take into account the Indemnified Person’s reasonable requests related to the Claim or proceedings (including any settlement) on issues which may be reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Indemnified Person’s reputation; and

 

6.2.3                               have full discretion in the conduct or settlement of any Claim or proceedings relating to such Claim.

 

7.                                      PAYMENTS

 

7.1                               The Company shall, in the event that a payment is made to the Indemnified Person under this Deed in respect of a particular Liability, be entitled to recover from the Indemnified Person an amount equal to any payment received by the Indemnified Person under any policy of insurance whose premiums are paid by the Company or from any other third party source to the extent that such payment relates to the Liability, or if the payment received by the Indemnified Person is greater than the payment made under this Deed, a sum equal to the payment made under this Deed.  The Indemnified Person shall pay over such sum promptly upon the Company’s request.

 

7.2                               The Company shall pay such amount to the Indemnified Person as shall after the payment of any tax thereon leave the Indemnified Person with sufficient funds to meet any Liability to which this Deed applies.  For the avoidance of doubt, when calculating the amount of any such tax the amount of any tax deductions, credits or reliefs which are or may be available to the Indemnified Person in respect of the relevant payment under this Deed received by the Indemnified Person or any payment made by the Indemnified Person to a third party in respect of the relevant Liability is to be taken into account.  In the event that any amount is paid to the Indemnified Person under this Deed but a tax deduction, credit or relief is (or becomes) available to the Indemnified Person in respect of the relevant payment under this Deed, or in respect of any payment made by the Indemnified Person to a third party in respect of the relevant Liability, which was not taken into account in calculating the amount payable in respect of the relevant payment under this Deed, the Indemnified Person shall make a payment to the Company of such an amount as is equal to the benefit of such deduction, credit or relief which was not taken into account.

 

8.                                      NOTICES

 

8.1                               Unless expressly provided otherwise in this Deed, any notice required to be given under this Deed (each, a “Notice” ) shall be:

 

8.1.1                               in writing in the English language;

 

8.1.2                               signed in manuscript by or on behalf of the Party giving it; and

 

8.1.3                               delivered by hand, fax, electronic mail, commercial courier or by pre-paid recorded delivery to:

 

(A)                               in the case of the Company, at its registered office for the attention of the Company Secretary (or by electronic mail to: [ address ]); and

 

(B)                               in the case of the Indemnified Person, at the address in the Company’s or Group Company’s register of directors (or by electronic mail to: [ address ]), or such other address as the Indemnified Person may provide to the Company from time to time for the purposes of this Deed.

 

5



 

8.2                               Either Party may amend the notice details set out above by giving written notice to the other Party in accordance with this clause 8.

 

8.3                               In the absence of evidence of earlier receipt, a Notice shall be deemed to have been received, and shall take effect:

 

8.3.1                               at the time of delivery, if delivered by hand;

 

8.3.2                               in the case of a commercial courier, on the date and at the time of signature of the courier’s delivery receipt;

 

8.3.3                               in the case of pre-paid recorded delivery, on the date and at the time of signature of the courier’s delivery receipt;

 

8.3.4                               at the time of confirmation as recorded by the sender’s fax machine, if delivered by fax,

 

provided that, if deemed receipt occurs before 9am on a Business Day, the Notice shall be deemed to have been received at 9am on that day, and if deemed receipt occurs after 5pm on a Business Day, or on a day which is not a Business Day, the Notice shall be deemed to have been received at 9am on the next Business Day.

 

9.                                      GENERAL

 

Assignment

 

9.1                               The Company may at any time assign all or part of the benefit of, or its rights and benefits under, this Deed to any Group Company.

 

9.2                               The Indemnified Person shall not assign, or purport to assign, all or any part of the benefit of, or his rights and benefits under, this Deed (although this shall not prevent all or any part of the benefit of, or his rights or benefits under, this Deed passing to the estate of the Indemnified Person).

 

9.3                               The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnified Person, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

Severance

 

9.4                               If any provision or part of any provision of this Deed is or becomes invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any relevant jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect:

 

9.4.1                               the validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Deed; or

 

9.4.2                               the validity or enforceability under the law of any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this Deed.

 

9.5                               If any provision of this Deed is or becomes invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, but would be valid and enforceable if some part of the provision were deleted, the provision in question shall apply with such deletion as may be necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

 

Conflicts

 

9.6                               In so far as the provisions of this Deed conflict with any of the provisions of any Applicable Law, the provisions of the Applicable Law shall take precedence.

 

6



 

Variation and waiver

 

9.7                               No variation of this Deed shall be effective unless it is in writing (which for this purpose, does not include email) and signed by or on behalf of each of the Parties.  The expression “variation” includes any variation, supplement, deletion or replacement, however effective.

 

9.8                               No waiver of any right or remedy under this Deed or provided by law shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Party granting it.

 

9.9                               The failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right or remedy under this Deed or provided by law shall not:

 

9.9.1                               constitute a waiver of that right or remedy;

 

9.9.2                               restrict any further exercise of that right or remedy;

 

9.9.3                               affect any other rights or remedies.

 

9.10                        A single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall not prevent any further or other exercise of that right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

Termination

 

9.11                        This Deed shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that the Indemnified Person shall have ceased to serve as director of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which the Indemnified Person is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder.

 

9.12                        This Deed does not modify or waive any of the duties which the Indemnified Person owes as a director as a matter of law or under the rules of any relevant stock exchange or other regulatory body.

 

Third Party Rights

 

9.13                        Other than the rights of Group Companies pursuant to clause 6, no term of this Deed is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a Party to this Deed.

 

9.14                        Any term of this Deed may be amended or waived without the consent of any person who is not a Party to this Deed.

 

No set off

 

9.15                        The Parties shall pay all amounts due under this Deed in full without any set-off or counterclaim whatsoever and without any deduction or withholding, except as expressly provided in this Deed or to the extent required by any applicable law.

 

Counterparts

 

9.16                        This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each Party on separate counterparts. Each counterpart shall be an original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Entire Agreement

 

9.17                        This Deed constitutes the entirety of any indemnity and funding obligation given by the Company to the Indemnified Person.  It supersedes and expressly terminates with immediate effect all prior arrangements between the Company and the Indemnified Person whether written or oral which in any way purport to indemnify him in his capacity as a director of the Company.

 

7



 

Confidentiality Clause

 

9.18                        The Company and the Indemnified Person shall treat as strictly confidential and not disclose or use any information received or obtained as a result of entering into or performing this Deed which relates to:

 

9.18.1                        the existence and the provisions of this Deed; or

 

9.18.2                        the negotiations relating to this Deed.

 

9.19                        Clause 9.17 shall not prohibit disclosure of any information if and to the extent:

 

9.19.1                        the disclosure or use is required by law, any regulatory body or recognised stock exchange on which the shares of the Company or any Group Company are listed;

 

9.19.2                        the disclosure or use is required for the purpose of any judicial proceedings arising out of this Deed;

 

9.19.3                        the disclosure is made to professional advisers of the Company or the Indemnified Person, or by the Company to its directors and employees and directors and employees of any Group Company who need to know such information to discharge their duties, on terms that such professional advisers, directors or employees agree to keep such information confidential;

 

9.19.4                        the information is or becomes publicly available (other than by breach of this Deed); or

 

9.19.5                        the other Party has given prior to approval to the disclosure or use,

 

provided that prior to disclosure or use by either Party of any information pursuant to this sub-clause, that Party shall promptly notify the other Party of such requirement.

 

9.20                        The provisions of clauses 9.17 and 9.18 shall continue to apply after the termination of the Indemnified Person’s appointment as a director of the Company and/or any Group Company without any limitation in time.

 

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

9.21                        This Deed and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter, existence, negotiation, validity, termination or enforceability (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

9.22                        Each Party irrevocably agrees for the benefit of the Company that the Courts of England shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction in relation to any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Deed or its subject matter, existence, negotiation, validity, termination or enforceability (including non-contractual disputes or claims).

 

9.23                        Each Party irrevocably waives any right that it may have to object to an action being brought in those Courts, to claim that the action has been brought in an inconvenient forum, or to claim that those Courts do not have jurisdiction.

 

This Indemnity has been executed as a Deed and is delivered on the date shown above.

 

8



 

Executed as a DEED by

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC acting by

(Signature of director)

[ insert name of director ] and

 

[ insert name of director ].

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of director)

 

 

 

 

Executed as a DEED by

 

[ insert name of Indemnified Person ]

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Name of witness)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address of witness)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of witness)

 

 

9




Exhibit 10.2

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                  by and between Atlassian Corporation Plc, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 08776021 and whose registered office is at c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP, Exchange House, Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EG (the “ Company ”), and              (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s shareholders;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 1.               Services to the Company .  Indemnitee agrees to serve as an officer of the Company.  Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position.  This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

 

Section 2.               Definitions .

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

(a)            Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding shares immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding shares or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the shares of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or

 



 

group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

 

(b)            Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person as a current or former officer of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

(c)            Enforcement Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action.  Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

 

(d)            Enterprise ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.

 

(e)            Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any costs bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.  Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

 

(f)             Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

2



 

(g)            The term “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as an officer of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided , however , that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.               Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 4.               Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Delaware Court ”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

 

Section 5.               Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in

 

3



 

Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

Section 6.               Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness, voluntarily or otherwise, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

 

Section 7.               Exclusions .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

 

(a)            to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy arranged by the Company, contract, agreement or otherwise;

 

(b)            to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

 

(c)            to indemnify for any reimbursement of, or payment to, the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of SOX or any formal policy of the Company adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof), or any other remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law;

 

(d)            to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided , however , that this Section 7(d) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’

 

4



 

liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or

 

(e)            to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).

 

Section 8.               Advancement of Expenses .  Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding.  Advances shall be unsecured and interest free.  Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.  The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein.  Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.               Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

 

(a)            To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(b)            In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so.  After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and

 

5



 

expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.

 

(c)            In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

(d)            The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.

 

Section 10.             Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .

 

(a)            Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: (x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as an officer of the Company, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) in any other case, (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board.  For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought.  In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination.  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

6



 

(b)            If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board; provided that, if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as an officer of the Company, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee.  Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate.  The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof.  Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

Section 11.            Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

 

(a)            To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.

 

(b)            The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

(c)            The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or

 

7



 

any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

Section 12.             Remedies of Indemnitee .

 

(a)            Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement.  Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement.  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

(b)            In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.  In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

 

(c)            If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)            The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

8



 

(e)            The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought.  Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.

 

(f)             Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

 

Section 13.            Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

 

(a)            The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, any agreement, a vote of shareholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

(b)            To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

 

(c)            In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be

 

9


 

subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(d)  In the event of a Change of Control, the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise, in respect of the individual Indemnitee, for a fixed period of six years thereafter (a “Tail Policy”). Such coverage shall be non-cancellable and shall be placed by the Company’s incumbent insurance broker. Such broker shall place the Tail Policy with the incumbent insurance carriers using the policies that were in place at the time of the Change of Control (unless the incumbent carriers will not offer such policies, in which case the Tail Policy placed by the Company’s insurance broker shall be substantially comparable in scope and amount as the expiring policies, and the insurance carriers for the Tail Policy shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies). A “Change of Control” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity (including in connection with a voluntary winding up of the Company), (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding shares immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding shares or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the shares of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

 

(e)            The Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.

 

Section 14.             Duration of Agreement .  This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as an officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators.  The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

10



 

Section 15.             Severability .  If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

Section 16.             Enforcement .

 

(a)            The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as an officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer of the Company.

 

(b)            This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

Section 17.             Modification and Waiver .  No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.  No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.

 

Section 18.             Notice by Indemnitee .  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder.  The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

Section 19.             Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third

 

11



 

business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

(a)            If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

(b)            If to the Company to:

 

Atlassian Corporation Plc

c/o Atlassian, Inc.

1098 Harrison Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

Section 20.             Contribution .  To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.

 

Section 21.             Internal Revenue Code Section 409A .  The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company.  The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.

 

Section 22.             Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction .  This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.  Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with

 

12



 

this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

Section 23.             Headings .  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

Section 24.             Identical Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Indemnitee]

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

Atlassian Corporation Plc

 

Atlassian UK

Employee Share Option Plan

 

(December 10, 2013)

 

1



 

Contents

 

1.

Definitions

1

2.

Interpretation

4

3.

No Effect on Contract of Employment

5

4.

Option Entitlement

6

5.

Acceptance of Offer

7

6.

No Disposal

7

7.

Duration and lapsing of Options

8

8.

Vesting of Options

8

9.

Exercise of Options

9

10.

Issue of Restricted Shares and new Option Certificate

9

11.

Purchase of Options at Company’s Request

10

12.

Procedure on occurrence of Exit Event

10

13.

Capital changes

11

14.

Reconstruction of share capital

11

15.

Ceasing Employment

12

16.

No Participation in New Issues

13

17.

Pari Passu Ranking

13

18.

Interest in Shares

13

19.

Duties and Taxes

13

20.

No Assignment of Options

13

21.

Management of Option Plan

14

22.

Calculations

15

23.

Replacement of Certificates

15

24.

Amendment of Terms and Conditions

15

25.

Inconsistency

15

26.

Notices

15

27.

Overseas Eligible Persons

15

28.

Governing Laws

16

Schedule 1 - Application for Options

17

Schedule 2 - Option Certificate

18

Schedule 3 - Option Exercise Notice

19

 

1



 

Terms and Conditions of Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan

 

The terms and conditions of the Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan are as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions

 

1.1                                In these Rules, unless the context or subject matter otherwise requires:

 

(1)                                  Applicable Law means any one or more or all, as the context requires of:

 

(a)                                  the Companies Act 2006;

 

(b)                                  the rules of any stock market or exchange on which Shares are listed and/or quoted;

 

(c)                                   the Articles of Association of the Company; and

 

(d)                                  any practice note, policy statement, class order, declaration, guideline, policy or procedure pursuant to the provisions of which the UK Financial Conduct Authority or the Australian Securities & Investments Commission (or any equivalent body in any applicable jurisdiction) is authorised or entitled to regulate, implement or enforce, either directly or indirectly, the provisions of any of the foregoing statutes, regulations, rules, deeds or agreements or any conduct or proposed conduct or any person pursuant to any of the statutes, regulations, rules, deeds or agreements referred to above;

 

(2)                                  Application Form  means a notice substantially in the form of Schedule 1;

 

(3)                                  Approved Depository has the meaning given in the Constitution;

 

(4)                                  Board means the board of directors of the Company;

 

(5)                                  Business Day means a day on which banks are open for business in Sydney, Australia excluding a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday;

 

(6)                                  Cessation Event in relation to an Optionholder means:

 

(a)                                  the death of the Optionholder;

 

(b)                                  redundancy or retirement of the Optionholder;

 

(c)                                   resignation of employment or consultancy by an Optionholder or resignation or removal from office in the case of an Optionholder who is a director of the Company;

 

(d)                                  subject to rule 15, termination of the Optionholder’s employment or consultancy with a Group Company (except for the purposes of the Optionholder taking employment or consultancy with another Group Company); or

 

(e)                                   such other circumstances as the Board may at any time determine.

 

(7)                                  Class A Ordinary Shares means class A ordinary shares in the capital of the Company;

 

1



 

(8)                                  Class B Ordinary Shares means class B ordinary shares in the capital of the Company;

 

(9)                                  Committee means the Board or any committee to whom the Board has delegated the responsibility for administering the Option Plan and the Rules;

 

(10)                           Company means Atlassian Corporation Plc (Company Number 8776021);

 

(11)                           Constitution means the Articles of Association of the Company;

 

(12)                           Corporations Act means the UK Companies Act 2006;

 

(13)                           Director means a director of the Company;

 

(14)                           Dispose means, in relation to an Option or a Restricted Share, sell, transfer, grant an option over, create a Third Party Right in, deal or otherwise dispose of the Option or Restricted Share or any interest in them;

 

(15)                           Disposal means the sale, assignment, transfer or disposal by other means (including by way of joint venture) of an asset or any legal or equitable interest in any asset (in whole or in part), either in a single transaction or in a series of transactions, whether related or not and whether voluntary or involuntary;

 

(16)                           Distribution means a distribution by the Company to Shareholders in cash or kind whether by dividend, share buy-back, reduction of capital, winding up or otherwise;

 

(17)                           DS Holder has the meaning given in the Constitution;

 

(18)                           DS Interest has the meaning given in the Constitution;

 

(19)                           Eligible Person means a person whom the Board determines in accordance with rule 4.1 is eligible to participate in the Option Plan;

 

(20)                           Eligible Person’s Nominee means a Privileged Relation or a company or trustee of a trust nominated by the Eligible Person and approved by the Board;

 

(21)                           Employment Termination Date means:

 

(a)                                  where employment or consultancy ceases by virtue of notice given by the employer to the Optionholder, the date on which such notice expires;

 

(b)                                  where a contract is terminated by the employer and a payment is made in lieu of notice, the date on which the notice of termination is served; and

 

(c)                                   in any other case the date on which the contract of employment or consultancy is terminated;

 

(22)                           Equivalent Atlassian Australia Option has the meaning given in rule 4.5;

 

(23)                           Exercise Notice , means a notice substantially in the form of Schedule 3;

 

(24)                           Exercise Period means, in relation to an Option, the period commencing on the date on which the Option vests and ending on the Expiry Date;

 

(25)                           Exercise Price means in respect of an Option, subject to rule 12, the exercise price determined by the Board and included in the Offer giving rise to that option;

 

2



 

(26)                           Exit Date means each of:

 

(a)                                  the date on which the parties complete the sale and purchase of Shares under a Share Sale; and

 

(b)                                  the date first Distribution or other payment to Shareholders arising from a Disposal or realisation of the kind referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of Exit Event;

 

(27)                           Exit Event means each of

 

(a)                                  a Share Sale; and

 

(b)                                  any other event or series of events that results in or allows a Disposal or realisation of all Shareholders’ interests in the Company and which the Board declares to be an Exit Event;

 

(28)                           Expiry Date means the date on which the Option lapses under rule 7.1;

 

(29)                           Issue Date means in respect of an Option, the date upon which the Option is issued to the Optionholder, as set out in the Option Certificate;

 

(30)                           Offer means an offer made to an Eligible Person by or on behalf of the Board to participate in the Plan;

 

(31)                           Option means an option over Restricted Shares issued under this Option Plan;

 

(32)                           Option Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Schedule 2;

 

(33)                           Option Plan means the Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan constituted by these Rules as amended from time to time;

 

(34)                           Option Value means, in relation to an Option, the value of the Restricted Share(s) that would be issued upon the exercise of the Option, as reasonably determined by the Board, less the Exercise Price of such Option;

 

(35)                           Optionholder means a person registered in the Company’s register of options as the holder of Options from time to time;

 

(36)                           Outstanding Option means an Option which has vested, has not been exercised and has not lapsed;

 

(37)                           Pre-Scheme Optionholders has the meaning given in rule 4.2;

 

(38)                           Pre-Scheme Options has the meaning given in rule 4.2;

 

(39)                           Privileged Relation means the spouse or child of an Eligible Person;

 

(40)                           Qualified Listing has the meaning given in the Constitution;

 

(41)                           Related Body Corporate means a “group undertaking” in relation to the Company within the meaning given in the Corporations Act;

 

(42)                           Restricted Shares means restricted shares in the capital of the Company;

 

(43)                           Rules  means these terms and conditions, as amended from time to time;

 

(44)                           Schemes has the meaning given in rule 4.2;

 

3



 

(45)                           Securities means shares, debentures, stocks, bonds, notes, interests in a managed investment scheme, units, warrants, options, derivative instruments or any other securities.

 

(46)                           Series A Preference Shares means series A preference shares in the capital of the Company;

 

(47)                           Series B Preference Shares means series B preference shares in the capital of the Company;

 

(48)                           Share Sale means the sale or transfer of more than 70% of the Shares in the Company to an unaffiliated third party (i.e. not part of a corporate restructuring, reincorporation, compromise or arrangement under Part 26 of the Corporations Act or similar event);

 

(49)                           Shareholder means a person who is the registered holder of a Share;

 

(50)                           Shareholders Agreement has the meaning given in the Constitution;

 

(51)                           Shares means shares in the capital of the Company;

 

(52)                           Terms of Issue means the terms set out in an Offer and any variation or addition to those terms made pursuant to these Rules or by agreement between the Optionholder and the Company;

 

(53)                           Third Party Right means:

 

(a)                                  any third party interest, including a mortgage, charge, assignment by way of security, lien, pledge, hypothecation, title retention arrangement, preferential right or a trust arrangement;

 

(b)                                  any arrangement having a commercial effect equivalent to anything in (a); and

 

(c)                                   any agreement to create an interest described in (a) or an arrangement described in (b); and

 

(54)                           Unvested Options means Options which have been issued to an Optionholder but which have not yet vested.

 

2.                                       Interpretation

 

2.1                                In these terms and conditions, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)                                  headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these terms and conditions;

 

(2)                                  the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

(3)                                  the word person includes a firm, a body corporate, an unincorporated association or an authority;

 

(4)                                  a reference to any statute, ordinance, code or other law includes regulations and other instruments under it and consolidations, amendments, re-enactments or replacements of any of them;

 

4



 

(5)                                  a reference to a document includes an amendment or supplement to, or replacement or novation of, that document;

 

(6)                                  a reference to a person includes a reference to the person’s executors, administrators, successors, substitutes (including, without limitation, persons taking by novation) and assigns;

 

(7)                                  an agreement, representation or warranty on the part of or in favour of two or more persons binds or is for the benefit of them jointly and severally;

 

(8)                                  if a period of time is specified and dates from a given day or the day of an act or event, it is to be calculated exclusive of that day;

 

(9)                                  a reference to a currency is a reference to Australian currency unless otherwise indicated; and

 

(10)                           a reference to time is a reference to the time in Sydney, Australia.

 

2.2                                Primary Instruments

 

(1)                                  These Rules are to be interpreted subject to all Applicable Laws.

 

(2)                                  If there is any inconsistency between:

 

(a)                                  the Rules and the Terms of Issue the Rules prevail to the extent of the inconsistency; and

 

(b)                                  the Terms of Issue and any other document (other than the Rules), communication or representation, the Terms of Issue prevail.

 

2.3                                Offers must not breach law

 

The following applies to the operation of this Option Plan:

 

(1)                                  an Offer may not be made to an Eligible Person;

 

(2)                                  Options may not be awarded under the Option Plan;

 

(3)                                  Options awarded under the Option Plan may not be dealt with by an Optionholder;

 

(4)                                  Options may not be exercised or Restricted Shares issued under the Option Plan,

 

if to do so would contravene any Applicable Laws.

 

3.                                       No Effect on Contract of Employment

 

3.1                                This Option Plan does not form any part of any contract of employment or consultancy between the Company and an Eligible Person unless expressly incorporated in the contract of employment.

 

3.2                                Nothing in this Option Plan:

 

(1)                                  confers on an Eligible Person any right to continue as an employee, consultant or director of the Company or a Related Body Corporate; or

 

(2)                                  affects the rights which the Company or a Related Body Corporate may have to terminate the employment, consultancy or office of an Eligible Person; or

 

5



 

(3)                                  may be used to increase any compensation or damages in any action brought against the Company or a Related Body Corporate in relation to the termination of employment, consultancy or removal from office of an Eligible Person.

 

3.3                                An invitation to participate in the Option Plan will be in respect of a single grant of Options and does not entitle an Eligible Person to participate in any subsequent grants.

 

4.                                       Option Entitlement

 

4.1                                The Board determines which employees, consultants or directors of the Company or of any Related Body Corporate may participate in the Option Plan ( Eligible Persons ).

 

4.2                                The Board may treat any holder of options granted under the Atlassian Employee Share Option Plan established by Atlassian Corporation Pty Ltd (ACN 122 325 777) ( Atlassian Australia ) as an Eligible Person ( Pre-Scheme Optionholders ). The provisions of rule 4.5 shall apply to the grant of any Options ( Pre-Scheme Options ) to Pre-Scheme Optionholders under the scheme of arrangement between the Company and the Pre-Scheme Optionholders pursuant to Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) referred to in the scheme booklet prepared by Atlassian Australia and dated on or about 13 December 2013 ( Schemes ).

 

4.3                                The Board may make an Offer to an Eligible Person to apply for Options.

 

4.4                                An Offer will:

 

(1)                                  be in writing;

 

(2)                                  be subject to the Terms of Issue;

 

(3)                                  not be inconsistent with the Rules; and

 

(4)                                  be accompanied by an Application Form.

 

4.5                                Despite any other rule in this Option Plan, or any other terms and conditions governing Options (as contained in any other document or otherwise), Pre-Scheme Options:

 

(1)                                  are subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Option Plan;

 

(2)                                  are deemed to have the same grant date which applied to the relevant option in Atlassian Australia ( Equivalent Atlassian Australia Option ) that was cancelled, and in respect of which such Pre-Scheme Option was provided as consideration by the Company, when the Schemes became effective;

 

(3)                                  have the exercise price and expiry date set out in the relevant Scheme, such exercise price and expiry date being the same as applied to the Equivalent Atlassian Australia Option; and

 

(4)                                  are deemed to have the same vesting schedule (and any other terms governing vesting, including any terms permitting any acceleration of vesting) which applied to the Equivalent Atlassian Australia Option prior to the Schemes becoming effective, and any unvested Pre-Scheme Options will vest in accordance with such vesting schedule and terms.

 

4.6                                Options issued pursuant to the Option Plan may be

 

(1)                                  issued for nil consideration; or

 

6



 

(2)                                  issued for such other consideration as determined by the Board.

 

4.7                                Subject to rules 11 and 12, each Option entitles the Optionholder to subscribe for one Restricted Share at the Exercise Price.

 

4.8                                The Board will only issue an Offer with, or conditional upon, Shareholder approval, if such approval is required by Applicable Law.

 

5.                                       Acceptance of Offer

 

5.1                                To accept an Offer, an Eligible Person must sign and return to the Company a signed Application Form together with a signed copy of the Offer within 1 month of the date of the Offer or as determined by the Board.

 

5.2                                An Eligible Person may only apply for Options in his or her own name or in the name of the Eligible Person’s Nominee.

 

5.3                                On receipt of a signed Application Form complying with rule 5.1, the Company will:

 

(1)                                  grant the relevant number of Options to the Optionholder;

 

(2)                                  register the Optionholder in the Company’s register of Options; and

 

(3)                                  issue the Optionholder an Option Certificate.

 

5.4                                On accepting an Offer, the Optionholder is bound by the Rules and the Terms of Issue.

 

6.                                       No Disposal

 

6.1                                Subject to rule 6.2, unless the Board determines otherwise, an Optionholder must not Dispose of, or create or allow to exist any Third Party Right over, any Option granted under this Option Plan.

 

6.2                                An Optionholder may Dispose of any of its Options to:

 

(1)                                  a person who is an Eligible Person’s Nominee for the purposes of these Rules, provided that if the transferee ceases to be an Eligible Person’s Nominee it must, within 15 Business Days of so ceasing, transfer the Options held by it to the Optionholder or any other person who is an Eligible Person’s Nominee of the Optionholder;

 

(2)                                  a nominee or trustee for that Optionholder and any such nominee or trustee may transfer Options to any other nominee or trustee or to the beneficiary provided that no beneficial interest in the Options passes as a result of the transfer;

 

(3)                                  any person with the prior written consent of the Board;

 

(4)                                  any person with the prior written consent of the Shareholder Majority (as defined in the Constitution);

 

(5)                                  if the Optionholder is a natural person, to any member of that person’s family (other than to a person who is a minor) or to the trustee or trustees of a family trust set up for the benefit of that person’s family provided that a person acquiring Options pursuant to this rule is not entitled to transfer any Options except for a transfer to the person from whom the transferee acquired the Options.

 

7



 

6.3                                An Optionholder may Dispose of any of its Restricted Shares in accordance with the Constitution.

 

7.                                       Duration and lapsing of Options

 

7.1                                An Option lapses on the earliest to occur of the date:

 

(1)                                  specified in the Offer; or

 

(2)                                  on which a Cessation Event happens in relation to an Optionholder (provided that, if the Option has been acquired by a person under the process referred to in rule 6.2(3) (if such exclusion from this rule 7.1 has also been approved by the Board), only paragraph (e) of the definition of Cessation Event (see rule 1.1(6)) shall apply to that Option); or

 

(3)                                  on which the Option otherwise lapses under these Rules; or

 

(4)                                  on which any lapsing event specified in the Offer occurs; or

 

(5)                                  if no date is specified and the Option has not otherwise lapsed, 30 June 2017.

 

7.2                                Options lapse under rule 7.1 irrespective of whether they have vested.

 

7.3                                On the lapse of an Option the Optionholder must immediately return the Option Certificate to the Company for cancellation.

 

8.                                       Vesting of Options

 

8.1                                An Option may only be exercised once it has vested during the Exercise Period.

 

8.2                                An Offer may specify:

 

(1)                                  vesting dates; and/or

 

(2)                                  vesting pre-conditions; and/or

 

(3)                                  other vesting events.

 

8.3                                The Board may, in its discretion, determine or vary at any time:

 

(1)                                  vesting dates; and/or

 

(2)                                  vesting pre-conditions; and/or

 

(3)                                  other vesting events,

 

in respect of any Options.

 

8.4                                If vesting dates, vesting pre-conditions or other vesting events are specified under rule 8.2 or 8.3, the relevant Options vest on occurrence or satisfaction of the specified date, pre-condition and/or other event.

 

8.5                                If vesting dates, pre-conditions or other vesting events are not specified under rule 8.2 or 8.3, the following conditions apply to any Options offered to an Eligible Person.

 

8


 

(1)                                  Options acquired by an Eligible Person (or the Eligible Person’s Nominee) will only vest while the Eligible Person remains employed with the Company or any Related Body Corporate or continues to provide consulting services to the Company or any Related Body Corporate. Unless determined otherwise by the Board, the Options will vest and become exercisable by the Optionholder:

 

(a)                                  in respect of 25% of the Options held by the Optionholder, on the date which is 12 months after the Company makes an Offer to the Optionholder (unless otherwise determined by the Board); and

 

(b)                                  in respect of the remaining 75% of the Options held by the Optionholder, 1/36 on the last day of each calendar month of the 36 month period commencing on the date after the initial 25% of the Optionholder’s Options vest.

 

(2)                                  Unless determined otherwise by the Board, vesting of each portion of Options will occur on the last day of each month. If an Eligible Person only works for part of a month during the vesting period, no Options will vest in that month.

 

(3)                                  If, during the vesting period, an Eligible Person takes an unpaid leave of absence which is approved by the Company, such person’s Options will cease to vest for the duration of the leave period. If the leave period includes part of a month, no vesting will occur in that month. Vesting may continue during a period of leave, if the employee continues to be paid by the Company during the period of leave. If an Eligible Person is paid part of their salary during a period of leave, the Options will vest over the leave period pro rata to the proportion of the Eligible Person’s salary that is paid.

 

8.6                                If the Company expects an Exit Event to occur or an Exit Event not anticipated by the Company does occur, the Board will determine the extent to which any Unvested Options held by Eligible Persons or Eligible Person’s Nominees will be deemed to have vested. If Unvested Options held by Eligible Persons or Eligible Person’s Nominees are deemed to have vested, the Eligible Persons may choose to exercise those Options to acquire Restricted Shares.

 

9.                                       Exercise of Options

 

9.1                                An Optionholder may at any time during the Exercise Period exercise an Outstanding Option, by lodging with the Company at its registered office:

 

(1)                                  the relevant Option Certificate;

 

(2)                                  a duly completed and signed Exercise Notice; and

 

(3)                                  an amount equal to the Exercise Price in Australian dollars or US dollars (as applicable) multiplied by the number of Options being exercised, except that this rule 9.1(3) will not apply where the Company has approved a loan to the Optionholder to fund the Exercise Price.

 

10.                                Issue of Restricted Shares and new Option Certificate

 

10.1                         If an Optionholder exercises Options, the Company must (subject to rule 11):

 

(1)                                  issue the number of Restricted Shares which corresponds with the number of Options exercised; and

 

9



 

(2)                                  issue to the Optionholder a share certificate for those Restricted Shares.

 

10.2                         The Company may satisfy its obligation under rule 10.1 by procuring the creation, delivery or transfer to the Optionholder of depositary shares (and, if in certificated form, accompanying depositary receipts) representing the Restricted Shares which would otherwise be issued pursuant to rule 10.1. Any such depositary shares and/or receipts will be created and delivered in accordance with and subject to the terms of a deposit agreement to be entered into between the Company and a depositary chosen and appointed by the Company, on such terms as the Board in its absolute discretion considers to be appropriate, for the purposes of administering such a depositary programme. References in these rules to Restricted Shares or the issue of Restricted Shares shall consequently be read as including such depositary shares and/or receipts or the creation, delivery or transfer of such depositary shares and/or receipts as appropriate. Optionholders are deemed to consent to the Restricted Shares being held by the depositary in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

11.                                Purchase of Options at Company’s Request

 

11.1                         The Company may, in its sole discretion, by written notice to an Optionholder, elect to purchase Options (whether vested or not) from the Optionholder prior to the Options being exercised.

 

11.2                         At any time after the exercise of Options but before the issue of Restricted Shares under rule 10, the Company may in lieu of issuing Restricted Shares, by written notice to the Optionholder, elect to make a payment to the Optionholder in accordance with rule 11.3.

 

11.3                         If the Company elects to purchase the Options held by an Optionholder pursuant to rule 11.1 or elects to apply rule 11.2, it must refund or pay (as the case may be) to the Optionholder:

 

(1)                                  any consideration received in respect of the Options under rule 4.5; and

 

(2)                                  an amount equal to the Option Value in respect of each of the Options for which notice is given to the Optionholder under rule 11.1 or rule 11.2.

 

11.4                         With effect from the date of notice served pursuant to rule 11.1 or rule 11.2, the Options in respect of which the notice has been served are cancelled.

 

12.                                Procedure on occurrence of Exit Event

 

12.1                         Upon the occurrence of an Exit Event, each Option shall either be (i) assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”), or (ii) terminated in exchange for a payment of cash, securities and/or other property equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the portion of the Options that are vested and exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of the Exit Event over the per Exercise Price thereof.

 

For the purposes of this rule 12.1, “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the per share fair market value of a Restricted Share, as determined by the Board in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Optionholders.

 

12.2                         On or prior to an Exit Event, unless the Company purchases the relevant Options pursuant to rule 11, the Company must:

 

(1)                                  notify the Optionholder of the number of Options that will vest as a result of the Exit Event occurring;

 

10



 

(2)                                  make appropriate arrangements to ensure such Options and all other Outstanding Options (being vested Options) are able to be exercised on or prior to the Exit Date; and

 

(3)                                  use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Shares issued as a result of the exercise of Options at or about the time of an Exit Event are accorded the same rights and receive the same benefits in relation to the Exit Event as pre-existing Shares.

 

12.3                         In respect of any Shares or DS Interests issued as a result of the exercise of Options at or about the time of an Exit Event (and such Exit Event is a Qualified Listing), the holder of those Shares or DS Interests must not transfer such Shares or DS Interests for a period of 180 days (or such shorter period as resolved by the Board in a manner permitted by the terms of the applicable underwriting agreement) after the Qualified Listing. The provisions in this clause 12.3 shall not prevent an Approved Depositary from transferring Shares to a DS Holder as part of the surrender of their DS Interest, provided that following such transfer the Shareholder will remain subject to the provisions of this clause 12.3.

 

12.4                         The restriction in clause 12.3 does not apply to Shares issued by the Company or Shares or DS Interests sold by a Shareholder pursuant to the Qualified Listing.

 

13.                                Capital changes

 

13.1                         An Optionholder may only participate in new issues of securities to holders of Shares if the Option has been exercised, if that is permitted by its terms, and the Shares are allotted in respect of the Option before the record date for determining entitlements to the issue.

 

14.                                Reconstruction of share capital

 

14.1                         If the Company’s shares are admitted for listing or trading on any stock exchange or stock market, in the event of a re-organisation of the share capital of the Company, the rights of an Optionholder will be changed to the extent necessary to comply with the rules of the stock exchange or stock market on which Shares are listed or traded applying to a re-organisation of capital at the time of the re-organisation.

 

14.2                         Without limiting rule 14.1, in any reconstruction Options shall be treated in the following manner:

 

(1)                                  in the event of a consolidation of the Shares, the number of Options shall be consolidated in the same ratio as the Shares and the Exercise Price shall be amended in the inverse proportion to that ratio;

 

(2)                                  in the event of a subdivision of the Shares, the number of Options shall be subdivided in the same ratio as the Shares and the Exercise Price shall be amended in inverse proportion to that ratio;

 

(3)                                  in the event of a return of capital, the number of Options must remain the same, and the Exercise Price must be reduced by the same amount as the amount returned in relation to each Share;

 

(4)                                  in the event of a reduction of capital by cancellation of paid up capital that is lost or not represented by available assets where no securities are cancelled, the number of Options and the Exercise Price must remain unaltered;

 

(5)                                  in the event of a pro rata cancellation of Shares, the number of Options shall be reduced in the same ratio as the Shares and the Exercise Price of each Option shall be amended in inverse proportion to that ratio; and

 

11



 

(6)                                  in the event of any other reconstruction of the issued capital of the Company, the number of Options or the Exercise Price of the Options or both, must be reorganised so that the Optionholder will not receive a benefit that the holders of Shares do not receive;

 

14.3                         In the event of a reconstruction of the capital in terms of this rule 14 the Company must give notice to Option holders of any adjustment to the number of Shares which the holder is entitled to subscribe for on exercise of an Option or to the Exercise Price per Share.

 

15.                                Ceasing Employment

 

15.1                         Unvested Options

 

If an Optionholder ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its Related Bodies Corporate or act as a consultant for the Company or any of its Related Bodies Corporate for any reason (including without limitation death or disability), all unvested Options granted to the Optionholder and/or to his or her Eligible Person Nominee will, unless determined by the Board in its absolute discretion, automatically lapse on the Employment Termination Date of that Optionholder.

 

15.2                         Vested Options

 

If an Optionholder ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its Related Bodies Corporate or act as a consultant for the Company or any of its Related Bodies Corporate then:

 

(1)                                  in the case of a Qualifying Leaver, vesting of the Optionholder’s Options ceases on the last day of the last full month of the Eligible Person’s employment or consultancy, as applicable, and, except as determined by the Board in its absolute discretion, all vested Options granted to the Optionholder and/or his or her Eligible Person Nominee must be exercised within 3 months of the Employment Termination Date and any vested Options which are unexercised or which the Optionholder has not made an election to exercise upon that date will automatically lapse; or

 

(2)                                  in the case of a Non-Qualifying Leaver, all unvested and vested Options granted to the Optionholder and/or his or her Eligible Person Nominee will automatically lapse on the Employment Termination Date.

 

15.3                         The Board must determine, in its absolute discretion, whether the Optionholder is to be categorised for the purposes of this rule 15 as either a “Qualifying Leaver” or “Non-Qualifying Leaver”. In making this determination, the Board must consider the following:

 

(1)                                  Qualifying Leaver ” will be an Optionholder who ceases to be employed by the Company or act as a consultant for the Company because they:

 

(a)                                  are incapacitated through illness;

 

(b)                                  die;

 

(c)                                   resign at normal retirement age (if applicable);

 

(d)                                  resign voluntarily at any time and comply with all applicable obligations in their terms of employment or consultancy, as applicable, with respect to such resignation, including in relation to notice to be given to the Company;

 

12



 

(e)                                   have their employment or consultancy terminated for a reason other than gross misconduct, fraud or conduct justifying summary dismissal; or

 

(f)                                    leave for any other reason the Board determines in its discretion;

 

(2)                                  Non-Qualifying Leaver ” will be an Optionholder who ceases to be employed by the Company or act as a consultant for the Company and is not a Qualifying Leaver.

 

15.4                         Unless determined otherwise by the Board, this rule 15 does not apply to any Option that has been acquired by a person under the process referred to in rule 6.2(3).

 

16.                                No Participation in New Issues

 

Outstanding Options do not carry the right to participate in any new issues of securities by the Company.

 

17.                                Pari Passu Ranking

 

17.1                         Restricted Shares allotted pursuant to an exercise of Options shall rank pari passu with the Restricted Shares of the Company then in issue in accordance with the Company’s Constitution.

 

17.2                         For the avoidance of doubt, in accordance with the Company’s Constitution, the a holding of Restricted Shares does not entitle the holder to receive a dividend.

 

18.                                Interest in Shares

 

18.1                         An Optionholder has no interest in Restricted Shares the subject of his or her Options until those Options are exercised and Restricted Shares allotted to the Optionholder.

 

18.2                         An Optionholder has no Shareholder voting or other rights with respect to any Options until the Restricted Shares the subject of those Options convert into Class A Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Company’s constitution.

 

19.                                Duties and Taxes

 

19.1                         The Optionholder is responsible for meeting any liability in respect of any duties or taxes which may become payable by an Optionholder in connection with the issue of Options or the issue of Restricted Shares pursuant to an exercise of Options or the conversion of Restricted Shares into Class A Ordinary Shares or any other dealing with the Options, Restricted Shares or Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

19.2                         If, on the occurrence of any of the events referred to in rule 19.1 above, the Company or any Related Body Corporate is required to account to the revenue authorities in any jurisdiction for any duties or taxes arising, the Optionholder agrees to reimburse such entity within 7 days of being notified by the Company of the amount of such liability.

 

20.                                No Assignment of Options

 

An Optionholder may not sell, transfer, mortgage, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber an Option except as allowed by this Option Plan.

 

13



 

21.                                Management of Option Plan

 

21.1                         Administration

 

The Option Plan will be administered by the Committee, which has absolute discretion and power to:

 

(1)                                  determine appropriate procedures and make regulations and guidelines for the administration and operation of the Option Plan which are consistent with these Rules;

 

(2)                                  exercise all powers and discretions vested in it under the Rules;

 

(3)                                  resolve conclusively all questions of fact or interpretation in connection with the Option Plan other than manifest error, including:

 

(a)                                  the number of Options to be granted to an Optionholder pursuant to an Offer;

 

(b)                                  the number of Options that vest to an Optionholder; and

 

(c)                                   the conditions of exercise of Options; and

 

(4)                                  terminate or suspend the operation of the Option Plan at any time provided that the termination or suspension will not unduly adversely affect the rights of Participants holding Options or Restricted Shares;

 

(5)                                  delegate such functions and powers as it may consider appropriate for the efficient administration of the Option Plan to any person or persons capable of performing those functions and exercising those powers;

 

(6)                                  take and rely upon professional expert advice in or in relation to, the exercise of any of its powers or discretions under these Rules; and

 

(7)                                  administer the Option Plan in accordance with the Rules as and to the extent provided in the Rules.

 

21.2                         Committee’s Absolute Discretion

 

Where these Rules provide for a determination, decision, declaration or approval of the Committee, such determination, decision, declaration or approval may be made or given by the Committee, unless otherwise stated, in its absolute discretion.

 

21.3                         Powers to be exercised by the Committee

 

Any power or discretion which is conferred on the Committee by these Rules may be exercised by the Committee in the interests, or for the benefit, of the Company and the Committee is not under any fiduciary or other obligation to any other person.

 

21.4                         Expenses of the Option Plan

 

Subject to rule 19, the costs and expenses of establishing, managing and administering the Option Plan will be borne by the Company.

 

14



 

22.                                Calculations

 

22.1                         Any calculations or adjustments which are required to be made by the Board or the Company for the purpose of the Options will, in the absence of manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on the Optionholders.

 

22.2                         The Company must notify each Optionholder of any adjustments made to the Exercise Price or the number of Options within 10 Business Days after the date of the adjustment.

 

23.                                Replacement of Certificates

 

23.1                         If any Option Certificate is lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed, it may be replaced by the Company:

 

(1)                                  on payment by the claimant of the expenses incurred in connection with the replacement of the Option Certificate; and

 

(2)                                  on such terms as to evidence, indemnity and security as the Company may reasonably require.

 

23.2                         Mutilated or defaced Option Certificates must be surrendered before replacements will be issued.

 

24.                                Amendment of Terms and Conditions

 

The Option Plan may be amended from time to time by resolution of the Board subject to the requirements from time to time of the Corporations Act. Any such amendment however, must not adversely affect the rights of Optionholders in respect of granted Options prior to such amendment without the consent of those Optionholders, unless such amendment is required by, or necessitated by, an Applicable Law.

 

25.                                Inconsistency

 

To the extent that there is an inconsistency between this Option Plan and the Constitution, the Constitution prevails.

 

26.                                Notices

 

Any notice regarding the Options will be sent to the registered address of the Optionholder as recorded in the register of Options maintained by the Company.

 

27.                                Overseas Eligible Persons

 

The Company may, in its sole discretion:

 

(1)                                  make Offers to Eligible Persons who reside outside of the United Kingdom; and

 

(2)                                  make regulations for the operation of the Plan which are not inconsistent with these Rules to apply to Participants who reside outside of the United Kingdom.

 

15



 

28.                                Governing Laws

 

This Option Plan is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.

 

16


 

Schedule 1 - Application for Options

 

Atlassian Corporation Plc

Company Number 8776021

( Company )

 

The Board

Atlassian Corporation Plc (Company Number 8776021)

 

Name:

 

Full Address:

 

applies for                         Options under the Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan ( Plan ).

 

I request you to grant those Options.

 

I agree to accept the Options subject to:

 

(1)                                  the terms of the Plan;

 

(2)                                  the terms set out in the Offer dated [ date ]; and

 

(3)                                  the Constitution of the Company.

 

By making applications for Options, I acknowledge that the Company has advised me to seek independent legal and financial advice in relation to the Option Plan and that it is advisable that I obtain my own separate independent legal and financial advice in relation to the Option Plan.

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

17



 

Schedule 2 - Option Certificate

 

Atlassian UK

Employee Share Option Plan

Option Certificate

 

Atlassian Corporation Plc (Company Number 8776021) hereby certifies that

 

of

 

is the holder of                         Options, issued on                          

 

The Options are issued subject to the Company’s UK Employee Share Option Plan dated [date] (as amended from time to time) and the Letter of Offer to                                dated                        .

 

The Exercise Price for the Options is             

 

The Expiry Date for the Options is                    

 

The Options are subject to the vesting dates and conditions (if any) contained in the Letter of Offer.

 

Executed by Atlassian Corporation Plc and

 

 

delivered as a deed on the date hereof:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director/company secretary

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of director/company secretary

 

Name of director

(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

(BLOCK LETTERS)

 

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

18



 

Schedule 3 - Option Exercise Notice

 

I,                                       (the “ Optionholder ”) being the registered holder of the Options specified below, elect to exercise those Options pursuant to rule 9 of the Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan.

 

Options being exercised:

 

Total number of Options being exercised

 

Exercise Price:

 

Exercise Price per Option

 

Total Exercise Price

 

Shareholder’s Details

 

Name and address of the Shareholder to be entered into the Share register:

 

 

Postcode

 

Name and address to which Share Certificates should be sent:

 

 

Postcode

 

Enclosed with this notice is the certificate for the Options referred to above together with the Total Exercise Price.

 

By signing this Option Exercise Notice, the Optionholder hereby acknowledges, confirms, represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

1.               Neither the Restricted Shares nor any depositary shares and/or receipts provided pursuant to paragraph 10.2 of the Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan (“ Depositary Shares ”) have been or will be registered under the US Securities Act of 1933 (the “ US Securities Act ”) or with any securities regulatory authority of any state, territory or other jurisdiction of the United States, and may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the US Securities Act and in compliance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States;

 

2.               The Optionholder is either (please check one):

 

o                                     located outside the United States and (i) the offer of Restricted Shares and any Depositary Shares was made to the Optionholder, and at the time the Optionholder’s buy order was originated, the Optionholder was outside the United States (within the meaning of Regulation S under the US Securities Act (“ Regulation S ”)); and (ii) is not acquiring either the Restricted Shares or any

 

19



 

Depositary Shares as a result of any form of “directed selling efforts” (as defined in Regulation S); or

 

o                                     located in the United States and (i) is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(A) of Regulation D under the Securities Act); (ii) is not acquiring either the Restricted Shares and any Depositary Shares as a result of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder); (iii) acknowledges that the Restricted Shares and any Depositary Shares are ‘‘restricted securities’’ within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act and that no representation is made as to the availability of the exemption provided by Rule 144 for resales of Restricted Shares or Depositary Shares; (iv) is aware that the Restricted Shares and any Depositary Shares are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering in the United States; and (v) the Optionholder qualifies as an “accredited investor” under the category or categories checked below:

 

o                                     A natural person with individual net worth (or joint net worth with spouse) in excess of $1 million. For purposes of this item, “net worth” means the excess of total assets at fair market value (excluding the value of the primary residence of such natural person) over total liabilities (excluding the amount of indebtedness secured by the primary residence of such natural person up to such primary residence’s fair market value, except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of investment in the Restricted Shares and any Depositary Shares exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time (the “additional indebtedness”), other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such additional indebtedness shall be included as a liability);

 

o                                     A natural person with individual income(1) (without including any income of the Investor’s spouse) in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years and who reasonably expects to reach the same income level in the current year, or whose joint income(2) exceeds $300,000 in each of the two most recent years and who reasonably expects to reach the same joint income level in the current year; or

 

o                                     A director, executive officer (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act), or general partner (as defined in Regulation D) of the Company;

 

3.               The Optionholder is a sophisticated investor that is acquiring the Restricted Shares and any Depositary Shares with a full understanding of all of the terms, conditions, and risks thereof, and is capable of and willing to assume these risks;

 


(1)                                  For purposes of this item, “ individual income ” means adjusted gross income as reported for U.S. federal income tax purposes, less any income attributable to a spouse or to property owned by a spouse, increased by the following amounts (but not including any amounts attributable to a spouse or to property owned by a spouse): (i) the amount of any interest income received which is tax-exempt under §103 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), (ii) the amount of losses claimed as a limited partner in a limited Company (as reported on Schedule E or Form 1040), (iii) any deduction claimed for depletion under Code §611 et seq. , (iv) any deductions for alimony paid, (v) amounts contributed to an IRA or Keogh retirement plan and (vi) any amount by which income from long-term capital gains has been reduced in arriving at adjusted gross income pursuant to the provisions of Code §1202 prior to its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

 

(2)                                  For purposes of this item, “ joint income ” is defined in the same manner as “individual income” except that income attributable to a spouse or property owned by a spouse is to be included.

 

20



 

4.               The Optionholder is acquiring the Restricted Shares and any Depositary Shares for its own account and not with a view to resale or other transfer in connection with any distribution of the Restricted Shares or Depositary Shares in any matter that would violate the US Securities Act; and

 

5.               The Company, its agents and representatives will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the acknowledgements, confirmations, representations and warranties set forth in this Option Exercise Notice.

 

I agreed to be bound by the provisions of the constitution of Atlassian Corporation Plc (Company Number 8776021).

 

Signed by the Optionholder:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

21




Exhibit 10.4

 

Atlassian Corporation Plc

Company Number 8776021

 

2013 U.S. SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

(December 10, 2013)

 

1.                                       Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2013 U.S. Share Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants, and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

2.                                       Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Administrator means the Board or a Committee.

 

(b)                                  Affiliate means an entity other than a Subsidiary which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

 

(c)                                   Applicable Laws means all applicable laws, rules, regulations and requirements, including, but not limited to, all applicable laws of the United Kingdom, New South Wales, Australia, U.S. federal or state laws, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations, the Company’s Constitution and the applicable laws, rules or regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Options are granted under the Plan or Participants reside or provide services, as such laws, rules, and regulations shall be in effect from time to time.

 

(d)                                  Approved Depository has the meaning given in the Constitution.

 

(e)                                   Award means any award of an Option under the Plan.

 

(f)                                    Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(g)                                   California Participant means a Participant whose Award is issued in reliance on Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

 

(h)                                  Cashless Exercise means a program approved by the Administrator in which payment of the Option exercise price or tax withholding obligations may be satisfied, in whole or in part, with Shares subject to the Option, including by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Administrator) to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate exercise price and, if applicable, the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s withholding obligations.

 

1



 

(i)                                      Cause for termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status will exist (unless another definition is provided in an applicable Option Agreement, employment agreement or other applicable written agreement) if the Participant’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) Participant’s willful failure to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or Participant’s violation of any written Company policy; (ii) Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in injury to the Company; (iii) Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (iv) Participant’s material breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company. The determination as to whether a Participant’s Continuous Service Status has been terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on the Participant. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at any time, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any Subsidiary, Parent, Affiliate, or any successor thereto, if appropriate.

 

(j)                                     Class A Ordinary Share ” means class A ordinary shares in the capital of the Company.

 

(k)                                  Class B Ordinary Share ” means class B ordinary shares in the capital of the Company.

 

(l)                                      Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(m)                              Committee means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board consisting of two (2) or more Directors (or such lesser or greater number of Directors as shall constitute the minimum number permitted by Applicable Laws to establish a committee or sub-committee of the Board) appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

 

(n)                                  Company means Atlassian Corporation Plc (Company Number 8776021).

 

(o)                                  Constitution means the Company’s Articles of Association.

 

(p)                                  Consultant means any person, including an advisor but not an Employee, who is engaged by the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, to render services (other than capital-raising services) and is compensated for such services, and any Director whether compensated for such services or not.

 

(q)                                  Continuous Service Status means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of: (i) Company approved sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period

 

2



 

of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to a written Company policy. Also, Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of a transfer between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or their respective successors, or a change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee.

 

(r)                                     Director means a member of the Board.

 

(s)                                    Disability means “disability” within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(t)                                     DS Holder has the meaning given in the Constitution.

 

(u)                                  DS Interest has the meaning given in the Constitution.

 

(v)                                  Employee means any person employed by the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined pursuant to such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its sole discretion, subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws, including the Code. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such director by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

(x)                                  Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

3



 

(y)                                  Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the per share fair market value of a Restricted Share, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants and in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon the per share closing price for the Shares as reported in the Wall Street Journal or comparable publication for the applicable date.

 

(z)                                   Family Members means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships) of the Optionee, any person sharing the Optionee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons (or the Optionee) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionee) own more than 50% of the voting interests, but only to the extent that any of the foregoing is a “family member” for purposes of Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

(aa)                           Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

 

(bb)                           Listed Security ” means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

 

(cc)                             Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

 

(dd)                           Option means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(ee)                             Option Agreement means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

 

(ff)                               Option Exchange Program means a program approved by the Administrator whereby outstanding Options (i) are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price or (ii) are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the Fair Market Value of a Restricted Share.

 

(gg)                             Optioned Share means Restricted Shares that are subject to an Option or that were issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option.

 

4



 

(hh)                      Optionee means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

 

(ii)                              Parent means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of grant of the Award, each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

(jj)                            Participant means any holder of one or more Awards or Shares issued pursuant to an Award.

 

(kk)                      Plan means the Atlassian {UK Company Name} 2013 U.S. Share Option Plan.

 

(ll)                              Qualified Listing has the meaning given in the Constitution;

 

(mm)              Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

 

(nn)                      Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(oo)                      Share means a Restricted Share in the capital of the Company, as set forth in the Company’s Constitution, and as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 below, and if Restricted Shares are converted to Class A Ordinary Shares then all references herein to Restricted Shares will be replaced with Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

(pp)                           Shareholder means a person who is the registered holder of a Share.

 

(qq)                      Stock Exchange means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for a Class A Ordinary Share and/or Class B Ordinary Share are quoted at any given time.

 

5



 

(rr)                                 Subsidiary means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of grant of the Award, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

(ss)                               Ten Percent Holder means a person who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary measured as of an Award’s date of grant.

 

3.                                       Shares Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 13,000,000 Shares, of which a maximum of 13,000,000 Shares may be issued under the Plan pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares issued under the Plan may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Shares. If an Award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an Award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such Award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such Award shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan and Shares issued under the Plan and later repurchased by the Company at the original purchase price paid for the Shares (including, without limitation, upon repurchase by the Company in connection with the termination of Participant’s Continuous Service Status) shall again be available for future grant under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan and later repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right that the Company may have shall not be available for future grant under the Plan. The Company may satisfy its obligation to issue Shares under the Plan by procuring the creation, delivery or transfer to the Participant of depositary shares (and, if in certificated form, accompanying depositary receipts) representing the Shares which would otherwise be issued to the Participant. Any such depositary shares and/or receipts would be created and delivered in accordance with and subject to the terms of a deposit agreement to be entered into between the Company and a depositary chosen and appointed by the Company, on such terms as the Directors in their absolute discretion consider to be appropriate, for the purposes of administering such a depositary program. References in these rules to Shares or the issue of Shares shall consequently be read as including such depositary shares and/or receipts or the creation, delivery or transfer of such depositary shares and/or receipts as appropriate. Participants are deemed to consent to the Shares being held by the depositary in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

4.                                       Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)                                  General . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of

 

6



 

Participants and, if permitted by Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers of the Company to make Awards under the Plan to Employees and Consultants (who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act) within parameters specified by the Board.

 

(b)                                  Committee Composition . If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and dissolve a Committee and thereafter directly administer

 

7



 

the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions.

 

(c)                                   Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its sole discretion:

 

(i)                                      to determine the Fair Market Value of a Restricted Share in accordance with Section 2(s) above, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

 

(ii)                                   to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Awards may from time to time be granted. In addition, the Administrator may select for the grant of an Award any holder of awards granted under the Atlassian Corporation Pty Limited 2010 U.S. Share Option Plan established by Atlassian Corporation Pty Ltd (ACN 122 325 777) ( Atlassian Australia ) (such holders, the Pre-Scheme Optionholders ). The provisions in Section 8 below shall apply to the grant of any such Awards ( Pre-Scheme Awards ) to Pre-Scheme Optionholders under the scheme of arrangement between the Company and the Pre-Scheme Optionholders pursuant to Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) referred to in the scheme booklet prepared by Atlassian Australia and dated on or about 13 December 2013 ( Schemes );

 

(iii)                                to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award;

 

(iv)                               to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) and other related documents used under the Plan;

 

(v)                                  to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when Awards may vest and/or be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), the circumstances (if any) when vesting will be accelerated or forfeiture restrictions will be waived, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or Optioned Share;

 

(vi)                               to amend any outstanding Award or agreement related to any Optioned Share, including any amendment adjusting vesting (e.g., in connection with a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company), provided that no amendment shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant without his or her consent;

 

(vii)                            to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 10(c) instead of Restricted Shares;

 

(viii)                         subject to Applicable Laws, to implement an Option Exchange Program and establish the terms and conditions of such Option Exchange Program without the consent of the holders of capital stock of the Company, provided

 

8



 

that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant shall be made without his or her consent;

 

(ix)                               to grant Awards to, or to modify the terms of any outstanding Option Agreement or any agreement related to any Optioned Share held by, Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States with such terms and conditions as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom which deviate from the terms

 

9



 

and conditions set forth in this Plan to the extent necessary or appropriate to accommodate such differences; and

 

(x)                                  to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan, any Option Agreement and any agreement related to any Optioned Share, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants.

 

(d)                                  Indemnification . To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Laws, each member of the Committee (including officers of the Company, if applicable), or of the Board, as applicable, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or pursuant to the terms and conditions of any Award except for actions taken in bad faith or failures to act in bad faith, and (ii) any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided that such member shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend any such claim, action, suit or proceeding before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any other power that the Company may have to indemnify or hold harmless each such person.

 

5.                                       Eligibility .

 

(a)                                  Recipients of Grants . Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Employees and Consultants and any other individual specified in the provisions of Section 4(c)(ii) above. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

 

(b)                                  Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

(c)                                   ISO $100,000 Limitation . Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option, and the calculation will be performed in accordance with Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

10


 

(d)                                  No Employment Rights . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall confer upon any Employee or Consultant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company (any Parent or Subsidiary), nor shall it interfere in any way with such Employee’s or Consultant’s right or the Company’s (Parent’s or Subsidiary’s) right to terminate his or her employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

 

6.                                       Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 15 below.

 

7.                                       Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than seven (7) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

8.                                       Australian scheme . Despite any other rule in this Plan, or any other terms and conditions governing Awards or Optioned Shares (as contained in any other document or otherwise), Pre-Scheme Awards (as defined in Section 4(c)(ii) above):

 

(1)                                  are subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Plan;

 

(2)                                  are deemed to have the same grant date which applied to the relevant award in Atlassian Australia ( Equivalent Atlassian Australia Award ) that was cancelled, and in respect of which such Pre-Scheme Award was provided as consideration by the Company, when the Schemes became effective (as contained in the relevant Option Agreement of such Equivalent Atlassian Australia Award);

 

(3)                                  have the exercise price and expiry date set out in the relevant Scheme (as defined in Section 4(c)(ii) above), such exercise price and expiry date being the same as applied to the Equivalent Atlassian Australia Award (as contained in the relevant Option Agreement of such Equivalent Atlassian Australia Award); and

 

(4)                                  are deemed to have the same vesting schedule (and any other terms governing vesting, including any terms permitting any acceleration of vesting) which applied to the Equivalent Atlassian Australia Award prior to the Schemes becoming effective (as contained in the relevant Option Agreement of such Equivalent Atlassian Australia Award), and any unvested Pre-Scheme Awards will vest in accordance with such vesting schedule and terms.

 

9.                                       Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

 

(a)                                  Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the

 

11



 

following:

 

(i)                                      In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

(A)                                granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant;

 

(B)                                granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant;

 

(ii)                                   Except as provided in subsection (iii) below, in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option the per Share exercise price shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, provided that, if the per Share exercise price is less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant, it shall otherwise comply with all Applicable Laws, including Section 409A of the Code;

 

(iii)                                In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option that is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and is granted on or after the date, if ever, on which a Class A Ordinary Share (and/or Class B Ordinary Share) becomes a Listed Security, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant; and

 

12



 

(iv)                               Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

 

(b)                                  Permissible Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option and to the extent required by Applicable Laws, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash; (2) check; (3) to the extent permitted under Applicable Laws, delivery of a promissory note with such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate); (4) cancellation of indebtedness; (5) other previously owned Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised; (6) a Cashless Exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment permitted under Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

 

10.                                Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  General .

 

(i)                                      Exercisability . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the terms of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company, and Parent or Subsidiary, and/or the Optionee.

 

(ii)                                   Leave of Absence . Vesting of Options shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence which is approved by the Company (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). If such leave period includes part of a month, no vesting of Optionee’s Options will occur for that month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of military leave, vesting shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Optionee’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given vesting credit with respect to Options to the same extent as would have applied had the Optionee continued to provide services to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary, if applicable) throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave. Vesting of Options may continue during a period of leave, if Optionee continues to be paid by the Company during such leave. If Optionee is paid a portion of his or her salary during a period of leave, Optionee’s Options will vest over the leave period pro rata to the proportion of the Optionees’ salary that is paid.

 

13



 

(iii)                                Minimum Exercise Requirements . An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

 

(iv)                               Procedures for and Results of Exercise . An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been received by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option Agreement by the person entitled to exercise the Option, the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised and has paid, or made arrangements to satisfy, any applicable withholding requirements in accordance with Section 11 below. The exercise of an Option shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(v)                                  Rights as Holder of Capital Shares . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a holder of capital shares shall exist with respect to the Optioned Share, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 below.

 

(b)                                  Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . The Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Administrator at any time. To the extent that an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(i)                                      General Provisions . If the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified below, the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Share underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to Section 7).

 

(ii)                                   Termination other than Upon Disability or Death or for Cause . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than under the circumstances set forth in subsections (iii) through (v) below, such Optionee may exercise any outstanding Option at any time within three (3) months following such termination to the extent the Optionee is vested in the Optioned Share.

 

14



 

(iii)                                Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of his or her Disability, such Optionee may exercise any outstanding Option at any time within six (6) months following such termination to the extent the Optionee is vested in the Optioned Share.

 

(iv)                               Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of any outstanding Option, or within six (6) months following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the Option may be exercised by any beneficiary designated in accordance with Section 17 below, or if there are no such beneficiaries, by the Optionee’s estate, or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, at any time within six (6) months following the date of death or, if earlier, the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated, but only to the extent the Optionee is vested in the Optioned Share.

 

(v)                                  Termination for Cause . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for Cause, any outstanding Option (including any vested portion thereof) held by such Optionee shall immediately terminate in its entirety upon first notification to the Optionee of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for Cause. If an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status will be terminated for Cause, all the Optionee’s rights under any Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period. Nothing in this Section 10(b)(v) shall in any way limit the Company’s right to purchase unvested Shares issued upon exercise of an Option as set forth in the applicable Option Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

 

11.                        Taxes .

 

(a)                                  As a condition of the grant, vesting and exercise of an Award, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death or a permitted transferee, the person holding or exercising the Award) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable U.S. federal, state or local tax withholding obligations or foreign tax withholding obligations that may arise in connection with such Award. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

 

(b)                                  The Administrator may permit a Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death or a permitted transferee, the person holding or exercising the Award) to satisfy all or part of his or her tax withholding obligations by Cashless Exercise or by surrendering Shares (either directly or by stock attestation) that he or she previously acquired; provided that, unless the Cashless Exercise is an approved broker-assisted Cashless Exercise, the Shares tendered for payment have been previously held for a

 

15



 

minimum duration (e.g., to avoid financial accounting charges to the Company’s earnings), or as otherwise permitted to avoid financial accounting charges under applicable accounting guidance, amounts withheld shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s tax withholding obligations at the minimum statutory withholding rates, including, but not limited to, U.S. federal and state income taxes, payroll taxes, and foreign taxes, if applicable. Any payment of taxes by surrendering Shares to the Company may be subject to restrictions, including, but not limited to, any restrictions required by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

12.                                Non-Transferability of Options .

 

(a)                                  General. Except as set forth in this Section 12, Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer. An Option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of the Option, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 12.

 

(b)                                  Limited Transferability Rights . Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 12, the Administrator may in its sole discretion grant Nonstatutory Stock Options that may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift to Family Members. Notwithstanding the foregoing, beginning with (i) the period when the Company begins to rely on the exemption described in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, and (ii) ending on the earlier of (A) the date when the Company ceases to rely on such exemption, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (B) the date when the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are Family Members through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Board, in its sole discretion, may permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Corporate Transaction (as defined below) or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f) of the Exchange Act.

 

13.                                Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions and Post-listing Lock-up .

 

(a)                                  Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any action required under Applicable Laws by the holders of capital stock of the Company, (i) the numbers and class of Shares or other stock or securities: (y) available for future Awards under Section 3 above and (z) covered by each outstanding Award, (ii) the price per Share covered by each such outstanding Option, and (iii) any repurchase price per Share applicable to Shares issued pursuant to any Award, shall be proportionately adjusted

 

16



 

by the Administrator in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, consolidation, recapitalization (including a recapitalization through a large nonrecurring cash dividend) or reclassification of the Shares, subdivision of the Shares, a rights offering, a reorganization, merger, spin-off, split-up, change in corporate structure or other similar occurrence. Any adjustment by the Administrator pursuant to this Section 13(a) shall be made in the Administrator’s sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award. If, by reason of a transaction described in this Section 13(a) or an adjustment pursuant to this Section 13(a), a Participant’s Award agreement or agreement related to any Optioned Share covers additional or different shares of stock or securities, then such additional or different shares, and the Award agreement or agreement related to the Optioned Share in respect thereof, shall be subject to all of the terms, conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Award or Optioned Share prior to such adjustment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

 

(b)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

(c)                                   Corporate Transactions . In the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person (a “ Corporate Transaction ”), each outstanding Option shall either be (i) assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”), or (ii) terminated in exchange for a payment of cash, securities and/or other property equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the portion of the Optioned Share that is vested and exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction over the per Share exercise price thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event such Successor Corporation does not agree to such assumption, substitution or exchange, each such Option shall terminate upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction.

 

(d)                                  Post-listing lock-up . In respect of any Shares or DS Interests issued as a result of the exercise of Options at or about the time of a Qualified Listing, the holder of those Shares or DS Interests must not transfer such Shares or DS Interests for a period of 180 days (or such shorter period as resolved by the Board in a manner permitted by the terms of the applicable underwriting agreement) after the Qualified Listing. The provisions of this Section 13(d) shall not prevent an Approved Depositary from transferring Shares to a DS Holder as part of the surrender of their DS Interest, provided that following such transfer they will remain subject to the provisions of this Section 13(d).

 

17



 

(e)                                   The restriction in Section 13(d) does not apply to Shares issued by the Company or Shares or DS Interests sold by a Shareholder pursuant to the Qualified Listing.

 

14.                                Time of Granting Options . The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company.

 

15.                                Amendment and Termination of the Plan . The Board may at any time amend or terminate the Plan, but no amendment or termination (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 13 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant under any outstanding Award, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain the approval of holders of capital stock with respect to any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

 

16.                                Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the person exercising the Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or purchase that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by Applicable Laws. Shares issued upon exercise of Options prior to the date, if ever, on which a Class A Ordinary Share (and/or Class B Ordinary Share) becomes a Listed Security shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company pursuant to which the Participant will be required to offer Shares to the Company before selling or transferring them to any third party on such terms and subject to such conditions as is reflected in the applicable Option Agreement.

 

17.                                Beneficiaries . Unless stated otherwise in an Award agreement, a Participant may designate one or more beneficiaries with respect to an Award by timely filing the prescribed form with the Company. A beneficiary designation may be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before the Participant’s death. If no beneficiary was designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, then after a Participant’s death any vested Award(s) shall be transferred or distributed to the Participant’s estate.

 

18.                                Approval of Holders of Capital Stock . If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the holders of capital stock of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted or, to the extent required by Applicable Laws, any date the Plan is amended. Such approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.

 

18



 

19.                                Addenda . The Administrator may approve such addenda to the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for the purpose of granting Awards to Employees or Consultants, which Awards may contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom, which, if so required under Applicable Laws, may deviate from the terms and conditions set forth in this Plan. The terms of any such addenda shall supersede the terms of the Plan to the extent necessary to accommodate such differences but shall not otherwise affect the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose.

 

20.                                Information to Participants . Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act, and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

19



 

ADDENDUM A

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PTY LIMITED 2010 U.S. SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

(California Participants)

 

Prior to the date, if ever, on which a Class A Ordinary Share (and/or a Class B Ordinary Share) becomes a Listed Security and/or the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the terms set forth herein shall apply to Awards issued to California Participants. All capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

1.               The following rules shall apply to any Option in the event of termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status:

 

a.               If such termination was for reasons other than death, “disability” (as defined below), or Cause, the Participant shall have until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement or (ii) at least thirty (30) days after the date of such termination to exercise his or her Option to the extent the Participant is entitled to exercise on his or her termination date.

 

b.               If such termination was due to death or disability, the Participant shall have until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement or (ii) at least six (6) months after the date of such termination to exercise his or her Option to the extent the Participant is entitled to exercise on his or her termination date.

 

“Disability” for purposes of this Addendum shall mean the inability of the Participant, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Participant’s position with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary because of the sickness of injury of the Participant.

 

2.               Notwithstanding anything stated herein to the contrary, no Option shall be exercisable on or after the tenth anniversary of the date of grant and any Award agreement shall terminate on or before the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

 

3.               The Company shall furnish summary financial information (audited or unaudited) of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, consistent with the requirements of Applicable Laws, at least annually to each California Participant during the period such Participant has one or more Awards outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Participant owns such Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if (i) the issuance is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information or (ii) the Plan or any agreement complies with all conditions of Rule 701 of the Securities Act; provided that for purposes of determining such compliance, any registered domestic partner shall be considered a “family member” as that term is defined in Rule 701.

 

20


 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

2013 U.S. SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

NOTICE OF OPTION GRANT

 

[Name]

c/o Atlassian, Inc.

1098 Harrison Street

San Francisco CA 94103

United States of America

 

You have been granted an option to purchase Restricted Shares of Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”), as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

 

[     ]

 

 

 

Exercise Price Per Share:

 

USD$[      ]

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares:

 

[      ]

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

[     ]

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

[     ]

 

 

 

First Vesting Date:

 

[     ]

 

 

 

Vesting/Exercise Schedule:

 

So long as your Continuous Service Status does not terminate, the Restricted Shares underlying this Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the following schedule: 25% of the Total Number of Shares shall vest and become exercisable on [First Vesting Date] with the remaining 75% of The Total Number of Shares vesting in equal monthly installments on the last day of each of the 36 calendar months thereafter.

 

 

 

Termination Period:

 

You may exercise this Option for three (3) months after termination of your Continuous Service Status except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). You are responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following the termination of your Continuous Service Status for any reason. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.

 

 

 

Transferability:

 

You may not transfer this Option.

 



 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2013 U.S. Share Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document.

 

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying this Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of this Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your date of hire, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause. Also, to the extent applicable, the Exercise Price Per Share has been set in good faith compliance with the applicable guidance issued by the IRS under Section 409A of the Code. However, there is no guarantee that the IRS will agree with the valuation, and by signing below, you agree and acknowledge that the Company shall not be held liable for any applicable costs, taxes, or penalties associated with this Option if, in fact, the IRS were to determine that this Option constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code. You should consult with your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of such a determination by the IRS.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tom Kennedy

 

General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

OPTIONEE:

 

 

 

[NAME]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 



 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

2013 U.S. SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

OPTION AGREEMENT

 

1.                                       Grant of Option . Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to [name] (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2013 U.S. Share Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

 

2.                                              Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

 

3.                                      Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

 

(a)                                  Right to Exercise .

 

(i)                                      This Option may not be exercised in respect of any fraction of a share.

 

(ii)                                   In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Continuous Service Status, the exercisability of this Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

 

(iii)                                In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice.

 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .

 

(i)                                      This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A or of any other form of written notice approved

 

1



 

for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise this Option, the number of Shares in respect of which this Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased Shares.

 

(ii)                                   As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

 

(iii)                                The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of this Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the holders of capital stock of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws, including any applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws or any other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall, unless otherwise provided for by Applicable Law, be considered issued or delivered to Optionee on the date on which this Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

(iv)                               Subject to compliance with Applicable Laws, this Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of the appropriate written notice of exercise accompanied by the Exercise Price and the satisfaction of any applicable withholding obligations.

 

4.                                       Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

 

(a)                                  cash or check;

 

(b)                                  cancellation of indebtedness;

 

(c)                                   at the discretion of the Plan Administrator on a case by case basis, by surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company (either directly or by stock attestation) that Optionee previously acquired and that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which this Option is being exercised; or

 

(d)                                  at the discretion of the Plan Administrator on a case by case basis, by Cashless Exercise.

 

2



 

5.                                       Termination of Relationship . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise this Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. If Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, this Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of this Option as set forth in the Notice.

 

(a)                                  Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s Disability or death or for Cause, Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares, exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

 

(b)                                  Other Terminations . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise this Option only as described below:

 

(i)                                      Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s Disability, Optionee may, but only within six (6) months following the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”), exercise this Option to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares.

 

(ii)                                   Death of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s death, or in the event of Optionee’s death within six (6) months following Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death by any beneficiaries designated in accordance with Section 18 of the Plan or, if there are no beneficiaries, by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise this Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee is vested in this Option, subject to Section 3(a)(iii).

 

(iii)                                Termination for Cause . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for Cause, this Option (including any vested portion thereof) shall immediately terminate in its entirety upon first notification to Optionee of such termination for Cause. If Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is suspended pending an investigation of whether Optionee’s Continuous Service Status will be terminated for Cause, all Optionee’s rights under this Option, including the right to exercise this Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period.

 

6.                                       Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, beginning with (i) the period when the Company begins to rely on the exemption described in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, and (ii) ending on the earlier of (A) the date when the Company ceases to rely on such exemption, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (B) the date when the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, this Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by

 

3



 

entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are Family Members through gifts or domestic relations orders or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Optionee upon the death or disability of the Optionee. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Board, in its sole discretion, may permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Corporate Transaction or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

 

7.                                       Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering. In addition, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing a public offering of the Company’s securities (other than the initial public offering), Optionee hereby agrees to be bound by similar restrictions, and to sign a similar agreement, in connection with no more than one additional registration statement filed within 12 months after the closing date of the initial public offering, provided that the duration of the lock-up period with respect to such additional registration shall not exceed 90 days from the effective date of such additional registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during the last 17 days of the restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or prior to the expiration of the restricted period the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, then, upon the request of the managing underwriter, to the extent required by any FINRA rules, the restrictions imposed by this subsection (a) shall continue to apply until the end of the third trading day following the expiration of the 15-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. In no event will the restricted period extend beyond 216 days after the effective date of the registration statement.

 

8.                                       Corporate Transaction . Notwithstanding the above, if a Corporate Transaction constitutes a Triggering Event and irrespective of whether this Option is being assumed, substituted, exchanged or terminated in connection with the transaction, the Board will determine the extent to which the vesting and exercisability of this Option shall accelerate. If the Board does not make such a determination, this Option shall become vested and exercisable to the extent of 50% of the Shares then unvested, effective as of immediately prior to consummation of the Triggering Event.

 

9.                                       Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to this Option. In the event of a conflict between

 

4



 

the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail.

 

10.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement, together with the Notice of Stock Option Grant to which this Agreement is attached and the Plan, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and therein and merges all prior discussions between the parties. Except as contemplated under the Plan, no modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

 

(c)                                   Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under Applicable Laws, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(d)                                  Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

(e)                                   Counterparts . This Option may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(f)                                    Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Optionee under this Agreement may not be assigned without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(g)                                   Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Optionee’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Award or Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law or facilitate the administration of the Plan. Optionee agrees to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing. Furthermore, Optionee acknowledges that the laws of the country in which Optionee is working at the time of grant, vesting and exercise of the Option or the sale of Shares received pursuant to this Agreement (including any rules or regulations governing

 

5



 

securities, foreign exchange, tax, labor, or other matters) may subject Optionee to additional procedural or regulatory requirements that Optionee is and will be solely responsible for and must fulfill.

 

(h)                                  Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Optionee’s current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means or to request Optionee’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

6


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

2013 U.S. SHARE OPTION PLAN

EXERCISE AGREEMENT

 

This Exercise Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of [date], by and between Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “ Company ”), and [Optionee name] (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2013 U.S. Share Option Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase [number] shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement granted [Grant Date] (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $[Price Per Share] per Share for a total purchase price of $[amount]. The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

 

2.                                       Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the payment of the aggregate exercise price by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement, the satisfaction of any applicable tax withholding obligations, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. The Company shall issue the Shares to Purchaser by entering such Shares in Purchaser’s name as of such date in the books and records of the Company or, if applicable, a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser. If applicable, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares as soon as practicable following such date.

 

3.                                       Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by Applicable Laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and Applicable Laws.

 

(a)                                  Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

(i)                                      Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each

 

1



 

Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer, including (without limitation) the purchase price for Shares (the “ Purchase Price ”). The Holder shall offer the Shares at the Purchase Price and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(ii)                                   Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the Purchase Price. If the Purchase Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

 

(iii)                                Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the election of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(iv)                               Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Purchase Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

(v)                                  Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, and provided that such transfer complies with applicable securities laws, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 3, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

(b)                                  Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(v) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer (as

 

2



 

determined by the Board). Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

 

(c)                                   Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any holder or holders of capital stock of the Company or other persons or organizations.

 

(d)                                  Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the terms of the Option Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

(e)                                   Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted to the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted to the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act. Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(a) above the Company will remove any stop-transfer notices referred to in Section 5(b) below and related to the restrictions in this Section 3 and, if certificates are issued, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) below and delivered to Purchaser.

 

4.                                       Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                  Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

 

(b)                                  Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

 

(c)                                   Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

3



 

(d)                                  Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144, which requires, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act of 1934, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

 

(e)                                   Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(f)                                    Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

5.                                       Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

(i)                                      THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

(ii)                                   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF

 

4



 

AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

6.                                       No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

7.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

 

(c)                                   Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under Applicable Laws, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(d)                                  Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

5



 

(e)                                   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(f)                                    Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(g)                                   California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

[ signature page follows ]

 

6



 

The parties have executed this Exercise Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name: Tom Kennedy

 

Title: Chief Legal Officer

 

 

 

Address:

 

1098 Harrison Street

 

San Francisco, CA 94103

 

 

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

 

 

[name of optionee]

 

 

 

Address:

 

7



 

I,                  , spouse of [name of optionee], have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby by similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Spouse of [name of optionee] (if applicable)

 

8




Exhibit 10.5

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

2014 RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT PLAN

 

PART A: EMPLOYEE PART

 

SECTION 1.               GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

 

The name of the plan is the Atlassian Corporation PLC 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable Eligible Persons of Atlassian Corporation PLC (including any successor entity, the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries (each being a “Group Company”), upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.

 

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Articles ” means the Company’s Articles of Association, as amended from time to time.

 

Award ” or “ Awards, ” means a grant of Restricted Share Units under the Plan.

 

“Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Agreement may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan; provided, however, in the event of any conflict in the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Cause ” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement(s) (unless another definition is provided in an applicable employment agreement or other applicable written agreement between the grantee and the Company) and if no such definition of “Cause” exists, then it shall mean (i) the grantee’s willful failure to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or the grantee’s violation of any written Company policy; (ii) the grantee’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonest or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in injury to the Company (iii) the grantee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the grantee owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; of (iv) the grantee’s material breach of any of his or her

 

1



 

obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company. The determination as to whether a grantee’s Service Relationship has been terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on the grantee. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate (in relation to Part A) a grantee’s employment or (in relation to Part B) a grantee’s consulting relationship at any time, and the term “Company” shall be interpreted to include any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any successor thereto, if appropriate.

 

Class A Ordinary Shares ” means class A ordinary shares in the capital of the Company.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

 

Committee ” means the Committee of the Board referred to in Section 2.

 

Disability ” means “disability” as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code.

 

Effective Date ” means the date on which the Plan is adopted as set forth on the final page of the Plan.

 

“Eligible Persons” means the full-time and part-time employees of the Group (including executive directors).

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Fair Market Value ” of the Shares on any given date means the fair market value of the Shares determined in good faith by the Committee based on the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code. If the Shares are admitted to trade on a national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price reported on such exchange. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price. If the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Shares are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

 

Grant Date” means the date that the Committee designates in its approval of an Award in accordance with applicable law as the date on which the Award is granted, which date may not precede the date of such Committee approval.

 

“Holder” means, with respect to an Award or any Shares, the Person holding such Award or Shares, including the initial recipient of the Award or any permitted transferee.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Shares shall be publicly held.

 

2



 

“Part A” means Part A of the Plan;

 

“Part B” means Part B of the Plan; “ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

 

Qualified Listing ” has the meaning given in the Articles.

 

Restricted Shares ” means a restricted share in the capital of the Company.

 

“Restricted Share Unit” means an Award of phantom share units to a grantee, which may be settled in cash or Shares as determined by the Committee.

 

Sale Event” means an Exit (as defined in the Articles) or any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board; provided, however, that the Company’s Initial Public Offering, any subsequent public offering or another capital raising event, or a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.”

 

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

“Service Relationship” means any relationship as an employee (including an executive director) of the Company or any Subsidiary or any successor entity (e.g., a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event an employee’s status changes from full-time employee to part-time employee or Consultant). The following shall not constitute the cessation of a Service Relationship: (i) a transfer of employment to the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary or (ii) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Committee, if the individual’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.

 

“Shares” means Class A Ordinary Shares or Restricted Shares.

 

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has more than a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

 

SECTION 2.                             ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; COMMITTEE AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

 

(a)                                  Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Board, or at the discretion of the Board, by a committee of the Board, comprised of not less than two directors. All references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the group then responsible for administration of the Plan at the relevant time (i.e., either the Board of Directors or a committee or committees of the Board, as applicable).

 

3



 

(b)                                  Powers of Committee . The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

 

(i)                                      to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted and to determine whether the Awards are granted under Part A or Part B;

 

(ii)                                   to determine the time or times of grant, and the amount, if any, of Restricted Share Units granted to any one or more grantees;

 

(iii)                                to determine the number of Shares to be covered by any Award and, whether such Shares shall be Class A Ordinary Shares or Restricted Shares;

 

(iv)                               to determine and, subject to the terms or the Plan, to modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the form of Award Agreements;

 

(v)                                  to accelerate at any time the vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

 

(vi)                               to impose any limitations on Awards, including limitations on transfers, repurchase provisions and the like, and to exercise repurchase rights or obligations;

 

(vii)                            to modify or otherwise adjust the vesting of Awards (including, but not limited to, extending on a proportionate basis the vesting period) in the event that a grantee changes between full-time and part-time status or takes a leave of absence;

 

(viii)                         at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including Award Agreements); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

 

All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and all Holders.

 

(c)                                   Award Agreement . Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award and which shall state whether the Award was granted under Part A or Part B.

 

(d)                                  Indemnification . Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s governing documents, including its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may

 

4



 

be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

 

(e)                                   Non-U.S. Award Recipients . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in countries other than the United States in which the Company and any Subsidiary operate or have Eligible Persons eligible for Awards, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries, if any, shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals, if any, outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Committee determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided, however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals.

 

SECTION 3.                             SHARES ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS; SUBSTITUTION

 

(a)                                  Shares Issuable . The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be ten million five hundred thousand (10,500,000) Class A Ordinary Shares and zero (0) Restricted Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Shares or otherwise terminated and Shares that are withheld upon settlement of an Award to cover the tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Changes in Shares . Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, share dividend, share split, reverse share split or other similar change in the Company’s capital shares, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional Shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Shares or other securities, in each case, without the receipt of consideration by the Company, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for other securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Committee shall make an appropriate and proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, and (iii) the repurchase price, if any, per Share subject to each outstanding Award. The Committee shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporation Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The adjustment by the Committee shall be final, binding and

 

5



 

conclusive. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Committee in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

 

(c)                                   Sale Events .

 

(i)                                      In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, all unvested Restricted Share Units (other than those becoming vested as a result of the Sale Event) issued hereunder shall be forfeited immediately prior to the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares subject to such awards as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

 

(ii)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(i), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Restricted Share Units, without the consent of the Holders, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the Sale Price times the number of Shares subject to such Awards, to be paid at the time of such Sale Event or upon the later vesting of such Awards.

 

SECTION 4.                             ELIGIBILITY

 

Grantees under the Plan will be such Eligible Persons who are selected from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided , however , that Awards shall be granted only to those individuals described in Rule 701(c) of the Securities Act.

 

SECTION 5.                             TERMS OF AWARDS

 

(a)                                  Nature of Restricted Share Units . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof Restricted Share Units under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Share Unit at the time of grant. Vesting conditions may be based on continuing Service Relationship, achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or other such criteria as the Committee may determine. Upon the grant of Restricted Share Units, the grantee and the Company shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee and may differ among individual Awards and grantees. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement for a particular Award, on or promptly following the vesting date or dates applicable to any Restricted Share Unit, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such vesting occurs, such Restricted Share Unit(s) shall be settled in the form of cash or Shares, as specified in the Award Agreement. Restricted Share Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of.

 

(b)                                  Rights as a Shareholder . A grantee shall have the rights of a shareholder only as to Shares, if any, acquired upon settlement of Restricted Share Units. A grantee shall not be deemed to have acquired any such Shares unless and until the Restricted Share Units shall have been settled in Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the Company

 

6



 

shall have issued and delivered a certificate representing the Shares to the grantee (or transferred on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated shares), and the grantee’s name has been entered in the books of the Company as a shareholder.

 

(c)                                   Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Share Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s cessation of Service Relationship with the Company and any Subsidiary for any reason.

 

SECTION 6.                             TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; COMPANY RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; COMPANY REPURCHASE RIGHTS

 

(a)                                  Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(i)                                      Shares . No Shares shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless (i) the transfer is in compliance with the Articles, the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act), and with the terms and conditions of this Section, (ii) the transfer does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the transferee consents in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, including this Section. In connection with any proposed transfer, the Committee may require the transferor to provide at the transferor’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Committee, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act). Any attempted transfer of Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Shares as a result of any such transfer, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such transfer and shall not in any way give effect to any such transfer of Shares. The Company shall be entitled to seek protective orders, injunctive relief and other remedies available at law or in equity including, without limitation, seeking specific performance or the rescission of any transfer not made in strict compliance with the provisions of this Section. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, and unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions:

 

(A)                                Allowable Transfers . The Holder may transfer any or all of the Shares in accordance with the Articles (including without limitation Article 5.3 ( Allowable transfers ) of the Articles applicable as at the date of the Plan or such successor or equivalent provision as may be applicable from time to time); provided, however , that following such transfer, such Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Plan (including this Section) and such any transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, deliver a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company and shall deliver a share power to the Company with respect to the Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder may not transfer any of the Shares to a Person whom the Company reasonably determines is a direct competitor or a potential competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

7



 

(B)                                Transfers Upon Death . Upon the death of the Holder, any Shares then held by the Holder at the time of such death and any Shares acquired after the Holder’s death by the Holder’s legal personal representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan, and the Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated by the Plan and the Award Agreement.

 

(b)                                  [RESERVED.]

 

(c)                                   Escrow Arrangement .

 

(i)                                      Escrow . In order to carry out the provisions of this Section of this Plan more effectively, the Company shall hold any Shares issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan in escrow together with separate share powers executed by the Holder in blank for transfer. The Company shall not dispose of the Shares except as otherwise provided in this Plan. At such time as any Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s first refusal rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Holder, deliver to the Holder a certificate representing such Shares with the balance of the Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section.

 

(ii)                                   Remedy . Without limitation of any other provision of this Plan or other rights, in the event that a Holder or any other Person is required to sell a Holder’s Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Sections and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares together with a related share power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for such Holder or other Person, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by such Holder as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the Person who was required to sell the Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of this Section, such Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, such Holder shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its share transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

 

(d)                                  Lockup Provision . In respect of any Shares not transferred by a Holder on a Qualified Listing, the Holder must not transfer such Shares for a period of 180 days (or such shorter period as resolved by the Board which is permitted by the terms of the applicable underwriting agreement) after the Qualified Listing. In respect of any Shares that are issued after the Qualified Listing as a result of the settlement of Awards that were in issue immediately prior to the Qualified Listing, the holder of those Shares must not transfer such Shares for a period of 180 days (or such shorter period as resolved by the Board in a manner permitted by the terms of the applicable underwriting agreement) after the Qualified Listing. The restriction in this

 

8



 

paragraph does not apply to Shares issued by the Company or Shares sold by a Holder pursuant to the Qualified Listing.

 

(e)                                   Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, share dividend, share split, reverse share split or other similar change in the Shares, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Section shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by Holder in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Shares.

 

SECTION 7.                             TAX WITHHOLDING NOMINAL VALUE

 

(a)                                  Tax Payment by Grantee . Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Shares or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes and/or any social security liability of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and any Subsidiary shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver share certificates (or evidence of book entry) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on any such tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

 

(b)                                  Tax Payment in Shares . The Company’s minimum required tax withholding obligation may be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company withholding from Shares to be issued pursuant to an Award a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

 

(c)                                   Payment of Nominal Value . Unless the Committee determines otherwise, , each grantee shall be responsible for the payment of the nominal value with respect to any Shares to be issued to such grantee pursuant to the settlement of an Award. The nominal value may be satisfied by payment of such amount in cash or other form of consideration acceptable to the Committee or through the required sale of enough Shares to satisfy the aggregate nominal value due.

 

SECTION 8.                             SECTION 409A AWARDS.

 

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as may be specified by the Committee from time to time. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to

 

9



 

any grantee under the Plan or any other Person with respect to any penalties or taxes under Section 409A that are, or may be, imposed with respect to any Award.

 

SECTION 9.                             AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the consent of the holder of the Award. To the extent determined by the Committee to be required, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders. Nothing in this Section shall limit the Board’s or Committee’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3.

 

SECTION 10.                      STATUS OF PLAN

 

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been settled, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly so determine in connection with any Award.

 

SECTION 11.                      GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

(a)                                  No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements . The Committee may require each person acquiring Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to an Award until all applicable securities law and other legal and share exchange or similar requirements have been satisfied. The Committee may require the placing of such stop-orders and restrictive legends on certificates for Shares and Awards as it deems appropriate.

 

(b)                                  Delivery of Share Certificates . Share certificates to grantees under the Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a share transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company; provided that share certificates to be held in escrow pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed delivered when the Company shall have recorded the issuance in its records. Uncertificated Shares shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a share transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records).

 

(c)                                   No continued Service Relationship Rights . The adoption of the Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any Person any right to a continued Service Relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

(d)                                  Trading Policy Restrictions . Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policy-related restrictions, terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee, or in accordance with policies set by the Committee, from time to time.

 

10


 

(e)                                   Designation of Beneficiary . Each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award on or after the grantee’s death or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

 

(f)                                    Legend . Any certificate(s) representing the Shares shall carry substantially the following legend (and with respect to uncertificated Shares, the book entries evidencing such shares shall contain the following notation):

 

The transferability of this certificate and the Shares represented hereby are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions (including restrictions against transfers) contained in the ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC 2014 RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT PLAN and any agreements entered into thereunder by and between the company and the holder of this certificate (a copy of which is available at the offices of the company for examination).

 

(g)                                   Waiver of rights to compensation: By participating in the Plan, the grantee waives all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his Service Relationship with any past or present Group Company for any reason whatsoever, whether lawfully or otherwise, insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under the Plan as a result of such termination, or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights or entitlements, including by reason of the operation of the terms of the Plan, any determination by the Committee pursuant to a discretion contained in the Plan or in any award documentation or the provisions of any statute or law relating to taxation.

 

SECTION 12.                      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

 

The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board and shall be approved by shareholders in accordance with applicable law and the Articles and bylaws within 12 months thereafter. If the shareholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any Awards granted or sold under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan. Subject to such approval by shareholders and to the requirement that no Shares may be issued hereunder prior to such approval, Awards may be granted hereunder on and after adoption of the Plan by the Board. No grants of Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

SECTION 13.                      GOVERNING LAW

 

This Plan, all Awards and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan and all Awards shall be governed by and construed in accordance with California law, without regard to

 

11



 

conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

 

12



 

PART B: NON-EMPLOYEE PART

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS:

 

In this Part B, the words and expressions used in Part A shall bear, unless the context otherwise requires, the same meaning herein save to the extent that any Rule in this Part B shall provide to the contrary.

 

Consultant ” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company (including a Subsidiary), and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities;

 

Eligible Persons ” means any officers, non-executive directors, Consultants and other key persons of the Group.

 

Service Relationship ” means any relationship as a non-executive director or other key person (including Consultants) of the Company or any Subsidiary or any successor entity (e.g., a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event an individual’s status changes from Consultant to full-time employee or to part-time employee). The following shall not constitute the cessation of a Service Relationship: (i) a transfer to the service of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary or (ii) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Committee, if the individual’s right to continued service is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.

 

2.                                       APPLICATION OF PART B

 

All the provisions in the rules of Part A shall be incorporated into this Part B as if fully set out herein and so as to be part of Part B and (for avoidance of doubt) Shares allocated under this Part B shall be taken into account for the purposes of Rule 3(a) of Part A. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Part B shall not apply to Awards granted under Part A.

 

13



 

Employee Award Agreement

 

THE AWARD GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AWARD AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE SETTLEMENT THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER PART A OF THE ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

2014 RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

No. of Restricted Share Units Granted:

Grant Date:

Vesting Commencement Date:

Expiration Date:

 

Pursuant to Part A of the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan (the “Plan”) and the terms and conditions set forth in this Employee Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”), Atlassian Corporation Plc (together with any successor, the “Company”), hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Share Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Share Unit shall relate to one Share of Class A Ordinary Shares. The Award shall be governed by and subject to the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement.

 

1.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of Award . The Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and, subject to the restrictions contained in this Award Agreement and the Plan, Shares issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Share Units have vested as provided in Section 2 of this Award Agreement and (ii) Shares have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement. In addition, the Restricted Share Units and any Shares issuable upon settlement of the Restricted Share Units, shall be subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan.

 

2.                                       Conditions and Vesting of Restricted Share Units . The Restricted Share Units are subject to both a time-based condition (the “Time Condition”) and performance-based vesting (the “Performance Vesting”) described in paragraphs (a) and (b) below, both of which must be satisfied prior to the Expiration Date before the Restricted Share Units will be deemed vested and may be settled in accordance with Section 4 of this Award Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Time Condition . Subject to the Performance Vesting described in paragraph (b) below, twenty-five (25) percent of the Restricted Share Units shall satisfy the Time Condition on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (the “Cliff Date”);

 

1



 

provided that the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining seventy-five (75) percent of the Restricted Share Units shall satisfy the Time Condition in twelve (12) equal quarterly installments on each quarterly anniversary following the Cliff Date, provided the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. For example, if the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date were February 18, then the quarterly anniversary would occur on May 18, August 18, November 18 and February 18 over the following twelve (12) quarters. Notwithstanding anything in this Award Agreement to the contrary in the case of a Sale Event, the Restricted Share Units shall be treated as provided in Section 3 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Performance Vesting . Subject to the Time Condition described in paragraph (a) above, the Restricted Share Units shall only satisfy the Performance Vesting on the first to occur of (i) a Sale Event or (ii) the Company’s Initial Public Offering, in either case, prior to the Expiration Date.

 

(c)                                   Vesting Date . Each date as of which both the Time Condition and Performance Vesting described in paragraphs (a) and (b) have been satisfied with respect to any Restricted Share Units shall be referred to as a “Vesting Date.” No Vesting Date shall occur after the Expiration Date. To the extent the Restricted Share Units have not satisfied both the Time Condition and the Performance Vesting, such Restricted Share Units shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date.

 

(d)                                  Nominal value of the Shares. It is a condition of the Award that the Grantee shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the nominal value of the Shares issued by the Company to the Grantee pursuant to this Award Agreement.

 

3.                                       Termination of Service Relationship . If the Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Group terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the Time Condition set forth in Section 2(a) above, any Restricted Share Units that have not satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such forfeited Restricted Share Units. Any Restricted Share Units that have satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall remain subject to the Performance Vesting set forth in Section 2(b) above, but shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date; provided, however that if the Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company is terminated for Cause, all Restricted Share Units, including any that have satisfied the Time Condition, shall terminate and be forfeited as of the date of such termination for Cause.

 

4.                                       Receipt of Shares . As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date, but in no event later than March 15 th  of the year following the calendar year in which the Vesting Date occurs, the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of Shares equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Share Units that have satisfied the Time Condition and Performance Vesting pursuant to Section 2 of this Award Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Grantee authorises the Board to procure, on the Grantee’s behalf, that a portion of the Shares (or depositary shares —see below) issued to the Grantee on or shortly after each Vesting Date are

 

2



 

sold on the Grantee’s behalf (pursuant to this authorisation and without further consent) to meet the obligation to pay the aggregate nominal value of the Shares issued at such time pursuant to Section 2(d), and the proceeds shall be paid to the Company. Any Shares issued to a Grantee shall be subject to the terms of the Articles. The Company may satisfy its obligation under this section by procuring the creation, delivery or transfer to the Grantee of depositary shares (and, if in certificated form, accompanying depositary receipts) representing the Shares which would otherwise be issued pursuant to this section. Any such depositary shares and/or receipts will be created and delivered in accordance with and subject to the terms of a deposit agreement to be entered into between the Company and a depositary chosen and appointed by the Company, on such terms as the Board in its absolute discretion considers to be appropriate, for the purposes of administering such a depositary programme. References in this Award Agreement to Shares or the issue of Shares shall consequently be read as including such depositary shares and/or receipts or the creation, delivery or transfer of such depositary shares and/or receipts as appropriate. Grantees are deemed to consent to the Shares being held by the depositary in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

5.                                       Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Award Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Committee set forth in the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Award Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

6.                                       Responsibility for Taxes . The Grantee acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, the Subsidiary which employs the Grantee (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, social security liabilities, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Grantee (“Tax-Related Items”) is and remains the Grantee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. The Grantee further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Share Units, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Share Units, the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired under the Plan and the receipt of any dividends or dividend equivalents; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Restricted Share Units to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Grantee is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Grantee acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

Prior to the relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Grantee agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, the Grantee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy their withholding obligations, if any, with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

 

3



 

(1)                                  withholding from the Grantee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Grantee by the Company and/or the Employer; or

 

(2)                                  withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired upon settlement of the Restricted Share Units either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Grantee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization without further consent) which method may be limited to Grantees who are not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act; or

 

(3)                                  withholding from Shares to be issued upon settlement of the Restricted Share Units the number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due; or

 

(4)                                  by any other method deemed by the Company to comply with applicable laws.

 

Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case the Grantee will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the equivalent in shares. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Grantee is deemed to have been issued the full number of shares subject to the vested Restricted Share Units, notwithstanding that a number of the shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

 

Finally, the Grantee agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares if the Grantee fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

7.                                       Nature of Grant . In accepting the Award, the Grantee acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

 

(a)                                  any Shares issued pursuant to this Award are subject to restrictions on transfer and certain post-IPO lockup provisions as set forth in the Plan;

 

(b)                                  the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

 

(c)                                   the grant of the Restricted Share Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of restricted share units, or benefits in lieu of restricted share units, even if restricted share units have been granted in the past;

 

(d)                                  all decisions with respect to future restricted share units or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

4



 

(e)                                   the Award and the Grantee’s participation in the Plan shall not be interpreted as forming an employment contract with the Company;

 

(f)                                    the Grantee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(g)                                   the Award and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

(h)                                  the Award and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or payments or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

(i)                                      the future value of the Shares underlying the Award is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(j)                                     no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Award resulting from the termination of the Grantee’s employment relationship (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Grantee is employed or the terms of the Grantee’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Restricted Share Units to which the Grantee is otherwise not entitled, the Grantee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Employer, the Company or any other Subsidiary, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Employer, the Company and any other Subsidiary from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, the Grantee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

 

(k)                                  unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Award and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Share Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

 

(l)                                      neither the Employer, the Company nor any other Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Grantee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Award or of any amounts due to the Grantee pursuant to settlement of the Award or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement.

 

8.                                       No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, or the Grantee’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that he/she has not received any advice from the Company (nor any of its subsidiaries), whether of a general or personal nature. The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that he/ she should obtain his/ her own advice, including consulting with his or her

 

5



 

own tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

9.                                       Data Privacy . The Grantee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Grantee’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other Award grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any other Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.

 

The Grantee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about the Grantee, including, but not limited to, the Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Grantee’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

 

The Grantee understands that Data will be transferred to the stock plan service provider selected by the Company, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Grantee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Grantee’s country. The Grantee understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Grantee authorizes the Company, the stock plan service provider and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan. The Grantee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Grantee’s participation in the Plan. The Grantee understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, the Grantee understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Grantee does not consent, or if the Grantee later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing consent is that the Company would not be able to grant the Grantee Restricted Share Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, the Grantee understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the Grantee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Grantee understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

 

10.                                Governing Law; Venue . The Award and the provisions of this Award Agreement are governed by, and subject to, the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of law provisions. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce this Award Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent

 

6



 

to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of San Francisco County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, including any courts where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

 

11.                                Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. The Grantee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

12.                                Language . If the Grantee has received this Award Agreement, or any other document related to the Award and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

13.                                Severability . The provisions of this Award Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

14.                                Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. The Grantee acknowledges that, depending on the Grantee’s country of residence, the Grantee may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect the Grantee’s ability to acquire or sell Shares or rights to Shares ( e.g. , Restricted Share Units) under the Plan during such times as the Grantee is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in the Grantee’s country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. The Grantee acknowledges that it is his or her responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and the Grantee is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

 

15.                                Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, on the Award and on any Shares issued upon settlement of the Award, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Grantee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

 

16.                                Waiver . The Grantee acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Award Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Award Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by the Grantee or any other Plan participant.

 

17.                                Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement.

 

7


 

(b)                                  Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, share dividend, share split, reverse share split or other similar change in the Shares, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Award Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Grantee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Award or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

 

(c)                                   Change and Modifications . This Award Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

 

(d)                                  Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Award Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Award Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

(f)                                    Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

 

(g)                                   Benefit and Binding Effect . This Award Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Award Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

(h)                                  Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Award Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

 

(i)                                      Integration . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

18.                                Dispute Resolution .

 

(a)                                  Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Award, this Award Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Award or this Award Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted

 

8



 

expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

 

(b)                                  The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

(c)                                   The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Award Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

(d)                                  Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Award Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

 

9



 

19.                                Acknowledgements of the Grantee .

 

(a)                                  Investment Intent at Grant . The Grantee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon settlement of this Award will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(b)                                  Investment Intent at Settlement . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Grantee shall represent and agree at the time of settlement of this Award resulting in the transfer of Shares that the Shares being acquired are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

(c)                                   No Obligation to Continue Service Relationship . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Award Agreement to continue the Grantee’s Service Relationship, and neither the Plan nor this Award Agreement shall interfere in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Service Relationship of the Grantee at any time.

 

10



 

Employee Award Agreement

 

The foregoing Award Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

By clicking accept, the Grantee agrees that this Award is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, Part A of the 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan and this Award Agreement, specifically including the arbitration provisions set forth in this Award Agreement. This Award Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Grantee, each of which are accepted and confirmed by the Grantee’s electronic acceptance below . Electronic acceptance of this Award Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

 

GRANTEE: [Solium to merge Grantee’s

 

Name and Address here]

 

1



 

Non-Employee Award Agreement

 

THE AWARD GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AWARD AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE SETTLEMENT THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

NON-EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER PART B OF THE ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

2014 RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

No. of Restricted Share Units Granted:

Grant Date:

Vesting Commencement Date:

Expiration Date:

 

Pursuant to Part B of Atlassian Corporation Plc 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan (the “Plan”) and the terms and conditions set forth in this Non-Employee Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”), Atlassian Corporation Plc (together with any successor, the “Company”), hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Share Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Share Unit shall relate to one Share of Class A Ordinary Shares. The Award shall be governed by and subject to the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement.

 

1.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of Award . The Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and, subject to the restrictions contained in this Award Agreement and the Plan, Shares issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Share Units have vested as provided in Section 2 of this Award Agreement and (ii) Shares have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement. In addition, the Restricted Share Units and any Shares issuable upon settlement of the Restricted Share Units, shall be subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan.

 

2.                                       Conditions and Vesting of Restricted Share Units . The Restricted Share Units are subject to both a time-based condition (the “Time Condition”) and performance-based vesting (the “Performance Vesting”) described in paragraphs (a) and (b) below, both of which must be satisfied prior to the Expiration Date before the Restricted Share Units will be deemed vested and may be settled in accordance with Section 4 of this Award Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Time Condition . Subject to the Performance Vesting described in paragraph (b) below, twenty-five (25) percent of the Restricted Share Units shall satisfy the Time Condition on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (the “Cliff Date”);

 

1



 

provided that the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining seventy-five (75) percent of the Restricted Share Units shall satisfy the Time Condition in twelve (12) equal quarterly installments on each quarterly anniversary following the Cliff Date, provided the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. For example, if the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date were February 18, then the quarterly anniversary would occur on May 18, August 18, November 18 and February 18 over the following twelve (12) quarters. Notwithstanding anything in this Award Agreement to the contrary in the case of a Sale Event, the Restricted Share Units shall be treated as provided in Section 3 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Performance Vesting . Subject to the Time Condition described in paragraph (a) above, the Restricted Share Units shall only satisfy the Performance Vesting on the first to occur of (i) a Sale Event or (ii) the Company’s Initial Public Offering, in either case, prior to the Expiration Date.

 

(c)                                   Vesting Date . Each date as of which both the Time Condition and Performance Vesting described in paragraphs (a) and (b) have been satisfied with respect to any Restricted Share Units shall be referred to as a “Vesting Date.” No Vesting Date shall occur after the Expiration Date. To the extent the Restricted Share Units have not satisfied both the Time Condition and the Performance Vesting, such Restricted Share Units shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date.

 

(d)                                  Nominal value of the Shares . It is a condition of the Award that the Grantee shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the nominal value of the Shares issued by the Company to the Grantee pursuant to this Award Agreement.

 

3.                                       Termination of Service Relationship . If the Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Group terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the Time Condition set forth in Section 2(a) above, any Restricted Share Units that have not satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such forfeited Restricted Share Units. Any Restricted Share Units that have satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall remain subject to the Performance Vesting set forth in Section 2(b) above, but shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date; provided, however that if the Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company is terminated for Cause, all Restricted Share Units, including any that have satisfied the Time Condition, shall terminate and be forfeited as of the date of such termination for Cause.

 

4.                                       Receipt of Shares . As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date, but in no event later than March 15 th  of the year following the calendar year in which the Vesting Date occurs, the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of Shares equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Share Units that have satisfied the Time Condition and Performance Vesting pursuant to Section 2 of this Award Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Grantee authorises the Board to procure, on the Grantee’s behalf, that a portion of the Shares (or depositary shares —see below) issued to the Grantee on or shortly after each Vesting Date are

 

2



 

sold on the Grantee’s behalf (pursuant to this authorisation and without further consent) to meet the obligation to pay the aggregate nominal value of the Shares issued at such time pursuant to Section 2(d), and the proceeds shall be paid to the Company. Any Shares issued to a Grantee shall be subject to the terms of the Articles. The Company may satisfy its obligation under this section by procuring the creation, delivery or transfer to the Grantee of depositary shares (and, if in certificated form, accompanying depositary receipts) representing the Shares which would otherwise be issued pursuant to this section. Any such depositary shares and/or receipts will be created and delivered in accordance with and subject to the terms of a deposit agreement to be entered into between the Company and a depositary chosen and appointed by the Company, on such terms as the Board in its absolute discretion considers to be appropriate, for the purposes of administering such a depositary programme. References in this Award Agreement to Shares or the issue of Shares shall consequently be read as including such depositary shares and/or receipts or the creation, delivery or transfer of such depositary shares and/or receipts as appropriate. Grantees are deemed to consent to the Shares being held by the depositary in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

5.                                       Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Award Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Committee set forth in the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Award Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

6.                                       Responsibility for Taxes . The Grantee acknowledges that he or she is responsible for any tax liabilities that arise in connection with the Award. The Grantee further acknowledges that the Group (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any tax liabilities in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Share Units, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Share Units, the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired under the Plan and the receipt of any dividends or dividend equivalents; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Restricted Share Units to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s liability for tax or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Grantee is subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable event, as applicable, the Grantee acknowledges that it is the Grantee’s responsibility to settle such liabilities..

 

7.                                       Nature of Grant . In accepting the Award, the Grantee acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

 

(a)                                  any Shares issued pursuant to this Award are subject to restrictions on transfer and certain post-IPO lockup provisions as set forth in the Plan;

 

(b)                                  the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

 

(c)                                   the grant of the Restricted Share Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of restricted share units, or

 

3



 

benefits in lieu of restricted share units, even if restricted share units have been granted in the past;

 

(d)                                  all decisions with respect to future restricted share units or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(e)                                   the Award and the Grantee’s participation in the Plan shall not be interpreted as forming an employment contract with the Company;

 

(f)                                    the Grantee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(g)                                   the Award and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

(h)                                  the Award and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any, termination, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or payments or welfare benefits or similar payments, if any;

 

(i)                                      the future value of the Shares underlying the Award is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(j)                                     no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Award resulting from the termination of the Grantee’s Service Relationship (for any reason whatsoever), and in consideration of the grant of the Restricted Share Units to which the Grantee is otherwise not entitled, the Grantee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company or any Subsidiary, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company and any other Subsidiary from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, the Grantee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

 

(k)                                  unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Award and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Share Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

 

(l) neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Grantee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Award or of any amounts due to the Grantee pursuant to settlement of the Award or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement.

 

8.                                       No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, or the Grantee’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that he/she has not received any advice from the Company

 

4



 

(nor any of its subsidiaries), whether of a general or personal nature. The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that he/ she should obtain his/ her own advice, including consulting with his or her own tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

9.                                       Data Privacy . The Grantee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Grantee’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other Award grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Company and any Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.

 

The Grantee understands that the Company may hold certain personal information about the Grantee, including, but not limited to, the Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Grantee’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

 

The Grantee understands that Data will be transferred to the stock plan service provider selected by the Company, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Grantee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Grantee’s country. The Grantee understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Grantee authorizes the Company, the stock plan service provider and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan. The Grantee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Grantee’s participation in the Plan. The Grantee understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, the Grantee understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Grantee does not consent, or if the Grantee later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her service with the Group will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing consent is that the Company would not be able to grant the Grantee Restricted Share Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, the Grantee understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the Grantee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Grantee understands that he or she may contact the local human resources representative.

 

10.                                Governing Law; Venue . The Award and the provisions of this Award Agreement are governed by, and subject to, the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict

 

5



 

of law provisions. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce this Award Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of San Francisco County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, including any courts where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

 

11.                                Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. The Grantee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

12.                                Language . If the Grantee has received this Award Agreement, or any other document related to the Award and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

13.                                Severability . The provisions of this Award Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

14.                                Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. The Grantee acknowledges that, depending on the Grantee’s country of residence, the Grantee may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect the Grantee’s ability to acquire or sell Shares or rights to Shares ( e.g. , Restricted Share Units) under the Plan during such times as the Grantee is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in the Grantee’s country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. The Grantee acknowledges that it is his or her responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and the Grantee is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

 

15.                                Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, on the Award and on any Shares issued upon settlement of the Award, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Grantee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

 

16.                                Waiver . The Grantee acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Award Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Award Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by the Grantee or any other Plan participant.

 

17.                                Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement.

 

6


 

(b)                                  Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, share dividend, share split, reverse share split or other similar change in the Shares, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Award Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Grantee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Award or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

 

(c)                                   Change and Modifications . This Award Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

 

(d)                                  Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Award Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Award Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

(f)                                    Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

 

(g)                                   Benefit and Binding Effect . This Award Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Award Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

(h)                                  Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Award Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

 

(i)                                      Integration . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

18.                                Dispute Resolution .

 

(a)                                  Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Award, this Award Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Award or this Award Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted

 

7



 

expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

 

(b)                                  The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

(c)                                   The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Award Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

(d)                                  Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Award Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

 

8



 

19.                                Acknowledgements of the Grantee .

 

(a)                                  Investment Intent at Grant . The Grantee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon settlement of this Award will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(b)                                  Investment Intent at Settlement . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Grantee shall represent and agree at the time of settlement of this Award resulting in the transfer of Shares that the Shares being acquired are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

(c)                                   No Obligation to Continue Service Relationship . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Award Agreement to continue the Grantee’s Service Relationship, and neither the Plan nor this Award Agreement shall interfere in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Service Relationship of the Grantee at any time.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

9



 

Non-Employee Award Agreement

 

The foregoing Award Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

By clicking accept, the Grantee agrees that this Award is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, Part B of the 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan and this Award Agreement, specifically including the arbitration provisions set forth in this Award Agreement. This Award Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Grantee, each of which are accepted and confirmed by the Grantee’s electronic acceptance below . Electronic acceptance of this Award Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

 

GRANTEE: [Solium to merge Grantee’s Name and Address here]

 

1



 

Employee Award Agreement

 

THE AWARD GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AWARD AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE SETTLEMENT THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR GRANTEES OUTSIDE THE U.S.

UNDER PART A OF THE ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

2014 RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

No. of Restricted Share Units Granted:

Grant Date:

Vesting Commencement Date:

Expiration Date:

 

Pursuant to Part A of the Atlassian Corporation PLC 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan (the “Plan”) and the terms and conditions set forth in this Employee Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement for Grantees Outside the U.S. (the “Award Agreement”), including any additional terms and conditions for the Grantee’s country set forth in the Appendix attached hereto (“Appendix,” and, together with the Award Agreement, the “Agreement”), Atlassian Corporation PLC (together with any successor, the “Company”), hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Share Units listed above (the “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Share Unit shall relate to one Share of [ Class A Ordinary Shares ] [ Restricted Shares ] . The Award shall be governed by and subject to the terms of the Plan and the Agreement.

 

1.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of Award . The Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and, subject to the restrictions contained in the Agreement and the Plan, Shares issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Share Units have vested as provided in Section 2 of this Award Agreement and (ii) Shares have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Agreement. In addition, the Restricted Share Units and any Shares issuable upon settlement of the Restricted Share Units shall be subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan.

 

2.                                       Conditions and Vesting of Restricted Share Units . The Restricted Share Units are subject to both a time-based condition (the “Time Condition”) and performance-based vesting (the “Performance Vesting”) described in paragraphs (a) and (b) below, both of which must be satisfied prior to the Expiration Date before the Restricted Share Units will be deemed vested and may be settled in accordance with Section 4 of this Award Agreement.

 



 

(a)                                  Time Condition . Subject to the Performance Vesting described in paragraph (b) below, [25] percent of the Restricted Share Units shall satisfy the Time Condition on the 18th day of February, May, August or November, whichever most closely follows the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (the “Cliff Date”); provided that the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining [75] percent of the Restricted Share Units shall satisfy the Time Condition in [12] equal [ quarterly ] installments following the Cliff Date, provided the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Notwithstanding anything in this Award Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, the Restricted Share Units shall be treated as provided in Section 3 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Performance Vesting . Subject to the Time Condition described in paragraph (a) above, the Restricted Share Units shall only satisfy the Performance Vesting on the first to occur of (i) a Sale Event or (ii) the Company’s Initial Public Offering, in either case, prior to the Expiration Date.

 

(c)                                   Vesting Date . Each date as of which both the Time Condition and Performance Vesting described in paragraphs (a) and (b) have been satisfied with respect to any Restricted Share Units shall be referred to as a “Vesting Date.” No Vesting Date shall occur after the Expiration Date. To the extent the Restricted Share Units have not satisfied both the Time Condition and the Performance Vesting, such Restricted Share Units shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date.

 

(d)                                  Nominal Value of the Shares . It is a condition of the Award that the Grantee shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the nominal value of the Shares issued by the Company to the Grantee pursuant to the Agreement.

 

3.                                       Termination of Service Relationship . If the Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Group terminates for any reason (including death or Disability) prior to the satisfaction of the Time Condition set forth in Section 2(a) above, any Restricted Share Units that have not satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such forfeited Restricted Share Units. Any Restricted Share Units that have satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall remain subject to the Performance Vesting set forth in Section 2(b) above, but shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date; provided, however, that if the Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company is terminated for Cause, all Restricted Share Units, including any that have satisfied the Time Condition, shall terminate and be forfeited as of the date of such termination for Cause.

 

For purposes of the Restricted Share Units, the Grantee’s Service Relationship will be considered terminated as of the date the Grantee is no longer actively providing services to the Group (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Grantee is employed or the terms of the Grantee’s employment or service agreement, if any) and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g. , the Grantee’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Grantee is employed or the terms of the Grantee’s employment or service

 

2



 

agreement, if any); the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Grantee is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Restricted Share Units (including whether the Grantee may still be considered to be providing services while on an approved leave of absence).

 

4.                                       Receipt of Shares . As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date, but in no event later than March 15 th  of the year following the calendar year in which the Vesting Date occurs, the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of Shares equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Share Units that have satisfied both the Time Condition and Performance Vesting pursuant to Section 2 of this Award Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the Agreement, the Grantee authorises the Board to procure, on the Grantee’s behalf, that a portion of the Shares (or depositary shares—see below) issued to the Grantee on or shortly after each Vesting Date be sold on the Grantee’s behalf (pursuant to this authorisation and without further consent) to meet the obligation to pay the aggregate nominal value of the Shares issued at such time pursuant to Section 2(d), and the proceeds shall be paid to the Company. Any Shares issued to the Grantee shall be subject to the terms of the Articles. The Company may satisfy its obligation under this section by procuring the creation, delivery or transfer to the Grantee of depositary shares (and, if in certificated form, accompanying depositary receipts) representing the Shares which would otherwise be issued pursuant to this section. Any such depositary shares and/or receipts will be created and delivered in accordance with and subject to the terms of a deposit agreement to be entered into between the Company and a depositary chosen and appointed by the Company, on such terms as the Board in its absolute discretion considers to be appropriate, for the purposes of administering such a depositary programme. References in the Agreement to Shares or the issue of Shares shall consequently be read as including such depositary shares and/or receipts or the creation, delivery or transfer of such depositary shares and/or receipts as appropriate. The Grantee is deemed to consent to the Shares being held by the depositary in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

5.                                       Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Committee set forth in the Plan. Capitalized terms in the Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

6.                                       Responsibility for Taxes . The Grantee acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, the Subsidiary which employs the Grantee (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, social security liabilities, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Grantee (“Tax-Related Items”) is and remains the Grantee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. The Grantee further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Share Units, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Share Units, the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired under the Plan and the receipt of any dividends or dividend equivalents; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Restricted Share Units to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s liability for Tax-Related Items

 

3



 

or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Grantee is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, the Grantee acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

Prior to the relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Grantee agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, the Grantee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy their withholding obligations, if any, with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

 

(1)                                  withholding from the Grantee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Grantee by the Company and/or the Employer; or

 

(2)                                  withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired upon settlement of the Restricted Share Units either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Grantee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization without further consent) which method may be limited to Grantees who are not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act; or

 

(3)                                  withholding from Shares to be issued upon settlement of the Restricted Share Units the number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due; or

 

(4)                                  by any other method deemed by the Company to comply with applicable laws.

 

Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case the Grantee will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the equivalent in Shares. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Grantee is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the vested Restricted Share Units, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

 

Finally, the Grantee agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares if the Grantee fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

7.                                       Nature of Grant . In accepting the Award, the Grantee acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

 

(a)                                  any Shares issued pursuant to the Award may be subject to restrictions on transfer and certain post-IPO lockup provisions as set forth in the Plan;

 

4


 

(b)                                  the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

 

(c)                                   the grant of the Restricted Share Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of restricted share units, or benefits in lieu of restricted share units, even if restricted share units have been granted in the past;

 

(d)                                  all decisions with respect to future restricted share units or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(e)                                   the Award and the Grantee’s participation in the Plan shall not be interpreted as forming an employment or service contract with the Company;

 

(f)                                    the Grantee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(g)                                   the Award and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

(h)                                  the Award and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or payments or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

(i)                                      unless otherwise agreed with the Company, the Award and the Shares subject to the Award, and the income and value of same, are not granted as consideration for, or in connection with, any service the Grantee may provide as a director of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(j)                                     the future value of the Shares underlying the Award is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(k)                                  no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Award resulting from the termination of the Grantee’s Service Relationship (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Grantee is employed or the terms of the Grantee’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Restricted Share Units to which the Grantee is otherwise not entitled, the Grantee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Employer, the Company or any other Subsidiary, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Employer, the Company and any other Subsidiary from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, the Grantee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

 

(l)                                      unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Award and the benefits evidenced by the Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the

 

5



 

Restricted Share Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

 

(m)                              neither the Employer, the Company nor any other Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Grantee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Award or of any amounts due to the Grantee pursuant to settlement of the Award or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement.

 

8.                                       No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, or the Grantee’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that he/she has not received any advice from the Company (nor any Subsidiary), whether of a general or personal nature. The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that he/ she should obtain his/ her own advice, including consulting with his or her own tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

9.                                       Data Privacy . The Grantee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Grantee’s personal data as described in the Agreement and any other Award grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any other Subsidiary or Affiliate for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.

 

The Grantee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about the Grantee, including, but not limited to, the Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Grantee’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

 

The Grantee understands that Data will be transferred to the stock plan service provider selected by the Company, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Grantee understands that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country ( e.g. , the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Grantee’s country. The Grantee understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Grantee authorizes the Company, the stock plan service provider and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan. The Grantee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Grantee’s participation in the Plan. The Grantee understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary

 

6



 

amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, the Grantee understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Grantee does not consent, or if the Grantee later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her Service Relationship and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing consent is that the Company would not be able to grant the Grantee Restricted Share Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, the Grantee understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the Grantee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Grantee understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

 

10.                                Governing Law . The Award and the provisions of the Agreement are governed by, and subject to, the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of law provisions.

 

11.                                Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. The Grantee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

12.                                Language . If the Grantee has received the Agreement, or any other document related to the Award and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

13.                                Severability . The provisions of the Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

14.                                Appendix . Notwithstanding any provisions in this Award Agreement, the Award shall be subject to any additional terms and conditions set forth in any Appendix to this Award Agreement for the Grantee’s country. Moreover, if the Grantee relocates to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to the Grantee, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Appendix constitutes part of the Agreement.

 

15.                                Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. The Grantee acknowledges that, depending on the Grantee’s country, the Grantee may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect the Grantee’s ability to acquire or sell Shares or rights to Shares ( e.g. , Restricted Share Units) under the Plan during such times as the Grantee is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in the Grantee’s country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. The Grantee acknowledges that it is his or her responsibility to comply

 

7



 

with any applicable restrictions, and the Grantee is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

 

16.                                Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, on the Award and on any Shares issued upon settlement of the Award, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Grantee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

 

17.                                Waiver . The Grantee acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of the Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of the Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by the Grantee or any other Plan participant.

 

18.                                Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of the Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of the Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, share dividend, share split, reverse share split or other similar change in the Shares, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in the Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Grantee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, the Award or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

 

(c)                                   Change and Modifications . The Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. The Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

 

(d)                                  Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of the Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of the Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of the Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

(f)                                    Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

 

8



 

(g)                                   Benefit and Binding Effect . The Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign the Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

(h)                                  Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, the Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

 

(i)                                      Integration . The Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

19.                                Dispute Resolution .

 

(a)                                  Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Award, the Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Award or the Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

 

(b)                                  The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

(c)                                   The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to the Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This section applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

9



 

(d)                                  Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that the Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

 

20.                                Acknowledgements of the Grantee .

 

(a)                                  Investment Intent at Grant . The Grantee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon settlement of the Award will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(b)                                  Investment Intent at Settlement . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Grantee shall represent and agree at the time of settlement of the Award resulting in the transfer of Shares that the Shares being acquired are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

(c)                                   No Obligation to Continue Service Relationship . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or the Agreement to continue the Grantee’s Service Relationship, and neither the Plan nor the Agreement shall interfere in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Service Relationship of the Grantee at any time.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10



 

Employee Award Agreement

 

The foregoing Award Agreement, including the additional terms and conditions for the Grantee’s country set forth in the Appendix attached hereto, is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

By signing below, the Grantee agrees that the Award is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, Part A of the 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan and the Agreement, specifically including the additional terms and conditions for the Grantee’s country set forth in the Appendix attached hereto and the arbitration provisions set forth in this Award Agreement. The Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Grantee, each of which are accepted and confirmed by the Grantee’s signature below . Electronic acceptance of the Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

 

GRANTEE:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 



 

APPENDIX

 

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

OF THE

EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR GRANTEES OUTSIDE THE U.S.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix are defined in the Plan and/or the Award Agreement, and have the meanings set forth therein.

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

This Appendix includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Award granted to the Grantee under the Plan if the Grantee resides and/or works in one of the countries listed below.

 

If the Grantee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently residing and/or working, is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, or transfers employment and/or residency between countries after the Grant Date, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to what extent the additional terms and conditions included herein will apply to the Grantee under these circumstances.

 

NOTIFICATIONS

 

This Appendix also includes information regarding securities, exchange controls, tax and certain other issues of which the Grantee should be aware with respect to his or her participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, tax and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of January 2015. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that the Grantee not rely on the information noted in this Appendix as the only source of information relating to the consequences of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time that the Grantee vests in the Award or sell Shares acquired under the Plan.

 

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to the Grantee’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure the Grantee of a particular result. Accordingly, the Grantee is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in the Grantee’s country may apply to his or her situation.

 

If the Grantee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently residing and/or working, is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, or transfers employment between countries after the Grant Date, the information contained herein may not be applicable in the same manner to the Grantee.

 

2



 

FRANCE

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

Language Consent . By accepting the Agreement providing for the terms and conditions of the Award, the Grantee confirms having read and understood the documents relating to the Award (the Plan and the Agreement) which were provided in English language. The Grantee accepts the terms of those documents accordingly.

 

Consentement relatif à la Langue . En acceptant le Contrat décrivant les termes et conditions de l’Attribution, le Bénéficiaire confirme avoir lu et compris les documents relatifs à l’Attribution (le Plan et le Contrat) qui ont été fournis en langue anglaise. Le Bénéficiaire accepte les termes de ces documents en connaissance de cause.

 

NOTIFICATIONS

 

Tax Information .      The Award is not intended to be a French tax-qualified award.

 

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information .         If the Grantee maintains a foreign bank account, the Grantee is required to report such to the French tax authorities when filing his or her annual tax return.

 

JAPAN

 

NOTIFICATIONS

 

Exchange Control Information . If the Grantee transfers more than ¥30,000,000 in a single transaction for the purchase of Shares when the Restricted Share Units vest, the Grantee must file a Payment Report with the Ministry of Finance through the Bank of Japan by the 20th day of the month following the month in which the payment was made. The precise reporting requirements vary depending on whether the relevant payment is made through a bank in Japan.

 

If the Grantee acquires Shares valued at more than ¥100,000,000 in a single transaction, the Grantee must file a Securities Acquisition Report with the Ministry of Finance through the Bank of Japan within 20 days of the purchase of the Shares. The aforementioned Payment Report is required independently of the Securities Acquisition Report, and therefore, if the total amount the Grantee pays upon a one-time transaction for vesting of the Restricted Share Units exceeds ¥100,000,000, the Grantee must file both a Payment Report and a Securities Acquisition Report.

 

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . The Grantee is required to report details of any assets (including any Shares acquired under the Plan) held outside of Japan as of December 31 each year, to the extent such assets have a total net fair market value exceeding ¥50 million. Such report will be due by March 15 th  of the following year. The Grantee is advised to consult with his or her personal tax advisor as to whether the reporting obligation applies and whether the Grantee will be required to report details of any Restricted Share Units or Shares he or she hold.

 

3


 

KOREA

 

NOTIFICATIONS

 

Exchange Control Information . If the Grantee remits funds out of Korea for the vesting of Restricted Share Units and the acquisition of Shares, the remittance of funds must be confirmed by a foreign exchange bank in Korea. The Grantee should submit the following supporting documents evidencing the nature of the remittance to the bank together with the confirmation application: (i) the Agreement; (ii) the Plan; and (iii) the Grantee’s certificate of employment.

 

If the Grantee realizes US$500,000 or more from the sale of Shares or the receipt of any dividends in a single transaction, Korean exchange control laws require the Grantee to repatriate the proceeds to Korea within 18 months of the sale or receipt of such proceeds.

 

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . Korean residents must declare all foreign financial accounts ( i.e. , non-Korean bank accounts, brokerage accounts, etc.) to the Korean tax authority and file a report with respect to such accounts if the value of such accounts exceeds KRW 1 billion (or an equivalent amount in foreign currency). The Grantee should consult with his or her personal tax advisor to determine his or her personal reporting obligations.

 

NETHERLANDS

 

There are no country-specific provisions.

 

PHILIPPINES

 

NOTIFICATIONS

 

Securities Law Information . The Grantee is permitted to dispose or sell Shares acquired under the Plan provided the offer and resale of the Shares takes place outside of the Philippines through the facilities of a stock exchange on which the Shares are listed. Currently, the Shares are not publicly traded on any stock exchange.

 

UNITED KINGDOM

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

Payable in Shares Only . Notwithstanding any discretion in the Plan or anything to the contrary in the Award Agreement, the Award does not provide any right for the Grantee to receive a cash payment, and the Restricted Share Units are payable in Shares only.

 

Responsibility for Taxes . The following provisions supplement Section 6 of the Award Agreement:

 

If payment or withholding of the Tax-Related Items is not made within 90 days of the end of the U.K. tax year in which the event giving rise to the Tax-Related Items occurs or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “Due Date”), the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by the

 

4



 

Grantee to the Employer, effective on the Due Date. The Grantee agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current official rate of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”), it will be immediately due and repayable, and the Company or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 6 of the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Grantee is a director or executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), the Grantee will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the income tax due. In the event that the Grantee is a director or executive officer and the income tax is not collected from or paid by the Grantee by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax may constitute a benefit to the Grantee on which additional income tax and national insurance contributions may be payable. The Grantee is responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime, and for reimbursing the Company and/or the Employer (as applicable) the amount of any employee National Insurance contributions due on this additional benefit which may be recovered from the Grantee at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 6 of the Award Agreement.

 

Joint Election for Transferring Employer National Insurance Contributions . As a condition of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, the Grantee agrees to accept any liability for secondary Class 1 National Insurance contributions (the “Employer’s Liability”) which may be payable by the Company and/or the Employer in connection with the Award and any event giving rise to Tax-Related Items. Without limitation to the foregoing, the Grantee agrees to execute a joint election with the Company (the “Joint Election”), the form of such Joint Election being formally approved by HMRC, and any other consent or elections required to accomplish the transfer of the Employer’s Liability to the Grantee. The Grantee further agrees to execute such other joint elections as may be required between him or her and any successor to the Company and/or the Employer. The Grantee further agrees that the Company and/or the Employer may collect the Employer’s Liability by any of the means set forth in Section 6 of the Award Agreement.

 

If the Grantee does not enter into the Joint Election prior to vesting of the Award or any other event giving rise to Tax-Related Items, the Grantee will forfeit the Award and any benefits in connection with the Award, and any Shares that have been issued will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company, without any liability to the Company and/or the Employer.

 

5



 

Employee Award Agreement - Australia

 

THE AWARD GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AWARD AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE SETTLEMENT THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER PART A OF THE ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

2014 RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

 

 

No. of Restricted Share Units Granted:

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

Pursuant to Part A of the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan (the “Plan”) and the terms and conditions set forth in this Employee Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”), Atlassian Corporation Plc (together with any successor, the “Company”), hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Share Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Share Unit shall relate to one Share of Class A Ordinary Shares. The Award shall be governed by and subject to the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement.

 

1.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of Award . The Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and, subject to the restrictions contained in this Award Agreement and the Plan, Shares issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Share Units have vested as provided in Section 2 of this Award Agreement and (ii) Shares have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement. In addition, the Restricted Share Units and any Shares issuable upon settlement of the Restricted Share Units, shall be subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan.

 

2.                                       Conditions and Vesting of Restricted Share Units . The Restricted Share Units are subject to both a time-based condition (the “Time Condition”) and performance-based vesting (the “Performance Vesting”) described in paragraphs (a) and (b) below, both of which must be satisfied prior to the Expiration Date before the Restricted Share Units will be deemed vested and may be settled in accordance with Section 4 of this Award Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Time Condition . Subject to the Performance Vesting described in paragraph (b) below, twenty-five (25) percent of the Restricted Share Units shall satisfy the Time Condition on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (the “Cliff Date”);

 

1



 

provided that the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining seventy-five (75) percent of the Restricted Share Units shall satisfy the Time Condition in twelve (12) equal quarterly installments on each quarterly anniversary following the Cliff Date, provided the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. For example, if the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date were February 18, then the quarterly anniversary would occur on May 18, August 18, November 18 and February 18 over the following twelve (12) quarters. Notwithstanding anything in this Award Agreement to the contrary in the case of a Sale Event, the Restricted Share Units shall be treated as provided in Section 3 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Performance Vesting . Subject to the Time Condition described in paragraph (a) above, the Restricted Share Units shall only satisfy the Performance Vesting on the first to occur of (i) a Sale Event or (ii) the Company’s Initial Public Offering, in either case, prior to the Expiration Date.

 

(c)                                   Vesting Date . Each date as of which both the Time Condition and Performance Vesting described in paragraphs (a) and (b) have been satisfied with respect to any Restricted Share Units shall be referred to as a “Vesting Date.” No Vesting Date shall occur after the Expiration Date. To the extent the Restricted Share Units have not satisfied both the Time Condition and the Performance Vesting, such Restricted Share Units shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date.

 

(d)                                  Nominal value of the Shares . It is a condition of the Award that the Grantee shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the nominal value of the Shares issued by the Company to the Grantee pursuant to this Award Agreement.

 

3.                                       Termination of Service Relationship . If the Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Group terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the Time Condition set forth in Section 2(a) above, any Restricted Share Units that have not satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such forfeited Restricted Share Units. Any Restricted Share Units that have satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall remain subject to the Performance Vesting set forth in Section 2(b) above, but shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date; provided, however that if the Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company is terminated for Cause, all Restricted Share Units, including any that have satisfied the Time Condition, shall terminate and be forfeited as of the date of such termination for Cause.

 

4.                                       Receipt of Shares . As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date, but in no event later than March 15 th  of the year following the calendar year in which the Vesting Date occurs, the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of Shares equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Share Units that have satisfied the Time Condition and Performance Vesting pursuant to Section 2 of this Award Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Award Agreement, at any time prior to issuing the Shares as set out above, the Company may elect to satisfy the Award in cash in lieu of Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Award Agreement, the

 

2



 

Grantee authorises the Board to procure, on the Grantee’s behalf, that a portion of the Shares (or depositary shares —see below) issued to the Grantee on or shortly after each Vesting Date are sold on the Grantee’s behalf (pursuant to this authorisation and without further consent) to meet the obligation to pay the aggregate nominal value of the Shares issued at such time pursuant to Section 2(d), and the proceeds shall be paid to the Company. Any Shares issued to a Grantee shall be subject to the terms of the Articles. The Company may satisfy its obligation under this section by procuring the creation, delivery or transfer to the Grantee of depositary shares (and, if in certificated form, accompanying depositary receipts) representing the Shares which would otherwise be issued pursuant to this section. Any such depositary shares and/or receipts will be created and delivered in accordance with and subject to the terms of a deposit agreement to be entered into between the Company and a depositary chosen and appointed by the Company, on such terms as the Board in its absolute discretion considers to be appropriate, for the purposes of administering such a depositary programme. References in this Award Agreement to Shares or the issue of Shares shall consequently be read as including such depositary shares and/or receipts or the creation, delivery or transfer of such depositary shares and/or receipts as appropriate. Grantees are deemed to consent to the Shares being held by the depositary in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

5.                                       Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Award Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Committee set forth in the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Award Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

6.                                       Responsibility for Taxes . The Grantee acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, the Subsidiary which employs the Grantee (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, social security liabilities, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Grantee (“Tax-Related Items”) is and remains the Grantee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. The Grantee further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Share Units, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Share Units, the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired under the Plan and the receipt of any dividends or dividend equivalents; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Restricted Share Units to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Grantee is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Grantee acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

Prior to the relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Grantee agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, the Grantee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy their withholding obligations, if any, with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

 

3



 

(1)                                  withholding from the Grantee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Grantee by the Company and/or the Employer; or

 

(2)                                  withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired upon settlement of the Restricted Share Units either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Grantee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization without further consent) which method may be limited to Grantees who are not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act; or

 

(3)                                  withholding from Shares to be issued upon settlement of the Restricted Share Units the number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due; or

 

(4)                                  by any other method deemed by the Company to comply with applicable laws.

 

Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case the Grantee will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the equivalent in shares. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Grantee is deemed to have been issued the full number of shares subject to the vested Restricted Share Units, notwithstanding that a number of the shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

 

Finally, the Grantee agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares if the Grantee fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

7.                                       Nature of Grant . In accepting the Award, the Grantee acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

 

(a)                                  any Shares issued pursuant to this Award are subject to restrictions on transfer and certain post-IPO lockup provisions as set forth in the Plan;

 

(b)                                  the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

 

(c)                                   the grant of the Restricted Share Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of restricted share units, or benefits in lieu of restricted share units, even if restricted share units have been granted in the past;

 

(d)                                  all decisions with respect to future restricted share units or other grants or the making of elections, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

4



 

(e)                                   the Award and the Grantee’s participation in the Plan shall not be interpreted as forming an employment contract with the Company;

 

(f)                                    the Grantee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(g)                                   the Award and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

(h)                                  the Award and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or payments or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

(i)                                      the future value of the Shares underlying the Award is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(j)                                     no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Award resulting from the termination of the Grantee’s employment relationship (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Grantee is employed or the terms of the Grantee’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Restricted Share Units to which the Grantee is otherwise not entitled, the Grantee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Employer, the Company or any other Subsidiary, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Employer, the Company and any other Subsidiary from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, the Grantee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

 

(k)                                  unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Award and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Share Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

 

(l)                                      neither the Employer, the Company nor any other Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Grantee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Award or of any amounts due to the Grantee pursuant to settlement of the Award or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement.

 

8.                                       No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, or the Grantee’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that he/she has not received any advice from the Company (nor any of its subsidiaries), whether of a general or personal nature. The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that he/ she should obtain his/ her own advice, including consulting with his or her

 

5



 

own tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

9.                                       Data Privacy . The Grantee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Grantee’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other Award grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any other Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.

 

The Grantee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about the Grantee, including, but not limited to, the Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Grantee’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

 

The Grantee understands that Data will be transferred to the stock plan service provider selected by the Company, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Grantee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Grantee’s country. The Grantee understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Grantee authorizes the Company, the stock plan service provider and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan. The Grantee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Grantee’s participation in the Plan. The Grantee understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, the Grantee understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Grantee does not consent, or if the Grantee later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing consent is that the Company would not be able to grant the Grantee Restricted Share Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, the Grantee understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the Grantee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Grantee understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

 

10.                                Governing Law; Venue . The Award and the provisions of this Award Agreement are governed by, and subject to, the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of law provisions. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce this Award Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent

 

6



 

to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of San Francisco County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, including any courts where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

 

11.                                Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. The Grantee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

12.                                Language . If the Grantee has received this Award Agreement, or any other document related to the Award and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

13.                                Severability . The provisions of this Award Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

14.                                Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. The Grantee acknowledges that, depending on the Grantee’s country of residence, the Grantee may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect the Grantee’s ability to acquire or sell Shares or rights to Shares ( e.g. , Restricted Share Units) under the Plan during such times as the Grantee is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in the Grantee’s country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. The Grantee acknowledges that it is his or her responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and the Grantee is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

 

15.                                Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, on the Award and on any Shares issued upon settlement of the Award, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Grantee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

 

16.                                Waiver . The Grantee acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Award Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Award Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by the Grantee or any other Plan participant.

 

17.                                Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement.

 

7


 

(b)                                  Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, share dividend, share split, reverse share split or other similar change in the Shares, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Award Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Grantee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Award or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

 

(c)                                   Change and Modifications . This Award Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

 

(d)                                  Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Award Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Award Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

(f)                                    Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

 

(g)                                   Benefit and Binding Effect . This Award Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Award Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

(h)                                  Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Award Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

 

(i)                                      Integration . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

18.                                Dispute Resolution .

 

(a)                                  Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Award, this Award Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Award or this Award Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted

 

8



 

expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

 

(b)                                  The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

(c)                                   The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Award Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

(d)                                  Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Award Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

 

9



 

19.                                Acknowledgements of the Grantee .

 

(a)                                  Investment Intent at Grant . The Grantee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon settlement of this Award will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(b)                                  Investment Intent at Settlement . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Grantee shall represent and agree at the time of settlement of this Award resulting in the transfer of Shares that the Shares being acquired are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

(c)                                   No Obligation to Continue Service Relationship . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Award Agreement to continue the Grantee’s Service Relationship, and neither the Plan nor this Award Agreement shall interfere in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Service Relationship of the Grantee at any time.

 

10



 

Employee Award Agreement - Australia

 

The foregoing Award Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

By clicking accept, the Grantee agrees that this Award is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, Part A of the 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan and this Award Agreement, specifically including the arbitration provisions set forth in this Award Agreement. This Award Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Grantee, each of which are accepted and confirmed by the Grantee’s electronic acceptance below . Electronic acceptance of this Award Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

 

GRANTEE: [Solium to merge Grantee’s Name and Address here]

 

1




Exhibit 10.6

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

20 15 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

SECTION 1.  GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

 

The name of the plan is the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2015 Share Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the executive officers and employees of Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its businesses to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.  It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company and its shareholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

“Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

“Administrator” means either the Board or the compensation and leadership development committee of the Board or a similar committee performing the functions of the compensation and leadership development committee and which is comprised of not less than two Non-Employee Directors who are independent.

 

“Award” or “Awards,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Share Options, Non-Qualified Share Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Share Units, Restricted Share Awards, Unrestricted Share Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Performance Share Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights.

 

“Award Certificate” means a written or electronic document setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan.  Each Award Certificate is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

“Cash-Based Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive a cash-denominated payment.

 

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor code, and related rules, regulations, guidance and interpretations.

 

“Covered Employee” means an employee who is a “Covered Employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

1



 

“Dividend Equivalent Right” means an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the Shares specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other Award to which it relates) if such Shares had been issued to and held by the grantee.

 

“Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan becomes effective as set forth in Section 21.

 

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

“Fair Market Value” of the Share on any given date means the fair market value of the Share determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Share is admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), NASDAQ Global Market or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price on the given date.  If there are no market quotations for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there are market quotations; provided further, however, that if the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Share are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

 

“Incentive Share Option” means any Share Option designated and qualified as an “incentive share option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

 

“Initial Public Offering” means the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, or such other event as a result of or following which the Shares shall be publicly held.

 

“Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

“Non-Qualified Share Option” means any Share Option that is not an Incentive Share Option.

 

“Option” or “Share Option” means any option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section 5.

 

“Performance-Based Award” means any Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Units, Performance Share Award or Cash-Based Award granted to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

“Performance Criteria” means the criteria that the Administrator selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals applicable to a Performance Share Award for a Performance Cycle.  The Performance Criteria (which shall be applicable to the organizational level specified by the Administrator, including, but not limited to, the Company,

 

2



 

Subsidiary or a unit, division or group of the Company) that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following:  total shareholder return, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of the Shares, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue or bookings, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share, sales or market shares, number of customers and number of average users, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group.  The Administrator may appropriately adjust any evaluation performance under a Performance Criterion to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a Performance Cycle: (i) asset write-downs or impairments, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reporting results, (iv) accruals for reorganizations and restructuring programs, and (v) any item of an unusual nature or of a type that indicates infrequency of occurrence, or both, including those described in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s authoritative guidance or similar guidance from any other accounting standards board relevant to the Company and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition of operations appearing the Company’s annual report to shareholders for the applicable year.

 

“Performance Cycle” means one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Criteria will be measured for the purpose of determining a grantee’s right to and the payment of a Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Units, Performance Share Award or Cash-Based Award, the vesting and/or payment of which is subject to the attainment of one or more Performance Goals.  Each such period shall not be less than 12 months.

 

“Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Cycle, the specific goals established in writing by the Administrator for a Performance Cycle based upon the Performance Criteria.

 

“Performance Share Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to acquire Shares upon the attainment of specified performance goals.

 

“Restricted Shares” means the Shares underlying a Restricted Share Award that remain subject to a risk of forfeiture or the Company’s right of repurchase.

 

“Restricted Share Award” means an Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

 

“Restricted Share Units” means an Award of share units subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

 

“Sale Event” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity (including in connection with a voluntary winding up of the Company), (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to

 

3



 

which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding shares immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding shares or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the shares of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

 

Sale Price ” means the value as determined by the Administrator of the consideration payable, or otherwise to be received by shareholders, per Share pursuant to a Sale Event.

 

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code.

 

“Share” means the Class A ordinary shares, nominal value $0.10 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3.

 

“Share Appreciation Right” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive Shares or a cash payment having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Share Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which the Share Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

 

“Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has more than a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

 

Tax Liability ” means any amount of U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state or local income tax, social security (or similar) contributions, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account and/or other tax-related items related to any Award granted under the Plan and legally applicable to the grantee, which any member of the Company and/or a Subsidiary becomes liable to pay on the grantee’s behalf to the relevant authorities in any jurisdiction.

 

“Ten Percent Owner” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation.

 

“Unrestricted Share Award” means an Award of Shares free of any restrictions.

 

SECTION 2.  ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; ADMINISTRATOR AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

 

(a)                                  Administration of Plan .  The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  Powers of Administrator .  The Administrator shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

 

(i)                                      to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

 

4



 

(ii)                                   to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Share Options, Non-Qualified Share Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Share Awards, Restricted Share Units, Unrestricted Share Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Performance Share Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

 

(iii)                                to determine the number of Shares to be covered by any Award;

 

(iv)                               to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the forms of Award Certificates;

 

(v)                                  to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

 

(vi)                               to modify or otherwise adjust the vesting of Awards (including, but not limited to, extending on a proportionate basis the vesting period) in the event that a grantee changes between full-time and part-time status or takes a leave of absence;

 

(vii)                            subject to the provisions of Section 5(c), to extend at any time the period in which Share Options and Share Appreciation Rights may be exercised; and

 

(viii)                         at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, subplans, guidelines and practices for operation and administration of the Plan, to ensure or facilitate compliance with local laws and regulations and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

 

All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.

 

(c)                                   Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards .  Subject to applicable law, the Administrator, in its discretion, may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the Chair of the compensation and leadership development committee of the Board or a committee including the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or the Chair of the compensation and leadership development committee of the Board, all or part of the Administrator’s authority and duties with respect to the granting of Awards to individuals who are (i) not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (ii) not Covered Employees.  Any such delegation by the Administrator shall include a limitation as to the amount of Shares underlying Awards that may be granted during the period of the delegation and shall contain guidelines as to the determination of the exercise price and the vesting criteria.  The Administrator may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Administrator’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

5



 

(d)                                  Award Certificate .  Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Certificates that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include, without limitation, the term of an Award and the provisions applicable in the event employment or service terminates.

 

(e)                                   Indemnification .  Neither the Board nor the Administrator, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Administrator (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s articles or bylaws or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

 

(f)                                    Non-U.S. Award Recipients .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply or facilitate compliance with the laws and regulations in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to:  (i) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply or facilitate compliance with applicable foreign laws and regulations; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Administrator determines such actions to be necessary or advisable; provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Administrator determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply or facilitate compliance with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, no Awards shall be granted and no Shares pursuant to Awards shall be issued that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States or non-U.S. securities laws and regulations, the Code, or any other applicable United States or non-U.S. governing statute or law or any other governing statute, regulation or law which the Company or a Subsidiary is subject to.

 

SECTION 3.  SHARES ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION

 

(a)                                  Shares Issuable .  The maximum number of Share reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 20,700,000 Shares (the “Initial Limit”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b), plus on July 1, 2016 and each July 1 thereafter, the number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by 5 percent of the number of Shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding June 30 or such lesser number of Shares as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion (the “Annual Increase”), subject in each case, to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b).  Subject to such overall limitation, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued in the form of Incentive Share Options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on July 1, 2016 and on each July 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or 10,350,000

 

6



 

Shares, subject in all cases to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of the share reserve, the Shares underlying any Awards under the Plan or under the Company’s UK Employee Share Option Plan, 2013 U.S. Share Option Plan or 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Shares or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan.  In the event the Company repurchases Shares on the open market, such Shares shall not be added to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan.  Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award; provided, however, that to the extent the Company is or becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Code and pays “compensation” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) to Covered Employees, Share Options or Share Appreciation Rights with respect to no more than 5,000,000 Shares may be granted to any one individual grantee during any one calendar year period.  The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Changes in Shares .  Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, share dividend, share split, reverse share split or other similar change in the Company’s capital share, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Shares or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Administrator shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, including the maximum number of shares that may be issued in the form of Incentive Share Options, (ii) the number of Share Options or Share Appreciation Rights that can be granted to any one individual grantee and the maximum number of shares that may be granted under a Performance-Based Award, (iii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iv) the repurchase price, if any, per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Share Award, and (v) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding Share Options and Share Appreciation Rights under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price ( i.e. , the exercise price multiplied by the number of Share Options and Share Appreciation Rights) as to which such Share Options and Share Appreciation Rights remain exercisable.  The Administrator shall also make equitable or proportionate adjustments in the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration cash dividends paid other than in the ordinary course or any other extraordinary corporate event.  The Administrator shall ensure that any adjustment which would have the effect of reducing the exercise price of unissued Shares to less than the nominal value of a Share may only be made if and to the extent that the Administrator shall be authorized to capitalize from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of a Share exceeds the adjusted price per Share or, where required by any applicable law, using such mechanism involving a third party as the Administrator considers necessary.  The adjustment by the Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive.  No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Administrator in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

 

7



 

(c)                                   Mergers and Other Transactions .  In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the parties thereto may cause the assumption or continuation of Awards theretofore granted by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof, with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree (provided that the per share exercise price shall not be less than the nominal value of each share unless the provisions set out in Section 20(c) below are applied).  To the extent the parties to such Sale Event do not provide for the assumption, continuation or substitution of Awards, upon the effective time of the Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Awards granted hereunder shall terminate.  In such case, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant Award Certificate, all Options and Share Appreciation Rights that are not exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of the Sale Event shall become fully exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, all other Awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, and all Awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a Sale Event in the Administrator’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant Award Certificate.  In the event of such termination, (i) the Company shall have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a cash payment to the grantees holding Options and Share Appreciation Rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Sale Price multiplied by the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights; or (ii) each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Administrator, to exercise all outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable) held by such grantee.

 

SECTION 4.  ELIGIBILITY

 

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time executive officers and other employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries as are selected from time to time by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

SECTION 5.  SHARE OPTIONS

 

(a)                                  Award of Share Options .  The Administrator may grant Share Options under the Plan.  Any Share Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Administrator may from time to time approve.

 

Share Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Share Options or Non-Qualified Share Options.  Incentive Share Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.  To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Share Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Share Option.

 

Share Options granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the

 

8



 

terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable.  If the Administrator so determines, Share Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the optionee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish.

 

(b)                                  Exercise Price .  The exercise price per Share covered by a Share Option granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be determined by the Administrator at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.  In the case of an Incentive Share Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the exercise price of such Incentive Share Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

 

(c)                                   Option Term .  The term of each Share Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Share Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Share Option is granted.  In the case of an Incentive Share Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Share Option shall be no more than five years from the date of grant.

 

(d)                                  Exercisability; Rights of a Shareholder .  Share Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Administrator at or after the grant date.  The Administrator may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Share Option.  An optionee shall have the rights of a shareholder only as to Shares acquired upon the exercise of a Share Option and not as to unexercised Share Options.

 

(e)                                   Method of Exercise .  Share Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company or an agent designated by the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased.  Payment of the exercise price may be made by one or more of the following methods except to the extent otherwise provided in the Option Award Certificate:

 

(i)                                      In cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator;

 

(ii)                                   Through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership following such procedures as the Company may prescribe) of Shares that are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan.  Such surrendered Shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

 

(iii)                                By the optionee delivering to the Company or an agent designated by the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the exercise price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the exercise price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Company shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

 

(iv)                               With respect to Share Options that are not Incentive Share Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

 

9



 

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.  The transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Share Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Share Option) by the Company of the full exercise price for such Shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Option Award Certificate or applicable provisions of laws and regulations (including the satisfaction of any withholding taxes that the Company is obligated to withhold with respect to the optionee).  In the event an optionee chooses to pay the exercise price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Share Option shall be net of the number of attested Shares.  In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Share Options, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Share Options may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

 

(f)                                    Annual Limit on Incentive Share Options .  To the extent required for “incentive share option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Share Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.  To the extent that any Share Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Share Option.

 

SECTION 6.  SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

(a)                                  Award of Share Appreciation Rights .  The Administrator may grant Share Appreciation Rights under the Plan.  A Share Appreciation Right is an Award entitling the recipient to receive Shares or a cash payment having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Share Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which the Share Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

 

(b)                                  Exercise Price of Share Appreciation Rights .  The exercise price of a Share Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Share on the date of grant.

 

(c)                                   Grant and Exercise of Share Appreciation Rights .  Share Appreciation Rights may be granted by the Administrator independently of any Share Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan.

 

(d)                                  Terms and Conditions of Share Appreciation Rights .  Share Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined from time to time by the Administrator.  The term of a Share Appreciation Right may not exceed ten years.

 

SECTION 7.  RESTRICTED SHARE AWARDS

 

(a)                                  Nature of Restricted Share Awards .  The Administrator may grant Restricted Share Awards under the Plan.  A Restricted Share Award is any Award of Restricted Shares

 

10


 

subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.  Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.  The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

 

(b)                                  Rights as a Shareholder .  Upon the grant of the Restricted Share Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee shall have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Shares and receipt of dividends; provided that if the lapse of restrictions with respect to the Restricted Share Award is tied to the attainment of performance goals, any dividends paid by the Company during the performance period shall accrue and shall not be paid to the grantee until and to the extent the performance goals are met with respect to the Restricted Share Award.  Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, (i) uncertificated Restricted Shares shall be accompanied by a notation on the records of the Company or the transfer agent to the effect that they are subject to forfeiture until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and (ii) certificated Restricted Shares shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company such instruments of transfer as the Administrator may prescribe.

 

(c)                                   Restrictions .  Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Share Award Certificate.  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, if a grantee’s employment (or other service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, any Restricted Shares that have not vested at the time of termination shall automatically and without any requirement of notice to such grantee from, or other action by or on behalf of, the Company be deemed to have been reacquired by the Company at its original purchase price (if any) from such grantee or such grantee’s legal representative simultaneously with such termination of employment (or other service relationship), and thereafter shall cease to represent any ownership of the Company by the grantee or rights of the grantee as a shareholder.  Following such deemed reacquisition of Restricted Shares that are represented by physical certificates, a grantee shall surrender such certificates to the Company upon request without consideration.

 

(d)                                  Vesting of Restricted Shares .  The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the non-transferability of the Restricted Shares and the Company’s right of repurchase or forfeiture shall lapse.  Subsequent to such date or dates and/or the attainment of such pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions, the Shares on which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Restricted Shares and shall be deemed “vested.”

 

SECTION 8.  RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS

 

(a)                                  Nature of Restricted Share Units .  The Administrator may grant Restricted Share Units under the Plan.  A Restricted Share Unit is an Award of share units that may be settled in Shares upon the satisfaction of such restrictions and conditions at the time of grant.  Conditions

 

11



 

may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.  The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.  Except in the case of Restricted Share Units with a deferred settlement date that complies with Section 409A, at the end of the vesting period, the Restricted Share Units, to the extent vested, shall be settled in the form of Shares or in the form of a cash payment.  Restricted Share Units with deferred settlement dates are subject to Section 409A and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

(b)                                  Election to Receive Restricted Share Units in Lieu of Compensation .  The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit a grantee to elect to receive a portion of future cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of an award of Restricted Share Units.  Any such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Administrator and in accordance with Section 409A and such other rules and procedures established by the Administrator.  Any such future cash compensation that the grantee elects to defer shall be converted to a fixed number of Restricted Share Units based on the Fair Market Value of Share on the date the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the grantee if such payment had not been deferred as provided herein.  The Administrator shall have the sole right to determine whether and under what circumstances to permit such elections and to impose such limitations and other terms and conditions thereon as the Administrator deems appropriate.  Any Restricted Share Units that are elected to be received in lieu of cash compensation shall be fully vested, unless otherwise provided in the Award Certificate.

 

(c)                                   Rights as a Shareholder .  A grantee shall have the rights as a shareholder only as to Shares acquired by the grantee upon settlement of Restricted Share Units; provided, however, that the grantee may be credited with Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the share units underlying his Restricted Share Units, subject to the provisions of Section 11 and such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.

 

(d)                                  Termination .  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Share Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 9.  UNRESTRICTED SHARE AWARDS

 

Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Share .  The Administrator may grant (or sell at nominal value or such higher purchase price determined by the Administrator) an Unrestricted Share Award under the Plan.  An Unrestricted Share Award is an Award pursuant to which the grantee may receive Shares free of any restrictions under the Plan.  Unrestricted Share Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

 

12



 

SECTION 10.  CASH-BASED AWARDS

 

Grant of Cash-Based Awards .  The Administrator may grant Cash-Based Awards under the Plan.  A Cash-Based Award is an Award that entitles the grantee to a payment in cash upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals.  The Administrator shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based Award, the amount of cash to which the Cash-Based Award pertains, the conditions upon which the Cash-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine.  Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the Administrator.  Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and may be made in cash.

 

SECTION 11.  PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARDS

 

(a)                                  Nature of Performance Share Awards .  The Administrator may grant Performance Share Awards under the Plan.  A Performance Share Award is an Award entitling the grantee to receive Shares or a cash payment upon the attainment of Performance Goals.  The Administrator shall determine whether and to whom Performance Share Awards shall be granted, the performance goals, the periods during which performance is to be measured, which may not be less than one year except in the case of a Sale Event, and such other limitations and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

 

(b)                                  Rights as a Shareholder .  A grantee receiving a Performance Share Award shall have the rights of a shareholder only as to Shares actually received by the grantee under the Plan and not with respect to Shares subject to the Award but not actually received by the grantee.  A grantee shall be entitled to receive Shares under a Performance Share Award only upon satisfaction of all conditions specified in the Performance Share Award Certificate (or in a performance plan adopted by the Administrator).

 

(c)                                   Termination .  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Performance Share Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Performance Share Awards shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 12.  PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS TO COVERED EMPLOYEES

 

(a)                                  Performance-Based Awards .  The Administrator may grant one or more Performance-Based Awards in the form of a Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Units, Performance Share Awards or Cash-Based Award payable upon the attainment of Performance Goals that are established by the Administrator and relate to one or more of the Performance Criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.  The Administrator shall define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for any Performance Cycle.  Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, or an individual.  Each Performance-Based Award shall comply with the provisions set

 

13



 

forth below, to the extent the Company is or becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Code and pays “compensation” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) to Covered Employees.

 

(b)                                  Grant of Performance-Based Awards .  With respect to each Performance-Based Award granted to a Covered Employee, the Administrator shall select, within the first 90 days of a Performance Cycle (or, if shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code) the Performance Criteria for such grant, and the Performance Goals with respect to each Performance Criterion (including a threshold level of performance below which no amount will become payable with respect to such Award).  Each Performance-Based Award will specify the amount payable, or the formula for determining the amount payable, upon achievement of the various applicable performance targets.  The Performance Criteria established by the Administrator may be (but need not be) different for each Performance Cycle and different Performance Goals may be applicable to Performance-Based Awards to different Covered Employees.

 

(c)                                   Payment of Performance-Based Awards .  Following the completion of a Performance Cycle, the Administrator shall meet to review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Cycle have been achieved and, if so, to also calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance-Based Awards earned for the Performance Cycle.  The Administrator shall then determine the actual size of each Covered Employee’s Performance-Based Award.

 

(d)                                  Maximum Award Payable .  The maximum Performance-Based Award payable to any one Covered Employee under the Plan for a Performance Cycle is 5,000,000 Shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) hereof) or $5,000,000 in the case of a Performance-Based Award that is a Cash-Based Award.

 

SECTION 13.  DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

 

(a)                                  Dividend Equivalent Rights .  The Administrator may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights under the Plan.  A Dividend Equivalent Right is an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the Shares specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other Award to which it relates) if such Shares had been issued to the grantee.  A Dividend Equivalent Right may be granted hereunder to any grantee as a component of an award of Restricted Share Units or Performance Share Award or as a freestanding Award.  The terms and conditions of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be specified in the Award Certificate.  Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a Dividend Equivalent Right may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional Shares, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents.  Any such reinvestment shall be at Fair Market Value on the date of reinvestment or such other price as may then apply under a dividend reinvestment plan sponsored by the Company, if any.  Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or Shares or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments.  A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of an Award of Restricted Share Units or Performance Share Award shall provide that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall be settled only upon settlement or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other Award, and that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other Award.

 

14



 

(b)                                  Termination .  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Dividend Equivalent Rights shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 14.  TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

 

(a)                                  Transferability .  Except as provided in Section 14(b) below, during a grantee’s lifetime, his or her Awards shall be exercisable only by the grantee, or by the grantee’s legal representative, legatee or guardian in the event of the grantee’s incapacity.  No Awards shall be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by a grantee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, if permitted by the Administrator, pursuant to a domestic relations order.  No Awards shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and any purported transfer in violation hereof shall be null and void.

 

(b)                                  Administrator Action .  Notwithstanding Section 14(a), the Administrator, in its discretion, may provide either in the Award Certificate regarding a given Award or by subsequent written approval that the grantee (who is an employee or director) may transfer his or her Non-Qualified Share Options to his or her immediate family members, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award Certificate.  In no event may an Award be transferred by a grantee for value.

 

(c)                                   Family Member .  For purposes of Section 14(b), “family member” shall mean a spouse, civil partner, surviving spouse, surviving civil partner or minor children or step-children of such grantee or a trust in which these persons (or the grantee) have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the grantee) own more than 50 percent of the voting interests.

 

(d)                                  Death of Grantee .  In the event of the grantee’s death, the grantee’s legal representative or legatee shall have the right to exercise an Award and/or receive Shares or payment under an Award payable on or after the grantee’s death.

 

SECTION 15.  TAX WITHHOLDING

 

Each grantee agrees, by participating the Plan, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the rights to deduct any Tax Liability from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee and/or to direct that the proceeds from a sale of Shares on behalf of a grantee be paid over to the Company or its Subsidiaries to satisfy any Tax Liability.

 

Where a Tax Liability arises in connection with the Plan, the Company may require that as a condition of the exercise of an Award and/or receiving payment under an Award and/or as a condition to the Company’s obligation to deliver evidence of book entry (or share certificates) to

 

15



 

any grantee, the grantee must either: (i) make a payment to the Company, or as the Company directs, of an amount equal to the Company’s estimate of the amount of the Tax Liability; or (ii) enter into agreements which are acceptable to the Company, and which are subject to approval by the Administrator, to secure that such payment is made (whether by surrender of Shares, cancellation of part of an Award, the sale of Shares or otherwise).

 

SECTION 16.  SECTION 409A AWARDS

 

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Administrator from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A.  In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A.  Further, the settlement of any such Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A.

 

SECTION 17.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC.

 

(a)                                  Termination of Employment .  If the grantee’s employer ceases to be a Subsidiary, the grantee shall be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of employment:

 

(i)                                      a transfer to the employment of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another; or

 

(ii)                                   an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise so provides in writing.

 

SECTION 18.  AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Administrator may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or regulations, or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holder’s consent, unless such action is to comply with local laws or regulations.  Except as provided in Section 3(b) or 3(c), without prior shareholder approval, in no event may the Administrator exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Share Options or Share Appreciation Rights or effect repricing through cancellation and re-grants or cancellation of Share Options or Share Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash or other Awards.  To the extent required under the rules of any securities exchange or market

 

16



 

system on which the Share is listed; to the extent determined by the Administrator to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Share Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code; or to the extent the Company is or becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Code and pays “compensation” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) to Covered Employees, to ensure that compensation earned under Awards qualifies as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders.  Nothing in this Section 18 shall limit the Administrator’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(b) or 3(c).

 

SECTION 19.  STATUS OF PLAN

 

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Shares or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Administrator shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards.  In its sole discretion, the Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Shares or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.

 

SECTION 20.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

(a)                                  No Distribution .  The Administrator may require each person acquiring Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof.

 

(b)                                  Delivery of Share Certificates .  Share certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a share transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company.  Uncertificated Shares shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a share transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records).  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel (to the extent the Administrator deems such advice necessary or advisable), that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.  All Share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and quotation system on which the Share is listed, quoted or traded.  The Administrator may place legends on any Share certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Share.  In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that an individual make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion,

 

17



 

deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.  The Administrator shall have the right to require any individual to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

 

(c)                                   Issuance or Transfer of Shares .  Where Shares are to be issued directly to a grantee in satisfaction of any Award and no amount (or amount less than the nominal value per share) is to be paid by a grantee, where required by any applicable law, this may be done using such mechanism involving a third party as the Administrator considers necessary or by the Company or a Subsidiary paying (or procuring payment of) a bonus to the grantee in respect of the nominal value of each Share and, with the grantee’s agreement, using such amount to pay up nominal value or by capitalising reserves in accordance with the Company’s articles of association.

 

(d)                                  Shareholder Rights .  Until a Share is deemed delivered in accordance with Section 20(b), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights of a shareholder will exist with respect to Shares to be issued or transferred in connection with an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of a Share Option or any other action by the grantee with respect to an Award.

 

(e)                                   Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights .  Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.  The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment or service relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

(f)                                    Trading Policy Restrictions .  Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time.

 

(g)                                   Clawback Policy .  Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy, as in effect from time to time.

 

SECTION 21.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

 

This Plan shall become effective upon the date immediately preceding the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.  No grants of Share Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date and no grants of Incentive Share Options may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by the Board.

 

18



 

SECTION 22.  GOVERNING LAW

 

This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:  [          ], 2015

 

DATE APPROVED BY SHAREHOLDERS:  [          ], 2015

 

19



 

APPENDIX TO THE ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

2015 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

(Sub-Plan for Non-Employees)

 

This Appendix constitutes a Sub-Plan of the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2015 Share Incentive Plan.  The terms of this Sub-Plan shall be identical to the terms of the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2015 Share Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time except that active Consultants and Non-Employee Directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries are eligible to be selected to receive an Award under the Plan by the Administrator.

 

The purpose of this Sub-Plan is to encourage and enable Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its businesses to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.  It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company and its shareholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

For the purposes of this Sub-Plan, the following definition shall additionally apply:

 

“Consultant” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company or a Subsidiary, and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

 

For the purposes of this Sub-Plan, Section 3(a) of the Plan shall be treated as altered to include the following paragraph:

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the value of all Awards awarded under this Plan and all other cash compensation paid by the Company to any Non-Employee Director in any calendar year shall not exceed $1,500,000.  For the purpose of this limitation, the value of any Award shall be its grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with FASB ASC 718 but excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting provisions.”

 

20


 

NON-QUALIFIED SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT
FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
UNDER THE SUB-PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEES TO
THE ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC
2015 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:

 

 

 

No. of Option Shares:

 

 

 

Option Exercise Price per Share:

$

 

[FMV on Grant Date]

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

[No more than 10 years]

 

Pursuant to the Sub-Plan for Non-Employees of the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2015 Share Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Sub-Plan”), Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above, who is a Director of the Company but is not an employee of the Company, an option (the “Share Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of Class A ordinary shares, nominal value $0.10 per share (the “Share”), of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Sub-Plan.  This Share Option is not intended to be an “incentive share option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.             Exercisability Schedule .  No portion of this Share Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable.  Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Sub-Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Share Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as the Optionee remains in service as a member of the Board on such dates:

 

Incremental Number of
Option Shares Exercisable

 

Exercisability Date

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

 



 

Once exercisable, this Share Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Sub-Plan.

 

2.             Manner of Exercise .

 

(a)           The Optionee may exercise this Share Option only in the following manner:  from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Share Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice.  This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

 

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods:  (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of Shares that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company Sub-Plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.  Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

 

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Sub-Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Share Options under the Sub-Plan and any subsequent resale of the Shares will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.  In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Share Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

 

(b)           The Shares purchased upon exercise of this Share Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Sub-Plan.  The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee.  The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the

 

2



 

rights of a holder with respect to, any Shares subject to this Share Option unless and until this Share Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the shareholder of record on the books of the Company.  Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Shares.

 

(c)           The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Share Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Share Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Share Option at the time.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Sub-Plan, no portion of this Share Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

 

3.             Termination as Director . If the Optionee ceases to be a Director of the Company, the period within which to exercise the Share Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

 

(a)           Termination Due to Death .  If the Optionee’s service as a Director terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

(b)           Other Termination .  If the Optionee ceases to be a Director for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date the Optionee ceased to be a Director, for a period of six months from the date the Optionee ceased to be a Director or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date the Optionee ceases to be a Director shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

4.             Incorporation of Sub-Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Share Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Sub-Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Sub-Plan.  Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Sub-Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

5.             Transferability .  This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Share Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

 

6.             No Obligation to Continue as a Director .  Neither the Sub-Plan nor this Share Option confers upon the Optionee any rights with respect to continuance as a Director.

 

3



 

7.             Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Share Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

8.             Data Privacy Consent .  In order to administer the Sub-Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Sub-Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”).  By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate.  The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information.  Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

9.             Tax Withholding .  The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which a Tax Liability arises in connection with this Share Option (whether on or following exercise, or otherwise), pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Tax Liability.  The Company shall have the authority to cause the minimum required withholding obligation in relation to any Tax Liability to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from Shares to be issued or transferred to the Optionee a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

 

4



 

10.          Notices .  Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

 

 

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s name and address:

 

5


 

NON-QUALIFIED SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT
FOR EMPLOYEES
UNDER THE ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC
2015 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:

 

 

 

No. of Option Shares:

 

 

 

Option Exercise Price per Share:

$

 

[FMV on Grant Date]

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

Pursuant to the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2015 Share Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Share Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of Class A ordinary shares, nominal value $0.10 per share (the “Share”) of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.  This Share Option is not intended to be an “incentive share option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.                                       Exercisability Schedule .  No portion of this Share Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable.  Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Share Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as Optionee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such dates:

 

Incremental Number of
Option Shares Exercisable

 

Exercisability Date

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

 

Once exercisable, this Share Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

 



 

2.                                       Manner of Exercise .

 

(a)                                  The Optionee may exercise this Share Option only in the following manner:  from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Share Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice.  This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

 

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods:  (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of Shares that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.  Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

 

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Share Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the Shares will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.  In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Share Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

 

(b)                                  The Shares purchased upon exercise of this Share Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan.  The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee.  The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any Shares subject to this Share Option unless and until this Share Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as

 

2



 

the shareholder of record on the books of the Company.  Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Shares.

 

(c)                                   The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Share Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Share Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Share Option at the time.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Share Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

 

3.                                       Termination of Employment .  If the Optionee’s employment by the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Share Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

 

(a)                                  Termination Due to Death .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

(b)                                  Termination Due to Disability .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Administrator), any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of disability shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

(c)                                   Termination for Cause .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect.  For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, a determination by the Administrator that the Optionee shall be dismissed as a result of (i) any material breach by the Optionee of any agreement between the Optionee and the Company; (ii) the conviction of, indictment for or plea of nolo contendere by the Optionee to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; or (iii) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance (other than by reason of disability) by the Optionee of the Optionee’s duties to the Company.

 

(d)                                  Other Termination .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

3



 

The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

 

4.                                       Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Share Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan.  Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

5.                                       Transferability .  This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Share Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

 

6.                                       Tax Withholding .  The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which a Tax Liability arises in connection with this Share Option (whether on or following exercise, or otherwise), pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Tax Liability.  The Company shall have the authority to cause the minimum required withholding obligation in relation to any Tax Liability to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from Shares to be issued or transferred to the Optionee a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

 

7.                                       No Obligation to Continue Employment .  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

 

8.                                       Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Share Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

9.                                       Data Privacy Consent .  In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”).  By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate.  The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information.  Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

4



 

10.                                Notices .  Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

 

 

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s name and address:

 

5


 

RESTRICTED SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT
UNDER THE ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC
2015 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

 

No. of Shares:

 

Grant Date:

 

Pursuant to the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2015 Share Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) as amended through the date hereof, Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”) hereby grants a Restricted Share Award (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above.  Upon acceptance of this Award, the Grantee shall receive the number of Class A ordinary shares, nominal value $0.10 per share (the “Shares”) of the Company specified above, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.  The Company acknowledges the receipt from the Grantee of consideration with respect to the nominal value of the Share in the form of cash, past or future services rendered to the Company by the Grantee or such other form of consideration as is acceptable to the Administrator.

 

1.                                       Award .  The Restricted Share awarded hereunder shall be issued or transferred and held by the Company’s transfer agent in book entry form, and the Grantee’s name shall be entered as the shareholder of record on the books of the Company.  Thereupon, the Grantee shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such shares, including voting and dividend rights, subject, however, to the restrictions and conditions specified in Paragraph 2 below.  The Grantee shall (i) sign and deliver to the Company a copy of this Award Agreement and (ii) deliver to the Company a share power endorsed in blank.

 

2.                                       Restrictions and Conditions .

 

(a)                                  Any book entries for the Restricted Shares granted herein shall bear an appropriate legend, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, to the effect that such shares are subject to restrictions as set forth herein and in the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Restricted Shares granted herein may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee prior to vesting.

 

(c)                                   If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated for any reason (including death) prior to vesting of Restricted Shares granted herein, all Restricted Shares shall immediately and automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company.

 

3.                                       Vesting of Restricted Shares .  The restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such Dates.  If a

 



 

series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Shares specified as vested on such date.

 

Incremental Number
of Shares Vested

 

Vesting Date

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

 

Subsequent to such Vesting Date or Dates, the Shares on which all restrictions and conditions have lapsed shall no longer be deemed Restricted Shares.  The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 3.

 

4.                                       Dividends .  Dividends on Restricted Shares shall be paid currently to the Grantee.

 

5.                                       Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Award shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan.  Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

6.                                       Transferability .  This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

7.                                       Tax Withholding .  The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which a Tax Liability arises in connection with this Award, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Tax Liability.  Except in the case where an election is made pursuant to Paragraph 8 below, the Company shall have the authority to cause the required minimum withholding obligation in relation to any Tax Liability to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from Shares to be issued or released by the transfer agent (or otherwise transferred to the Grantee) a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

 

8.                                       Election Under Section 83(b) .  The Grantee and the Company hereby agree that the Grantee may, within 30 days following the Grant Date of this Award, file with the Internal Revenue Service and the Company an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.  In the event the Grantee makes such an election, he or she agrees to provide a copy of the election to the Company.  The Grantee acknowledges that he or she is responsible for obtaining the advice of his or her tax advisors with regard to the Section 83(b) election and that he or she is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents with regard to such election.

 

9.                                       No Obligation to Continue Employment .  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in

 

2



 

employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

 

10.                                Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

11.                                Data Privacy Consent .  In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”).  By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate.  The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information.  Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

3



 

12.                                Notices .  Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

 

 

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s name and address:

 

4


 

INCENTIVE SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC
2015 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:

 

 

 

No. of Option Shares:

 

 

 

Option Exercise Price per Share:

$

 

[FMV on Grant Date (110% of FMV if a 10% owner)]

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

[ up to 10 years (5 if a 10% owner)]

 

Pursuant to the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2015 Share Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Share Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Class A ordinary share, nominal value $0.10 per share (the “Share”), of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.

 

1.                                       Exercisability Schedule .  No portion of this Share Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable.  Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Share Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as the Optionee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such dates:

 

Incremental Number of
Option Shares Exercisable*

 

Exercisability Date

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

 


* Max. of $100,000 per yr.

 

Once exercisable, this Share Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

 



 

2.                                       Manner of Exercise .

 

(a)                                  The Optionee may exercise this Share Option only in the following manner:  from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Share Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice.  This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

 

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods:  (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of Shares that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; or (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or (iv) a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii) above.  Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

 

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Share Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the Shares will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.  In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Share Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

 

(b)                                  The Shares purchased upon exercise of this Share Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan.  The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee.  The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any Shares subject to this Share Option unless and until this Share Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the shareholder of record on the books of the Company.  Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Shares.

 

2



 

(c)                                   The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Share Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Share Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Share Option at the time.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Share Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

 

3.                                       Termination of Employment .  If the Optionee’s employment by the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Share Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

 

(a)                                  Termination Due to Death .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

(b)                                  Termination Due to Disability .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Administrator), any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of disability shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

(c)                                   Termination for Cause .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect.  For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, a determination by the Administrator that the Optionee shall be dismissed as a result of (i) any material breach by the Optionee of any agreement between the Optionee and the Company; (ii) the conviction of, indictment for or plea of nolo contendere by the Optionee to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; or (iii) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance (other than by reason of disability) by the Optionee of the Optionee’s duties to the Company.

 

(d)                                  Other Termination .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability, or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

3



 

The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

 

4.                                       Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Share Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan.  Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

5.                                       Transferability .  This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Share Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

 

6.                                       Status of the Share Option .  This Share Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive share option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Share Option qualifies as such.  The Optionee should consult with his or her own tax advisors regarding the tax effects of this Share Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements.  To the extent any portion of this Share Option does not so qualify as an “incentive share option,” such portion shall be deemed to be a non-qualified share option.  If the Optionee intends to dispose or does dispose (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any Option Shares within the one-year period beginning on the date after the transfer of such shares to him or her, or within the two-year period beginning on the day after the grant of this Share Option, he or she will so notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition.

 

7.                                       Tax Withholding .  The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Share Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event.  The Company shall have the authority to cause the minimum required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from Shares to be issued to the Optionee a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

 

8.                                       No Obligation to Continue Employment .  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

 

9.                                       Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Share Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

4



 

10.                                Data Privacy Consent .  In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”).  By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate.  The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information.  Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

11.                                Notices .  Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

 

 

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s name and address:

 

5


 

RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
UNDER THE SUB-PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEES TO
THE ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC
2015 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NAME OF GRANTEE:         

 

No. of Restricted Share Units:

 

Grant Date:

 

Pursuant to the Sub-Plan for Non-Employees of the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2015 Share Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Sub-Plan”), Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Share Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above.  Each Restricted Share Unit shall relate to one Class A ordinary share, nominal value $0.10 per share (the “Share”) of the Company.

 

1.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of Award .  This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any Shares issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Share Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) Shares have been issued or transferred to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Sub-Plan and this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Vesting of Restricted Share Units .  The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains in service as a member of the Board on such Dates.  If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 1 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Share Units specified as vested on such date.

 

Incremental Number of
Restricted Share Units Vested

 

Vesting Date

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

 

The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

 

3.                                       Termination of Service .  If the Grantee’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Share Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and

 



 

neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Share Units.

 

4.                                       Issuance or Transfer of Shares of Share .  As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue or shall procure the transfer to the Grantee the number of Shares equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Share Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to such shares.

 

5.                                       Incorporation of Sub-Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Sub-Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Sub-Plan.  Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Sub-Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

6.                                       Section 409A of the Code.   This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

 

7.                                       No Obligation to Continue as a Director .  Neither the Sub-Plan nor this Award confers upon the Grantee any rights with respect to continuance as a Director.

 

8.                                       Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

9.                                       Data Privacy Consent .  In order to administer the Sub-Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Sub-Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”).  By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate.  The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information.  Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

10.                                Tax Withholding .  The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which a Tax Liability arises in connection with this Award, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Tax Liability.  The Company shall have the authority to withhold such Tax Liability from the Grantee’s wages.  The Company shall also have the authority to cause the required minimum withholding obligation in relation to any Tax Liability to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from Shares to be issued or

 

2



 

transferred to the Grantee a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.  In addition, the Company shall have the authority to cause any such Tax Liability to be satisfied by causing a portion of such Shares to be sold and the proceeds thereof remitted to the Company.  The Company shall have the authority take any such actions without the consent of the Grantee.

 

11.                                Notices .  Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

 

 

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s name and address:

 

3


 

RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
FOR EMPLOYEES
UNDER THE ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC
2015 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

 

No. of Restricted Share Units:

 

Grant Date:

 

Pursuant to the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2015 Share Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Share Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above.  Each Restricted Share Unit shall relate to one Class A ordinary share, nominal value $0.10 per share (the “Share”) of the Company.

 

1.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of Award .  This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any Shares issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Share Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) Shares have been issued or transferred to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Vesting of Restricted Share Units .  The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such Dates.  If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 1 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Share Units specified as vested on such date.

 

Incremental Number of
Restricted Share Units Vested

 

Vesting Date

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

 

The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

 

3.                                       Termination of Employment .  If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Share Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal

 



 

representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Share Units.

 

4.                                       Issuance or Transfer of Shares .  As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue or shall procure the transfer to the Grantee the number of Shares equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Share Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to such shares.

 

5.                                       Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan.  Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

6.                                       Tax Withholding .  The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which a Tax Liability arises in connection with this Award, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Tax Liability.  The Company shall have the authority to withhold such Tax Liability from the Grantee’s wages.  The Company shall also have the authority to cause the required minimum withholding obligation in relation to any Tax Liability to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from Shares to be issued or transferred to the Grantee a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.  In addition, the Company shall have the authority to cause any such Tax Liability to be satisfied by causing a portion of such Shares to be sold and the proceeds thereof remitted to the Company.  The Company shall have the authority take any such actions without the consent of the Grantee.

 

7.                                       Section 409A of the Code.   This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

 

8.                                       No Obligation to Continue Employment .  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

 

9.                                       Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

10.                                Data Privacy Consent .  In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”).  By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process,

 

2



 

register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate.  The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information.  Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

11.                                Notices .  Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

 

 

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s name and address:

 

3


 

RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
FOR NON-U.S. GRANTEES
UNDER THE ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC
2015 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

 

No. of Restricted Share Units:

 

Grant Date:

 

Pursuant to the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2015 Share Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Share Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above.  Each Restricted Share Unit shall relate to one Class A ordinary share, nominal value $0.10 per share (the “Share”) of the Company.  The Award shall be governed by and subject to the terms of the Plan and this Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement for Non-U.S. Grantees (the “Award Agreement”) including any special terms and conditions for the Grantee’s country set forth in any appendix to this Award Agreement (the “Appendix”) (together with the Award Agreement, the “Agreement”).

 

1.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of Award .  This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any Shares issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Share Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Award Agreement and (ii) Shares have been issued or transferred to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Vesting of Restricted Share Units .  The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Award Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such Dates, as further described in Paragraph 3 of this Award Agreement.  If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 1 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Share Units specified as vested on such date.

 

Incremental Number of
Restricted Share Units Vested

 

Vesting Date

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

 

The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

 



 

3.                                       Termination of Service Relationship .  If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Share Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Share Units.

 

For purposes of the Award, the Grantee’s employment will be considered terminated as of the date the Grantee is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of labor laws in the jurisdiction where the Grantee is employed or the terms of the Grantee’s employment agreement, if any).  Unless otherwise determined by the Company, the Grantee’s right to vest in the Restricted Share Units under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g ., the Grantee’s period of employment would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under labor laws in the jurisdiction where the Grantee is employed or the terms of the Grantee’s employment agreement, if any).  The Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Grantee is no longer actively employed for purposes of his or her Award (including whether the Grantee may still be considered to be employed while on a leave of absence).

 

4.                                       Issuance or Transfer of Shares .  As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue or shall procure the transfer to the Grantee the number of Shares equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Share Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Award Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Shares.

 

5.                                       Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan.  Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

6.                                       Responsibility for Taxes .  The Grantee acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, the Subsidiary which employs the Grantee (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Grantee (“Tax-Related Items”) is and remains the Grantee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer.  The Grantee further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Share Units, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Share Units, the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired under the Plan and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Restricted Share Units to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. 

 

2



 

Further, if the Grantee is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, the Grantee acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

Prior to the relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Grantee agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items.  In this regard, the Grantee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy their withholding obligations, if any, with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

 

(1)                                  withholding from the Grantee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Grantee by the Company, the Employer or any other Subsidiary; or

 

(2)                                  withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired upon settlement of the Restricted Share Units either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Grantee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization without further consent); or

 

(3)                                  withholding Shares to be issued upon settlement of the Restricted Share Units provided, however, that if the Grantee is a Section 16 officer of the Company under the Exchange Act, then the Administrator (as constituted in accordance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act) shall establish the method of withholding from alternatives (1)-(4) herein and, if the Administrator does not exercise its discretion prior to the relevant withholding event, then the Grantee shall be entitled to elect the method of withholding from the alternatives herein; or

 

(4)                                  by any other method deemed by the Company to comply with applicable laws.

 

Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case the Grantee will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the equivalent in Shares.  If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Grantee is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the vested Restricted Share Units, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

 

Finally, the Grantee agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.  The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares if the Grantee fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

7.                                       Section 409A of the Code.   This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

 

3



 

8.                                       No Obligation to Continue Employment .  Neither the Company, the Employer nor any other Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company, the Employer or any other Subsidiary, as applicable, to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

 

9.                                       Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

10.                                Nature of Grant .  In accepting the Award, the Grantee acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

 

(a)                                  the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

 

(b)                                  the grant of the Restricted Share Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of restricted share units, or benefits in lieu of restricted share units, even if restricted share units have been granted in the past;

 

(c)                                   all decisions with respect to future restricted share units or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(d)                                  the Award and the Grantee’s participation in the Plan shall not be interpreted as forming an employment or other service contract with the Company;

 

(e)                                   the Grantee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(f)                                    the Award and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

(g)                                   the Award and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or payments or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

(h)                                  unless otherwise agreed with the Company, the Award and any Shares acquired under the Plan, and the income and value of same, are not granted as consideration for, or in connection with, the service the Grantee may provide as a director of any Subsidiary;

 

(i)                                      the future value of the Shares underlying the Award is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(j)                                     no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Award resulting from the termination of the Grantee’s employment (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in

 

4



 

the jurisdiction where the Grantee is employed or the terms of the Grantee’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Restricted Share Units to which the Grantee is otherwise not entitled, the Grantee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, the Employer or any other Subsidiary, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases, the Company, the Employer and any other Subsidiary from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, the Grantee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

 

(k)                                  unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Award and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Share Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

 

(l)                                      neither, the Company, the Employer nor any other Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Grantee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Award or of any amounts due to the Grantee pursuant to settlement of the Award or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement.

 

11.                                No Advice Regarding Grant .  The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, or the Grantee’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares.  The Grantee is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

12.                                Data Privacy .  The Grantee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Grantee’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Award grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Company, the Employer and any other Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.

 

The Grantee understands that the Company, the Employer and any other Subsidiary may hold certain personal information about the Grantee, including, but not limited to, the Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number (e.g., resident registration number), salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Grantee’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

 

The Grantee understands that Data will be transferred to the share plan service provider selected by the Company, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.  The Grantee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the

 

5



 

Grantee’s country.  The Grantee understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative.  The Grantee authorizes the Company, the share plan service provider and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.  The Grantee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.  The Grantee understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative.  Further, the Grantee understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis.  If the Grantee does not consent, or if the Grantee later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her service relationship with the Company, the Employer or any other Subsidiary will not be adversely affected; the only consequence of refusing or withdrawing consent is that the Company would not be able to grant the Grantee Restricted Share Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards.  Therefore, the Grantee understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.  For more information on the consequences of the Grantee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Grantee understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

 

13.                                Governing Law; Venue .  The Award and the provisions of this Agreement are governed by, and subject to, the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of law provisions.  For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce this Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of San Francisco City and County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where the Award is made and/or to be performed.

 

14.                                Electronic Delivery and Acceptance .  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means.  The Grantee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

15.                                Language .  If the Grantee has received this Agreement, or any other document related to the Award and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

16.                                Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

17.                                Notices .  Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file

 

6



 

with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

18.                                Appendix .  Notwithstanding any provisions in this Award Agreement, the Award shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any Appendix to this Award Agreement for the Grantee’s country.  Moreover, if the Grantee relocates to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to the Grantee, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons.  The Appendix constitutes part of this Award Agreement.

 

19.                                Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws .  The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect the Grantee’s ability to acquire or sell Shares or rights to Shares ( e.g. , Restricted Share Units) under the Plan during such times as the Grantee is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in the Grantee’s country).  Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy.  The Grantee acknowledges that it is his or her responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and the Grantee is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

 

20.                                Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Requirements .  The Grantee acknowledges that there may be certain foreign asset and/or account reporting requirements which may affect the Grantee’s ability to acquire or hold Shares acquired under the Plan or cash received from participating in the Plan (including from any dividends paid on Shares acquired under the Plan) in a brokerage or bank account outside the Grantee’s country.  The Grantee may be required to report such accounts, assets or transactions to the tax or other authorities in his or her country.  The Grantee also may be required to repatriate sale proceeds or other funds received as a result of participating in the Plan to the Grantee’s country through a designated bank or broker within a certain time after receipt.  The Grantee acknowledges that it is his or her responsibility to be compliant with such regulations, and the Grantee is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

 

21.                                Imposition of Other Requirements .  The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, on the Award and on any Shares issued upon settlement of the Award, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Grantee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

 

22.                                Waiver .  The Grantee acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by the Grantee or any other Plan participant.

 

7



 

 

 

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

The Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s name and address:

 

8



 

APPENDIX

 

TO THE

 

RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR NON-U.S. GRANTEES

 

Certain capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Plan and the Award Agreement.

 

Terms and Conditions

 

This Appendix includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Award if the Grantee works and/or resides in one of the countries listed below.  If the Grantee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which the Grantee is currently working and/or residing (or is considered as such for local law purposes), or the Grantee transfers employment and/or residency to a different country after the Award is granted, the Company will, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the terms and conditions contained herein will apply to the Grantee.

 

Notifications

 

This Appendix also includes information regarding certain other issues of which the Grantee should be aware with respect to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.  The information is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of August 2015.  Such laws are often complex and change frequently.  As a result, the Company strongly recommends that the Grantee not rely on the information noted herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of participation in the Plan because the information may be out-of-date at the time the Grantee vests in the Restricted Share Units or sells any Shares issued at settlement of the Award.

 

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to the Grantee’s particular situation.  As a result, the Company is not in a position to assure the Grantee of any particular result.  Accordingly, the Grantee is strongly advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in the Grantee’s country may apply to the Grantee’s individual situation.

 

Finally, if the Grantee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which the Grantee is currently working and/or residing (or is considered as such for local law purposes), or if the Grantee transfers employment and/or residency to a different country after the Award is granted, the notifications contained in this Appendix may not be applicable to the Grantee in the same manner.

 

9



 

AUSTRALIA

 

Term and Conditions

 

Australian Offer Document .  The offer of the Award is intended to comply with the provisions of the Corporations Act 2001, ASIC Regulatory Guide 49 and ASIC Class Order CO 14/1000.  Additional details are set forth in the Offer Document for the offer of Restricted Share Units to Australian resident employees, which will be provided to the Grantee with the Award Agreement.

 

Breach of Law .  Notwithstanding anything else in the Plan or the Award Agreement, the Grantee will not be entitled to, and shall not claim any benefit (including without limitation a legal right) under the Plan if the provision of such benefit would give rise to a breach of Part 2D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), any other provision of that Act, or any other applicable statute, rule or regulation which limits or restricts the giving of such benefits.  Further, the Employer is under no obligation to seek or obtain the approval of its shareholders in a general meeting for the purpose of overcoming any such limitation or restriction.

 

Notifications

 

Exchange Control Information .  Exchange control reporting is required for cash transactions exceeding A$10,000 and international fund transfers.  The Australian bank assisting with the transaction will file the report.  If there is no Australian bank involved in the transfer, the Grantee will be required to file the report.

 

FRANCE

 

Term and Conditions

 

Award Not Tax-Qualified .  The Grantee understands that the Award is not intended to qualify for favorable tax and social security treatment in France under Sections L. 225-197-1 to L. 225-197-6 of the French Commercial Code, as amended.

 

Language Consent . By accepting the Award, the Grantee confirms having read and understood the documents relating to the Award (the Plan and the Agreement) which were provided to the Grantee in English.  The Grantee accepts the terms of those documents accordingly.

 

Reconnaissance Relative à la Langue Utilisée . En acceptant le attribution, le Bénéficiaire confirme avoir lu et compris les documents relatifs à cette attribution (le Plan et ce Contrat) qui ont été communiqués au Bénéficiaire en langue anglaise.  Le Bénéficiaire accepte les termes de ces documents en connaissance de cause.

 

Notifications

 

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information .  If the Grantee maintains a foreign bank account, the Grantee is required to report such account to the French tax authorities on his or her annual tax return.  Further, if the Grantee has a foreign account balance exceeding €1,000,000, the

 

10


 

Grantee may have additional monthly reporting obligations.  The Grantee is advised to speak with his or her personal advisor for details regarding this requirement.

 

GERMANY

 

Notifications

 

Exchange Control Information .  Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 must be reported monthly to the German Federal Bank ( Bundesbank ). In case of payments in connection with securities (including proceeds realized upon the sale of Shares or the receipt of dividends), the report must be made by the 5th day of the month following the month in which the payment was received.  Effective from September 2013, the report must be filed electronically.  The form of report (“ Allgemeine Meldeportal Statistik ”) can be accessed via the Bundesbank’s website (www.bundesbank.de) and is available in both German and English.  The Grantee is responsible for making this report.

 

JAPAN

 

Notifications

 

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information .  The Grantee is required to report details of any assets held outside of Japan as of December 31, including Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent such assets have a total net fair market value exceeding ¥50,000,000.  Such report will be due by March 15 each year.  The Grantee is responsible for complying with this reporting obligation and is advised to consult with his or her personal tax advisor in this regard.

 

NETHERLANDS

 

There are no country-specific provisions.

 

PHILIPPINES

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Necessary Approvals .  The offering of the Plan and the grant of the Award are subject to certain securities approval/confirmation requirements in the Philippines with the Philippine Securities and Exchange Commission.  Provided the Company has not obtained the necessary securities approval/confirmation prior to the vesting date of the Option, the Grantee will not vest in the Restricted Share Units and no Shares subject to the Restricted Share Units will be issued.  The Restricted Share Units shall vest and Shares shall be issued in settlement of the Restricted Share Units only if and when all necessary securities approval/confirmation have been obtained.

 

Notifications

 

Securities Law Information .  The Award under the Plan is being made pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 10.2 of the Philippines Securities Regulation Code that has been approved by the Philippines Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

11



 

The risks of participating in the Plan include (without limitation) the risk of fluctuation in the price of the Shares on the stock exchange and the risk of currency fluctuations between the U.S. Dollar and the Grantee’s local currency.  The value of any Shares the Grantee may acquire under the Plan may decrease below the value of the Shares at vesting (on which the Grantee is required to pay taxes) and fluctuations in foreign exchange rates between the Grantee’s local currency and the U.S. Dollar may affect the value any amounts due to the Grantee pursuant to the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon vesting.  The Company is not making any representations, projections or assurances about the value of the Shares now or in the future.

 

For further information on risk factors impacting the Company’s business that may affect the value of the Shares, the Grantee may refer to the risk factors discussion in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, which, to the extent filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, are available online at www.sec.gov, as well as on the Company’s website.  In addition, the Grantee may receive, free of charge, a copy of the Company’s Annual Report, Quarterly Reports or any other reports, proxy statements or communications distributed to the Company’s shareholders by contacting Investor Relations at IR@atlassian.com.

 

The Grantee acknowledges that he or she is permitted to sell Shares acquired under the Plan through the Plan broker appointed by the Company (or such other broker to whom the Grantee may transfer the Shares), provided that such sale takes place outside of the Philippines through the facilities of the stock exchange or national market system on which the Shares are listed.

 

UNITED KINGDOM

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Responsibility for Taxes .  The following provisions supplement Paragraph 6 of the Award Agreement:

 

The Grantee agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of income tax that the Company or the Employer may be required to account to Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) with respect to the event giving rise to the income tax (“Taxable Event”) that cannot be satisfied be the means described in Paragraph 6 of the Award Agreement.  If payment or withholding of income tax is not made within ninety (90) days of the end of the U.K. tax year during which the Taxable Event occurs or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “Due Date”), the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by the Grantee to the Employer, effective on the Due Date.  The loan will bear interest at the then-current official rate of HMRC and it will be immediately due and repayable by the Grantee, and the Company or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Paragraph 6 of the Award Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Grantee is a director or executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), the Grantee will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the unpaid income tax.  In the event that the Grantee is such a director or executive officer and the income tax is not collected from or paid by the Grantee by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected taxes may constitute a benefit to the Grantee on which additional income tax and national insurance contributions (“NICs”) may be payable.  The

 

12



 

Grantee will be responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime and for paying to the Company or the Employer, as applicable, any employee NICs due on this additional benefit, which the Company or the Employer may recover from the Grantee by any of the means referred to in Paragraph 6 of the Award Agreement.

 

Joint Election .  As a condition of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and vesting of the Restricted Share Units, the Grantee shall accept any liability for secondary Class 1 NICs which may be payable by the Company and/or the Employer in connection with the Award and any event Taxable Event related to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan (the “Employer’s Liability”).  Without prejudice to the foregoing, the Grantee shall enter into a joint election with the Company or the Employer, the form of such joint election being formally approved by HMRC (the “Joint Election”) and attached to this Appendix, and any other required consent or elections, including any such other joint elections as may be required between the Grantee and any successor to the Company and/or the Employer.  The Company and/or the Employer may collect the Employer’s Liability from the Grantee by any of the means set forth in Paragraph 6 of the Award Agreement.

 

The Grantee must enter into the Join Election attached to this Appendix concurrent with the execution of the Agreement.  If the Grantee does not enter into a Joint Election prior to the Vesting Date or if approval of the Joint Election has been withdrawn by HMRC, the Grantee may not be entitled to acquire Shares or receive any benefit under the Plan, without any liability to the Company or the Employer.

 

VIETNAM [TO UPDATE PRIOR TO GRANT]

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Settlement of Restricted Share Units and Sale of Shares .  The following provision supplements Paragraphs 2 and 4 of the Award Agreement:

 

The Grantee agrees to maintain any Shares the Grantee obtains upon vesting in an account with the designated Plan broker prior to sale.  Further, the Grantee agrees to immediately sell all Shares issued upon vesting of the Restricted Share Units.  The Grantee agrees that the Company is authorized to instruct its designated broker to assist with the mandatory sale of such Shares (on the Grantee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization) and the Grantee expressly authorizes the Company’s designated broker to complete the sale of such Shares.  The Grantee agrees to sign any forms and/or consents required by the Company’s broker to effectuate the sale of Shares in case of termination of the Grantee’s employment.  The Grantee acknowledges that the Company’s designated broker is under no obligation to arrange for the sale of the Shares at any particular price.  Furthermore, the Grantee acknowledges that the sale of Shares will be made as soon as administratively possible after vesting, but the Company is not committing to sell the Shares at any particular time after vesting.

 

Upon the sale of the Shares, the Company agrees to pay the Grantee the cash proceeds from the sale of the Shares, less any brokerage fees or commissions and subject to any obligation to satisfy Tax-Related Items.  The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee is not aware of any

 

13



 

material nonpublic information with respect to the Company or any securities of the Company as of the date of the Agreement.

 

Exchange Control Information.   All cash proceeds received in relation to the Restricted Share Units must be immediately repatriated to Vietnam.  Such repatriation of proceeds may need to be effectuated through a special exchange control account established by the Company or any Subsidiary, including the Employer.  By accepting the Restricted Share Units, the Grantee consents and agrees that the cash proceeds may be transferred to such special account prior to being delivered to the Grantee.

 

14



 

ADDITIONAL WORDING TO INCLUDE IF ELECTION IS TO BE ENTERED INTO ELECTRONICALLY:

 

Onscreen disclaimer

 

If you are liable for National Insurance contributions (“NICs”) in the UK in connection with your participation in the Atlassian Corporation PLC 2015 Share Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), you are required to enter into an Election to transfer to you any liability for employer’s NICs that may arise in connection with your participation in the Plan.

 

Clicking on the [“ACCEPT”] box indicates your acceptance of the Election. You should read the “ Important Note on the Election to Transfer Employer NICs ” before accepting the Election.

 

Important Note on the Election to Transfer Employer NICs

 

If you are liable for National Insurance contributions (“NICs”) in the UK in connection with your participation in the Atlassian Corporation PLC 2015 Share Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), you are required to enter into an Election to transfer to you any liability for employer’s NICs that may arise in connection with your participation in the Plan.

 

By entering into the Election:

 

·                   you agree that any employer’s NICs liability that may arise in connection with your participation in the Plan will be transferred to you;

·                   you authorise your employer to recover an amount sufficient to cover this liability by such methods including, but not limited to, deductions from your salary or other payments due or the sale of sufficient shares acquired pursuant to your awards; and

·                   you acknowledge that even if you have clicked on the [“ACCEPT”] box where indicated, the Company or your employer may still require you to sign a paper copy of this Election (or a substantially similar form) if the Company determines such is necessary to give effect to the Election.

 

Please read the Election carefully.

 

Please print and keep a copy of the Election for your records.

 

15



 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

2015 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Election To Transfer the Employer’s National Insurance Liability to the Employee

 

This Election is between:

 

A.                                     [NAME OF EMPLOYEE] / [The individual who has obtained authorized access to this Election] (the “ Employee ”), who is employed by a company listed in the attached Schedule (the “ Employer ”) and who is eligible to receive share options and/or restricted share units (collectively, “ Awards ”) pursuant to the Atlassian Corporation PLC 2015 Share Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), and

 

B.                                     Atlassian Corporation PLC, with its registered office at c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP, Exchange House, Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EG, United Kingdom (the “ Company ”), which may grant Awards under the Plan and is entering into this Election on behalf of the Employer.

 

1.                                       Introduction

 

1.1                                This Election relates to all Awards granted to the Employee under the Plan up to the termination date of the Plan.

 

1.2                                In this Election the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Chargeable Event ” means, in relation to the Awards:

 

(i)                                      the acquisition of securities pursuant to the Awards (within section 477(3)(a) of ITEPA);

 

(ii)                                   the assignment (if applicable) or release of the Awards in return for consideration (within section 477(3)(b) of ITEPA);

 

(iii)                                the receipt of a benefit in connection with the Awards, other than a benefit within (i) or (ii) above (within section 477(3)(c) of ITEPA);

 

(iv)                               post-acquisition charges relating to the Awards and/or shares acquired pursuant to the Awards (within section 427 of ITEPA); and/or

 

(v)                                  post-acquisition charges relating to the Awards and/or shares acquired pursuant to the Awards (within section 439 of ITEPA).

 

(b)                                  ITEPA ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003.

 

(c)                                   SSCBA ” means the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992.

 

16



 

1.3                                This Election relates to the employer’s secondary Class 1 National Insurance contributions (the “Employer’s Liability”) which may arise on the occurrence of a Chargeable Event in respect of the Awards pursuant to section 4(4)(a) and/or paragraph 3B(1A) of Schedule 1 of the SSCBA.

 

1.4                                This Election does not apply in relation to any liability, or any part of any liability, arising as a result of regulations being given retrospective effect by virtue of section 4B(2) of either the SSCBA, or the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992.

 

1.5                                This Election does not apply to the extent that it relates to relevant employment income which is employment income of the earner by virtue of Chapter 3A of Part VII of ITEPA (employment income: securities with artificially depressed market value).

 

2.                                       The Election

 

The Employee and the Company jointly elect that the entire liability of the Employer to pay the Employer’s Liability on the Chargeable Event is hereby transferred to the Employee.  The Employee understands that, by signing or electronically accepting this Election, he or she will become personally liable for the Employer’s Liability covered by this Election.  This Election is made in accordance with paragraph 3B(1) of Schedule 1 of the SSCBA.

 

3.                                       Payment of the Employer’s Liability

 

3.1                                The Employee hereby authorises the Company and/or the Employer to collect the Employer’s Liability from the Employee at any time after the Chargeable Event:

 

(i)                                      by deduction from salary or any other payment payable to the Employee at any time on or after the date of the Chargeable Event; and/or

 

(ii)                                   directly from the Employee by payment in cash or cleared funds; and/or

 

(iii)                                by arranging, on behalf of the Employee, for the sale of some of the securities which the Employee is entitled to receive in respect of the Awards; and/or

 

(iv)                               by any other means specified in the applicable award agreement.

 

3.2                                The Company hereby reserves for itself and the Employer the right to withhold the transfer of any securities related to the Awards to the Employee until full payment of the Employer’s Liability is received.

 

3.3                                The Company agrees to procure the remittance by the Employer of the Employer’s Liability to HM Revenue & Customs on behalf of the Employee within 14 days after the end of the UK tax month during which the Chargeable Event occurs (or within 17 days after the end of the UK tax month during which the Chargeable Event occurs if payments are made electronically).

 

17



 

4.                                       Duration of Election

 

4.1                                The Employee and the Company agree to be bound by the terms of this Election regardless of whether the Employee is transferred abroad or is not employed by the Employer on the date on which the Employer’s Liability becomes due.

 

4.2                                Any reference to the Company and/or the Employer shall include that entity’s successors in title and assigns as permitted in accordance with the terms of the Plan and relevant award agreement.  This Election will continue in effect in respect of any awards which replace the Awards in circumstances where section 483 of ITEPA applies.

 

4.3                                This Election will continue in effect until the earliest of the following:

 

(i)                                      the Employee and the Company agree in writing that it should cease to have effect;

 

(ii)                                   on the date the Company serves written notice on the Employee terminating its effect;

 

(iii)                                on the date HM Revenue & Customs withdraws approval of this Election; or

 

(iv)                               after due payment of the Employer’s Liability in respect of the entirety of the Awards to which this Election relates or could relate, such that the Election ceases to have effect in accordance with its terms.

 

4.4                                This Election will continue in force regardless of whether the Employee ceases to be an employee of the Employer.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

18



 

Acceptance by the Employee

 

[The Employee acknowledges that, by signing this Election, the Employee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Election.

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

]

 

OR

 

[The Employee acknowledges that, by clicking on the [“ACCEPT”] box, the Employee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Election.]

 

Acceptance by the Company

 

The Company acknowledges that, by signing this Election or arranging for the scanned signature of an authorised representative to appear on this Election, the Company agrees to be bound by the terms of this Election.

 

Signature for and on

 

behalf of the Company

 

 

 

Position

 

 

 

Date

 

 

19



 

Schedule of Employer Companies

 

The employer companies to which this Election relates are:

 

Name

Atlassian (UK) Operations Limited

Registered Office:

c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP, Exchange House, Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EG UK

Company Registration Number:

8855064

Corporation Tax Reference:

193638277

PAYE Reference:

120/ZB08798

 

20




Exhibit 10.7

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

2015 EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN

 

The purpose of the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan (“the Plan”) is to provide eligible employees of Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”) and each Designated Company (as defined in Section 11) with opportunities to purchase shares of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, nominal value $0.10 per share (the “Shares”).  5,700,000 Shares in the aggregate have been approved and reserved for issuance for this purpose, plus on July 1, 2016 and each July 1 thereafter, the number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by the lesser of (i) 2,850,000 Shares, (ii) one percent of the number of Shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding June 30 or (iii) such lesser number of Shares determined by the Administrator.

 

The Plan includes two components: a Code Section 423 Component (the “423 Component”) and a non-Code Section 423 Component (the “Non-423 Component”).  It is intended for the 423 Component to constitute an “employee share purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the 423 Component shall be interpreted in accordance with that intent (although the Company makes no undertaking or representation to maintain such qualification). In addition, this Plan authorizes the grant of options under the Non-423 Component that does not qualify as an “employee share purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

 

1.              Administration .  The Plan will be administered by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), the compensation and leadership development committee of the Board

 



 

and/or such person or persons appointed by the Board for such purpose (such administrator, the “Administrator”).  The Administrator has authority at any time to: (i) adopt, alter and repeal such rules, subplans, guidelines and practices for the administration and operation of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable, including to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws, regulations and procedures for jurisdictions outside of the United States; (ii) interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan; (iii) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; (iv) decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and (v) otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.  All interpretations and decisions of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants.  No member of the Board or individual exercising administrative authority with respect to the Plan shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option granted hereunder.

 

2.              Offerings .  The Company will make one or more offerings to eligible employees to purchase Shares under the Plan (“Offerings”).  The Administrator shall determine the date of the initial Offering (the “Initial Offering”).  Thereafter, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, an Offering will begin on the first business day occurring on or after each February 15 and August 15 and will end on the last business day occurring on or before the following August 14 and February 14, respectively.  The Administrator may, in its discretion, designate a different period for any Offering, provided that no Offering shall exceed 27 months in duration.

 

3.              Eligibility .  All individuals classified as employees on the payroll records of the Company and each Designated Company are eligible to participate in any one or more of the Offerings under the Plan, provided that as of the first day of the applicable Offering (the

 

2



 

“Offering Date”) they are customarily employed by the Company or a Designated Company for more than 20 hours a week, unless the exclusion of employees who do not meet this requirement is not permissible under applicable law.  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Company for purposes of the Company’s or applicable Designated Company’s payroll system are not considered to be eligible employees of the Company or any Designated Company and shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan.  In the event any such individuals are reclassified as employees of the Company or a Designated Company for any purpose, including, without limitation, common law or statutory employees, by any action of any third party, including, without limitation, any government agency, or as a result of any private lawsuit, action or administrative proceeding, such individuals shall, notwithstanding such reclassification, remain ineligible for participation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive means for individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Company on the Company’s or Designated Company’s payroll system to become eligible to participate in a plan which is equivalent to this Plan is through the adoption of a sub-plan, which specifically renders such individuals eligible to participate therein.

 

4.              Participation .

 

(a)            General .  An eligible employee who is not a Participant on any Offering Date may participate in such Offering by submitting an enrollment form to the Company or any third party designated by the Company (either in electronic or written form, according to procedures established by the Company) at least 15 business days before the Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering).

 

3



 

(b)            Enrollment .  The enrollment form will (a) state a whole percentage to be contributed from an eligible employee’s Compensation (as defined in Section 11) per pay period, (b) authorize the purchase of Shares in each Offering in accordance with the terms of the Plan and (c) specify the exact name or names in which Shares purchased for such individual are to be issued or transferred pursuant to Section 10.  An employee who does not enroll in accordance with these procedures will be deemed to have waived the right to participate.  Unless a Participant submits a new enrollment form or withdraws from the Plan, such Participant’s contributions and purchases will continue at the same percentage of Compensation for future Offerings, provided he or she remains eligible.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, participation in the Plan will neither be permitted nor be denied contrary to the requirements of the Code and any applicable law.

 

5.              Employee Contributions .  Each eligible employee may authorize payroll deductions at a minimum of 0 percent up to a maximum of 10 percent of such employee’s Compensation for each pay period; provided, however, that if payroll deductions are not permitted or problematic under applicable law or for administrative reasons, the Company, in its discretion, may allow eligible employees to contribute to the Plan by other means.  The Company will maintain book accounts showing the amount of payroll deductions or other contributions made by each Participant for each Offering.  No interest will accrue or be paid on payroll deductions or other contributions, unless required under applicable law.

 

6.              Contribution Changes .  Except as may be determined by the Administrator in advance of an Offering, a Participant may not (a) increase or (b) decrease more than once his or her contributions during any Offering, but may (i) increase or (ii) decrease his or her contributions with respect to the next Offering (subject to the limitations of Section 5) by

 

4



 

submitting a new enrollment form at least 15 business days before the next Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering).  The Administrator may, in advance of any Offering, establish rules permitting a Participant to increase, decrease or terminate his or her contributions during an Offering.

 

7.              Withdrawal .  A Participant may withdraw from participation in the Plan by submitting a notice of withdrawal to the Company or any third party designated by the Company (either in electronic or written form, according to procedures established by the Company).  For the avoidance of doubt, contributions of 0 percent of a Participant’s Compensation shall not constitute a withdrawal from the Plan, unless a notice of withdrawal has been submitted to the Company or any third party designated by the Company (either in electronic or written form, according to procedures established by the Company).  The Participant’s withdrawal will be effective as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than two payroll cycles following such withdrawal.  Following a Participant’s withdrawal, the Company will promptly refund such individual’s entire account balance under the Plan, if any, to him or her (after payment for any Shares purchased before the effective date of withdrawal).  Partial withdrawals are not permitted.  Such an employee may not begin participation again during the remainder of the Offering, but may enroll in a subsequent Offering in accordance with Section 4.

 

8.              Grant of Options .  On each Offering Date, the Company will grant to each eligible employee who is then a Participant in the Plan an option (“Option”) to purchase on the last day of such Offering (the “Exercise Date”), at the Option Price hereinafter provided for, the lowest of (a) a number of Shares determined by dividing such Participant’s accumulated contributions on such Exercise Date by the lower of (i) 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Offering Date, or (ii) 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Exercise Date,

 

5



 

(b) 2,500 Shares; or (c) such other lesser maximum number of Shares as shall have been established by the Administrator in advance of the Offering; provided, however, that such Option shall be subject to the limitations set forth below.  Each Participant’s Option shall be exercisable only to the extent of such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions and/or other contributions on the Exercise Date.  The purchase price for each Share purchased under each Option (the “Option Price”) will be 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Offering Date or the Exercise Date, whichever is less, provided that the Option Price shall be no less than the nominal value of a Share unless:

 

(a)            a mechanism involving a third party, as the Company considers necessary, is used; or

 

(b)            the Company and/or Designated Company pays (or procures payment of) a bonus to the Participant in respect of the nominal value of each Share and, with the Participant’s agreement, using such amount to pay up nominal (par) value; or

 

(c)            the Company capitalises its reserves in accordance with the articles of association.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant may be granted an Option hereunder if such Participant, immediately after the Option was granted, would be treated as owning shares possessing 5 percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (as defined in Section 11).  For purposes of the preceding sentence, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the share ownership of a Participant, and all shares which the Participant has a contractual right to purchase shall be treated as shares owned by the Participant.  In addition, no Participant may be granted an Option which permits his or her rights to purchase Shares under the Plan, and any

 

6



 

other employee share purchase plan of the Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries, to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such Share (determined on the Option grant date or dates) for each calendar year in which the Option is outstanding at any time.  The purpose of the limitation in the preceding sentence is to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and shall be applied taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

 

9.              Exercise of Option and Purchase of Shares .  Each employee who continues to be a Participant in the Plan on the Exercise Date shall be deemed to have exercised his or her Option on such date and shall acquire from the Company such number of whole Shares reserved for the purpose of the Plan as his or her accumulated contributions on such date will purchase at the Option Price, subject to any other limitations contained in the Plan.  Any amount remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering solely by reason of the inability to purchase a fractional Share will be carried forward to the next Offering; any other balance remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering will be refunded to the Participant promptly.

 

If a Participant has more than one Option outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in agreements or notices delivered hereunder: (i) each agreement or notice delivered by that Participant shall be deemed to apply to all of his or her Options under the Plan, and (ii) an Option with a lower Option Price (or an earlier granted Option, if different Options have identical Option Prices) shall be exercised to the fullest possible extent before an Option with a higher Option Price (or a later granted Option if different Options have identical Option Prices) shall be exercised.

 

10.           Issuance of Certificates .  Certificates, or book entries for uncertificated Shares, representing Shares purchased under the Plan may be issued only in the name of the employee or, if permitted by the Administrator, in the name of the employee and another person of legal

 

7


 

age as joint tenants with rights of survivorship, or in the name of a broker authorized by the employee to be his, her or their, nominee for such purpose.

 

11.           Definitions .

 

The term “Affiliate” means any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company which does not meet the definition of a Subsidiary below, as determined by the Administrator, whether new or hereafter existing.

 

The term “Compensation” means base pay, prior to reduction pursuant to Sections 125, 132(f) or 401(k) of the Code or comparable reductions under laws outside the United States, but excluding overtime, incentive or bonus awards, commissions, allowances and reimbursements for expenses such as relocation allowances or travel expenses, income or gains on the exercise of Company share options or other equity incentive awards and similar items.  The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine the application of this definition to Participants outside of the United States.

 

The term “Designated Company” means any present or future Affiliate or Subsidiary (as defined below) that has been designated by the Administrator to participate in the Plan.  The Administrator may so designate any Affiliate or Subsidiary, or revoke any such designation, at any time and from time to time, either before or after the Plan is approved by the shareholders and may further designate such companies as participating in the 423 Component or the Non-423 Component.  For purposes of the 423 Component, only Subsidiaries may be Designated Companies.  The current list of Designated Companies is attached hereto as Appendix A.

 

The term “Fair Market Value of the Shares” on any given date means the fair market value of the Shares determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Shares is admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated

 

8



 

Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), NASDAQ Global Market or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price on such date.  If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price.

 

The term “Initial Public Offering” means the consummation of the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale by the Company of its Shares.

 

The term “Parent” means a “parent corporation” with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

The term “Participant” means an individual who is eligible as determined in Section 3 and who has complied with the provisions of Section 4.

 

The term “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

12.           Rights on Termination of Employment .  Unless otherwise required by applicable law, if a Participant’s employment terminates for any reason before the Exercise Date for any Offering, no contributions will be taken from any pay due and owing to the Participant and the balance in the Participant’s account will be paid to such Participant or, in the case of such Participant’s death, if permitted by the Administrator, to his or her designated beneficiary as if such Participant had withdrawn from the Plan under Section 7.  An employee will be deemed to have terminated employment, for this purpose, if the corporation that employs him or her, having been a Designated Company, ceases to be an Affiliate or Subsidiary, as applicable, or if the employee is transferred to any corporation other than the Company or a Designated Company.  An employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment for this purpose, if the

 

9



 

employee is on an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise provides in writing.

 

13.           Special Rules .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may adopt special rules applicable to the employees of a particular Designated Company, whenever the Administrator determines that such rules are necessary or appropriate for the implementation of the Plan in a jurisdiction where such Designated Company has employees; provided that, if such rules are inconsistent with the requirements of Section 423(b) of the Code, these employees will participate in the Non-423 Component.  Any special rules established pursuant to this Section 13 shall, to the extent possible, result in the employees subject to such rules having substantially the same rights as other Participants in the Plan.

 

14.           Optionees Not Shareholders .  Neither the granting of an Option to a Participant nor the deductions from his or her pay or other contributions shall deem such Participant to be a holder of the Shares covered by an Option under the Plan until such Shares have been purchased by and issued or transferred to him or her.

 

15.           Rights Not Transferable .  Rights under the Plan are not transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

 

16.           Application of Funds .  All funds received or held by the Company under the Plan may be combined with other corporate funds and may be used for any corporate purpose, unless otherwise required under applicable law.

 

10



 

17.           Adjustment in Case of Changes Affecting Shares .  In the event of a subdivision of outstanding Shares, the payment of a dividend in Shares or any other change affecting the Shares, the number of Shares approved for the Plan and the Share limitation set forth in Section 8 shall be equitably or proportionately adjusted to give proper effect to such event.

 

18.           Amendment of the Plan .  The Board may at any time and from time to time amend the Plan in any respect, except that without the approval within 12 months of such Board action by the shareholders, no amendment shall be made increasing the number of Shares approved for the Plan or making any other change that would require shareholder approval in order for the 423 Component of the Plan, as amended, to qualify as an “employee share purchase plan” under Section 423(b) of the Code.

 

19.           Insufficient Shares .  If the total number of Shares that would otherwise be purchased on any Exercise Date plus the number of Shares purchased under previous Offerings under the Plan exceeds the maximum number of Shares issuable under the Plan, the Shares then available shall be apportioned among Participants in proportion to the amount of payroll deductions accumulated on behalf of each Participant that would otherwise be used to purchase Shares on such Exercise Date.

 

20.           Termination of the Plan .  The Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board.  Upon termination of the Plan, all amounts in the accounts of Participants shall be promptly refunded.  The Plan shall automatically terminate on the ten year anniversary of the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

 

21.           Compliance with Law .  The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver Shares under the Plan is subject to completion of any registration or qualification of the Shares under any U.S. or non-U.S. local, state or federal securities or exchange control law or under rulings or

 

11



 

regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or of any other governmental regulatory body, and to obtaining any approval or other clearance from any U.S. and non-U.S. local, state or federal governmental agency, which registration, qualification or approval the Company shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable.  The Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares with the SEC or any other U.S. or non-U.S. securities commission or to seek approval or clearance from any governmental authority for the issuance or sale of the Shares. 

 

22.           Governing Law .  This Plan and all Options and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

23.           Issuance or Transfer of Shares .  Shares may be issued upon exercise of an Option from authorized but unissued Shares or, in the alternative, the Company may arrange for the transfer of Shares (including from Shares held in the treasury of the Company, or from any other proper source).

 

24.           Tax Withholding .  Each Participant agrees, by participating in the Plan, that the Company and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct any Tax Liability from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, including Shares issuable under the Plan.  Where a Tax Liability arises in connection with the Plan, the Company and/or a Designated Company may require that, as a condition of exercise of an Option and purchase of Shares, a Participant must either:

 

(a)            make a payment to the Company, or otherwise as the Company directs, of an amount equal to the Company’s estimate of the amount of the Tax Liability; or

 

12



 

(b)            enter into arrangements acceptable to the Company to secure that such payment is made (whether by surrender of Shares, net share issuance, the sale of Shares or otherwise).

 

For these purposes, “Tax Liability” shall mean any amount of U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state or local income tax, social security (or similar) contributions, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account and/or other tax-related items related to the participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Participant, which the Company and/or an Affiliate or Subsidiary become liable to pay on the Participant’s behalf to the relevant authorities in any jurisdiction.

 

25.           Notification Upon Sale of Shares .  Each Participant who is subject to tax in the United States with respect to his or her participation in the Plan agrees, by entering the Plan, to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of Shares purchased under the Plan where such disposition occurs within two years after the date of grant of the Option pursuant to which such Shares were purchased.

 

26.           Effective Date and Approval of Shareholders .  The Plan shall take effect on the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering, subject to approval by the holders of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present or by written consent of the shareholders.

 

13



 

APPENDIX A

 

Designated Companies

 

Atlassian Pty Ltd

Atlassian B.V.

Atlassian (UK) Operations Limited

Atlassian K.K.

 

14




Exhibit 10.8

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PTY LIMITED

173-185 Sussex Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia

ACN 122 325 777

 

October 6 th , 2009

 

Jay N Simons

 

Dear Jay:

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION OPTIONS

 

The purpose of this letter is to record the terms on which Atlassian Corporation Pty Limited (Company) will issue options to you to acquire ordinary shares in the capital of the Company (Options) .

 

Enclosed with this letter are the following documents:

 

(1)                                  Terms of Issue of your Options;

 

(2)                                  Constitution of the Company (Replaceable Rules);

 

(3)                                  Shareholders’ Agreement and

 

(4)                                  Deed of Accession to the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

Summary

 

As a summary, your Options will be subject to the following conditions:

 

(1)                                  you have been awarded 200,000 Options with a First Vesting Date June 2, 2009;

 

(2)                                  each Option will entitle you to receive one ordinary share in the capital of the Company (Share);

 

(3)                                  the Options are non-statutory stock options;

 

(4)                                  the Options are issued to you for free;

 

(5)                                  your Options will vest in instalments on the dates set out in the Terms of Issue;

 

(6)                                  the Exercise Price for each Option is AUD $8.23;

 

(7)                                  the Expiry Date of the Options is 9 years after the date of issue of the Options;

 

(8)                                  the Options do not entitle you to any rights as a shareholder (such as voting or dividend rights), until they vest, are exercised and Shares are issued to you, and

 

(9)                                  the Options are subject to the Terms of Issue.

 

JN Simons Option Letter

 



 

Governing Law

 

This agreement is governed by the laws of Australia.

 

Taxation and Financial advice

 

You should consult your own tax adviser about the taxation implications of acquiring Shares and Options. Also, any advice given to you by the Company in relation to this invitation in general advice only and you should consider obtaining your own financial advice from an independent advisor who is qualified to give that advice.

 

Acceptance

 

If you wish to accept this offer, please sign, date and return to the Chief Financial Officer the enclosed copy of this letter within 30 days of the date of this letter. In doing so, the Company will ensure that you are issued with the number of Options set out above. Once the Options vest and Shares are issued to you, you agree to become bound by the terms of the Company’s Constitution and Shareholders’ Agreement with effect from the date of issue. You will need to sign the attached Deed of Accession indicating such agreement before the shares may be issued.

 

If you have any questions concerning this offer, please do not hesitate to contact the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.

 

Yours sincerely,

 

/s/ M. Cannon-Brookes

 

Director

 

 

I acknowledge that I have been provided with, and read, a copy of the Terms of Issue, the Shareholders Agreement and the Constitution. I confirm my acceptance of the offer of options on the terms outlined in this letter.

 

/s/ Jay N Simons

 

10/10/2009

Signature of Jay N Simons

 

Date:

 

2




Exhibit 10.9

 

Deed of Amendment

 

Date 14 October 2013

 

1                                          Jay Norman Simons was granted options in Atlassian Australia pursuant to a letter of offer ( Letter ) and terms of issue dated on or about 6 October 2009 ( Option Terms ).

 

2                                          The parties agree that the Option Terms are amended, with effect on and from the Effective Date, to read as set out in Annexure A. For ease of identification and comparison only, the parties have attached to this deed as Annexure B a blackline showing the amendments to the Option Terms.

 

3                                          Except as amended by this deed of amendment (this Deed ), all terms and conditions of the Option Terms remain in full force and effect. The amendments to the Option Terms do not affect the validity or enforceability of the Option Terms.

 

4                                          With effect on and from the Effective Date, the Options Terms (as amended by this Deed):

 

(a)                                  are to be read as a single integrated document incorporating the amendments affected by this Deed; and

 

(b)                                  supersede the Letter.

 

5                                          Nothing in this Deed:

 

(a)                                  prejudices or adversely affects any right, power, authority, discretion or remedy which arose under or in connection with the Letter and the Option Terms before the Effective Date; or

 

(b)                                  discharges, releases or otherwise affects any liability or obligation which arose under or in connection with the Letter and the Option Terms before the Effective Date.

 

6                                          This Deed is governed by and will be construed according to the laws of Victoria. The parties irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Victoria and of the courts competent to determine appeals from those courts.

 

7                                          This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties on separate counterparts. Each counterpart constitutes the Deed of each party who has executed and delivered that counterpart. Each counterpart is an original but the counterparts together are one and the same Deed.

 

8                                          Except as otherwise defined in this Deed, the defined terms used in this Deed have the meaning set out below:

 

Atlassian Australia means Atlassian Corporation Pty Limited ACN 122 325 777.

 

Class Variation Resolutions has the meaning given in the Explanatory Memorandum.

 

Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

 

Effective Date means the date on which all the variations of class rights resulting from all of the Class Variation Resolutions have taken effect in accordance with section 246D of the Corporations Act.

 

Explanatory Memorandum means the explanatory memorandum to be dated on or about 11 October 2013 (or such other date as Atlassian Australia may determine) in relation to the proposed meetings of shareholders of Atlassian Australia to be held on or about 11 November 2013 (or such other date as Atlassian Australia may determine), a draft of which has been exchanged between the parties.

 

1



 

Signing page

 

 

Executed as a deed

 

 

 

 

 

Signed sealed and delivered for

 

 

Atlassian Corporation Pty Limited

 

 

by

 

 

 

 

sign here

/s/ Tom Kennedy

 

 

Company Secretary/Director

 

 

 

 

print name

Tom Kennedy

 

 

 

 

sign here

/s/ Scott Farquhar

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

print name

Scott Farquhar

 

 

 

 

 

Signed sealed and delivered by

 

 

Jay Norman Simons

 

 

 

 

sign here

/s/ Jay Norman Simons

 

print name

Jay Norman Simons

 

 

 

 

 

in the presence of

 

 

 

 

sign here

/s/ Tom Kennedy

 

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

print name

Tom Kennedy

 

 

2



 

Annexure A — Clean version of amended Option Terms

 

(Attached as a separate document)

 

3


 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PTY LIMITED

 

ACN 122 325 777

 

Terms of Issue of Option

 

1

Employee

Jay Norman Simons

 

 

 

2

Grant Date

April 22, 2009

 

 

 

3

Number & Type of Shares

2,000,000 fully paid Class B Ordinary Shares in Atlassian Corporation Pty Limited (the Company )

 

 

 

4

Consideration for Grant of Option

This Option is granted to you for free. No amount is payable by you to receive this Option.

 

 

 

5

Conversion

Each vested Option entitles you to receive one fully paid Class B Ordinary Share in the Company ( Share ).

 

 

 

6

Voting Rights and Distributions

Options do not confer on its holder any shareholder rights such as voting or dividend rights. Shareholder rights will only arise once Shares are issued (or transferred as the case may be) to you.

 

 

 

7

Exercise Price

The exercise price for each Option is AU$0.823 The total exercise price is AU$1,646,000.00 All amounts are in Australian dollars.

 

 

 

8

Expiry Date

This Plan and the Option will terminate on June 2, 2018, provided that the Option may terminate earlier as provided in Section 11 below.

 

 

 

9

Vesting Schedule

The Shares subject to this Option will vest in accordance with the following schedule, subject to your continued service with the Company or any of its Bodies Corporate:

 

 

 

 

Tranche

 

Vesting Date

 

Number of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

June 2, 2009

 

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-37

 

1st of each month after first Vesting Date

 

1 /48th each tranche (1,500,000 in total)

 

 

1



 

10

Acceleration of Vesting

(1)

In the event of an Exit Event and you are, or will be, terminated without cause as a direct result of the Exit Event, there will be a 50% acceleration of your unvested options, immediately before and contingent on, the Exit Event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

On or prior to an Exit Event, the Company must:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

notify you that this Option will have 50% accelerated vesting as a result of the Exit Event occurring,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

make appropriate arrangements to ensure you are able to exercise this Option on or prior to (and contingent upon) the Exit Date, and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Shares issued as a result of the exercise of this Option upon an Exit Event are accorded the same rights and receive the same benefits in relation to the Exit Event as pre-existing Shares.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

Any portion of this Option that is not exercised shall terminate immediately upon an Exit Event occurring, unless the applicable successor company assumes this Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for this Option.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

For the purposes of this rule 10, an Exit Event means any of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the sale or transfer of more than 50% of the shares in the Company whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the sale of the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Company by a single transaction or a series of related transactions, or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any other event or series of events that results in or allows a disposal or realisation of all shareholders’ interests in the Company and which the Board of Directors of the Company ( Board ) declares to be an Exit Event.

 

 

 

 

 

11

Lapsing of Option

Unless otherwise determined by the Board in its absolute discretion, if you cease to provide services to the Company or any of its Bodies Corporate for any reason (including without limitation death or disability), this Option will automatically lapse 3 months from the date on which you cease to provide services to the Company or any of its Bodies Corporate.

 

 

 

12

Transfer Restrictions

This Option may not, without consent of the Board, be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during your lifetime, only

 

2



 

 

 

by you.

 

 

 

13

Reconstruction

Subject to any applicable laws, rules or regulations, in the event of any reconstruction of the Shares in the Company, your entitlement to Shares attaching to this Option, the exercise price of this Option and the number of Shares issuable pursuant to this Plan, must be reconstructed accordingly. Any such reconstruction must be done in a manner which will not result in any additional benefits being conferred on you which are not conferred on the shareholders of the Company but in all other respects the terms for the exercise of this Option will remain unchanged.

 

 

 

14

Disposal

The Shares issued (or transferred) to you upon exercise of this Option will be subject to the restrictions in, and may only be transferred in accordance with, the Company’s constitution and the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Agreement means the shareholders agreement originally dated 2 July 2010, and amended and restated on 31 January 2012 (and as further amended and restated from time to time) in respect of the Company to which you have adhered to by way of a deed of adherence.

 

 

 

15

Method of Exercise

This Option shall be exercisable by delivery to the Company of a written notice of intent ( Notice ) to exercise this Option stating the number of Shares being exercised and payment by direct payment ( Payment ) or cheque of the aggregate exercise price for the purchased Shares.

 

 

 

16

Time and Place of Exercise

The purchase and issue of Shares under this Option shall occur at the registered office of the Company simultaneously with the delivery of the Notice and receipt of the Payment.

 

 

 

17

Governing Law

This Option shall be governed by the laws of the State of Victoria, Australia.

 

 

 

18

Tax Designation of Option (US Residents only)

This Option is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined by Section 422 of the Code and hence is a non-statutory stock option . The Shares subject to this Option shall be treated as subject to a non-statutory stock option , in accordance with the Code and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

 

 

19

Accredited Investor (US residents only)

You acknowledge and agree that you are an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501 (a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

3



 

20

California Corporate Securities Law (US Residents only)

The sale of the securities which are the subject of this agreement has not been qualified with the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California and the issuance of the securities or the payment or receipt of any part of the consideration therefore prior to the qualification is unlawful, unless the sale of securities is exempt from qualification by section 25100, 25102 or 25105 of the California Corporations Code. The rights of all parties to this agreement are expressly conditioned upon the qualification being obtained, unless the sale is so exempt.

 

4




Exhibit 10.10

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PTY LTD

 

CLASS B ORDINARY SHARES

 

EXERCISE AGREEMENT

 

This Exercise Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of December 30, 2013, by and between Atlassian Corporation Pty Ltd (the “ Company ”), and Jay Simons (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Deed of Amendment dated October 14, 2013 (the “ Deed ).

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his option to purchase 333,000 Class B ordinary shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Terms of Issue of Option attached to the Deed (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be AUD0.823 per Share for a total purchase price of AUD$274,059. Following this exercise, there will be 1,667,000 remaining vested and unexercised Class B ordinary shares under the Option Agreement. The term “ Shares ” refers to the Shares purchased hereunder and all securities received as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

 

2.                                       Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the payment of the aggregate exercise price by any method listed in Section 15 of the Option Agreement and the satisfaction of any applicable tax withholding obligations. The Company shall issue the Shares to Purchaser by entering such Shares in Purchaser’s name as of such date in the books and records of the Company or, if applicable, a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser. If applicable, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares as soon as practicable following such date.

 

3.                                       Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by the Company’s Constitution and/or the Shareholders Agreement, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable laws.

 

4.                                       Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                  Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or

 

1



 

for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

 

(b)                                  Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

 

(c)                                   Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

(d)                                  Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144, which requires, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act of 1934, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

 

(e)                                   Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(f)                                    Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

2



 

5.                                       Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

(i)                                      THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

(ii)                                   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER AND/OR THE COMPANY’S CONSTITUTION AND SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

6.                                       No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

7.                                       Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise

 

3



 

dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering. In addition, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing a public offering of the Company’s securities (other than the initial public offering), Purchaser hereby agrees to be bound by similar restrictions, and to sign a similar agreement, in connection with no more than one additional registration statement filed within 12 months after the closing date of the initial public offering, provided that the duration of the lock-up period with respect to such additional registration shall not exceed 90 days from the effective date of such additional registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during the last 17 days of the restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or prior to the expiration of the restricted period the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, then, upon the request of the managing underwriter, to the extent required by any FINRA rules, the restrictions imposed by this subsection (a) shall continue to apply until the end of the third trading day following the expiration of the 15-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. In no event will the restricted period extend beyond 216 days after the effective date of the registration statement.

 

8.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New South Wales, Australia, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

 

(c)                                   Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under Applicable Laws, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

4



 

(d)                                  Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

(e)                                   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(f)                                    Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(g)                                   California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5



 

The parties have executed this Exercise Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PTY LTD

 

 

 

/s/ Tom Kennedy

 

Tom Kennedy

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

Level 6, 341 George St

 

Sydney, NSW, 2000, Australia

 

 

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

/s/ Jay Simons

 

Jay Simons

 

 

 

 

 

6




Exhibit 10.11

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC
CASH INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

1.                                       Purpose

 

This Cash Incentive Bonus Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) is intended to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate eligible employees of Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “ Company ”) and its subsidiaries toward even higher achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of the Company and its shareholders and to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified employees.  The Incentive Plan is for the benefit of Covered Employees (as defined below).

 

2.                                       Covered Employees

 

From time to time, the compensation and leadership development committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Compensation Committee ”) may select certain employees (the “ Covered Employees ”) to be eligible to receive bonuses hereunder.  Participation in this Plan does not change the “at will” nature of a Covered Employee’s employment with the Company.

 

3.                                       Administration

 

The Compensation Committee shall have the sole discretion and authority to administer and interpret the Incentive Plan.

 

4.                                       Bonus Determinations

 

(a)                                  Corporate Performance Goals .  A Covered Employee may receive a bonus payment under the Incentive Plan based upon the attainment of one or more performance objectives that are established by the Compensation Committee and relate to financial and operational metrics with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the “ Corporate Performance Goals ”), including the following:  total shareholder return, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of the shares, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue or bookings, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of share, sales or market shares, number of customers and number of average users, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group.  The Compensation Committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation performance under a Corporation Performance Goal to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a performance period: (i) asset write-downs or impairments, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reporting results, (iv) accruals for reorganizations and restructuring

 



 

programs, and (v) any item of an unusual nature or of a type that indicates infrequency of occurrence, or both, including those described in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s authoritative guidance or similar guidance from any other accounting standards board relevant to the Company and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition of operations appearing the Company’s annual report to shareholders for the applicable year. The Corporate Performance Goals may differ from Covered Employee to Covered Employee.

 

(b)                                  Calculation of Corporate Performance Goals .  At the beginning of each applicable performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine whether any significant element(s) will be included in or excluded from the calculation of any Corporate Performance Goal with respect to any Covered Employee.  In all other respects, Corporate Performance Goals will be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of the performance period and which is consistently applied with respect to a Corporate Performance Goal in the relevant performance period.

 

(c)                                   Target; Minimum; Maximum .  Each Corporate Performance Goal shall have a “target” (100 percent attainment of the Corporate Performance Goal) and may also have a “minimum” hurdle and/or a “maximum” amount.

 

(d)                                  Bonus Requirements; Individual Goals .  Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4(d):  (i) any bonuses paid to Covered Employees under the Incentive Plan shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas that tie such bonuses to one or more performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals, (ii) bonus formulas for Covered Employees shall be adopted in each performance period by the Compensation Committee and communicated to each Covered Employee at the beginning of each performance period and (iii) no bonuses shall be paid to Covered Employees unless and until the Compensation Committee makes a determination with respect to the attainment of the performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee may adjust bonuses payable under the Incentive Plan based on achievement of one or more individual performance objectives or pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to Covered Employees under the Incentive Plan based on individual performance goals and/or upon such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may in its discretion determine.

 

(e)                                   Individual Target Bonuses .  The Compensation Committee shall establish a target bonus opportunity for each Covered Employee for each performance period.  For each Covered Employee, the Compensation Committee shall have the authority to apportion the target award so that a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of Corporate Performance Goals and a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of individual performance objectives.

 

(f)                                    Employment Requirement .  Subject to any additional terms contained in a written agreement between the Covered Employee and the Company, the payment of a bonus to a Covered Employee with respect to a performance period shall be conditioned upon the Covered Employee’s employment by the Company on the bonus payment date and such Covered Employee shall not have provided notice of his or her termination of employment on or prior to such date.  If a Covered Employee was not employed for an entire performance period, the

 

2



 

Compensation Committee may pro rate the bonus based on the number of days employed during such period.

 

5.                                       Timing of Payment

 

(a)                                  With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on a basis more frequently than annually (e.g., quarterly or semi-annually), the Corporate Performance Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published.  If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for such period are met, payments will be made (subject to legally required deductions) as soon as practicable following the end of such period, but not later 74 days after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends.

 

(b)                                  With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on an annual or multi-year basis, Corporate Performance Goals will be measured as of the end of each such performance period (e.g., the end of each fiscal year) after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published.  If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for any such period are met, bonus payments will be made (subject to legally required deductions) as soon as practicable, but not later than 74 days after the end of the relevant fiscal year.

 

(c)                                   For the avoidance of doubt, bonuses earned at any time in a fiscal year must be paid no later than 74 days after the last day of such fiscal year.

 

6.                                       Amendment and Termination

 

The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time in its sole discretion.

 

3




Exhibit 10.12

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN

 

1.                                       Purpose .  Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”) considers it essential to the best interests of its shareholders to foster the continuous employment of key management personnel.  The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes, however, that, as is the case with many publicly held corporations, the possibility of an involuntary termination of employment, either before or after a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2 hereof), exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders.  Therefore, the Board has determined that the Atlassian Corporation Plc Executive Severance Plan (the “Plan”) should be adopted to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Company’s Covered Executives to their assigned duties without distraction.  Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as creating an express or implied contract of employment and nothing shall alter the “at will” nature of the Covered Executives’ employment with the Company.

 

2.                                       Definitions .  The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

(a)                                  “Accounting Firm” shall mean a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company.

 

(b)                                  “Administrator” means the Board or a committee thereof.

 

(c)                                   Base Salary ” shall mean the higher of (i) the annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event or (ii) the annual base salary in effect for the year immediately prior to the year in which the Terminating Event occurs.

 

(d)                                  Cause ” shall mean, and shall be limited to, the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                                      conduct by the Covered Executive constituting a material act of misconduct in connection with the performance of his duties, including, without limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates other than the occasional, customary and de minimis use of Company property for personal purposes;

 

(ii)                                   the commission by the Covered Executive of (A) any felony, (B) a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud, or (C) any conduct by the Covered Executive that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if he or she were retained in his or her position;

 

(iii)                                continued non-performance by the Covered Executive of his or her duties hereunder (other than by reason of the Covered Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for 30 days following written notice

 

1



 

of such non-performance from the Company;

 

(iv)                               a breach by the Covered Executive of any of the provisions contained in Section 7 of this Plan;

 

(v)                                  a material violation by the Covered Executive of the Company’s written employment policies; or

 

(vi)                               failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

 

(e)                                   Change in Control ” shall mean a Sale Event, as defined in the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2015 Share Incentive Plan.

 

(f)                                    “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(g)                                   Covered Executives ” shall mean each individual as set forth in Exhibit A attached who meets the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4 of this Plan.

 

(h)                                  “Good Reason” shall mean that the Covered Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                      a material diminution in the Covered Executive’s responsibilities, authority or duties; or

 

(ii)                                   a material reduction in the Covered Executive’s base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all management employees; or

 

(iii)                                the relocation of the Company offices at which the Covered Executive is principally employed to a location more than 50 miles from such offices.

 

For purposes of Section 2(h)(i), a change in the reporting relationship, or a change in a title will not, by itself, be sufficient to constitute a material diminution of responsibilities, authority or duty.

 

(i)                                      Good Reason Process ” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      the Covered Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred;

 

(ii)                                   the Covered Executive notifies the Company in writing of the occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 30 days of the occurrence of such

 

2



 

condition;

 

(iii)                                the Covered Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period of 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition;

 

(iv)                               notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist following the Cure Period; and

 

(v)                                  the Covered Executive terminates his employment within 30 days after the end of the Cure Period.

 

If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

 

(j)                                     “Participation Agreement” shall mean an agreement between a Covered Executive and the Company that acknowledges the Covered Executive’s participation in the Plan.

 

(k)                                  “Terminating Event” shall mean any of the following events: (i) termination by the Company of the employment of the Covered Executive for any reason other than for Cause, death or disability; or (ii) the termination by the Covered Executive of his or her employment with the Company for Good Reason.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Terminating Event shall not be deemed to have occurred herein solely as a result of the Covered Executive being an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company.

 

3.                                       Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)                                  Administrator .  The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  Powers of Administrator .  The Administrator shall have all powers necessary to enable it properly to carry out its duties with respect to the complete control of the administration of the Plan.  Not in limitation, but in amplification of the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the power and authority in its discretion to:

 

(i)                                      construe the Plan to determine all questions that shall arise as to interpretations of the Plan’s provisions, including, but not limited to, determination of which individuals are Covered Executives, the benefits to which any Covered Executives may be entitled, the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan and all other matters pertaining to the Plan;

 

(ii)                                   adopt amendments to the Plan which are deemed necessary or desirable to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including but not limited to Code Section 409A and the guidance thereunder;

 

(iii)                                make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan, including the authority and ability to delegate administrative functions to a third party;

 

3



 

(iv)                               decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and

 

(v)                                  otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

 

(c)                                   All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Covered Executives.

 

4.                                       Eligibility .  All Covered Executives who have executed and submitted to the Company a Participation Agreement, and satisfied such other requirements as may be determined by the Administrator, are eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

5.                                       Termination Benefits .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs with respect to a Covered Executive, the Company shall pay or provide to the Covered Executive any earned but unpaid salary, unpaid expense reimbursements and accrued but unused leave entitlement, if applicable, within the time required by law but in no event more than 30 days after the Terminating Event. In addition, subject to the execution of a separation agreement containing, among other provisions, an effective general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities, confidentiality, return of property and non-disparagement, in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) by the Covered Executive and the expiration of any revocation period with respect to such Release within 30 days of the Terminating Event, the Company shall:

 

(a)                                  pay the Covered Executive a lump sum cash amount equal to six months of the Covered Executive’s Base Salary.  Such amount shall be paid, subject in all respects to Section 9, on the first payroll date that occurs 30 days after the Terminating Event; and

 

(b)                                  if the Terminating Event occurs on, or within 12 months after, the effective date of a Change in Control where Company equity awards are being assumed or substituted by the successor entity, the Company shall cause the percentage, as set forth on Exhibit A with respect to a Covered Executive, of the outstanding and unvested equity awards held by the Covered Executive to immediately become fully exercisable and vested as of the date of the Covered Executive’s Terminating Event; provided, that the performance conditions applicable to the applicable percentage of any share-based awards subject to performance conditions will be deemed satisfied at the target level specified in the terms of the award agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the outstanding equity awards of the Company held by the Covered Executive are not being assumed, continued or substituted by the successor entity in connection with the Change in Control, then all such equity awards held by the Covered Executive shall become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of the Change in Control; provided, that the performance conditions applicable to any share-based awards subject to performance conditions will be deemed satisfied at the target level specified in the terms of the award agreement.

 

6.                                       Additional Limitation .

 

(a)                                  Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Covered Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and

 

4



 

the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the Covered Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Covered Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Covered Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction.  In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code:  (i) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (ii) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (iii) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (iv) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Section 6, the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise, employment and social security taxes imposed on the Covered Executive as a result of the Covered Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments.  For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Covered Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes and social security at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

 

(c)                                   The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 6(a) shall be made by the Accounting Firm, which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Covered Executive within 15 business days of the Terminating Event, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Covered Executive.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Covered Executive.

 

7.                                       Confidential Information, Nonsolicitation, Ownership of Inventions and Cooperation .

 

(a)                                  Confidentiality .  The Covered Executive understands and agrees that the Covered Executive’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Covered Executive and the Company with respect to all Confidential Information (as defined below).  At all times, both during the Covered Executive’s employment with the Company and after his or her termination, the Covered Executive will hold in strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company to the extent necessary to perform his or her obligations to the Company, and not disclose to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, without written authorization from the Company in each instance, any Confidential Information that he or she obtains, accesses or creates during the term of his or her employment, whether or

 

5



 

not during working hours, until such Confidential Information becomes publicly and widely known and made generally available through no wrongful act of the Covered Executive or of others who were under confidentiality obligations as to the item or items involved.  The Covered Executive will not make copies of such Confidential Information except as authorized by the Company.  Further, during his or her employment with the Company, and at any time following the termination of such employment for any reason, whether with or without cause, the Covered Executive shall not use any Confidential Information of the Company to negatively influence any of the Company’s clients or customers from purchasing Company products or services.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in the Plan shall be interpreted or applied to prohibit the a Covered Executive from making any good faith report to any governmental agency or other governmental entity concerning any act or omission that the Covered Executive reasonably believes constitutes a possible violation of federal or state law or making other disclosures that are protected under the anti-retaliation or whistleblower provisions of applicable federal or state law or regulation.

 

(b)                                  Confidential Information .  As used in this Plan, “Confidential Information” means information and physical material not generally known or available outside the Company and information and physical material entrusted to the Company in confidence by third parties.  Confidential Information includes, without limitation:  (i) Company Inventions (as defined below); (ii) technical data, trade secrets, know-how, research, product or service ideas or plans, software codes and designs, developments, inventions, laboratory notebooks, processes, formulas, techniques, biological materials, mask works, engineering designs and drawings, hardware configuration information, lists of, or information relating to, suppliers and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on whom the Covered Executive called or with whom the Covered Executive became acquainted during his or her employment with the Company), price lists, pricing methodologies, cost data, market share data, marketing plans, licenses, contract information, business plans, financial forecasts, historical financial data, budgets or other business information disclosed to the Covered Executive by the Company either directly or indirectly, whether in writing, electronically, orally, or by observation.  “ Company Inventions ” means any and all Inventions (as defined below) that the Covered Executive may solely or jointly author, discover, develop, conceive, or reduce to practice during the period of his or her employment with the Company.  “ Inventions ” means discoveries, developments, concepts, designs, ideas, know how, improvements, inventions, trade secrets and/or original works of authorship, whether or not patentable, copyrightable or otherwise legally protectable, including, but not limited to, any new product, machine, article of manufacture, biological material, method, procedure, process, technique, use, equipment, device, apparatus, system, compound, formulation, composition of matter, design or configuration of any kind, or any improvement thereon.  Company Inventions do not include any Invention which qualifies fully for exclusion under the provisions of applicable state law.  If any such exclusion under applicable state law does not apply, then Company Inventions will not include any Invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the Covered Executive’s own time, unless (i) the Invention relates (A) to the business of the Company, or (B) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) the Invention results from any work performed by the Covered Executive for the Company.

 

(c)                                   Documents, Records, etc .  All documents, records, data, apparatus,

 

6



 

equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Covered Executive by the Company or are produced by the Covered Executive in connection with the Covered Executive’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Company.  The Covered Executive will return to the Company all such materials and property as and when requested by the Company.  In any event, immediately upon termination of the Covered Executive’s employment for any reason, the Covered Executive will return all such materials and property to the Company and will deliver to the Company (and will not keep in his or her possession, recreate or deliver to anyone else) any and all devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, laboratory notebooks, materials, flow charts, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any of the aforementioned items developed by him or her pursuant to his or her employment with the Company or otherwise belonging to the Company, its successors or assigns.  The Covered Executive will not retain with the Covered Executive any such material or property or any copies thereof after such termination.

 

(d)                                  Nonsolicitation .  Until one year after the termination of the Covered Executive’s employment, the Covered Executive will not encourage or solicit any employee or consultant of the Company to leave the Company for any reason (except for the bona fide firing of Company personnel within the scope of his or her employment).

 

(e)                                   Ownership of Inventions and Other Rights .

 

(i)                                      Use or Incorporation of Inventions .  If in the course of the Covered Executive’s employment with the Company, he or she uses or incorporates into a product, process or machine any Invention not covered by Section 7(e)(ii) below in which the Covered Executive has an interest, the Covered Executive will promptly so inform the Company.  Whether or not the Covered Executive gives such notice, he or she irrevocably grants to the Company a nonexclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free, assumable, perpetual, worldwide license, with right to transfer and to sublicense, to practice and exploit such Invention and to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, sell, import, and otherwise distribute under all applicable intellectual properties without restriction of any kind.

 

(ii)                                   Assignment of Company Inventions .  The Covered Executive will promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assign to the Company, or its designee, all his or her right, title and interest throughout the world in and to any and all Company Inventions.  All Company Inventions that are made by the Covered Executive (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of his or her employment with the Company are “works made for hire” (to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law) and are compensated by his or her salary.  The Covered Executive waives and irrevocably quitclaims to the Company, or its designee, any and all claims, of any nature whatsoever, that he or she now has or may hereafter have for infringement of any and all Company Inventions.

 

(iii)                                Maintenance of Records .  The Covered Executive will keep and maintain adequate and current written records of all Company Inventions made by him or

 

7



 

her (solely or jointly with others) during the term of his or her employment with the Company.  The records may be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, flow charts, electronic data or recordings, laboratory notebooks, or any other format.  The records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.  The Covered Executive will not remove such records from the Company’s place of business except as expressly permitted by Company policy which may, from time to time, be revised at the sole election of the Company for the purpose of furthering the Company’s business.  The Covered Executive will deliver all such records (including any copies thereof) to the Company at the time of termination of his or her employment with the Company.

 

(iv)                               Patent and Copyright Rights .  The Covered Executive will assist the Company, or its designee, at its expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s, or its designee’s, rights in the Company Inventions and any copyrights, patents, trademarks, mask work rights, moral rights, or other intellectual property rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company or its designee of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments, recordations, and all other instruments which the Company or its designee shall deem necessary in order to apply for, obtain, maintain and transfer such rights, or if not transferable, waive such rights, and in order to assign and convey to the Company or its designee, and any successors, assigns and nominees the sole and exclusive right, title and interest in and to such Company Inventions, and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto.  The Covered Executive’s obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in his or her power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue during and at all times after the end of his or her employment with the Company and until the expiration of the last such intellectual property right to expire in any country of the world.  The Covered Executive irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as his or her agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and in his or her behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the application for, prosecution, issuance, maintenance or transfer of letters of patents, copyright, mask work and other registrations related to such Company Inventions.  This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall not be affected by the Covered Executive’s subsequent incapacity.

 

(v)                                  Use of Likeness .  Notwithstanding any rights of publicity, privacy or otherwise (whether or not statutory) anywhere in the world, and without any further compensation, the Company (and its assigns, licensees, successors in interest and legal representatives) may and is irrevocably authorized to (and to allow others to) use, reproduce, disseminate and publish the Covered Executive’s name, likeness, image, picture, photograph, voice and other personal characteristics in all forms and in all media in connection with promotion of its business, products and services, and the Covered Executive waives any right to the same or any right to inspect or approve the intermediary or finished version(s) of the results.  To the extent any of the foregoing is ineffective under applicable law, the Covered Executive will provide any and all ratifications and consents necessary to accomplish the purposes of the foregoing to the extent possible and will confirm any such ratifications and consents from time to time as requested by the Company.

 

8



 

(f)                                    Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation .  During and after the Covered Executive’s employment, the Covered Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Covered Executive was employed by the Company.  The Covered Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times.  During and after the Covered Executive’s employment, the Covered Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Covered Executive was employed by the Company.  The Company shall reimburse the Covered Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Covered Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 7(f).

 

(g)                                   Injunction .  The Covered Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Covered Executive of the promises set forth in this Section 7, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach.  Accordingly, the Covered Executive agrees that if the Covered Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Plan, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.

 

8.                                       Withholding .  All payments made by the Company under this Plan shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

9.                                       Section 409A .

 

(a)                                  Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Covered Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Covered Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Covered Executive becomes entitled to under this Plan would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Covered Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Covered Executive’s death.

 

(b)                                  The parties intend that this Plan will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  To the extent that any provision of this Plan is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code.

 

(c)                                   The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation

 

9



 

Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

(d)                                  The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Covered Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Plan are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

 

10.                                Notice and Date of Termination .

 

(a)                                  Notice of Termination .  After the occurrence of a Terminating Event, such event shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from the Company to the Covered Executive or vice versa in accordance with this Section 10.  For purposes of this Plan, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Plan relied upon and the Date of Termination.

 

(b)                                  Date of Termination .  “Date of Termination,” with respect to any purported termination of a Covered Executive’s employment, shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination.

 

(c)                                   Notice to the Company .  Covered Executive will send all communications to the Company relating to this Plan, in writing, addressed as follows, subject to change when notified by the Company:

 

Atlassian, Inc.

Attention:  Legal

1098 Harrison Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

 

(d)                                  Notice to the Executive .  Company will send all communications to the Covered Executive, relating to this Plan, in writing, addressed to the Covered Executive at the last address the Covered Executive has filed in writing with the Company.

 

11.                                No Mitigation .  The Covered Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Covered Executive by the Company under this Plan.  Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Plan shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Covered Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Covered Executive to the Company, or otherwise.

 

12.                                Benefits and Burdens .  This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Covered Executives, their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.  In the event of a Covered Executive’s death after a Terminating Event but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due him under this Plan, the Company shall continue such payments to the Covered Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to his death (or to his estate, if the Covered Executive fails to make such designation).

 

13.                                Enforceability .  If any portion or provision of this Plan shall to any extent be

 

10


 

declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Plan, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Plan shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

14.                                Waiver .  No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party.  The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Plan, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Plan, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

15.                                Notices .  Any notices, requests, demands, and other communications provided for by this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to a Covered Executive at the last address the Covered Executive has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at their main office, attention of the Board of Directors.

 

16.                                Non-Duplication of Benefits and Effect on Other Plans .  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, the benefits provided hereunder shall be in lieu of any other severance payments and/or benefits provided by the Company, including any such payments and/or benefits pursuant to an employment agreement or offer letter between the Company and the Covered Executive.  Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to otherwise limit the rights of the Covered Executives under the Company’s other benefit plans, programs or policies.

 

17.                                No Contract of Employment .  Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as giving any Covered Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or shall affect the terms and conditions of a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

18.                                Amendment or Termination of Plan .  The Company may amend or terminate this Plan at any time or from time to time, but no such action shall adversely affect the rights of any Covered Executive without the Covered Executive’s written consent.

 

19.                                Governing Law .  This Plan shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California.

 

20.                                Obligations of Successors .  In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

Adopted:  As of November 4, 2015

 

11



 

Exhibit A

 

Covered Executive

 

Vesting Percentage

 

Murray Demo

 

100

%

Jeff Diana

 

100

%

Tom Kennedy

 

100

%

Jay Simons

 

50

%

Didier Moretti

 

50

%

Bryan Rollins

 

50

%

Eric Wittman

 

50

%

 

12



 

[INSERT ATLASSIAN LOGO]

 

[DATE], 2015

 

[ NAME]

[ADDRESS]

[ADDRESS]

[ADDRESS]

 

Re: Executive Severance Plan

 

Dear [NAME],

 

Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”) is pleased to inform you that you have been designated as an eligible participant in the Company’s Executive Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

Under certain circumstances, you will be eligible for certain severance benefits as described in the Severance Plan. Any such severance benefits are subject to the terms and conditions of the Severance Plan.

 

As a condition to participate in the Severance Plan, you hereby acknowledge that the severance benefits that may be provided to you under the Severance Plan will supersede and replace any severance benefit plan, policy or practice previously maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates that may have been applicable to you and any severance benefits under any individually negotiated employment agreement or offer letter agreement between you and the Company or any of its affiliates, as may be amended from time to time, including the [offer letter][employment agreement](1) between you and [Atlassian Corporation Plc](2), dated [DATE](3).

 

Please review the information in this letter and the Severance Plan carefully.  If you have any questions regarding the letter or the Severance Plan, please contact [NAME](4) at [(###) ###-#### or [           ].com](5).

 

To accept the terms of this letter and participate in the Severance Plan, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return the signed copy to [NAME](6) by [DATE](7).

 


(1)  To individualize.

(2)  To individualize.

(3)  To individualize.

(4)  Company to confirm.

(5)  Company to confirm.

(6)  Company to confirm.

(7)  Company to confirm.

 



 

Atlassian Corporation Plc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Atlassian Corporation Plc Executive Severance Plan

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

This Policy is subject to the recommendation of our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee to our Board of Directors and the approval of our Board of Directors.

 

Atlassian Corporation Plc

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

 

The purpose of this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “ Policy ”) of Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “ Company ”), is to provide a total compensation package that enables the Company to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, high-caliber directors who are not employees or officers of the Company or its subsidiaries (“ Outside Directors ”).  In furtherance of the purpose stated above, all Outside Directors shall be paid compensation for services provided to the Company as set forth below:

 

I.                                         Cash Retainers

 

(a)          Annual Retainer for Board Membership :  $50,000 for general availability and participation in meetings and conference calls of our Board of Directors.

 

(b)          Additional Retainers for Chairperson of Committees :

 

Audit Committee Chairperson:

 

$

20,000

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and Leadership Development Committee Chairperson:

 

$

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chairperson:

 

$

10,000

 

 

(c)           Additional Retainers for Chairperson of the Board : $35,000 to acknowledge the additional responsibilities and time commitment of the Chairperson role.

 

II.                                    Equity Retainers

 

All grants of equity retainer awards to Outside Directors pursuant to this Policy will be automatic and nondiscretionary and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  Value .  For purposes of this Policy, “ Value ” means with respect to (i) any award of share options, the grant date fair value of the option (i.e., Black-Scholes Value) determined in accordance with the reasonable assumptions and methodologies employed by the Company for calculating the fair value of options under ASC 718; and (ii) any award of restricted shares or restricted share units, the product of (A) the fair market value of one Class A ordinary share on the grant date, and (B) the aggregate number of shares pursuant to such award.

 

(b)                                  Revisions .  The Compensation and Leadership Development Committee in its discretion may change and otherwise revise the terms of future awards to be granted under this Policy.

 

(c)                                   Sale Event Acceleration .  In the event of a Sale Event (as defined in the Company’s 2015 Share Incentive Plan), the equity retainer awards granted to Outside Directors pursuant to this Policy shall become 100% vested and exercisable.

 



 

(d)                                  Initial Grant . Upon the first eligible grant date following the initial election to the Board of Directors, each new Outside Director will receive an initial, one-time grant of restricted share units (the “ Initial Grant ”) with a Value of $250,000 that vests according to the following schedule: 25% will vest on the one-year anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 75% will vest in equal quarterly installments over the next three years; provided, however, that all vesting ceases if the director resigns from our Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting.  If any Initial Grant to an Outside Director is to become effective as of the date of the Company’s initial public offering, the Value shall be determined by reference to the “price to the public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering.   This Initial Grant applies to Outside Directors who are first elected to the Board of Directors effective as of or subsequent to the Company’s initial public offering.

 

(e)                                   Annual Grant . On the date of the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders,  each Outside Director who will continue as an Outside Director following the Annual Meeting will receive a grant of restricted share units on the date of such Annual Meeting (the “ Annual Grant ”) with a Value of $225,000 that vests in full on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the grant date or (ii) the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders; provided, however, that all vesting ceases if the director resigns from our Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting.  If a new Outside Director joins our Board of Directors on a date other than the date of the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders, such Outside Director will be granted a pro-rata portion of the Annual Grant based on the time between such Outside Director’s appointment and the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders, on the first eligible grant date following such Outside Director’s appointment to our Board of Directors.

 

III.                               Expenses

 

The Company will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Outside Directors in attending meetings of the Board of Directors or any Committee thereof.

 

IV.                                Share Ownership Requirement

 

Each Outside Director is required, within four years following his or her first election to our Board of Directors (or, if later, from the effective date of this Policy) (the “ Phase-in Period ”), to own a number of Class A ordinary shares having an aggregate value of at least $250,000.  For purposes of determining compliance with the share ownership requirement, the aggregate value of each Outside Director’s Class A ordinary shares shall be determined as of July 1 of each year (the “ Determination Date ”) based on the 90-day average closing price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares ending on the trading day preceding the Determination Date.  Only shares of Class A ordinary shares that are owned in the following forms will be considered in determining whether an Outside Director’s share ownership requirement has been met:

 

·                   Shares owned directly by the Outside Director or his or her immediately family members;

 



 

·                   Shares held in a grantor trust for the benefit of the Outside Director or his or her immediate family members;

 

·                   Shares owned by a partnership, limited liability company or other entity to the extent of the Outside Director’s interest therein (or the interest therein of his or her immediate family members), but only if the Outside Director has or shares power to vote or dispose of the shares; or

 

·                   Shares underlying vested restricted share units.

 

Outside Directors are subject to this share ownership requirement for as long as they continue to serve on the Board of Directors.  Failure to meet the share ownership requirement after the Phase-in Period may result in the payment of future cash retainers in the form of Class A ordinary shares and/or a restriction on the Outside Director’s right to sell Class A ordinary shares, as determined in the discretion of the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee.  In the event that an Outside Director does not comply with the share ownership requirement as a result of a severe financial hardship, a requirement to comply with a court order to transfer shares (i.e., in connection with a divorce) or as a result of significant share price fluctuations, the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee may, in its sole discretion, evaluate whether exceptions from the share ownership requirement shall be made.

 

Effective Date :  This Policy shall be effective upon the date of the Company’s initial public offering.

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

[Date]

 

[              ]

[Address]

[Address 2]

 

Dear                              :

 

On behalf of Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you a position as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

 

As a Board member, you will be responsible for attending any scheduled Board meetings in person or by telephone (the Company requests that at least two-thirds of all Board meetings be attended in person). The Company will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by you in attending meetings of the Board or any committees thereof. In addition, from time to time, we would like to have the benefit of your experience and insight regarding various Company-related matters through telephone and email communications.

 

Subject to the approval of the Board, you will be compensated in cash and equity in accordance with the Company’s Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A . Additionally, you will be required to adhere to certain share ownership requirements as further described in the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.

 

In addition, you will receive certain indemnification rights with respect to your service as a Board member, provided that you execute the Company’s form of indemnification agreement.

 

In connection with your Board service, we expect that the Company and its agents will disclose technical, business, or financial information to you, including (without limitation) the identity of and information relating to customers or employees and information the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties that is subject to a duty from the Company to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes (“ Confidential Information ”). To the extent such Confidential Information is not generally publicly known or otherwise previously known by you without an obligation of confidentiality, you agree not to use such Confidential Information (except in connection with your Board services) or disclose such Confidential Information to any third party and to take reasonable steps to maintain the confidential nature of such Confidential Information. When you cease to be a Board member, you must return all Confidential Information to the Company.

 

As a precautionary matter and to avoid any conflicts of interest, we ask that while you are a member of the Board that you do not provide advice to or otherwise provide services to any competitor of the Company. In addition, we ask that you inform the Company of any potential, actual, direct or indirect conflict of interest that you think exists or may arise as a result of your relationship with Company, so that we may come to a quick and mutually agreeable resolution. By signing below you also represent and warrant that the performance of your duties as a Board

 



 

member will not conflict with or violate any obligation of yours or right of any third party, and further that you will not disclose any third party proprietary or confidential information to the Company in connection with your Board services.

 

This letter agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the United Kingdom without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. The foregoing constitutes the complete agreement between us with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in all respects all prior or contemporaneous proposals, negotiations, conversations, discussions and agreements between us.

 

I am excited about you joining our Board and look forward to working with you to help make the Company a truly great and prosperous company. Please acknowledge your receipt of and agreement with this letter agreement by signing and dating this letter agreement and returning it to me at your earliest convenience.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

[                             ]

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

2



 

Exhibit A

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

Form:

07L

 

LEASE

Leave this space clear. Affix additional

Release:

4.4

 

pages to the top left-hand corner.

 

 

 

New South Wales

Real Property Act 1900

 

 

PRIVACY NOTE: Section 31B of the Real Property Act 1900 (RP Act) authorises the Registrar General to collect the information required by this form for the establishment and maintenance of the Real Property Act Register. Section 96B RP Act requires that the Register is made available to any person for search upon payment of a fee, if any.

 

 

STAMP DUTY

Office of State Revenue use only

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

TORRENS TITLE

Property leased

 

2/771947 as regards part being Levels 8, 9 and 10, 343 George Street, Sydney

 

 

(B)

LODGED BY

Document

Name, Address or DX, Telephone, and Customer Account Number if any

CODE

 

Collection

LLPN: 123292U

 

 

Box

Hunt & Hunt

 

 

 

DX 214 Sydney

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reference:

ESB: 9581255: 134407327

L

 

 

(C)

LESSOR

COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SYDNEY ABN 22 636 550 790

 

 

 

 

 

The lessor leases to the lessee the property referred to above.

 

 

(D)

Encumbrances (if applicable):

 

 

(E)

LESSEE

ATLASSIAN PTY LTD ABN 53 102 443 916

 

 

 

 

(F)

TENANCY:

 

(G)            1. TERM 5 years

 

2.          COMMENCING DATE 1 March 2015

 

3.          TERMINATING DATE 28 February 2020

 

4.          With an OPTION TO RENEW for a period of 3 years and 2 months

 

set out in clause 21 of Annexure “A” hereto

 

5.          With an OPTION TO PURCHASE set out in clause N.A. of N.A.

 

6.          Together with and reserving the RIGHTS set out inclause N.A. of N.A.

 

7.          Incorporates the provisions or additional material set out in ANNEXURE(S)  “A” hereto.

 

8.          Incorporates the provisions set out in N. A.

 

No. N.A.

 

9.          The RENT is set out in item No. 5 of the Reference Schedule of Annexure “A” hereto.

 

ALL HANDWRITING MUST BE IN BLOCK CAPITALS.

1309

 

1



 

DATE 25 March 2015

 

(H)

I certify that I am an eligible witness and that the lessor’s attorney signed this dealing in my presence.

Certified correct for the purposes of the Real Property Act 1900 by the lessor’s attorney who signed this dealing pursuant to the power of attorney specified.

 

 

[See note* below].

 

 

 

 

Signature of witness:

/s/ Heather Turner

 

Signature of attorney:

/s/ Marcia Claire Doheny

 

 

 

 

 

Attorney’s name:

MARCIA CLAIRE DOHENY

 

Name of witness:

HEATHER TURNER

Signing on behalf of:

COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SYDNEY

 

Address of witness:

456 KENT STREET

Power of attorney-Book:

4572

 

 

SYDNEY NSW 2000

-No.:

994

 

 

 

 

Certified correct for the purposes of the Real Property Act 1900 and executed on behalf of the company named below by the authorised person(s) whose signature(s) appear(s) below pursuant to the authority specified.

 

 

 

 

 

Company:

ATLASSIAN PTY LTD ACN 102 443 916

 

 

Authority:

section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of authorised person:

/s/ Scott Farquhar

 

Signature of authorised person:

/s/ Mike Cannon-Brookes

 

 

 

 

Name of authorised person:

Scott Farquhar

Name of authorised person:

Mike Cannon-Brookes

 

Office held:

Director

Office held:

Director

 

(I)                 STATUTORY DECLARATION *

 

I

 

solemnly and sincerely declare that—

 

1.

The time for the exercise of option to

in expired lease No.

has ended; and

 

 

 

 

2.

The lessee under that lease has not exercised the option.

 

 

 

I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true and by virtue of the provisions of the Oaths Act 1900.

 

Made and subscribed at

in the State of New South Wales

on

 

 

 

in the presence of

of

,

 

 

 

o Justice of the Peace (J.P. Number:)

o Practising Solicitor

,

 

o Other qualified witness [specify]

 

# who certifies the following matters concerning the making of this statutory declaration by the person who made it:

 

1. I saw the face of the person OR I did not see the face of the person because the person was wearing a face covering, but I am satisfied that the person had a special justification for not removing the covering; and

 

2. I have known the person for at least 12 months OR I have confirmed the person’s identity using an identification document and the document I relied on was a                    [Omit ID No.]

 

Signature of witness:

Signature of applicant:

 


*             As the services of a qualified witness cannot be provided at lodgment, the declaration should be signed and witnessed prior to lodgment. # If made outside NSW, cross out the witness certification. If made in NSW, cross out the text which does not apply.

 

** s117 RP Act requires that you must have known the signatory for more than 12 months or have sighted identifying documentation.

 

2



 

THIS IS ANNEXURE A REFERRED TO IN THE LEASE BETWEEN COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SYDNEY (AS LANDLORD) AND ATLASSIAN PTY LTD (AS TENANT)

 

DATED : 25 March 2015

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED on behalf of Council of the City of Sydney by its duly appointed attorney under power of attorney registered in the office of the Registrar

 

 

General (NSW) No. 994

Book 4572

 

 

 

 

 

, in the presence of:

Signature of attorney:

/s/ Marcia Claire Doheny

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Heather Turner

 

Full name of attorney:

MARCIA CLAIRE DOHENY

 

 

 

Name:

HEATHER TURNER

 

 

 

 

 

 

456 KENT STREET

 

Address:

SYDNEY NSW 2000

 

 

 

PLEASE PRINT

 

 

 

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant’s signature

 

 

 

EXECUTED by Atlassian Pty Ltd

 

ACN 102 443 916 in accordance with section

 

127 of the Corporations Act 2001 :

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Scott Farquhar

 

Signature:

/s/ Mike Cannon-Brookes

 

 

 

 

Name:

Scott Farquhar

 

Name:

Mike Cannon-Brookes

 

PLEASE PRINT

 

PLEASE PRINT

Director

 

Director/Secretary*

 

 

 

* Delete as appropriate

 

 

3


 

Contents

 

1.

Definitions and interpretation

7

 

 

 

 

1.1

Purpose

7

 

1.2

Reference Schedule

7

 

1.3

Definitions

8

 

1.4

Interpretation

11

 

1.5

Liability

12

 

1.6

Severability

12

 

17

Legislation

12

 

 

 

 

2.

Term and holding over

13

 

 

 

 

2.1

Term

13

 

2.2

Holding Over

13

 

 

 

 

3.

Landlord’s obligations

13

 

 

 

 

3.1

Quiet Enjoyment

13

 

3.2

Maintenance and management

13

 

3.3

Use of Common Areas

13

 

3.4

Services

13

 

3.5

Rates and Taxes

14

 

 

 

 

4.

Landlord’s reservations

14

 

 

 

 

4.1

Services

14

 

4.2

Landlord’s Rights

14

 

4.3

Landlord may inspect

15

 

4.4

Landlord may repair

15

 

4.5

Additions and alterations to the Building

15

 

4.6

Concessions and licences

15

 

4.7

Prospective tenants and purchasers

15

 

4.8

Relocation

16

 

4.9

Demolition

16

 

4.10

Role as a governmental agency

16

 

4.11

Landlord’s and superior interest holder’s right to view

16

 

 

 

 

5.

Rent and payment requirements

16

 

 

 

 

5.1

Payment of Rent

16

 

5.2

Interest on overdue money

17

 

5.3

Dishonour fees

17

 

5.4

GST

17

 

5.5

Adjustments, errors

17

 

 

 

 

6.

Rent review

18

 

 

 

 

6.1

Review

18

 

6.2

Fixed percentage review

18

 

6.3

CPI review

18

 

6.4

Market review

18

 

6.5

Provision for Adjustment/Deferment of Review

20

 

 

 

 

7.

Tenant’s outgoing contribution

20

 

 

 

 

7.1

Tenant’s outgoings contribution

20

 

7.2

Components of Outgoings

20

 

7.3

Accrual of Outgoings and Base Year update

22

 

7.4

Tenant’s share of Outgoings

22

 

7.5

Payments on account of Outgoings

22

 

7.6

Outgoings Statement

22

 

7.7

Adjustment of Outgoings

23

 

7.8

Cleaning

23

 

 

 

 

8.

Utilities and other charges

23

 

 

 

 

8.1

Electricity, gas etc.

23

 

4



 

 

8.2

Preparation Costs

24

 

8.3

Default and administration costs

24

 

8.4

Land tax

24

 

 

 

 

9.

Use of the premises

24

 

 

 

 

9.1

Permitted use

24

 

9,2

Exclusion of warranty as to use

24

 

9.3

Positive Obligations

25

 

9.4

Negative obligations

25

 

9.5

Tenant’s servants to comply

26

 

9.6

Signs/directory board

26

 

 

 

 

10.

Maintenance, repair and alteration

27

 

 

 

 

10.1

Repair and maintenance

27

 

10.2

Maintenance of Tenant’s equipment

27

 

10.3

Breakages

27

 

10.4

Lighting

27

 

10.5

Doors, drains and toilets

27

 

10.6

Installations and alterations

27

 

10.7

Occupation prior to Commencement Date

28

 

10.8

Alterations or additions to Landlord’s Property

28

 

10.9

Work health and safety

29

 

 

 

 

11.

Indemnities and releases

29

 

 

 

 

11.1

Risk

29

 

11.2

Release

29

 

11.3

Indemnities

30

 

11.4

lndependence

30

 

 

 

 

12.

Insurances

30

 

 

 

 

12.1

Insurance Policies - Public Risk

30

 

12.2

Insurance Policies - other

30

 

12.3

Insurance requirements

31

 

12.4

Evidence

31

 

 

 

 

13.

Assignment

31

 

 

 

 

13.1

No sublease, mortgage etc.

31

 

13.2

Grounds for the Landlord withholding consent to an assignment

32

 

13.3

Landlord’s consent to assignment

32

 

13.4

Sublease

32

 

13.5

Restriction on transfer of shares

33

 

 

 

 

14.

Damage

33

 

 

 

 

14.1

Damage consequences

33

 

14.2

Landlord entitlements

33

 

14.3

Tenant’s entitlements

34

 

14.4

Limitation on the Tenant’s entitlements

34

 

14.5

Resumption

34

 

 

 

 

15.

Expiry or termination of term

34

 

 

 

 

15.1

Tenant to yield up and remove its fittings

34

 

15.2

Tenant not to cause damage

34

 

15.3

Failure by Tenant to remove Tenant’s moveable furnishings and equipment

35

 

15.4

Tenant to indemnify and pay Landlord’s costs

35

 

 

 

 

16.

Default

35

 

 

 

 

16.1

Essential terms

35

 

16.2

Default events

35

 

16.3

Consequences of default

36

 

16.4

Recovery of loss

36

 

16.5

No restriction or waiver

36

 

 

 

 

17.

Rules

37

 

5



 

 

17.1

Tenant to comply with the Rules

37

 

17.2

Landlord Not Liable for Loss or Damage

37

 

17.3

Landlord’s Right to Amend Rules 

37

 

 

 

 

18.

Guarantee

37

 

 

 

19.

Bank guarantee

37

 

 

 

 

19.1

Definitions

37

 

19.2

Bank Guarantee

38

 

19.3

Security Amount

38

 

19.4

Further or Replacement Bank Guarantee

38

 

19.5

Payment of the Security Amount

38

 

19.6

No Waiver

38

 

19.7

Make Good

39

 

19.8

Assignment

39

 

 

 

 

20.

General

39

 

 

 

 

20.1

Notices

39

 

20.2

Amendment

39

 

20.3

Entire understanding

39

 

20.4

Further assurance

39

 

20.5

Waiver and exercise of rights

39

 

20.6

No relationship

39

 

20.7

Survival and enforcement of indemnities

40

 

 

 

 

21.

Option to renew

40

 

 

 

 

21.1

Conditions for grant of further term

40

 

21.2

Terms of new lease

40

 

21.3

Bank Guarantee

41

 

 

 

 

22.

Service charges for operation outside Normal Business Hours

41

 

 

 

23.

Air Conditioning Plant and Elevators

41

 

 

 

 

23.1

Operational

41

 

23.2

No Warranty

42

 

23.3

No liability

42

 

23.4

Service charges for operation outside Normal Business Hours

42

 

 

 

 

24.

Rental rebate

42

 

 

 

 

24.1

Personal right

42

 

24.2

Rental rebate

42

 

 

 

 

25.

Green leasing provisions

43

 

 

 

 

25.1

Cooperation to implement environmental efficiencies

43

 

25.2

NABERS

43

 

25.3

NABERS rating

43

 

25.4

Landlord upgrades

44

 

25.5

Tenant use of water and power

44

 

25.6

Fit out efficiency

44

 

25.7

Apply when City of Sydney is the Landlord

44

 

25.8

Failure to comply not an event of default

44

 

 

 

 

26.

Heritage Listed Building

44

 

 

 

27.

Possible entry 341 George Street

45

 

 

 

Rules

46

 

 

Signing Page

48

 

6



 

1.                                       Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1                                Purpose

 

The purpose of this Lease is to record the agreement reached between the parties in relation to the leasehold interest in the Premises granted to the Tenant under this Lease.

 

1.2                                Reference Schedule

 

The Reference Schedule for this Lease is set out below:

 

Item 1.                                                          Land

 

The land comprised in certificate of title folio identifier 2/771947

 

Item 2.                                                          Premises

 

Levels 8, 9 and 10, 343 George Street, Sydney

 

Item 3.                                                          Landlord

 

Council of the City of Sydney ABN 22 636 550 790 of Level 6, Town Hall House, 456 Kent Street, Sydney, NSW

 

Item 4.                                                          Tenant

 

Atlassian Pty Ltd ACN 102 443 916 of Level 6, 341 George Street, Sydney NSW 2000

 

Item 5.                                                          Guarantor

 

Not applicable

 

Item 6.                                                          Commencement Date, Term and Expiry Date

 

(a)                                 Commencement Date: 1 July 2015

 

(b)                                 Term: 4 years and 8 months

 

(c)                                  Expiry Date: 28 February 2020

 

Item 7.                                                          Rent

 

$2,057,967.20 per annum

 

Item 7A                                                    Rent Commencement Date

 

4 months after the Commencement Date

 

Item 8.                                                          Rent Review Date / Method of review

 

(a)                                  Rent review date: on each anniversary of the Commencement Date

 

(b)                                  Method of review: fixed percentage increase of 4.00%

 

7



 

Item 9.                                                          Tenant’s share of Outgoings

 

(a)                                  Tenant’s share of Outgoings: 23.95%

 

(b)                                  Base year: 30 June 2014

 

Item 10.                                                   Permitted Use

 

Commercial offices

 

Item 11.                                                   Redecoration Date

 

Not applicable

 

Item 12.                                                   Bank Guarantee

 

(a)                                  Initial Bank Guarantee: $1,226,127.56

 

(b)                                  No. of months’ Rent calculated as the average Rent per month over the Term plus GST: 6

 

Item 13.                                                   Option to renew

 

Option Term: 3 years and 2 months commencing 1 March 2020 and terminating 30 June 2023

 

Item 14.                                                   Normal Business Hours

 

8.00 am to 6.00 pm Monday to Friday on a Business Day

 

Item 15.                                                   Cleaning cost

 

Approximately $13.90 per square metre per annum plus GST

 

1.3                                Definitions

 

In this Lease unless a contrary intention appears:

 

Air Conditioning Plant means any plant, machinery and equipment installed in the Building for heating, cooling or circulating air in the Premises.

 

API means the Australian Property Institute Inc (NSW Division) or its successor.

 

Authority includes:

 

1.3.1                                any government in any jurisdiction, whether federal, state, territorial or local;

 

1.3.2                                any provider of public utility services, whether statutory or not; and

 

1.3.3                                any other person, authority, instrumentality or body having jurisdiction, rights, powers, duties or responsibilities over the Premises or any part of them or anything in relation to them (including the Insurance Council of Australia Limited).

 

Bank Guarantee means a bank guarantee that meets the requirements specified in clause 19.

 

Base Year means the Outgoings Year stated in Item 9(b) as varied from time to time under this Lease.

 

Building means:

 

8



 

1.3.4                                the building or buildings for the time being erected on the Land of which the Premises form part including any extension, modification, alteration, addition or replacement in respect of them; and

 

1.3.5                                any Landlord’s Property in them.

 

Business Day means any day except Saturday or Sunday or a day that is a public holiday in New South Wales.

 

Commencement Date means the date stated in Item 6(a).

 

Common Areas means any part of the Building provided by the Landlord for common use and includes any forecourts, lobby areas, car parking areas, toilets and loading docks other than those reserved to the Landlord.

 

Elevators mean any lift in the Building.

 

Expiry Date means the dated stated in item 6(c).

 

Fire Services has the same meaning as the expression Essential Service under the Local Government (Approvals) Regulation 1993 or under the Building Code of Australia (as applicable to the Building) and includes any certificate, report, upgrading or annual certification in relation to any such service.

 

Guarantor means each person, if any, described in Item 5.

 

GST means goods and services tax under A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth).

 

Hazardous Materials means any substance, gas, liquid, chemical, mineral or other physical or biological matter which is or may become toxic, flammable, inflammable or which is otherwise harmful to the environment or any life form or which may cause pollution, contamination or any hazard or increase in toxicity in the environment or may leak or discharge or otherwise cause damage to any person, property or the environment.

 

Insolvency Event means any of the following:

 

1.3.6                           in the case of a body corporate:

 

(a)                                  a Court order is made or a resolution is passed that a body corporate be wound up;

 

(b)                                  an order is made or a meeting is called for the appointment of an administrator, provisional administrator, liquidator, provisional liquidator, receiver, receiver and manager or an inspector to a body corporate;

 

(c)                                   an administrator, provisional administrator, liquidator, provisional liquidator, receiver, receiver and manager or an inspector is appointed to a body corporate;

 

(d)                                  any act or event mentioned in section 461(1)(a) to (k) of the Corporations Act occurs; or

 

1.3.7                              in the case of a natural person, they become a bankrupt.

 

Land means the land stated in Item 1 of which the Premises forms part and, except where the context does not permit, includes the Building.

 

9



 

Landlord means the person described in Item 3 and, where the context so admits, the employees and agents of the Landlord (including for the purpose of giving any notice any managing agent appointed from time to time by the Landlord).

 

Landlord’s Property means all plant, equipment, fixtures, fittings, furniture, furnishings and other property installed or situated in or relevant to the Premises and owned or controlled by the Landlord.

 

Lease means this instrument and any annexures or attachments to it.

 

Lettable Area means the area determined by the Landlord’s surveyor according to the method of measurement adopted for the time being by the Property Council of Australia, or any equivalent method of measurement the Landlord may nominate.

 

Normal Business Hours means the hours stated in Item 14.

 

Outgoings has the meaning given to that term in clause 7.2.

 

Outgoings Year means year or part of a year ending on 30 June in each year or at the expiry or sooner termination of this Lease (for all periods of less than 1 year all items of an annual or other periodic nature must be apportioned in respect of time as necessary).

 

Party means each of the Landlord, the Tenant and any Guarantor and Parties means all of them.

 

Permitted Use means the permitted use stated in Item 10.

 

Premises mean that part of the Building described in Item 2, and includes any Landlord’s Property. The Premises extend to:

 

1.3.8                      internal face of any concrete floor or ceiling slab or other structural floor or ceiling surface;

 

1.3.9                      internal face of external walls and of any internal structural walls of the Premises; and

 

1.3.10               the centre line of any inter-tenancy walls separating the Premises from other premises in the Building or from any Common Areas.

 

Quarter means each consecutive period of three months (or part of it) ending on the respective last days of March, June, September and December.

 

Reference Schedule means the reference schedule set out in clause 1.2.

 

Rent means the yearly amount stated in Item 7 as varied from time to time under this Lease.

 

Rent Commencement Date means the date specified in Item 7A.

 

Rent Review Date means each date or dates stated in Item 8(a).

 

Rules  mean the rules of the Building notified by the Landlord to the Tenant from time to time.

 

Services means services (including, without limitation, water, sewerage, drainage, gas, electricity, communications, essential services and fire prevention) to or of the Building or the Land provided by the Landlord or any governmental agencies and which are intended to service, or are for the benefit of the Premises.

 

10



 

Statutory Notice includes any requirement of any statute, rule, regulation, proclamation, ordinance or by-law, present or future, and whether state, federal or otherwise.

 

Statutory Outgoings means all costs payable to any Authority or under any Statutory Notice for:

 

1.3.11                    the Land or any part of it; or

 

1.3.12                    the ownership and operation of the whole or any part of the Land,

 

including, without limitation;

 

1.3.13                    all rates and taxes payable to any Authority relating to the use and occupation of the Land and/or for any services of the type from time to time provided by the local government authority for the locality in which the Land is situated and for waste and general garbage removal from the Land,

 

1.3.14                    all rates payable to an Authority for the provision, reticulation or discharge of water and/or sewage and/or drainage including excess water charges and meter rents; and

 

1.3.15                    land taxes or taxes of the nature of a tax on land, computed on the taxable value of the Land at the rate which would be payable by the Landlord if the Land were the only land owned by the Landlord and not subject to a special trust and not owned by a non-concessional company.

 

Tenant means the person described in Item 4 and, where the context so admits, the employees and agents of the Tenant.

 

Tenant and persons under its control means the Tenant and each of its servants, agents, workmen, visitors, invitees, sublessees, licensees and any other person on the Premises.

 

Tenant’s Business means the business carried on by the Tenant from the Premises.

 

Tenant’s Obligations means the obligations contained or implied in this Lease to be observed and performed by the Tenant.

 

Tenant’s Property means all property (including any fittings, plant and equipment) in the Premises which are not Landlord’s Property or Services.

 

Term means the period from and including the Commencement Date to and including the Expiry Date.

 

Valuer means a current member of the API who:

 

(a)                                  is a full member of the API and has at least 5 years’ experience of valuing premises of a like nature in the same market; and

 

(b)                                  at the time of appointment is both experienced and actively engaged in valuing like premises.

 

1.4                                Interpretation

 

The following rules of interpretation apply in this Lease unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.4.1                           a heading may be used to assist interpretation, but is not legally binding;

 

11



 

1.4.2                           a word or expression in the singular includes the plural and the converse also applies;

 

1.4.3                           a word or expression denoting any gender include all genders;

 

1.4.4                           a person includes an individual and a corporation;

 

1.4.5                           a reference to legislation , includes any State or Federal statute, enactment, ordinance, code or other legislation, or a section or provision of that legislation, includes any order, regulation, rule, bylaw, proclamation or statutory instrument made or issued under that legislation and any amendment, modification, consolidation, re-enactment or replacement of, or substitution for, that legislation from time to time;

 

1.4.6                           any term or expression defined in any legislation has the statutory meaning given to that term or expression in relevant legislation when used in this Lease;

 

1.4.7                           a reference to any notice, claim, demand, consent, agreement, approval, authorisation, specification, direction, disclosure, notification, request, communication, appointment, or waiver being given or made by a party to this Lease is a reference to its being given or made in writing, and the expression notice includes any of the foregoing;

 

1.4.8                           the word right or power includes right, power, remedy, authority, discretion or option or right to make or give any request, requisition, notice or demand, and the word consent includes approval, agreement, permission or authorisation;

 

1.4.9                           a reference to Item means an item in the Reference Schedule;

 

1.4.10                    a reference to governmental agency means the Crown, any government, any governmental ministry or department, or any Crown, governmental, semi-governmental, statutory, parliamentary, administrative, fiscal, public, municipal, local, judicial or regulatory entity, agency, instrumentality, authority, court, commission, tribunal or statutory corporation having jurisdiction over or in respect of the Building or its use or both;

 

1.4.11                    anything to be done on a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday in New South Wales may be done on the next Business Day.

 

1.5                                Liability

 

When two or more persons are named as a Party, any agreement, representation or warranty expressed to be given or made by that Party pursuant to this Lease will be a joint and several liability of each named person.

 

1.6                                Severability

 

Any provision of this Lease which is prohibited or unenforceable will be ineffective to the extent of that prohibition or unenforceability, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Lease.

 

1.7                                Legislation

 

The covenants powers and provisions implied in leases by virtue of sections 84,84A, 85 and 86 of the Conveyancing Act 1919 (NSW) do not apply to this Lease and are expressly negatived.

 

12


 

2.              Term and holding over

 

2.1           Term

 

The Landlord leases the Premises to the Tenant for the Term on the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease.

 

2.2           Holding Over

 

2.2.1                           If the Tenant remains in the Premises with the Landlord’s prior consent after the Expiry Date or the earlier termination of this Lease, the Tenant will occupy the Premises as a monthly tenant.

 

2.2.2                           The monthly tenancy under this clause 2.2 is on the same terms as this Lease at a monthly rent and other periodical payments payable by the Tenant under the Lease immediately before the Expiry Date or the date of the earlier termination of this Lease increased as to the monthly Rent by 4% per annum. The monthly tenancy may be terminated on any day by a Party giving to the other Party 20 Business Days’ notice expiring at any time.

 

3.              Landlord’s obligations

 

3.1           Quiet Enjoyment

 

Subject to the Landlord’s reservations in the Lease and the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, while the Tenant:

 

3.1.1                           pays the Rent and all other moneys payable under this Lease; and

 

3.1.2                           observes and performs all of the other Tenant’s Obligations,

 

the Landlord covenants that the Tenant may peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term without any interruption by the Landlord or any person rightfully claiming through the Landlord.

 

3.2           Maintenance and management

 

The Landlord must:

 

3.2.1                           keep and maintain the Building clean, tidy and in good condition;

 

3.2.2                           manage and operate the Building in a professional and competent manner; and

 

3.2.3                           obey any law relating to the Building that the Tenant is not obliged to satisfy.

 

3.3           Use of Common Areas

 

The Tenant and persons under its control are entitled to use the Common Areas in common with the Landlord and other persons entitled to use the Common Areas subject to compliance with the Tenant’s Obligations.

 

3.4           Services

 

3.4.1                           Subject to clauses 3.4.2 and 3.4.3, the Landlord must use reasonable endeavours to keep the Services available to the Premises to the extent that the Landlord is capable of doing so.

 

3.4.2                           The Tenant releases the Landlord from, and agrees that the Landlord is not liable for, liability or loss arising from, or costs incurred in connection with:

 

13



 

(a)                                  any Service being interrupted or not working properly;

 

(b)                                  any failure in operation or defective operation of any facility, plant, machinery or equipment located or used in the Building (whether or not it comprises part of the Landlord’s Property); and

 

(c)                                   any disruption attributable to any development (including, without limitation, construction works) being carried out on or around land adjoining or adjacent to the Building,

 

except where the interruption, failure or disruption is due to a failure of the Landlord to comply with clause 3.2.

 

3.4.3                           The Tenant may not terminate this Lease nor make any claim of any nature by reason of anything referred to in this clause 3.4.

 

3.5           Rates and Taxes

 

The Landlord must pay all rates and taxes for the Building other than any rates and taxes payable by the Tenant in the performance of the Tenant’s Obligations.

 

4.              Landlord’s reservations

 

4.1           Services

 

4.1.1          The Landlord reserves the right:

 

(a)                                  to install, maintain, use, repair, alter and replace; and

 

(b)                                  to pass or convey any Service including (without limitation) gas, water, sewerage, heat, oil, communications and data, electricity or other power and heated or cooled air through,

 

any pipes, ducts, conduits or wires passing through or leading into the Premises.

 

4.1.2         For the purposes of clause 4.1.1, the Landlord may enter the Premises but must:

 

(a)           give reasonable notice to the Tenant; and

 

(b)           cause as little inconvenience to the Tenant as is reasonably practicable in the circumstances,

 

except in an emergency, when no notice of intended entry is required.

 

4.2                                Landlord’s Rights

 

The Landlord may:

 

4.2.1                           carry out any repairs, renovations, maintenance, modifications, extensions or alterations to the Building and for such purpose limit access to or close the Common Areas, if the Landlord takes reasonable steps (except in emergencies) to minimise interference with the Tenant’s Business;

 

4.2.2                           exclude or remove any person from the Building;

 

4.2.3                           permit functions, displays, parades, musical performances, exhibitions and other activities in Common Areas;

 

14



 

4.2.4                           install and use a public address system throughout the Common Areas;

 

4.2.5                           change the direction or flow of pedestrian traffic into, out of or through the Building;

 

4.2.6                           use the exterior surfaces of the Building (including, without limitation, the roof of the Building) for such purposes as it thinks fit; and

 

4.2.7                           advertise and promote the Building in a way it regards as appropriate including the erection or installation of signs on the exterior surfaces of the Building.

 

4.3           Landlord may inspect

 

The Landlord may at any time after giving the Tenant reasonable notice, except in an emergency when no notice of intended entry is required, enter the Premises for the purpose of ascertaining whether the Tenant is complying with the Tenant’s Obligations.

 

4.4           Landlord may repair

 

4.4.1                           At any time after giving the Tenant reasonable notice (except in an emergency when no notice of intended entry is required), the Landlord may enter upon the Premises with any consultants, workmen, other persons or materials needed to:

 

(a)                                  comply with any request, requirement, notification or order (for which the Tenant is not liable under the Lease) of any governmental agency; or

 

(b)                                  carry out repairs, renovations, maintenance, modifications, extensions or alterations to the Premises or the Building or any Services which the Landlord believes are necessary in its absolute discretion.

 

4.4.2                           When exercising its powers under this clause 4.4, the Landlord must use its reasonable endeavours to cause as little inconvenience to the Tenant as is possible in the circumstances.

 

4.5           Additions and alterations to the Building

 

Deleted.

 

4.6           Concessions and licences

 

The Landlord may:

 

4.6.1                      erect, remove or re-erect any kiosk, shop, sign, seats or other structures in the Common Areas; and

 

4.6.2                      grant any lease, licence or exclusive use of any structures forming part of the Building, any parking space, any loading bay or any other part of the Common Areas (other than the toilets), either exclusively or in common with others for any purpose, for any period and on any terms and conditions, including the payment of any fee.

 

4.7           Prospective tenants and purchasers

 

4.7.1                           After giving reasonable notice, the Landlord may at any time show prospective purchasers of the Landlord’s interest in the Premises through the Premises.

 

15



 

4.7.2                           After giving the Tenant reasonable notice, the Landlord may show prospective tenants through the Premises and display from the Premises a sign indicating that the Premises are available for lease.

 

4.8           Relocation

 

Deleted.

 

4.9           Demolition

 

Deleted.

 

4.10         Role as a governmental agency

 

4.10.1                    Nothing in this Lease in any way restricts or otherwise affects the unfettered discretion of the Landlord in the exercise of its statutory powers as a governmental agency.

 

4.10.2                    In the event of any conflict between the unfettered discretion of the Landlord in the exercise of its statutory powers as a governmental agency and the performance of obligations under this Lease, the former prevails.

 

4.11         Landlord’s and superior interest holder’s right to view

 

The Tenant must at all times during the Term permit the Landlord and any person having any estate or interest in the Premises superior to or concurrent with that of the Landlord to:

 

4.11.1      exercise the Landlord’s powers to enter and view the Premises;

 

4.11.2      carry out repairs, renovations, maintenance and other work authorised by the Lease; and

 

4.11.3      otherwise to exercise or perform their lawful rights and obligations in respect of the Premises,

 

at all reasonable times and subject to having been first provided with reasonable notice by the Landlord except in the cases of emergency when the Landlord may enter at any time and without notice.

 

5.              Rent and payment requirements

 

5.1           Payment of Rent

 

5.1.1                           The Tenant covenants to pay the Rent to the Landlord during the Term.

 

5.1.2                           The Tenant must pay the Rent by equal monthly instalments in advance on the first day of each month (and proportionately for any part of a month). The first such instalment must be paid on the Rent Commencement Date.

 

5.1.3                           All payments of Rent or other moneys payable by the Tenant under this Lease must be without deductions and free of any right of set off to the Landlord or (using a direct debit payment method or such other payment method as the Landlord reasonably requires) as the Landlord may otherwise direct. For the purposes of the rent payment method, the Tenant must provide the Landlord with all authorisations required by the Landlord on or before the Commencement Date.

 

16



 

5.1.4                           The Landlord need not make demand for any amount payable by the Tenant unless this Lease says that demand must be made.

 

5.2           Interest on overdue money

 

5.2.1                           If the Tenant does not pay the Rent or any other moneys payable under this Lease within 5 Business Days of the due date, the Tenant must pay interest (at the rate stated in clause 5.2.2) on the outstanding amount for the period from the day the unpaid money was due until it is paid. The interest must be paid to the Landlord on the earlier of:

 

(a)                                  the next day on which an instalment of Rent is payable under this Lease; and

 

(b)                                  10 Business Days after the Landlord has given the Tenant a demand for any interest.

 

5.2.2                           Interest is calculated on daily balances at the rate equal to that charged by the Landlord’s bank from time to time on overdraft accommodation in excess of $100,000.00 plus 2% per annum.

 

5.3           Dishonour fees

 

The Tenant must reimburse the Landlord on demand for any dishonour fee or other charge the Landlord incurs as a result of any cheque or direct debit being dishonoured.

 

5.4           GST

 

5.4.1                           If a party to this Lease (Supplier) makes a supply under or in connection with this Lease and is liable by law to pay GST on that supply, the consideration otherwise payable by the recipient of the supply will be increased by an amount equal to the GST paid or payable by the Supplier.

 

5.4.2                           If this Lease requires a party to pay for, reimburse or contribute to any expense, loss or outgoing (reimbursable expense) suffered or incurred by another party, the amount required to be paid, reimbursed or contributed by the first party is the amount of the reimbursable expense net of any input tax credit or reduced input tax credit to which the other party is entitled for the reimbursable expense.

 

5.4.3                           If a party to this Lease has the benefit of an indemnity for a cost, expense, loss or outgoing (indemnified cost) under this Lease, the indemnity is for the indemnified cost net of any input tax credit or reduced input tax credit to which that party is entitled for the indemnified cost.

 

5.4.4                           Each party agrees to do all things, including providing tax invoices and other documentation that may be necessary or desirable to enable or assist the other party to claim any input tax credit, set-off, rebate or refund in relation to any amount of GST paid or payable for any supply under this Lease.

 

5.4.5                           Subject to the operation of this clause 5.4, all amounts stated in this Lease are GST exclusive.

 

5.5           Adjustments, errors

 

5.5.1                           Where any Rent or other moneys payable by the Tenant under this Lease are calculated over a period, and the Commencement Date or the Expiry Date occurs during that period, the Landlord may make any necessary proportional adjustment on a daily rate basis.

 

17



 

5.5.2                      If there is an error in any Rent or other moneys charged under this Lease, the Landlord may correct it and make any necessary adjustment in the next monthly tax invoice or as soon as practicable.

 

6.              Rent review

 

6.1           Review

 

The Rent payable by the Tenant during the Term is to be reviewed at each Rent Review Date in accordance with the rent review method described in Item 8(b) that will apply on the relevant Rent Review Date.

 

6.2           Fixed percentage review

 

6.2.1                           This clause 6.2 will apply if Item 8(b) states that a ‘fixed percentage review’ is to occur on the relevant Rent Review Date.

 

6.2.2                           The Rent is to be adjusted on and from the relevant Rent Review Date to be the amount calculated by increasing the Rent payable immediately prior to the relevant Rent Review Date by the percentage referred to in item 8(b).

 

6.3           CPI review

 

Deleted.

 

6.4           Market review

 

6.4.1                           This clause 6.4 applies as required by clause 21.2.3 with the first day of the further term being the Rent Review Date for the purposes of this clause.

 

6.4.2                           During the 3 months immediately before or any time after a Rent Review Date on which a market review is to occur, either Party may give the other Party a notice specifying its estimate of the current market rent of the Premises ( assessment notice ).

 

6.4.3                           The Rent as and from the relevant Rent Review Date will be the amount notified in the assessment notice unless the other Party gives the notifying Party a notice rejecting or disputing the assessment notice ( dispute notice ) within 1 month of having been given the assessment notice.

 

6.4.4                           If a dispute notice is given during the period stated in clause 6.4.3, the Parties must conduct negotiations and try to reach agreement on the current market rent of the Premises during the period of 1 month immediately after the date on which the dispute notice is given to the Landlord.

 

6.4.5                           If a dispute notice is given and the Parties do not reach an agreement on the current market rent of the Premises within the period stated in clause 6.4.4, then that rent must be decided by a Valuer who:

 

(a)                                  is appointed by the Parties but if they do not agree on who to appoint within 10 Business Days after the Tenant gives the dispute notice to the Landlord, the Valuer is to be nominated at either Party’s request by the President for the time being of the API;

 

(b)                                  in determining the current market rent of the Premises must take into account:

 

(i)                                              current annual rents and incentives for comparable premises whether those rents arise from letting vacant

 

18



 

space, renegotiating rent on the expiry or termination of a previous lease or from rent reviews;

 

(ii)                                           the provisions of the Lease (or of any further lease to be granted under this Lease) and the period of time until the next Rent Review Date;

 

(iii)                                        the update of the Base Year (for the purposes of calculating the Tenant’s share of the outgoings) that occurs on each Rent Review Date where a market rent review is to occur; and

 

(iv)                                       any other use to which the Premises may be lawfully put subject to the consent of the relevant governmental agency (if required) being sought and obtained,

 

but take no account of:

 

(v)                                          the value of any goodwill attributable to the Tenant’s Business and any improvements or fixtures erected or installed at the Tenant’s expense which the Tenant is permitted or required to remove at the expiry or termination of the Lease;

 

(vi)                                       any deleterious condition of the Premises if that results from any breach of this Lease by the Tenant or use of the Land by the Tenant under this Lease;

 

(vii)                                    any discount which might apply if the Tenant leases or occupies more than one Lettable Area in the Building or if the leased premises constitute a whole floor or more than one floor in the Building; and

 

(viii)                                 the current annual rent for particular comparable premises if, in the opinion of the Valuer, the rental payable for those premises is abnormal, or unrealistic, or otherwise does not reflect the current rental value of those premises having regard to conditions prevailing in the relevant market at the Rent Review Date; and

 

(c)                                   is by virtue of their appointment instructed to (and either Party may confirm these instructions by notice to the appointed Valuer) give a written valuation report within 1 month after accepting the appointment; and

 

(d)                                  acts as an expert and not as an arbitrator and whose decision is final and binding.

 

6.4.6                           The Landlord must, not later than 10 Business Days after a request by the Valuer give the Valuer any information the Valuer may reasonable request about tenancies in the Building.

 

6.4.7                           Each Party must use reasonable endeavours to provide the Valuer with reasonable assistance in the determination of the current market rent of the Premises.

 

6.4.8                           The amount decided by the Valuer is the Rent from and including the relevant Rent Review Date on which a market review is or was to occur.

 

19



 

6.4.9                           The Landlord and the Tenant must pay the costs and expenses of the Valuer in equal shares.

 

6.5           Provision for Adjustment/Deferment of Review

 

6.5.1                           If the amount of any revised Rent has not been agreed or determined by the relevant Rent Review Date the Tenant must continue to pay Rent to the Landlord at a rate equal to the Rent payable during the preceding year until the revised Rent is ascertained.

 

6.5.2                           When the revised Rent is ascertained, any necessary adjustment of Rent calculated from the relevant Rent Review Date must be paid by the Tenant within 10 Business Days of the revised Rent being ascertained.

 

7.              Tenant’s outgoing contribution

 

7.1           Tenant’s outgoings contribution

 

The Tenant must pay to the Landlord its share of any increases in the Outgoings for each Outgoings Year, such increase being the amount by which the Outgoings payable in each Outgoings Year exceed the Outgoings payable in the Base Year.

 

7.2           Components of Outgoings

 

For the purposes of this Lease, Outgoings means the total of all amounts properly or reasonably assessed or assessable, charged or chargeable, payable or paid or otherwise incurred in respect of the Land by the Landlord acting reasonably whether by direct assessment or otherwise, including:

 

7.2.1                           all Statutory Outgoings;

 

7.2.2                           all insurance premiums and amounts payable for insurances:

 

(a)           on the Land or any part of it for its full insurable or replacement value;

 

(b)                                  (subject to the exclusion of any rents arising from normal vacancies during letting up periods) for loss of any rents or other moneys (whether separate or otherwise including any rents or other moneys payable for any tenancy or occupation of the Land) arising from damage or destruction of the Land or any part of it or arising from diminution or loss of any means of access or other similar causes;

 

(c)           for public liability for $20,000,000.00; and

 

(d)                                  for workers’ compensation for all employees of the Landlord engaged in employment in connection with the Land, but where any such employee is engaged in connection with other buildings of the Landlord the cost of workers’ compensation insurance shall be apportioned by the Landlord on a fair basis;

 

7.2.3                           all costs in relation to the supply of water, sewerage and drainage Services to and the removal of all waste, sullage and all other general garbage from the Land including all costs of operating and maintaining any plant and equipment provided for that purpose whether the plant or equipment is located on the Land or otherwise, but excluding from this paragraph any amount which is:

 

(a)           already included by virtue of another paragraph of this definition;

 

20



 

(b)        otherwise payable by the Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease; or

 

(c)        payable by another tenant of the Land;

 

7.2.4                      all costs in relation to the control of pest, vermin, insect or other similar infestation;

 

7.2.5                      all costs of purchasing, hiring, maintaining and servicing all indoor outdoor gardens, lawns, potted shrubs, planted areas and associated plants on the Land;

 

7.2.6                      all costs of the provision and maintenance (or where appropriate replacement costs) for security and/or caretaking services, including the costs of policing and regulating traffic on the Land and/or for any means of access to the Land;

 

7.2.7                      subject to the exclusion of repairs and maintenance of a structural or capital nature and Fire Services, all costs of repairs and/or maintenance of the Land or any part of it, including the costs of operating, supplying, maintaining and repairing, and maintenance contracts of all Services from time to time provided for all tenants;

 

7.2.8                      all costs incurred in providing all Services (including the costs of electricity and other sources of energy consumed) and which are not allocated to specific tenants;

 

7.2.9                      all proper and reasonable costs in the form of salary, wages, leave entitlements, superannuation and other employment overheads (fairly apportioned by the Landlord where any such employee is engaged in work relating to other buildings) incurred in the operation, maintenance and supply of any Service to the Land from time to time provided by or at the instance of the Landlord for the tenants and/or for the Land;

 

7.2.10               a management fee to cover the reasonable costs of managing and operating the Land, having regard where appropriate to fees that would be charged by members of the Real Estate Institute of New South Wales, and if applicable fees payable to any managing agents for the general management and operation of the Land, and any other monies no matter how disbursed relating to the management of the Land;

 

7.2.11               all costs, including rental and hiring costs (or where appropriate replacement costs), for the provision of music, amplification systems, telephone, indoor plants and all other similar equipment servicing or adorning the Land, including any costs relative to general items of an operational nature not otherwise specified in another paragraph of this definition;

 

7.2.12               all costs incurred by the Landlord in cleaning the Land (other than areas occupied by Occupants); and

 

7.2.13               any other costs properly incurred in the management, operation and maintenance of the Land generally including, but without limiting the foregoing, costs incurred in connection with the Common Areas,

 

provided always that all costs relating to items of a structural or capital nature are excluded.

 

21



 

7.3              Accrual of Outgoings and Base Year update

 

Outgoings are deemed to accrue from day to day and must be apportioned accordingly, irrespective of the period for which they are levied, assessed, charged or payable. For the purposes of clause 7.1 the amount of Outgoings payable in the Base Year will increase at the same time and by the same percentage increase that the Rent is increased in accordance with clause 6.1.

 

7.4              Tenant’s share of Outgoings

 

7.4.1                      The Landlord must calculate the Tenant’s share of any increase in the Outgoings based on the Lettable Area of the Premises in proportion to:

 

(a)                                  the Lettable Area of all premises in the Building to which the Outgoings are referable; and

 

(b)                                  where only part or parts of the Building enjoy or share the benefit of any particular Outgoings, the Lettable Area of that part or parts of the Building.

 

7.4.2                      The Tenant acknowledges that the Tenant’s share of the Outgoings as at the Commencement Date is set out in Item 9(a).

 

7.4.3                      The Landlord must adjust the Tenant’s share of any increases in the Outgoings proportionally if there is change in the Lettable Area of the Building or the Lettable Area of the Premises. The Landlord must give the Tenant notice of any such adjustment.

 

7.5              Payments on account of Outgoings

 

7.5.1                      The Landlord may estimate for each Outgoings Year the Tenant’s share of any increases in the Outgoings and notify the Tenant of the estimate including an itemised budget of anticipated Outgoings for the relevant Outgoings Year at least 1 month prior to the commencement of each Outgoings Year.

 

7.5.2                      The Tenant must pay to the Landlord the Landlord’s estimate of the Tenant’s share of any increases in the Outgoings by equal monthly instalments in advance during each Outgoings Year on the days and in the manner fixed for the payment of Rent.

 

7.6              Outgoings Statement

 

7.6.1                      The Landlord must give to the Tenant an Outgoings statement within 3 months after the end of each Outgoings Year specifying:

 

(a)                                  the Outgoings (including such particulars of them as are considered reasonable by the Landlord) for that period and the Base Year; and

 

(b)                                  the amount paid by the Tenant on account of the Tenant’s share of the Outgoing for that period.

 

7.6.2                      The Landlord must ensure that the statement to be given under clause 7.6.1 is prepared by a registered company auditor (within the meaning of the Corporations Act) and:

 

(a)                                  is delivered within 3 months of the end of each Outgoings Year;

 

(b)                                  is prepared in accordance with any relevant Australian Accounting Standards (within the meaning of the Corporations Act).

 

22


 

7.7                                        Adjustment of Outgoings

 

7.7.1                      The Tenant must pay to the Landlord the Tenant’s share of any increases in the Outgoings (less any amounts paid under clause 7.5) within 1 month of receipt by the Tenant of a statement under clause 7.6.1.

 

7.7.2                      If payments made by the Tenant under clause 7.5 exceed the Tenant’s share of any increases in the Outgoings for any Outgoings Year, the excess must be credited against:

 

(a)                                  the next payment due by the Tenant under clause 7.5; or

 

(b)                                  if the Lease is terminated, any amount owing by the Tenant to the Landlord (or paid to the Tenant if nothing is owed to the Landlord).

 

7.8                                        Cleaning

 

7.8.1                      The Tenant must pay from the Commencement Date the Landlord’s costs for providing cleaning services to the Premises on the same days and in the same manner as the Tenant is required to pay Rent under the Lease disregarding any Rent free period, the first instalment to be made on the Commencement Date.

 

7.8.2                      The Tenant may define the scope of cleaning it requires for the Premises. The Landlord must not unreasonably refuse to accept the scope as nominated by the Tenant.

 

7.8.3                      The Tenant must give access to the persons engaged by the Landlord to provide cleaning services for the Premises.

 

7.8.4                      At the Commencement Date, the Landlord’s cost for providing cleaning services to the Premises is the Cleaning Cost stated in Item 15. If the Landlord accepts a scope of cleaning submitted by the Tenant, it will reasonably assess whether the Cleaning Cost shall vary but the decision of the Landlord shall be final.

 

7.8.5                      The Landlord may at any time during the Term notify the Tenant of a reasonable increase in the Landlord’s costs for providing cleaning services and the Tenant must include the Tenant’s increased proportion of the Landlord’s cleaning costs in the Tenant’s next payment of Rent, including any adjustments notified by the Landlord to the Tenant.

 

8.                                               Utilities and other charges

 

8.1                                        Electricity, gas etc

 

8.1.1                      The Tenant must pay to the Landlord or the relevant governmental agency as the context requires all charges for Services (including, without limitation, water, telephone and electricity) supplied to the Premises on the days fixed for payment of the relevant charge.

 

8.1.2                      If the Premises are separately rated or charged, the Tenant must pay the relevant rate or charge to the relevant governmental agency on the day fixed for payment of that rate or charge.

 

8.1.3                      If the Premises are separately metered, the Tenant must pay to the Landlord or the relevant governmental agency as the context requires the charge for the relevant separately metered Service according to the consumption of the relevant Service recorded by the separate meter. At the Landlord’s request the Tenant must install separate meters for those services capable of being

 

23



 

separately metered but such separate meters shall be installed at the expense of the Landlord.

 

8.2                                        Preparation Costs

 

Each party must pay for their own legal costs, charges and expenses incurred in relation to the preparation, negotiation and completion of this Lease.

 

8.3                                        Default and administration costs

 

In connection with this Lease and any document or matter in connection with it, the Tenant must pay:

 

8.3.1                      for everything it must do;

 

8.3.2                      all duty and registration fees;

 

8.3.3                      on demand the Landlord’s reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred in connection with obtaining any consents or approval of the Landlord and any person having a superior interest in the Landlord as required under this Lease (excluding mortgagee consent costs);

 

8.3.4                      all costs, charges and expenses in connection with structural works the Tenant carries out including those reasonably incurred by the Landlord in considering, approving and supervising such works and those of modifying or varying the Building because of the works; and

 

8.3.5                      all costs, damages and expenses (including any reasonable legal costs and expenses) in relation to any default by the Tenant under this Lease or any enforcement or attempted enforcement by the Landlord of its rights under this Lease.

 

8.4                                        Land tax

 

8.4.1                      The Tenant must pay to the relevant governmental agencies all taxes and charges levied (including but not limited to land tax) or imposed on the Tenant or the Premises as a result of the grant to the Tenant of a leasehold interest in the Premises.

 

8.4.2                      For the avoidance of any doubt, the Tenant acknowledges that it has been disclosed to it by the Landlord that under section 21C of the Land Tax Management Act 1956 , the Tenant may be directly assessed for payment of land tax for the Premises.

 

9.                                               Use of the premises

 

9.1                                        Permitted use

 

The Tenant must not use the Premises otherwise than for the Permitted Use.

 

9.2                                        Exclusion of warranty as to use

 

9.2.1                      The Landlord does not in any way warrant that the Premises are or will remain suitable or adequate for any of the purposes of the Tenant. To the fullest extent permitted by law all warranties as to suitability and as to adequacy otherwise applicable are expressly negatived.

 

9.2.2                      The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that prior to signing this Lease it has satisfied itself by independent investigation as to the suitability of the Building for

 

24



 

the Permitted Use and as to the requirements of any applicable legislation or any relevant governmental agency.

 

9.3                                        Positive Obligations

 

The Tenant must:

 

9.3.1                      conduct the Tenant’s Business at all times in a proper, orderly and businesslike manner;

 

9.3.2                      keep the Premises and everything in them clean and free of vermin and comply with the Landlord’s reasonable directions in that regard;

 

9.3.3                      comply on time with all laws and the requirements of all relevant governmental agencies in connection with the Tenant’s Business, the Tenant’s Property and the Tenant’s use or occupation of the Premises (including obtaining all permits);

 

9.3.4                      inform the Landlord of damage to the Building or the Premises or of a faulty Service as soon as reasonably practicable after it becomes aware of it;

 

9.3.5                      be aware of and observe the maximum load weights throughout the Premises and the Building;

 

9.3.6                      promptly, when asked by the Landlord, do anything reasonably necessary for the Tenant to do to enable the Landlord to exercise its rights under this Lease;

 

9.3.7                      put up signs in the Premises prohibiting smoking, if required by the Landlord;

 

9.3.8                      participate in any of the following after having received reasonable prior notice from the Landlord:

 

(a)                          fire or safety drills;

 

(b)                          environmental safety procedures;

 

(c)                           pollution control procedures; or

 

(d)                          work, health and safety inductions, of which the Landlord gives reasonable notice;

 

9.3.9                      evacuate the Building immediately and in accordance with the Landlord’s directions when informed of any actual or suspected emergency; and

 

9.3.10               secure the Premises when they are unoccupied and comply with the Landlord’s reasonable directions about Building security.

 

9.4                                        Negative obligations

 

The Tenant must not:

 

9.4.1                      smoke in the Building;

 

9.4.2                      alter or interfere with the Landlord’s Property or remove it from the Premises;

 

9.4.3                      do anything in or around the Building which in the Landlord’s reasonable opinion may be annoying, illegal dangerous or offensive;

 

9.4.4                      misuse or do anything to overload the Building’s facilities, appurtenances, Services;

 

25



 

9.4.5                      hold auction, bankrupt or fire sales in the Premises;

 

9.4.6                      keep an animal or bird on the Premises;

 

9.4.7                      cut, make holes in, mark, deface, drill, damage or cause any such works to be effected to the floors, walls, ceilings or other parts of the Premises without the Landlord’s prior approval;

 

9.4.8                      dispose of refuse from the Premises in bins provided for public use;

 

9.4.9                      use any method of heating, cooling or lighting the Premises other than those provided or reasonably approved by the Landlord;

 

9.4.10               use any escalators or passenger lifts to carry goods or equipment without the prior reasonable approval of the Landlord;

 

9.4.11               operate a musical instrument, radio, or television that can be heard outside the Premises;

 

9.4.12               move heavy or bulky objects through the Building without the Landlord’s prior approval which must not be unreasonably withheld;

 

9.4.13               obstruct:

 

(a)                                  windows in the Premises or Building;

 

(b)                                  any Service and all plant and equipment associated with the Services;

 

(c)                                   any emergency exits from the Building or the Premises; or

 

(d)                                  the Common Areas; or

 

9.4.14               interfere with any fire safety or alarm equipment installed in the Building or obstruct access to them.

 

9.5                                        Tenant’s servants to comply

 

The Tenant must use it best endeavours to ensure that the Tenant and persons under its control comply, if appropriate, with the Tenant’s Obligations.

 

9.6                                        Signs/directory board

 

9.6.1                      Prior to the Commencing Date the Tenant will advise the Landlord of the manner in which the Tenant’s business is to be advertised on the directory board maintained by the Landlord in the foyer of the Building and the Landlord will at the expense of the Tenant provide the same in a style and manner consistent with that reasonably prescribed by the Landlord for the directory board.

 

9.6.2                      The Tenant may display on each level of the Premises company signage of the Tenant subject to the reasonable approval of the Landlord as to the construction and method of installation of any such sign.

 

26



 

10.                                        Maintenance, repair and alteration

 

10.1                                 Repair and maintenance

 

10.1.1               Subject to clause 10.1.2, the Tenant must keep the Premises in good repair, order and condition but this obligation does not apply to repairs required because of:

 

(a)                                  any negligence of the Landlord;

 

(b)                                  any explosion, aircraft, riot, civil commotion, war;

 

(c)                                   any earthquake, fire, flood, lightning, storm, tempest;

 

(d)                                  reasonable wear and tear; or

 

(e)                                   an act of God.

 

10.1.2               The Tenant is not obliged to carry out any repairs of a structural nature unless those repairs are required because:

 

(a)                                  of the Tenant’s particular use or occupation of the Premises; or

 

(b)                                  any act, negligence or default of the Tenant and persons under its control.

 

10.2                                 Maintenance of Tenant’s equipment

 

The Tenant must keep and maintain all its machinery, plant and equipment and fixtures, fittings and furnishing within and used exclusively in the Premises clean, in a safe condition and in good repair, working order and condition.

 

10.3                                 Breakages

 

The Tenant must immediately make good any breakage, defect or damage to the Premises, the Common Areas, the Building, or any facility or appurtenances of the Premises or the Building arising out of any want of care, misuse or abuse or any breach of the Tenant’s Obligations by the Tenant and persons under its control.

 

10.4                                 Lighting

 

The Tenant must promptly replace at its own expense any globes or fluorescent tubes which give illumination to the Premises and which cease to function for any reason.

 

10.5                                 Doors, drains and toilets

 

Deleted.

 

10.6                                 Installations and alterations

 

The Tenant must:

 

10.6.1               not install any Tenant’s Property in the Premises or make any alteration or addition to the Premises without the Landlord’s prior reasonable approval or to the Building without the prior approval of the Landlord. The Landlord must make a decision with regard to its consent within 10 Business Days of receiving from the Tenant the particulars of the work except that this timetable will not apply to any structural works. If the Landlord does not respond within the period of 10 Business Days it will be deemed to have consented to the works;

 

27



 

10.6.2               submit to the Landlord detailed drawings and specifications of the proposed works and obtain the approval of the Landlord to those drawings and specifications. When approving the proposed works the Landlord may consider the manner and extent to which the proposed works may affect the Building and the Services within it;

 

10.6.3               prior to installation of the Tenant’s Property, obtain all necessary approvals from all relevant government agencies;

 

10.6.4               install only those Tenant’s Property which comply with the Landlord’s reasonable requirements as to type, quality, colour and size; and

 

10.6.5               use a licensed builder, contractor or tradesman to install the Tenant’s Property:

 

(a)                                  in a proper and workmanlike manner;

 

(b)                                  if the works have any impact on the mechanical or essential services or on the structural integrity of the Building the work must if reasonably required by the Landlord be undertaken under the supervision and to the satisfaction of the Landlord’s consultant at the reasonable cost of the Tenant; and

 

(c)                                   who has a current public liability policy for an amount from time to time reasonably approved by the Landlord but in any case not less than $20,000,000.00.

 

10.6.6               effect or ensure that its builder, contractor or tradesman has effected:

 

(a)                                  a policy covering all persons employed by the Tenant or his contractor on the job under the provisions of the Workers Compensation Act; and

 

(b)                                  a contractors all risk policy in respect of the Tenant’s works to the full value of them for the time being;

 

10.6.7               if required by the Landlord on completion of the installation of the Tenant’s Property, give the Landlord a certificate by a consultant approved by the Landlord at the cost of the Tenant that the work accords with:

 

(a)                                  the drawings and specifications in respect of it;

 

(b)                                  the requirements of all relevant government agencies;

 

10.6.8               pay all costs for the installation of the Tenant’s Property and any alterations or additions to the Premises or the Building made necessary by their installation; and

 

10.6.9               at the Tenant’s expense, keep and maintain the Tenant’s Property in good repair and condition.

 

10.7                                 Occupation prior to Commencement Date

 

Deleted.

 

10.8                                 Alterations or additions to Landlord’s Property

 

10.8.1               Despite any other provision in this Lease, the Tenant must not install or make any connections:

 

28



 

(a)                                  to existing water, gas, fire protection or electrical fixtures, equipment or appliances;

 

(b)                                  to any existing apparatus for illuminating, air conditioning, heating, cooling or ventilating the Premises;

 

(c)                                   which interfere with any drains, water supply or other services connected to the Premises,

 

without the Landlord’s prior reasonable approval.

 

10.8.2               The Tenant must comply with clause 10.6.5 in relation to the works contemplated by clause 10.8.1.

 

10.8.3               If the Tenant installs or makes any connections in breach of this clause, the Tenant must pay to the Landlord all costs incurred by the Landlord in repairing any damage caused by that installation or connection.

 

10.9                                 Work health and safety

 

10.9.1               If the Tenant carries out any works within or about the Premises:

 

(a)                                  which falls within the definition of constructions work under the Work Health and Safety Regulation 2011 (NSW); and

 

(b)                                  the cost of that work exceeds $250,000.00 and/or the work or any part of it falls within the definition of high risk constructions work under the Work Health and Safety Regulation 2011 (NSW),

 

the Landlord appoints the Tenant as the principal contractor for the relevant construction work for the purposes of the Work Health and Safety Regulation 2011 (NSW). This appointment begins at the commencement of the relevant work and ends on its completion.

 

10.9.2               As principal contractor, the Tenant:

 

(a)                                  is responsible for the relevant work until it is completed; and

 

(b)                                  must ensure that the relevant work is carried out in accordance with the requirements of the Work Health and Safety Act 2011 (NSW) and the Work Health and Safety Regulation 2011 (NSW).

 

11.                                        Indemnities and releases

 

11.1                                 Risk

 

The Tenant occupies and uses the Premises at its own risk. All Tenant’s Property which may be in the Premises or outside the Premises but used in conjunction with the Permitted Use is at the sole risk of the Tenant.

 

11.2                                 Release

 

The Tenant agrees that the Landlord is not responsible for and releases the Landlord and its contractors from liability in respect of the death of, injury to, loss of or damage to any property or persons in or about the Premises except to the extent that the relevant damage, injury or loss was caused by any negligence of the Landlord.

 

29



 

11.3                                 Indemnities

 

The Tenant must indemnify and keep the Landlord indemnified from and against all liabilities, actions, claims, demands, losses, damages, proceedings, costs, charges and expenses in respect of or arising from:

 

11.3.1               any loss, damage, death or injury to property or person inside or outside the Premises caused by the act, omission or negligence of the Tenant and persons under its control;

 

11.3.2               the use and occupation of the Premises by the Tenant;

 

11.3.3               the negligent or careless use, misuse, waste or abuse of the water, gas, electricity, lighting or other services and facilities of the Premises or the Building by the Tenant and persons under its control;

 

11.3.4               overflow or leakage or penetration of water (including rain water) of any kind originating from inside or outside the Premises caused or contributed to by the Tenant an persons under its control;

 

11.3.5               any faulty or defective Tenant’s Property; or

 

11.3.6               any breach of this Lease by the Tenant (in particular, all of the essential terms stated in clause 16.1),

 

except to the extent that the relevant damage, injury or loss was caused by any negligence of the Landlord.

 

11.4                                 Independence

 

Each indemnity is independent from the Tenant’s other obligations and continues during this Lease and after it expires or is terminated. The Landlord may enforce an indemnity before incurring expense.

 

12.                                        Insurances

 

12.1                                 Insurance Policies - Public Risk

 

The Tenant must have current throughout the Term:

 

12.1.1               a public risk insurance policy containing terms that are commonly used by reputable insurers in the State of New South Wales; and

 

12.1.2               for the amount of $20,000,000.00 in respect of any single event or accident or for such higher amount as the Landlord (acting reasonably) may require at any time.

 

12.2                                 Insurance Policies - other

 

The Tenant must have current throughout the Term:

 

12.2.1               a plate glass insurance policy in respect of all plate glass forming part of the Premises for its replacement value;

 

12.2.2               an industrial special risks insurance policy for the usual risks and covering all of the Tenant’s Property and stock in trade in the Premises; and

 

12.2.3               a workers’ compensation insurance policy required by law.

 

30



 

12.3                                 Insurance requirements

 

All insurance policies (other than the workers compensation insurance policy) the Tenant must have current throughout the Term must:

 

12.3.1               be established with one or more insurance companies which are respectable, reputable and financially sound, approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld);

 

12.3.2               note the interests of the Landlord;

 

12.3.3               cover the Landlord’s and Tenant’s interests;

 

12.3.4               not be varied or cancelled without the prior approval of the Landlord;

 

12.3.5               be on terms that are acceptable to the Landlord (acting reasonably); and

 

12.3.6               if requested by the Landlord, include the interest of any mortgagee.

 

12.4                                 Evidence

 

12.4.1               No later than 10 Business Days after any request by the Landlord, the Tenant must provide to the Landlord with a certificate of currency (or such other evidence as the Landlord may reasonably require) for any insurance that must be established and maintained under this Lease:

 

12.4.2               The Tenant must promptly give to the Landlord notice of:

 

(a)                                  the Tenant’s intention to cancel, replace or alter any insurance effected by the Tenant in accordance with this clause;

 

(b)                                  any notice or correspondence received by the Tenant from an insurer indicating its intention to cancel or materially alter any of those insurances;

 

(c)                                   the occurrence of any fact or event which may not be known to the Landlord and:

 

(i)                                      may give rise to a claim against the Landlord or the Tenant, which may be covered by any one of those insurances;

 

(ii)                                   may prejudice the entitlement to claim under any of those insurances; or

 

(iii)                                should be disclosed to the insurer and may affect its decision to continue to insure the Tenant or the risk.

 

13.                                        Assignment

 

13.1                                 No sublease, mortgage etc

 

Without the Landlord’s prior consent, the Tenant must not:

 

13.1.1               grant any licence or concession in respect of the Premises;

 

13.1.2               part with possession of the Premises; or

 

13.1.3               mortgage, charge or encumber the Tenant’s interest in this Lease.

 

31



 

13.2                                 Grounds for the Landlord withholding consent to an assignment

 

Without the Landlord’s prior consent such consent not being unreasonably withheld the Tenant must not assign this Lease. The Landlord is entitled to withhold consent to an assignment if:

 

13.2.1               the proposed assignee intends to change the use of the Premises;

 

13.2.2               the proposed assignee does not have in the opinion of the Landlord sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations under this Lease; or

 

13.2.3               the requirements set out in clause 13.3 are not satisfied.

 

13.3                                 Landlord’s consent to assignment

 

The Landlord’s consent to an assignment does not take effect unless and until:

 

13.3.1               a deed in a form and containing such provisions as are reasonably required by the Landlord is entered into by the Tenant, the proposed assignee, the Landlord and any incoming or outgoing guarantors;

 

13.3.2               any arrears of Rent or other moneys due but unpaid under this Lease at the time of the assignment have been paid;

 

13.3.3               the proposed assignee delivers to the Landlord any lease security that is reasonably required by the Landlord; and

 

13.3.4               all reasonable costs incurred by the Landlord in relation to the proposed assignment of this Lease are paid by the Tenant (whether or not the proposed assignment proceeds to completion).

 

13.4                                 Sublease

 

The Tenant must not enter into any sublease of the whole or any part of the Premises without the prior consent of the Landlord such consent not being unreasonably withheld. The Landlord is entitled to withhold consent to a sublease if:

 

13.4.1               the proposed sublessee intends to change the use of the Premises;

 

13.4.2               a deed in a form and containing such provisions as are reasonably required by the Landlord is not entered into by the Tenant, the proposed sublessee, the Landlord and any incoming guarantors of the sublessee;

 

13.4.3               any arrears of Rent or other moneys due but unpaid under this Lease at the time of the granting of the sublease have not been paid;

 

13.4.4               all reasonable costs incurred by the Landlord in relation to the proposed sublease and the granting of the consent of the Landlord have not been paid by the Tenant;

 

13.4.5               the rent to be paid under the sublease is not in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord market rent at the date of the granting of the sublease (unless the Tenant provides written confirmation to the Landlord that the rent to be paid under the sublease is below the current market rent) or in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord the sublease is not otherwise on reasonable terms and conditions including that the term of the sublease must expire no later than the termination of this Lease; and

 

13.4.6               the sublease does not provide that the term of the sublease will terminate if the Lease terminates.

 

32


 

13.5                                 Restriction on transfer of shares

 

13.5.1               If the Tenant is a corporation (other than a corporation listed on the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX)), a change in effective control of the Tenant (by way of change in 51 % or more of the shareholding ownership or otherwise) is deemed to be an assignment of this Lease, to which clauses 13.2 and 13.3 apply. The Landlord’s decision as to whether there has been a change in effective control of the Tenant is decisive. For the voidance of doubt, a change in effective control of the parent or holding company of the Tenant does not constitute a change in effective control of the Tenant, and is therefore not deemed to be an assignment of this Lease to which clauses 13.2 and 13.3 apply.

 

13.5.2               If the Tenant is a corporation listed on the ASX, then before delisting the Tenant must:

 

(a)                          notify the Landlord of the delisting; and

 

(b)                          deliver to the Landlord such lease security as the Landlord may reasonably require.

 

14.                                        Damage

 

14.1                                 Damage consequences

 

If the Building or the Premises are damaged or destroyed and as a result the Tenant’s ability to access or use the Premises are diminished:

 

14.1.1               subject to clause 14.4, the Landlord must reduce the Rent and other moneys payable under this Lease by a reasonable amount having regard to the nature and extent of the damage or destruction until this Lease comes to an end or the Premises are again fit for use;

 

14.1.2               the Tenant must continue to occupy and use any part of the Premises that remains useable, safe and accessible, and comply with this Lease to the extent possible; and

 

14.1.3               subject to clause 14.4, the Tenant may give a notice to the Landlord asking for the damage or destruction to be repaired.

 

14.2                                 Landlord entitlements

 

14.2.1               If the Building or the Premises are damaged or destroyed the Landlord:

 

(a)                                  may (but is not obliged to) repair the damage or destruction;

 

(b)                                  must give the Tenant a notice within 3 months of the damage or destruction notifying whether the Landlord intends to repair or rebuild the damage or destruction as the case may be; or

 

(c)                                   may terminate the Lease by giving the Tenant not less than 1 month’s notice expiring on any day where the Landlord forms the opinion that the repair of the damage or destruction is impracticable or undesirable.

 

14.2.2               The Landlord is not liable to pay any compensation to the Tenant if the Building or the Premises are damaged or destroyed or if the Lease is ended as a result.

 

33



 

14.3                                 Tenant’s entitlements

 

Subject to clause 14.4, the Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving the Landlord not less than 1 month’s notice expiring on any day if the Landlord gives the Tenant a notice under clause 14.2.1(b) and fails to repair the damage or destruction within a reasonable time after having given that notice.

 

14.4                                 Limitation on the Tenant’s entitlements

 

Despite anything else contained in this Lease, the Tenant is not entitled to give notices under clauses 14.1.3 and 14.3 if:

 

14.4.1               the damage or destruction or loss of access has been caused or contributed to by any act or omission of the Tenant; or

 

14.4.2               as a consequence of the act or omission of the Tenant any policy or policies of insurance relating to the Building are voided or payment of monies under any policy or policies of insurance effected on the Building is refused by the insurer, in which event the Landlord is entitled to recover damages from the Tenant for that damage, destruction, loss, act or omission even if this Lease is terminated.

 

14.5                                 Resumption

 

Either the Landlord or the Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving the other party not less than 1 month’s notice expiring on any day if a governmental agency resumes the Premises or the Building (or any part of them) and in doing so makes the Premises unfit for the Tenant’s use. The Landlord is not liable to pay the Tenant any compensation because of resumption but the Tenant may make its own claim for compensation from the resuming authority.

 

15.                                        Expiry or termination of term

 

15.1                                 Tenant to yield up and remove its fittings

 

On the earlier of the Terminating Date and the date on which this Lease is terminated, the Tenant must return the Premises to the Landlord clean and in good repair and condition having regard to fair wear and tear and their condition at the commencement of the Term, or the term of the initial lease if this Lease is a renewal under an option, with all moveable furnishings and equipment of the Tenant removed but the Tenant shall not otherwise be required to undertake any make good and the Tenant’s Property will otherwise become the property of the Landlord. The Tenant must ensure that any of the Tenant’s Property is not subject to any financial encumbrance.

 

15.2                                 Tenant not to cause damage

 

15.2.1               The Tenant must:

 

(a)                                  use its best endeavours not to cause or contribute to any damage to the Premises in the removal of the Tenant’s moveable furnishings and equipment, and make good any damage; and

 

(b)                                  leave the Premises in a clean state and condition.

 

15.2.2               If the Tenant fails to comply with clause 15.2.1, the Landlord may undertake that work in the Premises at the cost of and as agent for the Tenant and recover from the Tenant the cost to the Landlord of doing so as a liquidated debt payable on demand.

 

34



 

15.3                                 Failure by Tenant to remove Tenant’s moveable furnishings and equipment

 

If the Tenant fails to remove the Tenant’s moveable furnishings and equipment as required by clause 15.1, or in the event of determination under clause 16, the Landlord may:

 

15.3.1               cause the Tenant’s moveable furnishings and equipment to be removed and stored in the manner the Landlord in its absolute discretion thinks fit at the risk and at the cost of the Tenant; or

 

15.3.2               treat the Tenant’s moveable furnishings and equipment as if the Tenant had abandoned its interest in them and they had become the property of the Landlord, and deal with them in the manner the Landlord thinks fit without being liable in any way to account to the Tenant for them.

 

15.4                                 Tenant to indemnify and pay Landlord’s costs

 

The Tenant:

 

15.4.1               indemnifies the Landlord for:

 

(a)                                  the removal and storage of the Tenant’s moveable furnishings and equipment; and

 

(b)                                  all Demands which the Landlord may suffer or incur at the suit of any person (other than the Tenant) claiming an interest in the Tenant’s moveable furnishings and equipment by reason of the Landlord acting in any manner permitted under clause 15.3; and

 

15.4.2               must pay to the Landlord as a liquidated debt on demand any costs incurred by the Landlord in exercising its rights under clause 16, including any excess of costs over money received in the disposal of the Tenant’s moveable furnishings and equipment under clause 15.3.

 

16.                                        Default

 

16.1                                 Essential terms

 

Each obligation of the Tenant under this Lease to pay money and to provide security to the Landlord and its obligations under clauses 9.1, 9.3, 9.4, 10.1, 11.3, 12.1, 13.1, and 19 are essential terms of this Lease. Other obligations under this Lease may also be essential terms.

 

16.2                                 Default events

 

It is default under this Lease if:

 

16.2.1               the Tenant repudiates its obligations under this Lease;

 

16.2.2               the Tenant does not comply with any Tenant’s Obligations or any term of this Lease (whether or not it is an essential term) and, in the Landlord’s reasonable opinion:

 

(a)                                  the non-compliance can be remedied, but the Tenant does not remedy it to the Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction within a reasonable time after the Landlord gives the Tenant notice to remedy it;

 

(b)                          the non-compliance cannot be remedied or compensated for;

 

35



 

(c)                                   the non-compliance cannot be remedied but the Landlord can be compensated and the Tenant does not pay the Landlord compensation satisfactory to the Landlord for the breach within 10 Business Days after the Landlord gives the Tenant notice to pay it; or

 

16.2.3               an Insolvency Event occurs for the Tenant or any Guarantor.

 

16.3                                 Consequences of default

 

If there is default under this Lease, the Landlord may (in addition to any rights it otherwise has at law):

 

16.3.1               terminate this Lease by notice to the Tenant or re-entering the Premises;

 

16.3.2               re-enter and take possession of the Premises;

 

16.3.3               remedy the breach at the Tenant’s expense and enter and remain on the Premises for this purpose;

 

16.3.4               use any lease security (including any Bank Guarantee) held by the Landlord to recover any loss suffered by the Landlord because of the default; and

 

16.3.5               recover from the Tenant or the Guarantor any cost, loss or liability suffered by the Landlord because of the default.

 

16.4                                 Recovery of loss

 

If the Landlord terminates this Lease and re-enters and takes possession of the Premises, the Landlord may recover from the Tenant or any Guarantor:

 

16.4.1               all arrears of money payable by the Tenant up to the date of termination;

 

16.4.2               interest owing on any money due but unpaid;

 

16.4.3               all costs (including the Landlord’s administration and legal costs) incurred by the Landlord in rectifying any default and/or enforcing any rights or security;

 

16.4.4               all costs incurred by the Landlord in connection with any failure of the Tenant to comply with clause 15 or locating a new tenant or both; and

 

16.4.5               the difference between the money that would have been payable under this Lease to the Landlord from the date of termination until the Expiry Date, and any money the Landlord actually receives or reasonably anticipates that it is likely to receive as rent from another lessee of the Premises for that part of the Term that had not expired at the date of termination.

 

16.5                                 No restriction or waiver

 

The rights and entitlements conferred on the Landlord by this clause 16 or otherwise at law or their exercise:

 

16.5.1               do not restrict or prevent the Landlord from recovering loss or damage from the Tenant or from any security provided by or on behalf of the Tenant or from exercising any other right or remedy which the Landlord has or may acquire; and

 

16.5.2               are not adversely affected by:

 

(a)                                  granting the Tenant any concession, indulgence, forbearance or time to pay;

 

36



 

(b)                                  any compounding or compromise reached or attempted to be reached with the Tenant;

 

(c)                                   any acceptance of any moneys by the Landlord whether paid by the Tenant or by any other person;

 

(d)                                  any postponement non exercise or alteration of any right or remedy available to the Landlord;

 

(e)                                   any alteration to this Lease agreed by the Landlord; or

 

(f)                                    the Landlord re taking possession of the whole or any part of the Premises by any means.

 

17.                                        Rules

 

17.1                                 Tenant to comply with the Rules

 

17.1.1               The Tenant must comply with the Rules and cause persons under its control to comply with the Rules.

 

17.1.2               Any failure to comply with the Rules constitutes a breach of this Lease as if the Rules were contained in it as covenants with the Landlord.

 

17.2                                 Landlord Not Liable for Loss or Damage

 

The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord is not liable for any loss or damage caused by any failure on the Landlord’s part to enforce the Rules against any other person who may be bound by them in the Building.

 

17.3                                 Landlord’s Right to Amend Rules

 

17.3.1               The Landlord reserves the right at any time to amend, add to, cancel or suspend the Rules as they exist from time to time.

 

17.3.2               Any change to the Rules will not bind the Tenant until the Landlord gives notice of the change to the Rules to the Tenant. No Rule or any change to the Rules will bind the Tenant if they are inconsistent with or derogate in a material way from the Tenant’s rights under this Lease.

 

18.                                        Guarantee

 

Deleted.

 

19.                                        Bank guarantee

 

19.1                                 Definitions

 

In this clause:

 

Account means an interest bearing account in a Bank held on trust for the Landlord and the Tenant.

 

Bank means a bank holding an Australian Banking Licence carrying on business in Sydney.

 

Bank Guarantee means an unconditional, enforceable and irrevocable undertaking from the Bank:

 

37



 

19.1.1               in a form reasonably approved by the Landlord;

 

19.1.2               in favour of the Landlord;

 

19.1.3               with no expiry date or an expiry date no earlier than 66 months after the Commencement Date; and

 

19.1.4               stating that the bank guarantee is security for the Tenant’s obligations under the Lease of the Premises.

 

Initial Amount means the amount stated in Item 12(a).

 

Payment means unconditional payment by the Bank to the Landlord.

 

Security Amount means the amount equal to the number of months’ Rent stated in Item 12(b) and at the Commencement Date is the amount stated in Item 12(a).

 

19.2                                 Bank Guarantee

 

if, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, the Tenant is required to provide to the Landlord a Bank Guarantee, the Tenant must deliver to the Landlord on or before execution of this Lease a Bank Guarantee securing payment of the Initial Amount.

 

19.3                                 Security Amount

 

At all times during the Term, the Landlord is entitled to hold a Bank Guarantee(s) securing Payment of the Security Amount.

 

19.4                                 Further or Replacement Bank Guarantee

 

If, pursuant to the terms of this Lease the Landlord has drawn down on the Bank Guarantee, within 20 Business Days of the Landlord’s written notice to the Tenant, the Tenant must deliver to the Landlord an additional or replacement Bank Guarantee so that the Landlord holds a Bank Guarantee(s) securing Payment of the Security Amount.

 

19.5                                 Payment of the Security Amount

 

19.5.1               The Security Amount or any part thereof as determined from time to time by the Landlord but not exceeding in aggregate the Security Amount, is payable to the Landlord upon failure by the Tenant to duly and punctually pay Rent or other monies reserved by this Lease or for the Tenant’s failure, breach, non-performance or non-observance of any of its obligations under this Lease.

 

19.5.2               The Landlord must use the amount drawn down from the Bank Guarantee to rectify the Tenant’s breach of this Lease.

 

19.5.3               Payment to the Landlord of all or part of the Security Amount is without reference by the Bank to the Tenant and notwithstanding notice from the Tenant to the Bank not to pay the Landlord.

 

19.6                                 No Waiver

 

19.6.1               Notwithstanding anything express or implied to the contrary, acceptance of the Bank Guarantee or payment thereunder shall not thereby affect or limit the rights of the Landlord hereunder or operate as a waiver of the Tenant’s failure to rectify a breach, non-performance or non-observance.

 

19.6.2               Any part of the Bank Guarantee so paid and determined by the Landlord to be in excess of the Landlord’s loss, damages and expenses by reason of the Tenant’s

 

38



 

aforesaid failure, breach, non-performance or non-observance shall be accounted for to the Tenant.

 

19.7                                 Make Good

 

If, upon the Tenant vacating the Premises, the Tenant has satisfied its obligations under clause 15 of this Lease and is not in default of any of its other obligations under this Lease and the Landlord is not required to draw down on the Bank Guarantee to rectify the Tenant’s default the Landlord shall promptly release the Bank Guarantee to the Tenant.

 

19.8                                 Assignment

 

If during the term of this Lease the Landlord transfers its ownership in the Building and the Landlord provides a notice to the Tenant requiring a replacement Bank Guarantee in favour of the new lessor the Tenant must do all things necessary to effect the same within 30 Business Days of the Landlord serving such notice.

 

20.                                        General

 

20.1                                 Notices

 

20.1.1               A notice or other communication required or permitted, under this Lease, to be given to a person may be given in accordance with section 170 of the Conveyancing Act, 1919.

 

20.1.2               Any notice or communication to the Tenant must be sent to the attention of the Tenant’s General Counsel.

 

20.2                                 Amendment

 

This Lease may only be varied or replaced by a deed duly executed by the Parties.

 

20.3                                 Entire understanding

 

This Lease contains the entire understanding between the Parties as to the subject matter contained in it. All previous agreements, representations, warranties, explanations and commitments, expressed or implied, affecting this subject matter are superseded by this Lease and have no effect.

 

20.4                                 Further assurance

 

Each Party must promptly execute and deliver all documents and take all other action necessary or desirable to effect, perfect or complete the transactions contemplated by this Lease.

 

20.5                                 Waiver and exercise of rights

 

A single or partial exercise or waiver of a right relating to this Lease does not prevent any other exercise of that right or the exercise of any other right. No Party will be liable for any loss or expenses incurred by another Party caused or contributed to by the waiver, exercise, attempted exercise, failure to exercise or delay in the exercise of a right.

 

20.6                                 No relationship

 

No Party to this Lease has the power to obligate or bind any other Party. Nothing in this Lease will be construed or deemed to constitute a partnership, joint venture or employee, employer or representative relationship between any of the Parties.

 

39



 

20.7                                 Survival and enforcement of indemnities

 

Each indemnity in this Lease is a continuing obligation, separate and independent from the other obligations of the Parties and survives termination of this Lease. It is not necessary for a Party to incur expense or make payment before enforcing a right of indemnity conferred by this Lease.

 

21.                                        Option to renew

 

21.1                                 Conditions for grant of further term

 

The Landlord offers a renewal of this Lease to the Tenant on the terms specified in this clause 21.1 which the Tenant must strictly accept in accordance with this clause 21.1, otherwise this offer will lapse. The Tenant may only accept this offer and exercise the option if:

 

21.1.1               the Tenant gives the Landlord a notice stating that it wants a new lease of the Premises for the option term specified in Item 13(a);

 

21.1.2               the Landlord receives that notice within the period beginning on the day that is 12 months before the Expiry Date and ending on the day that is 6 months before the Expiry Date;

 

21.1.3               when the Tenant gives that notice, and from that time until the Expiry Date, the Tenant is not in breach of this Lease or if in breach, that breach has been waived;

 

21.1.4               if this Lease is guaranteed by the Guarantor, the renewal of this Lease is conditional on the Guarantor under this Lease providing a further guarantee for the option term; and

 

21.1.5               if under this Lease, the Tenant must provide a Bank Guarantee, the renewal of this Lease is conditional upon the Tenant providing before the Expiry Date under this Lease a Bank Guarantee for the Security Amount which will be required under the new lease but if by that date the Rent has not been agreed or determined, the Landlord must continue to hold the current Bank Guarantee and the Tenant must provide a new Bank Guarantee once the new Rent is agreed or determined but if the new Rent has not been agreed or determined by any expiry date in the current Bank Guarantee, the Tenant must provide the Landlord with a replacement Bank Guarantee with an extended expiry date of no less than 6 months at all times until the new Rent is agreed or determined and the new Bank Guarantee provided.

 

21.2                                 Terms of new lease

 

The new lease is to be on terms similar to this Lease except that:

 

21.2.1               Clause 21 shall be deleted and Item 13 shall provide, “Not applicable”;

 

21.2.2               the Term, the Commencement Date and the Expiry Date will be changed to the date of commencement and expiration of the further term respectively;

 

21.2.3               the Rent from the commencement date of the new lease is the current market rent of the Premises to be determined in accordance with clause 6.4 as if the commencement date of the new lease is a Rent Review Date on which a market rent review was to be conducted;

 

21.2.4               the Base Year stated in Item 9(b) is updated to the Outgoings Year current as at the time at which the market rent review is being conducted if a market rent

 

40



 

review is conducted to determine the Rent payable at the beginning of the new lease;

 

21.2.5               the new lease must reflect any variations to this Lease which became effective during the Term;

 

21.2.6               clause 24 will be deleted;

 

21.2.7               the amount to be inserted in Item 12(a) will be the Security Amount;

 

21.2.8               in the definition of Bank Guarantee in clause 19.1 “66” shall be changed to “44”;

 

21.2.9               Item 7A will be amended to provide that the Rent Commencement Date shall be the Commencement Date.

 

21.3                                 Bank Guarantee

 

If the Bank Guarantee furnished by the Tenant under clause 21.1.5 is greater or lesser than the Security Amount as provided in the new lease either Party may require the other to exchange the Bank Guarantee furnished under clause 21.1.5 with a new Bank Guarantee which is for the Security Amount as provided in the new lease.

 

22.                                        Service charges for operation outside Normal Business Hours

 

If the Tenant uses the Premises outside Normal Business Hours and requests use of a Service provided by the Landlord during those hours the Landlord must:

 

22.1.1               use its reasonable endeavours to supply the requested Service; and

 

22.1.2               apportion to the Tenant the costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in connection with the supply of the requested Service and give the Tenant an invoice for such costs and expenses. The Tenant must pay any such invoice according to its terms.

 

23.                                        Air Conditioning Plant and Elevators

 

23.1                                 Operational

 

23.1.1               The Landlord must use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Air Conditioning Plant and the Elevators are working and reasonably available for the use during Normal Business Hours and during such other hours as the Landlord may reasonably determine from time to time.

 

23.1.2               The Tenant must at all times:

 

(a)                                  comply with and observe the Landlord’s reasonable requirements for the use of the Air Conditioning Plant or Elevators or both; and

 

(b)                                  not do nor allow anything to be done which might interfere with or impair the efficient operation of the use of the Air Conditioning Plant or Elevators or both.

 

23.1.3               After having been given reasonable notice (except in the case of an emergency when no notice is required), the Tenant must allow the Landlord and the persons authorised by the Landlord to enter the Premises at any time to examine, maintain and repair or install or replace all or any of the Air Conditioning Plant or the Elevators.

 

41


 

23.2                                 No Warranty

 

The Landlord does not in any way warrant that the Air Conditioning Plant or the Elevators or both are or will remain suitable or adequate for any of the purposes of the Tenant. To the fullest extent permitted by law all warranties as to suitability and as to adequacy are expressly negatived.

 

23.3                                 No liability

 

This clause 23 imposes no liability on the Landlord because of any delays or stoppages in the operation of the Air Conditioning Plant or the Elevators due to repairs, maintenance, strikes, accidents or any other unavoidable cause provided that the City has used all reasonable endeavours to have the Air Conditioning Plant and the Elevators operational as soon as practicable.

 

23.4                                 Service charges for operation outside Normal Business Hours

 

If the Tenant uses the Premises outside Normal Business Hours and requests use of the Air Conditioning Plant or the Elevators or both during those hours the Landlord may:

 

23.4.1               use its reasonable endeavours to make available for use the Air Conditioning Plant or the Elevators or both; and

 

23.4.2               apportion to the Tenant any costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in connection with the supply of the Air Conditioning Plant or the Elevators or both and give the Tenant an invoice for such costs and expenses. The Tenant must pay any such invoice according to its terms which must be reasonable.

 

24.                                        Rental rebate

 

24.1                                 Personal right

 

The Parties agree that the provisions contained under this clause 24 only apply whilst Atlassian Pty Ltd ACN 102 443 916 is the Tenant under this Lease.

 

24.2                                 Rental rebate

 

24.2.1               Despite any other provision in this Lease to the contrary, during the Term (but excluding any period of holding over) the Landlord will provide to the Tenant a Rent rebate of $1,874,104.26 to be allowed by equal monthly instalments commencing on the instalment of Rent due on the Rent Commencement Date of $36,040.47 ( Rebate ) being a period of 52 months. The Rent-free period under Item 7A will be taken into account in determining any repayment under clause 24.2.2.

 

24.2.2               If this Lease is terminated prior to the Expiry Date due to a default by the Tenant under clause 16.2 the Tenant must repay the Rebate and the value of the Rent-free period to the Landlord on a pro rata basis calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

R = A x (B/C)

 

Where:

 

R =                              the amount to be repaid by the Tenant

 

A =                              the total Rebate paid by the Landlord up to the date that this Lease is terminated either as Rent-free or as a Rebate under clause 24.2.1

 

42



 

B =                              the number of days from the date that the Lease is terminated to the Expiry Date

 

C =                              the number of days in the Term.

 

24.2.3               If the Tenant breaches an essential term of this Lease, the Landlord may, in its discretion cease to allow the Rebate and if applicable any Rent-free from the date of the breach of the essential term until the Tenant has rectified that breach.

 

25.                                        Green leasing provisions

 

25.1                                 Cooperation to implement environmental efficiencies

 

The Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that they will:

 

25.1.1               cooperate to ensure the ongoing use and operation of the Building minimises environmental impacts and the Building and the Premises are managed in a way which is as sustainable and efficient as is reasonably possible for energy and water usage, greenhouse gas emission and waste generation in accordance with the environmental targets contained within Sustainable Sydney 2030 being the policy of the Council of the City of Sydney as published by the City from time to time;

 

25.1.2               consult with each other on issues and circumstances that may enhance the environmental performance of the Building and consider undertaking all such opportunities which are expected to have a positive impact on the work environment (subject to an analysis of costs and benefits);

 

25.1.3               constructively consult with each other on issues or circumstances that may detract from the improvement of the environmental performance of the Building; and

 

25.1.4               agree on targets and strategies for the Buliding to:

 

(a)                                  promote the efficient use of resources in the Building;

 

(b)                                  reduce energy and water use;

 

(c)                                   improve waste management by maximising recycling and composting; and

 

(d)                                  support a healthy internal environment by minimising reliance on mechanical heating, cooling and lighting systems.

 

25.2                                 NABERS

 

The Landlord may at its cost establish (where applicable) a National Australian Built Environment Rating System (NABERS) certification for the Building, and will endeavour to continually improve the Building’s NABERS rating towards an optimal performance.

 

25.3                                 NABERS rating

 

The Landlord will keep the Tenant informed of the NABERS rating of the Building and of any initiatives being considered by the Landlord, from time to time, to improve the environmental performance of the Building.

 

43



 

25.4                                 Landlord upgrades

 

The Landlord will provide reasonable environmental endeavours with regard to maintaining and upgrading the Building including any capital works upgrades of the Building (including services, systems, plant and equipment) so as to effectively manage energy consumption in the Building and achieve energy consumption improvements in the Building.

 

25.5                                 Tenant use of water and power

 

The Tenant will at its cost, use reasonable endeavours to limit energy and water consumption, and provide to the Landlord any information necessary or reasonably required by the Landlord to report on the environmental status of the Building.

 

25.6                                 Fit out efficiency

 

The Tenant will at its cost, incorporate energy, water and indoor environmental quality performance criteria into the fit out design and equipment selection that support green leasing principles.

 

25.7                                 Apply when City of Sydney is the Landlord

 

These green leasing provisions only apply whilst the City of Sydney is the Landlord. A subsequent landlord may adopt all or some of the above provisions of this Lease by giving written notice to the Tenant.

 

25.8                                 Failure to comply not an event of default

 

The Landlord and the Tenant acknowledge and agree that the compliance by the Tenant with this clause 25 is not mandatory and a failure by the Tenant to do so will not be considered to be a breach or default of the lease by the Tenant however the Tenant will at all times use reasonable and best endeavours to comply with this clause 25 subject to the costs to or the obligations on the Tenant in doing so not being unreasonably excessive or onerous as reasonably determined by the Tenant.

 

26.                                        Heritage Listed Building

 

26.1.1               The parties acknowledge that the Building is listed in the State Heritage Register and that the provisions of the Heritage Act 1977 (NSW) apply to the Building.

 

26.1.2               In addition to any other provision set out in this Lease, the Tenant must obtain the Consent of the Heritage Branch of the Department of Planning in accordance with the Heritage Act 1977 (NSW) to any Proposed Work to the Premises and pay all associated Costs, including any Costs incurred by the Landlord of and incidental to the same.

 

26.1.3               The Tenant covenants to abide by all restrictions, directions, requirements or Orders which may be made by the Heritage Branch of the Department of Planning or otherwise pursuant to the Heritage Act 1977 (NSW) in connection with the Premises, Building or Land and hereby releases the Landlord.

 

26.1.4               The Tenant covenants that it has obtained the Consent of the Heritage Branch of the Department of Planning to undertake its business from the Premises in accordance with the Permitted Use.

 

44



 

27.                                        Possible entry 341 George Street

 

The Landlord acknowledges that the Tenant has requested that the Landlord consider any application by the Tenant to achieve a direct entry from one level of the Premises to the adjoining building 341 George Street, Sydney. The Landlord will reasonably consider any such request including but not limited to:

 

27.1.1               the Tenant obtaining any necessary development approval from the Landlord acting in its statutory capacity;

 

27.1.2               the premises within 341 George Street, Sydney to which access will be obtained being held under a lease by the Tenant and no other party;

 

27.1.3               the works being undertaken at the entire expense of the Tenant;

 

27.1.4               the specifications for the works being approved by the Landlord exercising reasonable discretion but which will include the requirement of certifications by a structural engineer that the works will not damage the integrity of the Building and be capable of being reinstated without any ongoing damage to the Building;

 

27.1.5               the Tenant producing the consent of the landlord of 341 George Street to the works and that owner and the Landlord entering into such separate deed as either may require in relation to the works; and

 

27.1.6               the works being made good at the expense of the Tenant to such reasonable specifications as required by the Landlord and to be completed prior to the Expiry Date or earlier termination of this Lease or prior to the date that the adjoining premises in 341 George Street cease to be held under a lease by the Tenant.

 

45



 

Rules

 

1.                                       The Tenant must not in any way obstruct or permit the obstruction of the pavement entry, arcade, vestibules, corridors, passages, halls, elevators, stairways, fire doors and escape doors relating to the Building or use them or any of them for any purposes other than for ingress and egress.

 

2.                                       The Tenant must not cover or obstruct the floors, skylights, glazed panels, ventilators and windows that reflect or admit light or air into passageways or into part of the Building.

 

3.                                       The Tenant must not inscribe, paint, display or affix any sign, advertisement, name, flagpole, flag or notice on any part of the outside or inside of the Building except with the consent of the Landlord and then only of such colour, size and style and in such place or places as shall be first approved by the Landlord.

 

4.                                       No window blinds, no window screens or awnings shall be erected without the consent of the Landlord.

 

5.                                       Except with the consent of the Landlord no musical instruments shall be played in or about the Building, but this Rule shall not prohibit the Tenant from playing background recorded music or music associated with the Permitted Use provided that the volume is kept at a level which does not cause a nuisance or annoyance to other tenants or users of the Building.

 

6.                                       The Tenant must not throw anything out of the windows or doors or down the elevator shafts, passages or skylights or into any light areas of the Building or deposit waste paper or rubbish anywhere except in proper receptacles or place upon any sill, ledge or other like part of the Premises or Common Areas any article or substance.

 

7.                                       The Tenant must not use any method of lighting, cooling or heating other than as prescribed and fixed by the Landlord and under special arrangement made by the Landlord for such purpose and shall not cook within the Premises except within a designated kitchen area.

 

8.                                       The Tenant will use or permit to be used for the receipt, delivery or other movement of any goods, wares or merchandise or articles of bulk or quantity only such parts of the Premises and the Common Areas for such purposes and at such times as the Landlord may from time to time permit and the Tenant will generally comply with all reasonable requirements of the Landlord in regard to such matters.

 

9.                                       The Tenant must not leave any doors or windows unlocked or unfastened when the Premises are left unoccupied and the Landlord reserves the right for a person authorised by the Landlord to enter the Premises and fasten the same if left insecurely fastened.

 

10.                                The Landlord will at the expense of the Tenant provide keys for locks on doors or other openings of the Premises and 250 security cards or keys and the Tenant will return to the Landlord on the termination of the Lease all such keys and security cards whether the same have been supplied by the Landlord or otherwise acquired by the Tenant and must not permit the same at any time to come into the possession of any person other than the Tenant. The Tenant shall not alter the combination of any locks of the Premises.

 

11.                                Any additional access cards or any card required to replace a lost or damaged card will be charged at $50.00 per card.

 

46



 

12.                                The Tenant must not use or permit to be used Common Areas for any business or commercial purpose or for the display or advertisement of any goods or services or generally for any purpose other than a purpose for which the same was intended or provided.

 

13.                                Without the consent of the Landlord no nails, screws or hooks shall be driven into any parts of the Building excluding the partitions therein of the Tenant nor shall any explosive power driven method of fixing articles to ceilings, walls or floors be used without the consent of the Landlord.

 

14.                                The Landlord shall be entitled to close the front doors of and any other entrances to the Building and keep the same closed and locked after the hours of 6.00 pm on weekdays and before the hour of 8.00 am on weekdays except on Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays when the Landlord may keep such doors and entrances closed all day. The Tenant shall be entitled to access the Building and the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week by use of the security card/keys referred to in Rule 10. The Tenant shall adhere to all reasonable security precautions required by the Landlord from time to time.

 

15.                                The Tenant must comply with the Landlord’s reasonable security procedures for access to the Building as advised to the Tenant from time to time.

 

16.                                The Landlord may close the Building due to riots, civil disturbance, demonstrations or any other cause which in the opinion of the Landlord endangers or may endanger the Building or any persons in or on the Building.

 

17.                                The Tenant must appoint a floor warden for the Premises and must ensure that the Tenant and persons under its control are fully aware of all safety and emergency procedures for the Building. The Tenant must comply with any practice or test procedures and drills from time to time arranged or required by the Landlord in connection with the emergency and evacuation procedures for the Building.

 

47



 

Signing Page

 

Executed as a deed

 

Landlord’s signature

 

Certified correct for the purposes of the Real Property Act 1900 by the person(s) named below who signed this instrument pursuant to the power of attorney specified

 

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED on

 

behalf of Council of the City of Sydney by its

 

duly appointed attorney under power of

 

attorney registered in the office of the Registrar

 

General (NSW) No. 994 Book 4572,

 

in the presence of:

Signature of attorney :

/s/ Marcia Claire Doheny

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Heather Turner

 

Full name of attorney:

MARCIA CLAIRE DOHENY

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

HEATHER TURNER

 

 

 

456 KENT STREET

 

 

Address:

SYDNEY NSW 2000

 

 

 

PLEASE PRINT

 

 

 

Witness

 

Tenant’s signature

 

Certified correct for the purposes of the Real Property Act 1900 by the person(s) named below who signed this instrument pursuant to the authority specified

 

EXECUTED by Atlasslan Pty Ltd

 

ACN 102 443 916 in accordance with section

 

127 of the Corporations Act 2001:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Scott Farquhar

 

Signature:

/s/ Mike Cannon-Brookes

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Scott Farquhar

 

Name:

Mike Cannon-Brookes

 

PLEASE PRINT

 

 

PLEASE PRINT

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

Director*

 

 

* Delete as appropriate

 

48




Exhibit 10.16

 

Form:

07L

 

LEASE

Leave this space clear. Affix additional

 

 

 

pages to the top left-hand corner.

 

 

 

New South Wales

 

 

 

 

Real Property Act 1900

AG810431C

 

 

 

PRIVACY NOTE: this information is legally required and will become part of the public record

 

 

 

 

STAMP DUTY

Office of State Revenue use only

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

TORRENS TITLE

Property leased:

 

Auto Consol 3778-152

 

PART being Levels 6, 7 and 8, 341 George Street, Sydney

 

 

 

 

 

prod

 

(B)

LODGED BY

Delivery

Name, Address or DX and Telephone

CODE

 

Box

LLPN:

SAI GLOBAL Property

 

 

 

462H

123327C

DX 885 SYDNEY

 

 

 

 

 

02 9210 0700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reference (optional):

Lands — 23802440

L

 

(C)

LESSOR

341 GEORGE ST PTY LTD

 

ACN 128 330 192

 

 

 

The lessor leases to the lessee the property referred to above.

 

 

(D)

Encumbrances (if applicable):

1.

 

 

2.

 

 

3.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(E)

LESSEE

ATLASSIAN PTY LTD

 

ACN 102 443 916

 

 

(F)

TENANCY:

 

(G)

1.

TERM: TWO (2) YEARS AND THREE (3) MONTHS

 

 

 

 

2.

COMMENCING DATE: 1 APRIL 2015

 

 

 

 

3.

TERMINATING DATE: 30 JUNE 2017

 

 

 

 

4.

With an OPTION TO RENEW for a period of five (5) years as set out in Item 5A of the Schedule in Annexure A hereto.

 

 

 

 

5.

With an OPTION TO PURCHASE set out in clause                         Annexure A

 

 

 

 

6.

Together with and reserving the RIGHTS set out in clause                        of

 

 

 

 

7.

Incorporates the provisions or additional material set out in ANNEXURE A                   Hereto

 

 

 

 

8.

Incorporates the provisions set out in LEASE filed at Land and Property Information New South Wales as registered No.

 

 

 

 

9.

The RENT is set out in Item 7 of the Commercial Terms Schedule in Annexure A hereto.

 

ALL HANDWRITING MUST BE IN BLOCK CAPITALS

 

1



 

DATE:

22/12/11

 

 

ddmmyyyy

 

 

 

Certified correct for the purposes of the Real Property Act 1900 and executed on behalf of the corporation named below by the authorised person(s) whose signature(s) appear(s) below pursuant to the authority specified.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporation

SEE ANNEXURE “A”

 

Authority

section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of authorised person

Signature of authorised person

 

 

 

 

 

Name of authorised person

Name of authorised person

 

Director

 

Director/Company Secretary

 

Office held

Office held

 

 

 

 

Certified correct for the purposes of the Real Property Act 1900 by the corporation named below the common seal of which was affixed pursuant to the authority specified and in the presence of the authorised person(s) whose signature(s) appear(s) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporation

SEE ANNEXURE “A”

 

Authority

section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of authorised person

Signature of authorised person

 

 

 

 

 

Name of authorised person

Name of authorised person

 

Director

 

Secretary

 

Office held

Office held

 

 

 

Note:

where applicable, the lessor must complete the statutory declaration below.

 

(I)                 STATUTORY DECLARATION

 

I

 

solemnly and sincerely declare that-

 

1.               The time for the exercise of option to renew/purchase in expired lease No. has ended;

 

2.               The lessee under that lease has not exercised the option.

 

I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true and by virtue of the Oaths Act 1900.

 

Made and subscribed at

in the State of New South Wales on

 

 

 

in the presence of-

 

 

 

Signature of witness:

Signature of lessor:

 

 

Name of witness:

 

 

 

Address of witness:

 

 

 

Qualification of witness: Justice of the Peace

 

 

2



 

‘A’

 

Schedule to lease

 

Parties:

341 GEORGE ST PTY LTD ACN 128 330 192

(Landlord)

And:

ATLASSIAN PTY LTD ACN 102 443 916

(Tenant)

 

 

 

Dated:

22/12/11

 

 

Commercial Terms Schedule

 

Item 1

The whole of the land in Auto Consol 3778-152

Land

 

 

 

Item 2

Levels 6, 7 and 8, 341 George Street, Sydney

Premises

 

 

 

Item 3

1 April 2015

Commencement Date

 

 

 

Item 4

30 June 2017

Expiry Date

 

 

 

Item 5

Two (2) years and three (3) months

Term

 

 

 

Item 5A

One (1) further term of five (5) years

Option to Renew

 

 

 

Item 6

The same percentage that the area of the Premises bears to the lettable area of the Building

Tenant’s Proportion

 

3



 

 

Level 6:

Item 7

$544.34 per square metre of Level 6 of the Premises per annum plus GST, subject to reviews under this lease

Base Rent

 

 

 

Levels 7 & 8:

 

$626.00 per square metre of Levels 7 & 8 of the Premises per annum plus GST, subject to reviews under this lease

 

 

 

 

Storage Areas:

 

Three (3) Storage Areas (one on each floor) of 26 m 2  each at $340.22 per square metre per annum plus GST, subject to reviews under this lease

 

 

 

Item 8

On exercise of the option to renew, ie on 1 July 2017

Market Review Dates

 

 

 

Item 8A

On each anniversary of the Commencement Date (including during the option period), ie on 1 April 2016, 1 April 2017, 1 July 2018, 1 July 2019, 1 July 2020 and 1 July 2021

Fixed Percentage Annual

Review Dates

 

 

Item 9

Daily between 8.00 a.m. and 6.00 p.m. — Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays excepted. Outside those hours, air-conditioning and other Facilities and Services to be provided to the Premises at the request and at the cost of the Tenant.

Facilities Hours

 

 

 

Item 10

Commercial office

Permitted Use

 

 

 

Item 11

$20,000,000

Public risk insurance

 

 

 

Item 12

Landlord:

341 George St Pty Ltd

Notices

 

c/- Graeme Walker

 

 

WF Limited Partnership

 

 

Suite 10, Level 1

 

 

341 George Street

 

 

SYDNEY NSW 2000

 

 

 

 

Tenant:

Atlassian Pty Ltd

 

 

Levels 6, 7 and 8

 

 

341 George Street

 

 

SYDNEY NSW 2000

 

4



 

Item 13

The greater of:

Bank guarantee

 

 

·                   $$2,571,885.92; and

 

 

 

·                   An amount equal to 12 months Base Rent (as reviewed under this lease from time to time) plus 12 months Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings plus GST

 

 

 

Item 14

Not applicable while Atlassian Pty Ltd ACN 102 443 916 is the Tenant.

Guarantors

 

 

Item 15

Not applicable

CPI Review Dates

 

 

5


 

1                                                                  Term

 

Term of lease

 

1.1                                                Subject to the provisions of this lease, this lease commences on the Commencement Date and ends on the Expiry Date.

 

Monthly tenancy

 

1.2                                                If the Landlord permits the Tenant to occupy the Premises after the Expiry Date (other than under a grant of a further lease), the Tenant does so as a monthly tenant on the terms and conditions of this lease with necessary changes applicable to a monthly tenancy except that:

 

(a)                                          the Base Rent is an amount equal to one month of the Base Rent payable immediately before the Expiry Date plus 10%;

 

(b)                                          the first payment of rent is to be made on the next day after the Expiry Date; and

 

(c)                                           the monthly tenancy may be terminated at any time by either party by one month’s notice given to the other party to expire on any date and the tenancy will end one month after service of that notice.

 

2                                                          Base Rent

 

2.1                                                The Tenant must pay the Base Rent by equal monthly instalments (and proportionately for any part of a month) in advance on the first day of each month, by direct debit, electronic transfer or as directed by the Landlord.

 

2.2                                                The Tenant must pay the first instalment of Base Rent on the Commencement Date.

 

2.3                                                The Tenant acknowledges that as at the Commencement Date of the Initial Term the lettable area of the Premises is:

 

Level 6 — 1,192 m 2

Level 7 — 1,320.5 m 2

Level 8 — 1,299.0 m 2

Storage Areas — 3 Storage Areas of 26 m 2  each

 

2.4                                                Any measurement of area under this lease will be in accordance with the then current Property Council method of measurement for commercial buildings.

 

2.5                                                The Base Rent from and including each CPI Review Date is the Base Rent immediately before that CPI Review Date multiplied by the Current CPI and divided by the Previous CPI.

 

2.6                                                On the first Base Rent Payment Day after the information is available to make the calculation in clause 2.6, the Tenant must pay the difference between what the Tenant

 

6



 

has paid on account of Base Rent and the Base Rent for the period from and including the relevant CPI Review Date to but excluding that Base Rent Payment Day.

 

3                                                          Review of Base Rent

 

Market Review of Base Rent

 

3.1                                                If the Landlord chooses to review the Base Rent at any Market Review Date then this clause 3 applies. The Landlord is not obliged to give a notice under clause 3.2.

 

3.2                                                During each Review Period the Landlord may give a Rent Review Notice to the Tenant in respect of the Market Review Date to which that Review Period relates.

 

3.3                                                The Base Rent from and including the relevant Market Review Date is the amount stated in the Rent Review Notice unless the Tenant gives the Landlord a notice within 14 days after the Rent Review Notice is given, disagreeing with that amount.

 

3.4                                                If the Landlord does not give the Tenant a Rent Review Notice in respect of a Market Review Date during that Review Period, then as from that Market Review Date until the next Market Review Date the Tenant must continue to pay Base Rent at the rate payable before that Market Review Date.

 

Dispute as to Base Rent

 

3.5                                                If the parties do not agree on the reviewed Base Rent on the relevant Market Review Date within 42 days after the notice under clause 3.2 is given, then it must be decided by a valuer who:

 

3.5.1                              is appointed by the parties but if they do not agree on whom to appoint within 52 days after the notice under clause 3.2 is given, that valuer is to be nominated at either party’s request by the president of the New South Wales division of the Australian Property Institute Inc; and

 

3.5.2                              is a full member of at least five years’ standing of that institute; and

 

3.5.3                              at the time of appointment is both experienced and actively engaged in valuing similar licensed premises; and

 

3.5.4                              must be instructed to:

 

(a)                                                  decide what is the current annual market rent that would be reasonably expected to be paid for the Premises on the relevant Market Review Date if they were unoccupied and offered for renting for the Permitted Use having regard to the terms of this lease and all matters specified in clause 3.9; and

 

(b)                                                  give a written valuation setting out what was taken into account, what was disregarded, their respective weightings and any other adjustments within one month after being appointed; and

 

7



 

3.5.5                              acts as an expert and not as an arbitrator and whose decision is final and binding.

 

The amount determined by the valuer is the Base Rent from and including the relevant Market Review Date.

 

Costs

 

3.6                                                If the Base Rent determined by the valuer under this clause 3:

 

3.6.1                              is less than the Base Rent nominated in the Rent Review Notice, then the Landlord and the Tenant must pay the valuer’s costs in equal shares;

 

3.6.2                              is equal to or exceeds the Base Rent nominated in the Rent Review Notice, then the Tenant must pay the valuer’s costs.

 

Adjustments

 

3.7                                                Until the Base Rent is agreed or decided under this clause 3, the Tenant must pay the Base Rent applicable immediately before the relevant Market Review Date by equal monthly instalments, on account of the Base Rent from the relevant Market Review Date.

 

3.8                                                On the first due date for Base Rent after the Base Rent is agreed or decided under this clause 3, the Tenant must pay the Landlord (or the Landlord must credit the Tenant with) the difference between what the Tenant has paid on account of Base Rent and the Rent for the period from and including the relevant Market Review Date to but excluding that due date for Base Rent.

 

Base Rent criteria

 

3.9                                                In determining the Base Rent, the parties and the valuer must determine the current market rent for the Premises as at the particular Market Review Date having regard to the provisions of this lease and must:

 

3.9.1                              deleted;

 

3.9.2                              disregard any rent or other money payable under any sub-lease or other tenancy which has not been approved by the Landlord under this lease;

 

3.9.3                              have regard to the Term and disregard the fact that part of the Term has elapsed at the Market Review Date;

 

3.9.4                              have regard to the rental value of comparable premises but in doing so must make no reduction on account of any Incentive;

 

3.9.5                              consider the Premises as used for the Permitted Use but must have regard also to any other use to which the Premises may be lawfully put;

 

3.9.6                              regard the Premises on a floor by floor basis without a discount where the Base Rent is to be determined for more than one floor;

 

8



 

3.9.7                              have regard to the terms and conditions of this lease and assume that all obligations of the Tenant and the Landlord in this lease have been performed and observed;

 

3.9.8                              make no reduction on account of any Incentive paid, provided or allowed to the Tenant or which would be likely to be paid, provided or allowed to a tenant in relation to a new tenancy in respect of the Premises were they vacant;

 

3.9.9                              assume that the Premises have been reinstated in accordance with clause 9 if the Premises have been damaged or destroyed; and

 

3.9.10                       have regard to any written submissions made by the Landlord or the Tenant.

 

Base Rent not to decrease

 

3.10                                         Despite any other provision of this lease, the Base Rent from any Market Review Date until the next Review Date is the greater of:

 

3.10.1                       the Base Rent determined under this clause 3; and

 

3.10.2                       the Base Rent payable for the lease year of the Term immediately preceding the Market Review Date.

 

Fixed Review of Base Rent

 

3.11                                         On each Fixed Percentage Annual Review Date, the Base Rent payable by the Tenant under this lease will be the Base Rent payable immediately before the relevant Fixed Percentage Annual Review Date increased by 4.5%.

 

4                                                        Tenant charges, Building Outgoings and Cleaning

 

Tenant to pay charges & Building Outgoings

 

4.1                                                The Tenant must pay on time all:

 

(a)                                                  charges for electricity, gas, oil, water, telephone and any other services separately metered and consumed in the Premises; and

 

(b)                                                  all other charges and impositions imposed by any Authority or person for all services separately supplied to the Premises.

 

4.2                                                The Tenant must pay to the Landlord the Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings if there is an amount specified in Item 6, or if not specified in Item 6 then as notified by the Landlord.

 

Payments on account of

 

4.3                                                The Landlord may give the Tenant a notice at any time stating the Landlord’s estimates of the Building Outgoings and the Tenant’s Proportion.

 

4.4                                                The Tenant must pay monthly instalments in advance on each Rent Day on account of the Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings.

 

9



 

Notice of actual Outgoings

 

4.5                                                As soon as possible after the end of any twelve month period, the Landlord will give the Tenant reasonable details of the actual Building Outgoings.

 

Adjustments

 

4.6                                                On the next Rent Day after the Landlord gives the Tenant a notice of either estimated or actual Building Outgoings, the Tenant must pay the Landlord (or the Landlord must credit the tenant with) the difference between what the Tenant has paid on account of the Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings for the relevant twelve month period and what the notice says is payable.

 

Cleaning

 

4.7                                                The Landlord will provide a cleaning service for the Building including the Premises.

 

4.8                                                The Tenant will allow the Landlord’s cleaners access to the Premises during such hours as the Landlord nominates including without limit during the Facilities Hours for cleaning services.

 

4.9                                                The Tenant will pay the Tenant’s Cleaning Costs monthly in advance by direct debit electronic transfer or as directed by the Landlord.

 

4.10                                         The Landlord can at any time give written notice to the Tenant detailing the Tenant’s Cleaning Costs. Within seven days of the notice the Tenant will pay to the Landlord the Tenant’s Cleaning Costs detailed in the notice.

 

5                                                          Use Obligations

 

Positive use obligations

 

5.1                                                The Tenant must:

 

(a)                                          use the Premises only for the Permitted Use;

 

(b)                                          keep the Premises clean and tidy and free of vermin;

 

(c)                                           notify the Landlord and the proper Authority promptly of any infectious illness in the Premises which must be notified to an Authority and, if that infectious illness is confined to the Premises, the Tenant must disinfect the Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord and that Authority;

 

(d)                                          give notice to the Landlord promptly of any damage or accident to or defects in the Building or any circumstances likely to cause any damage or injury within the Building of which the Tenant is aware;

 

(e)                                           comply with all reasonable directions of the Landlord relating to the receipt, delivery or other movement of any goods or articles of bulk or quantity;

 

(f)                                            pay all actual costs of the Landlord in providing, at the request of the Tenant, Facilities and Services outside the Facilities Hours;

 

10



 

(g)                                           comply with the directions of the Landlord in relation to smoking and place in the Premises signs as the Landlord may reasonably require to notify persons of the prohibitions contained in this lease in relation to smoking;

 

(h)                                          comply with the Rules;

 

(i)                                              participate in Emergency Procedures as reasonably required by the Landlord;

 

(j)                                             pay on demand all costs arising from the issue to the Tenant of any Keys and from any loss of or damage to any Key;

 

(k)                                          ensure that any Key system installed in the Premises is compatible with the system for the Building;

 

(l)                                              obtain all consents or approvals of any Authority or under any Laws or Requirements necessary in relation to the Tenant’s Business and not allow them to lapse or be revoked;

 

(m)                                      obtain all consents or approvals of any Authority or under any Laws or Requirements necessary in relation to any repairs, changes or works undertaken by the Tenant in the Premises or the Building; and

 

(n)                                          repair or replace the Landlord’s Fixtures or any part thereof that are damaged or in need of replacement due to a Tenant Cause;

 

(o)                                          obtain the Landlord’s written consent before lodging any applications for consent or approvals for work referred to in subclause 5.1(m) above. Such consent may be withheld in the Landlord’s absolute discretion;

 

(p)                                          pay on demand the Landlord’s costs of placing the Tenant’s details on the Building foyer directory board (other than the standard allocation of one slat); and

 

(q)                                          must return all access cards for the Premises to the Landlord immediately on the End Date.

 

Negative use obligations

 

5.2                                                The Tenant must not:

 

(a)                                          bring, place or store Heavy Items in the Building;

 

(b)                                          install any equipment in the Premises that overloads the Services;

 

(c)                                           obstruct access to the Services or the Facilities;

 

(d)                                          affix any television or radio mast or antenna to the Building without the Landlord’s consent (and any consent so given may be withdrawn at any time without consultation if the Landlord reasonably considers it to be in the interests of the other tenants of the Building to do so);

 

11



 

(e)                                           use any musical instruments, radios, televisions, audio-visual or other sound or picture producing equipment in the Premises which is audible or visible from outside the Premises;

 

(f)                                            install Coverings on the exterior of the Building or the internal face of perimeter glass;

 

(g)                                           cover or obstruct the air-conditioning ducts and outlets or the skylights and windows which reflect or admit air or light into the Building or cover or obstruct any lights or other means of illumination;

 

(h)                                          throw anything out of the windows or doors of the Building or down the elevator shafts or into the light areas of the Building;

 

(i)                                              deposit rubbish anywhere except in proper receptacles;

 

(j)                                             place any article or thing on any sill, ledge or other like part of the Building;

 

(k)                                          obstruct parts of the Common Areas normally used to enter or leave the Premises nor place items in any part of the Building other than the Premises;

 

(l)                                              store or use any Hazardous Store or Inflammable Substances in the Premises or on the Land unless where reasonably required for the Permitted Use;

 

(m)                                      smoke cigarettes, pipes, cigars or any other form of tobacco or similar substance in the Building;

 

(n)                                          remove any carpet or other floor coverings from where they were originally installed in the Building;

 

(o)                                          do anything to the carpet or other floor coverings in the Premises which contravenes any guarantee relating to them notified to the Tenant by the Landlord;

 

(p)                                          keep animals or birds in the Premises;

 

(q)                                          carry on any noxious, noisome, or offensive business or do any act or thing which may cause nuisance, damage or disturbance to any person including the Landlord and any other occupier of the Building;

 

(r)                                             hold any auction, bankrupt or fire sale in the Premises;

 

(s)                                            prepare or cook food in the Premises except in areas approved by the Landlord for that purpose;

 

(t)                                             hang anything from or in any other way deface or damage the ceilings;

 

(u)                                          display or affix any Sign on the Building;

 

(v)                                          use the Premises as a residence;

 

(w)                                        cause damage to the Building;

 

12



 

(x)                                          make any duplicate of the Keys provided by the Landlord; or

 

(y)                                          at any time occupy or use the Premises at any time which is contrary to the hours approved from time to time by the Council or any Authority. In addition, the Tenant must comply with any direction of the Landlord in relation to hours of operation;

 

without the Landlord’s written consent.

 

Warranty as to use

 

5.3                                                The Landlord gives no warranty as to the use of the Premises that may be required by the Tenant. The Landlord gives no warranty that the Premises may be used for commercial offices nor that the Premises may be used 24 hours a day 7 days a week.

 

Laws and Requirements

 

5.4                                                The Tenant must comply with and observe all Laws and Requirements affecting:

 

(a)                                          the Premises or any Tenant’s Fixtures; or

 

(b)                                          the use or occupation of the Premises,

 

including, without limit, environmental matters and matters in respect of trade waste and dangerous goods whether addressed to or required to be effected by the Landlord, the Tenant or both or by any other person. The Tenant must provide promptly to the Landlord a copy of any Laws or Requirements notified to the Tenant. In complying with those Laws or Requirements the Tenant must obtain the Landlord’s consent and must observe the provisions of this lease. The Tenant is not required to effect structural or capital works pursuant to this clause unless rendered necessary by any Tenant Cause.

 

Essential Services Certification

 

5.5                                                If due to a Tenant Cause the Landlord is prevented from or delayed in complying with its obligations to obtain a statement in relation to each essential fire or other safety measure implemented in the Building as required by the Local Government Act 1993 and the regulations thereunder, then within a reasonable time (having regard to the requirements of the Act and of the Authority administering the Act) the Tenant, on being required by the Landlord to do so, must at the cost of the Tenant carry out such works and do such things as are necessary to enable the Landlord to obtain the statement and to comply with the Landlord’s obligations under that Act.

 

5.6                                                If required by the Landlord at any time because of a Tenant Cause, the Tenant must, within the period nominated by the Landlord in its notice to the Tenant, and at the Tenant’s cost, obtain and provide to the Landlord an essential services certificate in respect of the Premises. This clause does not limit the obligations of the Tenant under clause 5.5.

 

13



 

Access

 

5.7                                                The Tenant may access and use the Premises 24 hours a day 7 days a week. However, the Landlord gives no warranty that the Authorities allow the Premises to be used 24 hours a day 7 days a week.

 

Security

 

5.8                                                The Tenant is solely responsible for the security of the Premises and must keep the Premises secure at all times.

 

6                                                          Environmental Compliance

 

6.1                                                Compliance by Tenant

 

(a)                                                  The Tenant must not in any way pollute or Contaminate the Premises or any part of the Land.

 

(b)                                                  Subject to clause 6.1 (c), the Tenant must comply with all relevant legislation and the proper requirements of all relevant authorities regulating or controlling pollution or Contamination of the Premises.

 

(c)                                                   Nothing in clause 6.1 requires the Tenant to remediate or remove any Contamination which existed in the Premises or any of the Land prior to the Commencement Date of the Initial Term.

 

6.2                                                Tenant to Indemnify Landlord

 

(a)                                          The Tenant must not make any claim against the Landlord, and releases and indemnifies the Landlord from and against any obligations, costs or damages, relating to:

 

(i)              any pollution, Contamination or other environmental damage to the Premises arising out of the Tenant’s use and occupation of the Premises or any licensed areas under this lease; and

 

(ii)           any notice or order issued by any authority relating to any actual or potential pollution, Contamination or other environmental damage to or from the Premises or any licensed areas under this lease arising out of the Tenant’s use and occupation of the Premises or any licensed areas under this lease;

 

(b)                                          The Landlord acknowledges that the release and indemnity by the Tenant does not apply to any pollution, Contamination or other environmental damage occurring as a result of any wilful or negligent act or omission by the Landlord done or omitted with knowledge that it was likely to cause pollution, Contamination or other environmental damage.

 

14



 

7                                                          Repairs and alterations

 

Repair and maintenance

 

7.1                                                The Tenant must

 

(a)                                          keep the Landlord’s Fixtures and the Tenant’s Fixtures in good and substantial repair, maintenance and condition including replacing all damaged or faulty light bulbs, light globes and tubes in the Premises;

 

(b)                                          repair any damage to the Premises caused by a Tenant Cause; and

 

(c)                                           repaint the Premises to a standard acceptable to the Landlord on the End Date.

 

7.2                                                Clause 7.1 does not impose any obligation on the Tenant for:

 

(a)                                          fair wear and tear; or

 

(b)                                          structural or capital works unless rendered necessary by any Tenant Cause.

 

7.3                                                If any damage is caused to the Building or the Premises due to a Tenant Cause, the Tenant must promptly reinstate the Building or the Premises (including structural repairs) to the condition they were in before the Tenant Cause.

 

Landlord’s right of inspection

 

7.4                                                On giving the Tenant reasonable notice (being at least one Business Day’s notice) (except in an emergency when no notice is required), the Landlord may enter the Premises to:

 

(a)                                          inspect the state of repair of the Premises; and /or

 

(b)                                          inspect and/or monitor compliance with the terms of this lease (including the Rules).

 

Tenant to carry out obligations

 

7.5                                                The Landlord may serve on the Tenant a notice of any failure by the Tenant to carry out any obligation of the Tenant under clause 5 or clause 7. The notice may require the Tenant to carry out that obligation within a reasonable time. If the Tenant fails to do so, the Landlord may carry out that obligation at the Tenant’s cost.

 

Landlord’s right of entry

 

7.6                                                If:

 

(a)                                          the Landlord wishes to do works to the Premises or the Building which in the Landlord’s opinion acting reasonably are necessary to comply with its obligations under this lease, or which the Landlord is obliged to do under this lease or under any Law or Requirement;

 

15


 

(b)                                          an Authority requires work to be done at the Building which the Landlord elects to do and which is not the Tenant’s obligation under this lease; or

 

(c)                                           the Landlord elects to carry out any obligation which the Tenant is required to carry out under this lease, but fails to do,

 

then the Landlord, on giving to the Tenant reasonable notice (being at least one Business Day’s notice) (except in an emergency when no notice is required), may enter the Premises and do those works.

 

If after the Landlord has given the Tenant reasonable notice that it requires access to the Premises and the Tenant, acting reasonably, requires the Landlord to exercise its rights under this clause at a time other than the time nominated by the Landlord (except in the case of an emergency when no notice is required), the Tenant must pay the Landlord’s additional costs as a result of the delay or overtime costs incurred in complying with the Tenant’s request.

 

Alterations to the Building

 

7.7                                                The Tenant must not:

 

(a)                                          make any alterations or additions to the Building including the intertenancy partitions or floor coverings;

 

(b)                                          interfere with, alter or make any connections to the Services, the Landlord’s Fixtures or the Facilities ; or

 

(c)                                           use, install or alter internal partitions in the Premises,

 

unless the Tenant:

 

(d)                                          obtains the Landlord’s consent; and

 

(e)                                           in all cases of such consent, the Tenant complies with the Works Conditions.

 

Landlord Access to services located in the Premises

 

7.8                                                The Tenant acknowledges that there are Building services plant located in or adjacent to the Premises which may only be access through the Premises and despite any other clause of this lease must not:

 

7.8.1                                      restrict access to the Landlord or its authorised agents or contractors at any time to attend to service and maintenance of such Building services plant; or

 

7.8.2                                      make any objection, claim, or fail to comply with its obligations under this lease in relation to the Landlord or its agents or contractors entering the Premises for the purpose of accessing such Building services plant.

 

7.9                                                The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord and/or its authorised agents or contractors may access the Building services plant through the Premises at all times.

 

16



 

8                                                          Assignment and sub-letting

 

Dealings not permitted

 

8.1                                                Except as otherwise stated in this clause 8, during the Term the Tenant must not Assign, sub-lease, mortgage, charge or otherwise deal with or part with possession of the Premises or this lease or any estate or interest in this lease or agree to do any of those things.

 

Sub-leases

 

8.2                                                The Tenant must not grant any sub-lease of the Premises without the Landlord’s consent. The Landlord will consent to a sub-lease of the whole or part of the Premises if the Tenant complies with the Dealing Conditions.

 

Assignment

 

8.3                                                The Tenant must not Assign this lease without the Landlord’s consent. The Landlord will consent to an Assignment if:

 

(a)                                          the Assignment relates to the whole of the Premises and the whole of the Tenant’s interest in this lease;

 

(b)                                          the Tenant complies with the Dealing Conditions;

 

(c)                                           the Tenant satisfies the Landlord that the Assignee is of equal or greater financial capacity as the Tenant and the Guarantors, and that the Assignee capable of observing and performing the Tenant’s Covenants; and

 

(d)                                          the Assignee covenants with the Landlord to perform and observe the Tenant’s Covenants after the Assignment.

 

8.4                                                An Assignment under clause 8.3 does not release the Tenant from the Tenant’s Covenants.

 

Mortgage of Tenant’s equipment etc

 

8.5                                                The Tenant must not mortgage, charge, lease or otherwise deal with any Tenant’s Fixtures without the Landlord’s consent.

 

9                                                          Insurance and damage

 

Tenant’s insurances

 

9.1                                                The Tenant must keep current during the Term:

 

(a)                                          a public risk insurance policy such policy to be for not less than the amount specified in item 11 or such other reasonable amount as the Landlord may notify the Tenant from time to time in respect of any single accident; and

 

(b)                                          plate glass insurance for all plate glass windows doors and display show cases forming part or within the Premises; and

 

17



 

(c)                                           insurance for the Tenant’s Fixtures, stock-in-trade and other property in the Premises.

 

9.2                                                The Tenant must give to the Landlord copies of a certificate of currency in respect of the insurance referred to in clause 9.1 annually.

 

Insurance terms

 

9.3                                                All policies of insurance under this clause 9 must:

 

(a)                                          be with an insurer of sufficient standing to meet any claim and such insurer must be represented in Australia;

 

(b)                                          be for such amounts and cover such risks and contain such conditions as are reasonably acceptable to or are reasonably required by the Landlord;

 

(c)                                           have no exclusions, endorsements or alterations unless consented to by the Landlord; and

 

(d)                                          note the interest of the Landlord.

 

Not affect insurances

 

9.4                                                Without the Landlord’s consent the Tenant must not knowingly do any act or thing which may increase the cost of insurances in connection with the Building or property in the Building or affect or make void or voidable that insurance or which may conflict with Laws or Requirements relating to fires or that insurance.

 

Releases of Landlord

 

9.5                                                All property of the Tenant or of the Tenant’s Agents in the Building is at the sole risk of the Tenant.

 

9.6                                                The Tenant releases the Landlord from liability in respect of:

 

(a)                                          loss of or damage to any property of the Tenant or any other person; and

 

(b)                                          injury to or the death of any person,

 

in the Building except as a result of the negligence of the Landlord or the Landlord’s Agents.

 

Indemnities

 

9.7                                                The Tenant is liable for and must indemnify the Landlord against all Claims for which the Landlord becomes liable in connection with:

 

(a)                                          loss of or damage to the Building or to any property or injury to or the death of any person to the extent caused or contributed to by a Tenant Cause;

 

(b)                                          the negligent or careless use of the Building by the Tenant or the Tenant’s Agents;

 

(c)                                           any defect in the Building due to a Tenant Cause;

 

18



 

(d)                                                  the Tenant’s failure to comply with any obligation of the Tenant under this lease; or

 

(e)                                                   claims against the Landlord by any other tenant in the Building as a result of a Tenant Cause.

 

9.8                                                Clause 9.7 applies even if a Claim results from any act or thing which the Tenant may be authorised or obliged to do under this lease and even if at any time waiver or other indulgence has been given to the Tenant in respect of that act or thing.

 

Damage to Building

 

9.9                                                If the Building is damaged so that the Premises are wholly or substantially unfit for the Tenant’s occupation and use or (having regard to the nature and location of the Premises and the normal means of access) wholly or substantially inaccessible, then and so often as that happens:

 

(a)                                          a proportionate part of the Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings, according to the nature and extent of the damage, abates and all remedies for recovery of that proportionate part of that money falling due after that damage are to be suspended until the Premises have been Reinstated; and

 

(b)                                          this lease may be terminated by notice given by the Landlord or the Tenant without liability attaching to either party because of that termination, except that the Tenant may not terminate this lease if within a period of two months after the damage, the Landlord gives a Reinstatement Notice.

 

9.10                                         The Tenant is not entitled to the abatement and suspension of all remedies for recovery under clause 9.9(a) nor to terminate this lease under clause 9.9(b) if the damage is caused or contributed to by any Tenant Cause or if any policies of insurance effected on the Building have been vitiated or payment of the policy money refused due to Tenant Cause. The reduction of any abatement of the Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportion under this clause 9.10 will be proportional to the extent that the Tenant has caused or contributed to the damage.

 

9.11                                         If the Landlord gives a Reinstatement Notice so that no Tenant’s right of termination arises under clause 9.9(b) and the Landlord does not, within a reasonable time (having regard to the extent of the damage and the time expected to obtain all necessary approvals and to commence and carry out the necessary works) Reinstate, (or, if clause 9.10 applies and the Landlord fails to give a Reinstatement Notice within a period of six months after the damage or fails to commence Reinstatement within a reasonable time thereafter) the Tenant may serve on the Landlord a notice of intention to terminate this lease. If the Landlord then fails to proceed with reasonable expedition to Reinstate, the Tenant may terminate this lease by giving not less than one month’s notice to the Landlord. At the expiration of that notice this lease ends.

 

9.12                                         If in the Landlord’s opinion the damage to the Building is such that it is impractical or undesirable to Reinstate, the Landlord may terminate this lease by giving not less than one month’s notice to the Tenant. At the expiration of that notice this lease ends. No

 

19



 

liability attaches to the Landlord because of termination of this lease under this clause or clause 9.9. Any termination is without prejudice to the rights of either party in respect of any antecedent breach of this lease.

 

9.13                                         Clauses 9.9 to 9.12 do not impose on the Landlord any obligation to Reinstate.

 

10                                                   Landlord’s Obligations

 

Quiet enjoyment

 

10.1                                         Subject to the Landlord’s rights reserved by this lease, and subject to clauses 13 and 25, while the Tenant complies with its obligations under this lease the Tenant may use and occupy the Premises during the Term without interference by or through the Landlord.

 

Facilities

 

10.2                                         The Landlord must at its cost use reasonable endeavours to ensure the Facilities and Services are functional during the Facilities Hours.

 

10.3                                         If the Landlord has complied with clause 10.2 and, despite that, at any time:

 

(a)                                          any Facilities or Services do not function;

 

(b)                                          the Landlord because of the need to repair, maintain or replace Facilities or Services or because of the operation of any Laws or Requirements is compelled to shut off or remove any Facilities or Services; or

 

(c)                                           the Landlord exercises its rights under clause 13.6 to close the Building,

 

then the Tenant is not entitled to terminate or rescind this lease nor to have any right of action or claim for compensation or damages or abatement of rent against the Landlord. The Landlord will use reasonable endeavours to rectify the failure of Services or Facilities as soon as practicable.

 

10.4                                         The Landlord may vary the Facilities Hours at its discretion.

 

11                                                   Default, termination

 

Essential terms

 

11.1                                         The following obligations of the Tenant are essential terms of this lease:

 

(a)                                          all obligations to pay money; and

 

(b)                                          the obligations under clauses 5.1(a),(l), (m) and (o), 7, 8, 9, 11.10, 15, 15A, 17, 20 and 21.4.

 

This clause does not prevent any other obligation under this lease from being an essential term.

 

20



 

Default

 

11.2                                 It is a Default under this lease if:

 

(a)                                  the Tenant does not comply with an essential term of this lease;

 

(b)                                  the Tenant does not comply with a term which is not an essential term of this lease and, if the failure to comply with the non-essential term can be remedied, it is not remedied within a reasonable time (having regard to the nature of the breach) after the Landlord asks the Tenant to remedy it;

 

(c)                                   the Tenant being a corporation, an Insolvency Event occurs in respect of the Tenant; or

 

(d)                                  the Tenant repudiates this lease.

 

Avoid default

 

11.3                                 The Tenant must ensure that no Default occurs.

 

Termination of lease

 

11.4                                 If the Tenant Defaults in the performance of an essential term, the Landlord may:

 

(a)                                  (unless prior demand or notice is required by Law) without any prior demand or notice, re-enter and take possession of the Premises and eject the Tenant and all other persons and repossess the Premises and terminate this lease; or

 

(b)                                  by notice to the Tenant, terminate this lease as from the date of giving that notice; or

 

(c)                                   by notice to the Tenant, elect to convert the unexpired portion of the Term into a quarterly tenancy (as to which clause 1.2 applies) and this lease is terminated from the giving of that notice.

 

If the Tenant Defaults in the performance of a non essential term, the Landlord may exercise its rights under this clause 11.4 after giving the Tenant at least 14 days written notice of its intention to do so.

 

Landlord may rectify

 

11.5                                 The Landlord may remedy at any time, without notice, a Default by the Tenant. The Tenant must pay all reasonable costs incurred by the Landlord (including legal costs) in remedying a Default.

 

Tender after termination

 

11.6                                 Money tendered by the Tenant after this lease is terminated and accepted by the Landlord without prejudice to the Landlord’s rights in relation to the termination may be applied in the manner the Landlord decides.

 

Damages

 

11.7                                 If this lease is lawfully terminated by the Landlord

 

21



 

(a)                                  the Tenant indemnifies the Landlord for any Claim in connection with any Default giving rise to the termination or the termination of the lease; and

 

(b)                                  the Landlord may recover damages from the Tenant for the damage suffered by the Landlord for the Term including the difference between the aggregate of the Base Rent, and other money payable by the Tenant for the unexpired residue of the Term.

 

11.8                                 The Landlord’s right to recover damages from the Tenant or any other person is not affected or limited if:

 

(a)                                  the Tenant abandons or vacates the Premises;

 

(b)                                  the Landlord acting lawfully elects to re-enter the Premises or terminate the lease;

 

(c)                                   the Landlord acting lawfully accepts the Tenant’s repudiation; or

 

(d)                                  the parties’ conduct (or that of any person on their behalf) constitutes a surrender by operation of law.

 

Landlord may institute proceedings

 

11.9                                 The Landlord may institute legal proceedings claiming damages against the Tenant in respect of the Term including the period before and after any repudiation, abandonment, termination, acceptance of repudiation or surrender by operation of law whether the proceedings are instituted before or after that conduct.

 

Interest on overdue money

 

11.10                          The Tenant must pay on demand interest on any money due but unpaid by the Tenant under this lease. Interest is payable at the Default Interest Rate and is to be computed on daily balances from the day after the due date for payment of the money until payment of that money in full. Interest not paid when due is to be capitalised at monthly intervals. Interest is payable on capitalised interest at the rate and in the manner referred to in this clause. Interest is recoverable in the same way as rent in arrears.

 

12                                       End Date

 

End Date obligations

 

12.1                                 On the End Date the Tenant must yield up the Premises in the order and condition described in clause 7.1.

 

12.2                                 On or before the End Date the Tenant:

 

(a)                                  must, but only if required by the Landlord, remove all or part of the Tenant’s Fixtures and all carpet in the Premises;

 

(b)                                  must remove all Tenant’s Signs from the Building;

 

(c)                                   must give all Keys to the Landlord;

 

22



 

(d)                                  must if applicable, comply with clause 5.4;

 

(e)                                   must, but only if required by the Landlord, reinstate the Premises and Services to the same condition and configuration they were in as at the Commencement Date of the Initial Term;

 

(f)                                    must, if required by the Landlord, reinstate all ceiling and skirting services to the same condition they were in as at the Commencement Date of the Initial Term; and

 

(g)                                   must repaint the Premises to a standard acceptable to the Landlord; and

 

(h)                                  must have all carpets in the Premises professionally steam cleaned, have all light fittings professionally cleaned, replace all light globes and remove all rubbish from the Building.

 

Tenant not to cause damage

 

12.3                                 In performing its obligations under clauses 12.2, the Tenant must comply with this lease, including clause 5.2(w) and the Tenant must make good any damage to the Building or the Premises caused by the Tenant.

 

12.4                                 If the Tenant defaults under clause 12.1, 12.2 or 12.3 or if the Landlord exercises its rights under clause 11.4, then the Landlord at the Tenant’s cost may after having given the Tenant 48 hours notice of its intention to do so carry out such work under clause 12.2 or 12.3 as the Landlord in its discretion thinks fit.

 

12.5                                 The Landlord is entitled to treat any Tenant’s Fixtures not removed as if the Tenant had abandoned its interest in them and they had become the property of the Landlord and the Landlord may deal with them as the Landlord thinks fit (including sale or disposal of the Tenant’s Fixtures by public auction or otherwise) without being liable in any way to account to the Tenant.

 

13                                       Landlord’s rights

 

Roof

 

13.1                                 The Landlord reserves the exclusive right to use the roof of the Building or to grant leases or licences or otherwise authorise any person to use those areas for such purposes as it thinks fit.

 

Building name

 

13.2                                 The Landlord reserves all rights in respect of the name of the Building and may change the name of the Building at its discretion from time to time.

 

Change of Landlord

 

13.3                                 If another person becomes entitled to receive the rent payable by the Tenant under this lease, the Landlord is released from any obligation under this lease arising after that other person acquires the Landlord’s interest in this lease (and in respect of obligations prior to that date, once it has complied with those obligations) and the Tenant at the

 

23



 

Landlord’s cost must enter into such covenants with the other person as the Landlord reasonably requires.

 

13.4                                 An obligation owed by the Tenant to the Landlord which is due for performance before an event in clause 13.3 (including the payment of amounts owing for Base Rent in respect of a period or date or because of an event or Market Review Date occurring before that event) remains owing to the Landlord and not to the other person and may be recovered by the Landlord in its own name.

 

Landlord’s agents

 

13.5                                 The Landlord may appoint persons to exercise any of its rights or perform any of its duties under this lease. Following receipt of notification of appointment to act from the Landlord, the Tenant must treat those persons when they are exercising those rights or performing those duties as if they were the Landlord. Communications from the Landlord override those from the persons appointed if they are inconsistent.

 

Close Building

 

13.6                                 The Landlord may close the Building and the Land or both in an emergency or if the Landlord otherwise deems that action reasonably necessary.

 

Premises security

 

13.7                                 The Landlord may enter the Premises to lock any door or window left unlocked. The Landlord is not responsible nor liable for security in the Premises or in respect of any unauthorised entry to the Premises.

 

Rules

 

13.8                                 The Landlord may introduce and vary Rules which are consistent with this lease. The Tenant must at its own cost comply with all Rules.

 

Emergency

 

13.9                                 Where in this lease there is reference to an emergency the reasonable determination of the Landlord as to the existence of an emergency is conclusive.

 

Landlord access

 

13.10                          To allow the Landlord to perform its obligations under this lease or under any Laws or Requirements, the Tenant must (upon receiving reasonable notice from the Landlord except in the case of an emergency when no notice is required) give the Landlord access to the Premises during the hours as the Landlord may notify to the Tenant from time to time.

 

Structural works

 

13.11                          Where in this lease the Tenant is obliged to do any work of a structural nature or which affects the Facilities, the Services or the Landlord’s Fixtures, the Landlord may elect that that work will be carried out only by the Landlord at the Tenant’s reasonable cost (and in determining reasonable cost the Tenant accepts the need of the Landlord to have regard to factors such as the urgency of the work, the nature of the work and the need to preserve any warranty or guarantee rights or to comply with service contracts).

 

24



 

Alterations to the Building

 

13.12                          The Landlord reserves the right from time to time to enlarge, alter or reduce the Building (other than the Premises, subject to the Landlord’s rights in relation thereto under this lease) and to carry out construction or demolition works in any part of the Building.

 

Right of Entry to Premises

 

13.13                          The Landlord reserves the right and the Tenant shall permit the Landlord with all necessary materials, machinery, equipment and appliances at all times and upon reasonable notice (but without notice in any case which the Landlord considers an emergency) to enter upon the Premises and to use the whole or any part thereof for all or any of the following purposes:

 

(a)                                  carrying out or effecting any of the works contemplated by clauses 13.14 or 25.1;

 

(b)                                  erecting, laying or installing in, under or over the Premises pipes, sewers, drains, mains, ducts, conduits, gutters, watercourses, wires, cables, channels, flues and all other conducting media which may be required for or in connection with any existing or future Services;

 

(c)                                   inspecting, removing, maintaining, repairing, altering or adding to the Services whether in the Premises or some other part of the Building;

 

(d)                                  effecting any alterations, additions, improvements, repairs, maintenance or other work:

 

(i)                   to the Building or the Premises which may be incumbent upon the Landlord under the provisions of any Laws or Requirements or which the Landlord may be entitled and elects to carry out pursuant to any provision of this lease, or

 

(ii)                to the Building which the Landlord may consider necessary or desirable.

 

Scaffolding

 

13.14                          The Landlord reserves the right and the Tenant shall permit the Landlord to erect scaffolding in or about the Building.

 

14                                 Notices

 

14.1                                 A Notice:

 

(a)                                  must be in writing;

 

(b)                                  must be left at the address or sent to the facsimile number of the party in item 12, as varied by notice; and

 

25


 

(c)                                   may be sent by certified mail to the address of the party in item 12, as varied by notice.

 

14.2                                 A Notice sent by certified mail and correctly addressed is taken to be received on the third (seventh, if posted to or from a place outside Australia) day after posting. A Notice sent by facsimile is taken to be received on production of a transmission report by the machine from which the facsimile was transmitted confirming that the whole facsimile was successfully transmitted to the facsimile number of the recipient notified for the purpose of this clause 14, unless the sender is aware that the transmission was impaired.

 

14.3                                 A Notice by a party under this lease may be given by an Authorised Officer of the party.

 

14.4                                 Unless a later time is specified in it, a Notice takes effect from the time it is received or deemed under this lease to be received.

 

14.5                                 A certificate signed by the Landlord or its solicitors about a matter or about a sum payable to the Landlord in connection with this lease is sufficient evidence of the matter or sum stated in the certificate unless the matter or sum is proved to be false.

 

15                           Bank Guarantee

 

15.1                                 On or before signing this lease, the Tenant must deliver to the Landlord a Bank Guarantee.

 

15.2                                 The Landlord at any time may claim on the Bank Guarantee and apply any money received towards money (including damages) payable by the Tenant in connection with this lease or any Related Agreement as the Landlord determines.

 

15.3                                 The Landlord may claim and the bank is entitled to pay under the Bank Guarantee without reference to the Tenant and despite any contrary objection, claim or direction by the Tenant or any other party to a Related Agreement.

 

15.4                                 The Landlord’s rights under this clause 15 are in addition to the other rights and remedies of the Landlord in relation to any default of the Tenant in connection with this lease.

 

15.5                                 Each time the Landlord claims on a Bank Guarantee, the Landlord may notify the Tenant to top up the Bank Guarantee in relation to the claim (and any previous claims) made by the Landlord. Within seven days of receipt of each notice the Tenant must:

 

(a)                                  reinstate the Bank Guarantee to the full amount before the claims; or

 

(b)                                  give the Landlord a supplemental Bank Guarantee equal to the amount of the claims.

 

15.6                                 If requested by the Landlord after each review of the Base Rent the Tenant must give the Landlord, within 7 days of the Landlord’s request, a supplemental bank guarantee so that the Bank Guarantee at all times is equal to the amount required in item 13.

 

15.7                                 The Bank Guarantee must be assignable to the Landlord’s successors and assigns.

 

26



 

15.8                                 While the Tenant is Atlassian Pty Ltd ACN 102 443 916 and provided the Tenant is not in breach of this lease then subject to the Tenant providing the Landlord with current audited accounts confirming that the Tenant’s financial position has not significantly deteriorated, the amount of the Bank Guarantee will be reduced to an amount equal to nine (9) months Base Rent (as reviewed under this lease from time to time) plus nine (9) month’s Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings plus GST. This clause will only apply after 12 months of the Commencing Date of the Initial Term.

 

15.9                                 While the Tenant is Atlassian Pty Ltd ACN 102 443 916 and provided the Tenant is not in breach of this lease then subject to the Tenant providing the Landlord with current audited accounts confirming that the Tenant’s financial position has not significantly deteriorated, the amount of the Bank Guarantee will be reduced to an amount equal to six (6) months Base Rent (as reviewed under this lease from time to time) plus six (6) month’s Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings plus GST. This clause will only apply after 24 months of the Commencing Date of the Initial Term.

 

15.10                          The Bank Guarantee will be returned to the Tenant provided that:

 

(a)                                  the Landlord has not exercised its rights under clause 11.4 of this lease following a Tenant Default; and

 

(b)                                  the Tenant has complied with all its obligations under this lease.

 

15A                                   Security Deposit

 

15A.1                        If the Landlord agrees that the Tenant may provide a security deposit in lieu of the Bank Guarantee, this clause 15A applies.

 

15A.2                        On or before the Commencement Date the Tenant must pay the security deposit to the Landlord by bank cheque.

 

15A.3                        The security deposit must be for the amount specified in item 13.

 

15A.4                        If the Tenant does not comply with its obligations under this lease or if the Landlord suffers damage because the Landlord cannot obtain possession of the Premises, then the Landlord may use the security deposit without notice to the Tenant.

 

15A.5                        If the Landlord uses the security deposit and the Landlord gives the Tenant a notice stating the amount required to fully reinstate the security deposit, the Tenant must pay that amount by bank cheque within 7 days of the Landlord issuing the notice.

 

15A.6                        When this lease ends, the Landlord may use any part of or the full amount of the security deposit for outstanding amounts payable by the Tenant under this lease.

 

27



 

16                        Guarantors

 

Guarantee

 

16.1                                 In consideration of the Landlord agreeing to grant this lease to the Tenant at the request of the Guarantor the Guarantor enters into this guarantee (“Guarantee”) in favour of the Landlord on the terms specified in this clause 16.

 

Scope of Guarantee

 

16.2                                 The Guarantor agrees to guarantee the payment of Base Rent and the observance and performance of all the Tenant’s obligations as specified in this lease throughout the Term, including during holding over as periodical tenant after the expiry of the Term by the Tenant, its successors and assignees of this lease.

 

16.3                                 This Guarantee covers the whole period whilst the Tenant occupies or is entitled to occupy the Premises under this lease as the Tenant, or whilst holding an equitable interest over the Premises under an agreement for lease or as a periodical tenant.

 

16.4                                 This Guarantee extends to claims by the Landlord:

 

16.4.1               for damages for breaches of covenants under this lease;

 

16.4.2               for breaches of any essential terms of this lease;

 

16.4.3               for repudiation of this lease;

 

16.4.4               for the Landlord’s loss or damage in the event of the Tenant abandoning or vacating the Premises;

 

16.4.5               in the event of the Landlord electing to re-enter or to terminate this lease;

 

16.4.6               for the Landlord’s reasonable legal and other expenses of seeking to enforce those obligations against the Tenant and the Guarantor, recovering possession and terminating this lease; and

 

16.4.7               for loss or damage consequent on disclaimer of this lease on the Tenant’s insolvency, as if this lease had not been disclaimed.

 

16.5                                 This Guarantee is in favour of the Landlord and its successors and assigns being the owner of the Premises from time to time during the continuance of this Guarantee.

 

Liability of several Guarantors

 

16.6                                 When there is more than one Guarantor under this lease:

 

16.6.1               the term Guarantor in this clause refers to each of the Guarantors and to all of them;

 

16.6.2               their obligations as Guarantor are joint and several;

 

16.6.3               the Landlord may enforce this Guarantee against all or any of them;

 

16.6.4               any notice or demand may be served on all of them by serving any one of them; and

 

28



 

16.6.5               this Guarantee remains binding on the other Guarantors, even if

 

(a)                                  any Guarantor fails to execute this lease or to enter into this Guarantee;

 

(b)                                  this Guarantee is not binding on any Guarantor; or

 

(c)                                   the Landlord shall release any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

 

Landlord’s covenants

 

16.7                                 The Landlord covenants with the Guarantor to take reasonable steps to require the Tenant to comply with the Tenant’s obligations under this lease before seeking to enforce this Guarantee.

 

Landlord’s liability to Guarantor

 

16.8                                 The Landlord’s failure to comply with the covenant in clause 16.7 shall not discharge this Guarantee, but the Guarantor may claim damages from the Landlord for any such breach and may rely on it in proceedings for injunction and for relief against forfeiture of this lease.

 

Claim under Guarantee

 

16.9                                 The Landlord is entitled to require the Guarantor to pay to the Landlord any outstanding Base Rent or other amount or to compensate the Landlord for any loss or damage without the Landlord having instituted any proceedings against the Tenant in respect of such claims or breaches.

 

Guarantee not discharged

 

16.10                          This Guarantee is not discharged and the Landlord’s rights against the Guarantor are not affected by any of the following:

 

16.10.1        the granting of any indulgence or extension of time by the Landlord to the Tenant or to the Guarantor;

 

16.10.2        the Landlord’s neglect or failure to enforce covenants under this lease against the Tenant or waiver of any breaches or defaults under this lease;

 

16.10.3        the total or partial release of liability of the Tenant or of a Guarantor by the Landlord;

 

16.10.4        the entry into any arrangement, composition or compromise relating to this lease between the Landlord and the Tenant or any other person;

 

16.10.5        the variation of any provision of this lease between the Landlord and the Tenant without the Guarantor’s consent but only if they are minor and are not prejudicial to the Guarantor;

 

29



 

16.10.6        the death or bankruptcy or winding up of the Tenant or the Guarantor;

 

16.10.7        the Tenant’s liability under this lease, or this lease, being or becoming invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, including through any act, omission or legislation; or

 

16.10.8        the disclaimer of this lease following the Tenant’s insolvency.

 

Landlord’s certificate

 

16.11                          For the purpose of this Guarantee, a certificate or statement signed by or on behalf of the Landlord or the Landlord’s solicitors relating to any sum of money claimed by the Landlord to be due from the Tenant under this lease is prima facie evidence of the amount claimed and the facts stated therein.

 

Payments

 

16.12                          In respect of any payment made by or on behalf of the Tenant under this lease which is void or is avoided for any reason, the Guarantor shall remain liable under this Guarantee as if that payment had not been made.

 

Until the Landlord’s claims against the Tenant and against the Guarantor have been fully satisfied, the Guarantor will hold on trust for the Landlord any money received by the Guarantor under any arrangement, composition, assignment, liquidation or bankruptcy of the Tenant.

 

17                                       Payments and costs

 

17.1                                 Except where provided in this lease to the contrary, the Tenant must make payments under this lease without set-off or counterclaim and free and clear of any withholding or deduction.

 

17.2                                 All payments by the Tenant under this lease must be paid to the Landlord or to a person nominated by the Landlord in a notice given to the Tenant.

 

17.3                                 If the Tenant pays an amount and it is found later that the amount payable should have been higher, then the Landlord may demand payment of the difference even though the Landlord has given the Tenant a receipt for payment of the lower amount.

 

17.4                                 The Landlord need not make demand for any amount payable by the Tenant under this lease unless this lease expressly specifies that demand must be made.

 

17.5                                 All money under this lease must be paid to the address of the Landlord in item 12 or to such other place and in such manner (including by direct debit or electronic funds transfer) as the Landlord acting reasonably may direct.

 

17.6                                 If the Tenant must pay to or reimburse the Landlord any cost, charge or other money under this lease, that amount is payable on demand unless otherwise provided in this lease.

 

30



 

17.7                                 The Tenant must pay all stamp duty (including penalties and fines other than penalties and fines due to the default of the Landlord), mortgagee’s consent fees and registration fees in connection with this lease.

 

17.8                                 If the Tenant defaults under this lease, the Tenant must pay all costs and expenses (including legal costs) which the Landlord suffers or incurs in connection with that default.

 

17.9                                 Where the Tenant is obliged under this lease to do some act or thing, it must be done at the cost of the Tenant unless otherwise provided in this lease.

 

17.10                          The Tenant’s obligation to pay under this lease is an obligation to pay to the Landlord unless otherwise provided in this lease.

 

17.11                          The Tenant must pay the Tenant’s and the Landlord’s reasonable legal costs in respect of the preparation, negotiation, stamping and registration of this lease.

 

18                                       Governing law

 

18.1                                 This lease is governed by the law in force in New South Wales.

 

18.2                                 Each party submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of New South Wales.

 

18.3                                 Without preventing any other mode of service, any document in an action (including any writ of summons or other originating process or any third or other party notice) may be served on any party by being left for that party at its address for service of notices set out in item 12, as varied by notice.

 

19                                        General

 

Exercise of rights

 

19.1                                 The Landlord may exercise a right, power or remedy at its discretion, and separately or concurrently with another right, power or remedy. A single or partial exercise of a right, power or remedy by the Landlord does not prevent a further exercise of that or of any other right, power or remedy.

 

19.2                                 Failure by either party to exercise or delay in exercising a right, power or remedy does not prevent its exercise.

 

19.3                                 The rights, powers and remedies provided in this lease are cumulative with and not exclusive of the rights, powers or remedies provided by law independently of this lease.

 

Waiver

 

19.4                                 A provision of or a right created under this lease may not be waived or varied except in writing signed by the party or parties to be bound.

 

19.5                                 A custom or practice which may grow up between the parties in the course of administering this lease is not to be construed to waive or to lessen:

 

31



 

(a)                                  the right of the Landlord to insist on the performance by the Tenant of any provision of this lease; or

 

(b)                                  the Landlord’s rights, powers or remedies in respect of any default of the Tenant.

 

19.6                                 A waiver by either party of a particular breach or default is not to be deemed to be a waiver of the same or any other subsequent breach or default.

 

19.7                                 The demand of or subsequent acceptance of any money under this lease by the Landlord is not to be deemed a waiver of any preceding breach of this lease by the Tenant, other than the relevant Tenant’s breach to which the payment relates.

 

Legislation

 

19.8                                 Any present or future legislation which operates to vary the obligations of the Tenant in connection with this lease with the result that the Landlord’s rights, powers or remedies are adversely affected (including by way of delay or postponement) is excluded except to the extent that its exclusion is prohibited or rendered ineffective by law.

 

Set-off

 

19.9                                 At its sole discretion the Landlord may, upon giving the Tenant written notice, apply any credit balance in any currency in any account of the Tenant with the Landlord towards satisfaction of any amount then payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this lease. At its sole discretion the Landlord by notice to the Tenant may reduce the amount payable at any time by the Landlord to the Tenant by the amount payable at that time by the Tenant to the Landlord under this lease. The Tenant is taken to have paid the Landlord that part of the amount then payable by the Tenant equal to the amount of the reduction. The Tenant authorises the Landlord in the name of the Tenant or the Landlord to do anything (including to execute any document) that is required for the purpose of this clause.

 

Indemnities

 

19.10                          Each indemnity in this lease is a continuing obligation, separate and independent from the other obligations of the Tenant and survives the End Date. It is not necessary for the Landlord to incur expense or make payment before enforcing a right of indemnity conferred by this lease.

 

Exclusion of statutory provisions

 

19.11                          The covenants, powers and provisions implied in leases because of sections 84, 84A, 85 and 86 of the Conveyancing Act 1919 do not apply to this lease. In this lease words used in any of the forms of words in the first column of part 2 of schedule 4 to the Conveyancing Act 1919 do not imply a covenant under section 86 of that act

 

Antecedent rights and obligations

 

19.12                          The End Date does not affect:

 

(a)                                  the Landlord’s or the Tenant’s rights in connection with a breach of this lease by the other party before the End Date; or

 

32



 

(b)                                  the Landlord’s or the Tenant’s obligations under this lease in respect of periods before the End Date.

 

Severability

 

19.13                          If a provision of this lease is void, unenforceable or illegal in a jurisdiction it is severed for that jurisdiction. The remainder of this lease has full force and effect and the validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction is not affected. This clause has no effect if the severance alters the basic nature of this lease or is contrary to public policy.

 

If document not a lease

 

19.14                          If this document is found not to be a lease or to be a lease for a period less than the Term, the parties are bound in contract to carry out their obligations under this document for the Term, as if this were deemed to be a lease, unless expressly released under this document from those obligations.

 

Relationship of parties

 

19.15                          This lease does not create any relationship between the parties other than the relationship of landlord and tenant on the terms of this lease.

 

Counterparts

 

19.16                          This lease may consist of a number of counterparts. The counterparts taken together constitute one instrument.

 

No caveat

 

19.17                          The Tenant must not lodge or allow to be lodged for it a caveat against the Land in relation to this lease after registration of this lease at the office of Land and Property Information — NSW.

 

Entire agreement

 

19.18                          This lease constitutes the entire agreement of the parties in relation to the matters in this lease and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations between the parties in relation to those matters.

 

Attorneys

 

19.19                          If this lease is executed by an attorney the attorney states by such execution that as at the time of such execution the attorney has received no notice of the revocation of the power of attorney under which the attorney executed this lease.

 

Non-merger

 

19.20                          Each representation and covenant under this lease continues until satisfied or completed.

 

33



 

20                                       GST

 

20.1                                 The Base Rent and other moneys payable under this lease by the Tenant have been calculated without regard to GST. The parties intend the Landlord to be entitled to charge an additional amount if the Landlord becomes subject to GST as a result of the grant of this lease or any supply to the Tenant under or in connection with this lease. In order to give effect to this intention, the following provisions of this clause apply.

 

Passing-on provision

 

20.2                                 If a supply made by the Landlord to the Tenant under this lease is subject to GST the Tenant must pay to the Landlord at the same time as payment for the supply is due an additional amount equal to 10% of the amount of the payment for the supply.

 

GST invoice

 

20.3                                 The Landlord must give the Tenant the documentation in the form and containing the information required by law to enable the Tenant to claim a refund or credit of GST payable on the supply by the Landlord at the same time a request for payment for the supply is made.

 

Change in rate

 

20.4                                 If the GST rate changes then, from the date of the change clause 20.2 will be deemed amended so that the new rate applies in lieu of the percentage stated in clause 20.2.

 

21                                       Strata Conversion

 

21.1                                 In this clause ‘strata conversion’ means a subdivision of the Premises or the Building under the Strata Titles (Freehold Development) Act 1973 or the Community Land Development Act 1989 or the Community Land Management Act 1989 or any other legislation permitting such a subdivision.

 

21.2                                 The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord may complete a strata conversion of the Premises and the Building.

 

21.3                                 The Tenant consents to the strata conversion.

 

21.4                                 The Tenant will, within seven (7) days of the Landlord’s written request to do so, sign and return to the Landlord any consents and other documents necessary to enable the Landlord to carry out the strata conversion and the Tenant will make no objection or claim for compensation in relation to the strata conversion. The Tenant will be deemed to have given all such consents and approved all such other documents if the Tenant has not returned all such consents to the Landlord within seven (7) days of the Landlord’s written request to do so.

 

21.5                                 When the strata conversion occurs:

 

(a)                                  any reference in this lease to the Building will be deemed to be a reference to the buildings comprised in the registered plan or plans of which the Premises form part;

 

34



 

(b)                                  the rules and regulation made by the Landlord for the Building will be deemed to include any by-laws of the owner’s corporation;

 

(c)                                   this lease will be amended (by a variation of lease at the Landlord’s cost) in any respect that is necessary to ensure that this lease reflects the fact that the strata conversion has been carried out; and

 

(d)                                  any levies or other monies payable to the owner’s corporation will be deemed to be Building Outgoings for the purposes of this lease;

 

(e)                                   the following clause will be added to this lease:

 

‘Strata By-Laws

 

The Tenant must at all times comply with the by-laws of the Strata Plan and it is agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant that all such by-laws shall be deemed to be incorporated in this lease as covenants to apply between the Landlord and the Tenant in the same manner as such by-laws are applicable between the owners corporation of the Strata Plan and the registered proprietors of the lots in the Strata Plan.’; and

 

(f)                                    the Tenant will not be liable to pay any additional items of costs or outgoings other than as required under this lease.

 

22                                       Option to Renew

 

22.1                                 If the Tenant:

 

22.1.1               has paid the Base Rent punctually during this lease;

 

22.1.2               has not failed to observe and perform its obligations during the Term which has been serious or persistent or both;

 

22.1.3               gives notice to the Lessor under clause 22.2; and

 

22.1.4               between the time of notification and the end of the Initial Term duly and punctually pays the annual rent and performs its obligations under this lease,

 

22.1.5               then at the end of the Initial Term, the Landlord must grant and the Tenant must take a further lease of the Premises in accordance with this clause 22.

 

22.2                                 A notice of exercise of the Tenant’s option under this clause 22 must:

 

22.2.1               state clearly that the Tenant wishes to take a further lease of the Premises under the option contained in clause 22.1; and

 

22.2.2               be given not earlier than 18 months and not later than 12 months before the end of the Initial Term.

 

22.3                                 The provisions of the further lease will be the same as the provisions of this lease with the following exceptions:

 

35


 

22.3.1               the new lease will begin immediately after the end of the Initial Term;

 

22.3.2               the term of the new lease will be five (5) years;

 

22.3.3               the Base Rent at the commencement of the new lease will be the Base Rent for the last lease year of the Initial Term varied as provided for in clauses 3.1—3.10 inclusive; and

 

22.3.4               this clause 22 will be deleted.

 

23                                       Tenant’s Fitout

 

23.1                                 In this clause:

 

Consents ” means all consents and approvals from the Authorities necessary for the carrying out of the Fitout Work including, without limit, a construction certificate; and

 

Fitout Work ” means any work to be carried out by the Tenant in fitting out the Premises including the Tenant’s Fixtures.

 

23.2                                 If the Tenant completes any Fitout Work, it must not carry out the Fitout Work without obtaining the Landlord’s prior written approval and the Consents.

 

23.3                                 The Tenant must, prior to obtaining the Consents and prior to commencing the Fitout Work, submit to the Landlord for the Landlord’s written approval:

 

(a)                                  detailed work drawings and specifications for completing the Fitout Work including (but without limitation) full details of fittings, proposed finishes and any alterations or additions to the Premises; and

 

(b)                                  details of all contractors and subcontractors to be employed in the carrying out of the Fitout Work. The Landlord may (acting reasonably) require the Tenant to amend the Fitout Work prior to giving the Landlord’s approval.

 

23.4                                 The Tenant:

 

(a)                                  will proceed with all expedition to obtain from the Consents from all Authorities;

 

(b)                                  must complete the Fitout Work within a reasonable time;

 

(c)                                   indemnifies the Landlord from and against all claims and losses arising from the Fitout Work or the completion of the Fitout Work;

 

(d)                                  must complete the Fitout Work in accordance with the Landlord’s fitout guide issued for the Building from time to time; and

 

(e)                                   must obtain an occupation certificate from the local council before operating from the Premises.

 

36



 

23.5                                 The Tenant must after obtaining the Consents and the Landlord’s approval:

 

(a)                                  carry out the Fitout Work in a good and reasonable manner; and

 

(b)                                  at the expiration or sooner termination of this lease, unless the Landlord otherwise requires, remove those items of the Fitout Work from the Premises and promptly make good any damage caused by that removal and comply with clause 12 of this lease.

 

24                                       Deleted

 

25                                       Tenant Acknowledgements

 

25.1                                 The Tenant acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                  the Landlord is in the process of completing a refurbishment of the Building;

 

(b)                                  the Landlord discloses to the Tenant the likelihood of the following occurring as a result of the refurbishment:

 

·                     access to the Premises being inhibited; and

 

·                     disruption of, or significant adverse effect on, the Tenant’s operations in the Premises;

 

(c)                                   notwithstanding any rights of quiet enjoyment of the Tenant, the Tenant cannot make any claim for compensation or damages in respect of anything disclosed in this clause for any losses, damages or costs arising from the Landlord’s refurbishment of the Building or anything arising from the likely occurrences disclosed in this clause; and

 

(d)                                  other occupants of the Building will from time to time conduct fit out work on entry, alteration or vacating their premises and unless those works and actions by other occupants materially and substantially derogate from the grant of this lease then the Tenant shall not make any objection, claim or fail to fulfil its obligations under this lease as a result of fitout works described in this clause and conducted by the Landlord or other occupants of the Building.

 

26                                   Deleted

 

27                                   Notwithstanding any other clause in this lease, the Landlord agrees that throughout the term of this lease, the Tenant is entitled to hire out the use of Level 6 of the Premises for the purposes of seminars and conferences to third parties but only in conjunction with the Tenant’s business to be conducted at the Premises.

 

37



 

28                                       First Right of Refusal to Lease

 

28.1                                 If both the options to renew contained in both leases registered number AE736051 and AF451595 in respect of suites 9.01 and 9.02 of the Building (“ the Suites ”) are not correctly and validly exercised then:

 

(a)                                  the Landlord must give notice to the Tenant that the options to renew have not been exercised in accordance with clause 28.1(b).

 

(b)                                  the notice referred to in clause 28.1(a):

 

(i)                                      must be in writing;

 

(ii)                                   must state that the Landlord has decided to lease the Suites; and

 

(iii)                                must state the proposed base rent payable under the leases over the Suites.

 

(c)                                   The Tenant may, but only within 20 Business Days of the date of service of the notice referred to in clause 28.1(b), serve on the Landlord a written notice to the effect that the Tenant has decided to exercise its right to lease the Suites whereupon the Landlord shall instruct their solicitor to prepare a lease over the Suites. Such leases shall be on the same terms and conditions as this lease except for:

 

(i)                                      the “Premises” shall be changed to Suites 9.01 and 9.02;

 

(ii)                                   the term will be from the date of the Tenant’s notice in accordance with clause 28.1(c) to 30 June 2017;

 

(iii)                                the option period will be 5 years;

 

(iv)                               the rent reviews during the term will be on the anniversary of the commencement date of the new lease and 1 July 2017 will be a Market Review Date;

 

(v)                                  the rent reviews during the option term will be on the anniversary of the commencement date of the option term;

 

(vi)                               the base rent payable at the commencement of the leases shall be determined by agreement between the parties in good faith, however if the parties cannot agree within 30 days of the Tenant’s notice in accordance with clause 28.1(c) then the parties will appoint a Valuer in accordance with clause 3.5 who must determine the market rent in accordance with clause 3.9 except that for the purposes of this clause 28, clause 3.9.8 is deleted and replaced with the following new clause 3.9.8;

 

3. 9.8                               take into account of any incentive paid, provided or allowed to the Tenant or which would be likely to be paid, provided or allowed to a tenant in

 

38



 

relation to a new tenancy in respect of the Premises were they vacant.”

 

(vii)                            this first right of refusal shall be deleted; and

 

(viii)                         clause 29 shall be deleted.

 

(d)                                  Within seven days after service of the leases referred to in clause 28.1(c), the Tenant must return the duly signed leases to the Landlord’s solicitor together with the original bank guarantees required under the leases, evidence of insurances required under the lease and all cheques required by the Landlord.

 

(e)                                   In the event of the Tenant failing to give notice within the said period that it has decided to exercise its right to lease the Suites, the Landlord is at liberty to lease the Suites to other parties.

 

(f)                                    The rights contained in this clause 28 are personal to the Tenant only and are not assignable to any assignee or transferee.

 

29                                       Licensed Area

 

29.1                                 Licensed Area ” in this clause means an area in the basement of the Building nominated by the Landlord from time to time.

 

29.2                                 Subject to this clause 29, during the Term the Landlord grants to the Tenant a non exclusive licence to use the Licensed Area only to be used for the storage of non-motorised bicycles (“the Licence Use’ ).

 

29.3                                 The Tenant must at its own cost:

 

29.3.1               clean the Licensed Area to the extent it is not clean or tidy due to the Licensee’s actions;

 

29.3.2               use the Licensed Area only for the Licence Use;

 

29.3.3               except as a result of the act, negligence or default of the Landlord or the Landlord’s Agents, indemnify the Landlord and the Landlord’s Agents in respect of all claims for loss or damage arising out of the Tenant’s use of the Licensed Area or the use of the Licensed Area by the Tenant’s Employees and Agents;

 

29.3.4               observe and comply with all rules and any building management statement from time to time introduced by the Landlord in relation to the Licensed Area;

 

29.3.5               use the Licensed Area at the risk of the Tenant and except as a result of the act, negligence or default of the Landlord or the Landlord’s Agents, the Tenant releases the Landlord and the Landlord’s Agents from all claims of every kind resulting from any accident, damage or injury occurring as a result of the Licensed Area or its use;

 

29.3.6               not alter, add to or in any way change the Licensed Area;

 

39



 

29.3.7                               the Tenant must at the Tenant’s cost make good and repair any damage to the Licensed Area caused or contributed to by the Tenant or the Tenant’s Employees and Agents;

 

29.3.8                               not grant rights in respect of the use of the Licensed Area, sell, sublet, Assign or otherwise part with possession of the Licensed Area or its interest in the Licensed Area or attempt or offer to do so at any time;

 

29.3.9                               remove all rubbish of the Tenant’s and leave the Licensed Area in a clean state and condition at all times after use by the Tenant;

 

29.4                                 The Tenant acknowledges that its right to use and occupy the Licensed Area is a non - exclusive right. The Tenant must allow the Landlord, other tenants (and other parties permitted by the Landlord) unfettered access and use of the Licensed Area.

 

29.5                                 The non-exclusive licence granted to the Lessee under this clause 29 will terminate on the Lease End Date or earlier termination of this lease.

 

29.6                                 If at any time:

 

29.6.1                               the Landlord, because of the need to repair or maintain any part of the Licensed Area or Building or because of the operation of any Laws or requirement of any Authority is required to close off the Licensed Area; or

 

29.6.2                                the Landlord exercises its rights to close the Licensed Area,

 

then the Tenant is not entitled to terminate or rescind this lease and the Tenant will not have any right of action or claim for compensation or damages or abatement of rent against the Landlord. This lease is not conditional on the Licensed Area being made available to the Tenant.

 

29.7                                 Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause 29 or this lease, the Tenant will not have any right of action or claim for compensation or damages or abatement of rent against the Landlord because:

 

29.7.1                               of the use of the Licensed Area by the Landlord, the general public or other tenants; or

 

29.7.2                               the Tenant’s use of any part of the Licensed Area is restricted or limited for any reason whatsoever.

 

40



 

SCHEDULE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

Definitions

 

1.1                                        Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Assign means assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, and Assignment has a like meaning.

 

Assignee means a person to whom the Tenant proposes to assign this lease under clause 8.3.

 

Authorised Officer means:

 

for the Landlord , a director, secretary or an officer whose title contains the word ‘manager’ or a person performing the functions of any of them or any other person appointed by the Landlord to act as an Authorised Officer for the purpose of this lease; and

 

for the Tenant , a director, secretary or person appointed by the Tenant to act as an Authorised Officer for the purpose of this lease.

 

Authority means any government, statutory, public or other authority or body having jurisdiction over the Building or the Premises or any matter or thing relating to the Building or the Premises, including but not limited to WorkCover or any heritage authority or body.

 

Bank Guarantee means an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking in favour of the Landlord only issued by a bank or other person approved by the Landlord containing such terms and conditions as are acceptable to the Landlord for an amount equal to the amount in item 13 with no expiry date.

 

Base Rent means the annual rent payable by the Tenant under this lease in respect of the Premises as specified in Item 7 and varied in accordance with this lease.

 

Building means 341 George Street, Sydney and includes the Premises and includes improvements on the Land including the Landlord’s Fixtures, the Facilities, the Services, the Common Areas and the Premises, and where appropriate includes the Land.

 

Building Outgoings means the items listed in Schedule 2.

 

Claim means claim, demand, liability, loss, damages, proceedings, costs, charges and expenses.

 

Commencement Date means the date in item 3.

 

Common Areas means those parts (if any) of the Building or the Land or both designated by the Landlord from time to time for use by the tenants or other occupiers of the Building and their respective employees, invitees and licensees

 

41



 

and any other persons authorised by the Landlord in common with each other, but excluding the roof of the Building and excluding any access to the roof of the Building.

 

Consumer Price Index means the Consumer Price Index, Sydney — all groups or the index officially substituted for it.

 

Contaminate means to cause Contamination.

 

Contamination means the presence in, on or under the Land of a substance at a concentration above the concentration at which the substance is normally present in, on or under (respectively) land in the same locality, being a presence that presents a risk of harm to human health or any other aspect of the environment, including but not limited to any electromagnetic radiation or electromagnetic substances.

 

Corporations Act means the Corporations Act (Cwth), 2001.

 

Coverings means blinds, screens, awnings or other window coverings.

 

CPI Review Date means each date in item 8.

 

Current CPI means the Consumer Price Index number for the quarter ending immediately before the relevant CPI Review Date.

 

Dealing means a proposed sub-lease under clause 8.2 or a proposed assignment under clause 8.3, and Deal has a corresponding meaning.

 

Dealing Conditions means in relation to a Dealing that:

 

(a)                                  the Tenant, at the time of applying for consent and up to the date of the proposed Dealing, is not in material default in the observance and performance of the Tenant’s Covenants;

 

(b)                                  the Tenant pays the Landlord’s reasonable and proper costs (whether or not the proposed Dealing proceeds to completion) including the Landlord’s costs and legal costs of giving of their consent;

 

(c)                                   the Tenant satisfies the Landlord that the Sublessee or Assignee is a respectable, responsible and solvent person;

 

(d)                                  the Tenant and either the Sublessee or the Assignee execute a deed with the Landlord in a form approved by the Landlord acting reasonably providing among other things that;

 

(i)                                      the Sublessee or Assignee covenants with the Landlord not to cause or contribute to a breach of this lease by the Tenant;

 

(ii)                                   the Tenant and either the Sublessee or the Assignee comply with the Landlord’s reasonable requirements in relation to documenting, stamping and registering the proposed Dealing; and

 

42



 

(iii)                                in the case of an assignment the Tenant procures from the Assignee in favour of the Landlord any guarantee the Landlord requires (including without limit a bank guarantee and personal/directors’ guarantees) in a form acceptable to the Landlord of the obligations and covenants of the Sublessee or Assignee in connection with the Dealing.

 

Default means any breach of this lease by the Tenant and includes (but is not limited to) the defaults listed in clause 11.2.

 

Default Interest Rate means the rate which is two per centum above the highest overdraft rate charged by the Landlord’s Bank for commercial loans in excess of $100,000 as at the due date for payment of a relevant amount of money under this lease.

 

Dispute Notice means a notice given under and which complies strictly with clauses 3.5.

 

Dispute Period means the period commencing on the date of delivery of a Rent Review Notice and ending at 5.00 pm on the date 21 days after that date or within such extended period as the Landlord and the Tenant may agree, time being of the essence.

 

Emergency Procedures means emergency evacuation procedures and practice drills for emergency procedures in relation to the Building.

 

End Date means the earlier of the Expiry Date or the date of termination of this lease.

 

Expiry Date means the date in item 4.

 

Facilities means all facilities to the Building including car stackers, lifts, air-conditioning and toilets.

 

Facilities Hours means the times for the provision of relevant Facilities as specified in item 9.

 

Fixed Percentage Annual Review Date means each date in item 8A.

 

GST means a goods and services tax, consumption tax, value added tax or like tax.

 

Heavy Item means any thing which the Tenant proposes to bring in the Building which exceeds the stated carrying capacity of the floors as advised from time to time by the Landlord.

 

Incentive means any inducement, incentive or concession of any kind however named or structured in connection with a tenancy and includes any premium or capital payment and any period of abatement or reduction of rent or other money.

 

43



 

Inflammable Substance means any substance or thing of an inflammable nature including acetylene gas, volatile or explosive oils and alcohol which in the Landlord’s reasonable opinion might cause damage to the Building.

 

Initial Term means the lease term of two (2) years and three (3) months commencing on 1 April 2015.

 

Insolvency Event means the happening of any of these events:

 

(a)                                  an order is made that a body corporate be wound up;

 

(b)                                  an order appointing a liquidator or provisional liquidator in respect of a body corporate is made;

 

(c)                                   except to reconstruct or amalgamate while solvent on terms consented to by the Landlord acting reasonably, a body corporate enters into, or resolves to enter into, a scheme of arrangement or composition with, or assignment for the benefit of, all or any class of its creditors, or it proposes a reorganisation, moratorium or other administration involving any of them;

 

(d)                                  a body corporate resolves to wind itself up, or otherwise dissolve itself, or gives notice of intention to do so, except to reconstruct or amalgamate while solvent on terms approved by the Landlord acting reasonably or is otherwise wound up or dissolved;

 

(e)                                   a body corporate is or states that it is insolvent;

 

(f)                                    as a result of the operation of section 459F(1) of the Corporations Act, a body corporate is taken to have failed to comply with a statutory demand;

 

(g)                                   a body corporate is, or makes a statement from which it may be reasonably deduced by the Landlord that the body corporate is, the subject of an event described in section 459C(2)(b) or section 585 of the Corporations Act;

 

(h)                                  a body corporate takes any step to obtain protection or is granted protection from its creditors, under any applicable legislation or an administrator is appointed to a body corporate;

 

(i)                                      a person becomes an insolvent under administration as defined in section 9 of the Corporations Act or action is taken which could result in that event; or

 

(j)                                     anything analogous or having a substantially similar effect to any of the events specified above happens under the law of any applicable jurisdiction.

 

Institute means the Australian Property Institute Inc (NSW Division).

 

44


 

Keys means keys, access cards and other access or security devices relating to the Building.

 

Land means the land described in item 1.

 

Landlord means 341 George St Pty Ltd ACN 128 330 192 and its successors and assigns.

 

Landlord’s Agents means the Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, invitees, sub tenants, licensees, concessionaires and others who at any time are in the Building with the consent of the Landlord express or implied.

 

Landlord’s Bank means the bank for the time being used by the Landlord.

 

Landlord’s Fixtures means the plant, equipment, fixtures, furniture, furnishings, Coverings, and light fittings in or on the Premises from time to time supplied by the Landlord.

 

Laws means statutes, rules, regulations, proclamations, ordinances or by-laws present or future and includes applicable Australian Standards and Codes of Practice.

 

Market Review Date means each of the dates in item 8.

 

Notice means a notice, approval, consent, certificate, nomination, offer or other communication in connection with this lease.

 

Permitted Use means the use in item 10.

 

Premises means the part of the Building demised by this lease as described in item 2 which:

 

(a)                                  extends up to and including:

 

(i)                       the internal face of external walls and of any internal structural walls of the Building;

 

(ii)                    the false ceiling below the internal face of the concrete ceiling;

 

(iii)                 the internal face of the concrete floor; and

 

(iv)                the centre line of any partitions which separate the Premises from other parts of the Building; and

 

(b)                                  includes the Storage Areas, the Tenant’s Fixtures and the Landlord’s Fixtures in that part of the Building.

 

Previous CPI means the Consumer Price Index number for the quarter ending immediately before the Previous Rent Review Date.

 

Previous Rent Review Date means the date being the last CPI Review Date

 

45



 

before the relevant CPI Review Date (or, if there has not been one, the Commencement Date).

 

Reinstate means to reinstate the Building and make the Premises fit for occupation and use of the Tenant or accessible as the case may be following damage of the kind referred to in clause 9.9.

 

Reinstatement Notice means a notice given by the Landlord to the Tenant under clause 9.9(b) of the Landlord’s intention to Reinstate.

 

Related Agreement means any document entered into by the Landlord and the Tenant (or parties related to the Tenant) in connection with this lease.

 

Related Body Corporate means a related body corporate as defined in the Corporations Act 2001.

 

Relevant Interest means the power:

 

(a)                                  to exercise, or to control the exercise of, the right to vote attached to a share or unit; or

 

(b)                                  to dispose of, or to exercise control over the disposal of, a share or unit.

 

Rent Day means the 1st day of each month.

 

Rent Review Notice means a notice given by the Landlord under clauses 3.2 of the Landlord’s assessment of the Base Rent to apply from the relevant Market Review Date.

 

Requirements means requirements, notices, orders or directions received from or given by any Authority.

 

Review Period in respect of a Market Review Date or Licence Fee Market Review Date means the period:

 

(a)                    commencing three months before that Market Review Date or Licence Fee Market Review Date (whichever applies); and

 

(b)                    ending on the day twelve months after that Market Review Date or Licence Fee Market Review Date (whichever applies).

 

Rules  means rules relating to the management and care of the Building or the conduct of tenants, occupants and other persons in the Building or the use or occupation of the Building introduced by the Landlord from time to time. As at the Commencement Date the Rules are as set out in Schedule 3.

 

Services means all services supplied to or in the Premises such as air conditioning, gas, water, drainage, fresh air, exhaust systems, electricity, sprinkler heads, heating and lighting and includes:

 

(a)                    the Facilities to the extent that those Facilities are in, connected to or

 

46



 

exclusively service the Premises; and

 

(b)                                  the Landlord’s Fixtures.

 

Sign means a sign, advertisement, notice or similar thing.

 

Storage Areas means 3 storage areas (one on each floor of the Premises) of 26m 2  each.

 

Sublessee means a sublessee proposed under clause 8.2.

 

Tenant means Atlassian Pty Ltd ACN 102 443 916 and its successors and assigns.

 

Tenant’s Agents means the Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, invitees, sublessees, licensees, concessionaires and others who at any time are in the Building with the consent of the Tenant express or implied.

 

Tenant’s Business means that business of the Tenant carried on in the Premises in compliance with the Permitted Use.

 

Tenant’s Cleaning Costs means the total costs as determined by the Landlord from time to time of providing cleaning services to the Premises.

 

Tenant Cause means:

 

(a)                  any act, omission, neglect, default or misconduct of the Tenant or of the Tenant’s Agents;

 

(b)                  the particular use or occupancy of the Premises by the Tenant or the Tenant’s Agents; or

 

(c)                   the Tenant’s Fixtures.

 

Tenant’s Covenants means the covenants, obligations and agreements on the part of the Tenant contained or implied in this lease.

 

Tenant’s Fixtures means all fixtures, fittings, plant, equipment, furniture, internal partitions, fitout and other articles in the Premises in the nature of trade or tenant’s fixtures (including any riser duct cables) in each case which are owned or leased by the Tenant or otherwise brought on to the Premises by or on behalf of the Tenant.

 

Tenant’s Proportion means the proportion in item 6.

 

Term means the term of this lease in item 5 being the period from the Commencement Date to the Expiry Date.

 

Works Conditions means that relevant works consented to by the Landlord under this lease must be carried out:

 

(a)                          at the Tenant’s cost;

 

47



 

(b)                          to a high quality of design and workmanship;

 

(b)                          by a contractor and under the supervision of persons both approved by the Landlord;

 

(c)                           in accordance with all Laws and Requirements:

 

(d)                          in accordance with plans and specifications approved by the Landlord;

 

(e)                           in accordance with and only after obtaining the approvals of all relevant Authorities;

 

(f)                            only after providing copies to the Landlord of all approvals from relevant Authorities in relation to the works prior to carrying out the works;

 

(g)                           so long as the Tenant provides as-built drawings for the Premises layout and services on completion of the works;

 

(h)                          so long as the Tenant provides copies to the Landlord of all certificates of compliance from relevant Authorities in relation to the works within a reasonable period as nominated by the Landlord (but in any event within 90 days) after the completion of the works;

 

(i)                              so long as the Tenant pays the costs of the Landlord in connection with the works including the Landlord’s costs of giving consent and the fees of any architect or other consultant used by the Landlord in connection with the works;

 

(j)                             subject to any specific conditions of the Landlord’s consent in relation to those works and subject to any fitout guide issued by the Landlord in respect of the Building; and

 

(k)                          the Tenant must ensure that its contractors do not derogate from the grant of lease and rights of quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building and must use their best endeavours not to cause disruption to the business of Westpac Banking Corporation conducted in the Building or to the Landlord’s Builder or its agents.

 

Interpretation

 

1.2                                Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  a reference to this lease or another instrument includes any variation or replacement of any of them;

 

(b)                                  a reference to a statute, ordinance, code or other law includes regulations and other instruments under it and consolidations, amendments, re-enactments or replacements of any of them;

 

(c)                                   the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

48



 

(d)                                  the word ‘ person ’ includes a firm, a body corporate, an unincorporated association or an authority;

 

(e)                                   a reference to a person includes a reference to the person’s executors, administrators, successors, permitted substitutes (including persons taking by novation) and permitted assigns;

 

(f)                                    an agreement, representation or warranty in favour of two or more persons is for the benefit of them jointly and severally;

 

(g)                                   an agreement, representation or warranty on the part of two or more persons binds them jointly and severally;

 

(h)                                  a reference to an accounting term is to be interpreted in accordance with approved accounting standards under the Corporations Act and, if not inconsistent with those accounting standards, generally accepted principles and practices in Australia consistently applied by a body corporate or as between bodies corporate and over time;

 

(i)                                      a reference to any thing (including any amount) is a reference to the whole and each part of it and a reference to a group of persons is a reference to all of them collectively, to any two or more of them collectively and to each of them individually;

 

(j)                                     a reference to the president of a body or authority is a reference, if there is no such person, to the senior officer of the body or authority or to the person who fulfils the duties of president;

 

(k)                                  a reference to a clause is a reference to a clause in this lease;

 

(l)                                      include ’ (in any form) when introducing a list of items does not limit the meaning of the words to which the list relates to those items or to items of a similar kind;

 

(m)                              a reference to this lease includes all schedules and annexures to this lease and the Rules;

 

(n)                                  a reference to ‘ month ’ or ‘ monthly ’ means respectively calendar month and calendar monthly; and

 

(o)                                  a reference to ‘ day ’ means any day of the week including Saturday, Sunday and public holidays.

 

1.3                                                If this lease prohibits the Tenant from doing a thing then:

 

(a)                                  the Tenant must do everything necessary to ensure that the Tenant’s Agents do not do that thing; and

 

(b)                                  the Tenant may not allow or cause any person to do that thing.

 

49



 

1.4                                If this lease requires the Tenant to do a thing then the Tenant must do everything necessary to ensure that the Tenant’s Agents also do that thing.

 

1.5                                Headings are inserted for convenience and do not affect the interpretation of this lease.

 

1.6                                In the interpretation of this lease no rule of construction applies to the disadvantage of one party on the basis that that party put forward the lease.

 

50



 

SCHEDULE 2 BUILDING OUTGOINGS

 

Statutory or regulatory

 

1.          Rates and Taxes

 

All rates, statutory charges and taxes (but only land tax on a single bolding basis, calculated on the table value of the Land and excluding the Landlord’s income tax or capital gains tax), assessments and charges (including charges for water, excess water, reticulation or discharge of water or sewerage or drainage, including meter rents and sewerage usage, drainage, trade waste and fire services), fees and levies (excluding levies for the use of areas as car parking spaces) and impositions and duties of any Authority assessed, charged, imposed or levied in respect of the building, the Land or services to the Building or the Land (regardless of ownership) or the Landlord’s ownership and operation of them including in respect of receipts of rent and other moneys under this lease (including any bank debits tax and financial institutions duty) except where the rate, tax, fee or levy arises due to the unlawful, improper or negligent act or the unlawful, improper or negligent omission of the Tenant, in which case the costs cannot be recovered by the Landlord.

 

2.          Insurance

 

Insurance premiums, stamp duty and brokers fees for:

 

(a)                                  insurance of the Building (but not to the extent that such insurance exceeds its full insurable reinstatement value),

 

(b)                                  insurance of the Building and the Landlord and the Manager against other risks relating to the Landlord’s interest in the Building as the Landlord, acting reasonably, deems necessary or desirable (including public liability, consequential and economic loss (and loss of rents and outgoings), machinery breakdown and any other insurance incidental to ownership, repair, maintenance, management and security of the Building and the Land (or either of them)) but excluding loss of rents arising from normal vacancies during letting up periods;, and

 

(c)                                   workers compensation insurance for people performing functions in relation to the Building (where applicable, adjusted equitably reflect the proportion of time spend in relation to the building and to other activities).

 

3.          Repairs and maintenance

 

(a)                                  Costs of maintaining and repairing (including repair by replacement of parts) the Common Areas, plant rooms, cleaners’ rooms, security or fire control rooms, service ducts and risers (and fixtures, fittings and furnishings in them) including painting them).

 

(b)                                  Costs of carrying out safety and environmental audits in respect of the Building or the Land, except where the audit is required due to the unlawful, improper or negligent act or the unlawful, improper omission of the Landlord.

 

51



 

4.          Services

 

Costs of maintaining and repairing (including repair by replacement of parts) the following or or of the Building or the Land and providing services in respect of:

 

(a)                                  the Elevators;

 

(b)                                  the air-conditioning plant and equipment;

 

(c)                                   the fire protection services, sprinkler and fire alarm installations;

 

(d)                                  diesel generators;

 

(e)                                   building automation systems;

 

(f)                                    landscaping, planting, weeding and maintaining any gardens, lawns, plants and flowers in Common Areas;

 

(g)                                   security, control, tenant liaison services and systems for the Building;

(h)                                  control of pests in Common Areas;

 

(i)                                      operations management and building supervision services for the Building;

 

(j)                                     the auditor’s certificate pursuant to clause 3.4(b)(2); and

 

(k)                                  all other services provided in respect of the Building and the Land (or either of them).

 

5.          Management

 

A management fee or charge to cover the Landlord’s cost of having the Building and the Land managed.

 

6.          Energy costs

 

All costs for electricity, gas, oil and any other source or type of energy, power or fuel in respect of the Building or the Land.

 

7.          Strata management costs

 

Any fees or levies payable by the Landlord under the Strata Management Statement.

 

8.          Cleaning

 

Costs of providing toilet and washroom requisites in the Building and cleaning:

 

(a)                                  all toilets, basins, taps, sanitary stacks, fountains, pipes, plumbing and associated appurtenances in the Building;

 

(b)                                  the interior and exterior surfaces of all windows in the Building; and

 

(c)                                   all Common Areas, plant rooms, cleaners’ rooms, security or fire control rooms, service ducts and risers and other areas (except those occupied for the time being

 

52



 

by a tenant or licensee) cleaned in the Building (including all fixtures, fittings and furnishings in them and garbage and refuse removal and the cost of any licence or permit for disposal of waste from the Building).

 

9                  All costs of complying with the Australian Building Greenhouse Rating Standard and maintaining the Building to that standard and all costs of complying with the requirements of the Department of the Environment and Water Resources Australian Greenhouse Office.

 

53


 

SCHEDULE 3 RULES

 

The provisions of the lease apply to these Rules.

 

1.                                       The Tenant may not:

 

(a)                                  smoke in the Building or in any place in which smoking is at any time not permitted by law or which is or may be a nuisance or injurious to the health or well being of any person; or

 

(b)                                  put up signs, notices, advertisements, blinds or awnings, antennae or receiving dishes or install vending or amusement machines without the Landlord’s approval in writing; or

 

(c)                                   hold auction, bankrupt or fire sales in the Premises; or

 

(d)                                  keep an animal or bird on the Premises; or

 

(e)                                   use a business name which includes words connecting the business name with the Building without the Landlord’s approval in writing; or

 

(f)                                    remove floor coverings from where they were originally laid in the Premises without the Landlord’s approval in writing; or

 

(g)                                   do anything to the floor coverings in the Building which affects any guarantee in connection with them if the Landlord has given the Tenant a notice setting out the relevant terms of the guarantee; or

 

(h)                                  use any method of heating, cooling or lighting the Premises other than those provided or approved by the Landlord; or

 

(i)                                      use the passenger lifts to carry goods or equipment; or

 

(j)                                     operate a musical instrument, radio, television or other equipment that can be heard outside the Premises; or

 

(k)                                  throw anything out of any part of the Building or down lift or light wells; or

 

(l)                                      move heavy or bulky objects through any part of the Building unless authorised by the Landlord, and at such times as the Landlord may demand; or

 

(m)                              obstruct or interfere with:

 

(i)                                      windows in the Premises except by internal blinds or curtains approved by the Landlord; or

 

(ii)                                   any air vents, air conditioning ducts or skylights in the Premises; or

 

(iii)                                the Common Areas; or

 

(n)                                  interfere with directory boards provided by the Landlord; or

 

(o)                                  park or permit or suffer any of the Tenant’s Employees and Agents to park or leave any motor or other vehicle in any place in which the Landlord may from time to time prohibit parking; or

 

54



 

(p)                                  store or permit any item to be left outside the Premises without the prior approval in writing of the Landlord.

 

2.                                       The Tenant must:

 

(a)                                  put up signs in the Premises prohibiting smoking if required by the Landlord; and

 

(b)                                  if the Landlord approves the Tenant’s use of a business name which is connected with the Building, terminate any right it has to use that business name on the date it must vacate the Premises; and

 

(c)                                   secure the Premises when they are unoccupied and comply with the Landlord’s directions about Building security; and

 

(d)                                  if there are directory boards, submit the form in which it requires its name and description to appear on them to the Landlord for its approval, make whatever changes the Landlord reasonably requires and pay the Landlord on demand the cost of placing that information on the directory boards; and

 

(e)                                   comply with any directions of the Landlord in connection with the disposal of or recycling of rubbish; and

 

(f)                                    comply with loading and unloading regulations for the Building which may be advised by the Landlord to the Tenant in writing from time to time.

 

55



 

Execution page

 

Certified as correct for the purposes of the Real Property Act 1900 and executed on behalf of the corporation named below by the authorised persons(s) whose signature(s) appear(s) below pursuant to the authority specified.

 

DATE:

22/12/11

 

 

Executed by :                     341 George St Pty Ltd

 

by its attorney pursuant to Power of Attorney Book 4572 No 894:

 

/s/ Andrew Wennerborn

 

/s/ Jeanette Pavicic

Signature of attorney

 

Signature of witness

 

 

 

Andrew Wennerborn

 

Jeanette Pavicic

Name of attorney (print)

 

Name of witness (print)

 

 

 

 

 

131 York St, Sydney

 

 

Address of witness

 

Corporation:                      Atlassian Pty Ltd

 

Authority:                                      Section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001

 

/s/ Scott Farquhar

 

/s/ John Bruce-Smith

Signature of authorised person

 

Signature of authorised person

 

 

 

Scott Farquhar

 

John Bruce-Smith

Name of authorised person (print)

 

Name of authorised person (print)

 

 

 

Director

 

Secretary

Office Held

 

Office Held

(Director or Secretary or Sole Director/Secretary)

 

(Director or Secretary or Sole Director/Secretary)

 

56



 

Land and Property Information

 

NEW SOUTH WALES

 

I certify that the person(s) signing opposite, with whom I am personally acquainted or as to whose identity I am otherwise satisfied, signed this instrument in my presence.

 

Signature of witness:

/s/ Charmain Jones

 

Name of witness:

Charmain Jones

 

Address of witness:

C/- Level 9, 201 Sussex St Sydney

 

 

Certified correct for the purposes of the Real Property Act 1900 by the person(s) named below who signed this instrument pursuant to the power of attorney specified

 

Signature of attorney:

/s/ Zac Kuzmanoski

 

Attorney’s name:

Zac Kuzmanoski

 

Attorney’s position:

Relationship Executive

 

Signing on behalf of:

COMMONWEALTH BANK OF AUSTRALIA ABN 48 123 123 124

 

Power of attorney

-Book:

4548

 

 

- No:

494

 

 

57




Exhibit 10.17

 

Form:

07L

 

LEASE

 

 

New South Wales

Real Property Act 1900

Leave this space clear. Affix additional

 

 

 

pages to the top left-hand corner.

 

PRIVACY NOTE: this information is legally required and will become part of the public record

 

 

STAMP DUTY

Office of State Revenue use only

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

TORRENS TITLE

Property leased:

 

Auto Consol 3778-152

 

PART being Levels 6, 7 and 8, 341 George Street, Sydney

 

(B)

LODGED BY

Delivery

Name, Address or DX and Telephone

CODE

 

Box

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reference (optional):

 

L

 

(C)

LESSOR

341 GEORGE ST PTY LTD

 

ACN 128 330 192

 

 

 

 

 

The lessor leases to the lessee the property referred to above.

 

 

(D)

Encumbrances (if applicable):

1.

 

2.

 

3.

 

 

 

(E)

LESSEE

ATLASSIAN PTY LTD

 

ACN 102 443 916

 

 

(F)

TENANCY:

 

(G)  1.        TERM:   THREE (3) YEARS

 

2.        COMMENCING DATE:   1 JULY 2017

 

3.        TERMINATING DATE:   30 JUNE 2020

 

4.                        With an OPTION TO RENEW for a period of three (3) years as set out in Item 5A of the Schedule in Annexure A hereto.

 

5.         With an OPTION TO PURCHASE set out in clause                                    Annexure A

 

6.         Together with and reserving the RIGHTS set out in clause                                     of

 

7.         Incorporates the provisions or additional material set out in ANNEXURE A                                     Hereto

 

8.         Incorporates the provisions set out in LEASE filed at Land and Property Information New South Wales as registered No.

 

9.                        The RENT is set out in Item 7 of the Commercial Terms Schedule in Annexure A hereto.

 

1



 

DATE:

9/7/2015

 

 

dd mm yyyy

 

 

Certified correct for the purposes of the Real Property Act 1900 and executed on behalf of the corporation named below by the authorised person(s) whose signature(s) appear(s) below pursuant to the authority specified.

 

 

Corporation

SEE PAGE 58 & 58A OF ANNEXURE “A” FOR EXECUTION CLAUSES

Authority

section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

 

 

 

 

Signature of authorised person

 

Signature of authorised person

 

 

 

Name of authorised person

 

Name of authorised person

 

 

 

Director

 

Director/Company Secretary

Office held

 

Office held

 

Certified correct for the purposes of the Real Property Act 1900 by the corporation named below the common seal of which was affixed pursuant to the authority specified and in the presence of the authorised person(s) whose signature(s) appear(s) below.

 

 

Corporation

SEE PAGE 58 & 58A OF ANNEXURE “A” FOR EXECUTION CLAUSES

 

 

Authority

section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

 

 

 

 

Signature of authorised person

 

Signature of authorised person

 

 

 

Name of authorised person

 

Name of authorised person

 

 

 

Director

 

Secretary

Office held

 

Office held

 

 

 

 

 

Note: where applicable, the lessor must complete the statutory declaration below.

 

(I)    STATUTORY DECLARATION

 

I

 

solemnly and sincerely declare that-

 

1.     The time for the exercise of option to renew/purchase in expired lease No. has ended;

 

2.     The lessee under that lease has not exercised the option.

 

I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true and by virtue of the Oaths Act 1900.

 

Made and subscribed at                                                                                  in the State of New South Wales on                                                        in the presence of-

 

Signature of witness:

Signature of lessor:

 

 

Name of witness:

 

 

 

Address of witness:

 

 

 

Qualification of witness: Justice of the Peace

 

2



 

Lease to Atlassian Pty Ltd

Levels 6, 7 and 8, 341 George Street, Sydney

 

‘A’

 

Schedule to lease

 

Parties:

341 GEORGE ST PTY LTD ACN 128 330 192

(Landlord)

And:

ATLASSIAN PTY LTD ACN 102 443 916

(Tenant)

 

Dated: 9-7-2015

 

Commercial Terms Schedule

 

Item 1

 

The whole of the land in Auto Consol 3778-152

Land

 

 

 

 

 

Item 2

 

Levels 6, 7 and 8, 341 George Street, Sydney

Premises

 

 

 

 

 

Item 3

 

1 July 2017

Commencement Date

 

 

 

 

 

Item 4

 

30 June 2020

Expiry Date

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5

 

Three (3) years

Term

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5A

 

One (1) option of three (3) years commencing on 1 July 2020

Option to Renew

 

 

 

 

 

Item 6
Tenant’s Proportion

 

The same percentage that the area of the Premises (including the storage area in clause 2.3) bears to the lettable area of the Building.

 

3



 

Item 7

 

Office (Level 6):

 

$594.43 per square metre per annum plus GST from 3 July 2017 to 30 June 2018 and then subject to further reviews under this lease.

Base Rent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office (Level 7):

 

$683.61 per square metre per annum plus GST from 1 July 2017 to 30 June 2018 and then subject to further reviews under this lease.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office (Level 8):

 

$683.61 per square metre per annum plus GST from 1 July 2017 to 30 June 2018 and then subject to further reviews under this lease.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Storage:

 

$371.53 per square metre per annum plus GST from 1 July 2017 to 30 June 2018 and then subject to further reviews under this lease.

 

 

 

 

 

Item 8

 

Not applicable

 

 

 

Market Review Dates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 8A

 

On:

1 July 2018

 

 

Fixed Percentage Annual

 

 

1 July 2019

 

 

Review Dates

 

 

1 July 2020

 

 

 

 

 

1 July 2021 and

 

 

 

 

 

1 July 2022

 

 

 

Item 9
Facilities Hours

 

Daily between 8.00 a.m. and 6.00 p.m. — Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays excepted. Outside those hours, air-conditioning and other Facilities and Services to be provided to the Premises at the request and at the cost of the Tenant.

 

Item 10

 

Commercial office

 

 

 

Permitted Use

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 11

 

$20,000,000

 

 

 

Public risk insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 12

 

Landlord:

341 George St Pty Ltd

 

 

Notices

 

 

c/- Graeme Walker

 

 

 

 

 

WF Limited Partnership

 

 

 

 

 

Suite 10, Level 1

 

 

 

 

 

341 George Street

 

 

 

 

 

SYDNEY NSW 2000

 

 

 

4



 

 

 

Tenant:

The Directors

 

 

 

 

 

Atlassian Pty Ltd

 

 

 

 

 

Level 6

 

 

 

 

 

341 George Street

 

 

 

 

 

SYDNEY NSW 2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 13

 

The greater of:

 

 

Bank guarantee

 

 

 

 

 

 

·                        $1,668,635.80; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·                        An amount equal to 6 months Base Rent (as reviewed under this lease from time to time) plus the Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings plus GST

 

 

 

Item 14
Guarantors

 

Not applicable while Atlassian Pty Ltd ACN 102 443 916 is the Tenant.

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15

 

Not applicable

 

 

CPI Review Dates

 

 

 

 

 

5


 

1                                                  Term

 

Term of lease

 

1.1                                        Subject to the provisions of this lease, this lease commences on the Commencement Date and ends on the Expiry Date.

 

Monthly tenancy

 

1.2                                        If the Landlord permits the Tenant to occupy the Premises after the Expiry Date (other than under a grant of a further lease), the Tenant does so as a monthly tenant on the terms and conditions of this lease with necessary changes applicable to a monthly tenancy except that:

 

(a)                                  the Base Rent is an amount equal to one month of the Base Rent payable immediately before the Expiry Date plus 10%;

 

(b)                                  the first payment of rent is to be made on the next day after the Expiry Date; and

 

(c)                                   the monthly tenancy may be terminated at any time by either party by one month’s notice given to the other party to expire on any date and the tenancy will end one month after service of that notice.

 

2                                                  Base Rent

 

2.1                                        The Tenant must pay the Base Rent by equal monthly instalments (and proportionately for any part of a month) in advance on the first day of each month, by direct debit, electronic transfer or as directed by the Landlord.

 

2.2                                        The Tenant must pay the first instalment of Base Rent on the Commencement Date.

 

2.3                                        The Tenant acknowledges that as at the Commencement Date of the Initial Term the lettable area of the Premises is 3,889.50 m 2  (3,811.50 m 2  of office area (Level 6 —1,192 m 2 , Level 7—1,320.50 m 2 , Level 8— 1,299 m 2 ) and 78 m 2  of storage area). This area may vary during the Term. The Landlord will give written notice to the Tenant of any such variations.

 

2.4                                        Any measurement of area under this lease will be in accordance with the then current Property Council method of measurement for commercial buildings.

 

3                                                  Review of Base Rent

 

Market Review of Base Rent

 

3.1                                        If the Landlord chooses to review the Base Rent at any Market Review Date then this clause 3 applies. The Landlord is not obliged to give a notice under clause 3.2.

 

3.2                                        During each Review Period the Landlord may give a Rent Review Notice to the Tenant in respect of the Market Review Date to which that Review Period relates.

 

6



 

3.3                                        The Base Rent from and including the relevant Market Review Date is the amount stated in the Rent Review Notice unless the Tenant gives the Landlord a notice within 14 days after the Rent Review Notice is given, disagreeing with that amount.

 

3.4                                        If the Landlord does not give the Tenant a Rent Review Notice in respect of a Market Review Date during that Review Period, then as from that Market Review Date until the next Market Review Date the Tenant must continue to pay Base Rent at the rate payable before that Market Review Date.

 

Dispute as to Base Rent

 

3.5                                        If the parties do not agree on the reviewed Base Rent on the relevant Market Review Date within 42 days after the notice under clause 3.2 is given, then it must be decided by a valuer who:

 

3.5.1                      is appointed by the parties but if they do not agree on whom to appoint within 52 days after the notice under clause 3.2 is given, that valuer is to be nominated at either party’s request by the president of the New South Wales division of the Australian Property Institute Inc; and

 

3.5.2                      is a full member of at least five years’ standing of that institute; and

 

3.5.3                      at the time of appointment is both experienced and actively engaged in valuing similar licensed premises; and

 

3.5.4                      must be instructed to:

 

(a)                                  decide what is the current annual market rent that would be reasonably expected to be paid for the Premises on the relevant Market Review Date if they were unoccupied and offered for renting for the Permitted Use having regard to the terms of this lease and all matters specified in clause 3.9; and

 

(b)                                  give a written valuation setting out what was taken into account, what was disregarded, their respective weightings and any other adjustments within one month after being appointed; and

 

3.5.5                      acts as an expert and not as an arbitrator and whose decision is final and binding.

 

The amount determined by the valuer is the Base Rent from and including the relevant Market Review Date.

 

Costs

 

3.6                                        If the Base Rent determined by the valuer under this clause 3:

 

3.6.1                      is less than the Base Rent nominated in the Rent Review Notice, then the Landlord and the Tenant must pay the valuer’s costs in equal shares;

 

3.6.2                      is equal to or exceeds the Base Rent nominated in the Rent Review Notice, then the Tenant must pay the valuer’s costs.

 

7



 

Adjustments

 

3.7                                        Until the Base Rent is agreed or decided under this clause 3, the Tenant must pay the Base Rent applicable immediately before the relevant Market Review Date by equal monthly instalments, on account of the Base Rent from the relevant Market Review Date.

 

3.8                                        On the first due date for Base Rent after the Base Rent is agreed or decided under this clause 3, the Tenant must pay the Landlord (or the Landlord must credit the Tenant with) the difference between what the Tenant has paid on account of Base Rent and the Rent for the period from and including the relevant Market Review Date to but excluding that due date for Base Rent.

 

Base Rent criteria

 

3.9                                        In determining the Base Rent, the parties and the valuer must determine the current market rent for the Premises as at the particular Market Review Date having regard to the provisions of this lease and must:

 

3.9.1                      have regard to the value of any goodwill attributable to the Tenant’s Business and the value of the Tenant’s Fixtures or fitout;

 

3.9.2                      disregard any rent or other money payable under any sub-lease or other tenancy which has not been approved by the Landlord under this lease;

 

3.9.3                      have regard to the Term and disregard the fact that part of the Term has elapsed at the Market Review Date;

 

3.9.4                      have regard to the rental value of comparable premises but in doing so must make no reduction on account of any Incentive;

 

3.9.5                      consider the Premises as used for the Permitted Use but must have regard also to any other use to which the Premises may be lawfully put;

 

3.9.6                      regard the Premises on a floor by floor basis without a discount where the Base Rent is to be determined for more than one floor;

 

3.9.7                      have regard to the terms and conditions of this lease and assume that all obligations of the Tenant and the Landlord in this lease have been performed and observed;

 

3.9.8                      make no reduction on account of any Incentive paid, provided or allowed to the Tenant or which would be likely to be paid, provided or allowed to a tenant in relation to a new tenancy in respect of the Premises were they vacant;

 

3.9.9                      assume that the Premises have been reinstated in accordance with clause 9 if the Premises have been damaged or destroyed; and

 

3.9.10               have regard to any written submissions made by the Landlord or the Tenant;

 

3.9.11               deleted.

 

8



 

Base Rent not to decrease

 

3.10                                 Despite any other provision of this lease, the Base Rent from any Market Review Date until the next Review Date is the greater of:

 

3.10.1               the Base Rent determined under this clause 3; and

 

3.10.2               the Base Rent payable for the lease year of the Term immediately preceding the Market Review Date.

 

Fixed Review of Base Rent

 

3.11                                 On each Fixed Percentage Annual Review Date, the Base Rent payable by the Tenant under this lease will be the Base Rent payable immediately before the relevant Fixed Percentage Annual Review Date increased by 4%.

 

4                                                  Tenant charges, Building Outgoings and Cleaning

 

Tenant to pay charges & Building Outgoings

 

4.1                                        The Tenant must pay on time all:

 

(a)                                  charges for electricity, gas, oil, water, telephone and any other services separately metered and consumed in the Premises; and

 

(b)                                  all other charges and impositions imposed by any Authority or person for all services separately supplied to the Premises.

 

4.2                                        The Tenant must pay to the Landlord the Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings if there is an amount specified in Item 6, or if not specified in Item 6 then as notified by the Landlord.

 

Payments on account of

 

4.3                                        The Landlord may give the Tenant a notice at any time stating the Landlord’s estimates of the Building Outgoings and the Tenant’s Proportion.

 

4.4                                        The Tenant must pay monthly instalments in advance on each Rent Day on account of the Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings.

 

Notice of actual Outgoings

 

4.5                                        As soon as possible after the end of any twelve month period, the Landlord will give the Tenant reasonable details of the actual Building Outgoings.

 

Adjustments

 

4.6                                        On the next Rent Day after the Landlord gives the Tenant a notice of either estimated or actual Building Outgoings, the Tenant must pay the Landlord (or the Landlord must credit the tenant with) the difference between what the Tenant has paid on account of the Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings for the relevant twelve month period and what the notice says is payable.

 

9



 

Cleaning

 

4.7                                        The Tenant will at its own cost arrange for a regular and professional cleaning service for the Premises to a standard acceptable to the Landlord.

 

5                                                  Use Obligations

 

Positive use obligations

 

5.1                                        The Tenant must:

 

(a)                                  use the Premises only for the Permitted Use;

 

(b)                                  keep the Premises clean and tidy and free of vermin;

 

(c)                                   notify the Landlord and the proper Authority promptly of any infectious illness in the Premises which must be notified to an Authority and, if that infectious illness is confined to the Premises, the Tenant must disinfect the Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord and that Authority;

 

(d)                                  give notice to the Landlord promptly of any damage or accident to or defects in the Building or any circumstances likely to cause any damage or injury within the Building of which the Tenant is aware;

 

(e)                                   comply with all reasonable directions of the Landlord relating to the receipt, delivery or other movement of any goods or articles of bulk or quantity;

 

(f)                                    pay all actual costs of the Landlord in providing, at the request of the Tenant, Facilities and Services outside the Facilities Hours;

 

(g)                                   comply with the directions of the Landlord in relation to smoking and place in the Premises signs as the Landlord may reasonably require to notify persons of the prohibitions contained in this lease in relation to smoking;

 

(h)                                  comply with the Rules;

 

(i)                                      participate in Emergency Procedures as reasonably required by the Landlord;

 

(j)                                     pay on demand all costs arising from the issue to the Tenant of any Keys and from any loss of or damage to any Key;

 

(k)                                  ensure that any Key system installed in the Premises is compatible with the system for the Building;

 

(l)                                      obtain all consents or approvals of any Authority or under any Laws or Requirements necessary in relation to the Tenant’s Business and not allow them to lapse or be revoked;

 

(m)                              obtain all consents or approvals of any Authority or under any Laws or Requirements necessary in relation to any repairs, changes or works undertaken by the Tenant in the Premises or the Building; and

 

10



 

(n)                                  repair or replace the Landlord’s Fixtures or any part thereof that are damaged or in need of replacement due to a Tenant Cause;

 

(o)                                  obtain the Landlord’s written consent before lodging any applications for consent or approvals for work referred to in subclause 5.1(m) above. Such consent may be withheld in the Landlord’s absolute discretion;

 

(p)                                  pay on demand the Landlord’s costs of placing or changing the Tenant’s details on the Building foyer directory board (other than the standard allocation of one slat); and

 

(q)                                  must return all access cards for the Premises to the Landlord immediately on the End Date.

 

Negative use obligations

 

5.2                                        The Tenant must not:

 

(a)                                  bring, place or store Heavy Items in the Building;

 

(b)                                  install any equipment in the Premises that overloads the Services;

 

(c)                                   obstruct access to the Services or the Facilities;

 

(d)                                  affix any television or radio mast or antenna to the Building without the Landlord’s consent (and any consent so given may be withdrawn at any time without consultation if the Landlord reasonably considers it to be in the interests of the other tenants of the Building to do so);

 

(e)                                   use any musical instruments, radios, televisions, audio-visual or other sound or picture producing equipment in the Premises which is audible or visible from outside the Premises;

 

(f)                                    install Coverings on the exterior of the Building or the internal face of perimeter glass;

 

(g)                                   cover or obstruct the air-conditioning ducts and outlets or the skylights and windows which reflect or admit air or light into the Building or cover or obstruct any lights or other means of illumination;

 

(h)                                  throw anything out of the windows or doors of the Building or down the elevator shafts or into the light areas of the Building;

 

(i)                                      deposit rubbish anywhere except in proper receptacles;

 

(j)                                     place any article or thing on any sill, ledge or other like part of the Building;

 

(k)                                  obstruct parts of the Common Areas normally used to enter or leave the Premises nor place items in any part of the Building other than the Premises;

 

(l)                                      store or use any Hazardous Store or Inflammable Substances in the Premises or on the Land unless where reasonably required for the Permitted Use;

 

11



 

(m)                              smoke cigarettes, pipes, cigars or any other form of tobacco or similar substance in the Building;

 

(n)                                  remove any carpet or other floor coverings from where they were originally installed in the Building;

 

(o)                                  do anything to the carpet or other floor coverings in the Premises which contravenes any guarantee relating to them notified to the Tenant by the Landlord;

 

(p)                                  keep animals or birds in the Premises;

 

(q)                                  carry on any noxious, noisome, or offensive business or do any act or thing which may cause nuisance, damage or disturbance to any person including the Landlord and any other occupier of the Building;

 

(r)                                     hold any auction, bankrupt or fire sale in the Premises;

 

(s)                                    prepare or cook food in the Premises except in areas approved by the Landlord for that purpose;

 

(t)                                     hang anything from or in any other way deface or damage the ceilings;

 

(u)                                  display or affix any Sign on the Building. However, the Landlord agrees that while the Tenant is Atlassian Pty Ltd or a Related Body Corporate, the Tenant’s flags outside the Building may remain during the Term. Any further signage required by the Tenant will be subject to a licence arrangement and fee to be agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant, with both parties to act reasonably, cooperatively and in good faith in this regard. However, if the parties cannot agree on the terms of such licence agreement within 30 days, then the Landlord will not be required to proceed.

 

(v)                                  use the Premises as a residence;

 

(w)                                cause damage to the Building;

 

(x)                                  make any duplicate of the Keys provided by the Landlord; or

 

(y)                                  at any time occupy or use the Premises at any time which is contrary to the hours approved from time to time by the Council or any Authority. In addition, the Tenant must comply with any direction of the Landlord in relation to hours of operation;

 

without the Landlord’s written consent.

 

Warranty as to use

 

5.3                                        The Landlord gives no warranty as to the use of the Premises that may be required by the Tenant. The Landlord gives no warranty that the Premises may be used for commercial offices nor that the Premises may be used 24 hours a day 7 days a week.

 

12



 

Laws and Requirements

 

5.4                                        The Tenant must comply with and observe all Laws and Requirements affecting:

 

(a)                                  the Premises or any Tenant’s Fixtures; or

 

(b)                                  the use or occupation of the Premises,

 

including, without limit, environmental matters and matters in respect of trade waste and dangerous goods whether addressed to or required to be effected by the Landlord, the Tenant or both or by any other person. The Tenant must provide promptly to the Landlord a copy of any Laws or Requirements notified to the Tenant. In complying with those Laws or Requirements the Tenant must obtain the Landlord’s consent and must observe the provisions of this lease. The Tenant is not required to effect structural or capital works pursuant to this clause unless rendered necessary by any Tenant Cause.

 

Essential Services Certification

 

5.5                                        If due to a Tenant Cause the Landlord is prevented from or delayed in complying with its obligations to obtain a statement in relation to each essential fire or other safety measure implemented in the Building as required by the Local Government Act 1993 and the regulations thereunder, then within a reasonable time (having regard to the requirements of the Act and of the Authority administering the Act) the Tenant, on being required by the Landlord to do so, must at the cost of the Tenant carry out such works and do such things as are necessary to enable the Landlord to obtain the statement and to comply with the Landlord’s obligations under that Act.

 

5.6                                        If required by the Landlord at any time because of a Tenant Cause, the Tenant must, within the period nominated by the Landlord in its notice to the Tenant, and at the Tenant’s cost, obtain and provide to the Landlord an essential services certificate in respect of the Premises. This clause does not limit the obligations of the Tenant under clause 5.5.

 

Access

 

5.7                                        The Tenant may access and use the Premises 24 hours a day 7 days a week. However, the Landlord gives no warranty that the Authorities allow the Premises to be used 24 hours a day 7 days a week.

 

Security

 

5.8                                        The Tenant is solely responsible for the security of the Premises and must keep the Premises secure at all times.

 

6                                                  Environmental Compliance

 

6.1                                        Compliance by Tenant

 

(a)                                  The Tenant must not in any way pollute or Contaminate the Premises or any part of the Land.

 

13



 

(b)                                  Subject to clause 6.1 (c), the Tenant must comply with all relevant legislation and the proper requirements of all relevant authorities regulating or controlling pollution or Contamination of the Premises.

 

(c)                                   Nothing in clause 6.1 requires the Tenant to remediate or remove any Contamination which existed in the Premises or any of the Land prior to the date that the Tenant first occupied the Premises.

 

6.2                                        Tenant to Indemnify Landlord

 

(a)                                  The Tenant must not make any claim against the Landlord, and releases and indemnifies the Landlord from and against any obligations, costs or damages, relating to:

 

(i)              any pollution, Contamination or other environmental damage to the Premises arising out of the Tenant’s use and occupation of the Premises or any licensed areas under this lease; and

 

(ii)           any notice or order issued by any authority relating to any actual or potential pollution, Contamination or other environmental damage to or from the Premises or any licensed areas under this lease arising out of the Tenant’s use and occupation of the Premises or any licensed areas under this lease;

 

(b)                                  The Landlord acknowledges that the release and indemnity by the Tenant does not apply to any pollution, Contamination or other environmental damage occurring as a result of any wilful or negligent act or omission by the Landlord done or omitted with knowledge that it was likely to cause pollution, Contamination or other environmental damage.

 

7                                                  Repairs and alterations

 

Repair and maintenance

 

7.1                                        The Tenant must:

 

(a)                                  keep the Landlord’s Fixtures and the Tenant’s Fixtures in good and substantial repair, maintenance and condition including replacing all damaged or faulty light bulbs, light globes and tubes in the Premises;

 

(b)                                  repair any damage to the Premises caused by a Tenant Cause; and

 

(c)                                   repaint the Premises to a standard acceptable to the Landlord every three (3) years and on the End Date.

 

7.2                                        Clause 7.1 does not impose any obligation on the Tenant for:

 

(a)                                  fair wear and tear; or

 

(b)                                  structural or capital works unless rendered necessary by any Tenant Cause.

 

14



 

7.3                                        If any damage is caused to the Building or the Premises due to a Tenant Cause, the Tenant must promptly reinstate the Building or the Premises (including structural repairs) to the condition they were in before the Tenant Cause.

 

Landlord’s right of inspection

 

7.4                                        On giving the Tenant reasonable notice (being at least one Business Day’s notice) (except in an emergency when no notice is required), the Landlord may enter the Premises to;

 

(a)                                  inspect the state of repair of the Premises; and /or

 

(b)                                  inspect and/or monitor compliance with the terms of this lease (including the Rules).

 

Tenant to carry out obligations

 

7.5                                        The Landlord may serve on the Tenant a notice of any failure by the Tenant to carry out any obligation of the Tenant under clause 5 or clause 7. The notice may require the Tenant to carry out that obligation within a reasonable time. If the Tenant fails to do so, the Landlord may carry out that obligation at the Tenant’s cost.

 

Landlord’s right of entry

 

7.6                                        If:

 

(a)                                  the Landlord wishes to do works to the Premises or the Building which in the Landlord’s opinion acting reasonably are necessary to comply with its obligations under this lease, or which the Landlord is obliged to do under this lease or under any Law or Requirement;

 

(b)                                  an Authority requires work to be done at the Building which the Landlord elects to do and which is not the Tenant’s obligation under this lease; or

 

(c)                                   the Landlord elects to carry out any obligation which the Tenant is required to carry out under this lease, but fails to do,

 

then the Landlord, on giving to the Tenant reasonable notice (being at least one Business Day’s notice) (except in an emergency when no notice is required), may enter the Premises and do those works.

 

If after the Landlord has given the Tenant reasonable notice that it requires access to the Premises and the Tenant, acting reasonably, requires the Landlord to exercise its rights under this clause at a time other than the time nominated by the Landlord (except in the case of an emergency when no notice is required), the Tenant must pay the Landlord’s additional costs as a result of the delay or overtime costs incurred in complying with the Tenant’s request.

 

15


 

Alterations to the Building

 

7.7                                        The Tenant must not:

 

(a)                                  make any alterations or additions to the Building including the intertenancy partitions or floor coverings;

 

(b)                                  interfere with, alter or make any connections to the Services, the Landlord’s Fixtures or the Facilities; or

 

(c)                                   use, install or alter internal partitions in the Premises,

 

unless the Tenant:

 

(d)                                  obtains the Landlord’s consent; and

 

(e)                                   in all cases of such consent, the Tenant complies with the Works Conditions.

 

Landlord Access to services located in the Premises

 

7.8                                        The Tenant acknowledges that there are Building services plant located in or adjacent to the Premises which may only be access through the Premises and despite any other clause of this lease must not:

 

7.8.1                      restrict access to the Landlord or its authorised agents or contractors at any time to attend to service and maintenance of such Building services plant; or

 

7.8.2                      make any objection, claim, or fail to comply with its obligations under this lease in relation to the Landlord or its agents or contractors entering the Premises for the purpose of accessing such Building services plant.

 

7.9                                        The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord and/or its authorised agents or contractors may access the Building services plant through the Premises at all times.

 

8                                          Assignment and sub-letting

 

Dealings not permitted

 

8.1                                        Except as otherwise stated in this clause 8, during the Term the Tenant must not Assign, sub-lease, mortgage, charge or otherwise deal with or part with possession of the Premises or this lease or any estate or interest in this lease or agree to do any of those things.

 

Sub-leases

 

8.2                                        The Tenant must not grant any sub-lease of the Premises without the Landlord’s prior written consent. The Landlord will consent to a sub-lease of the whole or part of the Premises if the Tenant complies with the Dealing Conditions.

 

Assignment

 

8.3                                        The Tenant must not Assign this lease without the Landlord’s prior written consent. The Landlord will consent to an Assignment if:

 

(a)                                  the Assignment relates to the whole of the Premises and the whole of the Tenant’s interest in this lease;

 

16



 

(b)                                  the Tenant complies with the Dealing Conditions;

 

(c)                                   while the Tenant is Atlassian Pty Ltd ACN 102 443 916 or a Related Body Corporate, the Tenant satisfies the Landlord (acting reasonably) that the Assignee is capable of observing and performing the Tenant’s Covenants and has a good record as a commercial tenant. If the Tenant is not Atlassian Pty Ltd ACN 102 443 916 or a Related Body Corporate, the Tenant must satisfy the Landlord that the Assignee is of equal or greater capacity as the Tenant and the Guarantors, and that the Assignee is capable of observing and performing the Tenant’s Covenants; and

 

(d)                                  the Assignee covenants with the Landlord to perform and observe the Tenant’s Covenants after the Assignment.

 

8.4                                        An Assignment under clause 8.3 does not release the Tenant from the Tenant’s Covenants during the Initial Term, but the Tenant is released at the expiry of the Initial Term and is not liable during any further lease for an option period.

 

Mortgage of Tenant’s equipment etc

 

8.5                                        The Tenant must not mortgage, charge, lease or otherwise deal with any Tenant’s Fixtures without the Landlord’s consent.

 

9                                                  Insurance and damage

 

Tenant’s insurances

 

9.1                                        The Tenant must keep current during the Term:

 

(a)                                  a public risk insurance policy such policy to be for not less than the amount specified in item 11 or such other reasonable amount as the Landlord may notify the Tenant from time to time in respect of any single accident; and

 

(b)                                  plate glass insurance for all plate glass windows doors and display show cases forming part or within the Premises; and

 

(c)                                   insurance for the Tenant’s Fixtures, stock-in-trade and other property in the Premises.

 

9.2                                        The Tenant must give to the Landlord copies of a certificate of currency in respect of the insurance referred to in clause 9.1 annually.

 

Insurance terms

 

9.3                                        All policies of insurance under this clause 9 must:

 

(a)                                  be with an insurer of sufficient standing to meet any claim and such insurer must be represented in Australia;

 

(b)                                  be for such amounts and cover such risks and contain such conditions as are reasonably acceptable to or are reasonably required by the Landlord;

 

17



 

(c)                                   have no exclusions, endorsements or alterations unless consented to by the Landlord; and

 

(d)                                  note the interest of the Landlord.

 

Not affect insurances

 

9.4                                        Without the Landlord’s consent the Tenant must not knowingly do any act or thing which may increase the cost of insurances in connection with the Building or property in the Building or affect or make void or voidable that insurance or which may conflict with Laws or Requirements relating to fires or that insurance.

 

Releases of Landlord

 

9.5                                        All property of the Tenant or of the Tenant’s Agents in the Building is at the sole risk of the Tenant.

 

9.6                                        The Tenant releases the Landlord from liability in respect of:

 

(a)                                  loss of or damage to any property of the Tenant or any other person; and

 

(b)                                  injury to or the death of any person,

 

in the Building except as a result of the negligence of the Landlord or the Landlord’s Agents.

 

Indemnities

 

9.7                                        The Tenant is liable for and must indemnify the Landlord against all Claims for which the Landlord becomes liable in connection with:

 

(a)                                  loss of or damage to the Building or to any property or injury to or the death of any person to the extent caused or contributed to by a Tenant Cause;

 

(b)                                  the negligent or careless use of the Building by the Tenant or the Tenant’s Agents;

 

(c)                                   any defect in the Building due to a Tenant Cause;

 

(d)                                  the Tenant’s failure to comply with any obligation of the Tenant under this lease; or

 

(e)                                   claims against the Landlord by any other tenant in the Building as a result of a Tenant Cause.

 

9.8                                        Clause 9.7 applies even if a Claim results from any act or thing which the Tenant may be authorised or obliged to do under this lease and even if at any time waiver or other indulgence has been given to the Tenant in respect of that act or thing.

 

Damage to Building

 

9.9                                        If the Building is damaged so that the Premises are wholly or substantially unfit for the Tenant’s occupation and use or (having regard to the nature and location of the

 

18



 

Premises and the normal means of access) wholly or substantially inaccessible, then and so often as that happens:

 

(a)                                  a proportionate part of the Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings, according to the nature and extent of the damage, abates and all remedies for recovery of that proportionate part of that money falling due after that damage are to be suspended until the Premises have been Reinstated; and

 

(b)                                  this lease may be terminated by notice given by the Landlord or the Tenant without liability attaching to either party because of that termination, except that the Tenant may not terminate this lease if within a period of two months after the damage, the Landlord gives a Reinstatement Notice.

 

9.10                                 The Tenant is not entitled to the abatement and suspension of all remedies for recovery under clause 9.9(a) nor to terminate this lease under clause 9.9(b) if the damage is caused or contributed to by any Tenant Cause or if any policies of insurance effected on the Building have been vitiated or payment of the policy money refused due to Tenant Cause. The reduction of any abatement of the Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportion under this clause 9.10 will be proportional to the extent that the Tenant has caused or contributed to the damage.

 

9.11                                 If the Landlord gives a Reinstatement Notice so that no Tenant’s right of termination arises under clause 9.9(b) and the Landlord does not, within a reasonable time (having regard to the extent of the damage and the time expected to obtain all necessary approvals and to commence and carry out the necessary works) Reinstate, (or, if clause 9.10 applies and the Landlord fails to give a Reinstatement Notice within a period of six months after the damage or fails to commence Reinstatement within a reasonable time thereafter) the Tenant may serve on the Landlord a notice of intention to terminate this lease. If the Landlord then fails to proceed with reasonable expedition to Reinstate, the Tenant may terminate this lease by giving not less than one month’s notice to the Landlord. At the expiration of that notice this lease ends.

 

9.12                                 If in the Landlord’s opinion the damage to the Building is such that it is impractical or undesirable to Reinstate, the Landlord may terminate this lease by giving not less than one month’s notice to the Tenant. At the expiration of that notice this lease ends. No liability attaches to the Landlord because of termination of this lease under this clause or clause 9.9. Any termination is without prejudice to the rights of either party in respect of any antecedent breach of this lease.

 

9.13                                 Clauses 9.9 to 9.12 do not impose on the Landlord any obligation to Reinstate.

 

10                                           Landlord’s Obligations

 

Quiet enjoyment

 

10.1                                 Subject to the Landlord’s rights reserved by this lease, and subject to clauses 13 and 25, while the Tenant complies with its obligations under this lease the Tenant may use and occupy the Premises during the Term without interference by or through the Landlord.

 

19



 

Facilities

 

10.2                                 The Landlord must at its cost use reasonable endeavours to ensure the Facilities and Services are functional during the Facilities Hours.

 

10.3                                 If the Landlord has complied with clause 10.2 and, despite that, at any time:

 

(a)                                  any Facilities or Services do not function;

 

(b)                                  the Landlord because of the need to repair, maintain or replace Facilities or Services or because of the operation of any Laws or Requirements is compelled to shut off or remove any Facilities or Services; or

 

(c)                                   the Landlord exercises its rights under clause 13.6 to close the Building,

 

then the Tenant is not entitled to terminate or rescind this lease nor to have any right of action or claim for compensation or damages or abatement of rent against the Landlord.

 

10.4                                 The Landlord may vary the Facilities Hours at its discretion.

 

11                                           Default, termination

 

Essential terms

 

11.1                                 The following obligations of the Tenant are essential terms of this lease:

 

(a)                                  all obligations to pay money; and

 

(b)                                  the obligations under clauses 5.1(a),(l), (m) and (o), 7, 8, 9, 11.10, 15, 15A, 17, 20 and 21.4.

 

This clause does not prevent any other obligation under this lease from being an essential term.

 

Default

 

11.2                                 It is a Default under this lease if:

 

(a)                                  the Tenant does not comply with an essential term of this lease;

 

(b)                                  the Tenant does not comply with a term which is not an essential term of this lease and, if the failure to comply with the non-essential term can be remedied, it is not remedied within a reasonable time (having regard to the nature of the breach) after the Landlord asks the Tenant to remedy it;

 

(c)                                   the Tenant being a corporation, an Insolvency Event occurs in respect of the Tenant; or

 

(d)                                  the Tenant repudiates this lease.

 

20



 

Avoid default

 

11.3                                 The Tenant must ensure that no Default occurs.

 

Termination of lease

 

11.4                                 If the Tenant Defaults, whether or not in the performance of an essential term, the Landlord may:

 

(a)                                  (unless prior demand or notice is required by Law) without any prior demand or notice, re-enter and take possession of the Premises and eject the Tenant and all other persons and repossess the Premises and terminate this lease; or

 

(b)                                  by notice to the Tenant, terminate this lease as from the date of giving that notice; or

 

(c)                                   by notice to the Tenant, elect to convert the unexpired portion of the Term into a quarterly tenancy (as to which clause 1.2 applies) and this lease is terminated from the giving of that notice.

 

Landlord may rectify

 

11.5                                 The Landlord may remedy at any time, without notice, a Default by the Tenant. The Tenant must pay all reasonable costs incurred by the Landlord (including legal costs) in remedying a Default.

 

Tender after termination

 

11.6                                 Money tendered by the Tenant after this lease is terminated and accepted by the Landlord without prejudice to the Landlord’s rights in relation to the termination may be applied in the manner the Landlord decides.

 

Damages

 

11.7                                 If this lease is lawfully terminated by the Landlord

 

(a)                                  the Tenant indemnifies the Landlord for any Claim in connection with any Default giving rise to the termination or the termination of the lease; and

 

(b)                                  the Landlord may recover damages from the Tenant for the damage suffered by the Landlord for the Term including the difference between the aggregate of the Base Rent, and other money payable by the Tenant for the unexpired residue of the Term.

 

11.8                                 The Landlord’s right to recover damages from the Tenant or any other person is not affected or limited if:

 

(a)                                  the Tenant abandons or vacates the Premises;

 

(b)                                  the Landlord acting lawfully elects to re-enter the Premises or terminate the lease;

 

(c)                                   the Landlord acting lawfully accepts the Tenant’s repudiation; or

 

21



 

(d)                                  the parties’ conduct (or that of any person on their behalf) constitutes a surrender by operation of law.

 

Landlord may institute proceedings

 

11.9                                 The Landlord may institute legal proceedings claiming damages against the Tenant in respect of the Term including the period before and after any repudiation, abandonment, termination, acceptance of repudiation or surrender by operation of law whether the proceedings are instituted before or after that conduct.

 

Interest on overdue money

 

11.10                          The Tenant must pay on demand interest on any money due but unpaid by the Tenant under this lease. Interest is payable at the Default Interest Rate and is to be computed on daily balances from the day after the due date for payment of the money until payment of that money in full. Interest not paid when due is to be capitalised at monthly intervals. Interest is payable on capitalised interest at the rate and in the manner referred to in this clause. Interest is recoverable in the same way as rent in arrears.

 

12                                           End Date

 

End Date obligations

 

12.1                                 On the End Date the Tenant must yield up the Premises in the order and condition described in clause 7.1.

 

12.2                                 On or before the End Date the Tenant:

 

(a)                                  must, but only if required by the Landlord, remove all or part of the Tenant’s Fixtures, and if required by the Landlord remove all fitout (regardless of who owns it), fixtures, fittings, furnishings, cables, conduits, wires (including, without limit, to the extent required by the Landlord, any existing partitioning or items which may be owned by the Landlord, the Tenant or a previous tenant);

 

(b)                                  reinstate and make good all penetration, including without limit the interconnecting wall to 343 George Street, Sydney;

 

(c)                                   must remove all Tenant’s Signs from the Building;

 

(d)                                  must give all Keys to the Landlord;

 

(e)                                   must if applicable, comply with clause 5.4;

 

(f)                                    must, but only if required by the Landlord, reinstate and make good the Premises and Services (including without limit, mechanical services, fire protection and electrical services) to base building layout and specifications;

 

(g)                                   must, if required by the Landlord, reinstate all ceiling and skirting services and repair the ceiling and floor to base building layout and specifications; and

 

(h)                                  must repaint the Premises to a standard, colour, and design acceptable to the Landlord; and

 

22


 

(i)                                      must (if applicable) have all carpets in the Premises professionally steam cleaned, have all light fittings and the whole Premises professionally cleaned, replace all light globes and remove all rubbish from the Building.

 

(j)                                     deleted.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Tenant is not required to undertake any make good to the Licenced Area, subject to clause 31.3(h).

 

Tenant not to cause damage

 

12.3                                 In performing its obligations under clauses 12.2, the Tenant must comply with this lease, including clause 5.2(w) and the Tenant must make good any damage to the Building or the Premises caused by the Tenant.

 

12.4                                 If the Tenant defaults under clause 12.1, 12.2 or 12.3 or if the Landlord exercises its rights under clause 11.4, then the Landlord at the Tenant’s cost may after having given the Tenant 48 hours notice of its intention to do so carry out such work under clause 12.2 or 12.3 as the Landlord in its discretion thinks fit.

 

12.5                                 The Landlord is entitled to treat any Tenant’s Fixtures not removed as if the Tenant had abandoned its interest in them and they had become the property of the Landlord and the Landlord may deal with them as the Landlord thinks fit (including sale or disposal of the Tenant’s Fixtures by public auction or otherwise) without being liable in any way to account to the Tenant.

 

13                                           Landlord’s rights

 

Roof

 

13.1                                 The Landlord reserves the exclusive right to use the roof of the Building or to grant leases or licences or otherwise authorise any person to use those areas for such purposes as it thinks fit, subject at all times to the Tenant’s rights in accordance with clause 31.

 

Building name

 

13.2                                 The Landlord reserves all rights in respect of the name of the Building and may change the name of the Building at its discretion from time to time.

 

Change of Landlord

 

13.3                                 If another person becomes entitled to receive the rent payable by the Tenant under this lease, the Landlord is released from any obligation under this lease arising after that other person acquires the Landlord’s interest in this lease (and in respect of obligations prior to that date, once it has complied with those obligations) and the Tenant at the Landlord’s cost must enter into such covenants with the other person as the Landlord reasonably requires.

 

13.4                                 An obligation owed by the Tenant to the Landlord which is due for performance before an event in clause 13.3 (including the payment of amounts owing for Base Rent in respect of a period or date or because of an event or Market Review Date occurring

 

23



 

before that event) remains owing to the Landlord and not to the other person and may be recovered by the Landlord in its own name.

 

Landlord’s agents

 

13.5                                 The Landlord may appoint persons to exercise any of its rights or perform any of its duties under this lease. Following receipt of notification of appointment to act from the Landlord, the Tenant must treat those persons when they are exercising those rights or performing those duties as if they were the Landlord. Communications from the Landlord override those from the persons appointed if they are inconsistent.

 

Close Building

 

13.6                                 The Landlord may close the Building and the Land or both in an emergency or if the Landlord otherwise deems that action reasonably necessary.

 

Premises security

 

13.7                                 The Landlord may enter the Premises to lock any door or window left unlocked. The Landlord is not responsible nor liable for security in the Premises or in respect of any unauthorised entry to the Premises.

 

Rules

 

13.8                                 The Landlord may introduce and vary Rules which are consistent with this lease. The Tenant must at its own cost comply with all Rules.

 

Emergency

 

13.9                                 Where in this lease there is reference to an emergency the reasonable determination of the Landlord as to the existence of an emergency is conclusive.

 

Landlord access

 

13.10                          To allow the Landlord to perform its obligations under this lease or under any Laws or Requirements, the Tenant must (upon receiving reasonable notice from the Landlord except in the case of an emergency when no notice is required) give the Landlord access to the Premises during the hours as the Landlord may notify to the Tenant from time to time.

 

Structural works

 

13.11                          Where in this lease the Tenant is obliged to do any work of a structural nature or which affects the Facilities, the Services or the Landlord’s Fixtures, the Landlord may elect that that work will be carried out only by the Landlord at the Tenant’s reasonable cost (and in determining reasonable cost the Tenant accepts the need of the Landlord to have regard to factors such as the urgency of the work, the nature of the work and the need to preserve any warranty or guarantee rights or to comply with service contracts).

 

Alterations to the Building

 

13.12                          The Landlord reserves the right from time to time to enlarge, alter or reduce the Building (other than the Premises, subject to the Landlord’s rights in relation thereto

 

24



 

under this lease) and to carry out construction or demolition works in any part of the Building.

 

Right of Entry to Premises

 

13.13                          The Landlord reserves the right and the Tenant shall permit the Landlord with all necessary materials, machinery, equipment and appliances at all times and upon reasonable notice (but without notice in any case which the Landlord considers an emergency) to enter upon the Premises and to use the whole or any part thereof for all or any of the following purposes:

 

(a)                                  carrying out or effecting any of the works contemplated by clauses 13.14 or 25.1;

 

(b)                                  erecting, laying or installing in, under or over the Premises pipes, sewers, drains, mains, ducts, conduits, gutters, watercourses, wires, cables, channels, flues and all other conducting media which may be required for or in connection with any existing or future Services;

 

(c)                                   inspecting, removing, maintaining, repairing, altering or adding to the Services whether in the Premises or some other part of the Building;

 

(d)                                  effecting any alterations, additions, improvements, repairs, maintenance or other work:

 

(i)             to the Building or the Premises which may be incumbent upon the Landlord under the provisions of any Laws or Requirements or which the Landlord may be entitled and elects to carry out pursuant to any provision of this lease, or

 

(ii)          to the Building which the Landlord may consider necessary or desirable.

 

Scaffolding

 

13.14                          The Landlord reserves the right and the Tenant shall permit the Landlord to erect scaffolding in or about the Building.

 

14                                           Notices

 

14.1                                 A Notice:

 

(a)                                  must be in writing;

 

(b)                                  must be left at the address or sent to the facsimile number of the party in item 12, as varied by notice; and

 

(c)                                   may be sent by certified mail to the address of the party in item 12, as varied by notice.

 

14.2                                 A Notice sent by certified mail and correctly addressed is taken to be received on the third (seventh, if posted to or from a place outside Australia) day after posting. A Notice

 

25



 

sent by facsimile is taken to be received on production of a transmission report by the machine from which the facsimile was transmitted confirming that the whole facsimile was successfully transmitted to the facsimile number of the recipient notified for the purpose of this clause 14, unless the sender is aware that the transmission was impaired.

 

14.3                                 A Notice by a party under this lease may be given by an Authorised Officer of the party.

 

14.4                                 Unless a later time is specified in it, a Notice takes effect from the time it is received or deemed under this lease to be received.

 

14.5                                 A certificate signed by the Landlord or its solicitors about a matter or about a sum payable to the Landlord in connection with this lease is sufficient evidence of the matter or sum stated in the certificate unless the matter or sum is proved to be false.

 

15                                           Bank Guarantee

 

15.1                                 On or before the Commencement Date, the Tenant must deliver to the Landlord a Bank Guarantee.

 

15.2                                 The Landlord at any time may claim on the Bank Guarantee and apply any money received towards money (including damages) payable by the Tenant in connection with this lease or any Related Agreement as the Landlord determines.

 

15.3                                 The Landlord may claim and the bank is entitled to pay under the Bank Guarantee without reference to the Tenant and despite any contrary objection, claim or direction by the Tenant or any other party to a Related Agreement.

 

15.4                                 The Landlord’s rights under this clause 15 are in addition to the other rights and remedies of the Landlord in relation to any default of the Tenant in connection with this lease.

 

15.5                                 Each time the Landlord claims on a Bank Guarantee, the Landlord may notify the Tenant to top up the Bank Guarantee in relation to the claim (and any previous claims) made by the Landlord. Within seven days of receipt of each notice the Tenant must:

 

(a)                                  reinstate the Bank Guarantee to the full amount before the claims; or

 

(b)                                  give the Landlord a supplemental Bank Guarantee equal to the amount of the claims.

 

15.6                                 If requested by the Landlord after each review of the Base Rent the Tenant must give the Landlord, within 7 days of the Landlord’s request, a supplemental bank guarantee so that the Bank Guarantee at all times is equal to the amount required in item 13.

 

15.7                                 The Bank Guarantee must be assignable to the Landlord’s successors and assigns.

 

15.8                                 Deleted.

 

15.9                                 The Bank Guarantee will be returned to the Tenant provided that:

 

26



 

(a)                                  the Landlord has not exercised its rights under clause 11.4 of this lease following a Tenant Default; and

 

(b)                                  the Tenant has complied with all its obligations under this lease.

 

15A                                  Security Deposit

 

15A.1                        If the Landlord agrees that the Tenant may provide a security deposit in lieu of the Bank Guarantee, this clause 15A applies.

 

15A.2                        On or before the Commencement Date the Tenant must pay the security deposit to the Landlord by bank cheque.

 

15A.3                        The security deposit must be for the amount specified in item 13.

 

15A.4                        If the Tenant does not comply with its obligations under this lease or if the Landlord suffers damage because the Landlord cannot obtain possession of the Premises, then the Landlord may use the security deposit without notice to the Tenant.

 

15A.5                        If the Landlord uses the security deposit and the Landlord gives the Tenant a notice stating the amount required to fully reinstate the security deposit, the Tenant must pay that amount by bank cheque within 7 days of the Landlord issuing the notice.

 

15A.6                        When this lease ends, the Landlord may use any part of or the full amount of the security deposit for outstanding amounts payable by the Tenant under this lease.

 

16                                           Guarantors

 

Guarantee

 

16.1                                 In consideration of the Landlord agreeing to grant this lease to the Tenant at the request of the Guarantor the Guarantor enters into this guarantee (“Guarantee”) in favour of the Landlord on the terms specified in this clause 16.

 

Scope of Guarantee

 

16.2                                 The Guarantor agrees to guarantee the payment of Base Rent and the observance and performance of all the Tenant’s obligations as specified in this lease throughout the Term, including during holding over as periodical tenant after the expiry of the Term by the Tenant, its successors and assignees of this lease.

 

16.3                                 This Guarantee covers the whole period whilst the Tenant occupies or is entitled to occupy the Premises under this lease as the Tenant, or whilst holding an equitable interest over the Premises under an agreement for lease or as a periodical tenant.

 

16.4                                 This Guarantee extends to claims by the Landlord:

 

16.4.1               for damages for breaches of covenants under this lease;

 

16.4.2               for breaches of any essential terms of this lease;

 

27



 

16.4.3               for repudiation of this lease;

 

16.4.4               for the Landlord’s loss or damage in the event of the Tenant abandoning or vacating the Premises;

 

16.4.5               in the event of the Landlord electing to re-enter or to terminate this lease;

 

16.4.6               for the Landlord’s reasonable legal and other expenses of seeking to enforce those obligations against the Tenant and the Guarantor, recovering possession and terminating this lease; and

 

16.4.7               for loss or damage consequent on disclaimer of this lease on the Tenant’s insolvency, as if this lease had not been disclaimed.

 

16.5                                 This Guarantee is in favour of the Landlord and its successors and assigns being the owner of the Premises from time to time during the continuance of this Guarantee.

 

Liability of several Guarantors

 

16.6                                 When there is more than one Guarantor under this lease:

 

16.6.1               the term Guarantor in this clause refers to each of the Guarantors and to all of them;

 

16.6.2               their obligations as Guarantor are joint and several;

 

16.6.3               the Landlord may enforce this Guarantee against all or any of them;

 

16.6.4               any notice or demand may be served on all of them by serving anyone of them; and

 

16.6.5               this Guarantee remains binding on the other Guarantors, even if

 

(a)                                  any Guarantor fails to execute this lease or to enter into this Guarantee;

 

(b)                                  this Guarantee is not binding on any Guarantor; or

 

(c)                                   the Landlord shall release any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

 

Landlord’s covenants

 

16.7                                 The Landlord covenants with the Guarantor to take reasonable steps to require the Tenant to comply with the Tenant’s obligations under this lease before seeking to enforce this Guarantee.

 

Landlord’s liability to Guarantor

 

16.8                                 The Landlord’s failure to comply with the covenant in clause 16.7 shall not discharge this Guarantee, but the Guarantor may claim damages from the Landlord for any such

 

28



 

breach and may rely on it in proceedings for injunction and for relief against forfeiture of this lease.

 

Claim under Guarantee

 

16.9                                 The Landlord is entitled to require the Guarantor to pay to the Landlord any outstanding Base Rent or other amount or to compensate the Landlord for any loss or damage without the Landlord having instituted any proceedings against the Tenant in respect of such claims or breaches.

 

Guarantee not discharged

 

16.10                          This Guarantee is not discharged and the Landlord’s rights against the Guarantor are not affected by any of the following:

 

16.10.1        the granting of any indulgence or extension of time by the Landlord to the Tenant or to the Guarantor;

 

16.10.2        the Landlord’s neglect or failure to enforce covenants under this lease against the Tenant or waiver of any breaches or defaults under this lease;

 

16.10.3        the total or partial release of liability of the Tenant or of a Guarantor by the Landlord;

 

16.10.4        the entry into any arrangement, composition or compromise relating to this lease between the Landlord and the Tenant or any other person;

 

16.10.5        the variation of any provision of this lease between the Landlord and the Tenant without the Guarantor’s consent but only if they are minor and are not prejudicial to the Guarantor;

 

16.10.6        the death or bankruptcy or winding up of the Tenant or the Guarantor;

 

16.10.7        the Tenant’s liability under this lease, or this lease, being or becoming invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, including through any act, omission or legislation; or

 

16.10.8        the disclaimer of this lease following the Tenant’s insolvency.

 

Landlord’s certificate

 

16.11                          For the purpose of this Guarantee, a certificate or statement signed by or on behalf of the Landlord or the Landlord’s solicitors relating to any sum of money claimed by the Landlord to be due from the Tenant under this lease is prima facie evidence of the amount claimed and the facts stated therein.

 

Payments

 

16.12                          In respect of any payment made by or on behalf of the Tenant under this lease which is void or is avoided for any reason, the Guarantor shall remain liable under this Guarantee as if that payment had not been made.

 

29



 

Until the Landlord’s claims against the Tenant and against the Guarantor have been fully satisfied, the Guarantor will hold on trust for the Landlord any money received by the Guarantor under any arrangement, composition, assignment, liquidation or bankruptcy of the Tenant.

 

17                                           Payments and costs

 

17.1                                 Except where provided in this lease to the contrary, the Tenant must make payments under this lease without set-off or counterclaim and free and clear of any withholding or deduction.

 

17.2                                 All payments by the Tenant under this lease must be paid to the Landlord or to a person nominated by the Landlord in a notice given to the Tenant.

 

17.3                                 If the Tenant pays an amount and it is found later that the amount payable should have been higher, then the Landlord may demand payment of the difference even though the Landlord has given the Tenant a receipt for payment of the lower amount.

 

17.4                                 The Landlord need not make demand for any amount payable by the Tenant under this lease unless this lease expressly specifies that demand must be made.

 

17.5                                 All money under this lease must be paid to the address of the Landlord in item 12 or to such other place and in such manner (including by direct debit or electronic funds transfer) as the Landlord acting reasonably may direct.

 

17.6                                 If the Tenant must pay to or reimburse the Landlord any cost, charge or other money under this lease, that amount is payable on demand unless otherwise provided in this lease.

 

17.7                                 The Tenant must pay all stamp duty (including penalties and fines other than penalties and fines due to the default of the Landlord), mortgagee’s consent fees and registration fees in connection with this lease.

 

17.8                                 If the Tenant defaults under this lease, the Tenant must pay all costs and expenses (including legal costs) which the Landlord suffers or incurs in connection with that default.

 

17.9                                 Where the Tenant is obliged under this lease to do some act or thing, it must be done at the cost of the Tenant unless otherwise provided in this lease.

 

17.10                          The Tenant’s obligation to pay under this lease is an obligation to pay to the Landlord unless otherwise provided in this lease.

 

17.11                          The Tenant must pay the Tenant’s and the Landlord’s reasonable legal costs in respect of the preparation, negotiation, stamping and registration of this lease.

 

18                                           Governing law

 

18.1                                 This lease is governed by the law in force in New South Wales.

 

30



 

18.2                                 Each party submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of New South Wales.

 

18.3                                 Without preventing any other mode of service, any document in an action (including any writ of summons or other originating process or any third or other party notice) may be served on any party by being left for that party at its address for service of notices set out in item 12, as varied by notice.

 

19                                           General

 

Exercise of rights

 

19.1                                 The Landlord may exercise a right, power or remedy at its discretion, and separately or concurrently with another right, power or remedy. A single or partial exercise of a right, power or remedy by the Landlord does not prevent a further exercise of that or of any other right, power or remedy.

 

19.2                                 Failure by either party to exercise or delay in exercising a right, power or remedy does not prevent its exercise.

 

19.3                                 The rights, powers and remedies provided in this lease are cumulative with and not exclusive of the rights, powers or remedies provided by law independently of this lease.

 

Waiver

 

19.4                                 A provision of or a right created under this lease may not be waived or varied except in writing signed by the party or parties to be bound.

 

19.5                                 A custom or practice which may grow up between the parties in the course of administering this lease is not to be construed to waive or to lessen:

 

(a)                                  the right of the Landlord to insist on the performance by the Tenant of any provision of this lease; or

 

(b)                                  the Landlord’s rights, powers or remedies in respect of any default of the Tenant.

 

19.6                                 A waiver by either party of a particular breach or default is not to be deemed to be a waiver of the same or any other subsequent breach or default.

 

19.7                                 The demand of or subsequent acceptance of any money under this lease by the Landlord is not to be deemed a waiver of any preceding breach of this lease by the Tenant, other than the relevant Tenant’s breach to which the payment relates.

 

Legislation

 

19.8                                 Any present or future legislation which operates to vary the obligations of the Tenant in connection with this lease with the result that the Landlord’s rights, powers or remedies are adversely affected (including by way of delay or postponement) is excluded except to the extent that its exclusion is prohibited or rendered ineffective by law.

 

31


 

Set-off

 

19.9                                 At its sole discretion the Landlord may, upon giving the Tenant written notice, apply any credit balance in any currency in any account of the Tenant with the Landlord towards satisfaction of any amount then payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this lease. At its sole discretion the Landlord by notice to the Tenant may reduce the amount payable at any time by the Landlord to the Tenant by the amount payable at that time by the Tenant to the Landlord under this lease. The Tenant is taken to have paid the Landlord that part of the amount then payable by the Tenant equal to the amount of the reduction. The Tenant authorises the Landlord in the name of the Tenant or the Landlord to do anything (including to execute any document) that is required for the purpose of this clause.

 

Indemnities

 

19.10                          Each indemnity in this lease is a continuing obligation, separate and independent from the other obligations of the Tenant and survives the End Date. It is not necessary for the Landlord to incur expense or make payment before enforcing a right of indemnity conferred by this lease.

 

Exclusion of statutory provisions

 

19.11                          The covenants, powers and provisions implied in leases because of sections 84, 84A, 85 and 86 of the Conveyancing Act 1919 do not apply to this lease. In this lease words used in any of the forms of words in the first column of part 2 of schedule 4 to the Conveyancing Act 1919 do not imply a covenant under section 86 of that act

 

Antecedent rights and obligations

 

19.12                          The End Date does not affect:

 

(a)                                  the Landlord’s or the Tenant’s rights in connection with a breach of this lease by the other party before the End Date; or

 

(b)                                  the Landlord’s or the Tenant’s obligations under this lease in respect of periods before the End Date.

 

Severability

 

19.13                          If a provision of this lease is void, unenforceable or illegal in a jurisdiction it is severed for that jurisdiction. The remainder of this lease has full force and effect and the validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction is not affected. This clause has no effect if the severance alters the basic nature of this lease or is contrary to public policy.

 

If document not a lease

 

19.14                          If this document is found not to be a lease or to be a lease for a period less than the Term, the parties are bound in contract to carry out their obligations under this document for the Term, as if this were deemed to be a lease, unless expressly released under this document from those obligations.

 

32



 

Relationship of parties

 

19.15                          This lease does not create any relationship between the parties other than the relationship of landlord and tenant on the terms of this lease.

 

Counterparts

 

19.16                          This lease may consist of a number of counterparts. The counterparts taken together constitute one instrument.

 

No caveat

 

19.17                          The Tenant must not lodge or allow to be lodged for it a caveat against the Land in relation to this lease after registration of this lease at the office of Land and Property Information — NSW.

 

Entire agreement

 

19.18                          This lease constitutes the entire agreement of the parties in relation to the matters in this lease and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations between the parties in relation to those matters.

 

Attorneys

 

19.19                          If this lease is executed by an attorney the attorney states by such execution that as at the time of such execution the attorney has received no notice of the revocation of the power of attorney under which the attorney executed this lease.

 

Non-merger

 

19.20                          Each representation and covenant under this lease continues until satisfied or completed.

 

20                                           GST

 

20.1                                 The Base Rent and other moneys payable under this lease by the Tenant have been calculated without regard to GST. The parties intend the Landlord to be entitled to charge an additional amount if the Landlord becomes subject to GST as a result of the grant of this lease or any supply to the Tenant under or in connection with this lease. In order to give effect to this intention, the following provisions of this clause apply.

 

Passing-on provision

 

20.2                                 If a supply made by the Landlord to the Tenant under this lease is subject to GST the Tenant must pay to the Landlord at the same time as payment for the supply is due an additional amount equal to 10% of the amount of the payment for the supply.

 

GST invoice

 

20.3                                 The Landlord must give the Tenant the documentation in the form and containing the information required by law to enable the Tenant to claim a refund or credit of GST payable on the supply by the Landlord at the same time a request for payment for the supply is made.

 

33



 

Change in rate

 

20.4                                 If the GST rate changes then, from the date of the change clause 20.2 will be deemed amended so that the new rate applies in lieu of the percentage stated in clause 20.2.

 

21                                           Strata Conversion

 

21.1                                 In this clause ‘strata conversion’ means a subdivision of the Premises or the Building under the Strata Titles (Freehold Development) Act 1973 or the Community Land Development Act 1989 or the Community Land Management Act 1989 or any other legislation permitting such a subdivision.

 

21.2                                 The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord may complete a strata conversion of the Premises and the Building.

 

21.3                                 The Tenant consents to the strata conversion.

 

21.4                                 The Tenant will, within seven (7) days of the Landlord’s written request to do so, sign and return to the Landlord any consents and other documents necessary to enable the Landlord to carry out the strata conversion and the Tenant will make no objection or claim for compensation in relation to the strata conversion. The Tenant will be deemed to have given all such consents and approved all such other documents if the Tenant has not returned all such consents to the Landlord within seven (7) days of the Landlord’s written request to do so.

 

21.5                                 When the strata conversion occurs:

 

(a)                                  any reference in this lease to the Building will be deemed to be a reference to the buildings comprised in the registered plan or plans of which the Premises form part;

 

(b)                                  the rules and regulation made by the Landlord for the Building will be deemed to include any by-laws of the owner’s corporation;

 

(c)                                   this lease will be amended (by a variation of lease at the Landlord’s cost) in any respect that is necessary to ensure that this lease reflects the fact that the strata conversion has been carried out; and

 

(d)                                  any levies or other monies payable to the owner’s corporation will be deemed to be Building Outgoings for the purposes of this lease;

 

(e)                                   the following clause will be added to this lease:

 

‘Strata By-Laws

 

The Tenant must at all times comply with the by-laws of the Strata Plan and it is agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant that all such by-laws shall be deemed to be incorporated in this lease as covenants to apply between the Landlord and the Tenant in the same manner as such by-laws are applicable between the owners corporation of the Strata Plan and the registered proprietors of the lots in the Strata Plan.’; and

 

34



 

(f)                                    the Tenant will not be liable to pay any additional items of costs or outgoings other than as required under this lease.

 

22                                           Option to Renew

 

22.1                                 If the Tenant:

 

22.1.1               has paid the Base Rent punctually during this lease;

 

22.1.2               has not failed to observe and perform its obligations during the Term which has been serious or persistent or both;

 

22.1.3               gives notice to the Landlord under clause 22.2; and

 

22.1.4               between the time of notification and the end of the Initial Term duly and punctually pays the annual rent and performs its obligations under this lease,

 

then at the end of the Initial Term, the Landlord must grant and the Tenant must take a further lease of the Premises in accordance with this clause 22.

 

22.2                                 A notice of exercise of the Tenant’s option under this clause 22 must:

 

22.2.1               state clearly that the Tenant wishes to take a further lease of the Premises under the option contained in clause 22.1; and

 

22.2.2               be given not earlier than 18 months and not later than 12 months before the end of the Initial Term.

 

22.3                                 The provisions of the further lease will be the same as the provisions of this lease with the following exceptions:

 

22.3.1               the new lease will begin immediately after the end of the Initial Term;

 

22.3.2               the term of the new lease will be three (3) years;

 

22.3.3               the Base Rent at the commencement of the new lease will be the Base Rent for the last lease year of the Initial Term increased by 4%;

 

22.3.4               this clause 22 will be deleted; and

 

22.3.5               clauses 27, 28 and 30 will be deleted;

 

22.3.6               all other consequent changes of dates as necessary to reflect the new lease term; and

 

22.3.7               the new lease will provide for an incentive of 10% of the gross Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings payable by the Tenant over the option term but calculated on the Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportion of Building Outgoings payable by the Tenant in the first year of the option term.

 

35



 

23                                           Tenant’s Fitout

 

23.1                                 In this clause:

 

“Consents” means all consents and approvals from the Authorities necessary for the carrying out of the Fitout Work including, without limit, a construction certificate; and

 

“Fitout Work” means any work to be carried out by the Tenant in fitting out the Premises including the Tenant’s Fixtures.

 

23.2                                 If the Tenant completes any Fitout Work, it must not carry out the Fitout Work without obtaining the Landlord’s prior written approval and the Consents.

 

23.3                                 The Tenant must, prior to obtaining the Consents and prior to commencing the Fitout Work, submit to the Landlord for the Landlord’s written approval:

 

(a)                                  detailed work drawings and specifications for completing the Fitout Work including (but without limitation) full details of fittings, proposed finishes and any alterations or additions to the Premises; and

 

(b)                                  details of all contractors and subcontractors to be employed in the carrying out of the Fitout Work. The Landlord may (acting reasonably) require the Tenant to amend the Fitout Work prior to giving the Landlord’s approval.

 

23.4                                 The Tenant:

 

(a)                                  will proceed with all expedition to obtain from the Authorities the Consents;

 

(b)                                  must complete the Fitout Work within a reasonable time;

 

(c)                                   indemnifies the Landlord from and against all claims and losses arising from the Fitout Work or the completion of the Fitout Work; and

 

(d)                                  must complete the Fitout Work in accordance with the Landlord’s fitout guide issued for the Building from time to time.

 

23.5                                 The Tenant must after obtaining the Consents and the Landlord’s approval:

 

(a)                                  carry out the Fitout Work in a good and reasonable manner; and

 

(b)                                  at the expiration or sooner termination of this lease, unless the Landlord otherwise requires, remove those items of the Fitout Work from the Premises and promptly make good any damage caused by that removal and comply with clause 12 of this lease.

 

24                                   Deleted

 

36



 

25                                           Tenant Acknowledgements

 

25.1                                 The Tenant acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                  the Landlord is in the process of completing a refurbishment of the Building;

 

(b)                                  the Landlord discloses to the Tenant the likelihood of the following occurring as a result of the refurbishment:

 

·                access to the Premises being inhibited; and

 

·                disruption of, or significant adverse effect on, the Tenant’s operations in the Premises;

 

(c)                                   notwithstanding any rights of quiet enjoyment of the Tenant, the Tenant cannot make any claim for compensation or damages in respect of anything disclosed in this clause for any losses, damages or costs arising from the Landlord’s refurbishment of the Building or anything arising from the likely occurrences disclosed in this clause; and

 

(d)                                  that other occupants of the Building will from time to time conduct fit out work on entry, alteration or vacating their premises and unless those works and actions by other occupants materially and substantially derogate from the grant of this lease then the Tenant shall not make any objection, claim or fail to fulfil its obligations under this lease as a result of fitout works described in this clause and conducted by the Landlord or other occupants of the Building.

 

26                                           Incentive

 

26.1                                 After the Roof Garden Costs (if any) have been determined and agreed by both parties, the Landlord will allow the incentive calculated pursuant to clause 26.2 (the Tenant’s Incentive) to the Tenant.

 

26.2                                 The Tenant’s Incentive will be calculated as follows:

 

Tenant’s Incentive = A — B

 

where:

 

A = $1,786,267.00

 

B = 49.33 % of the Roof Garden Costs

 

26.3                                 The Tenant’s Incentive will be allowed to the Tenant as rent free period amortised equally over the number of whole months calculated from the date of completion of the Roof Garden Works to 30 June 2020.

 

37



 

27                                           Roof Garden Works

 

27.1                                 The Landlord and the Tenant will negotiate and agree with one another in good faith, acting reasonably, cooperatively and using reasonable endeavours, to agree as to the scope and specifications of the proposed roof garden on the roof level of the Building for exclusive use by the Tenant in accordance with clause 31 (but subject to the Landlord’s rights under this lease and clause 31) together with access for the Tenant to the roof garden (“the Roof Garden Works”) and all ancillary matters thereto.

 

27.2                                 In the event that the Lessor and the Lessee, having complied with clause 27.1, are unable to agree as to the scope and specifications of the Roof Garden Works, then the Lessor and the Lessee will not be obliged to proceed with undertaking the Roof Garden Works in accordance with this clause 27, and the balance of this clause 27 shall cease to have effect.

 

27.3                                 Subject to clauses 27.1 and 27.2, the Landlord will construct promptly, in a good workmanlike manner using new materials appropriately qualified licensed contractors, the Roof Garden Works.

 

27.4                                 All costs associated with the Roof Garden Works (“ the Roof Garden Costs ”) will be paid by the Landlord but partially deducted from the Tenant’s Incentive under clause 26.2 above.

 

27.5                                 This clause 27 will not be contained in any option lease.

 

28                                           Landlord Works

 

28.1                                 The Landlord shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Commencement Date, at its own cost, undertake the following in a good workmanlike manner:

 

(a)                                  undertake a review of the air-conditioning in the Premises and resolve any base building issues identified in that review to the reasonably satisfaction of the Tenant. Such review must be undertaken promptly by an appropriately qualified licensed contractor;

 

(b)                                  use reasonable endeavours to have the staged works being completed by the fire damper contractor finalised as soon as practicable.

 

This clause 28 will not be contained in any option lease.

 

29                                           Dogs Permitted

 

29.1                                 While the Tenant is Atlassian Pty Ltd ACN 102 443 916, the Tenant will be permitted to allow dogs owned by its employees within the Premises subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  dogs must be contained within the Premises and not permitted on or in Common Areas;

 

38



 

(b)                                  dogs must be removed from the Premises daily and must not be permitted to remain overnight;

 

(c)                                   the Tenant’s rights under this clause are subject always to the Tenant at its own cost obtaining the approval of all Authorities and providing evidence of such approvals to the Landlord;

 

(d)                                  dogs must only be brought into the Premises using a rear lift in the Building nominated by the Landlord;

 

(e)                                   in the event that the Landlord receives any notice or complaint from another occupant of the Building or from any Authority in respect of the dogs, the Landlord must notify the Tenant in writing of same, and the Tenant must immediately rectify the source of the notice or complaint, and if the Tenant fails to do so within a reasonable time thereafter, the Tenant’s rights under this clause will cease immediately thereafter; and

 

(f)                                    the Landlord may (acting reasonably) from time to time limit the number of dogs that the Tenant allows within the Premises, provided that if the number of dogs that the Tenant allows within the Premises is to be limited as a result of a request from an Authority, the Landlord is deemed to be acting reasonably.

 

30                                           Tenant’s Right of First Refusal

 

30.1                                 If the existing tenant of levels 4 and 5 of the Building does not exercise its option to renew under its lease (“ Existing Lease ”) and if the Landlord proposes to lease levels 4 and 5 of the Building (“ Both Levels ”), the Landlord must not do so without complying with the following provisions of this clause 30:

 

(a)                                  the Landlord must give notice to the Tenant, no later than six (6) months prior to the expiry date of the Existing Lease, that the Landlord proposes to lease Both Levels) and that the existing tenant did not exercise its option to renew under the Existing Lease;

 

(b)                                  the notice referred to in clause 30.1(a):

 

(i)                                      must be in writing;

 

(ii)                                   must state the details referred to in clause 30.1(a); and

 

(iii)                                must state the proposed base rent payable and incentive to be provided under the lease over Both Levels.

 

(c)                                   The Tenant may, but only within 60 days of the date of service of the notice referred to in clause 30.1(b), serve on the Landlord a written notice to the effect that the Tenant has decided to exercise its right to lease Both Levels whereupon the Landlord shall instruct their solicitor to prepare one (1) lease over Both Levels. Such lease shall be on the same terms and conditions as this lease except for:

 

39



 

(i)                                      the “Premises” shall be changed to Levels 4 and 5 and the area in clause 2.3 will be amended to reflect the estimated lettable area of Levels 4 and 5;

 

(ii)                                   the initial term will commence on 1 April 2018 (“ the Start Date ”) and expire on 30 June 2023;

 

(iii)                                the Tenant must be granted access to Both Levels on 1 April 2018 for the purposes of undertaking fitout;

 

(iv)                               the Tenant will be granted an incentive as determined in accordance with clause 30.1(c)(vii);

 

(v)                                  there will be no option period;

 

(vi)                               the rent reviews during the term will be 4% annual increases on each anniversary of the commencement date of the new lease;

 

(vii)                            the base rent and incentive payable at the Start Date shall be determined by agreement between the parties in good faith, however if the parties cannot agree within 21 days of the Tenant’s notice in accordance with clause 30.1(c) then the parties will appoint a Valuer in accordance with clause 3.5 of this lease who must determine the market rent and incentive in accordance with clause 3.9 except that for the purposes of this clause 30, clause 3.9.8 is deleted;

 

“3.9.8               take into account that the Landlord has provided a two (2) month rent free period under the lease over Both Levels.”

 

The valuer must also determine the incentive based on market conditions for a lease renewal for an existing tenant.

 

(viii)                         this first right of refusal (clause 30) shall be deleted;

 

(ix)                               clauses 27 and 28 shall be deleted; and

 

(d)                                  If the Tenant exercises its right to lease Both Levels under clause 30(c), the Tenant will be deemed to have exercised the option to renew for a further 3 years under clause 22 of this lease and the Tenant must take a further lease of the Premises in accordance with clause 22.

 

(e)                                   Within twenty one (21) days after service of the leases referred to in clause 30.1(c), the Tenant must return the duly signed lease to the Landlord’s solicitor together with the original bank guarantee required under the lease, evidence of insurances required under the lease and all documents or cheques required under the lease.

 

(f)                                    In the event of the Tenant failing to give notice in accordance with clause 30.1(c), the Landlord is at liberty to lease one or Both Levels to other parties.

 

40



 

(g)                                   The rights contained in this clause 30 are personal to the Tenant while the Tenant is Atlassian Pty Ltd ACN 102 443 916 or a Related Body Corporate only and are not assignable to any assignee or transferee.

 

This clause will not be contained in any option lease.

 

31                                           Licensed Area

 

31.1                                 Licensed Area ” in this lease means the roof garden to be constructed by the Landlord under clause 27 of this lease.

 

31.2                                 Subject to and in accordance with the terms of this clause 31, during the Term the Landlord grants to the Tenant an exclusive licence to use the Licensed Area, subject to the Landlord’s rights under this lease and this clause 31.

 

31.3                                 The Tenant must at its own cost:

 

(a)                                  clean the Licensed Area to the extent it is not clean or tidy due to the Licensee’s actions;

 

(b)                                  use the Licensed Area only for the Permitted Use and uses ancillary to the Permitted Use;

 

(c)                                   except as a result of the act, negligence or default of the Landlord or the Landlord’s Agents, indemnify the Landlord and the Landlord’s Agents in respect of all claims for loss or damage arising out of the Tenant’s use of the Licensed Area or the use of the Licensed Area by the Tenant’s Employees and Agents;

 

(d)                                  observe and comply with all reasonable rules and any building management statement from time to time introduced by the Landlord in relation to the Licensed Area;

 

(e)                                   use the Licensed Area at the risk of the Tenant;

 

(f)                                    except as a result of the act, negligence or default of the Landlord or the Landlord’s Agents, the Tenant releases the Landlord and the Landlord’s Agents from all claims of every kind resulting from any accident, damage or injury occurring as a result of the Licensed Area or its use;

 

(g)                                   not alter, add to or in any way change the Licensed Area without the Landlord’s prior consent (which must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

(h)                                  the Tenant must at the Tenant’s cost make good and repair any damage to the Licensed Area caused or contributed to by the Tenant or the Tenant’s Employees and Agents;

 

41


 

(i)                                      not grant rights in respect of the use of the Licensed Area, sell, sublet, Assign or otherwise part with possession of the Licensed Area or its interest in the Licensed Area or attempt or offer to do so at any time;

 

(j)                                     remove all rubbish of the Tenant’s and leave the Licensed Area in a clean state and condition at all times after use by the Tenant.

 

31.4                                 The Tenant’s repair obligations under clauses 7.1(a) and (b), 7.3 and 7.4 of this lease extend to the Licensed Area.

 

31.5                                 The Tenant’s insurance obligations and the indemnities in clauses 9.1 to 9.8 inclusive of this lease extend to the Licensed Area.

 

31.6                                 The Tenant must allow the Landlord (and its contractors) unfettered access and use of the Licensed Area at all times reasonably required.

 

31.7                                 The licence granted to the Lessee under this clause 31 will terminate on the End Date or earlier termination of this lease.

 

31.8                                 If at any time:

 

(a)                                  the Landlord, because of the need to repair or maintain any part of the Licensed Area or Building or because of the operation of any Laws or requirement of any Authority is required to close off the Licensed Area and does so;

 

(b)                                  the Landlord exercises its rights to close the Licensed Area,

 

then the Tenant is not entitled to terminate or rescind this lease and the Tenant will not have any right of action or claim for compensation or damages or abatement of Base Rent against the Landlord.

 

31.9                                 This lease is not conditional on the Licensed Area being made available to the Tenant.

 

31.10                          Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause 31 or this lease, the Tenant will not have any right of action or claim for compensation or damages or abatement of Base Rent against the Landlord because:

 

(a)                                  of the use or access of the Licensed Area by the Landlord or the Landlord’s contractors in accordance with this clause 31; or

 

(b)                                  the Tenant’s use of any part of the Licensed Area is restricted or limited for any reason whatsoever in accordance with this clause 31.

 

32                                           Deleted.

 

33                                           Deleted.

 

42



 

SCHEDULE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

Definitions

 

1.1                                Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Assign means assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, and Assignment has a like meaning.

 

Assignee means a person to whom the Tenant proposes to assign this lease under clause 8.3.

 

Authorised Officer means:

 

for the Landlord , a director, secretary or an officer whose title contains the word ‘manager’ or a person performing the functions of any of them or any other person appointed by the Landlord to act as an Authorised Officer for the purpose of this lease; and

 

for the Tenant , a director, secretary or person appointed by the Tenant to act as an Authorised Officer for the purpose of this lease.

 

Authority means any government, statutory, public or other authority or body having jurisdiction over the Building or the Premises or any matter or thing relating to the Building or the Premises, including but not limited to WorkCover or any heritage authority or body.

 

Bank Guarantee means an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking in favour of the Landlord only issued by a bank or other person approved by the Landlord containing such terms and conditions as are acceptable to the Landlord for an amount equal to the amount in item 13 with no expiry date.

 

Base Rent means the annual rent payable by the Tenant under this lease in respect of the Premises as specified in Item 7 and varied in accordance with this lease.

 

Building means 341 George Street, Sydney and includes the Premises and includes improvements on the Land including the Landlord’s Fixtures, the Facilities, the Services, the Common Areas and the Premises, and where appropriate includes the Land.

 

Building Outgoings means the items listed in Schedule 2.

 

Claim means claim, demand, liability, loss, damages, proceedings, costs, charges and expenses.

 

Commencement Date means the date in item 3.

 

Common Areas means those parts (if any) of the Building or the Land or both designated by the Landlord from time to time for use by the tenants or other occupiers of the Building and their respective employees, invitees and licensees

 

43



 

and any other persons authorised by the Landlord in common with each other, but excluding the roof of the Building and excluding any access to the roof of the Building.

 

Consumer Price Index means the Consumer Price Index, Sydney — all groups or the index officially substituted for it.

 

Contaminate means to cause Contamination.

 

Contamination means the presence in, on or under the Land of a substance at a concentration above the concentration at which the substance is normally present in, on or under (respectively) land in the same locality, being a presence that presents a risk of harm to human health or any other aspect of the environment, including but not limited to any electromagnetic radiation or electromagnetic substances.

 

Corporations Act means the Corporations Act (Cwth), 2001.

 

Coverings means blinds, screens, awnings or other window coverings.

 

CPI Review Date means each date in item 8.

 

Current CPI means the Consumer Price Index number for the quarter ending immediately before the relevant CPI Review Date.

 

Dealing means a proposed sub-lease under clause 8.2 or a proposed assignment under clause 8.3, and Deal has a corresponding meaning.

 

Dealing Conditions means in relation to a Dealing that:

 

(a)                                  the Tenant, at the time of applying for consent and up to the date of the proposed Dealing, is not in material default in the observance and performance of the Tenant’s Covenants;

 

(b)                                  the Tenant pays the Landlord’s reasonable and proper costs (whether or not the proposed Dealing proceeds to completion) including the Landlord’s costs and legal costs of giving of their consent;

 

(c)                                   the Tenant satisfies the Landlord that the Sublessee or Assignee is a respectable, responsible and solvent person;

 

(d)                                  the Tenant and either the Sublessee or the Assignee execute a deed with the Landlord in a form approved by the Landlord acting reasonably providing among other things that;

 

(i)                                      the Sublessee or Assignee covenants with the Landlord not to cause or contribute to a breach of this lease by the Tenant;

 

(ii)                                   the Tenant and either the Sublessee or the Assignee comply with the Landlord’s reasonable requirements in relation to documenting, stamping and registering the proposed Dealing; and

 

44



 

(iii)                                in the case of an assignment the Tenant procures from the Assignee in favour of the Landlord any guarantee the Landlord requires (including without limit a bank guarantee and personal/directors’ guarantees) in a form acceptable to the Landlord of the obligations and covenants of the Sublessee or Assignee in connection with the Dealing.

 

Default means any breach of this lease by the Tenant and includes (but is not limited to) the defaults listed in clause 11.2.

 

Default Interest Rate means the rate which is two per centum above the highest overdraft rate charged by the Landlord’s Bank for commercial loans in excess of $100,000 as at the due date for payment of a relevant amount of money under this lease.

 

Dispute Notice means a notice given under and which complies strictly with clauses 3.5.

 

Dispute Period means the period commencing on the date of delivery of a Rent Review Notice and ending at 5.00 pm on the date 21 days after that date or within such extended period as the Landlord and the Tenant may agree, time being of the essence.

 

Emergency Procedures means emergency evacuation procedures and practice drills for emergency procedures in relation to the Building.

 

End Date means the earlier of the Expiry Date or the date of termination of this lease.

 

Expiry Date means the date in item 4.

 

Facilities means all facilities to the Building including car stackers, lifts, air-conditioning and toilets.

 

Facilities Hours means the times for the provision of relevant Facilities as specified in item 9.

 

Fixed Percentage Annual Review Date means each date in item 8A.

 

GST means a goods and services tax, consumption tax, value added tax or like tax.

 

Heavy Item means any thing which the Tenant proposes to bring in the Building which exceeds the stated carrying capacity of the floors as advised from time to time by the Landlord.

 

Incentive means any inducement, incentive or concession of any kind however named or structured in connection with a tenancy and includes any premium or capital payment and any period of abatement or reduction of rent or other money.

 

45



 

Inflammable Substance means any substance or thing of an inflammable nature including acetylene gas, volatile or explosive oils and alcohol which in the Landlord’s reasonable opinion might cause damage to the Building.

 

Initial Term means the lease term of 3 years commencing on 1 July 2017.

 

Insolvency Event means the happening of any of these events:

 

(a)                                  an order is made that a body corporate be wound up;

 

(b)                                  an order appointing a liquidator or provisional liquidator in respect of a body corporate is made;

 

(c)                                   except to reconstruct or amalgamate while solvent on terms consented to by the Landlord acting reasonably, a body corporate enters into, or resolves to enter into, a scheme of arrangement or composition with, or assignment for the benefit of, all or any class of its creditors, or it proposes a reorganisation, moratorium or other administration involving any of them;

 

(d)                                  a body corporate resolves to wind itself up, or otherwise dissolve itself, or gives notice of intention to do so, except to reconstruct or amalgamate while solvent on terms approved by the Landlord acting reasonably or is otherwise wound up or dissolved;

 

(e)                                   a body corporate is or states that it is insolvent;

 

(f)                                    as a result of the operation of section 459F(1) of the Corporations Act, a body corporate is taken to have failed to comply with a statutory demand;

 

(g)                                   a body corporate is, or makes a statement from which it may be reasonably deduced by the Landlord that the body corporate is, the subject of an event described in section 459C(2)(b) or section 585 of the Corporations Act;

 

(h)                                  a body corporate takes any step to obtain protection or is granted protection from its creditors, under any applicable legislation or an administrator is appointed to a body corporate;

 

(i)                                      a person becomes an insolvent under administration as defined in section 9 of the Corporations Act or action is taken which could result in that event; or

 

(j)                                     anything analogous or having a substantially similar effect to any of the events specified above happens under the law of any applicable jurisdiction.

 

Institute means the Australian Property Institute Inc (NSW Division).

 

Keys means keys, access cards and other access or security devices relating to

 

46



 

the Building.

 

Land means the land described in item 1.

 

Landlord means 341 George St Pty Ltd ACN 128 330 192 and its successors am assigns.

 

Landlord’s Agents means the Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, invitees, sub tenants, licensees, concessionaires and others who at any time are in the Building with the consent of the Landlord express or implied.

 

Landlord’s Bank means the bank for the time being used by the Landlord.

 

Landlord’s Fixtures means the plant, equipment, fixtures, furniture, furnishings, Coverings, and light fittings in or on the Premises from time to time supplied by the Landlord.

 

Laws means statutes, rules, regulations, proclamations, ordinances or by-laws present or future and includes applicable Australian Standards and Codes of Practice.

 

Market Review Date means each of the dates in item 8.

 

Notice means a notice, approval, consent, certificate, nomination, offer or other communication in connection with this lease.

 

Permitted Use means the use in item 10.

 

Premises means the part of the Building demised by this lease as described in item 2 which:

 

(a)                                  extends up to and including:

 

(i)                        the internal face of external walls and of any internal structural walls of the Building;

 

(ii)                     the false ceiling below the internal face of the concrete ceiling;

 

(iii)                  the internal face of the concrete floor; and

 

(iv)                 the centre line of any partitions which separate the Premises from other parts of the Building; and

 

(b)                                  includes the Tenant’s Fixtures and the Landlord’s Fixtures in that part of the Building.

 

Previous CPI means the Consumer Price Index number for the quarter ending immediately before the Previous Rent Review Date.

 

Previous Rent Review Date means the date being the last CPI Review Date before the relevant CPI Review Date (or, if there has not been one, the

 

47



 

Commencement Date).

 

Reinstate means to reinstate the Building and make the Premises fit for occupation and use of the Tenant or accessible as the case may be following damage of the kind referred to in clause 9.9.

 

Reinstatement Notice means a notice given by the Landlord to the Tenant under clause 9.9(b) of the Landlord’s intention to Reinstate.

 

Related Agreement means any document entered into by the Landlord and the Tenant (or parties related to the Tenant) in connection with this lease.

 

Related Body Corporate means a related body corporate as defined in the Corporations Act 2001.

 

Relevant Interest means the power:

 

(a)                                  to exercise, or to control the exercise of, the right to vote attached to a share or unit; or

 

(b)                                  to dispose of, or to exercise control over the disposal of, a share or unit.

 

Rent Day means the 1st day of each month.

 

Rent Review Notice means a notice given by the Landlord under clauses 3.2 of the Landlord’s assessment of the Base Rent to apply from the relevant Market Review Date.

 

Requirements means requirements, notices, orders or directions received from or given by any Authority.

 

Review Period in respect of a Market Review Date or Licence Fee Market Review Date means the period:

 

(a)                    commencing three months before that Market Review Date; and

 

(b)                    ending on the day twelve months after that Market Review Date.

 

Rules  means rules relating to the management and care of the Building or the conduct of tenants, occupants and other persons in the Building or the use or occupation of the Building introduced by the Landlord from time to time. As at the Commencement Date of the Initial Term the Rules are those set out in Schedule 3.

 

Services means all services supplied to or in the Premises such as air conditioning, gas, water, drainage, fresh air, exhaust systems, electricity, sprinkler heads, heating and lighting and includes:

 

(a)                    the Facilities to the extent that those Facilities are in, connected to or exclusively service the Premises; and

 

48



 

(b)                    the Landlord’s Fixtures.

 

Sign means a sign, advertisement, notice or similar thing.

 

Sublessee means a sublessee proposed under clause 8.2.

 

Tenant means Atlassian Pty Ltd ACN 102 443 916 and its successors and assigns.

 

Tenant’s Agents means the Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, invitees, sublessees, licensees, concessionaires and others who at any time are in the Building with the consent of the Tenant express or implied.

 

Tenant’s Business means that business of the Tenant carried on in the Premises in compliance with the Permitted Use.

 

Tenant’s Cleaning Costs means the total costs as determined by the Landlord from time to time of providing cleaning services to the Premises.

 

Tenant Cause means:

 

(a)                    any act, omission, neglect, default or misconduct of the Tenant or of the Tenant’s Agents;

 

(b)                    the particular use or occupancy of the Premises by the Tenant or the Tenant’s Agents; or

 

(c)                     the Tenant’s Fixtures.

 

Tenant’s Covenants means the covenants, obligations and agreements on the part of the Tenant contained or implied in this lease.

 

Tenant’s Fixtures means all fixtures, fittings, plant, equipment, cabling, furniture, internal partitions, fitout and other articles in the Premises in the nature of trade or tenant’s fixtures (including any riser duct cables) in each case which are owned or leased by the Tenant or otherwise brought on to the Premises by or on behalf of the Tenant.

 

Tenant’s Proportion means the proportion in item 6.

 

Term means the term of this lease in item 5 being the period from the Commencement Date to the Expiry Date.

 

Works Conditions means that relevant works consented to by the Landlord under this lease must be carried out:

 

(a)                    at the Tenant’s cost;

 

(b)                    to a high quality of design and workmanship;

 

(b)                    by a contractor and under the supervision of persons both approved by the Landlord;

 

49



 

(c)                     in accordance with all Laws and Requirements:

 

(d)                    in accordance with plans and specifications approved by the Landlord;

 

(e)                     in accordance with and only after obtaining the approvals of all relevant Authorities;

 

(f)                      only after providing copies to the Landlord of all approvals from relevant Authorities in relation to the works prior to carrying out the works;

 

(g)                     so long as the Tenant provides as-built drawings for the Premises layout and services on completion of the works;

 

(h)                    so long as the Tenant provides copies to the Landlord of all certificates of compliance from relevant Authorities in relation to the works within a reasonable period as nominated by the Landlord (but in any event within 90 days) after the completion of the works;

 

(i)                        so long as the Tenant pays the costs of the Landlord in connection with the works including the Landlord’s costs of giving consent and the fees of any architect or other consultant used by the Landlord in connection with the works;

 

(j)                       subject to any specific conditions of the Landlord’s consent in relation to those works and subject to any fitout guide issued by the Landlord in respect of the Building; and

 

(k)                    the Tenant must ensure that its contractors do not derogate from the grant of lease and rights of quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building and must use their best endeavours not to cause disruption to the business of Westpac Banking Corporation conducted in the Building or to the Landlord’s Builder or its agents.

 

Interpretation

 

1.2                                Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  a reference to this lease or another instrument includes any variation or replacement of any of them;

 

(b)                                  a reference to a statute, ordinance, code or other law includes regulations and other instruments under it and consolidations, amendments, re-enactments or replacements of any of them;

 

(c)                                   the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

(d)                                  the word ‘ person ’ includes a firm, a body corporate, an unincorporated association or an authority;

 

50



 

(e)                                   a reference to a person includes a reference to the person’s executors, administrators, successors, permitted substitutes (including persons taking by novation) and permitted assigns;

 

(f)                                    an agreement, representation or warranty in favour of two or more persons is for the benefit of them jointly and severally;

 

(g)                                   an agreement, representation or warranty on the part of two or more persons binds them jointly and severally;

 

(h)                                  a reference to an accounting term is to be interpreted in accordance with approved accounting standards under the Corporations Act and, if not inconsistent with those accounting standards, generally accepted principles and practices in Australia consistently applied by a body corporate or as between bodies corporate and over time;

 

(i)                                      a reference to any thing (including any amount) is a reference to the whole and each part of it and a reference to a group of persons is a reference to all of them collectively, to any two or more of them collectively and to each of them individually;

 

(j)                                     a reference to the president of a body or authority is a reference, if there is no such person, to the senior officer of the body or authority or to the person who fulfils the duties of president;

 

(k)                                  a reference to a clause is a reference to a clause in this lease;

 

(l)                                      ‘i nclude ’ (in any form) when introducing a list of items does not limit the meaning of the words to which the list relates to those items or to items of a similar kind;

 

(m)                              a reference to this lease includes all schedules and annexures to this lease and the Rules;

 

(n)                                  a reference to ‘ month ’ or ‘ monthly ’ means respectively calendar month and calendar monthly; and

 

(o)                                  a reference to ‘ day ’ means any day of the week including Saturday, Sunday and public holidays.

 

1.3                                If this lease prohibits the Tenant from doing a thing then:

 

(a)                                  the Tenant must do everything necessary to ensure that the Tenant’s Agents do not do that thing; and

 

(b)                                  the Tenant may not allow or cause any person to do that thing.

 

1.4                                If this lease requires the Tenant to do a thing then the Tenant must do everything necessary to ensure that the Tenant’s Agents also do that thing.

 

51



 

1.5                                Headings are inserted for convenience and do not affect the interpretation of this lease.

 

1.6                                In the interpretation of this lease no rule of construction applies to the disadvantage of one party on the basis that that party put forward the lease.

 

52


 

SCHEDULE 2 BUILDING OUTGOINGS

 

Statutory or regulatory

 

1.               Rates and Taxes

 

All rates, statutory charges and taxes (but only land tax on a single bolding basis, calculated on the table value of the Land and excluding the Landlord’s income tax or capital gains tax), assessments and charges (including charges for water, excess water, reticulation or discharge of water or sewerage or drainage, including meter rents and sewerage usage, drainage, trade waste and fire services), fees and levies (excluding levies for the use of areas as car parking spaces) and impositions and duties of any Authority assessed, charged, imposed or levied in respect of the building, the Land or services to the Building or the Land (regardless of ownership) or the Landlord’s ownership and operation of them including in respect of receipts of rent and other moneys under this lease (including any bank debits tax and financial institutions duty) except where the rate, tax, fee or levy arises due to the unlawful, improper or negligent act or the unlawful, improper or negligent omission of the Tenant, in which case the costs cannot be recovered by the Landlord.

 

2.               Insurance

 

Insurance premiums, stamp duty and brokers fees for:

 

(a)                  insurance of the Building (but not to the extent that such insurance exceeds its full insurable reinstatement value),

 

(b)                  insurance of the Building and the Landlord and the Manager against other risks relating to the Landlord’s interest in the Building as the Landlord, acting reasonably, deems necessary or desirable (including public liability, consequential and economic loss (and loss of rents and outgoings), machinery breakdown and any other insurance incidental to ownership, repair, maintenance, management and security of the Building and the Land (or either of them)) but excluding loss of rents arising from normal vacancies during letting up periods;, and

 

(c)                   workers compensation insurance for people performing functions in relation to the Building (where applicable, adjusted equitably reflect the proportion of time spend in relation to the building and to other activities).

 

3.               Repairs and maintenance

 

(a)                  Costs of maintaining and repairing (including repair by replacement of parts) the Common Areas, plant rooms, cleaners’ rooms, security or fire control rooms, service ducts and risers (and fixtures, fittings and furnishings in them) including painting them).

 

(b)                  Costs of carrying out safety and environmental audits in respect of the Building or the Land, except where the audit is required due to the unlawful, improper or negligent act or the unlawful, improper omission of the Landlord.

 

53



 

4.               Services

 

Costs of maintaining and repairing (including repair by replacement of parts) the following or or of the Building or the Land and providing services in respect of:

 

(a)                    the Elevators;

 

(b)                    the air-conditioning plant and equipment;

 

(c)                     the fire protection services, sprinkler and fire alarm installations;

 

(d)                    diesel generators;

 

(e)                     building automation systems;

 

(f)                      landscaping, planting, weeding and maintaining any gardens, lawns, plants and flowers in Common Areas;

 

(g)                     security, control, tenant liaison services and systems for the Building;

 

(h)                    control of pests in Common Areas;

 

(i)                        operations management and building supervision services for the Building;

 

(j)                       the auditor’s certificate pursuant to clause 3.4(b)(2) of this Schedule 2; and

 

(k)                    all other services provided in respect of the Building and the Land (or either of them).

 

5.               Management

 

A management fee or charge to cover the Landlord’s cost of having the Building and the Land managed.

 

6.               Energy costs

 

All costs for electricity, gas, oil and any other source or type of energy, power or fuel in respect of the Building or the Land.

 

7.               Strata management costs

 

Any fees or levies payable by the Landlord under the Strata Management Statement.

 

8.               Cleaning

 

Costs of providing toilet and washroom requisites in the Building and cleaning:

 

(a)                  all toilets, basins, taps, sanitary stacks, fountains, pipes, plumbing and associated appurtenances in the Building;

 

(b)                  the interior and exterior surfaces of all windows in the Building; and

 

(c)                   all Common Areas, plant rooms, cleaners’ rooms, security or fire control rooms, service ducts and risers and other areas (except those occupied for the time being

 

54



 

by a tenant or licensee) cleaned in the Building (including all fixtures, fittings and furnishings in them and garbage and refuse removal and the cost of any licence or permit for disposal of waste from the Building).

 

9.               ABGR Standard

 

All costs of complying with the Australian Building Greenhouse Rating Standard and maintaining the Building to that standard and all costs of complying with the requirements of the Department of the Environment and Water Resources Australian Greenhouse Office.

 

55



 

SCHEDULE 3 RULES

 

The provisions of the lease apply to these Rules.

 

1.                                               The Tenant may not:

 

(a)                                          smoke in the Building or in any place in which smoking is at any time not permitted by law or which is or may be a nuisance or injurious to the health or well being of any person; or

 

(b)                                          put up signs, notices, advertisements, blinds or awnings, antennae or receiving dishes or install vending or amusement machines without the Landlord’s approval in writing; or

 

(c)                                           hold auction, bankrupt or fire sales in the Premises; or

 

(d)                                          keep an animal or bird on the Premises; or

 

(e)                                           use a business name which includes words connecting the business name with the Building without the Landlord’s approval in writing; or

 

(f)                                            remove floor coverings from where they were originally laid in the Premises without the Landlord’s approval in writing; or

 

(g)                                           do anything to the floor coverings in the Building which affects any guarantee in connection with them if the Landlord has given the Tenant a notice setting out the relevant terms of the guarantee; or

 

(h)                                          use any method of heating, cooling or lighting the Premises other than those provided or approved by the Landlord; or

 

(i)                                              use the passenger lifts to carry goods or equipment; or

 

(j)                                             operate a musical instrument, radio, television or other equipment that can be heard outside the Premises; or

 

(k)                                          throw anything out of any part of the Building or down lift or light wells; or

 

(l)                                              move heavy or bulky objects through any part of the Building unless authorised by the Landlord, and at such times as the Landlord may demand; or

 

(m)                                      obstruct or interfere with:

 

(i)                                      windows in the Premises except by internal blinds or curtains approved by the Landlord; or

 

(ii)                                   any air vents, air conditioning ducts or skylights in the Premises; or

 

(iii)                                the Common Areas; or

 

(n)                                          interfere with directory boards provided by the Landlord; or

 

(o)                                          park or permit or suffer any of the Tenant’s Employees and Agents to park or leave any motor or other vehicle in any place in which the Landlord may from time to time prohibit parking; or

 

56



 

(p)                                          store or permit any item to be left outside the Premises without the prior approval in writing of the Landlord.

 

2.                                               The Tenant must:

 

(a)                                          put up signs in the Premises prohibiting smoking if required by the Landlord; and

 

(b)                                          if the Landlord approves the Tenant’s use of a business name which is connected with the Building, terminate any right it has to use that business name on the date it must vacate the Premises; and

 

(c)                                           secure the Premises when they are unoccupied and comply with the Landlord’s directions about Building security; and

 

(d)                                          if there are directory boards, submit the form in which it requires its name and description to appear on them to the Landlord for its approval, make whatever changes the Landlord reasonably requires and pay the Landlord on demand the cost of placing that information on the directory boards; and

 

(e)                                           comply with any directions of the Landlord in connection with the disposal of or recycling of rubbish; and

 

(f)                                            comply with loading and unloading regulations for the Building which may be advised by the Landlord to the Tenant in writing from time to time.

 

57



 

Execution page

 

Certified as correct for the purposes of the Real Property Act 1900 and executed on behalf of the corporation named below by the authorised persons(s) whose signature(s) appear(s) below pursuant to the authority specified.

 

DATE:

9-7-2015

 

 

 

 

 

Executed by :

 

341 George St Pty Ltd

 

by its attorney pursuant to Power of Attorney Book 4572 No 894:

 

/s/ Andrew Wennerbom

 

/s/ Jeanette Pavicic

Signature of attorney

 

Signature of witness

 

 

 

Andrew Wennerbom

 

Jeanette Pavicic

Name of attorney

 

Name of witness (print name in full)

 

 

 

 

 

LVL 8, 131 York St, Sydney

 

 

Address of witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporation:

 

Atlassian Pty Ltd

 

 

 

Authority:

 

Section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001

 

 

 

/s/ Scott Farquhar

 

/s/ Mike Cannon-Brookes

Signature of authorised person

 

Signature of authorised person

 

 

 

Scott Farquhar

 

Mike Cannon-Brookes

Name of authorised person (print)

 

Name of authorised person (print)

 

 

 

CEO/Director

 

CEO/Director

Office Held

 

Office Held

(Director or Secretary or Sole

 

(Director or Secretary or Sole Director/Secretary)

Director/Secretary)

 

 

 

58



 

MORTGAGEE’S CONSENT

 

59




Exhibit 10.18

 

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

INDUSTRIAL GROSS

 

LEASE DATE:

June 26, 2011

 

 

TENANT:

ATLASSIAN, INC.

 

 

TENANT’S NOTICE ADDRESS:

1098 Harrison Street, San Francisco, CA 94103

 

 

TENANT’S BILLING ADDRESS:

1098 Harrison Street, San Francisco, CA 94103

 

 

TENANT

PHONE

CONTACT:

NUMBER:

 

FAX NUMBER:

 

 

LANDLORD:

Redbird Investment Group, LLC,

 

C/o Sequoia Land Investments

 

1-C Gate Five Road

 

Sausalito, CA 94965

 

 

LANDLORD’S NOTICE ADDRESS:

Redbird Investment Group, LLC

 

c/o Sequoia Land Investments

 

1-C Gate Five Road

 

Sausalito, CA 94965

 

 

LANDLORD’S REMITTANCE

Redbird Investment Group, LLC

ADDRESS:

C/o Sequoia Land Investments

 

1-C Gate Five Road

 

Sausalito, CA 94965

 

 

Building Description:

1064 & 1098 Harrison Street, San Francisco, CA 94103

 

 

Premises:

Approximately 42,039 rentable square feet for the entire Term (notwithstanding the reduced Deemed Square Footage amount shown for Lease Years 1 and 2 below for purposes of Base Rent calculation only)

 

 

Permitted Use:

Office use and any legally permitted use under applicable zoning

 

 

Term Commencement Date:

The later to occur of (i) change of the zoning of the Building to office use by the City and County of San Francisco, or (ii) the first to occur of: (a) the commencement of Tenant’s business operations on the Premises, or (b) November 1, 2011, subject to the provisions of Section 2 below.

 

 

Length of Term:

Eighty-four (84) months

 

 

Term Expiration Date:

Seventh anniversary of the Term Commencement Date.

 

 

Rent:

 

Base Rent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deemed

 

 

Lease

 

Monthly

 

Annual

 

Square

 

 

Year

 

Base Rent

 

Base Rent

 

Footage

 

 

1

 

$

41,666.67

 

$

500,000

 

25,000

r.s.f.

 

2

 

$

50,000.00

 

$

600,000

 

30,000

r.s.f.

 

3

 

$

70,065.00

 

$

840,780

 

42,039

r.s.f.

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

$

77,071.50

 

$

924,858

 

42,039

r.s.f.

 

5

 

$

80,574.75

 

$

966,897

 

42,039

r.s.f.

 

6

 

$

84,078.00

 

$

1,008,936

 

42,039

r.s.f.

 

7

 

$

87,581.25

 

$

1,050,975

 

42,039

r.s.f.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base Year for Operating Expenses:

2012

 

 

Security Deposit:

Six (6) months’ rent, cash or letter of credit, subject to the provisions of Section 20

 

 

Tenant’s Proportionate Share

100%

Of Building:

 

 

The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of this Lease. Each reference in this Lease to any of the Basic Lease Information shall mean the respective information above and shall be construed to incorporate all of the terms provided under the particular Lease paragraph pertaining to such information. In the event of any conflict between the Basic Lease Information and the Lease, the latter shall control.

 

LANDLORD

 

TENANT

 

 

 

Redbird Investment Group, LLC

 

Atlassian, Inc.

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

A Delaware Corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bruce J. Cardinal

 

By:

/s/ Scott Farquhar

 

 

Bruce J. Cardinal

 

 

Name:

Scott Farquhar

 

 

 Managing Member

 

 

Its:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jay Simons

 

 

 

Name:

Jay Simons

 

 

 

Its:

Director

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

Basic Lease Information

1

 

Table of Contents

3

1.

Premises

5

2.

Possession and Lease Commencement

5

3.

Term

5

4.

Option Rights

5

5.

Use

8

6.

Rules and Regulations

8

7.

Rent

8

8.

Operating Expenses

9

9.

Insurance and Indemnification

12

10.

Waiver of Subrogation

14

11.

Landlord’s Repairs and Maintenance

14

12.

Tenant’s Repairs and Maintenance

15

13.

Alterations

15

14.

Signs

16

15.

Inspection/Posting Notices

16

16.

Services and Utilities

17

17.

Subordination

18

18.

Financial Statements

18

19.

Estoppel Certificate

18

20.

Security Deposit

19

21.

Limitation of Tenant’s Remedies

19

22.

Assignment and Subletting

19

23.

Authority of Tenant

21

24.

Condemnation

21

25.

Casualty Damage

21

26.

Holding Over

22

27.

Default

23

28.

Liens

25

29.

Transfers by Landlord

25

30.

Right of Landlord to Perform Tenant’s Covenants

25

31.

Waiver

25

32.

Notices

26

33.

Attorney’s Fees

26

34.

Successors and Assigns

26

35.

Force Majeure

26

36.

Surrender of Premises

27

37.

Hazardous Materials

27

38.

Miscellaneous

28

39.

Additional Provisions

29

40.

Jury Trial Waiver

30

 

Signatures

30

 

Exhibits:

 

Exhibit A

Rules and Regulations

 

3



 

Exhibit B

Site Plan, Property Description

Exhibit C

Hazardous Materials Questionnaire

Additional Exhibits as Required

 

 

4



 

LEASE

 

THIS LEASE is made as of the           day of June, 2011, by and between Redbird Investment Group, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company (hereinafter called “ Landlord ”), and Atlassian, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (hereinafter called “ Tenant ”).

 

1. PREMISES

 

Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, those premises (the “ Premises ”) outlined in red on Exhibit B and described in the Basic Lease Information. The Premises shall consist of the building located at 1064 and 1098 Harrison Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Building ”) as described in the Basic Lease Information. The Building is outlined on Exhibit B .

 

2. POSSESSION AND LEASE COMMENCEMENT

 

Tenant shall be entitled to early occupancy of the Premises for the sole purpose of installing furniture, fixtures and equipment (including Tenant’s data and telephone equipment) in the Premises commencing on the date this Lease is executed by Landlord and Tenant, and continuing until the Term Commencement Date; provided that during each such early occupancy period, except as provided in the succeeding sentence hereof, all terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease shall apply. Tenant shall not be liable for any Rent (defined below) for any period prior to the Term Commencement Date except for utilities, janitorial services or any other monetary obligation for purposes of constructing its tenant improvements and installing its furniture, fixtures and equipment prior to the term Commencement Date. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has inspected and accepts the Premises in their present condition, broom clean, “as is,” and as suitable for, the Permitted Use (as defined below), and for Tenant’s intended operations in the Premises. Tenant agrees that the Premises and other improvements are in good and satisfactory condition as of the Lease Date, except for matters shown on Schedule I attached hereto, which shall be repaired, remediated or brought into full compliance with Regulations (as defined below) by Landlord (“ Landlord’s Work ”) at Landlord’s sole cost and expense within sixty (60) days after the Lease Date, provided, however, that items 8 and 9 on Schedule I (“ Concurrent Work ”) may be completed during the construction of the Tenant Improvements (as defined below) at Landlord’s sole cost and expense so long as the completion of such work does not materially interfere with the timely completion of the Tenant Improvements.. Tenant further acknowledges that no promises to alter, remodel or improve the Premises have been made by Landlord or any agents of Landlord unless such are expressly set forth in this Lease, including Schedule I hereto. Reasonably promptly following the completion of Landlord’s Work, Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord a “Commencement Date Letter” in which Tenant shall agree to acceptance of the Premises and to the determination of the Term Commencement Date, in accordance with the terms of this Lease; provided, however, that the Term Commencement Date shall be extended on a day-for-day basis in the event that Landlord’s Work (other than the Concurrent Work) is not completed within sixty (60) days of the Lease Date until such time as Landlord’s Work (other than the Concurrent Work) is complete, but only to the extent that any such delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work materially interferes with the timely completion of the Tenant Improvements.

 

3. TERM

 

The term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Term Commencement Date and continue in full force and effect for the number of months specified as the Length of Term in the Basic Lease Information or until this Lease is terminated as otherwise provided herein. If the Term Commencement Date is a date other than the first day of the calendar month, the Term shall be the number of months of the Length of Term in addition to the remainder of the calendar month following the Term Commencement Date.

 

4. OPTION RIGHTS

 

A.                                     Option To Extend. Landlord hereby grants Tenant one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for the entire Premises by a period of five (5) years “Option Term”. Such option shall be exercisable only by Notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below, provided that, as of the date of delivery of such Notice, Tenant is not in default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods). Upon the proper exercise of such option to extend, the Lease Term, as it applies to the entire Premises, shall be extended for a period of five (5) years. The rights contained in this Section 4 shall only be

 

5



 

exercised by the Original Tenant, an affiliate of Original Tenant or a Transferee approved by Landlord (and not any other assignee, subtenant or other transferee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if Tenant and/or its approved Transferee is in occupancy of the entire then-existing Premises.

 

B.                                     Option Rent. The Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “Option Rent”) shall be equal to the Market Rent as set forth below. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Market Rent” shall mean rent (including additional rent and considering any “base year” or “expense stop” applicable thereto), including all escalations, at which tenants, as of the commencement of the Option Term are, pursuant to transactions completed within the twelve (12) months prior to the first day of the Option Term, leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-synthetic, non-equity space (unless such space was leased pursuant to a definition of “fair market” comparable to the definition of Market Rent) comparable in size, location and quality to the Premises for a “Comparable Term,” giving appropriate consideration to the annual rental rates per rentable square foot, the standard of measurement by which the rentable square footage is measured, the ratio of rentable square feet to usable square feet, and taking into consideration only, and granting only, the following concessions (provided that the rent payable in Comparable Deals in which the terms of such Comparable Deals are determined by use of a discounted fair market rate formula shall be equitably increased in order that such Comparable Deals will not reflect a discounted rate) (collectively, the “ Rent Concessions ”): (a) rental abatement concessions or build-out periods, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable spaces; (b) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, taking into account the value of the existing improvements in the Premises, such value to be based upon the age, quality and layout of the improvements and the extent to which the same could be utilized by general office users as contrasted with this specific Tenant, (c) without Proposition 13 protection, and (d) all other monetary concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no consideration shall be given to the fact that Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with the applicable term or the fact that the Comparable Deals do or do not involve the payment of real estate brokerage commissions. The term “Comparable Term” shall refer to the length of the lease term, without consideration of options to extend such term, for the space in question. In addition, the determination of the Market Rent shall include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s rent obligations during any Option Term. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Transactions upon tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants.

 

C.                                     Exercise of Option. The option contained in this Section 4 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only in the following manner: (i) Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord not more than twelve (12) and not less than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, stating that Tenant is interested in exercising its option; (ii) Landlord, after receipt of Tenant’s notice, shall deliver notice (the “Option Rent Notice”) to Tenant not less than seven (7) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, setting forth the Option Rent; and (iii) if Tenant wishes to exercise such option, Tenant shall, on or before six (6) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, exercise the option by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord and concurrently with such exercise, Tenant may, at its option, object to the Option Rent contained in the Option Rent Notice, in which case the parties shall follow the procedure, and the Option Rent shall be determined, as set forth in subsection D, below.

 

D.                                     Determination of Option Rent. In the event Tenant timely and appropriately objects to the Option Rent, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent, using their best good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within fifteen (15) business days following Tenant’s objection to the Option Rent (the “Outside Agreement Date”), then each party shall make a separate determination of the Option Rent, within five (5) business days after the Outside Agreement Date, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration as set forth below:

 

(i) Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall be a real estate broker who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of similar properties in the area. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is the closest to the actual Option Rent, as determined by the arbitrators. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date.

 

6



 

(ii) The two (2) arbitrators so appointed shall within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed arbitrator agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two (2) arbitrators.

 

(iii) The three (3) arbitrators shall within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

 

(iv) The decision of the majority of the three (3) arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date, then the arbitrator appointed by one of them shall reach a decision, notify Landlord and Tenant thereof and such arbitrator’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. If the two (2) arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator, or if both parties fail to appoint an arbitrator, then the appointment of the third arbitrator or any arbitrator shall be dismissed and the matter to be decided shall be forthwith submitted to arbitration under the provisions of the American Arbitration Association, but subject to the instruction set forth in this Section. The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

 

E.             Termination Option. Tenant shall have a one-time option (the “Termination Option”) to terminate this Lease, effective as of the last day of the sixtieth (60th) full calendar month of the Lease Term (“ Effective Date ”). In the event this Lease is not terminated effective as of the Effective Date, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. The Termination Option is granted subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(i) Tenant delivers to Landlord a written notice of Tenant’s election to exercise the Termination Option (“ Termination Notice ”), which notice is given not less than nine (9) months prior to the Effective Date (the “ Termination Date ”); and

 

(ii) Tenant pays to Landlord, concurrently with Tenant’s exercise of the Termination Option and delivery to Landlord of the Termination Notice as required above, a cash lease termination fee (collectively, the “Fee”) in the aggregate amount of four (4) month’s Base Rent equal to the last four (4) months Base Rent prior to the Termination Date, plus the unamortized portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and leasing commissions, together with interest computed on such unamortized portion for the period commencing on the Term Commencement Date and expiring on the Termination Date at a rate of 8% per annum. If the Termination Notice is not given as and when required by the provisions of this Section 4 (E), set forth above and the sums required by the provisions of this Section set forth above are not paid concurrently with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of the Termination Notice, then Tenant’s Termination Option as provided for herein shall forever terminate and be of no further force or effect. At all times during the period from the date the Termination Notice is given through the Termination Date, Tenant shall be fully obligated to perform all obligations required to be performed by it under the Lease as and when required by this Lease, including, without limitation, the payment of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses.

 

(iv) If Tenant timely and properly exercises the Termination Option, (i) all Rent payable under this Lease shall be paid through and apportioned as of the Termination Date (in addition to payment by Tenant of the Fee); (ii) neither party shall have any rights, estates, liabilities, or obligations under this Lease for the period accruing after the Termination Date, except those which have not been satisfied during the term of this lease; (iii) Tenant shall surrender and vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord on or before the Termination Date in the condition required under this Lease for surrender of the Premises; and (iv) Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a written agreement reflecting the termination of this Lease upon the terms provided for herein, which agreement shall be executed within thirty (30) days after Tenant exercises the Termination Option and delivers to Landlord the Termination Notice and Fee required above. It is the parties’ intention that nothing contained herein shall impair, diminish or otherwise prevent Landlord from recovering from Tenant such additional sums as may be necessary for payment of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, and Utility Expenses and any other sums due and payable under this Lease (provided such sums relate to items accrued prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease), including without limitation, any sums required to repair any damage to the Premises and/or restore the Premises to the condition required under the provisions of this Lease.

 

The Termination Option shall automatically terminate and become null and void upon the earlier to occur of (i) the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, or (ii) the failure of Tenant to timely or properly exercise the Termination Option as contemplated herein. This Termination Option is personal to Tenant and its affiliates and may not be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, to any other party or entity, separate from or as part of the Lease.

 

7



 

5. USE

 

A.                                     General. Tenant shall use the Premises for the permitted use specified in the Basic Lease Information (“ Permitted Use ”) and for no other use or purpose. Landlord shall diligently pursue the change of zoning of the Building to explicitly permit general office use. Landlord reserves the right, without notice or liability to Tenant, and without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction, to alter or modify the common areas from time to time, including the location and configuration thereof, and the amenities and facilities which Landlord may determine to provide from time to time.

 

B.                                     Limitations. Tenant shall not permit any odors, smoke, dust, gas, substances, noise or vibrations to emanate from the Premises or from any portion of the common areas as a result of Tenant’s or any Tenant’s Party’s use thereof, nor take any action which would constitute a nuisance or would disturb, obstruct or endanger any other tenants or occupants of the Building or elsewhere, or interfere with their use of their respective premises or common areas. Storage outside the Premises of materials, vehicles or any other items is prohibited. Tenant shall not use or allow the Premises to be used for any immoral, improper or unlawful purpose, nor shall Tenant cause or maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not commit or suffer the commission of any waste in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not allow any sale by auction upon the Premises, or place any loads upon the floors, walls or ceilings which could endanger the structure, or place any harmful substances in the drainage system of the Building. No waste, materials or refuse shall be dumped upon or permitted to remain outside the Premises except in trash containers placed inside exterior enclosures designated for that purpose by Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-compliance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building with any of the above-referenced rules or any other terms or provisions of such tenant’s or occupant’s lease or other contract.

 

C.                                     Compliance with Regulations. Except for Landlord’s Work, which shall remain the sole responsibility of Landlord, Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense strictly comply with all existing or future applicable municipal, state and federal and other governmental statutes, rules, requirements, regulations, laws and ordinances, including zoning ordinances and regulations, and covenants, easements and restrictions of record governing and relating to the use, occupancy or possession of the Premises, to Tenant’s use of the common areas, or to the use, storage, generation or disposal of Hazardous Materials (hereinafter defined) (collectively “ Regulations ”). Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense obtain any and all licenses or permits necessary for Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense promptly comply with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in, on, under or about the Building or bring or keep anything which will in any way increase the rate of any insurance upon the Premises or Building or upon any contents therein or cause a cancellation of said insurance or otherwise affect said insurance in any manner. Tenant shall indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord), protect and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss, cost, expense, damage, attorneys’ fees or liability arising out of the failure of Tenant to comply with any Regulation. Tenant’s obligations pursuant to the foregoing indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

6. RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the building rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit A and any other rules and regulations and any modifications or additions thereto which Landlord may from time to time prescribe in writing for the purpose of maintaining the proper care, cleanliness, safety, traffic flow and general order of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Parties to comply with such rules and regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-compliance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building with any of such rules and regulations, any other tenant’s or occupant’s lease or any Regulations.

 

7. RENT

 

A.                                     Base Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord and Landlord shall receive, without notice or demand throughout the Term, Base Rent as specified in the Basic Lease Information, payable in monthly installments in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month, in lawful money of the United States, without deduction or offset whatsoever, at the Remittance Address specified in the Basic Lease Information or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Base Rent for the first full month of the Term shall be paid by Tenant upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease. Thereafter, if the Term Commencement Date and Tenant’s obligation for payment of Base Rent commences on a day other than the first day of a month, then Base Rent shall be prorated and the

 

8



 

prorated installment shall be paid on the first day of the calendar month next succeeding the Term Commencement Date. The Base Rent payable by Tenant hereunder is subject to adjustment as provided elsewhere in this Lease, as applicable. As used herein, the term “Base Rent” shall mean the Base Rent specified in the Basic Lease Information as it may be so adjusted from time to time.

 

B.                                     Additional Rent. All monies other than Base Rent required to be paid by Tenant hereunder, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, as specified in Paragraph 8 of this Lease, charges to be paid by Tenant under Paragraph 16, the interest and late charge described in Paragraphs 27.D and E, and any monies spent by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 30, shall be considered additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”). “ Rent ” shall mean Base Rent and Additional Rent.

 

8. OPERATING EXPENSES

 

A.                                     Operating Expenses. In addition to the Base Rent required to be paid hereunder, beginning with the expiration of the Base Year specified in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Base Year ”), Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building, as defined in the Basic Lease Information, of increases in Operating Expenses (defined below) over the Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord during the Base Year (the “ Base Year Operating Expenses ”), in the manner set forth below. Neither Base Year Operating Expenses nor Operating Expenses used for calculation of increases in Operating Expenses in subsequent years shall include market-wide labor-rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, boycotts and strikes, utility rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances including, but not limited to, conservation surcharges, boycotts, embargoes or other shortages. Landlord’s determination of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building shall be conclusive so long as it is reasonably and consistently applied. “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses and costs of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay, because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair, preservation, replacement and operation of the Building and its supporting facilities as may be determined by Landlord to be necessary or desirable to the Building (as determined in a reasonable manner) other than those expenses and costs which are specifically attributable to Tenant or which are expressly made the financial responsibility of Landlord pursuant to this Lease. Operating Expenses shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

(1)                                  Taxes. All real property taxes and assessments, possessory interest taxes, sales taxes, personal property taxes, business or license taxes or fees, gross receipts taxes, service payments in lieu of such taxes or fees, annual or periodic license or use fees, excises, transit charges, and other impositions, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind (including fees “in-lieu” of any such tax or assessment) which are now or hereafter assessed, levied, charged, confirmed, or imposed by any public authority upon the Building, its operations or the Rent (or any portion or component thereof), or any tax, assessment or fee imposed in substitution, partially or totally, of any of the above. Operating Expenses shall also include any taxes, assessments, reassessments, or other fees “in-lieu” of any such tax or assessment or impositions with respect to the maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, Building or any portion thereof, including, without limitation, by or for Tenant, and all increases therein or reassessments thereof whether the increases or reassessments result from increased rate and/or valuation (whether upon a transfer of the Building or any portion thereof or any interest therein or for any other reason). Operating Expenses shall not include inheritance or estate taxes imposed upon or assessed against the interest of any person in the Building, or taxes computed upon the basis of the net income of any owners of any interest in the Building. If it shall not be lawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for all or any part of such taxes, the monthly rental payable to Landlord under this Lease shall be revised to net Landlord the same net rental after imposition of any such taxes by Landlord as would have been payable to Landlord prior to the payment of any such taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all property taxes and assessments levied on tenant’s improvements and Alterations in accordance with Revenue and Taxation Code, Section 441, and all other taxes assessed or owing thereon during the term of this Lease.

 

(2)                                  Insurance. All insurance premiums and costs, including, but not limited to, any deductible amounts, premiums and other costs of insurance incurred by Landlord, including for the insurance coverage set forth in Paragraph 9.A herein, but excluding in all events, insurance premiums and costs for earthquake coverage, if Landlord elects to obtain any such coverage.

 

9



 

(3)                                  Common Area Maintenance.

 

(a)                                  Repairs and general maintenance of and for the Building and public and common areas and facilities of and comprising the Building, including, but not limited to, the roof and roof membrane, elevators, mechanical rooms, alarm systems, pest extermination, landscaped areas and service areas, driveways, sidewalks, truck staging areas, fire sprinkler systems, sanitary and storm sewer lines, utility services, heating/ventilation/air conditioning systems, electrical, mechanical or other systems, telephone equipment and wiring servicing, plumbing, lighting, and any other items or areas which affect the operation or appearance of the Building, which determination shall be at Landlord’s reasonable discretion, except for: those items to the extent paid for by the proceeds of insurance; and those items attributable solely or jointly to specific tenants of the Building.

 

(b)                                  Repairs and general maintenance shall include the cost of any improvements made to or assets acquired for the Building that in Landlord’s reasonable discretion may reduce any other Operating Expenses, including present or future repair work, are reasonably necessary for the health and safety of the occupants of the Building, or for the operation of the Building systems, services and equipment, or are required to comply with any Regulation, such costs or allocable portions thereof to be amortized over the period applicable under generally accepted accounting principles, together with interest on the unamortized balance at the publicly announced “prime rate” charged by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (San Francisco) or its successor at the time such improvements or capital assets are constructed or acquired.

 

(c)                                   Payment under or for any easement, license, permit, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant or instrument relating to the Building.

 

(d)                                  All expenses and rental related to services and costs of supplies, materials and equipment used in operating, managing and maintaining the Premises and the Building, the equipment therein and the adjacent sidewalks, driveways and service areas, including, without limitation, expenses related to service agreements regarding fire systems, window cleaning, elevator maintenance, Building exterior maintenance, landscaping and expenses related to the administration, management and operation of the Building.

 

(e)                                   The cost of supplying any services and utilities which benefit all or a portion of the Premises, Building to the extent not addressed in Paragraph 16 hereof.

 

(f)                                    Legal expenses and the cost of audits by certified public accountants; provided, however, that legal expenses chargeable as Operating Expenses shall not include the cost of negotiating leases, collecting rents, evicting tenants nor shall it include costs incurred in legal proceedings with or against any other tenant or to enforce the provisions of any other lease.

 

Operating Expenses shall not include costs or expenses for: (1) interest on debt or amortization payments on any mortgages or deeds of trust and rent under any ground leases; (2) costs of restoration to the extent of net insurance proceeds received by Landlord with respect thereto; (3) costs incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, painting or redecorating usable space for tenants; (4) legal fees and other related expenses associated with the negotiation or enforcement of leases; (5) all items and services for which Tenant reimburses Landlord or pays third persons or which Landlord provides selectively without reimbursement to one or more tenants or occupants of the Building (other than Tenant) which are not customary for normal office use; (6) leasing commissions and other similar payments paid to agents or employees of Landlord, independent brokers and other persons incurred in connection with Landlord’s leasing activities; (7) costs for space planning of tenant space in the Building; (8) repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other casualty or damage to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance; (9) costs for structural repairs and replacements; (10) advertising and publicity expenditures; (11) Landlord’s reserve accounts; (12) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions, if any, operation of any retail space or similar concessions; (13) costs of correcting construction or latent defects in the Building or Landlord’s Work; (14) costs of cleaning up or removing asbestos or hazardous materials; (15) Landlord’s costs of any services sold or provided tenants or other occupants for which Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed by such tenants or other occupants as an additional charge or rental over and above the basic rental and escalations payable under the lease with such tenant or other occupant; (16) costs of capital repairs and capital equipment except to the extent such costs are amortized over the useful life of the capital repair or equipment in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (17) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building; (18) costs incurred in connection with

 

10



 

upgrading the Building to comply with disability, life, fire and safety codes in effect prior to the Lease Date; (19) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general administrative expenses not related to the operation of the Building; (20) all compensation to executives, officers or partners of Landlord or to any other person at or above the level of property manager; (21) salaries of service personnel to the extent that such service personnel perform services not attributable to the management, repair or operation of the Building; (22) the cost of any political or charitable donations or contributions; (23) costs of purchasing, installing and replacing art work or decorative features; and (24) administrative and/or management fees, office expenses rent and office supplies which, in the aggregate, exceed 4% of the total Rent payable hereunder.

 

The above enumeration of services and facilities shall not be deemed to impose an obligation on Landlord to make available or provide such services or facilities except to the extent if any that Landlord has specifically agreed elsewhere in this Lease to make the same available or provide the same. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall be solely responsible for providing adequate security for its use of the Premises, including without limitation, any equipment, telecommunication and monitoring services or other security services at its sole cost and expense and that Landlord shall have no obligation or liability with respect thereto, except to the extent if any that Landlord has specifically agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same.

 

B.                                     Payment of Estimated Operating Expenses. Estimated Operating Expenses ” for any particular year shall mean Landlord’s estimate of the Operating Expenses for such fiscal year made with respect to such fiscal year as hereinafter provided. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to revise its fiscal year and interim accounting periods so long as the periods as so revised are reconciled with prior periods in a reasonable manner. During the last month of each fiscal year during the Term, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of the Estimated Operating Expenses for the ensuing fiscal year. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the difference between Estimated Operating Expenses and Base Year Operating Expenses with installments of Base Rent for the fiscal year to which the Estimated Operating Expenses applies in monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month during such year, in advance. Such payment shall be construed to be Additional Rent for all purposes hereunder. If at any time during the course of the fiscal year, Landlord determines that Operating Expenses are projected to vary from the then Estimated Operating Expenses by more than five percent (5%), Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, revise the Estimated Operating Expenses for the balance of such fiscal year, and Tenant’s monthly installments for the remainder of such year shall be adjusted so that by the end of such fiscal year Tenant has paid to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the revised difference between Estimated Operating Expenses and Base Year Operating Expenses for such year, such revised installment amounts to be Additional Rent for all purposes hereunder.

 

C.                                     Computation of Operating Expense Adjustment. Operating Expense Adjustment ” shall mean the difference between Estimated Operating Expenses and actual Operating Expenses for any fiscal year, over Base Year Operating Expenses, determined as hereinafter provided. Within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of actual Operating Expenses for the fiscal year just ended, accompanied by a computation of Operating Expense Adjustment. If such statement shows that Tenant’s payment based upon Estimated Operating Expenses is less than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of actual increases in Operating Expenses over the Base Year Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the difference within thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement, such payment to constitute Additional Rent for all purposes hereunder. If such statement shows that Tenant’s payments of Estimated Operating Expenses exceed Tenant’s Proportionate Share of actual increases in Operating Expenses over the Base Year Operating Expenses, then (provided that Tenant is not in default under this Lease) Landlord shall pay to Tenant the difference within thirty (30) days after delivery of such statement to Tenant. If this Lease has been terminated or the Term hereof has expired prior to the date of such statement, then the Operating Expense Adjustment shall be paid by the appropriate party within thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of the statement. Tenant’s obligation to pay increases in Operating Expenses over the Base Year Operating Expenses shall commence on January 1 of the year succeeding the Base Year. Should this Lease terminate at any time other than the last day of the fiscal year, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Expense Adjustment shall be prorated based on a month of 30 days and the number of calendar months during such fiscal year that this Lease is in effect. Tenant shall in no event be entitled to any credit if Operating Expenses in any year are less than Base Year Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph 8.A or 8.B, Landlord’s failure to provide any notices or statements within the time periods specified in those paragraphs shall in no way excuse Tenant from its obligation to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of increases in Operating Expenses.

 

11



 

D.                                     Gross Lease. This shall be a gross Lease; however, it is intended that Base Rent shall be paid to Landlord absolutely net of all costs and expenses other than Operating Expenses each year equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Base Year Operating Expenses, except as otherwise specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease. The provisions for payment of increases in Operating Expenses and the Operating Expense Adjustment are intended to pass on to Tenant and reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses of the nature described in Paragraph 8.A incurred in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair, preservation, replacement and operation of the Building and its supporting facilities and such additional facilities (subject to the express exclusions and limitations with respect to Operating Expenses contained in the penultimate subparagraph of Paragraph 8.A), in excess of the Base Year Operating Expenses, now and in subsequent years as may be determined by Landlord to be necessary or desirable to the Building, provided that Landlord shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize Operating Expenses in a manner consistent with good business practices.

 

E.                                     Tenant Audit. If Tenant shall dispute the amount set forth in any statement provided by Landlord under Paragraph 8.B or 8.C above, Tenant shall have the right, not later than one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of such statement and upon the condition that Tenant shall first deposit with Landlord the full amount in dispute, to cause Landlord’s books and records with respect to Operating Expenses for such fiscal year to be audited by certified public accountants selected by Tenant and subject to Landlord’s reasonable right of approval. The Operating Expense Adjustment shall be appropriately adjusted on the basis of such audit. If such audit discloses a liability for a refund in excess of five percent (5%) of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Expenses previously reported, the cost of such audit shall be borne by Landlord; otherwise the cost of such audit shall be paid by Tenant. If Tenant shall not request an audit in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 8.E within one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement provided pursuant to Paragraph 8.B or 8.C, such statement shall be final and binding for all purposes hereof. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any information revealed in the above described audit may contain proprietary and sensitive information and that significant damage could result to Landlord if such information were disclosed to any party other than Tenant’s auditors. Tenant shall not in any manner disclose, provide or make available any information revealed by the audit to any person or entity except Tenant’s advisors, consultants and representatives involved in such audit without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. The information disclosed by the audit will be used by Tenant solely for the purpose of evaluating Landlord’s books and records in connection with this Paragraph 8.E.

 

9. INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

A.                                     Landlord’s Insurance. All insurance maintained by Landlord shall be for the sole benefit of Landlord and under Landlord’s sole control.

 

(1)                                  Property Insurance. Landlord agrees to maintain property insurance insuring the Building against damage or destruction due to risk including fire, vandalism, and malicious mischief in an amount not less than the replacement cost thereof, in the form and with deductibles and endorsements as selected by Landlord. At its election, Landlord may instead (but shall have no obligation to) obtain “All Risk” coverage, and may also obtain earthquake, pollution, and/or flood insurance in amounts selected by Landlord, provided, however, that deductibles, premiums and other costs for earthquake insurance shall be borne solely by Landlord and excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to Paragraph 8.A.

 

(2)                                  Optional Insurance. Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may also (but shall have no obligation to) carry (i) insurance against loss of rent, in an amount equal to the amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent that Landlord could be required to abate to all Building tenants in the event of condemnation or casualty damage for a period of twelve (12) months; and (ii) liability insurance and such other insurance as Landlord may deem prudent or advisable in such amounts and on such terms as Landlord shall determine. Landlord shall not be obligated to insure, and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for any damage to, any furniture, machinery, goods, inventory or supplies, or other personal property or fixtures which Tenant may keep or maintain in the Premises, or any leasehold improvements, additions or alterations within the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8, Tenant shall not be liable for payment of any increase in Operating Expenses that results from Landlord’s election to procure insurance described in this Section 9.A.(2) which was not in place for the entirety of the Base Year and the cost of which was not included in the Base Year Operating Expenses.

 

B.                                     Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall procure at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and keep in effect from the date of this Lease and at all times until the end of the Term the following:

 

12



 

(1)                                  Property Insurance. Insurance on all personal property and fixtures of Tenant and all improvements, additions or alterations made by or for Tenant to the Premises on an “All Risk” basis, insuring such property for the full replacement value of such property.

 

(2)                                  Liability Insurance. Commercial General Liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage liability occurring in or about the Premises or arising out of the use and occupancy of the Premises, and any part of either, and any areas adjacent thereto, and the business operated by Tenant or by any other occupant of the Premises. Such insurance shall include contractual liability coverage insuring all of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. Such coverage shall have a minimum combined single limit of liability of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00), and a minimum general aggregate limit of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00), with an “Additional Insured — Managers or Landlords of Premises Endorsement” and the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion Endorsement.” All such policies shall be written to apply to all bodily injury (including death), property damage or loss, personal and advertising injury and other covered loss, however occasioned, occurring during the policy term, shall be endorsed to add Landlord and any party holding an interest to which this Lease may be subordinated as an additional insured, and shall provide that such coverage shall be “ primary ” and non-contributing with any insurance maintained by Landlord, which shall be excess insurance only. Such coverage shall also contain endorsements including employees as additional insureds if not covered by Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance. All such insurance shall provide for the severability of interests of insureds; and shall be written on an “ occurrence ” basis, which shall afford coverage for all claims based on acts, omissions, injury and damage, which occurred or arose (or the onset of which occurred or arose) in whole or in part during the policy period.

 

(3)                                  Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance. Workers’ Compensation Insurance as required by any Regulation, and Employers’ Liability Insurance in amounts not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each accident for bodily injury by accident; One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) policy limit for bodily injury by disease; and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each employee for bodily injury by disease.

 

(4)                                  Commercial Auto Liability Insurance. Commercial auto liability insurance with a combined limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for bodily injury and property damage for each accident. Such insurance shall cover liability relating to any auto (including owned, hired and non-owned autos).

 

(5)                                  Alterations Requirements. In the event Tenant shall desire to perform any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, prior to commencing such Alterations (i) evidence satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant carries “Builder’s Risk” insurance covering construction of such Alterations in an amount and form approved by Landlord, (ii) such other insurance as Landlord shall nondiscriminatorily require, and (iii) a lien and completion bond or other security in form and amount satisfactory to Landlord.

 

(6)                                  General Insurance Requirements. All coverages described in this Paragraph 8.B shall be endorsed to (i) provide Landlord with thirty (30) days’ notice of cancellation or change in terms; and (ii) waive all rights of subrogation by the insurance carrier against Landlord. If at any time during the Term the amount or coverage of insurance which Tenant is required to carry under this Paragraph 9.B is, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, materially less than the amount or type of insurance coverage typically carried by owners or tenants of properties located in the general area in which the Premises are located which are similar to and operated for similar purposes as the Premises or if Tenant’s use of the Premises should change with or without Landlord’s consent, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to increase the amount or change the types of insurance coverage required under this Paragraph 9.B. All insurance policies required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease shall be written by companies rated A X or better in “Best’s Insurance Guide” and authorized to do business in the State of California. In any event deductible amounts under all insurance policies required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease shall not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) per occurrence. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord on or before the Term Commencement Date, and thereafter at least thirty (30) days before the expiration dates of the expired policies, certified copies of Tenant’s insurance policies, or a certificate evidencing the same issued by the insurer thereunder; and, if Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificates, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option and in addition to Landlord’s other remedies in the event of a default by Tenant hereunder, procure the same for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent.

 

13



 

C.                                     Indemnification. Tenant shall indemnify, defend by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, protect and hold Landlord, its directors, shareholders, partners, lenders, members, managers, contractors, affiliates, and employees (collectively, “ Landlord Indemnities ”) harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, costs, loss of rents, liens, damages, injuries or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and court costs, demands, causes of action, or judgments, directly or indirectly arising out of or related to: (1) claims of injury to or death of persons or damage to property or business loss occurring or resulting directly or indirectly from the use or occupancy of the Premises, Building by Tenant or Tenant’s Parties, or from activities or failures to act of Tenant or Tenant’s Parties with respect to the Premises; (2) claims arising from work or labor performed, or for materials or supplies furnished to or at the request of Tenant in connection with performance of any work done for the account of Tenant within the Premises or Building; (3) claims arising from any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant contained in this Lease; and (4) claims arising from the negligence or intentional acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Parties with respect to the Premises. The foregoing indemnity by Tenant shall not be applicable to claims to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for any injury to or death of or damage to any person or property or business loss in or about the Premises or Building by or from any cause whatsoever (other than Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct) and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, whether caused by water leakage of any character from the roof, walls, basement or other portion of the Premises, Building, or caused by gas, fire, oil or electricity in, on or about the Premises, Building, acts of God or of third parties, or any matter outside of the reasonable control of Landlord. The provisions of this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

10. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

 

Landlord and Tenant each waives any claim, loss or cost it might have against the other for any injury to or death of any person or persons, or damage to or theft, destruction, loss, or loss of use of any property (a “ Loss ”), to the extent the same is insured against (or is required to be insured against under the terms hereof) under any property damage insurance policy covering the Building, the Premises, Landlord’s or Tenant’s fixtures, personal property, leasehold improvements, or business, regardless of whether the negligence of the other party caused such Loss.

 

11. LANDLORD’S REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

 

Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall maintain in good repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted, the structural soundness of the roof, foundations, and exterior walls of the Building and shall maintain the roof membrane and exterior walls in a watertight condition; provided, however, if Landlord fails to perform or cure any defects with respect to any maintenance or repair work required under this Lease, including, without limitation, Landlord’s Work, within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs (or such period of time in excess of thirty (30) days as is reasonably necessary based upon the nature of such work, provided Landlord commences and diligently pursues the work during such 30 days period), then Tenant shall be permitted to make such repairs, upon delivery of an additional five (5) business days’ prior written notice to Landlord indicating that Tenant will be undertaking such repairs, and Tenant shall be entitled to recover from Landlord the reasonable costs of such repairs made by Tenant. The term “exterior walls” as used herein shall not include windows, glass or plate glass, doors, special store fronts or office entries. Following the completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall replace, if needed, the electrical and mechanical systems of the Premises as Operating Expenses with such costs amortized over the useful life of any capital repairs or replacements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Landlord shall enter into a regularly scheduled preventative maintenance/service contract with a maintenance contractor for servicing all hot water, heating and air conditioning systems and equipment and the elevator within or serving the Premises, the cost of which shall be included within the Base Year Operating Expenses. The service contracts must include all services suggested by the equipment manufacturer within the operation/maintenance manual and must become effective within thirty (30) days after the Lease Date. Any damage caused by or repairs necessitated by any negligence or act of Tenant or Tenant’s Parties may be repaired by Landlord at Landlord’s option and Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice of any defect or need of repairs in such components of the Building for which Landlord is responsible, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable opportunity and the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times to repair same. Landlord’s liability with respect to any defects, repairs, or maintenance for which Landlord is responsible under any of the provisions of this Lease shall be limited to the cost of such repairs or maintenance, and there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Premises or the Building or to fixtures, appurtenances or equipment in the

 

14



 

Building, except as provided in Paragraph 25. Landlord shall cause the electrical and mechanical systems serving the Premises to be in good condition and repair as of the date that is sixty (60) days following the Lease Date in accordance with Schedule I at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Subject to the completion of Landlord’s Work, Tenant accepts the Premises “as is,” as being in good order, condition and repair and the condition in which Landlord is obligated to deliver them and suitable for the Permitted Use and Tenant’s intended operations in the Premises.

 

12. TENANT’S REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

 

Tenant shall at all times during the Term at Tenant’s expense maintain all parts of the Premises and such portions of the Building as are within the exclusive control of Tenant and not required to be maintained, repaired, constructed or replaced by Landlord (i) pursuant to Paragraph 11 above, (ii) as Operating Expenses of the Building, (iii) under a service contract pursuant to Paragraph 11 above, or (iv) as part of Landlord’s Work, in a first-class, good, clean and secure condition and promptly make all necessary repairs and replacements, as reasonably determined by Landlord, including but not limited to, all windows, glass, doors, walls, including demising walls, and wall finishes, floors and floor covering with materials and workmanship of the same character, kind and quality as the original. Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense also perform regular removal of trash and debris. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall, at its expense, promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the Building resulting from or caused by any negligence or act of Tenant or Tenant’s Parties. Nothing herein shall expressly or by implication render Tenant Landlord’s agent or contractor responsible to effect any repairs or maintenance required of Tenant under this Paragraph 12, as to all of which Tenant shall be solely responsible.

 

13. ALTERATIONS

 

A.                                     Tenant shall not make, or allow to be made, any alterations, physical additions, improvements or partitions, including without limitation the attachment of any fixtures or equipment, in, about or to the Premises (“ Alterations ”) without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld with respect to proposed Alterations which: (a) comply with all applicable Regulations; and, (b) are, in Landlord’s opinion, compatible with the Building and its mechanical, plumbing, electrical, heating/ventilation/air conditioning systems, and will not cause the Building or such systems to be required to be modified to comply with any Regulations (including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act). Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall have the reasonable right of written consent for all plans and specifications for the proposed Alterations, construction means and methods, all appropriate permits and licenses, any contractor or subcontractor to be employed on the work of Alterations, and the time for performance of such work, and may impose rules and regulations for contractors and subcontractors performing such work. Notwithstanding the foregoing two sentences, Landlord has consented to the Tenant Improvements described on Schedule II attached hereto; provided, however, that Landlord reserves the right to approve or disapprove in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, any material changes to such Tenant Improvements as so described. Tenant shall supply to Landlord any documents and information reasonably requested by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s consideration of a request for approval of material changes to the Tenant Improvements described on Schedule II or any further Alterations Tenant desires to make. Tenant shall cause all Alterations to be accomplished in a first-class, good and workmanlike manner, and to comply with all applicable Regulations and Paragraph 28 hereof. At no time shall Tenant allow, permit or authorize any work on the Premises by any unlicensed or uninsured contractor. Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole expense, perform any additional work required under applicable Regulations due to the Alterations hereunder. No review or consent by Landlord of or to any proposed Alteration or additional work shall constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 13. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all actual, out-of-pocket costs up to $3,500 that Landlord may incur in connection with granting approval to Tenant for any such Alterations, including any costs or expenses which Landlord may incur in electing to have outside architects and engineers review said plans and specifications, and shall pay Landlord. All such Alterations shall remain the property of Tenant until the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, at which time they shall be and become the property of Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, require that Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, remove any or all Alterations made by Tenant and restore the affected portion of the Premises to standard Building finishes by the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, to their condition existing prior to the construction of any such Alterations. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Landlord shall not require Tenant to so remove any of the Tenant Improvements (as defined below), other than the amphitheatre, the conference room below the amphitheatre, the modifications to the east wall of the Building, the garden retreat, the phone booths, the glass box on the west side of the second floor, and any elements comprising material changes to the Tenant Improvements described on Schedule II to the extent such element has the effect of reducing the aggregate amount of usable standard

 

15



 

work space in the Premises, any of which Landlord may require Tenant to remove by notifying Tenant in writing no later than one year prior to the expiration of the Term. With respect to Alterations other than the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing at the time of approval of any Alterations sought by Tenant whether Tenant will be required to remove such Alterations at the time of expiration or termination of this Lease. All such removals and restoration shall be accomplished in a first-class and good and workmanlike manner so as not to cause any damage to the Premises or Building whatsoever. If Tenant fails to remove such Alterations or Tenant’s trade fixtures or furniture or other personal property, Landlord may keep and use them or remove any of them and cause them to be stored or sold in accordance with applicable law, at Tenant’s sole expense. In addition to and wholly apart from Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay prior to delinquency any taxes or governmental service fees, possessory interest taxes, fees or charges in lieu of any such taxes, capital levies, or other charges imposed upon, levied with respect to or assessed against its fixtures or personal property, on the value of Alterations within the Premises, and on Tenant’s interest pursuant to this Lease, or any increase in any of the foregoing based on such Alterations. To the extent that any such taxes are not separately assessed or billed to Tenant, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof as invoiced to Tenant by Landlord.

 

B.                                     In compliance with Paragraph 28 hereof, at least ten (10) days before beginning construction of any Alteration, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the expected commencement date of that construction to permit Landlord to post and record a notice of non-responsibility. Upon substantial completion of construction, if the law so provides, Tenant shall cause a timely notice of completion to be recorded in the office of the recorder of the county in which the Building is located.

 

C.                                     Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”) not to exceed $17.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of Tenant’s improvements, which are permanently affixed to the Premises (the “ Tenant Improvements ”). In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements in a total amount which exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

 

D.                                     Following the complete construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall no later than thirty (30) days after completion, disburse to Tenant a check in an amount equal to the Tenant Improvement Allowance provided that (i) Tenant has delivered to Landlord properly executed mechanics lien releases from all of Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers, in compliance with California Civil Code Section 3262(d)(4), (ii) Landlord has determined that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life-safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building, or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises in the Building and (iii) Architect has delivered to Landlord a certificate, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises has been substantially completed.

 

14. SIGNS

 

Tenant shall not place, install, affix, paint or maintain any signs, notices, graphics or banners whatsoever which is visible from the exterior of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall remove all such signs or graphics by the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease. Such installations and removals shall be made in such manner as to comply with Regulations and to avoid injury to or defacement of the Premises or Building and any other improvements contained therein, and Tenant shall repair any injury or defacement including without limitation discoloration caused by such installation or removal.

 

15. INSPECTION/POSTING NOTICES

 

After reasonable notice of no less than 24 hours, except in emergencies where no such notice shall be required, Landlord and Landlord’s agents and representatives, shall have the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to clean, to perform such work as may be permitted or required hereunder, to make repairs, improvements or alterations to the Premises or Building, to deal with emergencies, to post such notices as may be permitted or required by law to prevent the perfection of liens against Landlord’s interest in the Building or to exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants, purchasers, encumbrancers or to others, or for any other purpose as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable; provided, however, that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s business operations. Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement of Rent by reason of the exercise of any such right of entry. Tenant waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned

 

16



 

thereby. Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes or special security areas (designated in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem necessary or proper to open said doors in an emergency, in order to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises, and any entry to the Premises or portions thereof obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not be construed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises or any portions thereof. At any time within six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Term or following any earlier termination of this Lease or agreement to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to erect on the Building a suitable sign indicating that the Premises are available for lease.

 

16. SERVICES AND UTILITIES

 

A.                                     Tenant shall contract for and pay directly when due for all water, gas, heat, air conditioning, power, telephone, security services, sewer, cleaning, janitorial, sanitary and storm sewer lines and other utilities and services related thereto and/or used on or from the Premises, together with any taxes, penalties, surcharges or the like pertaining thereto, and maintenance charges for utilities and shall furnish all electric light bulbs, ballasts and tubes. If any such services are not separately billed or metered to Tenant, Tenant shall pay an equitable proportion, as determined in good faith by Landlord. All sums payable under this Paragraph 16 shall constitute Additional Rent hereunder.

 

B.                                     Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has inspected and accepts the water, electricity, heat and air conditioning and other utilities and services being supplied or furnished to the Premises as of the Lease Date, if any, as being sufficient in their present condition, “as is,” for the Permitted Use, and for Tenant’s intended operations in the Premises, subject to the completion of Landlord’s Work, which is to be completed within sixty (60) days after the Lease Date. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide additional electricity, heating or air conditioning, but if Landlord elects to provide such services at Tenant’s request, Tenant shall, upon demand, pay to Landlord a reasonable charge for such services as determined by Landlord. Tenant agrees to keep and cause to be kept closed all window covering when necessary because of the sun’s position, and Tenant also agrees at all times to cooperate fully with Landlord and to abide by all of the regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of electrical, electric windows, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems. Wherever heat-generating machines, excess lighting or equipment are used in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and the cost of operation and maintenance thereof, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord.

 

C.                                     Tenant shall not without written consent of Landlord use any apparatus, equipment or device in the Premises, including without limitation, computers, electronic data processing machines, copying machines, and other machines, using excess lighting or using electric current, water, or any other resource in excess of or which will in any way increase the amount of electricity, water, or any other resource being furnished or supplied for the use of the Premises for reasonable and normal office use, in each case as of the Term Commencement Date, or which will require additions or alterations to or interfere with the Building power distribution systems; nor connect with electric current, except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises or water pipes, any apparatus, equipment or device for the purpose of using electrical current, water, or any other resource. Except to the extent of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord shall not be liable for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from nor shall the Rent or any monies owed Landlord under this Lease herein reserved be abated by reason of: (a) the installation, use or interruption of use of any equipment used in connection with the furnishing of any such utilities or services, or any change in the character or means of supplying or providing any such utilities or services or any supplier thereof; (b) the failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any such utilities or services when such failure or delay is caused by acts of God or the elements, labor disturbances of any character, or otherwise, or because of any interruption of service due to Tenant’s use of water, electric current or other resource in excess of that being supplied or furnished for the use of the Premises as of the Term Commencement Date; or (c) the inadequacy, limitation, curtailment, rationing or restriction on use of water, electricity, gas or any other form of energy or any other service or utility whatsoever serving the Premises or Building otherwise; or (d) the partial or total unavailability of any such utilities or services to the Premises or the Building or the diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, whether by Regulation or otherwise; or (e) any interruption in Tenant’s business operations as a result of any such occurrence; nor shall any such occurrence constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant or a breach of an implied warranty by Landlord. Landlord shall further have no obligation to protect or preserve any apparatus, equipment or device installed by Tenant in the Premises, including without limitation by providing additional or after-hours

 

17


 

heating or air conditioning. Landlord shall be entitled to cooperate voluntarily and in a reasonable manner with the efforts of national, state or local governmental agencies or utility suppliers in reducing energy or other resource consumption. The obligation to make services available hereunder shall be subject to the limitations of any such voluntary, reasonable program. In addition, Landlord reserves the right to change the supplier or provider of any such utility or service from time to time. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, upon notice to Tenant, contract with or otherwise obtain any electrical or other such service for or with respect to the Premises or Tenant’s operations therein from any supplier or provider of any such service. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and any supplier or provider of such services designated by Landlord from time to time to facilitate the delivery of such services to Tenant at the Premises and to the Building, including without limitation allowing Landlord and Landlord’s suppliers or providers, and their respective agents and contractors, reasonable access to the Premises for the purpose of installing, maintaining, repairing, replacing or upgrading such service or any equipment or machinery associated therewith.

 

17. SUBORDINATION

 

Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, this Lease shall be and is hereby declared to be subject and subordinate at all times to: (a) all ground leases or underlying leases which may now exist or hereafter be executed affecting the Premises and/or the land upon which the Premises and Building are situated, or both; and (b) any mortgage or deed of trust which may now exist or be placed upon the Building and/or the land upon which the Premises or the Building are situated, or said ground leases or underlying leases, or Landlord’s interest or estate in any of said items which is specified as security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to subordinate or cause to be subordinated any such ground leases or underlying leases or any such liens to this Lease. If any ground lease or underlying lease terminates for any reason or any mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant shall, notwithstanding any subordination, attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor in interest to Landlord provided that Tenant shall not be disturbed in its possession under this Lease by such successor in interest so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period. Within ten (10) days after request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver any additional documents evidencing Tenant’s attornment or the subordination of this Lease with respect to any such ground leases or underlying leases or any such mortgage or deed of trust, in the form requested by Landlord or by any ground landlord, mortgagee, or beneficiary under a deed of trust, subject to such nondisturbance requirement. If requested in writing by Tenant, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement for the benefit of Tenant reflecting the foregoing from any ground landlord, mortgagee or beneficiary, at Tenant’s expense, subject to such other commercially reasonable and customary terms and conditions as the ground landlord, mortgagee or beneficiary may require.

 

18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

At the request of Landlord from time to time but at least annually for Tenant and for Tenant parent/guarantor, Tenant shall provide to Landlord Tenant’s and Tenant’s guarantor’s current financial statements or other information discussing financial worth of Tenant and any guarantor, which Landlord shall use solely for purposes of this Lease and in connection with the ownership, management, financing and disposition of the Building.

 

19. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

Tenant agrees from time to time, within ten (10) days after request of Landlord, to deliver to Landlord, or Landlord’s designee, an estoppel certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, that this Lease has not been modified (or stating all modifications, written or oral, to this Lease), the date to which Rent has been paid, the unexpired portion of this Lease, that there are no current defaults by Landlord or Tenant under this Lease (or specifying any such defaults), that the leasehold estate granted by this Lease is the sole interest of Tenant in the Premises and/or the land at which the Premises are situated, and such other matters pertaining to this Lease as may be reasonably requested by Landlord or any mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective purchaser of the Building or any interest therein. Failure by Tenant to execute and deliver such certificate shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and acknowledgment by Tenant that the statements included are true and correct without exception. Tenant agrees that if Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate within such ten (10) day period, Landlord may execute and deliver such certificate on Tenant’s behalf and that such certificate shall be binding on Tenant. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Paragraph may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective purchaser of the Building or any interest therein. The parties agree that Tenant’s obligation to furnish such estoppel certificates in a timely fashion is a material inducement for Landlord’s execution of this Lease, and shall be an event of

 

18



 

default (without any cure period that might be provided under Paragraph 27.A(3) of this Lease) if Tenant fails to fully comply or makes any material misstatement in any such certificate.

 

20. SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord upon execution of this Lease, a security deposit equal to six (6) months’ rent, based on the rent schedule for year three (3), in the form of cash or a letter of credit as stated in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Security Deposit ”), which sum shall be held and owned by Landlord, without obligation to pay interest, as security for the performance of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease. Provided that Tenant is not in monetary default hereunder beyond any applicable cure periods, effective as of beginning of month twenty-five (25) of the Lease Term, and as of the beginning of each twelve (12) month period of the Lease Term thereafter, the Security Deposit shall be reduced by one (1) month’s rent based on the rent schedule for year three (3), provided that in no event shall the Security Deposit be reduced below the sum of two (2) months’ rent owing for year three. In addition, in the event Tenant has an initial public offering of its securities or if Tenant is acquired by an entity whose shares are traded on a public exchange, the Security Deposit shall be reduced at the end of twelve (12) months following such event, to two (2) months’ rent based on the rent schedule for year three, provided that the publicly traded or acquiring entity’s net worth at the one year anniversary of such event is equal to or greater than Tenant’s net worth as of the Lease Date. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of damages incurred by Landlord in case of Tenant’s default. Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord may from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or by law, use such fund as a credit to the extent necessary to credit against any arrears of Rent or other payments due to Landlord hereunder, and any other damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such event of default, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Although the Security Deposit shall be deemed the property of Landlord, any remaining balance of such deposit shall be returned by Landlord to Tenant at such time after termination of this Lease that all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled, reduced by such amounts as may be required by Landlord to remedy defaults on the part of Tenant in the payment of Rent or other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, to repair damage to the Premises or Building caused by Tenant or any Tenant’s Parties and to clean the Premises. Landlord is hereby granted a security interest in the Security Deposit in accordance with applicable provisions of the California Commercial Code. Landlord may use and commingle the Security Deposit with other funds of Landlord. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of any Regulations, now or hereinafter in force, which restricts the amount or types of claim that a landlord may make upon a security deposit or imposes upon a landlord (or its successors) any obligation with respect to the handling or return of security deposits.

 

21. LIMITATION OF TENANT’S REMEDIES

 

The obligations and liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease are not personal obligations of Landlord or of the individual or other partners of Landlord or its or their partners, directors, officers, or shareholders, and Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building for the recovery of any amount from Landlord, and shall not look to other assets of Landlord nor seek recourse against the assets of the individual or other partners of Landlord or its or their partners, directors, officers or shareholders. Any lien obtained to enforce any such judgment and any levy of execution thereon shall be subject and subordinate to any lien, mortgage or deed of trust on the Building. Tenant shall have no right to offset against or recoup Rent or other payments due and to become due to Landlord hereunder, which Rent and other payments shall be absolutely due and payable hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof. In no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damage on account of any breach of this Lease or otherwise, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease.

 

22. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

A.                                     (1)                                  General. Tenant’s rights granted under this Lease do not include the right to assign this Lease or sublease the Premises, or to receive any excess, either in installments or lump sum, over the Rent which is expressly reserved by Landlord as hereinafter provided, except, in each case, as otherwise expressly hereinafter provided. Tenant shall not assign or pledge this Lease or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises or any part thereof by anyone other than Tenant, or suffer or permit any such assignment, pledge, subleasing or occupancy, without Landlord’s prior written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed on the terms contained herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 22, Tenant may permit its joint venture partners or parties with whom Tenant has formed a strategic alliance to jointly

 

19



 

occupy with Tenant portions of the Premises up to 2000 square feet in the aggregate at any time and from time to time during the Term without providing notice to or obtaining consent from Landlord. If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet any or all of the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) at least forty-five (45) days prior to the anticipated effective date of the proposed assignment or sublease, which shall contain all of the information reasonably requested by Landlord to address Landlord’s decision criteria specified hereinafter. Landlord shall then have a period of thirty (30) days following receipt of the Transfer Notice to notify Tenant in writing that Landlord, acting reasonably, elects either to deny such assignment or subletting or to consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, subject, however, to Landlord’s prior written consent of the proposed assignee or subtenant and of any related documents or agreements associated with the assignment or sublease. If Landlord should fail to notify Tenant in writing of such election within said period, Landlord shall be deemed to have consented. Consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute consent to any subsequent transaction to which this Paragraph 22 applies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 22, in the event of (i) a merger, consolidation or sale of assets by Tenant in an arm’s length transaction in the ordinary course of business and outside of an insolvency context, (ii) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant by an entity continuing to operate the business of Tenant (unless such assets have been acquired in connection with the insolvency of Tenant), or (iii) an assignment or subletting to an affiliate of Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to sublet or assign all or a portion of the Premises without Landlord’s consent, provided a Transfer notice is given to Landlord together with a document satisfactory to Landlord executed by the transferee or assignee, agreeing to be bound by all of the terms and obligations of this Lease, including payment of the appropriate Rent.

 

(2)                                  Conditions of Landlord’s Consent. Without limiting the other instances in which it may be reasonable for Landlord to withhold Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold Landlord’s consent in the following instances: if the proposed assignee does not agree to be bound by and assume the obligations of Tenant under this Lease in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord; the use of the Premises by such proposed assignee or subtenant would not be a Permitted Use or would violate any exclusivity or other arrangement which Landlord has with any other tenant or occupant or any Regulation, or would otherwise result in an undesirable tenant mix for the Building as determined by Landlord; the proposed assignee or subtenant is not of sound financial condition as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s sole but reasonable discretion; the proposed assignee or subtenant is a governmental agency; the proposed assignee or subtenant does not have a good reputation as a tenant of property or a good business reputation; the proposed assignee or subtenant is a person with whom Landlord is negotiating to lease space in the Building or is a present tenant of the Building; the assignment or subletting would entail any Alterations which would lessen the value of the leasehold improvements in the Premises or use of any Hazardous Materials or other noxious use or use which may disturb other tenants of the Building; or Tenant is in default of any obligation of Tenant under this Lease, or Tenant has defaulted under this Lease on three (3) or more occasions during any twelve (12) months preceding the date that Tenant shall request consent. Failure by or refusal of Landlord to consent to a proposed assignee or subtenant shall not cause a termination of this Lease. In connection with each request for assignment or subletting, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual, out-of-pocket costs of effecting any such transfer, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, up to a maximum of $2,000.

 

B.                                     Bonus Rent. Any Rent or other consideration realized by Tenant under any such sublease or assignment in excess of the Rent payable hereunder, after deducting a reasonable brokerage commission, improvement costs and free rent incurred by Tenant, shall be divided and paid, fifty percent (50%) to Tenant, fifty percent (50%) to Landlord.

 

C.                                     Corporation. If Tenant is a corporation, a transfer of corporate shares by sale, assignment, bequest, inheritance, operation of law or other disposition (including such a transfer to or by a receiver or trustee in federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceedings) resulting in a change in the present control of such corporation or any of its parent corporations by the person or persons owning a majority of said corporate shares, shall constitute an assignment for purposes of this Lease.

 

D.                                     Unincorporated Entity. If Tenant is a partnership, joint venture, unincorporated limited liability company or other unincorporated business form, a transfer of the interest of persons, firms or entities responsible for managerial control of Tenant by sale, assignment, bequest, inheritance, operation of law or other disposition, so as to result in a change in the present control of said entity and/or of the

 

20



 

underlying beneficial interests of said entity and/or a change in the identity of the persons responsible for the general credit obligations of said entity shall constitute an assignment for all purposes of this Lease.

 

E.                                     Liability. No assignment or subletting by Tenant, permitted or otherwise, shall relieve Tenant of any obligation under this Lease or any guarantor of this Lease of any liability under its guaranty or alter the primary liability of the Tenant named herein for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Tenant, including obligations contained in Paragraph 26 with respect to any assignee or subtenant. Landlord may collect rent or other amounts or any portion thereof from any assignee, subtenant, or other occupant of the Premises, permitted or otherwise, and apply the net rent collected to the Rent payable hereunder, but no such collection shall be deemed to be a waiver of this Paragraph 22, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease or any guarantor of this Lease of any liability under its guaranty. Any assignment or subletting which conflicts with the provisions hereof shall be void.

 

23. AUTHORITY

 

Landlord represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder and that all persons signing this Lease on its behalf are authorized to do. Tenant and the person or persons, if any, signing on behalf of Tenant, jointly and severally represent and warrant that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and to perform all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and that all persons signing this Lease on its behalf are authorized to do so.

 

24. CONDEMNATION

 

A.                                     Condemnation Resulting in Termination. If the whole or any substantial part of the Premises should be taken or condemned for any public use under any Regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof, and the taking would prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s normal business operations in the Premises, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease at its option. If any material portion of the Building is taken or condemned for any public use under any Regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof, Landlord may terminate this Lease at its option. In either of such events, the Rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective when the physical taking of said Premises shall have occurred.

 

B.                                     Condemnation Not Resulting in Termination. If a portion of the Building of which the Premises are a part should be taken or condemned for any public use under any Regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof, and the taking prevents or materially interferes with Tenant’s normal business operations in the Premises, and this Lease is not terminated as provided in Paragraph 24.A above, the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired portion of this Lease shall be reduced, beginning on the date when the physical taking shall have occurred, to such amount as may be fair and reasonable under all of the circumstances, but only after giving Landlord credit for all sums received or to be received by Tenant by the condemning authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph, if the temporary use or occupancy of any part of the Premises shall be taken or appropriated under power of eminent domain during the Term, this Lease shall be and remain unaffected by such taking or appropriation and Tenant shall continue to pay in full all Rent payable hereunder by Tenant during the Term; in the event of any such temporary appropriation or taking, Tenant shall be entitled to receive that portion of any award which represents compensation for the use of or occupancy of the Premises during the unexpired Term.

 

C.                                     Award. Landlord shall be entitled to (and Tenant shall assign to Landlord) any and all payment, income, rent, award or any interest therein whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with such taking or conveyance and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or otherwise for any sums paid by virtue of such proceedings, whether or not attributable to the value of any unexpired portion of this Lease, except as expressly provided in this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any compensation specifically and separately awarded Tenant for Tenant’s personal property and moving costs, shall be and remain the property of Tenant.

 

D.                                     Waiver of CCP§1265.130. Each party waives the provisions of California Civil Code Procedure Section 1265.130 allowing either party to petition the superior court to terminate this Lease as a result of a partial taking.

 

25. CASUALTY DAMAGE

 

A.                                     General. If the Premises or Building should be damaged or destroyed by fire, earthquake, tornado, or other casualty (collectively, “ Casualty ”), Tenant shall give immediate written notice thereof

 

21



 

to Landlord. Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether in Landlord’s reasonable estimation material restoration of the Premises can reasonably be made within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of such notice and receipt of required permits for such restoration. Landlord’s determination shall be binding on Tenant.

 

B.                                     Within 180 Days. If the Premises or Building should be damaged by Casualty to such extent that material restoration can in Landlord’s reasonable estimation be reasonably completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such notice and receipt of required permits for such restoration, this Lease shall not terminate. Provided that the Casualty is an insured risk, Landlord shall proceed to rebuild and repair the Premises diligently and in the manner determined by Landlord, except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of any Alterations which may have been placed on or about the Premises or paid for by Tenant. If the Premises are untenantable in whole or in part following such damage, the Rent payable hereunder during the period in which they are untenantable shall be abated proportionately, but only to the extent of rental abatement insurance proceeds received by Landlord during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy.

 

C.                                     Greater than 180 Days. If the Premises or Building should be damaged by Casualty to such extent that rebuilding or repairs cannot in Landlord’s reasonable estimation be reasonably completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such notice and receipt of required permits for such rebuilding or repair, then Landlord shall have the option of either: (1) terminating this Lease effective upon the date of the occurrence of such damage, in which event the Rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease; or (2) electing to rebuild or repair the Premises diligently and in the manner reasonably determined by Landlord. Landlord shall notify Tenant of its election within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of notice of the damage or destruction. Notwithstanding the above, Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of any Alterations which may have been placed, on or about the Premises or paid for by Tenant. If the Premises are not usable by Tenant’s for Tenant’s normal business operations in whole or in part following such damage, the Rent payable hereunder during the period in which they are not usable by Tenant for Tenant’s normal business operations shall be abated proportionately.

 

D.                                     Tenant’s Fault. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Premises or any other portion of the Building are damaged by Casualty resulting from the fault, negligence, or breach of this Lease by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, Base Rent and Additional Rent shall not be diminished during the repair of such damage and, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for the cost and expense of the repair and restoration of the Building caused thereby to the extent such cost and expense is not covered by insurance proceeds.

 

E.                                     Insurance Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Premises or Building are damaged or destroyed and are not covered by the insurance proceeds received by Landlord or if the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then in either case Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of notice to Landlord that said damage or destruction is not covered by insurance or such requirement is made by any such holder, as the case may be, whereupon this Lease shall terminate.

 

F.                                      Waiver. This Paragraph 25 shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event of damage or destruction to the Premises or the Building. As a material inducement to Landlord entering into this Lease, Tenant hereby waives any rights it may have under Sections 1932, 1933(4), 1941 or 1942 of the Civil Code of California with respect to any destruction of the Premises, Landlord’s obligation for tenantability of the Premises and Tenant’s right to make repairs and deduct the expenses of such repairs, or under any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

 

G.                                    Tenant’s Personal Property. In the event of any damage or destruction of the Premises or the Building, under no circumstances shall Landlord be required to repair any injury or damage to, or make any repairs to or replacements of, Tenant’s personal property.

 

26. HOLDING OVER

 

Unless Landlord expressly consents in writing to Tenant’s holding over, Tenant shall be unlawfully and illegally in possession of the Premises, whether or not Landlord accepts any rent from Tenant or any other person while Tenant remains in possession of the Premises without Landlord’s written consent. If Tenant shall retain possession of the Premises or any portion thereof without Landlord’s consent following the expiration of this Lease or sooner termination for any reason, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord for each day of such retention one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of daily rental

 

22



 

as of the last month prior to the date of expiration or earlier termination (“ Holdover Rent ”). Acceptance of Rent by Landlord following expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or following demand by Landlord for possession of the Premises, shall not constitute a renewal of this Lease, and nothing contained in this Paragraph 26 shall waive Landlord’s right of reentry or any other right. Additionally, if upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or following demand by Landlord for possession of the Premises, Tenant has not fulfilled its obligation with respect to repairs and cleanup of the Premises or any other Tenant obligations as set forth in this Lease, then Landlord shall have the right to perform any such obligations as it deems necessary at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and any time required by Landlord to complete such obligations shall be considered a period of holding over and the terms of this Paragraph 26 shall apply. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease but without limiting Tenant’s liability for payment of Holdover Rent, Tenant shall not be liable for consequential damages arising from Tenant’s failure to vacate the Premises occurring during the first thirty (30) day period following the expiration or termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Paragraph 26 shall survive any expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

27. DEFAULT

 

A.                                     Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an event of default on the part of Tenant, provided that Tenant waives any right to notice Tenant may have under Section 1951.3 of the Civil Code of the State of California, the terms of this Paragraph 27.A being deemed such notice to Tenant as required by said Section 1951.3:

 

(1)                                  Nonpayment of Rent. Failure to pay any installment of Rent or any other amount due and payable hereunder for a period of three (3) days following written notice from Landlord of the delinquency of such payment, time being of the essence.

 

(2)                                  Other Obligations. Failure to perform any obligation, agreement or covenant under this Lease other than those matters specified in subparagraphs (1) and (2) of this Paragraph 27.A, and in Paragraphs 9, 17, 19 and 26, which failure continues for fifteen (15) days after written notice of such failure, as to which time is of the essence.

 

(3)                                  General Assignment. A general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors.

 

(4)                                  Bankruptcy. The filing of any voluntary petition in bankruptcy by Tenant, or the filing of an involuntary petition by Tenant’s creditors, which involuntary petition remains undischarged for a period of thirty (30) days. If under applicable law, the trustee in bankruptcy or Tenant has the right to affirm this Lease and continue to perform the obligations of Tenant hereunder, such trustee or Tenant shall, in such time period as may be permitted by the bankruptcy court having jurisdiction, cure all defaults of Tenant hereunder outstanding as of the date of the affirmance of this Lease and provide to Landlord such adequate assurances as may be necessary to ensure Landlord of the continued performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

(5)                                  Receivership. The employment of a receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or the Premises, if such appointment remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of fifteen (15) days after the order therefor.

 

(6)                                  Attachment. The attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or Tenant’s leasehold of the Premises, if such attachment or other seizure remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of fifteen (15) days after the levy thereof.

 

(7)                                  Insolvency. The admission by Tenant in writing of its inability to pay its debts as they become due.

 

B.                                     Remedies Upon Default.

 

(1)                                  Termination. In the event of the occurrence of any event of default, Landlord shall have the right to give a written termination notice to Tenant, and on the date specified in such notice, Tenant’s right to possession shall terminate, and this Lease shall terminate unless on or before such date all Rent in arrears and all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Landlord hereunder shall have been paid by Tenant and all other events of default of this Lease by Tenant at the time existing shall have been fully remedied to the satisfaction of Landlord. At any time after such termination, Landlord may recover possession of the Premises or any part thereof and expel and remove therefrom Tenant and any other person occupying the same, including any subtenant or subtenants notwithstanding Landlord’s consent to any sublease, by any lawful means, and again repossess and enjoy the Premises without prejudice to any of the remedies that Landlord may have under this Lease, or at law or equity by any reason of Tenant’s default or of

 

23



 

such termination. Landlord hereby reserves the right, but shall not have the obligation, to recognize the continued possession of any subtenant. The delivery or surrender to Landlord by or on behalf of Tenant of keys, entry codes, or other means to bypass security at the Premises shall not terminate this Lease.

 

(2)                                  Continuation After Default. Even though an event of default may have occurred, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession under Paragraph 27.B(1) hereof. Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (“Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations”), or any successor code section. Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord may enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover Rent as it becomes due. Acts of maintenance, preservation or efforts to lease the Premises or the appointment of a receiver under application of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or other entry by Landlord upon the Premises shall not constitute an election to terminate Tenant’s right to possession.

 

(3)                                  Increased Security Deposit. If Tenant is in default under Paragraph 27.A(1) hereof and such default remains uncured for ten (10) days after the expiration of the applicable cure period or a payment default beyond the applicable cure period occurs more than three times in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord may require that Tenant increase the Security Deposit to the amount of five (5) times the current month’s Rent at the time of the most recent default.

 

C.                                     Damages After Default. Should Landlord terminate this Lease pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 27.B(1) hereof, Landlord shall have the rights and remedies of a Landlord provided by Section 1951.2 of the Civil Code of the State of California, or any successor code sections. Upon such termination, in addition to any other rights and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled under applicable law or at equity, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant: (1) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent and other amounts which had been earned at the time of termination, (2) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other amounts that would have been earned after the date of termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; (3) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other amounts for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that the Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and (4) any other amount and court costs necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom. The “worth at the time of award” as used in (1) and (2) above shall be computed at the Applicable Interest Rate (defined below). The “worth at the time of award” as used in (3) above shall be computed by discounting such amount at the Federal Discount Rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). If this Lease provides for any periods during the Term during which Tenant is not required to pay Base Rent or if Tenant otherwise receives a Rent concession, then upon the occurrence of an event of default, Tenant shall owe to Landlord the full amount of such Base Rent or value of such Rent concession, plus interest at the Applicable Interest Rate, calculated from the date that such Base Rent or Rent concession would have been payable.

 

D.                                     Late Charge. In addition to its other remedies, Landlord shall have the right without notice or demand to add to the amount of any payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, and which is not paid and received by Landlord when due, to an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the delinquent amount, or $150.00, whichever amount is greater, for each month or portion thereof that the delinquency remains outstanding to compensate Landlord for the loss of the use of the amount not paid and the administrative costs caused by the delinquency, the parties agreeing that Landlord’s damage by virtue of such delinquencies would be extremely difficult and impracticable to compute and the amount stated herein represents a reasonable estimate thereof; provided, however that such charge shall not apply to the first such delinquency. Any waiver by Landlord of any late charges or failure to claim the same shall not constitute a waiver of other late charges or any other remedies available to Landlord.

 

E.                                     Interest. Interest shall accrue on all sums not paid when due hereunder at the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum interest rate allowed by law (“ Applicable Interest Rate ”) from the due date until paid.

 

F.                                      Remedies Cumulative. All of Landlord’s rights, privileges and elections or remedies are cumulative and not alternative, to the extent permitted by law and except as otherwise provided herein.

 

24



 

G.                                    Replacement of Statutory Notice Requirements. When this Lease requires service of a notice, that notice shall replace rather than supplement any equivalent or similar statutory notice, including any notice required by California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor statute. When a statute requires service of a notice in a particular manner, service of that notice (or a similar notice required by this Lease) in the manner required by this Paragraph 27 shall replace and satisfy the statutory service-of-notice procedures, including those required by California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1162 or any similar or successor statute.

 

28. LIENS

 

Tenant shall at all times keep the Premises and the Building free from liens arising out of or related to work or services performed, materials or supplies furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant or in connection with work made, suffered or done by or on behalf of Tenant in or on the Premises or Building. If Tenant shall not, within ten (10) days following the imposition of any such lien, cause the same to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as Landlord shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums paid by Landlord on behalf of Tenant and all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therefor shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant on demand with interest at the Applicable Interest Rate as Additional Rent. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices permitted or required by law, or which Landlord shall deem proper, for the protection of Landlord, the Premises, the Building and any other party having an interest therein, from mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens, and Tenant shall give Landlord not less than ten (10) business days prior written notice of the commencement of any work in the Premises or Building which could lawfully give rise to a claim for mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens to permit Landlord to post and record a timely notice of non-responsibility, as Landlord may elect to proceed or as the law may from time to time provide, for which purpose, if Landlord shall so determine, Landlord may enter the Premises. Tenant shall not remove any such notice posted by Landlord without Landlord’s consent, and in any event not before completion of the work which could lawfully give rise to a claim for mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens.

 

29. TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD

 

In the event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Building or a foreclosure by any creditor of Landlord, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, express or implied, herein contained in favor of Tenant, to the extent required to be performed after the passing of title to Landlord’s successor-in-interest. In such event, Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor-in-interest of Landlord under this Lease with respect to the performance of the covenants and duties of “Landlord” first arising after the passing of title to Landlord’s successor-in-interest. This Lease shall not be affected by any such sale and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee. Landlord’s successor(s)-in-interest shall not have liability to Tenant with respect to the failure to perform any of the obligations of “Landlord,” to the extent required to be performed prior to the date such successor(s)-in-interest became the owner of the Building, and all such liability shall be retained by Landlord.

 

30. RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM TENANT’S COVENANTS

 

All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of Rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than Base Rent, required to be paid by Tenant hereunder or shall fail to perform any other act on Tenant’s part to be performed hereunder, including Tenant’s obligations under Paragraph 12 hereof, and such failure shall continue for fifteen (15) days after notice thereof by Landlord, in addition to the other rights and remedies of Landlord, Landlord may make any such payment and perform any such act on Tenant’s part. In the case of an emergency, no prior notification by Landlord shall be required. Landlord may take such actions without any obligation and without releasing Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations. All sums so paid by Landlord and all incidental costs incurred by Landlord and interest thereon at the Applicable Interest Rate, from the date of payment by Landlord, shall be paid to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent.

 

31. WAIVER

 

If either Landlord or Tenant waives the performance of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease, such waiver shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition contained herein, or constitute a course of dealing contrary to the expressed terms of this Lease. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of any preceding

 

25



 

breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time Landlord accepted such Rent. Failure by Landlord to enforce any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease for any length of time shall not be deemed to waive or decrease the right of Landlord to insist thereafter upon strict performance by Tenant. Waiver by Landlord of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease may only be made by a written document signed by Landlord, based upon full knowledge of the circumstances.

 

32. NOTICES

 

Each provision of this Lease or of any applicable governmental laws, ordinances, regulations and other requirements with reference to sending, mailing, or delivery of any notice or the making of any payment by Landlord or Tenant to the other shall be deemed to be complied with when and if the following steps are taken:

 

A.                                     Rent. All Rent and other payments required to be made by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be payable to Landlord at Landlord’s Remittance Address set forth in the Basic Lease Information, or at such other address as Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent and any other amounts to Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall not be deemed satisfied until such Rent and other amounts have been actually received by Landlord.

 

B.                                     Other. All notices, demands, consents and approvals which may or are required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing and either personally delivered, sent by commercial overnight courier, mailed, certified or registered, postage prepaid or sent by facsimile with confirmed receipt (and with an original sent by commercial overnight courier), and in each case addressed to the party to be notified at the Notice Address for such party as specified in the Basic Lease Information or to such other place as the party to be notified may from time to time designate by at least fifteen (15) days notice to the notifying party. Notices shall be deemed served upon receipt or refusal to accept delivery. Tenant appoints as its agent to receive the service of all default notices and notice of commencement of unlawful detainer proceedings the person in charge of or apparently in charge of occupying the Premises at the time, and, if there is no such person, then such service may be made by attaching the same on the main entrance of the Premises.

 

C.                                     Required Notices. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing of any notice of a violation or a potential or alleged violation of any Regulation that relates to the Premises or the Building, or of any inquiry, investigation, enforcement or other action that is instituted or threatened by any governmental or regulatory agency against Tenant or any other occupant of the Premises, or any claim that is instituted or threatened by any third party that relates to the Premises or the Building.

 

33. ATTORNEYS’ FEES

 

If during the continuance of an event of default under this Lease, Landlord places the enforcement of this Lease, or any part thereof, or the collection of any Rent due, or to become due hereunder, or recovery of possession of the Premises in the hands of an attorney, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, whether incurred before trial, at trial, appeal or review. In any action which Landlord or Tenant brings to enforce its respective rights hereunder, the unsuccessful party shall pay all costs incurred by the prevailing party including reasonable attorneys’ fees, to be fixed by the court, and said costs and attorneys’ fees shall be a part of the judgment in said action.

 

34. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

 

This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord, its successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Tenant, its successors, and to the extent assignment is approved by Landlord as provided hereunder, Tenant’s assigns.

 

35. FORCE MAJEURE

 

If performance by a party of any portion of this Lease is made impossible by any prevention, delay, or stoppage caused by strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes for those items, government actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, performance by that party for a period equal to the period of that prevention, delay, or stoppage is excused. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent, however, is not excused by this Paragraph 35.

 

26



 

36. SURRENDER OF PREMISES

 

Tenant shall, upon expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as existed on the date Tenant completed the Tenant Improvements, normal wear and tear excluded, but with all interior walls cleaned, all holes in walls repaired, all carpets shampooed and cleaned, all HVAC equipment in operating order and in good repair, and all floors broom-clean, and free of any Tenant-introduced marking or painting, all to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. Tenant shall remove all of its debris from the Building. At or before the time of surrender, Tenant shall comply with the terms of Paragraph 13.A hereof with respect to Alterations to the Premises and all other matters addressed in such Paragraph. If the Premises are not so surrendered at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, the provisions of Paragraph 26 hereof shall apply. All keys to the Premises or any part thereof shall be surrendered to Landlord upon expiration or sooner termination of the Term. Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to vacating the Premises and shall meet with Landlord for a joint inspection of the Premises at the time of vacating, but nothing contained herein shall be construed as an extension of the Term or as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. In the event of Tenant’s failure to give such notice or participate in such joint inspection, Landlord’s inspection at or after Tenant’s vacating the Premises shall conclusively be deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenant’s responsibility for repairs and restoration. Any delay caused by Tenant’s failure to carry out its obligations under this Paragraph 36 beyond the term hereof, shall constitute unlawful and illegal possession of Premises under Paragraph 26 hereof.

 

37. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

 

A.                                     General Restrictions. Tenant shall conduct its business and shall cause each Tenant Party to act in such a manner as to (a) not release or permit the release of any Hazardous Material in, under, on or about the Premises or Building, or (b) not use, store, generate, treat, discharge, disperse, handle, manufacture, transport or dispose of (collectively, “Handle”) any Hazardous Materials (other than incidental amounts of customary cleaning and office supplies) in or about the Premises or Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion (“Hazardous Materials Consent Requirements”). “Hazardous Material” means any hazardous, explosive, radioactive or toxic substance, material or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local, state or federal governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, any material or substance which is (i) defined or listed as a “hazardous waste,” “extremely hazardous waste,” “restricted hazardous waste,” “hazardous substance,” “hazardous material,” “pollutant” or “contaminant” under any Regulation, (ii) petroleum or petroleum derivative, (iii) a flammable explosive, (iv) a radioactive material or waste, (v) a polychlorinated biphenyl, (vi) asbestos or asbestos containing material, (vii) infectious waste, or (viii) a carcinogen.

 

B.                                     Required Disclosures. Prior to Tenant (and at least five (5) days prior to any assignee or any subtenant of Tenant) taking possession of any part of the Premises, and on each anniversary of the Term Commencement Date (each such date is hereinafter referred to as a “Disclosure Date”), until and including the first Disclosure Date occurring after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall disclose to Landlord in writing the names and amounts of all Hazardous Materials, or any combination thereof, which were Handled on, in, under or about the Premises or Building for the twelve (12) month period prior to such Disclosure Date, or which Tenant intends to Handle on, under or about the Premises during the twelve (12) month period following the Disclosure Date by executing and delivering to Landlord a “Hazardous Materials Questionnaire”, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (as updated and modified by Landlord, from time to time). Tenant’s disclosure obligations under this Paragraph 37.B shall include a requirement that, to the extent any information contained in a Hazardous Materials Questionnaire previously delivered by Tenant shall become inaccurate in any material respect, Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord a new updated Hazardous Materials Questionnaire.

 

C.                                     Additional Obligations. If any Hazardous Materials shall be released into the environment comprising or surrounding the Building in connection with the acts, omissions or operations of Tenant or any Tenant Party, Tenant shall at its sole expense promptly prepare a remediation plan therefore consistent with applicable Regulations and recommended industry practices (and approved by Landlord and all governmental agencies having jurisdiction) to fully remediate such release, and thereafter shall prosecute the remediation plan so approved to completion with all reasonable diligence and to the satisfaction of Landlord and applicable governmental agencies. If any Hazardous Materials are Handled in, under, on or about the Premises during the Term, or if Landlord determines in good faith that any release of any Hazardous Material or violation of Hazardous Materials Regulations may have occurred in, on, under or about the Premises during the Term, Landlord may require Tenant to at Tenant’s sole

 

27


 

expense, (i) retain a qualified environmental consultant reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to conduct a reasonable investigation (an “Environmental Assessment”) of a nature and scope reasonably approved in writing in advance by Landlord with respect to the existence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises and providing a review of all Hazardous Materials activities of Tenant and the Tenant Parties, and (ii) provide to Landlord a reasonably detailed, written report, prepared in accordance with the institutional real estate standards, of the Environmental Assessment.

 

D.                                     Indemnity. Tenant shall indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord), protect and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, costs, loss of rents, liens, damages, injuries or expenses (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and court costs), demands, causes of action, or judgments directly or indirectly arising out of or related to the use, generation, storage, release, or disposal of Hazardous Materials by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties in, on, under or about the Premises, the Building or surrounding land or environment, which indemnity shall include, without limitation, damages for personal or bodily injury, property damage, damage to the environment or natural resources occurring on or off the Premises, losses attributable to diminution in value or adverse effects on marketability, the cost of any investigation, monitoring, government oversight, repair, removal, remediation, restoration, abatement, and disposal, and the preparation of any closure or other required plans, whether such action is required or necessary prior to or following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Neither the consent by Landlord to the use, generation, storage, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials nor the strict compliance by Tenant with all laws pertaining to Hazardous Materials shall excuse Tenant from Tenant’s obligation of indemnification pursuant to this Paragraph 37.D. Tenant’s obligations pursuant to the foregoing indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord shall indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant), protect and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, costs, loss of rents, liens, damages, injuries or expenses (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and court costs), demands, causes of action, or judgments directly or indirectly arising out of or related to the use, generation, storage, release, or disposal of Hazardous Materials by Landlord or any tenants who occupied the Premises, Building prior to Tenant’s occupancy, in, on, under or about the Premises, the Building or surrounding land or environment.

 

38. MISCELLANEOUS

 

A.                                     General. The term “Tenant” or any pronoun used in place thereof shall indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals, firms or corporations, and their respective successors, executors, administrators and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof.

 

B.                                     Time. Time is of the essence regarding this Lease and all of its provisions.

 

C.                                     Choice of Law. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

D.                                     Entire Agreement. This Lease, together with its Exhibits, addenda and attachments and the Basic Lease Information, contains all the agreements of the parties hereto and supersedes any previous negotiations. There have been no representations made by the Landlord or understandings made between the parties other than those set forth in this Lease and its Exhibits, addenda and attachments and the Basic Lease Information.

 

E.                                     Modification. This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto. Tenant accepts the area of the Premises as specified in the Basic Lease Information as the approximate area of the Premises for all purposes under this Lease, and acknowledges and agrees that no other definition of the area (rentable, usable or otherwise) of the Premises shall apply. Tenant shall in no event be entitled to a recalculation of the square footage of the Premises, rentable, usable or otherwise, and no recalculation, if made, irrespective of its purpose, shall reduce Tenant’s obligations under this Lease in any manner, including without limitation the amount of Base Rent payable by Tenant or Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building.

 

F.                                      Severability. If, for any reason whatsoever, any of the provisions hereof shall be unenforceable or ineffective, all of the other provisions shall be and remain in full force and effect.

 

G.                                    Recordation. Tenant shall not record this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof.

 

H.                                    Examination of Lease. Submission of this Lease to Tenant does not constitute an option or offer to lease and this Lease is not effective otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

28



 

I.                                         Accord and Satisfaction. No payment by Tenant of a lesser amount than the total Rent due nor any endorsement on any check or letter accompanying any check or payment of Rent shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction of full payment of Rent, and Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue other remedies. All offers by or on behalf of Tenant of accord and satisfaction are hereby rejected in advance.

 

J.                                       Easements. Landlord may grant easements on the Building and dedicate for public use portions of the Building without Tenant’s consent; provided that no such grant or dedication shall materially interfere with Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord documents, instruments, maps and plats necessary to effectuate Tenant’s covenants hereunder.

 

K.                                    Drafting and Determination Presumption. The parties acknowledge that this Lease has been agreed to by both the parties, that both Landlord and Tenant have consulted with attorneys with respect to the terms of this Lease and that no presumption shall be created against Landlord because Landlord drafted this Lease. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease, with respect to any consent, determination or estimation of Landlord required or allowed in this Lease or requested of Landlord, Landlord’s consent, determination or estimation shall be given or made solely by Landlord in Landlord’s good faith opinion, whether or not objectively reasonable. If Landlord fails to respond to any request for its consent within the time period, if any, specified in this Lease, Landlord shall be deemed to have disapproved such request.

 

L.                                     Exhibits. The Basic Lease Information, and the Exhibits, addenda and attachments attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein by this reference and made a part of this Lease as though fully set forth herein.

 

M.                                  No Light, Air or View Easement. Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on lands adjacent to or in the vicinity of the Building shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord.

 

N.                                     No Third Party Benefit. This Lease is a contract between Landlord and Tenant and nothing herein is intended to create any third party benefit.

 

O.                                    Quiet Enjoyment. Upon payment by Tenant of the Rent, and upon the observance and performance of all of the other covenants, terms and conditions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the term hereby demised without hindrance or interruption by Landlord or any other person or persons lawfully or equitably claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject, nevertheless, to all of the other terms and conditions of this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any hindrance, interruption, interference or disturbance by other tenants or third persons, nor shall Tenant be released from any obligations under this Lease because of such hindrance, interruption, interference or disturbance.

 

P.                                      Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

Q.                                    Multiple Parties. If more than one person or entity is named herein as Tenant, such multiple parties shall have joint and several responsibility to comply with the terms of this Lease.

 

R.                                     Prorations. Any Rent or other amounts payable to Landlord by Tenant hereunder for any fractional month shall be prorated based on a month of 30 days. As used herein, the term “fiscal year” shall mean the calendar year or such other fiscal year as Landlord may deem appropriate.

 

39. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

A.                                     Pets. Tenant shall be permitted to bring household pets onto the Premises, subject to any Rules and Regulations and to the terms of this Lease.

 

B.                                     Access to Premises. Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours per day, seven (7) days per week, 365 days per year, with electrical service provided at all times.

 

C.                                     Access to Roof. Subject to the existing easements and facilities installed on the roof, tenant shall have access to the Building’s roof for the purpose of installing its own satellite and wireless communication equipment, without additional charge, but subject to Landlord’s prior written approval as to quantity, size and location of such equipment and subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations. This right to install such equipment shall not be deemed to grant to Tenant the right to lease or sublease to third party service providers roof space for the purpose of installing commercial antennas, cell relay towers and equipment for

 

29



 

wireless communications. Any revenue derived from such activity and leasing shall be deemed to be the sole property and revenue of Landlord which is payable to Landlord upon receipt. Any skylights or other improvements to the roof or installed on the roof shall be subject to the terms and provisions of Section 13 hereof governing Alterations.

 

40. JURY TRIAL WAIVER

 

EACH PARTY HERETO (WHICH INCLUDES ANY ASSIGNEE, SUCCESSOR HEIR OR PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVE OF A PARTY) SHALL NOT SEEK A JURY TRIAL, AND, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY, AND HEREBY FURTHER WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO VENUE IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE BUILDING IS LOCATED, AND AGREES AND CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY STATUTE, EMERGENCY OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER ANY OF THE FOREGOING IS BASED ON THIS LEASE OR ON TORT LAW. EACH PARTY REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL CONCERNING THE EFFECT OF THIS PARAGRAPH 40. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH 40 SHALL SURVIVE THE EXPIRATION OR EARLIER TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and the year first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD

 

 

 

 

 

Redbird Investment Group, LLC,

 

 

a Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bruce J. Cardinal

 

 

 

Bruce J. Cardinal, Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

Date: July 7, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT

 

 

 

 

 

Atlassian, Inc.

 

 

A Delaware Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Bruce-Smith

 

 

 

John Bruce-Smith

 

 

 

Its: Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jay Simons

 

 

 

Jay Simons

 

 

 

Its: Director

 

 

 

 

 

Date: June 26, 2011

 

 

30



 

EXHIBIT C

 

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS QUESTIONNAIRE

 

This questionnaire is designed to solicit information regarding Tenant’s proposed use, generation, treatment, storage, transfer or disposal of hazardous or toxic materials, substances or wastes. If this Questionnaire is attached to or provided in connection with a lease, the reference herein to any such items shall include all items defined as “Hazardous Materials,” “Hazardous Substances,” “Hazardous Wastes,” “Toxic Materials,” “Toxic Substances, “Toxic Wastes,” or such similar definitions contained in the lease. Please complete the questionnaire and return it to Landlord for evaluation. If your use of materials or substances, or generation of wastes is considered to be significant, further information may be requested regarding your plans for hazardous and toxic materials management. Your cooperation in this matter is appreciated. If you have any questions, do not hesitate to call us for assistance.

 

1.               PROPOSED TENANT

 

Name (Corporation, Individual, Corporate or Individual DBA, or Public Agency):

Atlassian Software, Inc.

 

Standard Industrial Classification Code (SIC):

7372

 

 

Street Address:

375 Alabama St. #325

 

 

 

 

City, State, Zip Code:

San Francisco, CA 94110

 

 

 

 

Contact Person & Title:

Jay Simons, VP Marketing

 

 

Telephone Number:

(415) 358-2947

Facsimile

 

 

 

Number: ( )

 

 

 

2.               LOCATION AND ADDRESS OF PROPOSED LEASE

 

Street Address:

1098 Harrison St.

 

 

City, State, Zip Code:

San Francisco, CA 94103

 

 

Bordering Streets:

7 th  St., 6 th St., Harrison

 

Streets to which Premises has Access:

Harrison

 

3.               DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

Floor Area:

42k 58ft

 

 

Date of Original Construction:

 


 

Past Uses of Premises:

 

Dates and Descriptions of Significant Additions, Alterations or Improvements:

 

 

Proposed Additions, Alterations or Improvements, if any:

 

4.               DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED PREMISES USE

 

Describe proposed use and operation of Premises including (i) services to be performed, (ii) nature and types of manufacturing or assembly processes, if any, and (iii) the materials or products to be stored at the Premises.

 

office use for software development, sales and marketing, and support

 

Will the operation of your business at the Premises involve the use, generation, treatment, storage, transfer or disposal of hazardous wastes or materials? Do they now? Yes  o No x If the answer is “yes,” or if your SIC code number is between 2000 to 4000, please complete Section V.

 

5.               PERMIT DISCLOSURE

 

Does or will the operation of any facet of your business at the Premises require any permits, licenses or plan approvals from any of the following agencies?

 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

Yes  o

No  x

 

 

 

City or County Sanitation District

Yes  o

No  x

 

 

 

State Department of Health Services

Yes  o

No  x

 

 

 

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

Yes  o

No  x

 

 

 

Air Quality Management District

Yes  o

No  x

 

Bureau of Alcohol, Firearms and Tobacco

Yes  o

No  x

 

City or County Fire Department

Yes  o

No  x

 

Regional Water Quality Control Board

Yes  o

No  x

 

 

 

Other Governmental Agencies (if yes,

Yes  o

No  x

 

 

 

identify:

)

 

 



 

If the answer to any of the above is “yes,” please indicate permit or license numbers, issuing agency and expiration date or renewal date, if applicable.

 

 

 

 

If your answer to any of the above is “yes,” please complete Sections VI and VII.

 

6.               HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DISCLOSURE

 

Will any hazardous or toxic materials or substances be stored on the Premises? Yes  o No x If the answer is “yes,” please describe the materials or substances to be stored, the quantities thereof and the proposed method of storage of the same (i.e., drums, aboveground or underground storage tanks, cylinders, other), and whether the material is a Solid (S), Liquid (L) or Gas (G):

 

Material/

 

Quantity to be

 

 

 

Amount to be Stored

 

Maximum Period of

Substance

 

Stored on Premises

 

Storage Method

 

on a Monthly Basis

 

Premises Storage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attach additional sheets if necessary.

 

Is any modification of the Premises improvements required or planned to mitigate the release of toxic or hazardous materials substance or wastes into the environment? Yes  o No x If the answer is “yes,” please describe the proposed Premises modifications:

 

 

 

 

7.               HAZARDOUS WASTE DISCLOSURE

 

Will any hazardous waste, including recyclable waste, be generated by the operation of your business at the Premises? Yes  o No x If the answer is “yes,” please list the hazardous waste which is expected to be generated (or potentially will be generated) at the Premises, its hazard class and volume/frequency of generation on a monthly basis.

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum Period of

Waste Name

 

Hazard Class

 

Volume/Month

 

Premises Storage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attach additional sheets if necessary.

 

If the answer is “yes,” please also indicate if any such wastes are to be stored within the Premises and the proposed method of storage (i.e., drums, aboveground or underground storage tanks, cylinders, other).

 

Waste Name

 

Storage Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attach additional sheets if necessary.

 

If the answer is “yes,” please also describe the method(s) of disposal for each waste. Indicate where disposal will take place including the methods, equipment and companies to be used to transport the waste:

 

 

 

 

Is any treatment or processing of hazardous wastes to be conducted at the Premises? Yes  o No x If the answer is “yes,” please describe proposed treatment/processing methods:

 

 

 

 

Which agencies are responsible for monitoring and evaluating compliance with respect to the storage and disposal of hazardous materials or wastes at or from the Premises? (Please list all agencies):

 

 

 



 

 

Have there been any agency enforcement actions regarding Tenant (or any affiliate thereof), or any existing Tenant’s (or any affiliate’s) facilities, or any past, pending or outstanding administrative orders or consent decrees with respect to Tenant or any affiliate thereof? Yes  o No  x If the answer is “yes,” have there been any continuing compliance obligations imposed on Tenant or its affiliates as a result of the decrees or orders? Yes  o No  x If the answer is “yes,” please describe:

 

 

 

 

Has Tenant or any of its affiliates been the recipient of requests for information, notice and demand letters, cleanup and abatement orders, or cease and desist orders or other administrative inquiries? Yes  o No  x If the answer is “yes,” please describe:

 

 

 

 

Are there any pending citizen lawsuits, or have any notices of violations been provided to Tenant or its affiliates or with respect to any existing facilities pursuant to the citizens suit provisions of any statute? Yes  o No  x If the answer is “yes,” please describe:

 

 

 

 

Have there been any previous lawsuits against the company regarding environmental concerns? Yes  o No  x If the answer is “yes,” please describe how these lawsuits were resolved:

 

 

 



 

Has an environmental audit ever been conducted at any of your company’s existing facilities? Yes  o No  x If the answer is “yes,” please describe:

 

 

 

 

Does your company carry environmental impairment insurance? Yes  o No x If the answer is “yes,” what is the name of the carrier and what are the effective periods and monetary limits of such coverage?

 

 

 

 

8.               EQUIPMENT LOCATED OR TO BE LOCATED AT THE PREMISES

 

Is (or will there be) any electrical transformer or other equipment containing polychlorinated biphenyls located at the Premises? Yes  o No  x If the answer is “yes,” please specify the size, number and location (or proposed location):

 

 

 

 

Is (or will there be) any tank for storage of a petroleum product located at the Premises? Yes  o No  x If the answer is “yes,” please specify capacity and contents of tank; permits, licenses and/or approvals received or to be received therefor and any spill prevention control or conformance plan to be taken in connection therewith:

 

 

 



 

9.               ONGOING ACTIVITIES (APPLICABLE TO TENANTS IN POSSESSION)

 

Has any hazardous material, substance or waste spilled, leaked, discharged, leached, escaped or otherwise been released into the environment at the Premises? Yes  o No  x If the answer is “yes,” please describe including (i) the date and duration of each such release, (ii) the material, substance or waste released, (iii) the extent of the spread of such release into or onto the air, soil and/or water, (iv) any action to clean up the release, (v) any reports or notifications made of filed with any federal, state, or local agency, or any quasi-governmental agency (please provide copies of such reports or notifications) and (vi) describe any legal, administrative or other action taken by any of the foregoing agencies or by any other person as a result of the release:

 

 

 

 

This Hazardous Materials Questionnaire is certified as being true and accurate and has been completed by the party whose signature appears below on behalf of Tenant as of the date set forth below.

 

DATED:

July 5, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

/s/ Jay Simons

 

 

Print Name

Jay Simons

 

 

Title

VP Marketing

 



 

SCHEDULE I

 

Landlord’s Work

 

All Landlord’s Work shall strictly comply with Regulations and shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner using new materials.

 

1.                                       Repair all leaks in roof and roof membrane, including leak in the east building at the big open area and leak in the northeast corner of the Building. Install cementitious waterproofing to bottom two feet of interior concrete wall surfaces of the north wall of the Building (approximately 100’ of northwest section); install cementitious waterproofing along bottom 3’ of outside north wall; and reapply elastomeric coating to achieve an overall watertight condition and prevent any water intrusion.

 

2.                                       Test for mold and complete any recommended remediation.

 

3.                                       Seal concrete seams and cracks in northeast section of floor.

 

4.                                       Repair split cooling system leak, repair control wiring in upright furnace, perform any repairs required to bring HVAC system to a condition of good working order.

 

5.                                       Replace 27 broken windows, replace film on four windows, and repair or replace two window motors.

 

6.                                       Repair or replace major main air handler/swamp cooler on roof.

 

7.                                       Replace or repair Reznor heat exchanger on roof.

 

8.                                       Repair or replace all leaking, loose, or inoperable plumbing fixtures, including replacement of two urinals and four toilets and remounting of three toilets and three lavatories.

 

9.                                       Replace and re-tape leak-damaged sheetrock in southeast stairwell and ceiling above.

 



 

SCHEDULE II

 

Tenant Improvements

 

Option B Revision 2/Desk Study, Site Analysis Set, First Floor Plan, dated 06.3.11, Atlassian Offices, 1098 Harrison Street, San Francisco, CA by Studio Sarah Willman Architecture.

 

Option B Revision 2/Desk Study, Site Analysis Set, Second Floor Plan dated 06.3.11, Atlassian Offices, 1098 Harrison Street, San Francisco, CA by Studio Sarah Willman Architecture.

 




Exhibit 10.19

 

 

October 21, 2015

 

Erik Bardman

[address]

 

Dear Erik:

 

This letter sets forth the substance of the Separation Agreement that Atlassian, Inc. (the “Company”) is offering to you to aid in your employment transition. If you wish to accept this Separation Agreement, please sign and return it to me within the time period described in Section 16 below.

 

1.                                       Resignation as Chief Financial Officer .  You agree to resign as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, effective as of October 23, 2015.

 

2.                                       Transition Services . You will provide transition services to the Company from October 23, 2015 until November 20, 2015 (the “Termination Date”).

 

3.                                       Transition Services Payment Consideration .  From the Effective Date through the Termination Date, the Company agrees to pay you your regular base salary, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices and subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings.

 

4.                                       Severance Payment following the Termination Date.   Provided you are in compliance with the terms of this Separation Agreement, sign and return the Additional Release of Claims in the form attached as Exhibit A no earlier than the Termination Date and no later than twenty-one (21) days following the Termination Date, the Company shall pay you, as severance, (a) $175,000, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings and (b) the after-tax equivalent of six months of COBRA. This amount will be paid in a lump sum on the Company’s next regular payroll date occurring at least five (5) days following the Release Effective Date (as defined in the Additional Release of Claims in the form attached as Exhibit A ).

 

5.                                       Health Insurance.   To the extent provided by the federal COBRA law or, if applicable, state insurance laws, and by the Company’s current group health insurance policies, you will be eligible to continue your group health insurance benefits at your own expense following the Termination Date. Later, you may be able to convert to an individual policy through the provider of the Company’s health insurance, if you wish.  You will be provided with a separate notice describing your rights and obligations under COBRA.

 

6.                                       Equity Awards.  On February 7, 2015, Atlassian Corporation Plc granted you (a) a restricted share unit award of 500,000 restricted share units (the “RSU Award”) and (b) an

 



 

option to purchase 500,000 restricted shares (the “Option Award”).  As of the Termination Date, you will have not satisfied any vesting conditions for the RSU Award and the Option Award.  You agree and acknowledge that the RSU Award and the Option Award will be cancelled in full on the Termination Date and you will have no equity rights in Atlassian Corporation Plc or any of its affiliated entities.

 

7.                                       Other Compensation Or Benefits.   You acknowledge that, except as expressly provided in this Separation Agreement, you will not receive any additional compensation, severance, or benefits after the Termination Date.

 

8.                                       Expense Reimbursements.  You agree that, within five (5) business days of the Termination Date, you will submit your final documented expense reimbursement statement reflecting all business expenses you incurred through the Termination Date, if any, for which you seek reimbursement.  The Company will reimburse you for these expenses pursuant to its regular business practice.

 

9.                                       Return Of Company Property .  By the Termination Date, you agree to return to the Company all Company documents (and all copies thereof) and other Company property that you have had in your possession at any time, including, but not limited to, Company files, notes, drawings, records, business plans and forecasts, financial information, specifications, computer-recorded information, tangible property (including, but not limited to, the laptop computer issued to you by the Company, credit cards, entry cards, identification badges, and keys; and, any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof).  Your timely return of all such Company documents and other property is a condition precedent to your receipt of the severance benefits provided under this Separation Agreement.

 

10.                                Confidential Information Obligations .  At all times in the future, you will remain bound by your Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement with the Company, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit B .  Except as expressly provided in this Separation Agreement, this Separation Agreement renders null and void all prior agreements between you and the Company and constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter of this Separation Agreement.  This Separation Agreement may be modified only in a written document signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

11.                                Confidentiality .  The provisions of this Separation Agreement will be held in strictest confidence by you and the Company and will not be publicized or disclosed in any manner whatsoever; provided, however, that:  (a) you may disclose this Separation Agreement in confidence to your immediate family; (b) the parties may disclose this Separation Agreement in confidence to their respective attorneys, accountants, auditors, tax preparers, and financial advisors; (c) the Company may disclose this Separation Agreement as necessary to fulfill standard or legally required corporate reporting or disclosure requirements; and (d) the parties may disclose this Separation Agreement insofar as such disclosure may be necessary to enforce its terms or as otherwise required by law.  In particular, and without limitation, you agree not to disclose the terms of this Separation Agreement to any current or former Company employee.

 

12.                                Nondisparagement.  You agree not to make any disparaging statements concerning the Company or any of its affiliates or current or former officers, directors, shareholders, employees or agents, including but not limited to posting, for attribution or

 

2



 

anonymously, any disparaging or negative reviews or comments about the Company on the Internet, e.g., on Glassdoor.  For this purpose, the term “disparage” means, with respect to any individual or entity, negative comments regarding their integrity, fairness, satisfaction of obligations, overall performance, business practices, investment decisions, business model, equityholders, or personnel.  These nondisparagement obligations shall not in any way affect your obligation to testify truthfully in any legal proceeding.

 

13.                                Reference.   In the event a prospective employer makes an inquiry directly to the Human Resources Department regarding your employment with the Company, the Human Resources Department will only provide verification of your position held and dates of employment and, if authorized by you in writing, will confirm your salary upon separation from employment.

 

14.                                Nonsolicitation  You agree that during the twelve (12) month period following the Termination Date you will not recruit or solicit any person who is an employee or consultant of Company as of the Termination Date, or otherwise encourage any such person to terminate or curtail his or her employment or consulting relationship with Company.

 

15.                                No Admissions.  You understand and agree that the promises and payments in consideration of this Separation Agreement shall not be construed to be an admission of any liability or obligation by the Company to you or to any other person, and that the Company makes no such admission.

 

16.                                Release of Claims .  In exchange for the consideration under this Separation Agreement, you hereby generally and completely, to the fullest extent permitted by law, release the Company and its directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date you sign this Separation Agreement.  This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to your employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to your compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, restricted share units, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (“ADEA”), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended), and all other laws and regulations related to employment.

 

17.                                ADEA Waiver.  You acknowledge that you are knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights you may have under the ADEA (“ADEA Waiver”).  You also acknowledge that the consideration given for the ADEA Waiver is in addition to anything of value to which you were already entitled.  You further acknowledge that you have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that:  (a) your ADEA Waiver does not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date you sign this Separation Agreement; (b) you should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Separation Agreement; (c) you have twenty-one

 

3



 

(21) days to consider this Separation Agreement (although you may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) you have seven (7) days following the date you sign this Separation Agreement to revoke the ADEA Waiver (in a written revocation sent to me); and (e) the ADEA Waiver will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after you sign this Separation Agreement (the “Effective Date”).

 

18.                                Section 1542 Waiver.   In granting the release herein, which includes claims which may be unknown to you at present, you acknowledge that you have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code: A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.   You hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law or legal principle of similar effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the releases granted herein, including but not limited to the release of unknown and unsuspected claims granted in this Separation Agreement.

 

19.                                Miscellaneous.   This Separation Agreement will bind the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of both you and the Company, and inure to the benefit of both you and the Company, their heirs, successors and assigns.  If any provision of this Separation Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination will not affect any other provision of this Separation Agreement and the provision in question will be modified so as to be rendered enforceable.  This Separation Agreement will be deemed to have been entered into and will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to contracts made and to be performed entirely within California.  Any ambiguity in this Separation Agreement shall not be construed against either party as the drafter.  Any waiver of a breach of this Separation Agreement shall be in writing and shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any successive breach.  This Separation Agreement may be executed in counterparts and facsimile signatures will suffice as original signatures.

 

If this Separation Agreement is acceptable to you, please sign below and return the original to me.

 

We wish you the best in your future endeavors.

 

Sincerely,

 

ATLASSIAN, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Tom Kennedy

 

 

Tom Kennedy

 

 

Chief Legal Officer

 

 

I HAVE READ, UNDERSTAND AND AGREE FULLY TO THE FOREGOING SEPARATION AGREEMENT:

 

/s/Erik Bardman

 

Erik Bardman

 

 

 

 

Date:

10/29/15

 

 

4



 

EXHIBIT A

 

ADDITIONAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

 

This Additional Release of Claims (the “Release”) is entered into by you pursuant to the Separation Agreement dated October 21, 2015 by and between Atlassian, Inc. (the “Company”) and you (the “Separation Agreement”). This Release is the release of legal claims referenced in Section 4 of the Separation Agreement. Terms with initial capitalization that are not otherwise defined in this Release have the meanings set forth in the Separation Agreement.

 

1.                                       Severance Payment .  Provided you sign and return this Release and do not rescind it (each within the time periods described in Section 3 below), the Company shall pay you, as severance, (a) $175,000, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings and (b) the after-tax equivalent of six months of COBRA. This amount will be paid in a lump sum on the Company’s next regular payroll date occurring at least five (5) days following the Release Effective Date (as defined in Section 3 below). It is understood and agreed that you will not sign this Release prior to the Termination Date nor later than twenty-one (21) business days following the Termination Date.

 

2.                                       Release of Claims .  In exchange for the consideration under this Release, you hereby generally and completely, to the fullest extent permitted by law, release the Company and its directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date you sign this Release.  This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to your employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to your compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, restricted share units, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (“ADEA”), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended), and all other laws and regulations related to employment.

 

3.                                       ADEA Waiver.  You acknowledge that you are knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights you may have under the ADEA (“ADEA Waiver”).  You also acknowledge that the consideration given for the ADEA Waiver is in addition to anything of value to which you were already entitled.  You further acknowledge that you have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that:  (a) your ADEA Waiver does not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date you sign this Release; (b) you should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release; (c) you have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although you may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) you have seven (7) days following

 



 

the date you sign this Release to revoke the ADEA Waiver (in a written revocation sent to me); and (e) the ADEA Waiver will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after you sign this Release (the “Release Effective Date”).

 

4.                                       Section 1542 Waiver.   In granting the release herein, which includes claims which may be unknown to you at present, you acknowledge that you have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code: A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.   You hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law or legal principle of similar effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the releases granted herein, including but not limited to the release of unknown and unsuspected claims granted in this Release.

 

5.                                       Miscellaneous.   This Release will bind the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of both you and the Company, and inure to the benefit of both you and the Company, their heirs, successors and assigns.  If any provision of this Release is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination will not affect any other provision of this Release and the provision in question will be modified so as to be rendered enforceable.  This Release will be deemed to have been entered into and will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to contracts made and to be performed entirely within California.  Any ambiguity in this Release shall not be construed against either party as the drafter.  Any waiver of a breach of this Release shall be in writing and shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any successive breach.  This Release may be executed in counterparts and facsimile signatures will suffice as original signatures.

 

If this Release is acceptable to you, please sign below and return the original to me.

 

Sincerely,

 

ATLASSIAN, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Tom Kennedy

 

 

Chief Legal Officer

 

 

I HAVE READ, UNDERSTAND AND AGREE FULLY TO THE FOREGOING RELEASE:

 

 

 

Erik Bardman

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

2



 

EXHIBIT B

 

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

Atlassian (Australia) Limited

Atlassian Australia 1 Pty Ltd

Atlassian Australia 2 Pty Ltd

Atlassian B.V.

Atlassian Capital Pty. Ltd.

Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd.

Atlassian Germany GmbH

Atlassian (Global) Limited

Atlassian, Inc.

Atlassian K.K.

Atlassian LLC

Atlassian Network Services, Inc.

Atlassian Philippines, Inc.

Atlassian Pty Ltd

Atlassian (UK) Limited

Atlassian (UK) Operations Limited

Atlassian France SAS

CompanyLine Corporation

MITT Australia Pty Ltd

MITT Trust

SIP Communicator Ltd.

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

          We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated August 21, 2015, in the Registration Statement (Form F-1) and related Prospectus of Atlassian Corporation Plc for the registration of its Class A ordinary shares.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California
November 6, 2015




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM